diff options
| author | Danilo G. Baio <dbaio@FreeBSD.org> | 2022-10-01 16:53:02 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Danilo G. Baio <dbaio@FreeBSD.org> | 2022-10-01 18:17:07 +0000 |
| commit | 3bc14ed2f6c707624c16d0138000d54faa8fe4e1 (patch) | |
| tree | 225cec13f6c3d01ac80c717c0c7c2e42af67025a /documentation/content/en/books/handbook | |
| parent | f9fed0e06d0dc93a0353c43a52884cca1353fe09 (diff) | |
| download | doc-3bc14ed2f6c707624c16d0138000d54faa8fe4e1.tar.gz doc-3bc14ed2f6c707624c16d0138000d54faa8fe4e1.zip | |
Diffstat (limited to 'documentation/content/en/books/handbook')
35 files changed, 12364 insertions, 12339 deletions
diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.po index ca82106f79..a54519b71b 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-08-07 10:35-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,111 +35,111 @@ msgid "Chapter 32. Advanced Networking" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Networking" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:55 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:56 msgid "This chapter covers a number of advanced networking topics." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:58 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:60 msgid "The basics of gateways and routes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:61 msgid "How to set up USB tethering." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:62 msgid "How to set up IEEE(R) 802.11 and Bluetooth(R) devices." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:63 msgid "How to make FreeBSD act as a bridge." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:64 msgid "How to set up network PXE booting." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:65 msgid "How to set up IPv6 on a FreeBSD machine." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:66 msgid "" "How to enable and utilize the features of the Common Address Redundancy " "Protocol (CARP) in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How to configure multiple VLANs on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:68 msgid "Configure bluetooth headset." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:70 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:72 msgid "Understand the basics of the [.filename]#/etc/rc# scripts." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:73 msgid "Be familiar with basic network terminology." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:74 msgid "" "Know how to configure and install a new FreeBSD kernel (crossref:" "kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:75 msgid "" "Know how to install additional third-party software (crossref:ports[ports," "Installing Applications: Packages and Ports])." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:77 #, no-wrap msgid "Gateways and Routes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:86 msgid "" "_Routing_ is the mechanism that allows a system to find the network path to " "another system. A _route_ is a defined pair of addresses which represent " @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:89 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of routing basics. It then demonstrates " "how to configure a FreeBSD system as a router and offers some " @@ -161,18 +161,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:91 #, no-wrap msgid "Routing Basics" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:94 msgid "To view the routing table of a FreeBSD system, use man:netstat[1]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:99 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% netstat -r\n" @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:111 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Internet:\n" @@ -197,18 +197,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:114 msgid "The entries in this example are as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:115 #, no-wrap msgid "default" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:119 msgid "" "The first route in this table specifies the `default` route. When the local " "system needs to make a connection to a remote host, it checks the routing " @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:123 msgid "" "If the destination does not match an entry, or if all known paths fail, the " "system uses the entry for the default route. For hosts on a local area " @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:125 msgid "" "The default route for a machine which itself is functioning as the gateway " "to the outside world will be the gateway machine at the Internet Service " @@ -236,13 +236,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:126 #, no-wrap msgid "localhost" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:130 msgid "" "The second route is the `localhost` route. The interface specified in the " "`Netif` column for `localhost` is [.filename]#lo0#, also known as the " @@ -251,13 +251,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:131 #, no-wrap msgid "MAC address" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:137 msgid "" "The addresses beginning with `0:e0:` are MAC addresses. FreeBSD will " "automatically identify any hosts, `test0` in the example, on the local " @@ -271,13 +271,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:138 #, no-wrap msgid "subnet" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:142 msgid "" "FreeBSD will automatically add subnet routes for the local subnet. In this " "example, `10.20.30.255` is the broadcast address for the subnet `10.20.30` " @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:145 msgid "" "Local network hosts and local subnets have their routes automatically " "configured by a daemon called man:routed[8]. If it is not running, only " @@ -294,13 +294,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:146 #, no-wrap msgid "host" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:149 msgid "" "The `host1` line refers to the host by its Ethernet address. Since it is " "the sending host, FreeBSD knows to use the loopback interface ([." @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:153 msgid "" "The two `host2` lines represent aliases which were created using man:" "ifconfig[8]. The `=>` symbol after the [.filename]#lo0# interface says that " @@ -318,151 +318,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:154 #, no-wrap msgid "224" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:156 msgid "The final line (destination subnet `224`) deals with multicasting." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:159 msgid "" "Various attributes of each route can be seen in the `Flags` column. " "<<routeflags>> summarizes some of these flags and their meanings:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:161 #, no-wrap msgid "Commonly Seen Routing Table Flags" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:165 #, no-wrap msgid "Command" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:167 #, no-wrap msgid "Purpose" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:168 #, no-wrap msgid "U" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:170 #, no-wrap msgid "The route is active (up)." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:171 #, no-wrap msgid "H" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:173 #, no-wrap msgid "The route destination is a single host." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:174 #, no-wrap msgid "G" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:176 #, no-wrap msgid "Send anything for this destination on to this gateway, which will figure out from there where to send it." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:177 #, no-wrap msgid "S" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:179 #, no-wrap msgid "This route was statically configured." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:180 #, no-wrap msgid "C" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:182 #, no-wrap msgid "Clones a new route based upon this route for machines to connect to. This type of route is normally used for local networks." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:183 #, no-wrap msgid "W" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:185 #, no-wrap msgid "The route was auto-configured based upon a local area network (clone) route." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:186 #, no-wrap msgid "L" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:187 #, no-wrap msgid "Route involves references to Ethernet (link) hardware." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:190 msgid "" "On a FreeBSD system, the default route can defined in [.filename]#/etc/rc." "conf# by specifying the IP address of the default gateway:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:194 #, no-wrap msgid "defaultrouter=\"10.20.30.1\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:197 msgid "It is also possible to manually add the route using `route`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:201 #, no-wrap msgid "# route add default 10.20.30.1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:205 msgid "" "Note that manually added routes will not survive a reboot. For more " "information on manual manipulation of network routing tables, refer to man:" @@ -470,13 +470,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:207 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring a Router with Static Routes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:212 msgid "" "A FreeBSD system can be configured as the default gateway, or router, for a " "network if it is a dual-homed system. A dual-homed system is a host which " @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:215 msgid "" "In order for the system to forward packets between interfaces, FreeBSD must " "be configured as a router. Internet standards and good engineering practice " @@ -497,20 +497,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:219 #, no-wrap msgid "gateway_enable=\"YES\" # Set to YES if this host will be a gateway\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:223 msgid "" "To enable routing now, set the man:sysctl[8] variable `net.inet.ip." "forwarding` to `1`. To stop routing, reset this variable to `0`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:227 msgid "" "The routing table of a router needs additional routes so it knows how to " "reach other networks. Routes can be either added manually using static " @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:233 msgid "" "For large networks, static routes quickly become unscalable. FreeBSD comes " "with the standard BSD routing daemon man:routed[8], which provides the " @@ -530,18 +530,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:236 msgid "Consider the following network:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:237 #, no-wrap msgid "static-routes.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:242 msgid "" "In this scenario, `RouterA` is a FreeBSD machine that is acting as a router " "to the rest of the Internet. It has a default route set to `10.0.0.1` which " @@ -550,14 +550,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:244 msgid "" "Before adding any static routes, the routing table on `RouterA` looks like " "this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:249 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% netstat -nr\n" @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:256 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Internet:\n" @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:260 msgid "" "With the current routing table, `RouterA` does not have a route to the " "`192.168.2.0/24` network. The following command adds the `Internal Net 2` " @@ -585,13 +585,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:264 #, no-wrap msgid "# route add -net 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.1.2\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:269 msgid "" "Now, `RouterA` can reach any host on the `192.168.2.0/24` network. However, " "the routing information will not persist if the FreeBSD system reboots. If " @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:275 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Add Internal Net 2 as a persistent static route\n" @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:279 msgid "" "The `static_routes` configuration variable is a list of strings separated by " "a space, where each string references a route name. The variable " @@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:282 msgid "" "Using more than one string in `static_routes` creates multiple static " "routes. The following shows an example of adding static routes for the " @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:288 #, no-wrap msgid "" "static_routes=\"net1 net2\"\n" @@ -633,15 +633,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:290 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1365 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1881 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:295 msgid "" "When an address space is assigned to a network, the service provider " "configures their routing tables so that all traffic for the network will be " @@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:298 msgid "" "There is a system that keeps track of all assigned address spaces and " "defines their point of connection to the Internet backbone, or the main " @@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:301 msgid "" "It is the task of the service provider to advertise to the backbone sites " "that they are the point of connection, and thus the path inward, for a " @@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:305 msgid "" "Sometimes, there is a problem with route propagation and some sites are " "unable to connect. Perhaps the most useful command for trying to figure out " @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:309 msgid "" "When using `traceroute`, include the address of the remote host to connect " "to. The output will show the gateway hosts along the path of the attempt, " @@ -688,13 +688,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:311 #, no-wrap msgid "Multicast Considerations" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:316 msgid "" "FreeBSD natively supports both multicast applications and multicast " "routing. Multicast applications do not require any special configuration in " @@ -703,13 +703,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:320 #, no-wrap msgid "options MROUTING\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:326 msgid "" "The multicast routing daemon, mrouted can be installed using the package:net/" "mrouted[] package or port. This daemon implements the DVMRP multicast " @@ -720,26 +720,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:331 msgid "" "DVMRP has largely been replaced by the PIM protocol in many multicast " "installations. Refer to man:pim[4] for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:334 #, no-wrap msgid "Wireless Networking" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:336 #, no-wrap msgid "Wireless Networking Basics" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:340 msgid "" "Most wireless networks are based on the IEEE(R) 802.11 standards. A basic " "wireless network consists of multiple stations communicating with radios " @@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:346 msgid "" "802.11 networks are organized in two ways. In _infrastructure mode_, one " "station acts as a master with all the other stations associating to it, the " @@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:351 msgid "" "802.11 networks were first deployed in the 2.4GHz band using protocols " "defined by the IEEE(R) 802.11 and 802.11b standard. These specifications " @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:364 msgid "" "Separate from the underlying transmission techniques, 802.11 networks have a " "variety of security mechanisms. The original 802.11 specifications defined " @@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:369 msgid "" "The other standard to be aware of is 802.11e. It defines protocols for " "deploying multimedia applications, such as streaming video and voice over IP " @@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:372 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports networks that operate using 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g. " "The WPA and 802.11i security protocols are likewise supported (in " @@ -826,27 +826,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:374 #, no-wrap msgid "Quick Start" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:378 msgid "" "Connecting a computer to an existing wireless network is a very common " "situation. This procedure shows the steps required." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:381 msgid "" "Obtain the SSID (Service Set Identifier) and PSK (Pre-Shared Key) for the " "wireless network from the network administrator." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:383 msgid "" "Identify the wireless adapter. The FreeBSD [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel " "includes drivers for many common wireless adapters. If the wireless adapter " @@ -855,25 +855,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:387 #, no-wrap msgid "% sysctl net.wlan.devices\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:390 msgid "" "If a wireless adapter is not listed, an additional kernel module might be " "required, or it might be a model not supported by FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:392 msgid "This example shows the Atheros `ath0` wireless adapter." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:393 msgid "" "Add an entry for this network to [.filename]#/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf#. If " "the file does not exist, create it. Replace _myssid_ and _mypsk_ with the " @@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:400 #, no-wrap msgid "" "network={\n" @@ -891,13 +891,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:402 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:403 msgid "" "Add entries to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# to configure the network on startup:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:408 #, no-wrap msgid "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" @@ -905,32 +905,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:410 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:411 msgid "" "Restart the computer, or restart the network service to connect to the " "network:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:415 #, no-wrap msgid "# service netif restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:418 #, no-wrap msgid "Basic Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:420 #, no-wrap msgid "Kernel Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:424 msgid "" "To use wireless networking, a wireless networking card is needed and the " "kernel needs to be configured with the appropriate wireless networking " @@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:427 msgid "" "The most commonly used wireless devices are those that use parts made by " "Atheros. These devices are supported by man:ath[4] and require the " @@ -947,13 +947,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:431 #, no-wrap msgid "if_ath_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:437 msgid "" "The Atheros driver is split up into three separate pieces: the driver (man:" "ath[4]), the hardware support layer that handles chip-specific functions " @@ -965,13 +965,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:441 #, no-wrap msgid "if_wi_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:448 msgid "" "The examples in this section use an man:ath[4] device and the device name in " "the examples must be changed according to the configuration. A list of " @@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:456 msgid "" "In addition, the modules that implement cryptographic support for the " "security protocols to use must be loaded. These are intended to be " @@ -998,7 +998,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:462 #, no-wrap msgid "" "wlan_wep_load=\"YES\"\n" @@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:466 msgid "" "Once this information has been added to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#, " "reboot the FreeBSD box. Alternately, load the modules by hand using man:" @@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:470 msgid "" "For users who do not want to use modules, it is possible to compile these " "drivers into the kernel by adding the following lines to a custom kernel " @@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:482 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device wlan # 802.11 support\n" @@ -1038,21 +1038,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:485 msgid "" "With this information in the kernel configuration file, recompile the kernel " "and reboot the FreeBSD machine." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:488 msgid "" "Information about the wireless device should appear in the boot messages, " "like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:494 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ath0: <Atheros 5212> mem 0x88000000-0x8800ffff irq 11 at device 0.0 on cardbus1\n" @@ -1061,13 +1061,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:496 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting the Correct Region" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:499 msgid "" "Since the regulatory situation is different in various parts of the world, " "it is necessary to correctly set the domains that apply to your location to " @@ -1075,37 +1075,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:501 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:502 msgid "" "The available region definitions can be found in [.filename]#/etc/regdomain." "xml#. To set the data at runtime, use `ifconfig`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:506 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig wlan0 regdomain ETSI country AT\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:509 msgid "To persist the settings, add it to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:513 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc create_args_wlan0=\"country AT regdomain ETSI\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:515 #, no-wrap msgid "Infrastructure Mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:521 msgid "" "Infrastructure (BSS) mode is the mode that is typically used. In this mode, " "a number of wireless access points are connected to a wired network. Each " @@ -1114,19 +1114,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:522 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Clients" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:524 #, no-wrap msgid "How to Find Access Points" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:529 msgid "" "To scan for available networks, use man:ifconfig[8]. This request may take " "a few moments to complete as it requires the system to switch to each " @@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:537 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0\n" @@ -1146,14 +1146,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:543 msgid "" "The interface must be `up` before it can scan. Subsequent scan requests do " "not require the interface to be marked as up again." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:548 msgid "" "The output of a scan request lists each BSS/IBSS network found. Besides " "listing the name of the network, the `SSID`, the output also shows the " @@ -1164,18 +1164,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:550 msgid "One can also display the current list of known networks with:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:554 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig wlan0 list scan\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:558 msgid "" "This information may be updated automatically by the adapter or manually " "with a `scan` request. Old data is automatically removed from the cache, so " @@ -1183,14 +1183,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:558 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1137 #, no-wrap msgid "Basic Settings" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:563 msgid "" "This section provides a simple example of how to make the wireless network " "adapter work in FreeBSD without encryption. Once familiar with these " @@ -1199,7 +1199,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:566 msgid "" "There are three basic steps to configure a wireless network: select an " "access point, authenticate the station, and configure an IP address. The " @@ -1207,12 +1207,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:568 msgid "====== Selecting an Access Point" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:571 msgid "" "Most of the time, it is sufficient to let the system choose an access point " "using the builtin heuristics. This is the default behavior when an " @@ -1220,8 +1220,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:575 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:645 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:646 #, no-wrap msgid "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" @@ -1229,14 +1229,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:579 msgid "" "If there are multiple access points, a specific one can be selected by its " "SSID:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:584 #, no-wrap msgid "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" @@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:588 msgid "" "In an environment where there are multiple access points with the same SSID, " "which is often done to simplify roaming, it may be necessary to associate to " @@ -1253,7 +1253,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:593 #, no-wrap msgid "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" @@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:598 msgid "" "There are other ways to constrain the choice of an access point, such as " "limiting the set of frequencies the system will scan on. This may be useful " @@ -1271,7 +1271,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:603 #, no-wrap msgid "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" @@ -1279,7 +1279,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:607 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:608 msgid "" "This example will force the card to operate in 802.11g, which is defined " "only for 2.4GHz frequencies so any 5GHz channels will not be considered. " @@ -1290,12 +1290,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:610 msgid "====== Authentication" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:618 msgid "" "Once an access point is selected, the station needs to authenticate before " "it can pass data. Authentication can happen in several ways. The most " @@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:624 msgid "" "If using an Apple(R) AirPort(R) Extreme base station for an access point, " "shared-key authentication together with a WEP key needs to be configured. " @@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:629 #, no-wrap msgid "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" @@ -1328,7 +1328,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:634 msgid "" "In general, shared key authentication should be avoided because it uses the " "WEP key material in a highly-constrained manner, making it even easier to " @@ -1338,12 +1338,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:637 msgid "====== Getting an IP Address with DHCP" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:641 msgid "" "Once an access point is selected and the authentication parameters are set, " "an IP address must be obtained in order to communicate. Most of the time, " @@ -1352,25 +1352,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:649 msgid "The wireless interface is now ready to bring up:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:653 #, no-wrap msgid "# service netif start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:656 msgid "" "Once the interface is running, use man:ifconfig[8] to see the status of the " "interface [.filename]#ath0#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:669 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" @@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:673 msgid "" "The `status: associated` line means that it is connected to the wireless " "network. The `bssid 00:13:46:49:41:76` is the MAC address of the access " @@ -1394,12 +1394,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:674 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:675 msgid "====== Static IP Address" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:678 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:679 msgid "" "If an IP address cannot be obtained from a DHCP server, set a fixed IP " "address. Replace the `DHCP` keyword shown above with the address " @@ -1408,7 +1408,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:684 #, no-wrap msgid "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" @@ -1416,13 +1416,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:687 #, no-wrap msgid "WPA" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:697 msgid "" "Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) is a security protocol used together with " "802.11 networks to address the lack of proper authentication and the " @@ -1439,7 +1439,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:702 msgid "" "WPA defines authentication and encryption protocols. Authentication is most " "commonly done using one of two techniques: by 802.1X and a backend " @@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:706 msgid "" "The control of the wireless connection and the key negotiation or " "authentication with a server is done using man:wpa_supplicant[8]. This " @@ -1462,12 +1462,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:709 msgid "====== WPA-PSK" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:713 msgid "" "WPA-PSK, also known as WPA Personal, is based on a pre-shared key (PSK) " "which is generated from a given password and used as the master key in the " @@ -1477,21 +1477,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:717 msgid "" "Always use strong passwords that are sufficiently long and made from a rich " "alphabet so that they will not be easily guessed or attacked." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:720 msgid "" "The first step is the configuration of [.filename]#/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf# " "with the SSID and the pre-shared key of the network:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:727 #, no-wrap msgid "" "network={\n" @@ -1501,7 +1501,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:730 msgid "" "Then, in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#, indicate that the wireless device " "configuration will be done with WPA and the IP address will be obtained with " @@ -1509,10 +1509,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:734 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:871 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:933 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1004 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:872 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1005 #, no-wrap msgid "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" @@ -1520,13 +1520,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:737 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1008 msgid "Then, bring up the interface:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:759 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service netif start\n" @@ -1550,14 +1550,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:761 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:762 msgid "" "Or, try to configure the interface manually using the information in [." "filename]#/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:770 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# wpa_supplicant -i wlan0 -c /etc/wpa_supplicant.conf\n" @@ -1568,14 +1568,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:773 msgid "" "The next operation is to launch man:dhclient[8] to get the IP address from " "the DHCP server:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:791 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# dhclient wlan0\n" @@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:795 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:796 msgid "" "If [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# has an `ifconfig_wlan0=\"DHCP\"` entry, man:" "dhclient[8] will be launched automatically after man:wpa_supplicant[8] " @@ -1604,14 +1604,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:799 msgid "" "If DHCP is not possible or desired, set a static IP address after man:" "wpa_supplicant[8] has authenticated the station:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:814 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 inet 192.168.0.100 netmask 255.255.255.0\n" @@ -1629,14 +1629,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:817 msgid "" "When DHCP is not used, the default gateway and the nameserver also have to " "be manually set:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:822 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# route add default your_default_router\n" @@ -1644,12 +1644,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:826 msgid "====== WPA with EAP-TLS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:830 msgid "" "The second way to use WPA is with an 802.1X backend authentication server. " "In this case, WPA is called WPA Enterprise to differentiate it from the less " @@ -1658,7 +1658,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:834 msgid "" "EAP does not come with an encryption method. Instead, EAP is embedded " "inside an encrypted tunnel. There are many EAP authentication methods, but " @@ -1666,7 +1666,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:838 msgid "" "EAP with Transport Layer Security (EAP-TLS) is a well-supported wireless " "authentication protocol since it was the first EAP method to be certified by " @@ -1680,14 +1680,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:840 msgid "" "As previously, the configuration is done via [.filename]#/etc/wpa_supplicant." "conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:854 #, no-wrap msgid "" "network={\n" @@ -1704,74 +1704,74 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:857 msgid "This field indicates the network name (SSID)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:858 msgid "This example uses the RSN IEEE(R) 802.11i protocol, also known as WPA2." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:859 msgid "" "The `key_mgmt` line refers to the key management protocol to use. In this " "example, it is WPA using EAP authentication." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:860 msgid "This field indicates the EAP method for the connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:861 msgid "The `identity` field contains the identity string for EAP." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:861 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:925 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:995 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:996 msgid "" "The `ca_cert` field indicates the pathname of the CA certificate file. This " "file is needed to verify the server certificate." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:863 msgid "" "The `client_cert` line gives the pathname to the client certificate file. " "This certificate is unique to each wireless client of the network." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:864 msgid "" "The `private_key` field is the pathname to the client certificate private " "key file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:864 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:865 msgid "" "The `private_key_passwd` field contains the passphrase for the private key." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:867 msgid "Then, add the following lines to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:874 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:875 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:937 msgid "The next step is to bring up the interface:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:893 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:894 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service netif start\n" @@ -1793,19 +1793,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:897 msgid "" "It is also possible to bring up the interface manually using man:" "wpa_supplicant[8] and man:ifconfig[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:900 msgid "====== WPA with EAP-TTLS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:905 msgid "" "With EAP-TLS, both the authentication server and the client need a " "certificate. With EAP-TTLS, a client certificate is optional. This method " @@ -1815,14 +1815,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:907 msgid "" "The required configuration can be added to [.filename]#/etc/wpa_supplicant." "conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:920 #, no-wrap msgid "" "network={\n" @@ -1838,28 +1838,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:922 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:992 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:923 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:993 msgid "This field specifies the EAP method for the connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:923 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:993 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:924 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:994 msgid "" "The `identity` field contains the identity string for EAP authentication " "inside the encrypted TLS tunnel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:924 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:995 msgid "" "The `password` field contains the passphrase for the EAP authentication." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:927 msgid "" "This field specifies the authentication method used in the encrypted TLS " "tunnel. In this example, EAP with MD5-Challenge is used. The \"inner " @@ -1867,13 +1867,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:929 msgid "Next, add the following lines to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:956 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:957 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1028 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service netif start\n" @@ -1896,19 +1896,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:960 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:961 msgid "====== WPA with EAP-PEAP" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:965 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:966 msgid "" "PEAPv0/EAP-MSCHAPv2 is the most common PEAP method. In this chapter, the " "term PEAP is used to refer to that method." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:969 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:970 msgid "" "Protected EAP (PEAP) is designed as an alternative to EAP-TTLS and is the " "most used EAP standard after EAP-TLS. In a network with mixed operating " @@ -1916,7 +1916,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:974 msgid "" "PEAP is similar to EAP-TTLS as it uses a server-side certificate to " "authenticate clients by creating an encrypted TLS tunnel between the client " @@ -1928,14 +1928,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:976 msgid "" "Add the following lines to [.filename]#/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf# to " "configure the EAP-PEAP related settings:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:989 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:990 #, no-wrap msgid "" "network={\n" @@ -1952,7 +1952,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:996 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:997 msgid "" "This field contains the parameters for the first phase of authentication, " "the TLS tunnel. According to the authentication server used, specify a " @@ -1962,25 +1962,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:998 msgid "" "This field specifies the authentication protocol used in the encrypted TLS " "tunnel. In the case of PEAP, it is `auth=MSCHAPV2`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:999 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1000 msgid "Add the following to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1030 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1031 #, no-wrap msgid "WEP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1034 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1035 msgid "" "Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) is part of the original 802.11 standard. " "There is no authentication mechanism, only a weak form of access control " @@ -1988,12 +1988,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1037 msgid "WEP can be set up using man:ifconfig[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1042 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1043 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0\n" @@ -2002,7 +2002,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1045 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1046 msgid "" "The `weptxkey` specifies which WEP key will be used in the transmission. " "This example uses the third key. This must match the setting on the access " @@ -2011,7 +2011,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1046 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1047 msgid "" "The `wepkey` selects one of the WEP keys. It should be in the format _index:" "key_. Key `1` is used by default; the index only needs to be set when using " @@ -2019,19 +2019,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1050 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1051 msgid "" "Replace the `0x3456789012` with the key configured for use on the access " "point." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1053 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1054 msgid "Refer to man:ifconfig[8] for further information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1056 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1057 msgid "" "The man:wpa_supplicant[8] facility can be used to configure a wireless " "interface with WEP. The example above can be set up by adding the following " @@ -2039,7 +2039,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1065 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1066 #, no-wrap msgid "" "network={\n" @@ -2051,12 +2051,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1068 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1069 msgid "Then:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1074 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1075 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# wpa_supplicant -i wlan0 -c /etc/wpa_supplicant.conf\n" @@ -2065,13 +2065,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1077 #, no-wrap msgid "Ad-hoc Mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1080 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1081 msgid "" "IBSS mode, also called ad-hoc mode, is designed for point to point " "connections. For example, to establish an ad-hoc network between the " @@ -2079,12 +2079,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1082 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1083 msgid "On `A`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1097 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0 wlanmode adhoc\n" @@ -2101,18 +2101,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1100 msgid "" "The `adhoc` parameter indicates that the interface is running in IBSS mode." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1102 msgid "`B` should now be able to detect `A`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1109 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0 wlanmode adhoc\n" @@ -2122,14 +2122,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1113 msgid "" "The `I` in the output confirms that `A` is in ad-hoc mode. Now, configure " "`B` with a different IP address:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1126 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 inet 192.168.0.2 netmask 255.255.255.0 ssid freebsdap\n" @@ -2145,18 +2145,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1129 msgid "Both `A` and `B` are now ready to exchange information." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1131 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Host Access Points" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1135 msgid "" "FreeBSD can act as an Access Point (AP) which eliminates the need to buy a " "hardware AP or run an ad-hoc network. This can be particularly useful when " @@ -2165,7 +2165,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1141 msgid "" "Before configuring a FreeBSD machine as an AP, the kernel must be configured " "with the appropriate networking support for the wireless card as well as the " @@ -2174,21 +2174,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1146 msgid "" "The NDIS driver wrapper for Windows(R) drivers does not currently support AP " "operation. Only native FreeBSD wireless drivers support AP mode." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1149 msgid "" "Once wireless networking support is loaded, check if the wireless device " "supports the host-based access point mode, also known as hostap mode:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1156 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0\n" @@ -2198,7 +2198,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1162 msgid "" "This output displays the card's capabilities. The `HOSTAP` word confirms " "that this wireless card can act as an AP. Various supported ciphers are " @@ -2207,7 +2207,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1164 msgid "" "The wireless device can only be put into hostap mode during the creation of " "the network pseudo-device, so a previously created device must be destroyed " @@ -2215,19 +2215,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1168 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig wlan0 destroy\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1171 msgid "" "then regenerated with the correct option before setting the other parameters:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1176 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0 wlanmode hostap\n" @@ -2235,14 +2235,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1179 msgid "" "Use man:ifconfig[8] again to see the status of the [.filename]#wlan0# " "interface:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1191 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" @@ -2257,21 +2257,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1194 msgid "" "The `hostap` parameter indicates the interface is running in the host-based " "access point mode." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1196 msgid "" "The interface configuration can be done automatically at boot time by adding " "the following lines to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1202 #, no-wrap msgid "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" @@ -2280,13 +2280,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1204 #, no-wrap msgid "Host-based Access Point Without Authentication or Encryption" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1208 msgid "" "Although it is not recommended to run an AP without any authentication or " "encryption, this is a simple way to check if the AP is working. This " @@ -2294,14 +2294,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1210 msgid "" "Once the AP is configured, initiate a scan from another wireless machine to " "find the AP:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1217 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0\n" @@ -2311,12 +2311,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1220 msgid "The client machine found the AP and can be associated with it:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1234 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 inet 192.168.0.2 netmask 255.255.255.0 ssid freebsdap\n" @@ -2333,13 +2333,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1237 #, no-wrap msgid "WPA2 Host-based Access Point" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1241 msgid "" "This section focuses on setting up a FreeBSD access point using the WPA2 " "security protocol. More details regarding WPA and the configuration of WPA-" @@ -2347,14 +2347,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1243 msgid "" "The man:hostapd[8] daemon is used to deal with client authentication and key " "management on the WPA2-enabled AP." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1246 msgid "" "The following configuration operations are performed on the FreeBSD machine " "acting as the AP. Once the AP is correctly working, man:hostapd[8] can be " @@ -2362,38 +2362,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1250 #, no-wrap msgid "hostapd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1253 msgid "" "Before trying to configure man:hostapd[8], first configure the basic " "settings introduced in <<network-wireless-ap-basic>>." msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1254 #, no-wrap msgid "WPA2-PSK" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1257 msgid "" "WPA2-PSK is intended for small networks where the use of a backend " "authentication server is not possible or desired." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1259 msgid "The configuration is done in [.filename]#/etc/hostapd.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1271 #, no-wrap msgid "" "interface=wlan0 <.>\n" @@ -2408,19 +2408,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1274 msgid "Wireless interface used for the access point." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1275 msgid "" "Level of verbosity used during the execution of man:hostapd[8]. A value of " "`1` represents the minimal level." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1276 msgid "" "Pathname of the directory used by man:hostapd[8] to store domain socket " "files for communication with external programs such as man:hostapd_cli[8]. " @@ -2428,17 +2428,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1277 msgid "The group allowed to access the control interface files." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1278 msgid "The wireless network name, or SSID, that will appear in wireless scans." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1279 msgid "" "Enable WPA and specify which WPA authentication protocol will be required. A " "value of `2` configures the AP for WPA2 and is recommended. Set to `1` only " @@ -2446,17 +2446,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1280 msgid "ASCII passphrase for WPA authentication." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1281 msgid "The key management protocol to use. This example sets WPA-PSK." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1282 msgid "" "Encryption algorithms accepted by the access point. In this example, only " "the CCMP (AES) cipher is accepted. CCMP is an alternative to TKIP and is " @@ -2465,18 +2465,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1284 msgid "The next step is to start man:hostapd[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1288 #, no-wrap msgid "# service hostapd forcestart\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1305 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" @@ -2495,7 +2495,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1310 msgid "" "Once the AP is running, the clients can associate with it. See <<network-" "wireless-wpa>> for more details. It is possible to see the stations " @@ -2503,13 +2503,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1311 #, no-wrap msgid "WEP Host-based Access Point" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1315 msgid "" "It is not recommended to use WEP for setting up an AP since there is no " "authentication mechanism and the encryption is easily cracked. Some legacy " @@ -2518,14 +2518,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1317 msgid "" "The wireless device can now be put into hostap mode and configured with the " "correct SSID and IP address:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1323 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0 wlanmode hostap\n" @@ -2534,7 +2534,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1326 msgid "" "The `weptxkey` indicates which WEP key will be used in the transmission. " "This example uses the third key as key numbering starts with `1`. This " @@ -2542,7 +2542,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1327 msgid "" "The `wepkey` sets the selected WEP key. It should be in the format _index:" "key_. If the index is not given, key `1` is set. The index needs to be set " @@ -2550,13 +2550,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1329 msgid "" "Use man:ifconfig[8] to see the status of the [.filename]#wlan0# interface:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1341 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" @@ -2571,14 +2571,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1344 msgid "" "From another wireless machine, it is now possible to initiate a scan to find " "the AP:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1351 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0\n" @@ -2588,20 +2588,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1355 msgid "" "In this example, the client machine found the AP and can associate with it " "using the correct parameters. See <<network-wireless-wep>> for more details." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1356 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Both Wired and Wireless Connections" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1360 msgid "" "A wired connection provides better performance and reliability, while a " "wireless connection provides flexibility and mobility. Laptop users " @@ -2609,7 +2609,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1363 msgid "" "On FreeBSD, it is possible to combine two or even more network interfaces " "together in a \"failover\" fashion. This type of configuration uses the " @@ -2618,7 +2618,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1365 msgid "" "Link aggregation and failover is covered in <<network-aggregation>> and an " "example for using both wired and wireless connections is provided at " @@ -2626,14 +2626,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1369 msgid "" "This section describes a number of steps to help troubleshoot common " "wireless networking problems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1371 msgid "" "If the access point is not listed when scanning, check that the " "configuration has not limited the wireless device to a limited set of " @@ -2641,7 +2641,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1372 msgid "" "If the device cannot associate with an access point, verify that the " "configuration matches the settings on the access point. This includes the " @@ -2652,21 +2652,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1374 msgid "" "Debugging support is provided by man:wpa_supplicant[8]. Try running this " "utility manually with `-dd` and look at the system logs." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1375 msgid "" "Once the system can associate with the access point, diagnose the network " "configuration using tools like man:ping[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1376 msgid "" "There are many lower-level debugging tools. Debugging messages can be " "enabled in the 802.11 protocol support layer using man:wlandebug[8]. For " @@ -2675,7 +2675,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1381 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# wlandebug -i wlan0 +scan+auth+debug+assoc\n" @@ -2683,7 +2683,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1387 msgid "" "Many useful statistics are maintained by the 802.11 layer and `wlanstats`, " "found in [.filename]#/usr/src/tools/tools/net80211#, will dump this " @@ -2694,20 +2694,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1389 msgid "" "If the above information does not help to clarify the problem, submit a " "problem report and include output from the above tools." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1391 #, no-wrap msgid "USB Tethering" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1395 msgid "" "Many cellphones provide the option to share their data connection over USB " "(often called \"tethering\"). This feature uses one of RNDIS, CDC, or a " @@ -2715,27 +2715,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1397 msgid "Android(TM) devices generally use the man:urndis[4] driver." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1398 msgid "Apple(R) devices use the man:ipheth[4] driver." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1399 msgid "Older devices will often use the man:cdce[4] driver." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1401 msgid "Before attaching a device, load the appropriate driver into the kernel:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1407 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kldload if_urndis\n" @@ -2744,7 +2744,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1410 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1411 msgid "" "Once the device is attached ``ue``_0_ will be available for use like a " "normal network device. Be sure that the \"USB tethering\" option is enabled " @@ -2752,7 +2752,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1413 msgid "" "To make this change permanent and load the driver as a module at boot time, " "place the appropriate line of the following in [.filename]#/boot/loader." @@ -2760,7 +2760,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1419 #, no-wrap msgid "" "if_urndis_load=\"YES\"\n" @@ -2769,13 +2769,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1422 #, no-wrap msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1427 msgid "" "Bluetooth is a wireless technology for creating personal networks operating " "in the 2.4 GHz unlicensed band, with a range of 10 meters. Networks are " @@ -2786,20 +2786,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1430 msgid "" "This section describes the use of a USB Bluetooth dongle on a FreeBSD " "system. It then describes the various Bluetooth protocols and utilities." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1431 #, no-wrap msgid "Loading Bluetooth Support" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1438 msgid "" "The Bluetooth stack in FreeBSD is implemented using the man:netgraph[4] " "framework. A broad variety of Bluetooth USB dongles is supported by man:" @@ -2811,7 +2811,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1441 msgid "" "Before attaching a device, determine which of the above drivers it uses, " "then load the driver. For example, if the device uses the man:ng_ubt[4] " @@ -2819,13 +2819,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1445 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload ng_ubt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1448 msgid "" "If the Bluetooth device will be attached to the system during system " "startup, the system can be configured to load the module at boot time by " @@ -2833,13 +2833,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1452 #, no-wrap msgid "ng_ubt_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1456 msgid "" "Once the driver is loaded, plug in the USB dongle. If the driver load was " "successful, output similar to the following should appear on the console and " @@ -2847,7 +2847,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1463 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ubt0: vendor 0x0a12 product 0x0001, rev 1.10/5.25, addr 2\n" @@ -2857,7 +2857,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1468 msgid "" "To start and stop the Bluetooth stack, use its startup script. It is a good " "idea to stop the stack before unplugging the device. Starting the bluetooth " @@ -2866,7 +2866,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1483 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service bluetooth start ubt0\n" @@ -2884,13 +2884,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1485 #, no-wrap msgid "Finding Other Bluetooth Devices" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1490 msgid "" "The Host Controller Interface (HCI) provides a uniform method for accessing " "Bluetooth baseband capabilities. In FreeBSD, a netgraph HCI node is created " @@ -2898,7 +2898,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1497 msgid "" "One of the most common tasks is discovery of Bluetooth devices within RF " "proximity. This operation is called _inquiry_. Inquiry and other HCI " @@ -2909,7 +2909,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1510 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% hccontrol -n ubt0hci inquiry\n" @@ -2925,7 +2925,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1516 msgid "" "The `BD_ADDR` is the unique address of a Bluetooth device, similar to the " "MAC address of a network card. This address is needed for further " @@ -2936,7 +2936,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1522 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% hccontrol -n ubt0hci remote_name_request 00:80:37:29:19:a4\n" @@ -2945,7 +2945,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1526 msgid "" "If an inquiry is performed on a remote Bluetooth device, it will find the " "computer as \"your.host.name (ubt0)\". The name assigned to the local " @@ -2953,7 +2953,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1529 msgid "" "Remote devices can be assigned aliases in [.filename]#/etc/bluetooth/" "hosts#. More information about [.filename]#/etc/bluetooth/hosts# file might " @@ -2961,7 +2961,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1532 msgid "" "The Bluetooth system provides a point-to-point connection between two " "Bluetooth units, or a point-to-multipoint connection which is shared among " @@ -2970,27 +2970,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1536 #, no-wrap msgid "% hccontrol -n ubt0hci create_connection BT_ADDR\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1539 msgid "" "`create_connection` accepts `BT_ADDR` as well as host aliases in [." "filename]#/etc/bluetooth/hosts#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1541 msgid "" "The following example shows how to obtain the list of active baseband " "connections for the local device:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1547 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% hccontrol -n ubt0hci read_connection_list\n" @@ -2999,7 +2999,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1551 msgid "" "A _connection handle_ is useful when termination of the baseband connection " "is required, though it is normally not required to do this by hand. The " @@ -3007,7 +3007,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1557 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# hccontrol -n ubt0hci disconnect 41\n" @@ -3016,20 +3016,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1561 msgid "" "Type `hccontrol help` for a complete listing of available HCI commands. " "Most of the HCI commands do not require superuser privileges." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1562 #, no-wrap msgid "Device Pairing" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1573 msgid "" "By default, Bluetooth communication is not authenticated, and any device can " "talk to any other device. A Bluetooth device, such as a cellular phone, may " @@ -3044,7 +3044,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1577 msgid "" "The man:hcsecd[8] daemon is responsible for handling Bluetooth " "authentication requests. The default configuration file is [.filename]#/etc/" @@ -3053,7 +3053,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1586 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device {\n" @@ -3065,7 +3065,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1596 msgid "" "The only limitation on PIN codes is length. Some devices, such as Bluetooth " "headsets, may have a fixed PIN code built in. The `-d` switch forces man:" @@ -3079,25 +3079,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1598 msgid "" "The following line can be added to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# to configure " "man:hcsecd[8] to start automatically on system start:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1602 #, no-wrap msgid "hcsecd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1605 msgid "The following is a sample of the man:hcsecd[8] daemon output:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1614 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hcsecd[16484]: Got Link_Key_Request event from 'ubt0hci', remote bdaddr 0:80:37:29:19:a4\n" @@ -3109,13 +3109,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1616 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Access with PPP Profiles" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1620 msgid "" "A Dial-Up Networking (DUN) profile can be used to configure a cellular phone " "as a wireless modem for connecting to a dial-up Internet access server. It " @@ -3124,7 +3124,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1623 msgid "" "Network access with a PPP profile can be used to provide LAN access for a " "single Bluetooth device or multiple Bluetooth devices. It can also provide " @@ -3132,7 +3132,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1627 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, these profiles are implemented with man:ppp[8] and the man:" "rfcomm_pppd[8] wrapper which converts a Bluetooth connection into something " @@ -3141,20 +3141,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1629 msgid "" "In this example, man:rfcomm_pppd[8] is used to open a connection to a remote " "device with a `BD_ADDR` of `00:80:37:29:19:a4` on a DUNRFCOMM channel:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1633 #, no-wrap msgid "# rfcomm_pppd -a 00:80:37:29:19:a4 -c -C dun -l rfcomm-dialup\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1638 msgid "" "The actual channel number will be obtained from the remote device using the " "SDP protocol. It is possible to specify the RFCOMM channel by hand, and in " @@ -3163,7 +3163,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1644 msgid "" "In order to provide network access with the PPPLAN service, man:sdpd[8] must " "be running and a new entry for LAN clients must be created in [.filename]#/" @@ -3174,32 +3174,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1648 #, no-wrap msgid "# rfcomm_pppd -s -C 7 -l rfcomm-server\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1650 #, no-wrap msgid "Bluetooth Protocols" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1653 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of the various Bluetooth protocols, their " "function, and associated utilities." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1654 #, no-wrap msgid "Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol (L2CAP)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1658 msgid "" "The Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol (L2CAP) provides connection-" "oriented and connectionless data services to upper layer protocols. L2CAP " @@ -3208,7 +3208,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1664 msgid "" "L2CAP is based around the concept of _channels_. A channel is a logical " "connection on top of a baseband connection, where each channel is bound to a " @@ -3220,7 +3220,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1669 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, a netgraph L2CAP node is created for each Bluetooth device. " "This node is normally connected to the downstream Bluetooth HCI node and " @@ -3229,7 +3229,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1672 msgid "" "A useful command is man:l2ping[8], which can be used to ping other devices. " "Some Bluetooth implementations might not return all of the data sent to " @@ -3237,7 +3237,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1680 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# l2ping -a 00:80:37:29:19:a4\n" @@ -3248,7 +3248,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1684 msgid "" "The man:l2control[8] utility is used to perform various operations on L2CAP " "nodes. This example shows how to obtain the list of logical connections " @@ -3256,7 +3256,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1695 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% l2control -a 00:02:72:00:d4:1a read_channel_list\n" @@ -3270,7 +3270,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1700 msgid "" "Another diagnostic tool is man:btsockstat[1]. It is similar to man:" "netstat[1], but for Bluetooth network-related data structures. The example " @@ -3278,7 +3278,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1713 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% btsockstat\n" @@ -3294,13 +3294,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1715 #, no-wrap msgid "Radio Frequency Communication (RFCOMM)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1720 msgid "" "The RFCOMM protocol provides emulation of serial ports over the L2CAP " "protocol. RFCOMM is a simple transport protocol, with additional provisions " @@ -3310,7 +3310,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1724 msgid "" "For the purposes of RFCOMM, a complete communication path involves two " "applications running on the communication endpoints with a communication " @@ -3321,7 +3321,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1727 msgid "" "RFCOMM is only concerned with the connection between the devices in the " "direct connect case, or between the device and a modem in the network case. " @@ -3331,18 +3331,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1728 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1729 msgid "In FreeBSD, RFCOMM is implemented at the Bluetooth sockets layer." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1730 #, no-wrap msgid "Service Discovery Protocol (SDP)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1734 msgid "" "The Service Discovery Protocol (SDP) provides the means for client " "applications to discover the existence of services provided by server " @@ -3352,7 +3352,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1741 msgid "" "SDP involves communication between a SDP server and a SDP client. The " "server maintains a list of service records that describe the characteristics " @@ -3367,7 +3367,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1744 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1745 msgid "" "Normally, a SDP client searches for services based on some desired " "characteristics of the services. However, there are times when it is " @@ -3377,7 +3377,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1748 msgid "" "The Bluetooth SDP server, man:sdpd[8], and command line client, man:" "sdpcontrol[8], are included in the standard FreeBSD installation. The " @@ -3385,7 +3385,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1759 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% sdpcontrol -a 00:01:03:fc:6e:ec browse\n" @@ -3399,7 +3399,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1763 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Record Handle: 0x00000001\n" @@ -3408,7 +3408,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1773 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Record Handle: 0x00000002\n" @@ -3423,7 +3423,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1780 msgid "" "Note that each service has a list of attributes, such as the RFCOMM " "channel. Depending on the service, the user might need to make note of some " @@ -3434,13 +3434,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1784 #, no-wrap msgid "% sdpcontrol -a 00:01:03:fc:6e:ec search OPUSH\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1788 msgid "" "Offering services on FreeBSD to Bluetooth clients is done with the man:" "sdpd[8] server. The following line can be added to [.filename]#/etc/rc." @@ -3448,24 +3448,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1792 #, no-wrap msgid "sdpd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1794 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1795 msgid "Then the man:sdpd[8] daemon can be started with:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1799 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sdpd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1804 msgid "" "The local server application that wants to provide a Bluetooth service to " "remote clients will register the service with the local SDP daemon. An " @@ -3474,26 +3474,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1805 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1806 msgid "" "The list of services registered with the local SDP server can be obtained by " "issuing a SDP browse query via the local control channel:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1810 #, no-wrap msgid "# sdpcontrol -l browse\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1812 #, no-wrap msgid "OBEX Object Push (OPUSH)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1816 msgid "" "Object Exchange (OBEX) is a widely used protocol for simple file transfers " "between mobile devices. Its main use is in infrared communication, where it " @@ -3503,14 +3503,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1818 msgid "" "The OBEX server and client are implemented by obexapp, which can be " "installed using the package:comms/obexapp[] package or port." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1826 msgid "" "The OBEX client is used to push and/or pull objects from the OBEX server. " "An example object is a business card or an appointment. The OBEX client can " @@ -3524,7 +3524,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1836 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% obexapp -a 00:80:37:29:19:a4 -C IrMC\n" @@ -3537,7 +3537,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1843 msgid "" "In order to provide the OPUSH service, man:sdpd[8] must be running and a " "root folder, where all incoming objects will be stored, must be created. " @@ -3548,19 +3548,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1847 #, no-wrap msgid "# obexapp -s -C 10\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1849 #, no-wrap msgid "Serial Port Profile (SPP)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1853 msgid "" "The Serial Port Profile (SPP) allows Bluetooth devices to perform serial " "cable emulation. This profile allows legacy applications to use Bluetooth " @@ -3568,7 +3568,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1858 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, man:rfcomm_sppd[1] implements SPP and a pseudo tty is used as a " "virtual serial port abstraction. The example below shows how to connect to " @@ -3578,7 +3578,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1864 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# rfcomm_sppd -a 00:07:E0:00:0B:CA -t\n" @@ -3587,23 +3587,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1867 msgid "Once connected, the pseudo tty can be used as serial port:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1870 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1871 #, no-wrap msgid "# cu -l /dev/pts/6\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1874 msgid "The pseudo tty is printed on stdout and can be read by wrapper scripts:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1878 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1879 #, no-wrap msgid "" "PTS=`rfcomm_sppd -a 00:07:E0:00:0B:CA -t`\n" @@ -3611,7 +3611,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1886 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1887 msgid "" "By default, when FreeBSD is accepting a new connection, it tries to perform " "a role switch and become master. Some older Bluetooth devices which do not " @@ -3622,13 +3622,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1890 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1891 #, no-wrap msgid "# hccontrol -n ubt0hci write_node_role_switch 0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1894 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1895 msgid "" "To display Bluetooth packets, use the third-party package hcidump, which can " "be installed using the package:comms/hcidump[] package or port. This " @@ -3638,13 +3638,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1897 #, no-wrap msgid "Bridging" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1901 msgid "" "It is sometimes useful to divide a network, such as an Ethernet segment, " "into network segments without having to create IP subnets and use a router " @@ -3653,7 +3653,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1905 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1906 msgid "" "A bridge works by learning the MAC addresses of the devices on each of its " "network interfaces. It forwards traffic between networks only when the " @@ -3664,18 +3664,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1908 msgid "Bridging can be useful in the following situations:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1908 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1909 #, no-wrap msgid "Connecting Networks" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1913 msgid "" "The basic operation of a bridge is to join two or more network segments. " "There are many reasons to use a host-based bridge instead of networking " @@ -3685,20 +3685,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1913 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1914 #, no-wrap msgid "Filtering/Traffic Shaping Firewall" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1916 msgid "" "A bridge can be used when firewall functionality is needed without routing " "or Network Address Translation (NAT)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1921 msgid "" "An example is a small company that is connected via DSL or ISDN to an ISP. " "There are thirteen public IP addresses from the ISP and ten computers on the " @@ -3708,13 +3708,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1922 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Tap" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1923 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1924 msgid "" "A bridge can join two network segments in order to inspect all Ethernet " "frames that pass between them using man:bpf[4] and man:tcpdump[1] on the " @@ -3723,33 +3723,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1924 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1925 #, no-wrap msgid "Layer 2 VPN" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1927 msgid "" "Two Ethernet networks can be joined across an IP link by bridging the " "networks to an EtherIP tunnel or a man:tap[4] based solution such as OpenVPN." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1927 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1928 #, no-wrap msgid "Layer 2 Redundancy" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1929 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1930 msgid "" "A network can be connected together with multiple links and use the Spanning " "Tree Protocol (STP) to block redundant paths." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1933 msgid "" "This section describes how to configure a FreeBSD system as a bridge using " "man:if_bridge[4]. A netgraph bridging driver is also available, and is " @@ -3757,7 +3757,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1937 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1938 msgid "" "Packet filtering can be used with any firewall package that hooks into the " "man:pfil[9] framework. The bridge can be used as a traffic shaper with man:" @@ -3765,13 +3765,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1940 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling the Bridge" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1944 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, man:if_bridge[4] is a kernel module which is automatically " "loaded by man:ifconfig[8] when creating a bridge interface. It is also " @@ -3780,14 +3780,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1947 msgid "" "The bridge is created using interface cloning. To create the bridge " "interface:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1957 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1958 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig bridge create\n" @@ -3801,7 +3801,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1962 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1963 msgid "" "When a bridge interface is created, it is automatically assigned a randomly " "generated Ethernet address. The `maxaddr` and `timeout` parameters control " @@ -3811,7 +3811,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1965 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1966 msgid "" "Next, specify which network interfaces to add as members of the bridge. For " "the bridge to forward packets, all member interfaces and the bridge need to " @@ -3819,7 +3819,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1971 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1972 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig bridge0 addm fxp0 addm fxp1 up\n" @@ -3828,7 +3828,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1976 msgid "" "The bridge can now forward Ethernet frames between [.filename]#fxp0# and [." "filename]#fxp1#. Add the following lines to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# so " @@ -3836,7 +3836,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1983 #, no-wrap msgid "" "cloned_interfaces=\"bridge0\"\n" @@ -3846,7 +3846,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1987 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1988 msgid "" "If the bridge host needs an IP address, set it on the bridge interface, not " "on the member interfaces. The address can be set statically or via DHCP. " @@ -3854,13 +3854,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1991 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1992 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig bridge0 inet 192.168.0.1/24\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1995 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1996 msgid "" "It is also possible to assign an IPv6 address to a bridge interface. To " "make the changes permanent, add the addressing information to [.filename]#/" @@ -3868,7 +3868,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2002 msgid "" "When packet filtering is enabled, bridged packets will pass through the " "filter inbound on the originating interface on the bridge interface, and " @@ -3878,7 +3878,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2004 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2005 msgid "" "The bridge has several configurable settings for passing non-IP and IP " "packets, and layer2 firewalling with man:ipfw[8]. See man:if_bridge[4] for " @@ -3886,13 +3886,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2007 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling Spanning Tree" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2011 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2012 msgid "" "For an Ethernet network to function properly, only one active path can exist " "between two devices. The STP protocol detects loops and puts redundant " @@ -3902,7 +3902,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2015 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2016 msgid "" "The Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP or 802.1w) provides backwards " "compatibility with legacy STP. RSTP provides faster convergence and " @@ -3912,7 +3912,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2019 msgid "" "STP can be enabled on member interfaces using man:ifconfig[8]. For a bridge " "with [.filename]#fxp0# and [.filename]#fxp1# as the current interfaces, " @@ -3920,7 +3920,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2033 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2034 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig bridge0 stp fxp0 stp fxp1\n" @@ -3938,7 +3938,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2037 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2038 msgid "" "This bridge has a spanning tree ID of `00:01:02:4b:d4:50` and a priority of " "`32768`. As the `root id` is the same, it indicates that this is the root " @@ -3946,12 +3946,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2039 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2040 msgid "Another bridge on the network also has STP enabled:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2053 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2054 #, no-wrap msgid "" "bridge0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" @@ -3968,7 +3968,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2057 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2058 msgid "" "The line `root id 00:01:02:4b:d4:50 priority 32768 ifcost 400000 port 4` " "shows that the root bridge is `00:01:02:4b:d4:50` and has a path cost of " @@ -3977,13 +3977,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2058 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2059 #, no-wrap msgid "Bridge Interface Parameters" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2064 msgid "" "Several `ifconfig` parameters are unique to bridge interfaces. This section " "summarizes some common uses for these parameters. The complete list of " @@ -3991,13 +3991,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2065 #, no-wrap msgid "private" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2068 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2069 msgid "" "A private interface does not forward any traffic to any other port that is " "also designated as a private interface. The traffic is blocked " @@ -4007,13 +4007,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2070 #, no-wrap msgid "span" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2074 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2075 msgid "" "A span port transmits a copy of every Ethernet frame received by the " "bridge. The number of span ports configured on a bridge is unlimited, but " @@ -4025,19 +4025,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2078 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2079 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig bridge0 span fxp4\n" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2080 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2081 #, no-wrap msgid "sticky" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2085 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2086 msgid "" "If a bridge member interface is marked as sticky, dynamically learned " "address entries are treated as static entries in the forwarding cache. " @@ -4049,7 +4049,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2089 msgid "" "An example of using sticky addresses is to combine the bridge with VLANs in " "order to isolate customer networks without wasting IP address space. " @@ -4058,7 +4058,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2093 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2094 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig bridge0 addm vlan100 sticky vlan100 addm vlan101 sticky vlan101\n" @@ -4066,7 +4066,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2098 msgid "" "In this example, both clients see `192.168.0.1` as their default gateway. " "Since the bridge cache is sticky, one host cannot spoof the MAC address of " @@ -4074,27 +4074,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2100 msgid "" "Any communication between the VLANs can be blocked using a firewall or, as " "seen in this example, private interfaces:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2104 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig bridge0 private vlan100 private vlan101\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2107 msgid "" "The customers are completely isolated from each other and the full `/24` " "address range can be allocated without subnetting." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2110 msgid "" "The number of unique source MAC addresses behind an interface can be " "limited. Once the limit is reached, packets with unknown source addresses " @@ -4102,20 +4102,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2112 msgid "" "The following example sets the maximum number of Ethernet devices for " "`CustomerA` on `vlan100` to 10:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2116 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig bridge0 ifmaxaddr vlan100 10\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2122 msgid "" "Bridge interfaces also support monitor mode, where the packets are discarded " "after man:bpf[4] processing and are not processed or forwarded further. " @@ -4127,7 +4127,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2127 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig bridge0 addm fxp0 addm fxp1 addm fxp2 addm fxp3 monitor up\n" @@ -4135,13 +4135,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2129 #, no-wrap msgid "SNMP Monitoring" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2133 msgid "" "The bridge interface and STP parameters can be monitored via man:bsnmpd[1] " "which is included in the FreeBSD base system. The exported bridge MIBs " @@ -4150,20 +4150,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2135 msgid "" "To enable monitoring on the bridge, uncomment this line in [.filename]#/etc/" "snmpd.config# by removing the beginning `#` symbol:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2139 #, no-wrap msgid "begemotSnmpdModulePath.\"bridge\" = \"/usr/lib/snmp_bridge.so\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2144 msgid "" "Other configuration settings, such as community names and access lists, may " "need to be modified in this file. See man:bsnmpd[1] and man:snmp_bridge[3] " @@ -4172,24 +4172,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2148 #, no-wrap msgid "bsnmpd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2151 msgid "Then, start man:bsnmpd[1]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2155 #, no-wrap msgid "# service bsnmpd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2160 msgid "" "The following examples use the Net-SNMP software (package:net-mgmt/net-" "snmp[]) to query a bridge from a client system. The package:net-mgmt/" @@ -4199,7 +4199,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2165 #, no-wrap msgid "" "mibdirs +/usr/share/snmp/mibs\n" @@ -4207,12 +4207,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2168 msgid "To monitor a single bridge using the IETF BRIDGE-MIB (RFC4188):" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2187 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% snmpwalk -v 2c -c public bridge1.example.com mib-2.dot1dBridge\n" @@ -4234,7 +4234,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2192 msgid "" "The `dot1dStpTopChanges.0` value is two, indicating that the STP bridge " "topology has changed twice. A topology change means that one or more links " @@ -4243,14 +4243,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2194 msgid "" "To monitor multiple bridge interfaces, the private BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB can be " "used:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2212 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% snmpwalk -v 2c -c public bridge1.example.com\n" @@ -4271,14 +4271,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2215 msgid "" "To change the bridge interface being monitored via the `mib-2.dot1dBridge` " "subtree:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2220 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% snmpset -v 2c -c private bridge1.example.com\n" @@ -4286,13 +4286,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2223 #, no-wrap msgid "Link Aggregation and Failover" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2228 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides the man:lagg[4] interface which can be used to aggregate " "multiple network interfaces into one virtual interface in order to provide " @@ -4304,7 +4304,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2231 msgid "" "The aggregation protocols supported by the lagg interface determine which " "ports are used for outgoing traffic and whether or not a specific port " @@ -4313,13 +4313,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2232 #, no-wrap msgid "failover" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2237 msgid "" "This mode sends and receives traffic only through the master port. If the " "master port becomes unavailable, the next active port is used. The first " @@ -4330,13 +4330,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2238 #, no-wrap msgid "loadbalance" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2241 msgid "" "This provides a static setup and does not negotiate aggregation with the " "peer or exchange frames to monitor the link. If the switch supports LACP, " @@ -4344,13 +4344,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2242 #, no-wrap msgid "lacp" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2247 msgid "" "The IEEE(R) 802.3ad Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) negotiates a " "set of aggregable links with the peer into one or more Link Aggregated " @@ -4362,7 +4362,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2250 msgid "" "LACP balances outgoing traffic across the active ports based on hashed " "protocol header information and accepts incoming traffic from any active " @@ -4371,13 +4371,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2251 #, no-wrap msgid "roundrobin" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2254 msgid "" "This mode distributes outgoing traffic using a round-robin scheduler through " "all active ports and accepts incoming traffic from any active port. Since " @@ -4385,26 +4385,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2255 #, no-wrap msgid "broadcast" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2257 msgid "" "This mode sends outgoing traffic to all ports configured on the lagg " "interface, and receives frames on any port." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2258 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration Examples" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2262 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to configure a Cisco(R) switch and a FreeBSD " "system for LACP load balancing. It then shows how to configure two Ethernet " @@ -4413,13 +4413,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2264 #, no-wrap msgid "LACP Aggregation with a Cisco(R) Switch" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2270 msgid "" "This example connects two man:fxp[4] Ethernet interfaces on a FreeBSD " "machine to the first two Ethernet ports on a Cisco(R) switch as a single " @@ -4430,7 +4430,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2273 msgid "" "Frame ordering is mandatory on Ethernet links and any traffic between two " "stations always flows over the same physical link, limiting the maximum " @@ -4440,14 +4440,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2275 msgid "" "On the Cisco(R) switch, add the _FastEthernet0/1_ and _FastEthernet0/2_ " "interfaces to channel group _1_:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2285 #, no-wrap msgid "" "interface FastEthernet0/1\n" @@ -4460,7 +4460,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2288 msgid "" "On the FreeBSD system, create the man:lagg[4] interface using the physical " "interfaces _fxp0_ and _fxp1_ and bring the interfaces up with an IP address " @@ -4468,7 +4468,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2295 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig fxp0 up\n" @@ -4478,12 +4478,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2298 msgid "Next, verify the status of the virtual interface:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2311 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig lagg0\n" @@ -4499,7 +4499,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2316 msgid "" "Ports marked as `ACTIVE` are part of the LAG that has been negotiated with " "the remote switch. Traffic will be transmitted and received through these " @@ -4507,12 +4507,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2318 msgid "To see the port status on the Cisco(R) switch:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2325 #, no-wrap msgid "" "switch# show lacp neighbor\n" @@ -4522,19 +4522,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2327 #, no-wrap msgid "Channel group 1 neighbors\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2329 #, no-wrap msgid "Partner's information:\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2334 #, no-wrap msgid "" " LACP port Oper Port Port\n" @@ -4544,19 +4544,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2337 msgid "For more detail, type `show lacp neighbor detail`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2339 msgid "" "To retain this configuration across reboots, add the following entries to [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf# on the FreeBSD system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2346 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ifconfig_fxp0=\"up\"\n" @@ -4566,13 +4566,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2351 #, no-wrap msgid "Failover Mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2358 msgid "" "Failover mode can be used to switch over to a secondary interface if the " "link is lost on the master interface. To configure failover, make sure that " @@ -4583,7 +4583,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2365 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig fxp0 up\n" @@ -4593,13 +4593,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2367 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2469 msgid "The virtual interface should look something like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2381 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig lagg0\n" @@ -4615,7 +4615,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2386 msgid "" "Traffic will be transmitted and received on _fxp0_. If the link is lost on " "_fxp0_, _fxp1_ will become the active link. If the link is restored on the " @@ -4623,15 +4623,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2387 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2492 msgid "" "To retain this configuration across reboots, add the following entries to [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2395 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ifconfig_fxp0=\"up\"\n" @@ -4641,13 +4641,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2400 #, no-wrap msgid "Failover Mode Between Ethernet and Wireless Interfaces" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2406 msgid "" "For laptop users, it is usually desirable to configure the wireless device " "as a secondary which is only used when the Ethernet connection is not " @@ -4657,14 +4657,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2408 msgid "" "This is achieved by overriding the Ethernet interface's MAC address with " "that of the wireless interface." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2414 msgid "" "In theory, either the Ethernet or wireless MAC address can be changed to " "match the other. However, some popular wireless interfaces lack support for " @@ -4673,7 +4673,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2421 msgid "" "If the driver for the wireless interface is not loaded in the `GENERIC` or " "custom kernel, and the computer is running FreeBSD {rel121-current}, load " @@ -4686,7 +4686,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2427 msgid "" "In this example, the Ethernet interface, _re0_, is the master and the " "wireless interface, _wlan0_, is the failover. The _wlan0_ interface was " @@ -4698,18 +4698,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2431 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0 country FR ssid my_router up\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2434 msgid "Now you can determine the MAC address of the wireless interface:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2449 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" @@ -4727,27 +4727,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2452 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2453 msgid "" "The `ether` line will contain the MAC address of the specified interface. " "Now, change the MAC address of the Ethernet interface to match:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2457 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig re0 ether b8:ee:65:5b:32:59\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2460 msgid "" "Make sure the _re0_ interface is up, then create the man:lagg[4] interface " "with _re0_ as master with failover to _wlan0_:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2466 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig re0 up\n" @@ -4756,7 +4756,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2482 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig lagg0\n" @@ -4772,18 +4772,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2485 msgid "Then, start the DHCP client to obtain an IP address:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2489 #, no-wrap msgid "# dhclient lagg0\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2501 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ifconfig_re0=\"ether b8:ee:65:5b:32:59\"\n" @@ -4795,13 +4795,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2506 #, no-wrap msgid "Diskless Operation with PXE" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2512 msgid "" "The Intel(R) Preboot eXecution Environment (PXE) allows an operating system " "to boot over the network. For example, a FreeBSD system can boot over the " @@ -4812,7 +4812,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2514 msgid "" "In order to provide the files needed for an operating system to boot over " "the network, a PXE setup also requires properly configured DHCP, TFTP, and " @@ -4820,24 +4820,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2516 msgid "" "Initial parameters, such as an IP address, executable boot filename and " "location, server name, and root path are obtained from the DHCP server." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2517 msgid "The operating system loader file is booted using TFTP." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2518 msgid "The file systems are loaded using NFS." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2523 msgid "" "When a computer PXE boots, it receives information over DHCP about where to " "obtain the initial boot loader file. After the host computer receives this " @@ -4849,7 +4849,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2526 msgid "" "This section describes how to configure these services on a FreeBSD system " "so that other systems can PXE boot into FreeBSD. Refer to man:diskless[8] " @@ -4857,20 +4857,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2531 msgid "" "As described, the system providing these services is insecure. It should " "live in a protected area of a network and be untrusted by other hosts." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2534 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up the PXE Environment" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2540 msgid "" "The steps shown in this section configure the built-in NFS and TFTP " "servers. The next section demonstrates how to install and configure the " @@ -4882,7 +4882,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2545 msgid "" "The command examples below assume use of the man:sh[1] shell. man:csh[1] " "and man:tcsh[1] users will need to start a man:sh[1] shell or adapt the " @@ -4890,14 +4890,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2549 msgid "" "Create the root directory which will contain a FreeBSD installation to be " "NFS mounted:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2554 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# export NFSROOTDIR=/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install\n" @@ -4905,86 +4905,86 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2557 msgid "Enable the NFS server by adding this line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2561 #, no-wrap msgid "nfs_server_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2564 msgid "" "Export the diskless root directory via NFS by adding the following to [." "filename]#/etc/exports#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2568 #, no-wrap msgid "/b -ro -alldirs -maproot=root\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2571 msgid "Start the NFS server:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2575 #, no-wrap msgid "# service nfsd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2578 msgid "" "Enable man:inetd[8] by adding the following line to [.filename]#/etc/rc." "conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2582 #, no-wrap msgid "inetd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2585 msgid "" "Uncomment the following line in [.filename]#/etc/inetd.conf# by making sure " "it does not start with a `#` symbol:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2589 #, no-wrap msgid "tftp dgram udp wait root /usr/libexec/tftpd tftpd -l -s /b/tftpboot\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2595 msgid "" "Some PXE versions require the TCP version of TFTP. In this case, uncomment " "the second `tftp` line which contains `stream tcp`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2598 msgid "Start man:inetd[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2602 #, no-wrap msgid "# service inetd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2605 msgid "" "Install the base system into [.filename]#${NFSROOTDIR}#, either by " "decompressing the official archives or by rebuilding the FreeBSD kernel and " @@ -4995,14 +4995,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2606 msgid "" "Test that the TFTP server works and can download the boot loader which will " "be obtained via PXE:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2611 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2612 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# tftp localhost\n" @@ -5011,14 +5011,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2615 msgid "" "Edit [.filename]#${NFSROOTDIR}/etc/fstab# and create an entry to mount the " "root file system over NFS:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2620 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device Mountpoint FSType Options Dump Pass\n" @@ -5026,7 +5026,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2624 msgid "" "Replace _myhost.example.com_ with the hostname or IP address of the NFS " "server. In this example, the root file system is mounted read-only in order " @@ -5035,14 +5035,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2625 msgid "" "Set the root password in the PXE environment for client machines which are " "PXE booting :" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2630 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# chroot ${NFSROOTDIR}\n" @@ -5050,7 +5050,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2633 msgid "" "If needed, enable man:ssh[1] root logins for client machines which are PXE " "booting by editing [.filename]#${NFSROOTDIR}/etc/ssh/sshd_config# and " @@ -5058,7 +5058,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2634 msgid "" "Perform any other needed customizations of the PXE environment in [." "filename]#${NFSROOTDIR}#. These customizations could include things like " @@ -5066,7 +5066,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2637 msgid "" "When booting from an NFS root volume, [.filename]#/etc/rc# detects the NFS " "boot and runs [.filename]#/etc/rc.initdiskless#. In this case, [.filename]#/" @@ -5075,7 +5075,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2644 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# chroot ${NFSROOTDIR}\n" @@ -5085,7 +5085,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2649 msgid "" "When the system boots, memory file systems for [.filename]#/etc# and [." "filename]#/var# will be created and mounted and the contents of the [." @@ -5100,27 +5100,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2651 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring the DHCP Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2654 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not need to be the same machine as the TFTP and NFS " "server, but it needs to be accessible in the network." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2656 msgid "" "DHCP is not part of the FreeBSD base system but can be installed using the " "package:net/isc-dhcp44-server[] port or package." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2658 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2659 msgid "" "Once installed, edit the configuration file, [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/" "dhcpd.conf#. Configure the `next-server`, `filename`, and `root-path` " @@ -5128,7 +5128,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2669 #, no-wrap msgid "" "subnet 192.168.0.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n" @@ -5141,7 +5141,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2672 #, no-wrap msgid "" " # IP address of TFTP server\n" @@ -5149,7 +5149,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2674 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2675 #, no-wrap msgid "" " # path of boot loader obtained via tftp\n" @@ -5157,7 +5157,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2677 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2678 #, no-wrap msgid "" " # pxeboot boot loader will try to NFS mount this directory for root FS\n" @@ -5165,20 +5165,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2680 #, no-wrap msgid "}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2683 msgid "" "The `next-server` directive is used to specify the IP address of the TFTP " "server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2686 msgid "" "The `filename` directive defines the path to [.filename]#/boot/pxeboot#. A " "relative filename is used, meaning that [.filename]#/b/tftpboot# is not " @@ -5186,42 +5186,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2687 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2688 msgid "The `root-path` option defines the path to the NFS root file system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2690 msgid "" "Once the edits are saved, enable DHCP at boot time by adding the following " "line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2694 #, no-wrap msgid "dhcpd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2697 msgid "Then start the DHCP service:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2701 #, no-wrap msgid "# service isc-dhcpd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2703 #, no-wrap msgid "Debugging PXE Problems" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2707 msgid "" "Once all of the services are configured and started, PXE clients should be " "able to automatically load FreeBSD over the network. If a particular client " @@ -5230,14 +5230,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2709 msgid "" "This section describes some troubleshooting tips for isolating the source of " "the configuration problem should no clients be able to PXE boot." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2713 msgid "" "Use the package:net/wireshark[] package or port to debug the network traffic " "involved during the PXE booting process, which is illustrated in the diagram " @@ -5245,42 +5245,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2714 #, no-wrap msgid "PXE Booting Process with NFS Root Mount" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2715 #, no-wrap msgid "pxe-nfs.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2718 msgid "Client broadcasts a DHCPDISCOVER message." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2720 msgid "" "The DHCP server responds with the IP address, next-server, filename, and " "root-path values." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2722 msgid "" "The client sends a TFTP request to next-server, asking to retrieve filename." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2724 msgid "The TFTP server responds and sends filename to client." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2725 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2726 msgid "" "The client executes filename, which is pxeboot(8), which then loads the " "kernel. When the kernel executes, the root file system specified by root-" @@ -5288,7 +5288,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2727 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2728 msgid "" "On the TFTP server, read [.filename]#/var/log/xferlog# to ensure that [." "filename]#pxeboot# is being retrieved from the correct location. To test " @@ -5296,7 +5296,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2734 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# tftp 192.168.0.1\n" @@ -5305,40 +5305,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2736 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2737 msgid "" "The `BUGS` sections in man:tftpd[8] and man:tftp[1] document some " "limitations with TFTP." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2738 msgid "" "Make sure that the root file system can be mounted via NFS. To test this " "example configuration:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2742 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount -t nfs 192.168.0.1:/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install /mnt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2745 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2746 #, no-wrap msgid "IPv6" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2750 msgid "" "IPv6 is the new version of the well known IP protocol, also known as IPv4. " "IPv6 provides several advantages over IPv4 as well as many new features:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2752 msgid "" "Its 128-bit address space allows for " "340,282,366,920,938,463,463,374,607,431,768,211,456 addresses. This " @@ -5346,7 +5346,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2752 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2753 msgid "" "Routers only store network aggregation addresses in their routing tables, " "thus reducing the average space of a routing table to 8192 entries. This " @@ -5356,38 +5356,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2755 msgid "" "Address autoconfiguration (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2462.txt[RFC2462])." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2755 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2756 msgid "Mandatory multicast addresses." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2757 msgid "Built-in IPsec (IP security)." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2758 msgid "Simplified header structure." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2759 msgid "Support for mobile IP." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2760 msgid "IPv6-to-IPv4 transition mechanisms." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2763 msgid "" "FreeBSD includes the http://www.kame.net/[http://www.kame.net/] IPv6 " "reference implementation and comes with everything needed to use IPv6. This " @@ -5395,37 +5395,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2764 #, no-wrap msgid "Background on IPv6 Addresses" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2767 msgid "There are three different types of IPv6 addresses:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2768 #, no-wrap msgid "Unicast" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2770 msgid "" "A packet sent to a unicast address arrives at the interface belonging to the " "address." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2771 #, no-wrap msgid "Anycast" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2775 msgid "" "These addresses are syntactically indistinguishable from unicast addresses " "but they address a group of interfaces. The packet destined for an anycast " @@ -5434,13 +5434,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2776 #, no-wrap msgid "Multicast" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2780 msgid "" "These addresses identify a group of interfaces. A packet destined for a " "multicast address will arrive at all interfaces belonging to the multicast " @@ -5449,7 +5449,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2783 msgid "" "When reading an IPv6 address, the canonical form is represented as `x:x:x:x:" "x:x:x:x`, where each `x` represents a 16 bit hex value. An example is `FEBC:" @@ -5457,7 +5457,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2788 msgid "" "Often, an address will have long substrings of all zeros. A `::` (double " "colon) can be used to replace one substring per address. Also, up to three " @@ -5466,7 +5466,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2791 msgid "" "A third form is to write the last 32 bits using the well known IPv4 " "notation. For example, `2002::10.0.0.1` corresponds to the hexadecimal " @@ -5475,18 +5475,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2793 msgid "To view a FreeBSD system's IPv6 address, use man:ifconfig[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2797 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2807 #, no-wrap msgid "" "rl0: flags=8943<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,PROMISC,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500\n" @@ -5498,7 +5498,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2810 msgid "" "In this example, the [.filename]#rl0# interface is using `fe80::200:21ff:" "fe03:8e1%rl0`, an auto-configured link-local address which was automatically " @@ -5506,240 +5506,240 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2813 msgid "" "Some IPv6 addresses are reserved. A summary of these reserved addresses is " "seen in <<reservedip6>>:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2815 #, no-wrap msgid "Reserved IPv6 Addresses" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2819 #, no-wrap msgid "IPv6 address" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2820 #, no-wrap msgid "Prefixlength (Bits)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2820 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2821 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2823 #, no-wrap msgid "Notes" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2824 #, no-wrap msgid "`::`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2824 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2830 #, no-wrap msgid "128 bits" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2826 #, no-wrap msgid "unspecified" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2828 #, no-wrap msgid "Equivalent to `0.0.0.0` in IPv4." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2829 #, no-wrap msgid "`::1`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2830 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2831 #, no-wrap msgid "loopback address" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2833 #, no-wrap msgid "Equivalent to `127.0.0.1` in IPv4." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2834 #, no-wrap msgid "`::00:xx:xx:xx:xx`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2834 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2840 #, no-wrap msgid "96 bits" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2836 #, no-wrap msgid "embedded IPv4" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2838 #, no-wrap msgid "The lower 32 bits are the compatible IPv4 address." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2839 #, no-wrap msgid "`::ff:xx:xx:xx:xx`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2840 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2841 #, no-wrap msgid "IPv4 mapped IPv6 address" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2843 #, no-wrap msgid "The lower 32 bits are the IPv4 address for hosts which do not support IPv6." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2844 #, no-wrap msgid "`fe80::/10`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2844 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2845 #, no-wrap msgid "10 bits" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2846 #, no-wrap msgid "link-local" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2847 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2848 #, no-wrap msgid "Equivalent to 169.254.0.0/16 in IPv4." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2849 #, no-wrap msgid "`fc00::/7`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2850 #, no-wrap msgid "7 bits" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2851 #, no-wrap msgid "unique-local" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2853 #, no-wrap msgid "Unique local addresses are intended for local communication and are only routable within a set of cooperating sites." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2854 #, no-wrap msgid "`ff00::`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2855 #, no-wrap msgid "8 bits" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2856 #, no-wrap msgid "multicast" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2859 #, no-wrap msgid "``2000::-3fff::``" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2860 #, no-wrap msgid "3 bits" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2861 #, no-wrap msgid "global unicast" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2862 #, no-wrap msgid "All global unicast addresses are assigned from this pool. The first 3 bits are `001`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2864 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2865 msgid "" "For further information on the structure of IPv6 addresses, refer to http://" "www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3513.txt[RFC3513]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2866 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring IPv6" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2869 msgid "" "To configure a FreeBSD system as an IPv6 client, add these two lines to [." "filename]#rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2874 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ifconfig_rl0_ipv6=\"inet6 accept_rtadv\"\n" @@ -5747,7 +5747,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2878 msgid "" "The first line enables the specified interface to receive router " "advertisement messages. The second line enables the router solicitation " @@ -5755,62 +5755,62 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2880 msgid "" "If the interface needs a statically assigned IPv6 address, add an entry to " "specify the static address and associated prefix length:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2884 #, no-wrap msgid "ifconfig_rl0_ipv6=\"inet6 2001:db8:4672:6565:2026:5043:2d42:5344 prefixlen 64\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2886 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2887 msgid "To assign a default router, specify its address:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2890 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2891 #, no-wrap msgid "ipv6_defaultrouter=\"2001:db8:4672:6565::1\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2892 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2893 #, no-wrap msgid "Connecting to a Provider" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2896 msgid "" "In order to connect to other IPv6 networks, one must have a provider or a " "tunnel that supports IPv6:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2897 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2898 msgid "Contact an Internet Service Provider to see if they offer IPv6." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2898 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2899 msgid "" "http://www.tunnelbroker.net[Hurricane Electric] offers tunnels with end-" "points all around the globe." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2903 msgid "" "Install the package:net/freenet6[] package or port for a dial-up connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2905 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2906 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to take the directions from a tunnel provider " "and convert them into [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# settings that will persist " @@ -5818,20 +5818,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2908 msgid "" "The first [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# entry creates the generic tunneling " "interface [.filename]#gif0#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2912 #, no-wrap msgid "cloned_interfaces=\"gif0\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2916 msgid "" "Next, configure that interface with the IPv4 addresses of the local and " "remote endpoints. Replace `_MY_IPv4_ADDR_` and `_REMOTE_IPv4_ADDR_` with " @@ -5839,13 +5839,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2920 #, no-wrap msgid "create_args_gif0=\"tunnel MY_IPv4_ADDR REMOTE_IPv4_ADDR\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2922 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2923 msgid "" "To apply the IPv6 address that has been assigned for use as the IPv6 tunnel " "endpoint, add this line, replacing `_MY_ASSIGNED_IPv6_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT_ADDR_` " @@ -5853,13 +5853,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2927 #, no-wrap msgid "ifconfig_gif0_ipv6=\"inet6 MY_ASSIGNED_IPv6_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT_ADDR\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2931 msgid "" "Then, set the default route for the other side of the IPv6 tunnel. Replace " "`_MY_IPv6_REMOTE_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT_ADDR_` with the default gateway address " @@ -5867,71 +5867,71 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2935 #, no-wrap msgid "ipv6_defaultrouter=\"MY_IPv6_REMOTE_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT_ADDR\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2937 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2938 msgid "" "If the FreeBSD system will route IPv6 packets between the rest of the " "network and the world, enable the gateway using this line:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2941 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2942 #, no-wrap msgid "ipv6_gateway_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2944 #, no-wrap msgid "Router Advertisement and Host Auto Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2947 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to setup man:rtadvd[8] to advertise the IPv6 " "default route." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2948 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2949 msgid "" "To enable man:rtadvd[8], add the following to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2953 #, no-wrap msgid "rtadvd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2957 msgid "" "It is important to specify the interface on which to do IPv6 router " "advertisement. For example, to tell man:rtadvd[8] to use [.filename]#rl0#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2960 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2961 #, no-wrap msgid "rtadvd_interfaces=\"rl0\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2963 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2964 msgid "" "Next, create the configuration file, [.filename]#/etc/rtadvd.conf# as seen " "in this example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2968 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2969 #, no-wrap msgid "" "rl0:\\\n" @@ -5939,27 +5939,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2971 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2972 msgid "" "Replace [.filename]#rl0# with the interface to be used and `2001:" "db8:1f11:246::` with the prefix of the allocation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2974 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2975 msgid "" "For a dedicated `/64` subnet, nothing else needs to be changed. Otherwise, " "change the `prefixlen#` to the correct value." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2976 #, no-wrap msgid "IPv6 and IPv4 Address Mapping" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2980 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2981 msgid "" "When IPv6 is enabled on a server, there may be a need to enable IPv4 mapped " "IPv6 address communication. This compatibility option allows for IPv4 " @@ -5968,7 +5968,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2985 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2986 msgid "" "This option may not be required in most cases and is available only for " "compatibility. This option will allow IPv6-only applications to work with " @@ -5978,26 +5978,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2989 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2990 #, no-wrap msgid "ipv6_ipv4mapping=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2992 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2993 msgid "" "Reviewing the information in RFC 3493, section 3.6 and 3.7 as well as RFC " "4038 section 4.2 may be useful to some administrators." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2995 #, no-wrap msgid "Common Address Redundancy Protocol (CARP)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2998 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2999 msgid "" "The Common Address Redundancy Protocol (CARP) allows multiple hosts to share " "the same IP address and Virtual Host ID (VHID) in order to provide _high " @@ -6007,7 +6007,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3002 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3003 msgid "" "In addition to the shared IP address, each host has its own IP address for " "management and configuration. All of the machines that share an IP address " @@ -6016,7 +6016,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3006 msgid "" "High availability using CARP is built into FreeBSD, though the steps to " "configure it vary slightly depending upon the FreeBSD version. This section " @@ -6025,7 +6025,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3008 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3009 msgid "" "This example configures failover support with three hosts, all with unique " "IP addresses, but providing the same web content. It has two different " @@ -6034,7 +6034,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3015 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3016 msgid "" "These machines are load balanced with a Round Robin DNS configuration. The " "master and backup machines are configured identically except for their " @@ -6048,40 +6048,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3018 #, no-wrap msgid "Using CARP on FreeBSD 10 and Later" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3020 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3021 msgid "" "Enable boot-time support for CARP by adding an entry for the [." "filename]#carp.ko# kernel module in [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3024 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3025 #, no-wrap msgid "carp_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3027 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3028 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3109 msgid "To load the module now without rebooting:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3031 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3032 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3113 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload carp\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3034 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3116 msgid "" "For users who prefer to use a custom kernel, include the following line in " "the custom kernel configuration file and compile the kernel as described in " @@ -6089,14 +6089,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3038 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3039 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3120 #, no-wrap msgid "device\tcarp\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3041 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3042 msgid "" "The hostname, management IP address and subnet mask, shared IP address, and " "VHID are all set by adding entries to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. This " @@ -6104,7 +6104,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3047 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3048 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hostname=\"hosta.example.org\"\n" @@ -6113,7 +6113,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3052 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3053 msgid "" "The next set of entries are for `hostb.example.org`. Since it represents a " "second master, it uses a different shared IP address and VHID. However, the " @@ -6122,7 +6122,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3058 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3059 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hostname=\"hostb.example.org\"\n" @@ -6131,7 +6131,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3064 msgid "" "The third machine, `hostc.example.org`, is configured to handle failover " "from either master. This machine is configured with two CARPVHIDs, one to " @@ -6142,7 +6142,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3071 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hostname=\"hostc.example.org\"\n" @@ -6152,7 +6152,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3074 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3075 msgid "" "Having two CARPVHIDs configured means that `hostc.example.org` will notice " "if either of the master servers becomes unavailable. If a master fails to " @@ -6161,7 +6161,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3081 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3082 msgid "" "If the original master server becomes available again, `hostc.example.org` " "will not release the virtual IP address back to it automatically. For this " @@ -6172,21 +6172,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3085 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3086 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig em0 vhid 1 state backup\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3091 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3178 msgid "" "Once the configuration is complete, either restart networking or reboot each " "system. High availability is now enabled." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3094 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3095 msgid "" "CARP functionality can be controlled via several man:sysctl[8] variables " "documented in the man:carp[4] manual pages. Other actions can be triggered " @@ -6194,13 +6194,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3097 #, no-wrap msgid "Using CARP on FreeBSD 9 and Earlier" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3100 msgid "" "The configuration for these versions of FreeBSD is similar to the one " "described in the previous section, except that a CARP device must first be " @@ -6208,31 +6208,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3102 msgid "" "Enable boot-time support for CARP by loading the [.filename]#if_carp.ko# " "kernel module in [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3106 #, no-wrap msgid "if_carp_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3123 msgid "Next, on each host, create a CARP device:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3127 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig carp0 create\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3132 msgid "" "Set the hostname, management IP address, the shared IP address, and VHID by " "adding the required lines to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. Since a virtual " @@ -6241,7 +6241,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3139 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hostname=\"hosta.example.org\"\n" @@ -6251,12 +6251,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3142 msgid "On `hostb.example.org`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3149 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hostname=\"hostb.example.org\"\n" @@ -6266,14 +6266,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3152 msgid "" "The third machine, `hostc.example.org`, is configured to handle failover " "from either of the master hosts:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3160 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hostname=\"hostc.example.org\"\n" @@ -6284,7 +6284,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3167 msgid "" "Preemption is disabled in the [.filename]#GENERIC# FreeBSD kernel. If " "preemption has been enabled with a custom kernel, `hostc.example.org` may " @@ -6294,26 +6294,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3171 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig carp0 down && ifconfig carp0 up\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3174 msgid "" "This should be done on the [.filename]#carp# interface which corresponds to " "the correct host." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3180 #, no-wrap msgid "VLANs" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3184 msgid "" "VLANs are a way of virtually dividing up a network into many different " "subnetworks, also referred to as segmenting. Each segment will have its own " @@ -6321,34 +6321,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3187 msgid "" "On FreeBSD, VLANs must be supported by the network card driver. To see " "which drivers support vlans, refer to the man:vlan[4] manual page." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3190 msgid "" "When configuring a VLAN, a couple pieces of information must be known. " "First, which network interface? Second, what is the VLAN tag?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3192 msgid "" "To configure VLANs at run time, with a NIC of `em0` and a VLAN tag of `5` " "the command would look like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3196 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig em0.5 create vlan 5 vlandev em0 inet 192.168.20.20/24\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3201 msgid "" "See how the interface name includes the NIC driver name and the VLAN tag, " "separated by a period? This is a best practice to make maintaining the VLAN " @@ -6356,14 +6356,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3205 msgid "" "To configure VLANs at boot time, [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# must be updated. " "To duplicate the configuration above, the following will need to be added:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3210 #, no-wrap msgid "" "vlans_em0=\"5\"\n" @@ -6371,7 +6371,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3213 msgid "" "Additional VLANs may be added, by simply adding the tag to the `vlans_em0` " "field and adding an additional line configuring the network on that VLAN " @@ -6379,7 +6379,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3217 msgid "" "It is useful to assign a symbolic name to an interface so that when the " "associated hardware is changed, only a few configuration variables need to " @@ -6390,7 +6390,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3219 msgid "" "To configure VLAN `5`, on the NIC `em0`, assign the interface name " "`cameras`, and assign the interface an IP address of `_192.168.20.20_` with " @@ -6398,31 +6398,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3223 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig em0.5 create vlan 5 vlandev em0 name cameras inet 192.168.20.20/24\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3226 msgid "For an interface named `video`, use the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3230 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig video.5 create vlan 5 vlandev video name cameras inet 192.168.20.20/24\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3233 msgid "" "To apply the changes at boot time, add the following lines to [.filename]#/" "etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:3239 #, no-wrap msgid "" "vlans_video=\"cameras\"\n" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.po index 1d9de7fde9..16ac163b10 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-02-01 10:28-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 17. Security Event Auditing" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Security Event Auditing" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:59 msgid "" "The FreeBSD operating system includes support for security event auditing. " "Event auditing supports reliable, fine-grained, and configurable logging of " @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:62 msgid "" "This chapter focuses on the installation and configuration of event " "auditing. It explains audit policies and provides an example audit " @@ -68,54 +68,54 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:64 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:66 msgid "What event auditing is and how it works." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How to configure event auditing on FreeBSD for users and processes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:68 msgid "" "How to review the audit trail using the audit reduction and review tools." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:70 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "Understand UNIX(R) and FreeBSD basics (crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD " "Basics])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "Be familiar with the basics of kernel configuration/compilation (crossref:" "kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:74 msgid "" "Have some familiarity with security and how it pertains to FreeBSD (crossref:" "security[security,Security])." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:79 msgid "" "The audit facility has some known limitations. Not all security-relevant " "system events are auditable and some login mechanisms, such as Xorg-based " @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:84 msgid "" "The security event auditing facility is able to generate very detailed logs " "of system activity. On a busy system, trail file data can be very large " @@ -137,18 +137,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:87 #, no-wrap msgid "Key Terms" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:90 msgid "The following terms are related to security event auditing:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "_event_: an auditable event is any event that can be logged using the audit " "subsystem. Examples of security-relevant events include the creation of a " @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "_class_: a named set of related events which are used in selection " "expressions. Commonly used classes of events include \"file creation\" (fc), " @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:94 msgid "" "_record_: an audit log entry describing a security event. Records contain a " "record event type, information on the subject (user) performing the action, " @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:95 msgid "" "_trail_: a log file consisting of a series of audit records describing " "security events. Trails are in roughly chronological order with respect to " @@ -186,14 +186,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "_selection expression_: a string containing a list of prefixes and audit " "event class names used to match events." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "_preselection_: the process by which the system identifies which events are " "of interest to the administrator. The preselection configuration uses a " @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:98 msgid "" "_reduction_: the process by which records from existing audit trails are " "selected for preservation, printing, or analysis. Likewise, the process by " @@ -215,13 +215,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:100 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:104 msgid "" "User space support for event auditing is installed as part of the base " "FreeBSD operating system. Kernel support is available in the [." @@ -230,43 +230,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:108 #, no-wrap msgid "auditd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:111 msgid "Then, start the audit daemon:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:115 #, no-wrap msgid "# service auditd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:118 msgid "" "Users who prefer to compile a custom kernel must include the following line " "in their custom kernel configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:122 #, no-wrap msgid "options\tAUDIT\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:124 #, no-wrap msgid "Event Selection Expressions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "Selection expressions are used in a number of places in the audit " "configuration to determine which events should be audited. Expressions " @@ -276,393 +276,393 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:131 msgid "<<event-selection>> summarizes the default audit event classes:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:133 #, no-wrap msgid "Default Audit Event Classes" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:137 #, no-wrap msgid "Class Name" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:138 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:139 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:233 #, no-wrap msgid "Action" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:140 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:142 #, no-wrap msgid "all" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:144 #, no-wrap msgid "Match all event classes." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:145 #, no-wrap msgid "aa" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:146 #, no-wrap msgid "authentication and authorization" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:149 #, no-wrap msgid "ad" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:150 #, no-wrap msgid "administrative" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:152 #, no-wrap msgid "Administrative actions performed on the system as a whole." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:153 #, no-wrap msgid "ap" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:154 #, no-wrap msgid "application" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:156 #, no-wrap msgid "Application defined action." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:157 #, no-wrap msgid "cl" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:158 #, no-wrap msgid "file close" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:160 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit calls to the `close` system call." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:161 #, no-wrap msgid "ex" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:162 #, no-wrap msgid "exec" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:164 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit program execution. Auditing of command line arguments and environmental variables is controlled via man:audit_control[5] using the `argv` and `envv` parameters to the `policy` setting." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:165 #, no-wrap msgid "fa" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:166 #, no-wrap msgid "file attribute access" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:168 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit the access of object attributes such as man:stat[1] and man:pathconf[2]." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:169 #, no-wrap msgid "fc" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:170 #, no-wrap msgid "file create" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:172 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit events where a file is created as a result." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:173 #, no-wrap msgid "fd" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:174 #, no-wrap msgid "file delete" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:176 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit events where file deletion occurs." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:177 #, no-wrap msgid "fm" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:178 #, no-wrap msgid "file attribute modify" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:180 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit events where file attribute modification occurs, such as by man:chown[8], man:chflags[1], and man:flock[2]." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:181 #, no-wrap msgid "fr" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:182 #, no-wrap msgid "file read" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:184 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit events in which data is read or files are opened for reading." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:185 #, no-wrap msgid "fw" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:186 #, no-wrap msgid "file write" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:188 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit events in which data is written or files are written or modified." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:189 #, no-wrap msgid "io" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:190 #, no-wrap msgid "ioctl" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:192 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit use of the `ioctl` system call." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:193 #, no-wrap msgid "ip" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:194 #, no-wrap msgid "ipc" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:196 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit various forms of Inter-Process Communication, including POSIX pipes and System V IPC operations." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:197 #, no-wrap msgid "lo" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:198 #, no-wrap msgid "login_logout" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:200 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit man:login[1] and man:logout[1] events." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:201 #, no-wrap msgid "na" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:202 #, no-wrap msgid "non attributable" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:204 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit non-attributable events." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:205 #, no-wrap msgid "no" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:206 #, no-wrap msgid "invalid class" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:208 #, no-wrap msgid "Match no audit events." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:209 #, no-wrap msgid "nt" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:210 #, no-wrap msgid "network" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:212 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit events related to network actions such as man:connect[2] and man:accept[2]." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:213 #, no-wrap msgid "ot" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:214 #, no-wrap msgid "other" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:216 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit miscellaneous events." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:217 #, no-wrap msgid "pc" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:218 #, no-wrap msgid "process" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:219 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit process operations such as man:exec[3] and man:exit[3]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:222 msgid "" "These audit event classes may be customized by modifying the [." "filename]#audit_class# and [.filename]#audit_event# configuration files." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:225 msgid "" "Each audit event class may be combined with a prefix indicating whether " "successful/failed operations are matched, and whether the entry is adding or " @@ -671,118 +671,118 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:227 #, no-wrap msgid "Prefixes for Audit Event Classes" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:231 #, no-wrap msgid "Prefix" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:234 #, no-wrap msgid "+" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:236 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit successful events in this class." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:237 #, no-wrap msgid "-" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:239 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit failed events in this class." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:240 #, no-wrap msgid "^" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:242 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit neither successful nor failed events in this class." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:243 #, no-wrap msgid "^+" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:245 #, no-wrap msgid "Do not audit successful events in this class." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:246 #, no-wrap msgid "^-" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:247 #, no-wrap msgid "Do not audit failed events in this class." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:250 msgid "" "If no prefix is present, both successful and failed instances of the event " "will be audited." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:252 msgid "" "The following example selection string selects both successful and failed " "login/logout events, but only successful execution events:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:256 #, no-wrap msgid "lo,+ex\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:258 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration Files" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:261 msgid "" "The following configuration files for security event auditing are found in [." "filename]#/etc/security#:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:263 msgid "" "[.filename]#audit_class#: contains the definitions of the audit classes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:264 msgid "" "[.filename]#audit_control#: controls aspects of the audit subsystem, such as " "default audit classes, minimum disk space to leave on the audit log volume, " @@ -790,21 +790,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:265 msgid "" "[.filename]#audit_event#: textual names and descriptions of system audit " "events and a list of which classes each event is in." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:266 msgid "" "[.filename]#audit_user#: user-specific audit requirements to be combined " "with the global defaults at login." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:267 msgid "" "[.filename]#audit_warn#: a customizable shell script used by man:auditd[8] " "to generate warning messages in exceptional situations, such as when space " @@ -813,14 +813,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:271 msgid "" "Audit configuration files should be edited and maintained carefully, as " "errors in configuration may result in improper logging of events." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:275 msgid "" "In most cases, administrators will only need to modify [." "filename]#audit_control# and [.filename]#audit_user#. The first file " @@ -829,20 +829,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:277 #, no-wrap msgid "The [.filename]#audit_control# File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:280 msgid "" "A number of defaults for the audit subsystem are specified in [." "filename]#audit_control#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:291 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dir:/var/audit\n" @@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:296 msgid "" "The `dir` entry is used to set one or more directories where audit logs will " "be stored. If more than one directory entry appears, they will be used in " @@ -866,14 +866,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:298 msgid "" "If the `dist` field is set to `on` or `yes`, hard links will be created to " "all trail files in [.filename]#/var/audit/dist#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:301 msgid "" "The `flags` field sets the system-wide default preselection mask for " "attributable events. In the example above, successful and failed login/" @@ -882,14 +882,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:303 msgid "" "The `minfree` entry defines the minimum percentage of free space for the " "file system where the audit trail is stored." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:305 msgid "" "The `naflags` entry specifies audit classes to be audited for non-attributed " "events, such as the login/logout process and authentication and " @@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:309 msgid "" "The `policy` entry specifies a comma-separated list of policy flags " "controlling various aspects of audit behavior. The `cnt` indicates that the " @@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:313 msgid "" "The `filesz` entry specifies the maximum size for an audit trail before " "automatically terminating and rotating the trail file. A value of `0` " @@ -916,20 +916,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:315 msgid "" "The `expire-after` field specifies when audit log files will expire and be " "removed." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:317 #, no-wrap msgid "The [.filename]#audit_user# File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:321 msgid "" "The administrator can specify further audit requirements for specific users " "in [.filename]#audit_user#. Each line configures auditing for a user via " @@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:324 msgid "" "The following example entries audit login/logout events and successful " "command execution for `root` and file creation and successful command " @@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:329 #, no-wrap msgid "" "root:lo,+ex:no\n" @@ -957,13 +957,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:332 #, no-wrap msgid "Working with Audit Trails" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:338 msgid "" "Since audit trails are stored in the BSM binary format, several built-in " "tools are available to modify or convert these trails to text. To convert " @@ -975,25 +975,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:340 msgid "" "For example, to dump the entire contents of a specified audit log in plain " "text:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:344 #, no-wrap msgid "# praudit /var/audit/AUDITFILE\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:347 msgid "Where _AUDITFILE_ is the audit log to dump." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:351 msgid "" "Audit trails consist of a series of audit records made up of tokens, which " "`praudit` prints sequentially, one per line. Each token is of a specific " @@ -1002,7 +1002,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:361 #, no-wrap msgid "" "header,133,10,execve(2),0,Mon Sep 25 15:58:03 2006, + 384 msec\n" @@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:370 msgid "" "This audit represents a successful `execve` call, in which the command " "`finger doug` has been run. The `exec arg` token contains the processed " @@ -1031,13 +1031,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:372 msgid "" "XML output format is also supported and can be selected by including `-x`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:375 msgid "" "Since audit logs may be very large, a subset of records can be selected " "using `auditreduce`. This example selects all audit records produced for " @@ -1045,13 +1045,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:379 #, no-wrap msgid "# auditreduce -u trhodes /var/audit/AUDITFILE | praudit\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:385 msgid "" "Members of the `audit` group have permission to read audit trails in [." "filename]#/var/audit#. By default, this group is empty, so only the `root` " @@ -1063,13 +1063,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:386 #, no-wrap msgid "Live Monitoring Using Audit Pipes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:392 msgid "" "Audit pipes are cloning pseudo-devices which allow applications to tap the " "live audit record stream. This is primarily of interest to authors of " @@ -1081,13 +1081,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:396 #, no-wrap msgid "# praudit /dev/auditpipe\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:400 msgid "" "By default, audit pipe device nodes are accessible only to the `root` user. " "To make them accessible to the members of the `audit` group, add a `devfs` " @@ -1095,20 +1095,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:404 #, no-wrap msgid "add path 'auditpipe*' mode 0440 group audit\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:407 msgid "" "See man:devfs.rules[5] for more information on configuring the devfs file " "system." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:413 msgid "" "It is easy to produce audit event feedback cycles, in which the viewing of " "each audit event results in the generation of more audit events. For " @@ -1120,13 +1120,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:415 #, no-wrap msgid "Rotating and Compressing Audit Trail Files" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:422 msgid "" "Audit trails are written to by the kernel and managed by the audit daemon, " "man:auditd[8]. Administrators should not attempt to use man:newsyslog." @@ -1139,38 +1139,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:426 #, no-wrap msgid "# audit -n\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:429 msgid "" "If man:auditd[8] is not currently running, this command will fail and an " "error message will be produced." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:431 msgid "" "Adding the following line to [.filename]#/etc/crontab# will schedule this " "rotation every twelve hours:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:435 #, no-wrap msgid "0 */12 * * * root /usr/sbin/audit -n\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:438 msgid "The change will take effect once [.filename]#/etc/crontab# is saved." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:440 msgid "" "Automatic rotation of the audit trail file based on file size is possible " "using `filesz` in [.filename]#audit_control# as described in <<audit-" @@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:444 msgid "" "As audit trail files can become very large, it is often desirable to " "compress or otherwise archive trails once they have been closed by the audit " @@ -1190,7 +1190,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:452 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:453 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#\n" @@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:457 msgid "" "Other archiving activities might include copying trail files to a " "centralized server, deleting old trail files, or reducing the audit trail to " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.po index 34af674fc9..c92f72c14a 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-02-01 10:28-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 3. FreeBSD Basics" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Basics" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:58 msgid "" "This chapter covers the basic commands and functionality of the FreeBSD " "operating system. Much of this material is relevant for any UNIX(R)-like " @@ -56,73 +56,73 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:60 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:62 msgid "How to use and configure virtual consoles." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:63 msgid "How to create and manage users and groups on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:64 msgid "How UNIX(R) file permissions and FreeBSD file flags work." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:65 msgid "The default FreeBSD file system layout." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:66 msgid "The FreeBSD disk organization." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How to mount and unmount file systems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:68 msgid "What processes, daemons, and signals are." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:69 msgid "What a shell is, and how to change the default login environment." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:70 msgid "How to use basic text editors." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:71 msgid "What devices and device nodes are." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:72 msgid "How to read manual pages for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:74 #, no-wrap msgid "Virtual Consoles and Terminals" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "Unless FreeBSD has been configured to automatically start a graphical " "environment during startup, the system will boot into a command line login " @@ -130,19 +130,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:81 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD/amd64 (pc3.example.org) (ttyv0)\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:83 #, no-wrap msgid "login:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:89 msgid "" "The first line contains some information about the system. The `amd64` " "indicates that the system in this example is running a 64-bit version of " @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "Since FreeBSD is a multiuser system, it needs some way to distinguish " "between different users. This is accomplished by requiring every user to " @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "To log into the system console, type the username that was configured during " "system installation, as described in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-addusers," @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:101 msgid "" "Once the correct password is input, the message of the day (MOTD) will be " "displayed followed by a command prompt. Depending upon the shell that was " @@ -181,13 +181,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:103 #, no-wrap msgid "Virtual Consoles" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:108 msgid "" "While the system console can be used to interact with the system, a user " "working from the command line at the keyboard of a FreeBSD system will " @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:112 msgid "" "By default, FreeBSD is configured to provide several virtual consoles for " "inputting commands. Each virtual console has its own login prompt and shell " @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:116 msgid "" "The key combinations kbd:[Alt+F1] through kbd:[Alt+F8] have been reserved by " "FreeBSD for switching between virtual consoles. Use kbd:[Alt+F1] to switch " @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:120 msgid "" "When switching from one console to the next, FreeBSD manages the screen " "output. The result is an illusion of having multiple virtual screens and " @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:122 msgid "" "Refer to man:kbdcontrol[1], man:vidcontrol[1], man:atkbd[4], man:syscons[4], " "and man:vt[4] for a more technical description of the FreeBSD console and " @@ -238,14 +238,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, the number of available virtual consoles is configured in this " "section of [.filename]#/etc/ttys#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:139 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# name getty type status comments\n" @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:145 msgid "" "To disable a virtual console, put a comment symbol (`\\#`) at the beginning " "of the line representing that virtual console. For example, to reduce the " @@ -277,20 +277,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:147 msgid "" "For a detailed description of every column in this file and the available " "options for the virtual consoles, refer to man:ttys[5]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:149 #, no-wrap msgid "Single User Mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:157 msgid "" "The FreeBSD boot menu provides an option labelled as \"Boot Single User\". " "If this option is selected, the system will boot into a special mode known " @@ -305,14 +305,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:159 msgid "" "The settings which control single user mode are found in this section of [." "filename]#/etc/ttys#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:167 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# name getty type status comments\n" @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:173 msgid "" "By default, the status is set to `secure`. This assumes that who has " "physical access to the keyboard is either not important or it is controlled " @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:177 msgid "" "_Be careful when changing this setting to `insecure`!_ If the `root` " "password is forgotten, booting into single user mode is still possible, but " @@ -344,13 +344,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:180 #, no-wrap msgid "Changing Console Video Modes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:184 msgid "" "The FreeBSD console default video mode may be adjusted to 1024x768, " "1280x1024, or any other size supported by the graphics chip and monitor. To " @@ -358,26 +358,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:188 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload vesa\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:192 msgid "" "To determine which video modes are supported by the hardware, use man:" "vidcontrol[1]. To get a list of supported video modes issue the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:196 #, no-wrap msgid "# vidcontrol -i mode\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:200 msgid "" "The output of this command lists the video modes that are supported by the " "hardware. To select a new video mode, specify the mode using man:" @@ -385,32 +385,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:204 #, no-wrap msgid "# vidcontrol MODE_279\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:207 msgid "" "If the new video mode is acceptable, it can be permanently set on boot by " "adding it to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:211 #, no-wrap msgid "allscreens_flags=\"MODE_279\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:214 #, no-wrap msgid "Users and Basic Account Management" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:219 msgid "" "FreeBSD allows multiple users to use the computer at the same time. While " "only one user can sit in front of the screen and use the keyboard at any one " @@ -419,60 +419,60 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:221 msgid "This chapter describes:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:223 msgid "The different types of user accounts on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:224 msgid "How to add, remove, and modify user accounts." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:225 msgid "" "How to set limits to control the resources that users and groups are allowed " "to access." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:226 msgid "How to create groups and add users as members of a group." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:228 #, no-wrap msgid "Account Types" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:231 msgid "" "Since all access to the FreeBSD system is achieved using accounts and all " "processes are run by users, user and account management is important." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:233 msgid "" "There are three main types of accounts: system accounts, user accounts, and " "the superuser account." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:235 #, no-wrap msgid "System Accounts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:239 msgid "" "System accounts are used to run services such as DNS, mail, and web " "servers. The reason for this is security; if all services ran as the " @@ -480,14 +480,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:241 msgid "" "Examples of system accounts are `daemon`, `operator`, `bind`, `news`, and " "`www`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:246 msgid "" "Care must be taken when using the operator group, as unintended superuser-" "like access privileges may be granted, including but not limited to " @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:250 msgid "" "`nobody` is the generic unprivileged system account. However, the more " "services that use `nobody`, the more files and processes that user will " @@ -503,13 +503,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:252 #, no-wrap msgid "User Accounts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:257 msgid "" "User accounts are assigned to real people and are used to log in and use the " "system. Every person accessing the system should have a unique user " @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:259 msgid "" "Each user can set up their own environment to accommodate their use of the " "system, by configuring their default shell, editor, key bindings, and " @@ -526,20 +526,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:261 msgid "" "Every user account on a FreeBSD system has certain information associated " "with it:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:262 #, no-wrap msgid "User name" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:267 msgid "" "The user name is typed at the `login:` prompt. Each user must have a unique " "user name. There are a number of rules for creating valid user names which " @@ -549,24 +549,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:268 #, no-wrap msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:270 msgid "Each account has an associated password." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:271 #, no-wrap msgid "User ID (UID)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:275 msgid "" "The User ID (UID) is a number used to uniquely identify the user to the " "FreeBSD system. Commands that allow a user name to be specified will first " @@ -575,13 +575,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:276 #, no-wrap msgid "Group ID (GID)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:281 msgid "" "The Group ID (GID) is a number used to uniquely identify the primary group " "that the user belongs to. Groups are a mechanism for controlling access to " @@ -592,13 +592,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:282 #, no-wrap msgid "Login class" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:285 msgid "" "Login classes are an extension to the group mechanism that provide " "additional flexibility when tailoring the system to different users. Login " @@ -607,13 +607,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:286 #, no-wrap msgid "Password change time" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:289 msgid "" "By default, passwords do not expire. However, password expiration can be " "enabled on a per-user basis, forcing some or all users to change their " @@ -621,13 +621,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:290 #, no-wrap msgid "Account expiration time" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:294 msgid "" "By default, FreeBSD does not expire accounts. When creating accounts that " "need a limited lifespan, such as student accounts in a school, specify the " @@ -637,13 +637,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:295 #, no-wrap msgid "User's full name" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:298 msgid "" "The user name uniquely identifies the account to FreeBSD, but does not " "necessarily reflect the user's real name. Similar to a comment, this " @@ -652,13 +652,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:299 #, no-wrap msgid "Home directory" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:304 msgid "" "The home directory is the full path to a directory on the system. This is " "the user's starting directory when the user logs in. A common convention is " @@ -668,13 +668,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:305 #, no-wrap msgid "User shell" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:308 msgid "" "The shell provides the user's default environment for interacting with the " "system. There are many different kinds of shells and experienced users will " @@ -682,13 +682,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:310 #, no-wrap msgid "The Superuser Account" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:314 msgid "" "The superuser account, usually called `root`, is used to manage the system " "with no limitations on privileges. For this reason, it should not be used " @@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:317 msgid "" "The superuser, unlike other user accounts, can operate without limits, and " "misuse of the superuser account may result in spectacular disasters. User " @@ -707,21 +707,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:319 msgid "" "Always double and triple-check any commands issued as the superuser, since " "an extra space or missing character can mean irreparable data loss." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:322 msgid "" "There are several ways to gain superuser privilege. While one can log in as " "`root`, this is highly discouraged." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:327 msgid "" "Instead, use man:su[1] to become the superuser. If `-` is specified when " "running this command, the user will also inherit the root user's " @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:330 msgid "" "In this example, the user only becomes superuser in order to run `make " "install` as this step requires superuser privilege. Once the command " @@ -740,13 +740,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Install a Program As the Superuser" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:343 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% configure\n" @@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:349 msgid "" "The built-in man:su[1] framework works well for single systems or small " "networks with just one system administrator. An alternative is to install " @@ -769,13 +769,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:351 #, no-wrap msgid "Managing Accounts" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:356 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides a variety of different commands to manage user accounts. " "The most common commands are summarized in <<users-modifying-utilities>>, " @@ -784,91 +784,91 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:358 #, no-wrap msgid "Utilities for Managing User Accounts" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:362 #, no-wrap msgid "Command" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:364 #, no-wrap msgid "Summary" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:365 #, no-wrap msgid "man:adduser[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:367 #, no-wrap msgid "The recommended command-line application for adding new users." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:368 #, no-wrap msgid "man:rmuser[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:370 #, no-wrap msgid "The recommended command-line application for removing users." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:371 #, no-wrap msgid "man:chpass[1]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:373 #, no-wrap msgid "A flexible tool for changing user database information." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:374 #, no-wrap msgid "man:passwd[1]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:376 #, no-wrap msgid "The command-line tool to change user passwords." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:377 #, no-wrap msgid "man:pw[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:378 #, no-wrap msgid "A powerful and flexible tool for modifying all aspects of user accounts." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:381 #, no-wrap msgid "`adduser`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:387 msgid "" "The recommended program for adding new users is man:adduser[8]. When a new " "user is added, this program automatically updates [.filename]#/etc/passwd# " @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:392 msgid "" "The man:adduser[8] utility is interactive and walks through the steps for " "creating a new user account. As seen in <<users-modifying-adduser>>, either " @@ -891,13 +891,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:394 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding a User on FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:429 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# adduser\n" @@ -933,67 +933,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:435 msgid "" "Since the password is not echoed when typed, be careful to not mistype the " "password when creating the user account." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:438 #, no-wrap msgid "`rmuser`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:442 msgid "" "To completely remove a user from the system, run man:rmuser[8] as the " "superuser. This command performs the following steps:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:445 msgid "Removes the user's man:crontab[1] entry, if one exists." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:446 msgid "Removes any man:at[1] jobs belonging to the user." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:447 msgid "Kills all processes owned by the user." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:448 msgid "Removes the user from the system's local password file." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:449 msgid "" "Optionally removes the user's home directory, if it is owned by the user." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:450 msgid "" "Removes the incoming mail files belonging to the user from [.filename]#/var/" "mail#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:451 msgid "" "Removes all files owned by the user from temporary file storage areas such " "as [.filename]#/tmp#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:452 msgid "" "Finally, removes the username from all groups to which it belongs in [." "filename]#/etc/group#. If a group becomes empty and the group name is the " @@ -1002,26 +1002,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:454 msgid "" "man:rmuser[8] cannot be used to remove superuser accounts since that is " "almost always an indication of massive destruction." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:456 msgid "" "By default, an interactive mode is used, as shown in the following example." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:457 #, no-wrap msgid "`rmuser` Interactive Account Removal" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:469 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# rmuser jru\n" @@ -1034,13 +1034,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:473 #, no-wrap msgid "`chpass`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:477 msgid "" "Any user can use man:chpass[1] to change their default shell and personal " "information associated with their user account. The superuser can use this " @@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:480 msgid "" "When passed no options, aside from an optional username, man:chpass[1] " "displays an editor containing user information. When the user exits from " @@ -1056,29 +1056,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:484 msgid "" "This utility will prompt for the user's password when exiting the editor, " "unless the utility is run as the superuser." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:489 msgid "" "In <<users-modifying-chpass-su>>, the superuser has typed `chpass jru` and " -"is now viewing the fields that can be changed for this user If `jru` runs " +"is now viewing the fields that can be changed for this user. If `jru` runs " "this command instead, only the last six fields will be displayed and " "available for editing. This is shown in <<users-modifying-chpass-ru>>." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:491 #, no-wrap msgid "Using `chpass` as Superuser" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:511 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#Changing user database information for jru.\n" @@ -1099,13 +1099,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:515 #, no-wrap msgid "Using `chpass` as Regular User" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:527 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#Changing user database information for jru.\n" @@ -1118,7 +1118,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:535 msgid "" "The commands man:chfn[1] and man:chsh[1] are links to man:chpass[1], as are " "man:ypchpass[1], man:ypchfn[1], and man:ypchsh[1]. Since NIS support is " @@ -1128,13 +1128,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:538 #, no-wrap msgid "`passwd`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:542 msgid "" "Any user can easily change their password using man:passwd[1]. To prevent " "accidental or unauthorized changes, this command will prompt for the user's " @@ -1142,13 +1142,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:543 #, no-wrap msgid "Changing Your Password" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:555 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% passwd\n" @@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:561 msgid "" "The superuser can change any user's password by specifying the username when " "running man:passwd[1]. When this utility is run as the superuser, it will " @@ -1170,13 +1170,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:562 #, no-wrap msgid "Changing Another User's Password as the Superuser" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:573 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# passwd jru\n" @@ -1188,20 +1188,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:579 msgid "" "As with man:chpass[1], man:yppasswd[1] is a link to man:passwd[1], so NIS " "works with either command." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:582 #, no-wrap msgid "`pw`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:587 msgid "" "The man:pw[8] utility can create, remove, modify, and display users and " "groups. It functions as a front end to the system user and group files. " @@ -1211,13 +1211,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:589 #, no-wrap msgid "Managing Groups" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:594 msgid "" "A group is a list of users. A group is identified by its group name and " "GID. In FreeBSD, the kernel uses the UID of a process, and the list of " @@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:599 msgid "" "The group name to GID mapping is listed in [.filename]#/etc/group#. This is " "a plain text file with four colon-delimited fields. The first field is the " @@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:603 msgid "" "The superuser can modify [.filename]#/etc/group# using a text editor. " "Alternatively, man:pw[8] can be used to add and edit groups. For example, " @@ -1245,13 +1245,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:604 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding a Group Using man:pw[8]" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:611 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:612 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pw groupadd teamtwo\n" @@ -1260,20 +1260,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:618 msgid "" "In this example, `1100` is the GID of `teamtwo`. Right now, `teamtwo` has " "no members. This command will add `jru` as a member of `teamtwo`." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:619 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding User Accounts to a New Group Using man:pw[8]" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:627 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pw groupmod teamtwo -M jru\n" @@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:634 msgid "" "The argument to `-M` is a comma-delimited list of users to be added to a new " "(empty) group or to replace the members of an existing group. To the user, " @@ -1296,13 +1296,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:635 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding a New Member to a Group Using man:pw[8]" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:643 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pw groupmod teamtwo -m db\n" @@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:648 msgid "" "In this example, the argument to `-m` is a comma-delimited list of users who " "are to be added to the group. Unlike the previous example, these users are " @@ -1319,13 +1319,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:649 #, no-wrap msgid "Using man:id[1] to Determine Group Membership" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:656 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% id jru\n" @@ -1333,25 +1333,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:659 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:660 msgid "In this example, `jru` is a member of the groups `jru` and `teamtwo`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:662 msgid "" "For more information about this command and the format of [.filename]#/etc/" "group#, refer to man:pw[8] and man:group[5]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:664 #, no-wrap msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:668 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, every file and directory has an associated set of permissions " "and several utilities are available for viewing and modifying these " @@ -1362,15 +1362,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:670 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:671 msgid "" "This section discusses the traditional UNIX(R) permissions used in FreeBSD. " -"For finer grained file system access control, refer to crossref:security[fs-" -"acl,“Access Control Lists”]." +"For finer-grained file system access control, refer to crossref:security[fs-" +"acl,Access Control Lists]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:677 msgid "" "In UNIX(R), basic permissions are assigned using three types of access: " "read, write, and execute. These access types are used to determine file " @@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:680 msgid "" "Table 4.1 summarizes the possible numeric and alphabetic possibilities. " "When reading the \"Directory Listing\" column, a `-` is used to represent a " @@ -1391,184 +1391,184 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:681 #, no-wrap msgid "UNIX(R) Permissions" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:685 #, no-wrap msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:686 #, no-wrap msgid "Permission" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:687 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:688 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory Listing" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:689 #, no-wrap msgid "0" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:690 #, no-wrap msgid "No read, no write, no execute" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:692 #, no-wrap msgid "`---`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:693 #, no-wrap msgid "1" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:694 #, no-wrap msgid "No read, no write, execute" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:696 #, no-wrap msgid "`--x`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:697 #, no-wrap msgid "2" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:698 #, no-wrap msgid "No read, write, no execute" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:700 #, no-wrap msgid "`-w-`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:701 #, no-wrap msgid "3" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:702 #, no-wrap msgid "No read, write, execute" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:704 #, no-wrap msgid "`-wx`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:705 #, no-wrap msgid "4" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:706 #, no-wrap msgid "Read, no write, no execute" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:708 #, no-wrap msgid "`r--`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:709 #, no-wrap msgid "5" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:710 #, no-wrap msgid "Read, no write, execute" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:712 #, no-wrap msgid "`r-x`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:713 #, no-wrap msgid "6" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:714 #, no-wrap msgid "Read, write, no execute" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:715 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:716 #, no-wrap msgid "`rw-`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:717 #, no-wrap msgid "7" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:718 #, no-wrap msgid "Read, write, execute" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:718 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:719 #, no-wrap msgid "`rwx`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:722 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:723 msgid "" -"Use the `-l` argument to man:ls[1] to view a long directory listing that " +"Use the `-l` argument with man:ls[1] to view a long directory listing that " "includes a column of information about a file's permissions for the owner, " -"group, and everyone else. For example, an `ls -l` in an arbitrary directory " +"group, and everyone else. For example, `ls -l` in an arbitrary directory " "may show:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:731 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ls -l\n" @@ -1579,7 +1579,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:741 msgid "" "The first (leftmost) character in the first column indicates whether this " "file is a regular file, a directory, a special character device, a socket, " @@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:743 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:744 msgid "" "How does the system control permissions on devices? FreeBSD treats most " "hardware devices as a file that programs can open, read, and write data to. " @@ -1604,7 +1604,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:750 msgid "" "Directories are also treated as files. They have read, write, and execute " "permissions. The executable bit for a directory has a slightly different " @@ -1615,7 +1615,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:752 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:753 msgid "" "In order to perform a directory listing, the read permission must be set on " "the directory. In order to delete a file that one knows the name of, it is " @@ -1624,7 +1624,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:755 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:756 msgid "" "There are more permission bits, but they are primarily used in special " "circumstances such as setuid binaries and sticky directories. For more " @@ -1632,13 +1632,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:757 #, no-wrap msgid "Symbolic Permissions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:761 msgid "" "Symbolic permissions use characters instead of octal values to assign " "permissions to files or directories. Symbolic permissions use the syntax of " @@ -1646,196 +1646,196 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:765 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:766 #, no-wrap msgid "Option" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:767 #, no-wrap msgid "Letter" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:769 #, no-wrap msgid "Represents" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:769 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:773 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:777 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:782 #, no-wrap msgid "(who)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:771 #, no-wrap msgid "u" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:773 #, no-wrap msgid "User" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:775 #, no-wrap msgid "g" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:777 #, no-wrap msgid "Group owner" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:779 #, no-wrap msgid "o" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:781 #, no-wrap msgid "Other" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:783 #, no-wrap msgid "a" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:785 #, no-wrap msgid "All (\"world\")" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:785 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:789 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:786 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:794 #, no-wrap msgid "(action)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:786 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:787 #, no-wrap msgid "+" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:789 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding permissions" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:791 #, no-wrap msgid "-" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:793 #, no-wrap msgid "Removing permissions" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:794 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:795 #, no-wrap msgid "=" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:797 #, no-wrap msgid "Explicitly set permissions" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:797 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:801 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:805 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:809 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:814 #, no-wrap msgid "(permissions)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:799 #, no-wrap msgid "r" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:801 #, no-wrap msgid "Read" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:803 #, no-wrap msgid "w" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:805 #, no-wrap msgid "Write" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:807 #, no-wrap msgid "x" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:809 #, no-wrap msgid "Execute" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:811 #, no-wrap msgid "t" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:813 #, no-wrap msgid "Sticky bit" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:815 #, no-wrap msgid "s" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:816 #, no-wrap msgid "Set UID or GID" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:820 msgid "" "These values are used with man:chmod[1], but with letters instead of " "numbers. For example, the following command would block other users from " @@ -1843,13 +1843,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:824 #, no-wrap msgid "% chmod go= FILE\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:828 msgid "" "A comma separated list can be provided when more than one set of changes to " "a file must be made. For example, the following command removes the group " @@ -1858,19 +1858,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:832 #, no-wrap msgid "% chmod go-w,a+x FILE\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:834 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD File Flags" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:839 msgid "" "In addition to file permissions, FreeBSD supports the use of \"file flags" "\". These flags add an additional level of security and control over files, " @@ -1879,7 +1879,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:842 msgid "" "File flags are modified using man:chflags[1]. For example, to enable the " "system undeletable flag on the file [.filename]#file1#, issue the following " @@ -1887,43 +1887,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:846 #, no-wrap msgid "# chflags sunlink file1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:849 msgid "" "To disable the system undeletable flag, put a \"no\" in front of the " "`sunlink`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:853 #, no-wrap msgid "# chflags nosunlink file1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:856 msgid "To view the flags of a file, use `-lo` with man:ls[1]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:860 #, no-wrap msgid "# ls -lo file1\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:864 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:865 #, no-wrap msgid "-rw-r--r-- 1 trhodes trhodes sunlnk 0 Mar 1 05:54 file1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:870 msgid "" "Several file flags may only be added or removed by the `root` user. In " "other cases, the file owner may set its file flags. Refer to man:chflags[1] " @@ -1931,13 +1931,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:870 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:871 #, no-wrap msgid "The `setuid`, `setgid`, and `sticky` Permissions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:874 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:875 msgid "" "Other than the permissions already discussed, there are three other specific " "settings that all administrators should know about. They are the `setuid`, " @@ -1945,7 +1945,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:878 msgid "" "These settings are important for some UNIX(R) operations as they provide " "functionality not normally granted to normal users. To understand them, the " @@ -1953,7 +1953,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:884 msgid "" "The real user ID is the UID who owns or starts the process. The effective " "UID is the user ID the process runs as. As an example, man:passwd[1] runs " @@ -1964,32 +1964,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:885 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:886 msgid "" "The setuid permission may be set by prefixing a permission set with the " "number four (4) as shown in the following example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:890 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 4755 suidexample.sh\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:892 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:893 msgid "" "The permissions on [.filename]#suidexample.sh# now look like the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:897 #, no-wrap msgid "-rwsr-xr-x 1 trhodes trhodes 63 Aug 29 06:36 suidexample.sh\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:901 msgid "" "Note that a `s` is now part of the permission set designated for the file " "owner, replacing the executable bit. This allows utilities which need " @@ -1997,7 +1997,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:905 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:906 msgid "" "The `nosuid` man:mount[8] option will cause such binaries to silently fail " "without alerting the user. That option is not completely reliable as a " @@ -2005,7 +2005,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:911 msgid "" "To view this in real time, open two terminals. On one, type `passwd` as a " "normal user. While it waits for a new password, check the process table and " @@ -2013,12 +2013,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:913 msgid "In terminal A:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:917 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:918 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Changing local password for trhodes\n" @@ -2026,18 +2026,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:921 msgid "In terminal B:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:924 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:925 #, no-wrap msgid "# ps aux | grep passwd\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:931 #, no-wrap msgid "" "trhodes 5232 0.0 0.2 3420 1608 0 R+ 2:10AM 0:00.00 grep passwd\n" @@ -2045,14 +2045,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:934 msgid "" "Although man:passwd[1] is run as a normal user, it is using the effective " "UID of `root`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:937 msgid "" "The `setgid` permission performs the same function as the `setuid` " "permission; except that it alters the group settings. When an application " @@ -2061,33 +2061,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:938 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:939 msgid "" "To set the `setgid` permission on a file, provide man:chmod[1] with a " "leading two (2):" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:942 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:943 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 2755 sgidexample.sh\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:945 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:946 msgid "" "In the following listing, notice that the `s` is now in the field designated " "for the group permission settings:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:949 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:950 #, no-wrap msgid "-rwxr-sr-x 1 trhodes trhodes 44 Aug 31 01:49 sgidexample.sh\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:956 msgid "" "In these examples, even though the shell script in question is an executable " "file, it will not run with a different EUID or effective user ID. This is " @@ -2095,7 +2095,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:960 msgid "" "The `setuid` and `setgid` permission bits may lower system security, by " "allowing for elevated permissions. The third special permission, the " @@ -2103,7 +2103,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:963 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:964 msgid "" "When the `sticky bit` is set on a directory, it allows file deletion only by " "the file owner. This is useful to prevent file deletion in public " @@ -2112,38 +2112,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:968 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 1777 /tmp\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:970 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:971 msgid "" "The `sticky bit` permission will display as a `t` at the very end of the " "permission set:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:974 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:975 #, no-wrap msgid "# ls -al / | grep tmp\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:979 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:980 #, no-wrap msgid "drwxrwxrwt 10 root wheel 512 Aug 31 01:49 tmp\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:983 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory Structure" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:989 msgid "" "The FreeBSD directory hierarchy is fundamental to obtaining an overall " "understanding of the system. The most important directory is root or, \"/" @@ -2154,7 +2154,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:996 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:997 msgid "" "A mount point is a directory where additional file systems can be grafted " "onto a parent file system (usually the root file system). This is further " @@ -2169,7 +2169,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:999 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1000 msgid "" "A complete description of the file system hierarchy is available in man:" "hier[7]. The following table provides a brief overview of the most common " @@ -2177,434 +2177,434 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1004 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1005 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1006 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1623 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1008 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1010 #, no-wrap msgid "Root directory of the file system." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1010 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1011 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/bin/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1012 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1013 #, no-wrap msgid "User utilities fundamental to both single-user and multi-user environments." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1013 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1014 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/boot/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1015 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1016 #, no-wrap msgid "Programs and configuration files used during operating system bootstrap." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1017 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/boot/defaults/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1019 #, no-wrap msgid "Default boot configuration files. Refer to man:loader.conf[5] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1019 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1020 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/dev/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1021 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1022 #, no-wrap msgid "Device nodes. Refer to man:intro[4] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1022 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1023 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1024 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1025 #, no-wrap msgid "System configuration files and scripts." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1025 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1026 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/defaults/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1028 #, no-wrap msgid "Default system configuration files. Refer to man:rc[8] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1028 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1029 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mail/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1030 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1031 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration files for mail transport agents such as man:sendmail[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1031 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1032 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/periodic/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1033 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1034 #, no-wrap msgid "Scripts that run daily, weekly, and monthly, via man:cron[8]. Refer to man:periodic[8] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1034 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1035 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/ppp/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1037 #, no-wrap msgid "man:ppp[8] configuration files." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1037 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1038 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/mnt/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1039 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1040 #, no-wrap msgid "Empty directory commonly used by system administrators as a temporary mount point." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1040 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1041 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/proc/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1042 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1043 #, no-wrap msgid "Process file system. Refer to man:procfs[5], man:mount_procfs[8] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1043 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1044 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/rescue/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1045 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1046 #, no-wrap msgid "Statically linked programs for emergency recovery as described in man:rescue[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1046 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1047 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/root/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1049 #, no-wrap msgid "Home directory for the `root` account." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1049 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1050 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/sbin/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1051 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1052 #, no-wrap msgid "System programs and administration utilities fundamental to both single-user and multi-user environments." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1052 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1053 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/tmp/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1054 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1055 #, no-wrap msgid "Temporary files which are usually _not_ preserved across a system reboot. A memory-based file system is often mounted at [.filename]#/tmp#. This can be automated using the tmpmfs-related variables of man:rc.conf[5] or with an entry in [.filename]#/etc/fstab#; refer to man:mdmfs[8] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1055 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1056 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/usr/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1057 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1058 #, no-wrap msgid "The majority of user utilities and applications." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1058 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1059 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/usr/bin/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1061 #, no-wrap msgid "Common utilities, programming tools, and applications." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1061 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1062 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/usr/include/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1064 #, no-wrap msgid "Standard C include files." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1065 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/usr/lib/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1067 #, no-wrap msgid "Archive libraries." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1067 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1068 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/usr/libdata/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1070 #, no-wrap msgid "Miscellaneous utility data files." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1071 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/usr/libexec/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1072 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1073 #, no-wrap msgid "System daemons and system utilities executed by other programs." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1073 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1074 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1075 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1076 #, no-wrap msgid "Local executables and libraries. Also used as the default destination for the FreeBSD ports framework. Within [.filename]#/usr/local#, the general layout sketched out by man:hier[7] for [.filename]#/usr# should be used. Exceptions are the man directory, which is directly under [.filename]#/usr/local# rather than under [.filename]#/usr/local/share#, and the ports documentation is in [.filename]#share/doc/port#." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1077 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/usr/obj/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1078 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1079 #, no-wrap msgid "Architecture-specific target tree produced by building the [.filename]#/usr/src# tree." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1079 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1080 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/usr/ports/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1081 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1082 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD Ports Collection (optional)." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1082 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1083 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/usr/sbin/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1084 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1085 #, no-wrap msgid "System daemons and system utilities executed by users." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1085 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1086 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/usr/share/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1087 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1088 #, no-wrap msgid "Architecture-independent files." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1089 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/usr/src/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1090 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1091 #, no-wrap msgid "BSD and/or local source files." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1091 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1092 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/var/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1093 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1094 #, no-wrap msgid "Multi-purpose log, temporary, transient, and spool files. A memory-based file system is sometimes mounted at [.filename]#/var#. This can be automated using the varmfs-related variables in man:rc.conf[5] or with an entry in [.filename]#/etc/fstab#; refer to man:mdmfs[8] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1094 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1095 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/var/log/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1097 #, no-wrap msgid "Miscellaneous system log files." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1098 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/var/mail/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1100 #, no-wrap msgid "User mailbox files." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1101 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/var/spool/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1103 #, no-wrap msgid "Miscellaneous printer and mail system spooling directories." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1104 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/var/tmp/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1106 #, no-wrap msgid "Temporary files which are usually preserved across a system reboot, unless [.filename]#/var# is a memory-based file system." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1107 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/var/yp/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1108 #, no-wrap msgid "NIS maps." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1111 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Organization" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1116 msgid "" "The smallest unit of organization that FreeBSD uses to find files is the " "filename. Filenames are case-sensitive, which means that [.filename]#readme." @@ -2614,7 +2614,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1120 msgid "" "Files are stored in directories. A directory may contain no files, or it " "may contain many hundreds of files. A directory can also contain other " @@ -2623,7 +2623,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1126 msgid "" "Files and directories are referenced by giving the file or directory name, " "followed by a forward slash, `/`, followed by any other directory names that " @@ -2637,7 +2637,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1133 msgid "" "Directories and files are stored in a file system. Each file system " "contains exactly one directory at the very top level, called the _root " @@ -2649,7 +2649,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1136 msgid "" "Consider three file systems, called `A`, `B`, and `C`. Each file system has " "one root directory, which contains two other directories, called `A1`, `A2` " @@ -2657,7 +2657,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1140 msgid "" "Call `A` the root file system. If man:ls[1] is used to view the contents of " "this directory, it will show two subdirectories, `A1` and `A2`. The " @@ -2665,13 +2665,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1141 #, no-wrap msgid "example-dir1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1145 msgid "" "A file system must be mounted on to a directory in another file system. " "When mounting file system `B` on to the directory `A1`, the root directory " @@ -2679,13 +2679,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1146 #, no-wrap msgid "example-dir2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1151 msgid "" "Any files that are in the `B1` or `B2` directories can be reached with the " "path [.filename]#/A1/B1# or [.filename]#/A1/B2# as necessary. Any files " @@ -2694,25 +2694,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1153 msgid "If `B` had been mounted on `A2` then the diagram would look like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1154 #, no-wrap msgid "example-dir3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1157 msgid "" "and the paths would be [.filename]#/A2/B1# and [.filename]#/A2/B2# " "respectively." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1160 msgid "" "File systems can be mounted on top of one another. Continuing the last " "example, the `C` file system could be mounted on top of the `B1` directory " @@ -2720,26 +2720,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1161 #, no-wrap msgid "example-dir4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1164 msgid "" "Or `C` could be mounted directly on to the `A` file system, under the `A1` " "directory:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1165 #, no-wrap msgid "example-dir5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1169 msgid "" "It is entirely possible to have one large root file system, and not need to " "create any others. There are some drawbacks to this approach, and one " @@ -2747,13 +2747,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1170 #, no-wrap msgid "Benefits of Multiple File Systems" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1172 msgid "" "Different file systems can have different _mount options_. For example, the " "root file system can be mounted read-only, making it impossible for users to " @@ -2765,7 +2765,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1173 msgid "" "FreeBSD automatically optimizes the layout of files on a file system, " "depending on how the file system is being used. So a file system that " @@ -2775,7 +2775,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1174 msgid "" "FreeBSD's file systems are robust if power is lost. However, a power loss at " "a critical point could still damage the structure of the file system. By " @@ -2784,13 +2784,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1175 #, no-wrap msgid "Benefit of a Single File System" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1177 msgid "" "File systems are a fixed size. If you create a file system when you install " "FreeBSD and give it a specific size, you may later discover that you need to " @@ -2800,14 +2800,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1181 msgid "" "FreeBSD features the man:growfs[8] command, which makes it possible to " "increase the size of file system on the fly, removing this limitation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1187 msgid "" "File systems are contained in partitions. This does not have the same " "meaning as the common usage of the term partition (for example, MS-DOS(R) " @@ -2819,7 +2819,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1191 msgid "" "FreeBSD also uses disk space for _swap space_ to provide _virtual memory_. " "This allows your computer to behave as though it has much more memory than " @@ -2829,72 +2829,72 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1193 msgid "Some partitions have certain conventions associated with them." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1198 #, no-wrap msgid "Partition" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1200 #, no-wrap msgid "Convention" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1201 #, no-wrap msgid "`a`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1203 #, no-wrap msgid "Normally contains the root file system." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1204 #, no-wrap msgid "`b`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1206 #, no-wrap msgid "Normally contains swap space." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1207 #, no-wrap msgid "`c`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1209 #, no-wrap msgid "Normally the same size as the enclosing slice. This allows utilities that need to work on the entire slice, such as a bad block scanner, to work on the `c` partition. A file system would not normally be created on this partition." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1210 #, no-wrap msgid "`d`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1211 #, no-wrap msgid "Partition `d` used to have a special meaning associated with it, although that is now gone and `d` may work as any normal partition." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1215 msgid "" "Disks in FreeBSD are divided into slices, referred to in Windows(R) as " "partitions, which are numbered from 1 to 4. These are then divided into " @@ -2902,7 +2902,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1221 msgid "" "Slice numbers follow the device name, prefixed with an `s`, starting at 1. " "So \"da0__s1__\" is the first slice on the first SCSI drive. There can only " @@ -2914,7 +2914,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1225 msgid "" "Slices, \"dangerously dedicated\" physical drives, and other drives contain " "_partitions_, which are represented as letters from `a` to `h`. This letter " @@ -2924,7 +2924,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1230 msgid "" "Finally, each disk on the system is identified. A disk name starts with a " "code that indicates the type of disk, and then a number, indicating which " @@ -2933,7 +2933,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1233 msgid "" "When referring to a partition, include the disk name, `s`, the slice number, " "and then the partition letter. Examples are shown in <<basics-disk-slice-" @@ -2941,13 +2941,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1235 msgid "" "<<basics-concept-disk-model>> shows a conceptual model of a disk layout." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1237 msgid "" "When installing FreeBSD, configure the disk slices, create partitions within " "the slice to be used for FreeBSD, create a file system or swap space in each " @@ -2955,164 +2955,164 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1239 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Device Names" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1243 #, no-wrap msgid "Drive Type" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1245 #, no-wrap msgid "Drive Device Name" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1246 #, no-wrap msgid "SATA and IDE hard drives" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1248 #, no-wrap msgid "`ada`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1249 #, no-wrap msgid "SCSI hard drives and USB storage devices" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1251 #, no-wrap msgid "`da`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1252 #, no-wrap msgid "NVMe storage" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1254 #, no-wrap msgid "`nvd` or `nda`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1255 #, no-wrap msgid "SATA and IDE CD-ROM drives" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1256 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1260 #, no-wrap msgid "`cd`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1258 #, no-wrap msgid "SCSICD-ROM drives" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1261 #, no-wrap msgid "Floppy drives" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1263 #, no-wrap msgid "`fd`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1264 #, no-wrap msgid "SCSI tape drives" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1266 #, no-wrap msgid "`sa`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1267 #, no-wrap msgid "RAID drives" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1268 #, no-wrap msgid "Examples include `aacd` for Adaptec(R) AdvancedRAID, `mlxd` and `mlyd` for Mylex(R), `amrd` for AMI MegaRAID(R), `idad` for Compaq Smart RAID, `twed` for 3ware(R) RAID." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1273 #, no-wrap msgid "Sample Disk, Slice, and Partition Names" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1278 #, no-wrap msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1280 #, no-wrap msgid "Meaning" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1281 #, no-wrap msgid "`ada0s1a`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1283 #, no-wrap msgid "The first partition (`a`) on the first slice (`s1`) on the first SATA disk (`ada0`)." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1284 #, no-wrap msgid "`da1s2e`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1285 #, no-wrap msgid "The fifth partition (`e`) on the second slice (`s2`) on the second SCSI disk (`da1`)." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1289 #, no-wrap msgid "Conceptual Model of a Disk" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1296 msgid "" "This diagram shows FreeBSD's view of the first SATA disk attached to the " "system. Assume that the disk is 250 GB in size, and contains an 80 GB slice " @@ -3123,7 +3123,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1300 msgid "" "The four partitions each hold a file system. Partition `a` is used for the " "root file system, `d` for [.filename]#/var/#, `e` for [.filename]#/tmp/#, " @@ -3132,19 +3132,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1301 #, no-wrap msgid "disk-layout.png" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1305 #, no-wrap msgid "Mounting and Unmounting File Systems" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1308 msgid "" "The file system is best visualized as a tree, rooted, as it were, at [." "filename]#/#. [.filename]#/dev#, [.filename]#/usr#, and the other " @@ -3153,7 +3153,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1312 msgid "" "There are various reasons to house some of these directories on separate " "file systems. [.filename]#/var# contains the directories [.filename]#log/#, " @@ -3163,7 +3163,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1314 msgid "" "Another common reason to contain certain directory trees on other file " "systems is if they are to be housed on separate physical disks, or are " @@ -3173,13 +3173,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1316 #, no-wrap msgid "The [.filename]#fstab# File" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1320 msgid "" "During the boot process (crossref:boot[boot,The FreeBSD Booting Process]), " "file systems listed in [.filename]#/etc/fstab# are automatically mounted " @@ -3188,54 +3188,54 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1324 #, no-wrap msgid "device /mount-point fstype options dumpfreq passno\n" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1326 #, no-wrap msgid "`device`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1328 msgid "An existing device name as explained in <<disks-naming>>." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1329 #, no-wrap msgid "`mount-point`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1331 msgid "An existing directory on which to mount the file system." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1332 #, no-wrap msgid "`fstype`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1335 msgid "" "The file system type to pass to man:mount[8]. The default FreeBSD file " "system is `ufs`." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1336 #, no-wrap msgid "`options`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1340 msgid "" "Either `rw` for read-write file systems, or `ro` for read-only file systems, " "followed by any other options that may be needed. A common option is " @@ -3244,26 +3244,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1341 #, no-wrap msgid "`dumpfreq`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1344 msgid "" "Used by man:dump[8] to determine which file systems require dumping. If the " "field is missing, a value of zero is assumed." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1345 #, no-wrap msgid "`passno`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1351 msgid "" "Determines the order in which file systems should be checked. File systems " "that should be skipped should have their `passno` set to zero. The root " @@ -3274,52 +3274,52 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1353 msgid "" "Refer to man:fstab[5] for more information on the format of [.filename]#/etc/" "fstab# and its options." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1355 #, no-wrap msgid "Using man:mount[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1359 msgid "" "File systems are mounted using man:mount[8]. The most basic syntax is as " "follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1365 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount device mountpoint\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1369 msgid "" "This command provides many options which are described in man:mount[8], The " "most commonly used options include:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1370 #, no-wrap msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1371 #, no-wrap msgid "`-a`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1373 msgid "" "Mount all the file systems listed in [.filename]#/etc/fstab#, except those " "marked as \"noauto\", excluded by the `-t` flag, or those that are already " @@ -3327,13 +3327,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1374 #, no-wrap msgid "`-d`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1377 msgid "" "Do everything except for the actual mount system call. This option is " "useful in conjunction with the `-v` flag to determine what man:mount[8] is " @@ -3341,13 +3341,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1378 #, no-wrap msgid "`-f`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1380 msgid "" "Force the mount of an unclean file system (dangerous), or the revocation of " "write access when downgrading a file system's mount status from read-write " @@ -3355,95 +3355,95 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1381 #, no-wrap msgid "`-r`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1384 msgid "Mount the file system read-only. This is identical to using `-o ro`." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1385 #, no-wrap msgid "``-t _fstype_``" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1388 msgid "" "Mount the specified file system type or mount only file systems of the given " "type, if `-a` is included. \"ufs\" is the default file system type." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1389 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1391 msgid "Update mount options on the file system." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1392 #, no-wrap msgid "`-v`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1394 msgid "Be verbose." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1395 #, no-wrap msgid "`-w`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1397 msgid "Mount the file system read-write." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1399 msgid "The following options can be passed to `-o` as a comma-separated list:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1400 #, no-wrap msgid "nosuid" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1402 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1403 msgid "" "Do not interpret setuid or setgid flags on the file system. This is also a " "useful security option." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1405 #, no-wrap msgid "Using man:umount[8]" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1409 msgid "" "To unmount a file system use man:umount[8]. This command takes one " "parameter which can be a mountpoint, device name, `-a` or `-A`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1412 msgid "" "All forms take `-f` to force unmounting, and `-v` for verbosity. Be warned " "that `-f` is not generally a good idea as it might crash the computer or " @@ -3451,7 +3451,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1415 msgid "" "To unmount all mounted file systems, or just the file system types listed " "after `-t`, use `-a` or `-A`. Note that `-A` does not attempt to unmount " @@ -3459,13 +3459,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1417 #, no-wrap msgid "Processes and Daemons" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1422 msgid "" "FreeBSD is a multi-tasking operating system. Each program running at any " "one time is called a _process_. Every running command starts at least one " @@ -3474,7 +3474,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1428 msgid "" "Each process is uniquely identified by a number called a _process ID_ " "(PID). Similar to files, each process has one owner and group, and the " @@ -3487,7 +3487,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1435 msgid "" "Some programs are not designed to be run with continuous user input and " "disconnect from the terminal at the first opportunity. For example, a web " @@ -3500,7 +3500,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1441 msgid "" "There is a convention to name programs that normally run as daemons with a " "trailing \"d\". For example, BIND is the Berkeley Internet Name Domain, but " @@ -3511,13 +3511,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1442 #, no-wrap msgid "Viewing Processes" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1447 msgid "" "To see the processes running on the system, use man:ps[1] or man:top[1]. To " "display a static list of the currently running processes, their PIDs, how " @@ -3528,14 +3528,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1450 msgid "" "By default, man:ps[1] only shows the commands that are running and owned by " "the user. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1457 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ps\n" @@ -3545,7 +3545,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1467 msgid "" "The output from man:ps[1] is organized into a number of columns. The `PID` " "column displays the process ID. PIDs are assigned starting at 1, go up to " @@ -3559,7 +3559,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1470 msgid "" "A number of different options are available to change the information that " "is displayed. One of the most useful sets is `auxww`, where `a` displays " @@ -3571,12 +3571,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1472 msgid "The output from man:top[1] is similar:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1482 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% top\n" @@ -3589,7 +3589,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1495 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PID USERNAME THR PRI NICE SIZE RES STATE C TIME WCPU COMMAND\n" @@ -3607,7 +3607,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1501 msgid "" "The output is split into two sections. The header (the first five or six " "lines) shows the PID of the last process to run, the system load averages " @@ -3620,7 +3620,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1506 msgid "" "Below the header is a series of columns containing similar information to " "the output from man:ps[1], such as the PID, username, amount of CPU time, " @@ -3632,20 +3632,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1509 msgid "" "man:top[1] automatically updates the display every two seconds. A different " "interval can be specified with `-s`." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1511 #, no-wrap msgid "Killing Processes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1517 msgid "" "One way to communicate with any running process or daemon is to send a " "_signal_ using man:kill[1]. There are a number of different signals; some " @@ -3657,7 +3657,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1521 msgid "" "The operating system can also send a signal to a process. If an application " "is badly written and tries to access memory that it is not supposed to, " @@ -3668,7 +3668,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1525 msgid "" "Two signals can be used to stop a process: `SIGTERM` and `SIGKILL`. " "`SIGTERM` is the polite way to kill a process as the process can read the " @@ -3678,7 +3678,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1528 msgid "" "`SIGKILL` cannot be ignored by a process. Sending a `SIGKILL` to a process " "will usually stop that process there and then. footnote:[There are a few " @@ -3690,7 +3690,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1531 msgid "" "Other commonly used signals are `SIGHUP`, `SIGUSR1`, and `SIGUSR2`. Since " "these are general purpose signals, different applications will respond " @@ -3698,7 +3698,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1536 msgid "" "For example, after changing a web server's configuration file, the web " "server needs to be told to re-read its configuration. Restarting `httpd` " @@ -3709,13 +3709,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1539 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Sending a Signal to a Process" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1543 msgid "" "This example shows how to send a signal to man:inetd[8]. The man:inetd[8] " "configuration file is [.filename]#/etc/inetd.conf#, and man:inetd[8] will re-" @@ -3723,14 +3723,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1545 msgid "" "Find the PID of the process to send the signal to using man:pgrep[1]. In " "this example, the PID for man:inetd[8] is 198:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1550 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% pgrep -l inetd\n" @@ -3738,14 +3738,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1553 msgid "" "Use man:kill[1] to send the signal. As man:inetd[8] is owned by `root`, use " "man:su[1] to become `root` first." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1559 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% su\n" @@ -3754,7 +3754,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1564 msgid "" "Like most UNIX(R) commands, man:kill[1] will not print any output if it is " "successful. If a signal is sent to a process not owned by that user, the " @@ -3765,13 +3765,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1568 #, no-wrap msgid "*Why Use `/bin/kill`?:* +\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1572 msgid "" "Many shells provide `kill` as a built in command, meaning that the shell " "will send the signal directly, rather than running [.filename]#/bin/kill#. " @@ -3781,14 +3781,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1576 msgid "" "When sending other signals, substitute `TERM` or `KILL` with the name of the " "signal." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1583 msgid "" "Killing a random process on the system is a bad idea. In particular, man:" "init[8], PID 1, is special. Running `/bin/kill -s KILL 1` is a quick, and " @@ -3797,13 +3797,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1586 #, no-wrap msgid "Shells" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1593 msgid "" "A _shell_ provides a command line interface for interacting with the " "operating system. A shell receives commands from the input channel and " @@ -3816,7 +3816,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1598 msgid "" "The shell that is used is really a matter of taste. A C programmer might " "feel more comfortable with a C-like shell such as man:tcsh[1]. A Linux(R) " @@ -3826,7 +3826,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1603 msgid "" "One common shell feature is filename completion. After a user types the " "first few letters of a command or filename and presses kbd:[Tab], the shell " @@ -3836,7 +3836,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1609 msgid "" "But the shell only shows `rm foo`. It was unable to complete the filename " "because both [.filename]#foobar# and [.filename]#football# start with " @@ -3847,7 +3847,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1615 msgid "" "Another feature of the shell is the use of environment variables. " "Environment variables are a variable/key pair stored in the shell's " @@ -3858,151 +3858,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1617 #, no-wrap msgid "Common Environment Variables" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1621 #, no-wrap msgid "Variable" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1624 #, no-wrap msgid "`USER`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1626 #, no-wrap msgid "Current logged in user's name." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1627 #, no-wrap msgid "`PATH`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1629 #, no-wrap msgid "Colon-separated list of directories to search for binaries." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1630 #, no-wrap msgid "`DISPLAY`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1632 #, no-wrap msgid "Network name of the Xorg display to connect to, if available." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1633 #, no-wrap msgid "`SHELL`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1635 #, no-wrap msgid "The current shell." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1635 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1636 #, no-wrap msgid "`TERM`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1638 #, no-wrap msgid "The name of the user's type of terminal. Used to determine the capabilities of the terminal." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1639 #, no-wrap msgid "`TERMCAP`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1641 #, no-wrap msgid "Database entry of the terminal escape codes to perform various terminal functions." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1641 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1642 #, no-wrap msgid "`OSTYPE`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1644 #, no-wrap msgid "Type of operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1645 #, no-wrap msgid "`MACHTYPE`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1647 #, no-wrap msgid "The system's CPU architecture." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1648 #, no-wrap msgid "`EDITOR`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1650 #, no-wrap msgid "The user's preferred text editor." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1651 #, no-wrap msgid "`PAGER`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1653 #, no-wrap msgid "The user's preferred utility for viewing text one page at a time." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1654 #, no-wrap msgid "`MANPATH`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1654 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1655 #, no-wrap msgid "Colon-separated list of directories to search for manual pages." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1660 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1661 msgid "" "How to set an environment variable differs between shells. In man:tcsh[1] " "and man:csh[1], use `setenv` to set environment variables. In man:sh[1] and " @@ -4012,24 +4012,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1665 #, no-wrap msgid "% setenv EDITOR /usr/local/bin/emacs\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1668 msgid "The equivalent command for `bash` would be:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1672 #, no-wrap msgid "% export EDITOR=\"/usr/local/bin/emacs\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1675 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1676 msgid "" "To expand an environment variable in order to see its current setting, type " "a `$` character in front of its name on the command line. For example, " @@ -4037,7 +4037,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1681 msgid "" "Shells treat special characters, known as meta-characters, as special " "representations of data. The most common meta-character is `\\*`, which " @@ -4048,7 +4048,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1684 msgid "" "To prevent the shell from interpreting a special character, escape it from " "the shell by starting it with a backslash (`\\`). For example, `echo $TERM` " @@ -4057,13 +4057,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1686 #, no-wrap msgid "Changing the Shell" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1691 msgid "" "The easiest way to permanently change the default shell is to use `chsh`. " "Running this command will open the editor that is configured in the `EDITOR` " @@ -4072,20 +4072,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1694 msgid "" "Alternately, use `chsh -s` which will set the specified shell without " "opening an editor. For example, to change the shell to `bash`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1698 #, no-wrap msgid "% chsh -s /usr/local/bin/bash\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1705 msgid "" "The new shell _must_ be present in [.filename]#/etc/shells#. If the shell " "was installed from the FreeBSD Ports Collection as described in crossref:" @@ -4095,24 +4095,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1709 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo /usr/local/bin/bash >> /etc/shells\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1712 msgid "Then, rerun man:chsh[1]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1714 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Shell Techniques" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1718 msgid "" "The UNIX(R) shell is not just a command interpreter, it acts as a powerful " "tool which allows users to execute commands, redirect their output, redirect " @@ -4122,7 +4122,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1721 msgid "" "Shell redirection is the action of sending the output or the input of a " "command into another command or into a file. To capture the output of the " @@ -4130,13 +4130,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1725 #, no-wrap msgid "% ls > directory_listing.txt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1730 msgid "" "The directory contents will now be listed in [.filename]#directory_listing." "txt#. Some commands can be used to read input, such as man:sort[1]. To " @@ -4144,13 +4144,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1734 #, no-wrap msgid "% sort < directory_listing.txt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1738 msgid "" "The input will be sorted and placed on the screen. To redirect that input " "into another file, one could redirect the output of man:sort[1] by mixing " @@ -4158,13 +4158,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1742 #, no-wrap msgid "% sort < directory_listing.txt > sorted.txt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1750 msgid "" "In all of the previous examples, the commands are performing redirection " "using file descriptors. Every UNIX(R) system has file descriptors, which " @@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1752 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1753 msgid "" "Through the use of these descriptors, the shell allows output and input to " "be passed around through various commands and redirected to or from a file. " @@ -4185,7 +4185,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1755 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1756 msgid "" "The UNIX(R) pipe operator, \"|\" allows the output of one command to be " "directly passed or directed to another program. Basically, a pipe allows " @@ -4194,13 +4194,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1760 #, no-wrap msgid "% cat directory_listing.txt | sort | less\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1764 msgid "" "In that example, the contents of [.filename]#directory_listing.txt# will be " "sorted and the output passed to man:less[1]. This allows the user to scroll " @@ -4209,13 +4209,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1765 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1766 #, no-wrap msgid "Text Editors" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1770 msgid "" "Most FreeBSD configuration is done by editing text files, so it is a good " "idea to become familiar with a text editor. FreeBSD comes with a few as " @@ -4223,7 +4223,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1777 msgid "" "A simple editor to learn is man:ee[1], which stands for easy editor. To " "start this editor, type `ee _filename_` where _filename_ is the name of the " @@ -4236,7 +4236,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1782 msgid "" "FreeBSD also comes with more powerful text editors, such as man:vi[1], as " "part of the base system. Other editors, like package:editors/emacs[] and " @@ -4247,7 +4247,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1785 msgid "" "Many applications which modify files or require typed input will " "automatically open a text editor. To change the default editor, set the " @@ -4255,13 +4255,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1786 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1787 #, no-wrap msgid "Devices and Device Nodes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1792 msgid "" "A device is a term used mostly for hardware-related activities in a system, " "including disks, printers, graphics cards, and keyboards. When FreeBSD " @@ -4270,27 +4270,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1794 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1795 msgid "" "Each device has a device name and number. For example, [.filename]#ada0# is " "the first SATA hard drive, while [.filename]#kbd0# represents the keyboard." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1797 msgid "" "Most devices in FreeBSD must be accessed through special files called device " "nodes, which are located in [.filename]#/dev#." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1799 #, no-wrap msgid "Manual Pages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1804 msgid "" "The most comprehensive documentation on FreeBSD is in the form of manual " "pages. Nearly every program on the system comes with a short reference " @@ -4299,78 +4299,78 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1807 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1808 #, no-wrap msgid "% man command\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1812 msgid "" "where _command_ is the name of the command to learn about. For example, to " "learn more about man:ls[1], type:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1816 #, no-wrap msgid "% man ls\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1820 msgid "" "Manual pages are divided into sections which represent the type of topic. " "In FreeBSD, the following sections are available:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1822 msgid "User commands." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1823 msgid "System calls and error numbers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1824 msgid "Functions in the C libraries." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1824 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1825 msgid "Device drivers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1826 msgid "File formats." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1827 msgid "Games and other diversions." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1828 msgid "Miscellaneous information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1829 msgid "System maintenance and operation commands." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1830 msgid "System kernel interfaces." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1834 msgid "" "In some cases, the same topic may appear in more than one section of the " "online manual. For example, there is a `chmod` user command and a `chmod()` " @@ -4379,13 +4379,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1838 #, no-wrap msgid "% man 1 chmod\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1842 msgid "" "This will display the manual page for the user command man:chmod[1]. " "References to a particular section of the online manual are traditionally " @@ -4394,34 +4394,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1844 msgid "" "If the name of the manual page is unknown, use `man -k` to search for " "keywords in the manual page descriptions:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1847 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1848 #, no-wrap msgid "% man -k mail\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1851 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1852 msgid "" "This command displays a list of commands that have the keyword \"mail\" in " "their descriptions. This is equivalent to using man:apropos[1]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1854 msgid "" "To read the descriptions for all of the commands in [.filename]#/usr/sbin#, " "type:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1859 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% cd /usr/sbin\n" @@ -4429,12 +4429,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1862 msgid "or" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1867 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% cd /usr/sbin\n" @@ -4442,13 +4442,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1870 #, no-wrap msgid "GNU Info Files" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1874 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1875 msgid "" "FreeBSD includes several applications and utilities produced by the Free " "Software Foundation (FSF). In addition to manual pages, these programs may " @@ -4458,18 +4458,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1877 msgid "To use man:info[1], type:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1881 #, no-wrap msgid "% info\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1884 msgid "" "For a brief introduction, type `h`. For a quick command reference, type `?`." msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.po index 2030c4c30c..5d7ba4a0fc 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-07-07 23:22-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ msgid "Appendix B. Bibliography" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:16 #, no-wrap msgid "Bibliography" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:54 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:55 msgid "" "While manual pages provide a definitive reference for individual pieces of " "the FreeBSD operating system, they seldom illustrate how to put the pieces " @@ -51,18 +51,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:56 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:57 #, no-wrap msgid "Books Specific to FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:60 msgid "International books:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:62 msgid "" "http://jdli.tw.FreeBSD.org/publication/book/freebsd2/index.htm[Using " "FreeBSD] (in Traditional Chinese), published by http://www.drmaster.com.tw/" @@ -70,48 +70,48 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:63 msgid "" "FreeBSD Unleashed (Simplified Chinese translation), published by http://www." "hzbook.com/[China Machine Press]. ISBN 7-111-10201-0." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:64 msgid "" "FreeBSD From Scratch Second Edition (in Simplified Chinese), published by " "China Machine Press. ISBN 7-111-10286-X." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "FreeBSD Handbook Second Edition (Simplified Chinese translation), published " "by http://www.ptpress.com.cn/[Posts & Telecom Press]. ISBN 7-115-10541-3." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:66 msgid "" "FreeBSD & Windows (in Simplified Chinese), published by http://www.tdpress." "com/[China Railway Publishing House]. ISBN 7-113-03845-X" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:67 msgid "" "FreeBSD Internet Services HOWTO (in Simplified Chinese), published by China " "Railway Publishing House. ISBN 7-113-03423-3" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:68 msgid "" "FreeBSD (in Japanese), published by CUTT. ISBN 4-906391-22-2 C3055 P2400E." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:69 msgid "" "http://www.shoeisha.com/book/Detail.asp?bid=650[Complete Introduction to " "FreeBSD] (in Japanese), published by http://www.shoeisha.co.jp/[Shoeisha " @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:70 msgid "" "http://www.ascii.co.jp/pb/book1/shinkan/detail/1322785.html[Personal UNIX " "Starter Kit FreeBSD] (in Japanese), published by http://www.ascii.co.jp/" @@ -127,21 +127,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:71 msgid "" "FreeBSD Handbook (Japanese translation), published by http://www.ascii.co.jp/" "[ASCII]. ISBN 4-7561-1580-2 P3800E." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "FreeBSD mit Methode (in German), published by http://www.cul.de[Computer und " "Literatur Verlag]/Vertrieb Hanser, 1998. ISBN 3-932311-31-0." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "http://www.mitp.de/vmi/mitp/detail/pWert/1343/[FreeBSD de Luxe] (in German), " "published by http://www.mitp.de[Verlag Modere Industrie], 2003. ISBN " @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:74 msgid "" "http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/FreeBSD/install-manual.html[FreeBSD Install and " "Utilization Manual] (in Japanese), published by http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/" @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:75 msgid "" "Onno W Purbo, Dodi Maryanto, Syahrial Hubbany, Widjil Widodo _http://maxwell." "itb.ac.id/[Building Internet Server with FreeBSD]_ (in Indonesia Language), " @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:76 msgid "" "Absolute BSD: The Ultimate Guide to FreeBSD (Traditional Chinese " "translation), published by http://www.grandtech.com.tw/[GrandTech Press], " @@ -173,40 +173,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "http://www.twbsd.org/cht/book/[The FreeBSD 6.0 Book] (in Traditional " "Chinese), published by Drmaster, 2006. ISBN 9-575-27878-X." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:79 msgid "English language books:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:81 msgid "" "Absolute FreeBSD: The Complete Guide To FreeBSD, Third Edition, published by " "http://www.nostarch.com/[No Starch Press], 2018. ISBN: 9781593278922" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:82 msgid "" "The Complete FreeBSD, published by http://www.oreilly.com/[O'Reilly], 2003. " "ISBN: 0596005164" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "http://www.freebsdmall.com/cgi-bin/fm/bsdcomp[The Complete FreeBSD], " "published by http://www.oreilly.com/[O'Reilly], 2003. ISBN: 0596005164" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:84 msgid "" "http://www.freebsd-corp-net-guide.com/[The FreeBSD Corporate Networker's " "Guide], published by http://www.awl.com/aw/[Addison-Wesley], 2000. ISBN: " @@ -214,41 +214,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:85 msgid "" "FreeBSD: An Open-Source Operating System for Your Personal Computer, " "published by The Bit Tree Press, 2001. ISBN: 0971204500" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:86 msgid "" "Teach Yourself FreeBSD in 24 Hours, published by http://www.samspublishing." "com/[Sams], 2002. ISBN: 0672324245" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:87 msgid "" "FreeBSD 6 Unleashed, published by http://www.samspublishing.com/[Sams], " "2006. ISBN: 0672328755" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:88 msgid "" "FreeBSD: The Complete Reference, published by http://books.mcgraw-hill." "com[McGrawHill], 2003. ISBN: 0072224096" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:90 #, no-wrap msgid "Users' Guides" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "Ohio State University has written a http://www.cs.duke.edu/csl/docs/" "unix_course/[UNIX Introductory Course] which is available online in HTML and " @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:95 msgid "" "An Italian https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/it_IT.ISO8859-15/books/unix-" "introduction/[translation] of this document is available as part of the " @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/[Jpman Project, Japan FreeBSD Users Group]. " "FreeBSD User's Reference Manual (Japanese translation). http://www.pc.mycom." @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "http://www.ed.ac.uk/[Edinburgh University] has written an http://www.ed.ac." "uk/information-services/help-consultancy/is-skills/catalogue/program-op-sys-" @@ -280,13 +280,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:99 #, no-wrap msgid "Administrators' Guides" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:102 msgid "" "http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/[Jpman Project, Japan FreeBSD Users Group]. " "FreeBSD System Administrator's Manual (Japanese translation). http://www.pc." @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:103 msgid "" "Dreyfus, Emmanuel. http://www.eyrolles.com/Informatique/Livre/9782212114638/" "[Cahiers de l'Admin: BSD] 2nd Ed. (in French), Eyrolles, 2004. ISBN " @@ -302,20 +302,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:105 #, no-wrap msgid "Programmers' Guides" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:108 msgid "" "Computer Systems Research Group, UC Berkeley. _4.4BSD Programmer's Reference " "Manual_. O'Reilly & Associates, Inc., 1994. ISBN 1-56592-078-3" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:109 msgid "" "Computer Systems Research Group, UC Berkeley. _4.4BSD Programmer's " "Supplementary Documents_. O'Reilly & Associates, Inc., 1994. ISBN " @@ -323,49 +323,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:110 msgid "" "Harbison, Samuel P. and Steele, Guy L. Jr. _C: A Reference Manual_. 4th Ed. " "Prentice Hall, 1995. ISBN 0-13-326224-3" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:111 msgid "" "Kernighan, Brian and Dennis M. Ritchie. _The C Programming Language_. 2nd " "Ed. PTR Prentice Hall, 1988. ISBN 0-13-110362-8" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:112 msgid "" "Lehey, Greg. _Porting UNIX Software_. O'Reilly & Associates, Inc., 1995. " "ISBN 1-56592-126-7" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:113 msgid "" "Plauger, P. J. _The Standard C Library_. Prentice Hall, 1992. ISBN " "0-13-131509-9" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:114 msgid "" "Spinellis, Diomidis. http://www.spinellis.gr/codereading/[Code Reading: The " "Open Source Perspective]. Addison-Wesley, 2003. ISBN 0-201-79940-5" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:115 msgid "" "Spinellis, Diomidis. http://www.spinellis.gr/codequality/[Code Quality: The " "Open Source Perspective]. Addison-Wesley, 2006. ISBN 0-321-16607-8" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:116 msgid "" "Stevens, W. Richard and Stephen A. Rago. _Advanced Programming in the UNIX " "Environment_. 2nd Ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 2005. ISBN " @@ -373,34 +373,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:117 msgid "" "Stevens, W. Richard. _UNIX Network Programming_. 2nd Ed, PTR Prentice Hall, " "1998. ISBN 0-13-490012-X" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:119 #, no-wrap msgid "Operating System Internals" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:122 msgid "" "Andleigh, Prabhat K. _UNIX System Architecture_. Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1990. " "ISBN 0-13-949843-5" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:123 msgid "" "Jolitz, William. \"Porting UNIX to the 386\". _Dr. Dobb's Journal_. January " "1991-July 1992." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" "Leffler, Samuel J., Marshall Kirk McKusick, Michael J Karels and John " "Quarterman _The Design and Implementation of the 4.3BSD UNIX Operating " @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:125 msgid "" "Leffler, Samuel J., Marshall Kirk McKusick, _The Design and Implementation " "of the 4.3BSD UNIX Operating System: Answer Book_. Reading, Mass. : Addison-" @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:126 msgid "" "McKusick, Marshall Kirk, Keith Bostic, Michael J Karels, and John " "Quarterman. _The Design and Implementation of the 4.4BSD Operating System_. " @@ -424,14 +424,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:128 msgid "" "(Chapter 2 of this book is available extref:{design-44bsd}[online] as part " "of the FreeBSD Documentation Project.)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "Marshall Kirk McKusick, George V. Neville-Neil _The Design and " "Implementation of the FreeBSD Operating System_. Boston, Mass. : Addison-" @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:130 msgid "" "Marshall Kirk McKusick, George V. Neville-Neil, Robert N. M. Watson _The " "Design and Implementation of the FreeBSD Operating System, 2nd Ed._. " @@ -447,21 +447,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:131 msgid "" "Stevens, W. Richard. _TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 1: The Protocols_. Reading, " "Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1996. ISBN 0-201-63346-9" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:132 msgid "" "Schimmel, Curt. _Unix Systems for Modern Architectures_. Reading, Mass. : " "Addison-Wesley, 1994. ISBN 0-201-63338-8" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:133 msgid "" "Stevens, W. Richard. _TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 3: TCP for Transactions, " "HTTP, NNTP and the UNIX Domain Protocols_. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, " @@ -469,27 +469,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:134 msgid "" "Vahalia, Uresh. _UNIX Internals -- The New Frontiers_. Prentice Hall, 1996. " "ISBN 0-13-101908-2" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:135 msgid "" "Wright, Gary R. and W. Richard Stevens. _TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 2: The " "Implementation_. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-63354-X" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:137 #, no-wrap msgid "Security Reference" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:140 msgid "" "Cheswick, William R. and Steven M. Bellovin. _Firewalls and Internet " "Security: Repelling the Wily Hacker_. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. " @@ -497,34 +497,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:141 msgid "" "Garfinkel, Simson. _PGP Pretty Good Privacy_ O'Reilly & Associates, Inc., " "1995. ISBN 1-56592-098-8" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:143 #, no-wrap msgid "Hardware Reference" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:146 msgid "" "Anderson, Don and Tom Shanley. _Pentium Processor System Architecture_. 2nd " "Ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-40992-5" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:147 msgid "" "Ferraro, Richard F. _Programmer's Guide to the EGA, VGA, and Super VGA " "Cards_. 3rd ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-62490-7" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:148 msgid "" "Intel Corporation publishes documentation on their CPUs, chipsets and " "standards on their http://developer.intel.com/[developer web site], usually " @@ -532,55 +532,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:149 msgid "" "Shanley, Tom. _80486 System Architecture_. 3rd Ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-" "Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-40994-1" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:150 msgid "" "Shanley, Tom. _ISA System Architecture_. 3rd Ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-" "Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-40996-8" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:151 msgid "" "Shanley, Tom. _PCI System Architecture_. 4th Ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-" "Wesley, 1999. ISBN 0-201-30974-2" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:152 msgid "" "Van Gilluwe, Frank. _The Undocumented PC_, 2nd Ed. Reading, Mass: Addison-" "Wesley Pub. Co., 1996. ISBN 0-201-47950-8" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:153 msgid "" "Messmer, Hans-Peter. _The Indispensable PC Hardware Book_, 4th Ed. Reading, " "Mass : Addison-Wesley Pub. Co., 2002. ISBN 0-201-59616-4" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:155 #, no-wrap msgid "UNIX(R) History" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:158 msgid "" "Lion, John _Lion's Commentary on UNIX, 6th Ed. With Source Code_. ITP Media " "Group, 1996. ISBN 1573980137" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:159 msgid "" "Raymond, Eric S. _The New Hacker's Dictionary, 3rd edition_. MIT Press, " "1996. ISBN 0-262-68092-0. Also known as the http://www.catb.org/~esr/jargon/" @@ -588,14 +588,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:160 msgid "" "Salus, Peter H. _A quarter century of UNIX_. Addison-Wesley Publishing " "Company, Inc., 1994. ISBN 0-201-54777-5" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:161 msgid "" "Simon Garfinkel, Daniel Weise, Steven Strassmann. _The UNIX-HATERS " "Handbook_. IDG Books Worldwide, Inc., 1994. ISBN 1-56884-203-1. Out of " @@ -603,14 +603,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:162 msgid "" "Don Libes, Sandy Ressler _Life with UNIX_ - special edition. Prentice-Hall, " "Inc., 1989. ISBN 0-13-536657-7" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:163 msgid "" "_The BSD family tree_. https://cgit.freebsd.org/src/tree/share/misc/bsd-" "family-tree[https://cgit.freebsd.org/src/tree/share/misc/bsd-family-tree] or " @@ -619,12 +619,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:164 msgid "_Networked Computer Science Technical Reports Library_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:165 msgid "" "_Old BSD releases from the Computer Systems Research group (CSRG)_. http://" "www.mckusick.com/csrg/[http://www.mckusick.com/csrg/]: The 4CD set covers " @@ -634,46 +634,46 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:166 msgid "" "Kernighan, Brian _Unix: A History and a Memoir_. Kindle Direct Publishing, " "2020. ISBN 978-169597855-3" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:168 #, no-wrap msgid "Periodicals, Journals, and Magazines" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:171 msgid "" "http://www.admin-magazin.de/[Admin Magazin] (in German), published by " "Medialinx AG. ISSN: 2190-1066" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:172 msgid "" "http://www.bsdmag.org/[BSD Magazine], published by Software Press Sp. z o.o. " "SK. ISSN: 1898-9144" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:173 msgid "" "http://www.bsdnow.tv/[BSD Now - Video Podcast], published by Jupiter " "Broadcasting LLC" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:174 msgid "http://bsdtalk.blogspot.com/[BSD Talk Podcast], by Will Backman" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:174 msgid "" "http://freebsdjournal.com/[FreeBSD Journal], published by S&W Publishing, " "sponsored by The FreeBSD Foundation. ISBN: 978-0-615-88479-0" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.po index e81dba4004..0c1d18be34 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-02-01 10:28-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 13. The FreeBSD Booting Process" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD Booting Process" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:56 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "The process of starting a computer and loading the operating system is " "referred to as \"the bootstrap process\", or \"booting\". FreeBSD's boot " @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "This chapter details the configuration options that can be set. It " "demonstrates how to customize the FreeBSD boot process, including everything " @@ -68,49 +68,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:63 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will recognize:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:65 msgid "The components of the FreeBSD bootstrap system and how they interact." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:66 msgid "" "The options that can be passed to the components in the FreeBSD bootstrap in " "order to control the boot process." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:67 msgid "The basics of setting device hints." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:68 msgid "" "How to boot into single- and multi-user mode and how to properly shut down a " "FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "This chapter only describes the boot process for FreeBSD running on x86 and " "amd64 systems." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:75 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Boot Process" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:81 msgid "" "Turning on a computer and starting the operating system poses an interesting " "dilemma. By definition, the computer does not know how to do anything until " @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:86 msgid "" "This problem parallels one in the book The Adventures of Baron Munchausen. " "A character had fallen part way down a manhole, and pulled himself out by " @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:90 msgid "" "On x86 hardware, the Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) is responsible for " "loading the operating system. The BIOS looks on the hard disk for the " @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides for booting from both the older MBR standard, and the newer " "GUID Partition Table (GPT). GPT partitioning is often found on computers " @@ -152,18 +152,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:102 msgid "" "The code within the MBR is typically referred to as a _boot manager_, " "especially when it interacts with the user. The boot manager usually has " "more code in the first track of the disk or within the file system. " "Examples of boot managers include the standard FreeBSD boot manager boot0, " -"also called Boot Easy, and Grub, which is used by many Linux(R) " +"also called Boot Easy, and GNU GRUB, which is used by many Linux(R) " "distributions." msgstr "" +#. There is extref:{faq}[a frequently asked question] about GRUB. Beyond the answer there, // +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:107 +msgid "" +"Users of GRUB should refer to https://www.gnu.org/software/grub/grub-" +"documentation.html[GNU-provided documentation]." +msgstr "" + #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:111 msgid "" "If only one operating system is installed, the MBR searches for the first " "bootable (active) slice on the disk, and then runs the code on that slice to " @@ -173,7 +181,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:118 msgid "" "The remainder of the FreeBSD bootstrap system is divided into three stages. " "The first stage knows just enough to get the computer into a specific state " @@ -185,7 +193,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:121 msgid "" "The kernel is then started and begins to probe for devices and initialize " "them for use. Once the kernel boot process is finished, the kernel passes " @@ -196,27 +204,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:123 msgid "" "This section describes these stages in more detail and demonstrates how to " "interact with the FreeBSD boot process." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:125 #, no-wrap msgid "The Boot Manager" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "The boot manager code in the MBR is sometimes referred to as _stage zero_ of " "the boot process. By default, FreeBSD uses the boot0 boot manager." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:133 msgid "" "The MBR installed by the FreeBSD installer is based on [.filename]#/boot/" "boot0#. The size and capability of boot0 is restricted to 446 bytes due to " @@ -226,13 +234,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:135 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#boot0# Screenshot" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:143 #, no-wrap msgid "" "F1 Win\n" @@ -240,13 +248,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:145 #, no-wrap msgid "Default: F2\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:151 msgid "" "Other operating systems will overwrite an existing MBR if they are installed " "after FreeBSD. If this happens, or to replace the existing MBR with the " @@ -254,13 +262,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:155 #, no-wrap msgid "# fdisk -B -b /boot/boot0 device\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:159 msgid "" "where _device_ is the boot disk, such as [.filename]#ad0# for the first IDE " "disk, [.filename]#ad2# for the first IDE disk on a second IDE controller, or " @@ -269,13 +277,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:161 #, no-wrap msgid "Stage One and Stage Two" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:166 msgid "" "Conceptually, the first and second stages are part of the same program on " "the same area of the disk. Due to space constraints, they have been split " @@ -284,7 +292,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:169 msgid "" "These two stages are located outside file systems, in the first track of the " "boot slice, starting with the first sector. This is where boot0, or any " @@ -293,7 +301,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:172 msgid "" "The first stage, [.filename]#boot1#, is very simple, since it can only be " "512 bytes in size. It knows just enough about the FreeBSD _bsdlabel_, which " @@ -301,7 +309,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:177 msgid "" "Stage two, [.filename]#boot2#, is slightly more sophisticated, and " "understands the FreeBSD file system enough to find files. It can provide a " @@ -312,13 +320,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:179 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#boot2# Screenshot" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:188 #, no-wrap msgid "" ">> FreeBSD/i386 BOOT\n" @@ -327,7 +335,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:193 msgid "" "To replace the installed [.filename]#boot1# and [.filename]#boot2#, use " "`bsdlabel`, where _diskslice_ is the disk and slice to boot from, such as [." @@ -335,13 +343,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:197 #, no-wrap msgid "# bsdlabel -B diskslice\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:203 msgid "" "If just the disk name is used, such as [.filename]#ad0#, `bsdlabel` will " "create the disk in \"dangerously dedicated mode\", without slices. This is " @@ -350,20 +358,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:206 #, no-wrap msgid "Stage Three" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:210 msgid "" "The loader is the final stage of the three-stage bootstrap process. It is " "located on the file system, usually as [.filename]#/boot/loader#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:212 msgid "" "The loader is intended as an interactive method for configuration, using a " "built-in command set, backed up by a more powerful interpreter which has a " @@ -371,7 +379,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:215 msgid "" "During initialization, loader will probe for a console and for disks, and " "figure out which disk it is booting from. It will set variables " @@ -380,7 +388,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:218 msgid "" "The loader will then read [.filename]#/boot/loader.rc#, which by default " "reads in [.filename]#/boot/defaults/loader.conf# which sets reasonable " @@ -390,7 +398,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:223 msgid "" "Finally, by default, loader issues a 10 second wait for key presses, and " "boots the kernel if it is not interrupted. If interrupted, the user is " @@ -402,202 +410,202 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:225 #, no-wrap msgid "Loader Built-In Commands" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:229 #, no-wrap msgid "Variable" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:224 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:320 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:232 #, no-wrap msgid "autoboot _seconds_" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:234 #, no-wrap msgid "Proceeds to boot the kernel if not interrupted within the time span given, in seconds. It displays a countdown, and the default time span is 10 seconds." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:235 #, no-wrap msgid "boot [`-options`] [`kernelname`]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:237 #, no-wrap msgid "Immediately proceeds to boot the kernel, with any specified options or kernel name. Providing a kernel name on the command-line is only applicable after an `unload` has been issued. Otherwise, the previously-loaded kernel will be used. If _kernelname_ is not qualified, it will be searched under _/boot/kernel_ and _/boot/modules_." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:238 #, no-wrap msgid "boot-conf" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:240 #, no-wrap msgid "Goes through the same automatic configuration of modules based on specified variables, most commonly `kernel`. This only makes sense if `unload` is used first, before changing some variables." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:241 #, no-wrap msgid "help [`_topic_`]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:243 #, no-wrap msgid "Shows help messages read from [.filename]#/boot/loader.help#. If the topic given is `index`, the list of available topics is displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:244 #, no-wrap msgid "include `_filename_` ..." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:246 #, no-wrap msgid "Reads the specified file and interprets it line by line. An error immediately stops the `include`." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:247 #, no-wrap msgid "load [-t ``_type_``] `_filename_`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:249 #, no-wrap msgid "Loads the kernel, kernel module, or file of the type given, with the specified filename. Any arguments after _filename_ are passed to the file. If _filename_ is not qualified, it will be searched under _/boot/kernel_ and _/boot/modules_." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:250 #, no-wrap msgid "ls [-l] [``_path_``]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:252 #, no-wrap msgid "Displays a listing of files in the given path, or the root directory, if the path is not specified. If `-l` is specified, file sizes will also be shown." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:253 #, no-wrap msgid "lsdev [`-v`]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "Lists all of the devices from which it may be possible to load modules. If `-v` is specified, more details are printed." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:256 #, no-wrap msgid "lsmod [`-v`]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:258 #, no-wrap msgid "Displays loaded modules. If `-v` is specified, more details are shown." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:259 #, no-wrap msgid "more `_filename_`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:261 #, no-wrap msgid "Displays the files specified, with a pause at each `LINES` displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:262 #, no-wrap msgid "reboot" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:264 #, no-wrap msgid "Immediately reboots the system." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:265 #, no-wrap msgid "set `_variable_`, set `_variable=value_`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:267 #, no-wrap msgid "Sets the specified environment variables." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:268 #, no-wrap msgid "unload" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:269 #, no-wrap msgid "Removes all loaded modules." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:273 msgid "" "Here are some practical examples of loader usage. To boot the usual kernel " -"in single-user mode :" +"in single-user mode:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:277 #, no-wrap msgid " boot -s\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:280 msgid "" "To unload the usual kernel and modules and then load the previous or " "another, specified kernel:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:285 #, no-wrap msgid "" " unload\n" @@ -605,7 +613,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:288 msgid "" "Use the qualified [.filename]#/boot/GENERIC/kernel# to refer to the default " "kernel that comes with an installation, or [.filename]#/boot/kernel.old/" @@ -614,14 +622,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:291 msgid "" "Use the following to load the usual modules with another kernel. Note that " "in this case it is not necessary the qualified name:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:297 #, no-wrap msgid "" "unload\n" @@ -630,24 +638,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:300 msgid "To load an automated kernel configuration script:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:304 #, no-wrap msgid " load -t userconfig_script /boot/kernel.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:307 #, no-wrap msgid "Last Stage" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:312 msgid "" "Once the kernel is loaded by either loader or by boot2, which bypasses " "loader, it examines any boot flags and adjusts its behavior as necessary. " @@ -656,67 +664,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:314 #, no-wrap msgid "Kernel Interaction During Boot" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:318 #, no-wrap msgid "Option" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:321 #, no-wrap msgid "`-a`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:323 #, no-wrap msgid "During kernel initialization, ask for the device to mount as the root file system." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:324 #, no-wrap msgid "`-C`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:326 #, no-wrap msgid "Boot the root file system from a CDROM." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:327 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:329 #, no-wrap msgid "Boot into single-user mode." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:330 #, no-wrap msgid "`-v`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Be more verbose during kernel startup." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:335 msgid "" "Once the kernel has finished booting, it passes control to the user process " "man:init[8], which is located at [.filename]#/sbin/init#, or the program " @@ -725,7 +733,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:339 msgid "" "The boot sequence makes sure that the file systems available on the system " "are consistent. If a UFS file system is not, and `fsck` cannot fix the " @@ -735,13 +743,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:341 #, no-wrap msgid "Single-User Mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:346 msgid "" "A user can specify this mode by booting with `-s` or by setting the " "`boot_single` variable in loader. It can also be reached by running " @@ -750,20 +758,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:350 #, no-wrap msgid "Enter full pathname of shell or RETURN for /bin/sh:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:354 msgid "" "If the user presses kbd:[Enter], the system will enter the default Bourne " "shell. To specify a different shell, input the full path to the shell." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:359 msgid "" "Single-user mode is usually used to repair a system that will not boot due " "to an inconsistent file system or an error in a boot configuration file. It " @@ -774,7 +782,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:362 msgid "" "While single-user mode is useful for repairing a system, it poses a security " "risk unless the system is in a physically secure location. By default, any " @@ -783,7 +791,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:365 msgid "" "If the system `console` is changed to `insecure` in [.filename]#/etc/ttys#, " "the system will first prompt for the `root` password before initiating " @@ -792,13 +800,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:367 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring an Insecure Console in [.filename]#/etc/ttys#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:377 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# name getty type status comments\n" @@ -809,7 +817,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:382 msgid "" "An `insecure` console means that physical security to the console is " "considered to be insecure, so only someone who knows the `root` password may " @@ -817,13 +825,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:384 #, no-wrap msgid "Multi-User Mode" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:387 msgid "" "If init finds the file systems to be in order, or once the user has finished " "their commands in single-user mode and has typed `exit` to leave single-user " @@ -832,7 +840,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:391 msgid "" "The resource configuration system reads in configuration defaults from [." "filename]#/etc/defaults/rc.conf# and system-specific details from [." @@ -843,20 +851,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:393 msgid "" "To learn more about the resource configuration system, refer to man:rc[8] " "and examine the scripts located in [.filename]#/etc/rc.d#." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:395 #, no-wrap msgid "Device Hints" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:400 msgid "" "During initial system startup, the boot man:loader[8] reads man:device." "hints[5]. This file stores kernel boot information known as variables, " @@ -865,7 +873,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:405 msgid "" "Device hints may also be specified at the Stage 3 boot loader prompt, as " "demonstrated in <<boot-loader>>. Variables can be added using `set`, " @@ -875,38 +883,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:407 msgid "" "Once the system is booted, man:kenv[1] can be used to dump all of the " "variables." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:410 msgid "" "The syntax for [.filename]#/boot/device.hints# is one variable per line, " "using the hash \"#\" as comment markers. Lines are constructed as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:414 #, no-wrap msgid " hint.driver.unit.keyword=\"value\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:410 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:417 msgid "The syntax for the Stage 3 boot loader is:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:421 #, no-wrap msgid " set hint.driver.unit.keyword=value\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:425 msgid "" "where `driver` is the device driver name, `unit` is the device driver unit " "number, and `keyword` is the hint keyword. The keyword may consist of the " @@ -914,42 +922,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:427 msgid "`at`: specifies the bus which the device is attached to." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:428 msgid "`port`: specifies the start address of the I/O to be used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:429 msgid "`irq`: specifies the interrupt request number to be used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:430 msgid "`drq`: specifies the DMA channel number." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:431 msgid "`maddr`: specifies the physical memory address occupied by the device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:432 msgid "`flags`: sets various flag bits for the device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:433 msgid "`disabled`: if set to `1` the device is disabled." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:436 msgid "" "Since device drivers may accept or require more hints not listed here, " "viewing a driver's manual page is recommended. For more information, refer " @@ -957,13 +965,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:438 #, no-wrap msgid "Shutdown Sequence" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:441 msgid "" "Upon controlled shutdown using man:shutdown[8], man:init[8] will attempt to " "run the script [.filename]#/etc/rc.shutdown#, and then proceed to send all " @@ -972,7 +980,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:447 msgid "" "To power down a FreeBSD machine on architectures and systems that support " "power management, use `shutdown -p now` to turn the power off immediately. " @@ -983,14 +991,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:449 msgid "" "Modify group membership by referring to crossref:basics[users-" "synopsis,“Users and Basic Account Management”]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:453 msgid "" "Power management requires man:acpi[4] to be loaded as a module or statically " "compiled into a custom kernel." diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.po index 79461dfdfb..dcf3739063 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-02-01 10:28-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,26 +35,26 @@ msgid "Chapter 2. Installing FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:56 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "There are several different ways of getting FreeBSD to run, depending on the " "environment. Those are:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:59 msgid "" "Virtual Machine images, to download and import on a virtual environment of " "choice. These can be downloaded from the https://www.freebsd.org/where/" @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:60 msgid "" "Virtual Machine images available at Amazon's https://aws.amazon.com/" "marketplace/pp/prodview-ukzmy5dzc6nbq[AWS Marketplace], https://" @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "SD card images, for embedded systems such as Raspberry Pi or BeagleBone " "Black. These can be downloaded from the https://www.freebsd.org/where/" @@ -89,21 +89,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:62 msgid "" "Installation images, to install FreeBSD on a hard drive for the usual " "desktop, laptop, or server systems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:64 msgid "" "The rest of this chapter describes the fourth case, explaining how to " "install FreeBSD using the text-based installation program named bsdinstall." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:68 msgid "" "In general, the installation instructions in this chapter are written for " "the i386(TM) and AMD64 architectures. Where applicable, instructions " @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "Users who prefer to install FreeBSD using a graphical installer may be " "interested in https://ghostbsd.org[GhostBSD], https://www.midnightbsd." @@ -121,62 +121,62 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:75 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:77 msgid "The minimum hardware requirements and FreeBSD supported architectures." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:78 msgid "How to create the FreeBSD installation media." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:79 msgid "How to start bsdinstall." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:80 msgid "" "The questions bsdinstall will ask, what they mean, and how to answer them." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:81 msgid "How to troubleshoot a failed installation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:82 msgid "" "How to access a live version of FreeBSD before committing to an installation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:84 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:86 msgid "" "Read the supported hardware list that shipped with the version of FreeBSD to " "be installed and verify that the system's hardware is supported." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:88 #, no-wrap msgid "Minimum Hardware Requirements" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "The hardware requirements to install FreeBSD vary by architecture. Hardware " "architectures and devices supported by a FreeBSD release are listed on the " @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:98 msgid "" "A FreeBSD installation requires a minimum of 96 MB of RAM and 1.5 GB of free " "hard drive space. However, such small amounts of memory and disk space are " @@ -196,18 +196,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:100 msgid "These are the processor requirements for each architecture:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:101 #, no-wrap msgid "amd64" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:105 msgid "" "This is the most common desktop and laptop processor type, used in most " "modern systems. Intel(R) calls it Intel64. Other manufacturers sometimes " @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:107 msgid "" "Examples of amd64 compatible processors include: AMD Athlon(TM)64, AMD " "Opteron(TM), multi-core Intel(R) Xeon(TM), and Intel(R) Core(TM) 2 and later " @@ -223,18 +223,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:108 #, no-wrap msgid "i386" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:110 msgid "Older desktops and laptops often use this 32-bit, x86 architecture." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:114 msgid "" "Almost all i386-compatible processors with a floating point unit are " "supported. All Intel(R) processors 486 or higher are supported. However, " @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:118 msgid "" "FreeBSD will take advantage of Physical Address Extensions (PAE) support on " "CPUs with this feature. A kernel with the PAE feature enabled will detect " @@ -252,55 +252,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:119 #, no-wrap msgid "arm64" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:122 msgid "" "Most embedded boards are 64-bit ARM computers. A number of arm64 servers " "are supported." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:123 #, no-wrap msgid "arm" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:125 msgid "Older armv7 boards are supported." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:126 #, no-wrap msgid "powerpc" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "All New World ROM Apple(R) Mac(R) systems with built-in USB are supported. " "SMP is supported on machines with multiple CPUs." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:131 msgid "A 32-bit kernel can only use the first 2 GB of RAM." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:133 #, no-wrap msgid "Pre-Installation Tasks" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:137 msgid "" "Once it has been determined that the system meets the minimum hardware " "requirements for installing FreeBSD, the installation file should be " @@ -310,13 +310,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:140 #, no-wrap msgid "*Back Up Important Data*\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:146 msgid "" "Before installing any operating system, _always_ backup all important data " "first. Do not store the backup on the system being installed. Instead, " @@ -328,13 +328,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:147 #, no-wrap msgid "*Decide Where to Install FreeBSD*\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:150 msgid "" "If FreeBSD will be the only operating system installed, this step can be " "skipped. But if FreeBSD will share the disk with another operating system, " @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:157 msgid "" "In the i386 and amd64 architectures, disks can be divided into multiple " "partitions using one of two partitioning schemes. A traditional _Master " @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:161 msgid "" "The FreeBSD boot loader requires either a primary or GPT partition. If all " "of the primary or GPT partitions are already in use, one must be freed for " @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:165 msgid "" "A variety of free and commercial partition resizing tools are listed at " "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_disk_partitioning_software[http://en." @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:170 msgid "" "When used properly, disk shrinking utilities can safely create space for " "creating a new partition. Since the possibility of selecting the wrong " @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:174 msgid "" "Disk partitions containing different operating systems make it possible to " "install multiple operating systems on one computer. An alternative is to " @@ -396,13 +396,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:175 #, no-wrap msgid "*Collect Network Information*\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:178 msgid "" "Some FreeBSD installation methods require a network connection in order to " "download the installation files. After any installation, the installer will " @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:181 msgid "" "If the network has a DHCP server, it can be used to provide automatic " "network configuration. If DHCP is not available, the following network " @@ -419,43 +419,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:184 msgid "Required Network Information" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:186 msgid "IP address" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:187 msgid "Subnet mask" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:188 msgid "IP address of default gateway" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:189 msgid "Domain name of the network" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:190 msgid "IP addresses of the network's DNS servers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:192 #, no-wrap msgid "*Check for FreeBSD Errata*\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:197 msgid "" "Although the FreeBSD Project strives to ensure that each release of FreeBSD " "is as stable as possible, bugs occasionally creep into the process. On very " @@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:199 msgid "" "Information and errata for all the releases can be found on the release " "information section of the FreeBSD web site (link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/" @@ -476,13 +476,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:201 #, no-wrap msgid "Prepare the Installation Media" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:205 msgid "" "The FreeBSD installer is not an application that can be run from within " "another operating system. Instead, download a FreeBSD installation file, " @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:209 msgid "" "FreeBSD installation files are available at link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/" "where/[www.freebsd.org/where/]. Each installation file's name includes the " @@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:212 msgid "" "Installation files are available in several formats. The formats vary " "depending on computer architecture and media type." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:216 msgid "" "Additional installation files are included for computers that boot with UEFI " "(Unified Extensible Firmware Interface). The names of these files include " @@ -517,12 +517,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:218 msgid "File types:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:220 msgid "" "`-bootonly.iso`: This is the smallest installation file as it only contains " "the installer. A working Internet connection is required during installation " @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:221 msgid "" "`-disc1.iso`: This file contains all of the files needed to install FreeBSD, " "its source, and the Ports Collection. It should be burned to a CD using a CD " @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:222 msgid "" "`-dvd1.iso`: This file contains all of the files needed to install FreeBSD, " "its source, and the Ports Collection. It also contains a set of popular " @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:223 msgid "" "`-memstick.img`: This file contains all of the files needed to install " "FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. It should be burned to a USB " @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:224 msgid "" "`-mini-memstick.img`: Like `-bootonly.iso`, does not include installation " "files, but downloads them as needed. A working internet connection is " @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:229 msgid "" "After downloading the image file, download [.filename]#CHECKSUM.SHA256# from " "the same directory. Calculate a _checksum_ for the image file. FreeBSD " @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:233 msgid "" "Compare the calculated checksum with the one shown in [.filename]#CHECKSUM." "SHA256#. The checksums must match exactly. If the checksums do not match, " @@ -585,13 +585,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:235 #, no-wrap msgid "Writing an Image File to USB" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:241 msgid "" "The [.filename]#\\*.img# file is an _image_ of the complete contents of a " "memory stick. It _cannot_ be copied to the target device as a file. " @@ -600,20 +600,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:246 msgid "" "Before proceeding, back up any important data on the USB stick. This " "procedure will erase the existing data on the stick." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:252 #, no-wrap msgid "*Procedure. Using `dd` to Write the Image* +\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:257 msgid "" "This example uses [.filename]#/dev/da0# as the target device where the image " "will be written. Be _very careful_ that the correct device is used as this " @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:260 msgid "" "The command-line utility is available on BSD, Linux(R), and Mac OS(R) " "systems. To burn the image using `dd`, insert the USB stick and determine " @@ -631,13 +631,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:264 #, no-wrap msgid "# dd if=FreeBSD-13.0-RELEASE-amd64-memstick.img of=/dev/da0 bs=1M conv=sync\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:271 msgid "" "If this command fails, verify that the USB stick is not mounted and that the " "device name is for the disk, not a partition. Some operating systems might " @@ -648,26 +648,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:276 #, no-wrap msgid "*Procedure. Using Windows(R) to Write the Image* +\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:281 msgid "" "Be sure to give the correct drive letter as the existing data on the " "specified drive will be overwritten and destroyed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:283 #, no-wrap msgid "*Obtaining Image Writer for Windows(R)*\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:286 msgid "" "Image Writer for Windows(R) is a free application that can correctly write " "an image file to a memory stick. Download it from https://sourceforge.net/" @@ -676,13 +676,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:288 #, no-wrap msgid "*Writing the Image with Image Writer*\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:295 msgid "" "Double-click the Win32DiskImager icon to start the program. Verify that the " "drive letter shown under `Device` is the drive with the memory stick. Click " @@ -694,25 +694,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:298 msgid "You are now ready to start installing FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:300 #, no-wrap msgid "Starting the Installation" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:305 msgid "" "By default, the installation will not make any changes to the disk(s) before " "the following message:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:312 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Your changes will now be written to disk. If you\n" @@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:316 msgid "" "The install can be exited at any time prior to this warning. If there is a " "concern that something is incorrectly configured, just turn the computer off " @@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:322 msgid "" "This section describes how to boot the system from the installation media " "which was prepared using the instructions in <<bsdinstall-installation-" @@ -741,13 +741,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:324 #, no-wrap msgid "Booting on i386(TM) and amd64" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:330 msgid "" "These architectures provide a BIOS menu for selecting the boot device. " "Depending upon the installation media being used, select the CD/DVD or USB " @@ -758,28 +758,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:332 msgid "" "If the computer loads the existing operating system instead of the FreeBSD " "installer, then either:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:334 msgid "" "The installation media was not inserted early enough in the boot process. " "Leave the media inserted and try restarting the computer." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:335 msgid "" "The BIOS changes were incorrect or not saved. Double-check that the right " "boot device is selected as the first boot device." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:336 msgid "" "This system is too old to support booting from the chosen media. In this " "case, the Plop Boot Manager (http://www.plop.at/en/bootmanagers.html[]) can " @@ -787,13 +787,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:337 #, no-wrap msgid "Booting on PowerPC(R)" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:342 msgid "" "On most machines, holding kbd:[C] on the keyboard during boot will boot from " "the CD. Otherwise, hold kbd:[Command+Option+O+F], or kbd:[Windows+Alt+O+F] " @@ -801,38 +801,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:346 #, no-wrap msgid " boot cd:,\\ppc\\loader cd:0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:349 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Boot Menu" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:352 msgid "" "Once the system boots from the installation media, a menu similar to the " "following will be displayed:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:354 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Boot Loader Menu" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:355 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-newboot-loader-menu.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:361 msgid "" "By default, the menu will wait ten seconds for user input before booting " "into the FreeBSD installer or, if FreeBSD is already installed, before " @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:363 msgid "" "`Boot Multi User`: This will continue the FreeBSD boot process. If the boot " "timer has been paused, press kbd:[1], upper- or lower-case kbd:[B], or kbd:" @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:364 msgid "" "`Boot Single User`: This mode can be used to fix an existing FreeBSD " "installation as described in crossref:boot[boot-singleuser,“Single-User " @@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:365 msgid "" "`Escape to loader prompt`: This will boot the system into a repair prompt " "that contains a limited number of low-level commands. This prompt is " @@ -867,36 +867,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:366 msgid "`Reboot`: Reboots the system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:367 msgid "`Kernel`: Loads a different kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:368 msgid "" -"`Configure Boot Options`: Opens the menu shown in, and described under, " -"<<bsdinstall-boot-options-menu>>." +"`Boot Options`: Opens the menu shown in, and described under, <<bsdinstall-" +"boot-options-menu>>." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:370 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Boot Options Menu" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:371 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-boot-options-menu.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:375 msgid "" "The boot options menu is divided into two sections. The first section can " "be used to either return to the main boot menu or to reset any toggled " @@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:379 msgid "" "The next section is used to toggle the available options to `On` or `Off` by " "pressing the option's highlighted number or character. The system will " @@ -913,21 +913,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:381 msgid "" "`ACPI Support`: If the system hangs during boot, try toggling this option to " "`Off`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:382 msgid "" "`Safe Mode`: If the system still hangs during boot even with `ACPI Support` " "set to `Off`, try setting this option to `On`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:383 msgid "" "`Single User`: Toggle this option to `On` to fix an existing FreeBSD " "installation as described in crossref:boot[boot-singleuser,“Single-User " @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:384 msgid "" "`Verbose`: Toggle this option to `On` to see more detailed messages during " "the boot process. This can be useful when troubleshooting a piece of " @@ -943,7 +943,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:388 msgid "" "After making the needed selections, press kbd:[1] or kbd:[Backspace] to " "return to the main boot menu, then press kbd:[Enter] to continue booting " @@ -954,19 +954,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:390 #, no-wrap msgid "Welcome Menu" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:391 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-choose-mode.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:399 msgid "" "Press kbd:[Enter] to select the default of btn:[Install] to enter the " "installer. The rest of this chapter describes how to use this installer. " @@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:405 msgid "" "To review the boot messages, including the hardware device probe, press the " "upper- or lower-case kbd:[S] and then kbd:[Enter] to access a shell. At the " @@ -988,13 +988,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:408 #, no-wrap msgid "Using bsdinstall" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:413 msgid "" "This section shows the order of the bsdinstall menus and the type of " "information that will be asked before the system is installed. Use the " @@ -1004,53 +1004,53 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:415 #, no-wrap msgid "Selecting the Keymap Menu" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:418 msgid "" "Before starting the process, bsdinstall will load the keymap files as show " "in <<bsdinstall-keymap-loading>>." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:420 #, no-wrap msgid "Keymap Loading" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:421 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-keymap-loading.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:426 msgid "" -"After the keymaps have been loaded bsdinstall displays the menu shown in " +"After the keymaps have been loaded, bsdinstall displays the menu shown in " "<<bsdinstall-keymap-10>>. Use the up and down arrows to select the keymap " "that most closely represents the mapping of the keyboard attached to the " "system. Press kbd:[Enter] to save the selection." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:428 #, no-wrap msgid "Keymap Selection Menu" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:429 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-keymap-10.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:435 msgid "" "Pressing kbd:[Esc] will exit this menu and use the default keymap. If the " "choice of keymap is not clear, [.guimenuitem]#United States of America " @@ -1058,72 +1058,72 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:438 msgid "" "In addition, when selecting a different keymap, the user can try the keymap " -"and ensure it is correct before proceeding as shown in <<bsdinstall-keymap-" +"and ensure it is correct before proceeding, as shown in <<bsdinstall-keymap-" "testing>>." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:440 #, no-wrap msgid "Keymap Testing Menu" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:441 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-keymap-testing.png" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:443 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:449 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting the Hostname" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:447 msgid "" "The next bsdinstall menu is used to set the hostname for the newly installed " "system." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:450 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-config-hostname.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:454 msgid "" "Type in a hostname that is unique for the network. It should be a fully-" "qualified hostname, such as `machine3.example.com`." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:455 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:461 #, no-wrap msgid "Selecting Components to Install" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:459 msgid "Next, bsdinstall will prompt to select optional components to install." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:462 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-config-components.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:467 msgid "" "Deciding which components to install will depend largely on the intended use " "of the system and the amount of disk space available. The FreeBSD kernel " @@ -1133,33 +1133,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:469 msgid "" -"`base-dbg` - Base tools like cat, ls among many others with debug symbols " -"activated." +"`base-dbg` - Base tools like cat and ls, among many others, with debug " +"symbols activated." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:470 msgid "`kernel-dbg` - Kernel and modules with debug symbols activated." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:471 msgid "" "`lib32-dbg` - Compatibility libraries for running 32-bit applications on a " "64-bit version of FreeBSD with debug symbols activated." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:472 msgid "" "`lib32` - Compatibility libraries for running 32-bit applications on a 64-" "bit version of FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:473 msgid "" "`ports` - The FreeBSD Ports Collection is a collection of files which " "automates the downloading, compiling and installation of third-party " @@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:479 msgid "" "The installation program does not check for adequate disk space. Select " "this option only if sufficient hard disk space is available. The FreeBSD " @@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:482 msgid "" "`src` - The complete FreeBSD source code for both the kernel and the " "userland. Although not required for the majority of applications, it may be " @@ -1187,80 +1187,80 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:483 msgid "`tests` - FreeBSD Test Suite." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:484 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:492 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing from the Network" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:490 msgid "" "The menu shown in <<bsdinstall-netinstall-notify>> only appears when " "installing from a [.filename]#-bootonly.iso# or [.filename]#-mini-memstick." -"img# as this installation media does not hold copies of the installation " +"img#, as this installation media does not hold copies of the installation " "files. Since the installation files must be retrieved over a network " "connection, this menu indicates that the network interface must be " -"configured first. If this menu is shown in any step of the process remember " -"to follow the instructions in <<bsdinstall-config-network-dev>>." +"configured first. If this menu is shown in any step of the process, " +"remember to follow the instructions in <<bsdinstall-config-network-dev>>." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:493 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-netinstall-files.png" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:496 #, no-wrap msgid "Allocating Disk Space" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:499 msgid "" "The next menu is used to determine the method for allocating disk space." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:501 #, no-wrap msgid "Partitioning Choices" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:501 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:502 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-partmenu.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:505 msgid "bsdinstall gives the user four methods for allocating disk space:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:507 msgid "" "`Auto (UFS)` partitioning automatically sets up the disk partitions using " "the `UFS` file system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:508 msgid "" "`Manual` partitioning allows advanced users to create customized partitions " "from menu options." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:509 msgid "" "`Shell` opens a shell prompt where advanced users can create customized " "partitions using command-line utilities like man:gpart[8], man:fdisk[8], and " @@ -1268,14 +1268,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:510 msgid "" "`Auto (ZFS)` partitioning creates a root-on-ZFS system with optional GELI " "encryption support for _boot environments_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:513 msgid "" "This section describes what to consider when laying out the disk " "partitions. It then demonstrates how to use the different partitioning " @@ -1283,13 +1283,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:515 #, no-wrap msgid "Designing the Partition Layout" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:520 msgid "" "When laying out file systems, remember that hard drives transfer data faster " "from the outer tracks to the inner. Thus, smaller and heavier-accessed file " @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:525 msgid "" "The size of the [.filename]#/var# partition reflects the intended machine's " "usage. This partition is used to hold mailboxes, log files, and printer " @@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:531 msgid "" "Sometimes, a lot of disk space is required in [.filename]#/var/tmp#. When " "new software is installed, the packaging tools extract a temporary copy of " @@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:535 msgid "" "The [.filename]#/usr# partition holds many of the files which support the " "system, including the FreeBSD Ports Collection and system source code. At " @@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:538 msgid "" "When selecting partition sizes, keep the space requirements in mind. " "Running out of space in one partition while barely using another can be a " @@ -1337,7 +1337,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:542 msgid "" "As a rule of thumb, the swap partition should be about double the size of " "physical memory (RAM). Systems with minimal RAM may perform better with " @@ -1346,12 +1346,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:549 msgid "" "On larger systems with multiple SCSI disks or multiple IDE disks operating " "on different controllers, it is recommended that swap be configured on each " "drive, up to four drives. The swap partitions should be approximately the " -"same size. The kernel can handle arbitrary sizes but internal data " +"same size. The kernel can handle arbitrary sizes, but internal data " "structures scale to 4 times the largest swap partition. Keeping the swap " "partitions near the same size will allow the kernel to optimally stripe swap " "space across disks. Large swap sizes are fine, even if swap is not used " @@ -1360,11 +1360,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:553 msgid "" "By properly partitioning a system, fragmentation introduced in the smaller " -"write heavy partitions will not bleed over into the mostly read partitions. " -"Keeping the write loaded partitions closer to the disk's edge will increase " +"write-heavy partitions will not bleed over into the mostly read partitions. " +"Keeping the write-loaded partitions closer to the disk's edge will increase " "I/O performance in the partitions where it occurs the most. While I/O " "performance in the larger partitions may be needed, shifting them more " "toward the edge of the disk will not lead to a significant performance " @@ -1372,13 +1372,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:555 #, no-wrap msgid "Guided Partitioning Using UFS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:559 msgid "" "When this method is selected, a menu will display the available disk(s). If " "multiple disks are connected, choose the one where FreeBSD is to be " @@ -1386,19 +1386,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:561 #, no-wrap msgid "Selecting from Multiple Disks" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:562 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-part-guided-disk.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:567 msgid "" "Once the disk is selected, the next menu prompts to install to either the " "entire disk or to create a partition using free space. If btn:[Entire Disk] " @@ -1408,145 +1408,145 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:569 #, no-wrap msgid "Selecting Entire Disk or Partition" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:570 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-part-entire-part.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:573 msgid "" -"After btn:[Entire Disk] is chosen bsdinstall displays a dialog indicating " +"After btn:[Entire Disk] is chosen, bsdinstall displays a dialog indicating " "that the disk will be erased." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:575 #, no-wrap msgid "Confirmation" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:576 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-ufs-warning.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:583 msgid "" -"The next menu shows a list with the partition schemes types. GPT is usually " -"the most appropriate choice for amd64 computers. Older computers that are " -"not compatible with GPT should use MBR. The other partition schemes are " -"generally used for uncommon or older computers. More information is " -"available in <<partition-schemes>>." +"The next menu shows a list with the available partition scheme types. GPT " +"is usually the most appropriate choice for amd64 computers. Older computers " +"that are not compatible with GPT should use MBR. The other partition " +"schemes are generally used for uncommon or older computers. More " +"information is available in <<partition-schemes>>." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:585 #, no-wrap msgid "Select Partition Scheme" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:585 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:621 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-part-manual-partscheme.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:592 msgid "" "After the partition layout has been created, review it to ensure it meets " "the needs of the installation. Selecting btn:[Revert] will reset the " -"partitions to their original values and pressing btn:[Auto] will recreate " -"the automatic FreeBSD partitions. Partitions can also be manually created, " +"partitions to their original values. Pressing btn:[Auto] will recreate the " +"automatic FreeBSD partitions. Partitions can also be manually created, " "modified, or deleted. When the partitioning is correct, select btn:[Finish] " "to continue with the installation." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:594 #, no-wrap msgid "Review Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:595 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-part-review.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:601 msgid "" "Once the disks are configured, the next menu provides the last chance to " "make changes before the selected drives are formatted. If changes need to " "be made, select btn:[Back] to return to the main partitioning menu. btn:" "[Revert & Exit] exits the installer without making any changes to the " -"drive. Select btn:[Commit] to start the installation process." +"drive. Otherwise, select btn:[Commit] to start the installation process." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:603 #, no-wrap msgid "Final Confirmation" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:604 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-final-confirmation.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:607 msgid "" -"To continue with the installation process go to <<bsdinstall-fetching-" +"To continue with the installation process, go to <<bsdinstall-fetching-" "distribution>>." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:609 #, no-wrap msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:611 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:612 msgid "Selecting this method opens the partition editor:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:613 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:619 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:651 #, no-wrap msgid "Manually Create Partitions" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:615 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-part-manual-create.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:618 msgid "" "Highlight the installation drive ([.filename]#ada0# in this example) and " "select btn:[Create] to display a menu of available partition schemes:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:626 msgid "" "GPT is usually the most appropriate choice for amd64 computers. Older " "computers that are not compatible with GPT should use MBR. The other " @@ -1554,73 +1554,73 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:627 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:628 #, no-wrap msgid "Partitioning Schemes" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:632 #, no-wrap msgid "Abbreviation" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:634 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:635 #, no-wrap msgid "APM" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:637 #, no-wrap msgid "Apple Partition Map, used by PowerPC(R)." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:638 #, no-wrap msgid "BSD" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:640 #, no-wrap msgid "BSD label without an MBR, sometimes called _dangerously dedicated mode_ as non-BSD disk utilities may not recognize it." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:641 #, no-wrap msgid "GPT" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:643 #, no-wrap msgid "GUID Partition Table (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table])." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:644 #, no-wrap msgid "MBR" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:645 #, no-wrap msgid "Master Boot Record (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Master_boot_record[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Master_boot_record])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:649 msgid "" "After the partitioning scheme has been selected and created, select btn:" "[Create] again to create the partitions. The kbd:[Tab] key is used to move " @@ -1628,62 +1628,62 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:652 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-part-manual-addpart.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:654 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:655 msgid "A standard FreeBSD GPT installation uses at least three partitions:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:656 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:657 msgid "`freebsd-boot` - Holds the FreeBSD boot code." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:658 msgid "`freebsd-ufs` - A FreeBSD UFS file system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:658 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:659 msgid "" "`freebsd-zfs` - A FreeBSD ZFS file system. More information about ZFS is " "available in crossref:zfs[zfs,The Z File System (ZFS)]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:659 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:660 msgid "`freebsd-swap` - FreeBSD swap space." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:662 msgid "" "Refer to man:gpart[8] for descriptions of the available GPT partition types." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:665 msgid "" -"Multiple file system partitions can be created and some people prefer a " +"Multiple file system partitions can be created. Some people prefer a " "traditional layout with separate partitions for [.filename]#/#, [.filename]#/" "var#, [.filename]#/tmp#, and [.filename]#/usr#. See <<bsdinstall-part-" "manual-splitfs>> for an example." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:667 msgid "" "The `Size` may be entered with common abbreviations: _K_ for kilobytes, _M_ " "for megabytes, or _G_ for gigabytes." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:673 msgid "" "Proper sector alignment provides the best performance, and making partition " "sizes even multiples of 4K bytes helps to ensure alignment on drives with " @@ -1695,7 +1695,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:677 msgid "" "A `Mountpoint` is needed if the partition will contain a file system. If " "only a single UFS partition will be created, the mountpoint should be [." @@ -1703,7 +1703,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:683 msgid "" "The `Label` is a name by which the partition will be known. Drive names or " "numbers can change if the drive is connected to a different controller or " @@ -1716,7 +1716,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:689 msgid "" "Use a unique label on every partition to avoid conflicts from identical " "labels. A few letters from the computer's name, use, or location can be " @@ -1725,13 +1725,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:692 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating Traditional Split File System Partitions" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:699 msgid "" "For a traditional partition layout where the [.filename]#/#, [.filename]#/" "var#, [.filename]#/tmp#, and [.filename]#/usr# directories are separate file " @@ -1744,144 +1744,144 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:701 msgid "" "By default, FreeBSD's [.filename]#gptboot# expects the first UFS partition " "to be the [.filename]#/# partition." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:706 #, no-wrap msgid "Partition Type" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:707 #, no-wrap msgid "Size" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:708 #, no-wrap msgid "Mountpoint" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:710 #, no-wrap msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:711 #, no-wrap msgid "`freebsd-boot`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:712 #, no-wrap msgid "`512K`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:715 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:725 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:730 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:736 #, no-wrap msgid "`freebsd-ufs`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:716 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:727 #, no-wrap msgid "`2G`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:718 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:720 #, no-wrap msgid "`exrootfs`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:721 #, no-wrap msgid "`freebsd-swap`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:722 #, no-wrap msgid "`4G`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:725 #, no-wrap msgid "`exswap`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:727 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:728 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/var#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:730 #, no-wrap msgid "`exvarfs`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:732 #, no-wrap msgid "`1G`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:733 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/tmp#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:735 #, no-wrap msgid "`extmpfs`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:736 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:737 #, no-wrap msgid "accept the default (remainder of the disk)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:738 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/usr#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:739 #, no-wrap msgid "`exusrfs`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:742 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:743 msgid "" "After the custom partitions have been created, select btn:[Finish] to " "continue with the installation and go to <<bsdinstall-fetching-" @@ -1889,13 +1889,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:744 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:745 #, no-wrap msgid "Guided Partitioning Using Root-on-ZFS" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:748 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:749 msgid "" "This partitioning mode only works with whole disks and will erase the " "contents of the entire disk. The main ZFS configuration menu offers a " @@ -1903,58 +1903,58 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:750 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:751 #, no-wrap msgid "ZFS Partitioning Menu" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:752 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-menu.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:754 -msgid "Here is a summary of the options which can be used in this menu:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:755 +msgid "Here is a summary of the options in this menu:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:757 msgid "`Install` - Proceed with the installation with the selected options." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:758 msgid "" -"`Pool Type/Disks` - Allow to configure the `Pool Type` and the disk(s) that " -"will constitute the pool. The automatic ZFS installer currently only " -"supports the creation of a single top level vdev, except in stripe mode. To " -"create more complex pools, use the instructions in <<bsdinstall-part-shell>> " -"to create the pool." +"`Pool Type/Disks` - Configure the `Pool Type` and the disk(s) that will " +"constitute the pool. The automatic ZFS installer currently only supports the " +"creation of a single top level vdev, except in stripe mode. To create more " +"complex pools, use the instructions in <<bsdinstall-part-shell>> to create " +"the pool." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:759 msgid "`Rescan Devices` - Repopulate the list of available disks." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:760 msgid "" -"`Disk Info` - Disk Info menu can be used to inspect each disk, including its " +"`Disk Info` - This menu can be used to inspect each disk, including its " "partition table and various other information such as the device model " "number and serial number, if available." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:761 msgid "" "`Pool Name` - Establish the name of the pool. The default name is _zroot_." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:761 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:762 msgid "" "`Force 4K Sectors?` - Force the use of 4K sectors. By default, the installer " "will automatically create partitions aligned to 4K boundaries and force ZFS " @@ -1966,7 +1966,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:763 msgid "" "`Encrypt Disks?` - Encrypting the disks allows the user to encrypt the disks " "using GELI. More information about disk encryption is available in crossref:" @@ -1975,63 +1975,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:764 msgid "" -"`Partition Scheme` - Allow to choose the partition scheme. GPT is the " -"recommended option in most cases. Press the kbd:[Enter] key to chose between " -"the different options." +"`Partition Scheme` - Choose the partition scheme. GPT is the recommended " +"option in most cases. Press the kbd:[Enter] key to chose between the " +"different options." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:765 msgid "`Swap Size` - Establish the amount of swap space." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:765 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:766 msgid "" -"`Mirror Swap?` - Allows the user to mirror the swap between the disks. Be " -"aware, enabling mirror swap will break crash dumps. Press the kbd:[Enter] " -"key to activate it or not." +"`Mirror Swap?` - Whether to mirror the swap between the disks. Be aware that " +"enabling mirror swap will break crash dumps. Press the kbd:[Enter] key to " +"activate it or not." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:767 msgid "" -"`Encrypt Swap?` - Allow the user the possibility to encrypt the swap. " -"Encrypts the swap with a temporary key each time that the system boots and " -"discards it on reboot. Press the kbd:[Enter] key to chose activate it or " -"not. More information about swap encryption in crossref:disks[swap-" -"encrypting,“Encrypting Swap”]." +"`Encrypt Swap?` - Whether to encrypt the swap. This will encrypt the swap " +"with a temporary key each time the system boots, and discards it on reboot. " +"Press the kbd:[Enter] key to chose activate it or not. More information " +"about swap encryption in crossref:disks[swap-encrypting,“Encrypting Swap”]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:769 msgid "" "Select kbd:[T] to configure the `Pool Type` and the disk(s) that will " "constitute the pool." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:771 #, no-wrap msgid "ZFS Pool Type" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:772 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_type.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:774 -msgid "" -"Here is a summary of the `Pool Type` which can be selected in this menu:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:775 +msgid "Here is a summary of the `Pool Type` that can be selected in this menu:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:777 msgid "" "`stripe` - Striping provides maximum storage of all connected devices, but " "no redundancy. If just one disk fails the data on the pool is lost " @@ -2039,17 +2037,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:778 msgid "" "`mirror` - Mirroring stores a complete copy of all data on every disk. " -"Mirroring provides a good read performance because data is read from all " -"disks in parallel. Write performance is slower as the data must be written " -"to all disks in the pool. Allows all but one disk to fail. This option " -"requires at least two disks." +"Mirroring provides good read performance because data is read from all disks " +"in parallel. Write performance is slower as the data must be written to all " +"disks in the pool. Allows all but one disk to fail. This option requires at " +"least two disks." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:779 msgid "" "`raid10` - Striped mirrors. Provides the best performance, but the least " "storage. This option needs at least an even number of disks and a minimum of " @@ -2057,62 +2055,62 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:780 msgid "" "`raidz1` - Single Redundant RAID. Allow one disk to fail concurrently. This " "option needs at least three disks." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:781 msgid "" "`raidz2` - Double Redundant RAID. Allows two disks to fail concurrently. " "This option needs at least four disks." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:782 msgid "" "`raidz3` - Triple Redundant RAID. Allows three disks to fail concurrently. " "This option needs at least five disks." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:786 msgid "" "Once a `Pool Type` has been selected, a list of available disks is " "displayed, and the user is prompted to select one or more disks to make up " -"the pool. The configuration is then validated, to ensure enough disks are " -"selected. If not, select btn:[<Change Selection>] to return to the list of " -"disks, or btn:[<Back>] to change the `Pool Type`." +"the pool. The configuration is then validated to ensure that enough disks " +"are selected. If validation fails, select btn:[<Change Selection>] to " +"return to the list of disks or btn:[<Back>] to change the `Pool Type`." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:788 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Selection" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:789 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-disk_select.png" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:792 #, no-wrap msgid "Invalid Selection" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:793 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_invalid.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:795 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:796 msgid "" "If one or more disks are missing from the list, or if disks were attached " "after the installer was started, select btn:[- Rescan Devices] to repopulate " @@ -2120,19 +2118,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:798 #, no-wrap msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:799 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-rescan-devices.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:802 msgid "" "To avoid accidentally erasing the wrong disk, the btn:[- Disk Info] menu can " "be used to inspect each disk, including its partition table and various " @@ -2141,59 +2139,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:804 #, no-wrap msgid "Analyzing a Disk" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:805 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-disk_info.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:809 msgid "" -"Select kbd:[N] to configure the `Pool Name`. Enter the desired name then " +"Select kbd:[N] to configure the `Pool Name`. Enter the desired name, then " "select btn:[<OK>] to establish it or btn:[<Cancel>] to return to the main " "menu and leave the default name." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:811 #, no-wrap msgid "Pool Name" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:812 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-pool-name.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:816 msgid "" -"Select kbd:[S] to set the amount of swap. Enter the desired amount of swap " -"and then select btn:[<OK>] to establish it or btn:[<Cancel>] to return to " -"the main menu and let the default amount." +"Select kbd:[S] to set the amount of swap. Enter the desired amount of swap, " +"then select btn:[<OK>] to establish it or btn:[<Cancel>] to return to the " +"main menu and let the default amount." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:818 #, no-wrap msgid "Swap Amount" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:819 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-swap-amount.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:823 msgid "" "Once all options have been set to the desired values, select the btn:[>>> " "Install] option at the top of the menu. The installer then offers a last " @@ -2202,64 +2200,64 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:824 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:825 #, no-wrap msgid "Last Chance" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:826 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-warning.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:830 msgid "" "If GELI disk encryption was enabled, the installer will prompt twice for the " -"passphrase to be used to encrypt the disks. And after that the initializing " -"of the encryption begins." +"passphrase to be used to encrypt the disks. Initialization of the " +"encryption then begins." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:832 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Encryption Password" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:833 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-geli_password.png" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:836 #, no-wrap msgid "Initializing Encryption" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:837 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-init-encription.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:840 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:841 msgid "" -"The installation then proceeds normally. To continue with the installation " +"The installation then proceeds normally. To continue with the installation, " "go to <<bsdinstall-fetching-distribution>>." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:843 #, no-wrap msgid "Shell Mode Partitioning" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:847 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:848 msgid "" "When creating advanced installations, the bsdinstall partitioning menus may " "not provide the level of flexibility required. Advanced users can select " @@ -2271,14 +2269,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:849 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:859 #, no-wrap msgid "Fetching Distribution Files" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:854 msgid "" "Installation time will vary depending on the distributions chosen, " "installation media, and speed of the computer. A series of messages will " @@ -2286,7 +2284,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:857 msgid "" "First, the installer formats the selected disk(s) and initializes the " "partitions. Next, in the case of a `bootonly media` or `mini memstick`, it " @@ -2294,13 +2292,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:860 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-distfile-fetching.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:863 msgid "" "Next, the integrity of the distribution files is verified to ensure they " "have not been corrupted during download or misread from the installation " @@ -2308,36 +2306,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:864 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:865 #, no-wrap msgid "Verifying Distribution Files" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:866 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-distfile-verifying.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:869 msgid "Finally, the verified distribution files are extracted to the disk:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:870 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:871 #, no-wrap msgid "Extracting Distribution Files" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:872 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-distfile-extracting.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:875 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:876 msgid "" "Once all requested distribution files have been extracted, bsdinstall " "displays the first post-installation configuration screen. The available " @@ -2345,13 +2343,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:878 #, no-wrap msgid "Accounts, Time Zone, Services and Hardening" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:881 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:888 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting the `root` Password" @@ -2361,9 +2359,8 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:886 msgid "" "First, the `root` password must be set. While entering the password, the " -"characters being typed are not displayed on the screen. After the password " -"has been entered, it must be entered again. This helps prevent typing " -"errors." +"characters being typed are not displayed on the screen. The password must " +"be entered twice to prevent typing errors." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image @@ -2537,7 +2534,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:950 -msgid "Here is a summary of the services which can be enabled in this menu:" +msgid "Here is a summary of the services that can be enabled in this menu:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 @@ -2590,8 +2587,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:958 msgid "" -"`dumpdev` - Enabling crash dumps is useful in debugging issues with the " -"system, so users are encouraged to enable crash dumps." +"`dumpdev` - Crash dumps are useful when debugging issues with the system, so " +"users are encouraged to enable them." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -2621,55 +2618,52 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:971 -msgid "Here is a summary of the options which can be enabled in this menu:" +msgid "Here is a summary of the options that can be enabled in this menu:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:973 msgid "" -"`hide_uids` - Hide processes running as other users to prevent the " -"unprivileged users to see other running processes in execution by other " -"users (UID) preventing information leakage." +"`hide_uids` - Hide processes running as other users (UID). This prevents " +"unprivileged users from seeing running processes from other users." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:974 msgid "" -"`hide_gids` - Hide processes running as other groups to prevent the " -"unprivileged users to see other running processes in execution by other " -"groups (GID) preventing information leakage." +"`hide_gids` - Hide processes running as other groups (GID). This prevents " +"unprivileged users from seeing running processes from other groups." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:975 msgid "" -"`hide_jail` - Hide processes running in jails to prevent the unprivileged " -"users to see processes running inside the jails." +"`hide_jail` - Hide processes running in jails. This prevents unprivileged " +"users from seeing processes running inside jails." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:976 msgid "" -"`read_msgbuf` - Disabling reading kernel message buffer for unprivileged " -"users prevent from using man:dmesg[8] to view messages from the kernel's log " -"buffer." +"`read_msgbuf` - Disable reading kernel message buffer for unprivileged " +"users. Prevent unprivileged users from using man:dmesg[8] to view messages " +"from the kernel's log buffer." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:977 msgid "" -"`proc_debug` - Disabling process debugging facilities for unprivileged users " -"disables a variety of unprivileged inter-process debugging services, " -"including some procfs functionality, ptrace(), and ktrace(). Please note " -"that this will also prevent debugging tools, for instance man:lldb[1], man:" -"truss[1], man:procstat[1], as well as some built-in debugging facilities in " -"certain scripting language like PHP, etc., from working for unprivileged " -"users." +"`proc_debug` - Disable process debugging facilities for unprivileged users. " +"Disables a variety of unprivileged inter-process debugging services, " +"including some procfs functionality, `ptrace()`, and `ktrace()`. Please note " +"that this will also prevent debugging tools such as man:lldb[1], man:" +"truss[1] and man:procstat[1], as well as some built-in debugging facilities " +"in certain scripting languages like PHP." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:978 -msgid "`random_pid` - Randomize the PID of newly created processes." +msgid "`random_pid` - Randomize the PID of processes." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 @@ -2680,11 +2674,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:980 msgid "" -"`disable_syslogd` - Disable opening syslogd network socket. By default " -"FreeBSD runs syslogd in a secure way with `-s`. That prevents the daemon " -"from listening for incoming UDP requests at port 514. With this option " -"enabled syslogd will run with the flag `-ss` which prevents syslogd from " -"opening any port. To get more information consult man:syslogd[8]." +"`disable_syslogd` - Disable opening the syslogd network socket. By default, " +"FreeBSD runs syslogd in a secure way with `-s`. This prevents the daemon " +"from listening for incoming UDP requests on port 514. With this option " +"enabled, syslogd will instead run with `-ss`, which prevents syslogd from " +"opening any port. For more information, see man:syslogd[8]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 @@ -2695,17 +2689,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:982 msgid "" -"`secure_console` - When this option is enabled, the prompt requests the " -"`root` password when entering single-user mode." +"`secure_console` - Make the command prompt request the `root` password when " +"entering single-user mode." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:983 msgid "" -"`disable_ddtrace` - DTrace can run in a mode that will actually affect the " -"running kernel. Destructive actions may not be used unless they have been " -"explicitly enabled. To enable this option when using DTrace use `-w`. To get " -"more information consult man:dtrace[1]." +"`disable_ddtrace` - DTrace can run in a mode that affects the running " +"kernel. Destructive actions may not be used unless explicitly enabled. Use `-" +"w` to enable this option when using DTrace. For more information, see man:" +"dtrace[1]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -2718,7 +2712,7 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:991 msgid "" "The next menu prompts to create at least one user account. It is " -"recommended to login to the system using a user account rather than as " +"recommended to log into the system using a user account rather than as " "`root`. When logged in as `root`, there are essentially no limits or " "protection on what can be done. Logging in as a normal user is safer and " "more secure." @@ -2785,14 +2779,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1010 msgid "" -"`Uid` - User ID. Typically, this is left blank so the system will assign a " -"value." +"`Uid` - User ID. This is typically left blank so the system automatically " +"assigns a value." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1011 msgid "" -"`Login group` - The user's group. Typically this is left blank to accept the " +"`Login group` - The user's group. This is typically left blank to accept the " "default." msgstr "" @@ -2813,8 +2807,8 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1014 msgid "" "`Shell` - Type in one of the listed values to set the interactive shell for " -"the user. Refer to crossref:basics[shells,“Shells”] for more information " -"about shells." +"the user. Refer to crossref:basics[shells,Shells] for more information about " +"shells." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 @@ -2840,8 +2834,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1018 msgid "" -"`Use an empty password?` - Typically `no` as it is insecure to have a blank " -"password." +"`Use an empty password?` - Typically `no` as empty or blank passwords are " +"insecure." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 @@ -2854,8 +2848,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1020 msgid "" -"`Enter password` - The password for this user. Characters typed will not " -"show on the screen." +"`Enter password` - The password for this user. Typed-in characters will not " +"be shown on the screen." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 @@ -2868,15 +2862,15 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1022 msgid "" "`Lock out the account after creation?` - Typically `no` so that the user can " -"login." +"log in." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1026 msgid "" -"After entering everything, a summary is shown for review. If a mistake was " -"made, enter `no` and try again. If everything is correct, enter `yes` to " -"create the new user." +"After entering all the details, a summary is shown for review. If a mistake " +"was made, enter `no` to correct it. Once everything is correct, enter `yes` " +"to create the new user." msgstr "" #. type: Block title @@ -2902,7 +2896,7 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1035 msgid "" "For more information on adding users and user management, see crossref:" -"basics[users-synopsis,“Users and Basic Account Management”]." +"basics[users-synopsis,Users and Basic Account Management]." msgstr "" #. type: Block title @@ -2928,8 +2922,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1046 msgid "" -"Use this menu to make any changes or do any additional configuration before " -"completing the installation." +"Use this menu to make any changes or to do any additional configuration " +"before completing the installation." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 @@ -2974,7 +2968,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1057 -msgid "After any final configuration is complete, select btn:[Exit]." +msgid "Once configuration is complete, select btn:[Exit]." msgstr "" #. type: Block title @@ -2992,10 +2986,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1064 msgid "" -"bsdinstall will prompt if there are any additional configuration that needs " -"to be done before rebooting into the new system. Select btn:[Yes] to exit " -"to a shell within the new system or btn:[No] to proceed to the last step of " -"the installation." +"bsdinstall will prompt for any additional configuration that needs to be " +"done before rebooting into the new system. Select btn:[Yes] to exit to a " +"shell within the new system or btn:[No] to proceed to the last step of the " +"installation." msgstr "" #. type: Block title @@ -3022,7 +3016,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If the installation is complete, select btn:[Reboot] to reboot the computer " "and start the new FreeBSD system. Do not forget to remove the FreeBSD " -"install media or the computer may boot from it again." +"install media or the computer might boot from it again." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 @@ -3031,30 +3025,30 @@ msgid "" "As FreeBSD boots, informational messages are displayed. After the system " "finishes booting, a login prompt is displayed. At the `login:` prompt, " "enter the username added during the installation. Avoid logging in as " -"`root`. Refer to crossref:basics[users-superuser,“The Superuser Account”] " -"for instructions on how to become the superuser when administrative access " -"is needed." +"`root`. Refer to crossref:basics[users-superuser,The Superuser Account] for " +"instructions on how to become the superuser when administrative access is " +"needed." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1085 msgid "" -"The messages that appeared during boot can be reviewed by pressing kbd:" -"[Scroll-Lock] to turn on the scroll-back buffer. The kbd:[PgUp], kbd:" -"[PgDn], and arrow keys can be used to scroll back through the messages. " -"When finished, press kbd:[Scroll-Lock] again to unlock the display and " -"return to the console. To review these messages once the system has been up " -"for some time, type `less /var/run/dmesg.boot` from a command prompt. Press " -"kbd:[q] to return to the command line after viewing." +"The messages that appear during boot can be reviewed by pressing kbd:[Scroll-" +"Lock] to turn on the scroll-back buffer. The kbd:[PgUp], kbd:[PgDn], and " +"arrow keys can be used to scroll back through the messages. When finished, " +"press kbd:[Scroll-Lock] again to unlock the display and return to the " +"console. To review these messages once the system has been up for some " +"time, type `less /var/run/dmesg.boot` from a command prompt. Press kbd:[q] " +"to return to the command line after viewing." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1089 msgid "" -"If sshd was enabled in <<bsdinstall-config-serv>>, the first boot may be a " -"bit slower as the system will generate the RSA and DSA keys. Subsequent " -"boots will be faster. The fingerprints of the keys will be displayed, as " -"seen in this example:" +"If sshd was enabled in <<bsdinstall-config-serv>>, the first boot might be a " +"bit slower as the system generates SSH host keys. Subsequent boots will be " +"faster. The fingerprints of the keys are then displayed as in the following " +"example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 @@ -3120,7 +3114,7 @@ msgid "" "damage. _Do not turn off the power before the system has been properly shut " "down!_ If the user is a member of the `wheel` group, become the superuser by " "typing `su` at the command line and entering the `root` password. Then, " -"type `shutdown -p now` and the system will shut down cleanly, and if the " +"type `shutdown -p now` and the system will shut down cleanly, and, if the " "hardware supports it, turn itself off." msgstr "" @@ -3203,9 +3197,9 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1172 msgid "" "Next, enter the encryption information for connecting to the selected " -"wireless network. WPA2 encryption is strongly recommended as older " -"encryption types, like WEP, offer little security. If the network uses " -"WPA2, input the password, also known as the Pre-Shared Key (PSK). For " +"wireless network. WPA2 encryption is strongly recommended over older " +"encryption types such as WEP, which offer little security. If the network " +"uses WPA2, input the password, also known as the Pre-Shared Key (PSK). For " "security reasons, the characters typed into the input box are displayed as " "asterisks." msgstr "" @@ -3303,8 +3297,7 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1207 msgid "" "`IP Address` - The IPv4 address assigned to this computer. The address must " -"be unique and not already in use by another piece of equipment on the local " -"network." +"be unique and not already in use by another device on the local network." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -3390,8 +3383,7 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1235 msgid "" "`IPv6 Address` - The IPv6 address assigned to this computer. The address " -"must be unique and not already in use by another piece of equipment on the " -"local network." +"must be unique and not already in use by another device on the local network." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -3462,7 +3454,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Check the Hardware Notes (link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/releases/[https://www." "freebsd.org/releases/]) document for the version of FreeBSD to make sure the " -"hardware is supported. If the hardware is supported and lock-ups or other " +"hardware is supported. If the hardware is supported and locks up or other " "problems occur, build a custom kernel using the instructions in crossref:" "kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel] to add support for " "devices which are not present in the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel. The " @@ -3494,13 +3486,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1278 msgid "" -"If the system hangs while probing hardware during boot, or it behaves " -"strangely during install, ACPI may be the culprit. FreeBSD makes extensive " -"use of the system ACPI service on the i386 and amd64 platforms to aid in " -"system configuration if it is detected during boot. Unfortunately, some " -"bugs still exist in both the ACPI driver and within system motherboards and " -"BIOS firmware. ACPI can be disabled by setting the `hint.acpi.0.disabled` " -"hint in the third stage boot loader:" +"If the system hangs while probing hardware during boot or behaves strangely " +"during the installation process, ACPI may be the culprit. FreeBSD makes " +"extensive use of the system ACPI service on the i386 and amd64 platforms to " +"aid in system configuration if it is detected during boot. Unfortunately, " +"some bugs still exist in both the ACPI driver and within system motherboards " +"and BIOS firmware. ACPI can be disabled by setting the `hint.acpi.0." +"disabled` hint in the third stage boot loader:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.po index 4c237fcd59..dd24b6eea7 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-07-07 23:22-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 12. Configuration and Tuning" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration and Tuning" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:56 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "One of the important aspects of FreeBSD is proper system configuration. " "This chapter explains much of the FreeBSD configuration process, including " @@ -55,69 +55,69 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:59 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "The basics of [.filename]#rc.conf# configuration and [.filename]#/usr/local/" "etc/rc.d# startup scripts." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:62 msgid "How to configure and test a network card." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:63 msgid "How to configure virtual hosts on network devices." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:64 msgid "How to use the various configuration files in [.filename]#/etc#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:65 msgid "How to tune FreeBSD using man:sysctl[8] variables." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:66 msgid "How to tune disk performance and modify kernel limitations." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:68 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:70 msgid "" "Understand UNIX(R) and FreeBSD basics (crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD " "Basics])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:71 msgid "" "Be familiar with the basics of kernel configuration and compilation " "(crossref:kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel])." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:73 #, no-wrap msgid "Starting Services" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:78 msgid "" "Many users install third party software on FreeBSD from the Ports Collection " "and require the installed services to be started upon system " @@ -128,20 +128,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:80 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, most included services, such as man:cron[8], are started through " "the system startup scripts." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:81 #, no-wrap msgid "Extended Application Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:86 msgid "" "Now that FreeBSD includes [.filename]#rc.d#, configuration of application " "startup is easier and provides more features. Using the key words discussed " @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:94 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -163,13 +163,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:96 #, no-wrap msgid ". /etc/rc.subr\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:99 #, no-wrap msgid "" "name=utility\n" @@ -177,19 +177,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:101 #, no-wrap msgid "command=\"/usr/local/sbin/utility\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:103 #, no-wrap msgid "load_rc_config $name\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:110 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#\n" @@ -201,13 +201,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:112 #, no-wrap msgid "run_rc_command \"$1\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:116 msgid "" "This script will ensure that the provided `utility` will be started after " "the `DAEMON` pseudo-service. It also provides a method for setting and " @@ -215,20 +215,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:118 msgid "" "This application could then have the following line placed in [.filename]#/" "etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:122 #, no-wrap msgid "utility_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:125 msgid "" "This method allows for easier manipulation of command line arguments, " "inclusion of the default functions provided in [.filename]#/etc/rc.subr#, " @@ -237,13 +237,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:126 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Services to Start Services" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:130 msgid "" "Other services can be started using man:inetd[8]. Working with man:inetd[8] " "and its configuration is described in depth in crossref:network-" @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:134 msgid "" "In some cases, it may make more sense to use man:cron[8] to start system " "services. This approach has a number of advantages as man:cron[8] runs " @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:137 msgid "" "The `@reboot` feature of man:cron[8], may be used in place of the time " "specification. This causes the job to run when man:cron[8] is started, " @@ -268,13 +268,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:139 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring man:cron[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:145 msgid "" "One of the most useful utilities in FreeBSD is cron. This utility runs in " "the background and regularly checks [.filename]#/etc/crontab# for tasks to " @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:151 msgid "" "Two different types of configuration files are used: the system crontab, " "which should not be modified, and user crontabs, which can be created and " @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:154 msgid "" "User crontabs allow individual users to schedule their own tasks. The " "`root` user can also have a user [.filename]#crontab# which can be used to " @@ -305,13 +305,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:156 msgid "" "Here is a sample entry from the system crontab, [.filename]#/etc/crontab#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:169 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# /etc/crontab - root's crontab for FreeBSD\n" @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:172 msgid "" "Lines that begin with the `#` character are comments. A comment can be " "placed in the file as a reminder of what and why a desired action is " @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:174 msgid "" "The equals (`=`) character is used to define any environment settings. In " "this example, it is used to define the `SHELL` and `PATH`. If the `SHELL` is " @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:176 msgid "" "This line defines the seven fields used in a system crontab: `minute`, " "`hour`, `mday`, `month`, `wday`, `who`, and `command`. The `minute` field is " @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:178 msgid "" "This entry defines the values for this cron job. The `\\*/5`, followed by " "several more `*` characters, specifies that `/usr/libexec/atrun` is invoked " @@ -371,24 +371,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:180 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a User Crontab" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:183 msgid "To create a user crontab, invoke `crontab` in editor mode:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:187 #, no-wrap msgid "% crontab -e\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:192 msgid "" "This will open the user's crontab using the default text editor. The first " "time a user runs this command, it will open an empty file. Once a user " @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:194 msgid "" "It is useful to add these lines to the top of the crontab file in order to " "set the environment variables and to remember the meanings of the fields in " @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:201 #, no-wrap msgid "" "SHELL=/bin/sh\n" @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:206 msgid "" "Then add a line for each command or script to run, specifying the time to " "run the command. This example runs the specified custom Bourne shell script " @@ -423,13 +423,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:210 #, no-wrap msgid "0\t14\t*\t*\t*\t/usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:217 msgid "" "Before using a custom script, make sure it is executable and test it with " "the limited set of environment variables set by cron. To replicate the " @@ -437,13 +437,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:221 #, no-wrap msgid "env -i SHELL=/bin/sh PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin HOME=/home/dru LOGNAME=dru /usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:225 msgid "" "The environment set by cron is discussed in man:crontab[5]. Checking that " "scripts operate correctly in a cron environment is especially important if " @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:230 msgid "" "When finished editing the crontab, save the file. It will automatically be " "installed and cron will read the crontab and run its cron jobs at their " @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:235 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% crontab -l\n" @@ -467,12 +467,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:238 msgid "To remove all of the cron jobs in a user crontab:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:243 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% crontab -r\n" @@ -480,13 +480,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:246 #, no-wrap msgid "Managing Services in FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:251 msgid "" "FreeBSD uses the man:rc[8] system of startup scripts during system " "initialization and for managing services. The scripts listed in [." @@ -496,13 +496,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sshd restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:260 msgid "" "This procedure can be used to start services on a running system. Services " "will be started automatically at boot time as specified in man:rc.conf[5]. " @@ -511,13 +511,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:264 #, no-wrap msgid "natd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:268 msgid "" "If a `natd_enable=\"NO\"` line is already present, change the `NO` to " "`YES`. The man:rc[8] scripts will automatically load any dependent services " @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:273 msgid "" "Since the man:rc[8] system is primarily intended to start and stop services " "at system startup and shutdown time, the `start`, `stop` and `restart` " @@ -539,13 +539,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:277 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sshd onerestart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:281 msgid "" "To check if a service is enabled in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#, run the " "appropriate man:rc[8] script with `rcvar`. This example checks to see if " @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:289 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service sshd rcvar\n" @@ -564,20 +564,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:294 msgid "" "The `# sshd` line is output from the above command, not a `root` console." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:298 msgid "" "To determine whether or not a service is running, use `status`. For " "instance, to verify that man:sshd[8] is running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:303 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service sshd status\n" @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:309 msgid "" "In some cases, it is also possible to `reload` a service. This attempts to " "send a signal to an individual service, forcing the service to reload its " @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:312 msgid "" "The man:rc[8] system is used for network services and it also contributes to " "most of the system initialization. For instance, when the [.filename]#/etc/" @@ -602,20 +602,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:316 #, no-wrap msgid "Starting background file system checks in 60 seconds.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:319 msgid "" "This script is used for background file system checks, which occur only " "during system initialization." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:324 msgid "" "Many system services depend on other services to function properly. For " "example, man:yp[8] and other RPC-based services may fail to start until " @@ -627,40 +627,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:326 msgid "" "The following key word must be included in all startup scripts as it is " "required by man:rc.subr[8] to \"enable\" the startup script:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:328 msgid "`PROVIDE`: Specifies the services this file provides." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:331 msgid "" "The following key words may be included at the top of each startup script. " "They are not strictly necessary, but are useful as hints to man:rcorder[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:333 msgid "" "`REQUIRE`: Lists services which are required for this service. The script " "containing this key word will run _after_ the specified services." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:334 msgid "" "`BEFORE`: Lists services which depend on this service. The script containing " "this key word will run _before_ the specified services." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:336 msgid "" "By carefully setting these keywords for each startup script, an " "administrator has a fine-grained level of control of the startup order of " @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:339 msgid "" "Additional information can be found in man:rc[8] and man:rc.subr[8]. Refer " "to extref:{rc-scripting}[this article] for instructions on how to create " @@ -677,13 +677,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:341 #, no-wrap msgid "Managing System-Specific Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:346 msgid "" "The principal location for system configuration information is [.filename]#/" "etc/rc.conf#. This file contains a wide range of configuration information " @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:350 msgid "" "The entries in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# override the default settings in [." "filename]#/etc/defaults/rc.conf#. The file containing the default settings " @@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:354 msgid "" "A number of strategies may be applied in clustered applications to separate " "site-wide configuration from system-specific configuration in order to " @@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:360 #, no-wrap msgid "" "sshd_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -720,14 +720,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:363 msgid "" "Whereas these entries in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf.local# apply to this " "system only:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:368 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hostname=\"node1.example.org\"\n" @@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:371 msgid "" "Distribute [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# to every system using an application " "such as rsync or puppet, while [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf.local# remains " @@ -743,14 +743,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:373 msgid "" "Upgrading the system will not overwrite [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#, so system " "configuration information will not be lost." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:380 msgid "" "Both [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# and [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf.local# are " "parsed by man:sh[1]. This allows system operators to create complex " @@ -759,26 +759,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:383 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up Network Interface Cards" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:386 msgid "" "Adding and configuring a network interface card (NIC) is a common task for " "any FreeBSD administrator." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:387 #, no-wrap msgid "Locating the Correct Driver" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:392 msgid "" "First, determine the model of the NIC and the chip it uses. FreeBSD " "supports a wide variety of NICs. Check the Hardware Compatibility List for " @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:396 msgid "" "If the NIC is supported, determine the name of the FreeBSD driver for the " "NIC. Refer to [.filename]#/usr/src/sys/conf/NOTES# and [.filename]#/usr/src/" @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:400 msgid "" "The drivers for common NICs are already present in the [.filename]#GENERIC# " "kernel, meaning the NIC should be probed during boot. The system's boot " @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:417 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dc0: <82c169 PNIC 10/100BaseTX> port 0xa000-0xa0ff mem 0xd3800000-0xd38\n" @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:421 msgid "" "If the driver for the NIC is not present in [.filename]#GENERIC#, but a " "driver is available, the driver will need to be loaded before the NIC can be " @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:423 msgid "" "The easiest way is to load a kernel module for the NIC using man:kldload[8]. " "To also automatically load the driver at boot time, add the appropriate line " @@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:424 msgid "" "Alternatively, statically compile support for the NIC into a custom kernel. " "Refer to [.filename]#/usr/src/sys/conf/NOTES#, [.filename]#/usr/src/sys/arch/" @@ -856,13 +856,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:426 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Windows(R) NDIS Drivers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:430 msgid "" "Unfortunately, there are still many vendors that do not provide schematics " "for their drivers to the open source community because they regard such " @@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:435 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides \"native\" support for the Network Driver Interface " "Specification (NDIS). It includes man:ndisgen[8] which can be used to " @@ -884,28 +884,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:437 msgid "To use man:ndisgen[8], three things are needed:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:439 msgid "FreeBSD kernel sources." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:440 msgid "A Windows(R) XP driver binary with a [.filename]#.SYS# extension." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:441 msgid "" "A Windows(R) XP driver configuration file with a [.filename]#.INF# extension." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:445 msgid "" "Download the [.filename]#.SYS# and [.filename]#.INF# files for the specific " "NIC. Generally, these can be found on the driver CD or at the vendor's " @@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:449 msgid "" "The driver bit width must match the version of FreeBSD. For FreeBSD/i386, " "use a Windows(R) 32-bit driver. For FreeBSD/amd64, a Windows(R) 64-bit " @@ -922,20 +922,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:452 msgid "" "The next step is to compile the driver binary into a loadable kernel " "module. As `root`, use man:ndisgen[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:456 #, no-wrap msgid "# ndisgen /path/to/W32DRIVER.INF /path/to/W32DRIVER.SYS\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:461 msgid "" "This command is interactive and prompts for any extra information it " "requires. A new kernel module will be generated in the current directory. " @@ -943,13 +943,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:465 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload ./W32DRIVER_SYS.ko\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:470 msgid "" "In addition to the generated kernel module, the [.filename]#ndis.ko# and [." "filename]#if_ndis.ko# modules must be loaded. This should happen " @@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:475 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kldload ndis\n" @@ -966,21 +966,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:477 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:478 msgid "" "The first command loads the man:ndis[4] miniport driver wrapper and the " "second loads the generated NIC driver." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:481 msgid "" "Check man:dmesg[8] to see if there were any load errors. If all went well, " "the output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:489 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ndis0: <Wireless-G PCI Adapter> mem 0xf4100000-0xf4101fff irq 3 at device 8.0 on pci1\n" @@ -991,12 +991,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:492 msgid "From here, [.filename]#ndis0# can be configured like any other NIC." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:495 msgid "" "To configure the system to load the man:ndis[4] modules at boot time, copy " "the generated module, [.filename]#W32DRIVER_SYS.ko#, to [.filename]#/boot/" @@ -1004,19 +1004,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:499 #, no-wrap msgid "W32DRIVER_SYS_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:501 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring the Network Card" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:505 msgid "" "Once the right driver is loaded for the NIC, the card needs to be " "configured. It may have been configured at installation time by man:" @@ -1024,12 +1024,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:507 msgid "To display the NIC configuration, enter the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:529 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ifconfig\n" @@ -1054,27 +1054,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:532 msgid "In this example, the following devices were displayed:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:534 msgid "[.filename]#dc0#: The first Ethernet interface." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:535 msgid "[.filename]#dc1#: The second Ethernet interface." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:536 msgid "[.filename]#lo0#: The loopback device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:539 msgid "" "FreeBSD uses the driver name followed by the order in which the card is " "detected at boot to name the NIC. For example, [.filename]#sis2# is the " @@ -1082,40 +1082,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:542 msgid "" "In this example, [.filename]#dc0# is up and running. The key indicators are:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:544 msgid "`UP` means that the card is configured and ready." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:545 msgid "The card has an Internet (`inet`) address, `192.168.1.3`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:546 msgid "" "It has a valid subnet mask (`netmask`), where `0xffffff00` is the same as " "`255.255.255.0`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:547 msgid "It has a valid broadcast address, `192.168.1.255`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:548 msgid "The MAC address of the card (`ether`) is `00:a0:cc:da:da:da`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:549 msgid "" "The physical media selection is on autoselection mode (`media: Ethernet " "autoselect (100baseTX <full-duplex>)`). In this example, [.filename]#dc1# is " @@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:550 msgid "" "The status of the link (`status`) is `active`, indicating that the carrier " "signal is detected. For [.filename]#dc1#, the `status: no carrier` status is " @@ -1132,12 +1132,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:552 msgid "If the man:ifconfig[8] output had shown something similar to:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:560 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dc0: flags=8843<BROADCAST,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" @@ -1148,12 +1148,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:563 msgid "it would indicate the card has not been configured." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:567 msgid "" "The card must be configured as `root`. The NIC configuration can be " "performed from the command line with man:ifconfig[8] but will not persist " @@ -1162,25 +1162,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:571 #, no-wrap msgid "ifconfig_dc0=\"DHCP\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:574 msgid "Replace _dc0_ with the correct value for the system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:576 msgid "" "The line added, then, follow the instructions given in <<config-network-" "testing>>." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:581 msgid "" "If the network was configured during installation, some entries for the " "NIC(s) may be already present. Double check [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# " @@ -1188,14 +1188,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:585 msgid "" "If there is no DHCP server, the NIC(s) must be configured manually. Add a " "line for each NIC present on the system, as seen in this example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:590 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ifconfig_dc0=\"inet 192.168.1.3 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" @@ -1203,7 +1203,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:594 msgid "" "Replace [.filename]#dc0# and [.filename]#dc1# and the IP address information " "with the correct values for the system. Refer to the man page for the " @@ -1212,7 +1212,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:597 msgid "" "If the network is not using DNS, edit [.filename]#/etc/hosts# to add the " "names and IP addresses of the hosts on the LAN, if they are not already " @@ -1221,14 +1221,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:601 msgid "" "If there is no DHCP server and access to the Internet is needed, manually " "configure the default gateway and the nameserver:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:606 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc defaultrouter=\"your_default_router\"\n" @@ -1236,13 +1236,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:611 #, no-wrap msgid "Testing and Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:615 msgid "" "Once the necessary changes to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# are saved, a reboot " "can be used to test the network configuration and to verify that the system " @@ -1251,44 +1251,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:619 #, no-wrap msgid "# service netif restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:624 msgid "" "If a default gateway has been set in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#, also issue " "this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:627 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:628 #, no-wrap msgid "# service routing restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:633 msgid "Once the networking system has been relaunched, test the NICs." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:634 #, no-wrap msgid "Testing the Ethernet Card" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:637 msgid "" "To verify that an Ethernet card is configured correctly, man:ping[8] the " "interface itself, and then man:ping[8] another machine on the LAN:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:647 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ping -c5 192.168.1.3\n" @@ -1301,7 +1301,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:651 #, no-wrap msgid "" "--- 192.168.1.3 ping statistics ---\n" @@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:662 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ping -c5 192.168.1.2\n" @@ -1323,7 +1323,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:665 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:666 #, no-wrap msgid "" "--- 192.168.1.2 ping statistics ---\n" @@ -1332,7 +1332,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:672 msgid "" "To test network resolution, use the host name instead of the IP address. If " "there is no DNS server on the network, [.filename]#/etc/hosts# must first be " @@ -1343,13 +1343,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:673 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:677 msgid "" "When troubleshooting hardware and software configurations, check the simple " "things first. Is the network cable plugged in? Are the network services " @@ -1360,7 +1360,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:680 msgid "" "If the card works, yet performance is poor, read through man:tuning[7]. " "Also, check the network configuration as incorrect network settings can " @@ -1368,7 +1368,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:685 msgid "" "Some users experience one or two `device timeout` messages, which is normal " "for some cards. If they continue, or are bothersome, determine if the " @@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:690 msgid "" "To resolve `watchdog timeout` errors, first check the network cable. Many " "cards require a PCI slot which supports bus mastering. On some old " @@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:695 msgid "" "`No route to host` messages occur if the system is unable to route a packet " "to the destination host. This can happen if no default route is specified " @@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:699 msgid "" "`ping: sendto: Permission denied` error messages are often caused by a " "misconfigured firewall. If a firewall is enabled on FreeBSD but no rules " @@ -1406,7 +1406,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:704 msgid "" "Sometimes performance of the card is poor or below average. In these cases, " "try setting the media selection mode from `autoselect` to the correct media " @@ -1416,13 +1416,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:706 #, no-wrap msgid "Virtual Hosts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:710 msgid "" "A common use of FreeBSD is virtual site hosting, where one server appears to " "the network as many servers. This is achieved by assigning multiple network " @@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:713 msgid "" "A given network interface has one \"real\" address, and may have any number " "of \"alias\" addresses. These aliases are normally added by placing alias " @@ -1438,13 +1438,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:717 #, no-wrap msgid "ifconfig_fxp0_alias0=\"inet xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx netmask xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:721 msgid "" "Alias entries must start with `alias__0__` using a sequential number such as " "`alias0`, `alias1`, and so on. The configuration process will stop at the " @@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:725 msgid "" "The calculation of alias netmasks is important. For a given interface, " "there must be one address which correctly represents the network's netmask. " @@ -1461,7 +1461,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:730 msgid "" "For example, consider the case where the [.filename]#fxp0# interface is " "connected to two networks: `10.1.1.0` with a netmask of `255.255.255.0` and " @@ -1474,14 +1474,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:732 msgid "" "The following [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# entries configure the adapter " "correctly for this scenario:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:743 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:744 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ifconfig_fxp0=\"inet 10.1.1.1 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" @@ -1496,7 +1496,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:748 msgid "" "A simpler way to express this is with a space-separated list of IP address " "ranges. The first address will be given the indicated subnet mask and the " @@ -1504,19 +1504,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:752 #, no-wrap msgid "ifconfig_fxp0_aliases=\"inet 10.1.1.1-5/24 inet 202.0.75.17-20/28\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:755 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring System Logging" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:761 msgid "" "Generating and reading system logs is an important aspect of system " "administration. The information in system logs can be used to detect " @@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:767 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides a system logger, syslogd, to manage logging. By default, " "syslogd is started when the system boots. This is controlled by the " @@ -1538,20 +1538,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:769 msgid "" "This section describes how to configure the FreeBSD system logger for both " "local and remote logging and how to perform log rotation and log management." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:770 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Local Logging" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:777 msgid "" "The configuration file, [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf#, controls what syslogd " "does with log entries as they are received. There are several parameters to " @@ -1565,7 +1565,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:785 msgid "" "This configuration file contains one line per action, where the syntax for " "each line is a selector field followed by an action field. The syntax of " @@ -1580,7 +1580,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:823 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# $FreeBSD$\n" @@ -1621,12 +1621,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:826 msgid "In this example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:828 msgid "" "Line 8 matches all messages with a level of `err` or higher, as well as " "`kern.warning`, `auth.notice` and `mail.crit`, and sends these log messages " @@ -1634,21 +1634,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:829 msgid "" "Line 12 matches all messages from the `mail` facility at level `info` or " "above and logs the messages to [.filename]#/var/log/maillog#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:830 msgid "" "Line 17 uses a comparison flag (`=`) to only match messages at level `debug` " "and logs them to [.filename]#/var/log/debug.log#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:830 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:831 msgid "" "Line 33 is an example usage of a program specification. This makes the rules " "following it only valid for the specified program. In this case, only the " @@ -1656,14 +1656,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:833 msgid "" "The available levels, in order from most to least critical are `emerg`, " "`alert`, `crit`, `err`, `warning`, `notice`, `info`, and `debug`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:836 msgid "" "The facilities, in no particular order, are `auth`, `authpriv`, `console`, " "`cron`, `daemon`, `ftp`, `kern`, `lpr`, `mail`, `mark`, `news`, `security`, " @@ -1672,20 +1672,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:838 msgid "" "To log everything of level `notice` and higher to [.filename]#/var/log/" "daemon.log#, add the following entry:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:842 #, no-wrap msgid "daemon.notice /var/log/daemon.log\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:846 msgid "" "For more information about the different levels and facilities, refer to man:" "syslog[3] and man:syslogd[8]. For more information about [.filename]#/etc/" @@ -1694,13 +1694,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:847 #, no-wrap msgid "Log Management and Rotation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:856 msgid "" "Log files can grow quickly, taking up disk space and making it more " "difficult to locate useful information. Log management attempts to mitigate " @@ -1713,7 +1713,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:861 msgid "" "To know which actions to take, newsyslog reads its configuration file, [." "filename]#/etc/newsyslog.conf#. This file contains one line for each log " @@ -1724,7 +1724,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:903 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# configuration file for newsyslog\n" @@ -1769,7 +1769,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:912 msgid "" "Each line starts with the name of the log to be rotated, optionally followed " "by an owner and group for both rotated and newly created files. The `mode` " @@ -1785,7 +1785,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:915 msgid "" "For more information on all fields, valid flags, and how to specify the " "rotation time, refer to man:newsyslog.conf[5]. Since newsyslog is run from " @@ -1794,13 +1794,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:916 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:917 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Remote Logging" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:921 msgid "" "Monitoring the log files of multiple hosts can become unwieldy as the number " "of systems increases. Configuring centralized logging can reduce some of " @@ -1808,7 +1808,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:924 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:925 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, centralized log file aggregation, merging, and rotation can be " "configured using syslogd and newsyslog. This section demonstrates an " @@ -1819,13 +1819,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:926 #, no-wrap msgid "Log Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:929 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:930 msgid "" "A log server is a system that has been configured to accept logging " "information from other hosts. Before configuring a log server, check the " @@ -1833,7 +1833,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:931 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:932 msgid "" "If there is a firewall between the logging server and any logging clients, " "ensure that the firewall ruleset allows UDP port 514 for both the clients " @@ -1841,7 +1841,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:933 msgid "" "The logging server and all client machines must have forward and reverse " "entries in the local DNS. If the network does not have a DNS server, create " @@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:935 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:936 msgid "" "On the log server, edit [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf# to specify the name of " "the client to receive log entries from, the logging facility to be used, and " @@ -1860,13 +1860,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:937 #, no-wrap msgid "Sample Log Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:945 #, no-wrap msgid "" "+logclient.example.com\n" @@ -1874,7 +1874,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:951 msgid "" "When adding multiple log clients, add a similar two-line entry for each " "client. More information about the available facilities may be found in man:" @@ -1882,12 +1882,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:953 msgid "Next, configure [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:957 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:958 #, no-wrap msgid "" "syslogd_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -1895,7 +1895,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:963 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:964 msgid "" "The first entry starts syslogd at system boot. The second entry allows log " "entries from the specified client. The `-v -v` increases the verbosity of " @@ -1904,7 +1904,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:968 msgid "" "Multiple `-a` options may be specified to allow logging from multiple " "clients. IP addresses and whole netblocks may also be specified. Refer to " @@ -1912,23 +1912,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:969 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:970 msgid "Finally, create the log file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:974 #, no-wrap msgid "# touch /var/log/logclient.log\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:976 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:977 msgid "At this point, syslogd should be restarted and verified:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:981 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:982 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service syslogd restart\n" @@ -1936,7 +1936,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:985 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:986 msgid "" "If a PID is returned, the server restarted successfully, and client " "configuration can begin. If the server did not restart, consult [." @@ -1944,27 +1944,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:986 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:987 #, no-wrap msgid "Log Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:990 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:991 msgid "" "A logging client sends log entries to a logging server on the network. The " "client also keeps a local copy of its own logs." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:992 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:993 msgid "" "Once a logging server has been configured, edit [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# on " "the logging client:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:998 #, no-wrap msgid "" "syslogd_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -1972,7 +1972,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1002 msgid "" "The first entry enables syslogd on boot up. The second entry prevents logs " "from being accepted by this client from other hosts (`-s`) and increases the " @@ -1980,7 +1980,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1004 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1005 msgid "" "Next, define the logging server in the client's [.filename]#/etc/syslog." "conf#. In this example, all logged facilities are sent to a remote system, " @@ -1988,51 +1988,51 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1008 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1009 #, no-wrap msgid "*.*\t\t@logserv.example.com\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1011 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1012 msgid "After saving the edit, restart syslogd for the changes to take effect:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1015 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1045 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1046 #, no-wrap msgid "# service syslogd restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1019 msgid "" "To test that log messages are being sent across the network, use man:" "logger[1] on the client to send a message to syslogd:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1022 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1023 #, no-wrap msgid "# logger \"Test message from logclient\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1025 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1026 msgid "" "This message should now exist both in [.filename]#/var/log/messages# on the " "client and [.filename]#/var/log/logclient.log# on the log server." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1026 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1027 #, no-wrap msgid "Debugging Log Servers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1032 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1033 msgid "" "If no messages are being received on the log server, the cause is most " "likely a network connectivity issue, a hostname resolution issue, or a typo " @@ -2045,7 +2045,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1037 msgid "" "If the `ping` succeeds on both hosts but log messages are still not being " "received, temporarily increase logging verbosity to narrow down the " @@ -2057,20 +2057,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1040 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1041 #, no-wrap msgid "syslogd_flags=\"-d -a logclient.example.com -v -v\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1049 msgid "" "Debugging data similar to the following will flash on the console " "immediately after the restart:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1060 #, no-wrap msgid "" "logmsg: pri 56, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: restart\n" @@ -2084,7 +2084,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1065 msgid "" "In this example, the log messages are being rejected due to a typo which " "results in a hostname mismatch. The client's hostname should be " @@ -2093,7 +2093,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1080 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1081 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service syslogd restart\n" @@ -2112,20 +2112,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1083 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1084 msgid "" "At this point, the messages are being properly received and placed in the " "correct file." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1084 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1085 #, no-wrap msgid "Security Considerations" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1090 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1091 msgid "" "As with any network service, security requirements should be considered " "before implementing a logging server. Log files may contain sensitive data " @@ -2137,7 +2137,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1098 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1099 msgid "" "Local security is also an issue. Log files are not encrypted during use or " "after log rotation. Local users may access log files to gain additional " @@ -2149,175 +2149,175 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1101 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration Files" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1103 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc# Layout" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1107 msgid "" "There are a number of directories in which configuration information is " "kept. These include:" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1113 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1115 #, no-wrap msgid "Generic system-specific configuration information." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1116 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/defaults#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1118 #, no-wrap msgid "Default versions of system configuration files." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1119 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mail#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1121 #, no-wrap msgid "Extra man:sendmail[8] configuration and other MTA configuration files." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1122 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/ppp#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1124 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration for both user- and kernel-ppp programs." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1125 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1127 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration files for installed applications. May contain per-application subdirectories." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1128 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/rc.d#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1130 #, no-wrap msgid "man:rc[8] scripts for installed applications." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1131 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/var/db#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1132 #, no-wrap msgid "Automatically generated system-specific database files, such as the package database and the man:locate[1] database." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1134 #, no-wrap msgid "Hostnames" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1136 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1139 msgid "" "How a FreeBSD system accesses the Internet Domain Name System (DNS) is " "controlled by man:resolv.conf[5]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1141 msgid "The most common entries to [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf# are:" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1147 #, no-wrap msgid "`nameserver`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1149 #, no-wrap msgid "The IP address of a name server the resolver should query. The servers are queried in the order listed with a maximum of three." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1150 #, no-wrap msgid "`search`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1152 #, no-wrap msgid "Search list for hostname lookup. This is normally determined by the domain of the local hostname." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1153 #, no-wrap msgid "`domain`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1154 #, no-wrap msgid "The local domain name." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1157 msgid "A typical [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf# looks like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1163 #, no-wrap msgid "" "search example.com\n" @@ -2326,25 +2326,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1168 msgid "Only one of the `search` and `domain` options should be used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1171 msgid "" "When using DHCP, man:dhclient[8] usually rewrites [.filename]#/etc/resolv." "conf# with information received from the DHCP server." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1172 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/hosts#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1177 msgid "" "[.filename]#/etc/hosts# is a simple text database which works in conjunction " "with DNS and NIS to provide host name to IP address mappings. Entries for " @@ -2356,7 +2356,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1212 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# $FreeBSD$\n" @@ -2394,40 +2394,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1215 msgid "The format of [.filename]#/etc/hosts# is as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1219 #, no-wrap msgid "[Internet address] [official hostname] [alias1] [alias2] ...\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1222 msgid "For example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1226 #, no-wrap msgid "10.0.0.1 myRealHostname.example.com myRealHostname foobar1 foobar2\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1229 msgid "Consult man:hosts[5] for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1231 #, no-wrap msgid "Tuning with man:sysctl[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1236 msgid "" "man:sysctl[8] is used to make changes to a running FreeBSD system. This " "includes many advanced options of the TCP/IP stack and virtual memory system " @@ -2437,30 +2437,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1238 msgid "" "At its core, man:sysctl[8] serves two functions: to read and to modify " "system settings." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1240 msgid "To view all readable variables:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1244 #, no-wrap msgid "% sysctl -a\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1247 msgid "To read a particular variable, specify its name:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1252 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% sysctl kern.maxproc\n" @@ -2468,12 +2468,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1255 msgid "To set a particular variable, use the _variable_=_value_ syntax:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1260 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl kern.maxfiles=5000\n" @@ -2481,14 +2481,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1263 msgid "" "Settings of sysctl variables are usually either strings, numbers, or " "booleans, where a boolean is `1` for yes or `0` for no." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1266 msgid "" "To automatically set some variables each time the machine boots, add them to " "[.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#. For more information, refer to man:sysctl." @@ -2496,13 +2496,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1268 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#sysctl.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1274 msgid "" "The configuration file for man:sysctl[8], [.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#, " "looks much like [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. Values are set in a " @@ -2511,7 +2511,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1276 msgid "" "For example, to turn off logging of fatal signal exits and prevent users " "from seeing processes started by other users, the following tunables can be " @@ -2519,7 +2519,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1281 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Do not log fatal signal exits (e.g., sig 11)\n" @@ -2527,7 +2527,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1285 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Prevent users from seeing information about processes that\n" @@ -2536,27 +2536,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1288 #, no-wrap msgid "man:sysctl[8] Read-only" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1291 msgid "" "In some cases it may be desirable to modify read-only man:sysctl[8] values, " "which will require a reboot of the system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1293 msgid "" "For instance, on some laptop models the man:cardbus[4] device will not probe " "memory ranges and will fail with errors similar to:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1298 #, no-wrap msgid "" "cbb0: Could not map register memory\n" @@ -2564,7 +2564,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1303 msgid "" "The fix requires the modification of a read-only man:sysctl[8] setting. Add " "`hw.pci.allow_unsupported_io_range=1` to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf# and " @@ -2572,13 +2572,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1305 #, no-wrap msgid "Tuning Disks" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1312 msgid "" "The following section will discuss various tuning mechanisms and options " "which may be applied to disk devices. In many cases, disks with mechanical " @@ -2592,19 +2592,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1313 #, no-wrap msgid "Sysctl Variables" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1315 #, no-wrap msgid "`vfs.vmiodirenable`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1326 msgid "" "The `vfs.vmiodirenable` man:sysctl[8] variable may be set to either `0` " "(off) or `1` (on). It is set to `1` by default. This variable controls how " @@ -2624,13 +2624,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1327 #, no-wrap msgid "`vfs.write_behind`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1333 msgid "" "The `vfs.write_behind` man:sysctl[8] variable defaults to `1` (on). This " "tells the file system to issue media writes as full clusters are collected, " @@ -2641,13 +2641,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1334 #, no-wrap msgid "`vfs.hirunningspace`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1340 msgid "" "The `vfs.hirunningspace` man:sysctl[8] variable determines how much " "outstanding write I/O may be queued to disk controllers system-wide at any " @@ -2659,7 +2659,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1343 msgid "" "There are various other buffer cache and VM page cache related man:sysctl[8] " "values. Modifying these values is not recommended as the VM system does a " @@ -2667,13 +2667,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1344 #, no-wrap msgid "`vm.swap_idle_enabled`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1352 msgid "" "The `vm.swap_idle_enabled` man:sysctl[8] variable is useful in large multi-" "user systems with many active login users and lots of idle processes. Such " @@ -2691,13 +2691,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1353 #, no-wrap msgid "`hw.ata.wc`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1361 msgid "" "Turning off IDE write caching reduces write bandwidth to IDE disks, but may " "sometimes be necessary due to data consistency issues introduced by hard " @@ -2712,18 +2712,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1363 msgid "For more information, refer to man:ata[4]." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1364 #, no-wrap msgid "`SCSI_DELAY` (`kern.cam.scsi_delay`)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1371 msgid "" "The `SCSI_DELAY` kernel configuration option may be used to reduce system " "boot times. The defaults are fairly high and can be responsible for `15` " @@ -2734,20 +2734,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1373 #, no-wrap msgid "Soft Updates" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1378 msgid "" "To fine-tune a file system, use man:tunefs[8]. This program has many " "different options. To toggle Soft Updates on and off, use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1383 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# tunefs -n enable /filesystem\n" @@ -2755,7 +2755,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1387 msgid "" "A file system cannot be modified with man:tunefs[8] while it is mounted. A " "good time to enable Soft Updates is before any partitions have been mounted, " @@ -2763,7 +2763,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1394 msgid "" "Soft Updates is recommended for UFS file systems as it drastically improves " "meta-data performance, mainly file creation and deletion, through the use of " @@ -2778,13 +2778,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1395 #, no-wrap msgid "More Details About Soft Updates" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1399 msgid "" "Meta-data updates are updates to non-content data like inodes or " "directories. There are two traditional approaches to writing a file " @@ -2792,7 +2792,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1412 msgid "" "Historically, the default behavior was to write out meta-data updates " "synchronously. If a directory changed, the system waited until the change " @@ -2813,7 +2813,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1423 msgid "" "The second approach is to use asynchronous meta-data updates. This is the " "default for a UFS file system mounted with `mount -o async`. Since all meta-" @@ -2838,7 +2838,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1431 msgid "" "The usual solution for this problem is to implement _dirty region logging_, " "which is also referred to as _journaling_. Meta-data updates are still " @@ -2857,7 +2857,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1447 msgid "" "Kirk McKusick, the developer of Berkeley FFS, solved this problem with Soft " "Updates. All pending meta-data updates are kept in memory and written out " @@ -2887,7 +2887,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1454 msgid "" "The advantage is that meta-data operations are nearly as fast as " "asynchronous updates and are faster than _logging_, which has to write the " @@ -2904,25 +2904,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1456 #, no-wrap msgid "Tuning Kernel Limits" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1459 #, no-wrap msgid "File/Process Limits" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1462 #, no-wrap msgid "`kern.maxfiles`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1467 msgid "" "The `kern.maxfiles` man:sysctl[8] variable can be raised or lowered based " "upon system requirements. This variable indicates the maximum number of " @@ -2932,7 +2932,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1470 msgid "" "Each open file, socket, or fifo uses one file descriptor. A large-scale " "production server may easily require many thousands of file descriptors, " @@ -2940,7 +2940,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1476 msgid "" "In older FreeBSD releases, the default value of `kern.maxfiles` is derived " "from `maxusers` in the kernel configuration file. `kern.maxfiles` grows " @@ -2952,7 +2952,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1482 msgid "" "The read-only man:sysctl[8] variable `kern.maxusers` is automatically sized " "at boot based on the amount of memory available in the system, and may be " @@ -2967,7 +2967,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1490 msgid "" "In older releases, the system will auto-tune `maxusers` if it is set to `0`. " "footnote:[The auto-tuning algorithm sets maxusers equal to the amount of " @@ -2987,7 +2987,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1495 msgid "" "`maxusers` does _not_ limit the number of users which can log into the " "machine. It instead sets various table sizes to reasonable values " @@ -2996,13 +2996,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1497 #, no-wrap msgid "`kern.ipc.soacceptqueue`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1504 msgid "" "The `kern.ipc.soacceptqueue` man:sysctl[8] variable limits the size of the " "listen queue for accepting new `TCP` connections. The default value of " @@ -3015,13 +3015,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1506 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Limits" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1517 msgid "" "The `NMBCLUSTERS` kernel configuration option dictates the amount of network " "Mbufs available to the system. A heavily-trafficked server with a low " @@ -3039,7 +3039,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1520 msgid "" "The `kern.ipc.nmbclusters` loader tunable should be used to tune this at " "boot time. Only older versions of FreeBSD will require the use of the " @@ -3047,7 +3047,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1525 msgid "" "For busy servers that make extensive use of the man:sendfile[2] system call, " "it may be necessary to increase the number of man:sendfile[2] buffers via " @@ -3060,7 +3060,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1529 msgid "" "Even though a socket has been marked as non-blocking, calling man:" "sendfile[2] on the non-blocking socket may result in the man:sendfile[2] " @@ -3068,13 +3068,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1531 #, no-wrap msgid "`net.inet.ip.portrange.*`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1543 msgid "" "The `net.inet.ip.portrange.*` man:sysctl[8] variables control the port " "number ranges automatically bound to `TCP` and `UDP` sockets. There are " @@ -3097,19 +3097,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1544 #, no-wrap msgid "Virtual Memory" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1546 #, no-wrap msgid "`kern.maxvnodes`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1553 msgid "" "A vnode is the internal representation of a file or directory. Increasing " "the number of vnodes available to the operating system reduces disk I/O. " @@ -3120,12 +3120,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1555 msgid "To see the current number of vnodes in use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1560 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl vfs.numvnodes\n" @@ -3133,12 +3133,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1563 msgid "To see the maximum vnodes:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1568 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl kern.maxvnodes\n" @@ -3146,7 +3146,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1574 msgid "" "If the current vnode usage is near the maximum, try increasing `kern." "maxvnodes` by a value of `1000`. Keep an eye on the number of `vfs." @@ -3156,13 +3156,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1576 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding Swap Space" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1580 msgid "" "Sometimes a system requires more swap space. This section describes two " "methods to increase swap space: adding swap to an existing partition or new " @@ -3170,7 +3170,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1582 msgid "" "For information on how to encrypt swap space, which options exist, and why " "it should be done, refer to crossref:disks[swap-encrypting,“Encrypting " @@ -3178,13 +3178,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1584 #, no-wrap msgid "Swap on a New Hard Drive or Existing Partition" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1588 msgid "" "Adding a new hard drive for swap gives better performance than using a " "partition on an existing drive. Setting up partitions and hard drives is " @@ -3194,18 +3194,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1591 msgid "Use `swapon` to add a swap partition to the system. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1595 #, no-wrap msgid "# swapon /dev/ada1s1b\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1603 msgid "" "It is possible to use any partition not currently mounted, even if it " "already contains data. Using `swapon` on a partition that contains data " @@ -3214,41 +3214,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1606 msgid "" "To automatically add this swap partition on boot, add an entry to [." "filename]#/etc/fstab#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1610 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/ada1s1b\tnone\tswap\tsw\t0\t0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1614 msgid "" "See man:fstab[5] for an explanation of the entries in [.filename]#/etc/" "fstab#. More information about `swapon` can be found in man:swapon[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1615 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1624 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a Swap File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1619 msgid "" "These examples create a 512M swap file called [.filename]#/usr/swap0# " "instead of using a partition." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1622 msgid "" "Using swap files requires that the module needed by man:md[4] has either " "been built into the kernel or has been loaded before swap is enabled. See " @@ -3257,61 +3257,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1629 msgid "Create the swap file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1633 #, no-wrap msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/usr/swap0 bs=1m count=512\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1635 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1636 msgid "Set the proper permissions on the new file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1640 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 0600 /usr/swap0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1643 msgid "" "Inform the system about the swap file by adding a line to [.filename]#/etc/" "fstab#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1647 #, no-wrap msgid "md\tnone\tswap\tsw,file=/usr/swap0,late\t0\t0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1650 msgid "" "Swap space will be added on system startup. To add swap space immediately, " "use man:swapon[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1654 #, no-wrap msgid "# swapon -aL\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1658 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1659 #, no-wrap msgid "Power and Resource Management" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1669 msgid "" "It is important to utilize hardware resources in an efficient manner. Power " "and resource management allows the operating system to monitor system limits " @@ -3328,7 +3328,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1677 msgid "" "There are four major problems in APM. First, power management is done by " "the vendor-specific BIOS, separate from the operating system. For example, " @@ -3346,7 +3346,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1682 msgid "" "The Plug and Play BIOS (PNPBIOS) was unreliable in many situations. PNPBIOS " "is 16-bit technology, so the operating system has to use 16-bit emulation in " @@ -3356,7 +3356,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1686 msgid "" "The successor to APM is the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface " "(ACPI). ACPI is a standard written by an alliance of vendors to provide an " @@ -3366,7 +3366,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1689 msgid "" "This chapter demonstrates how to configure ACPI on FreeBSD. It then offers " "some tips on how to debug ACPI and how to submit a problem report containing " @@ -3374,13 +3374,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1691 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring ACPI" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1696 msgid "" "In FreeBSD the man:acpi[4] driver is loaded by default at system boot and " "should _not_ be compiled into the kernel. This driver cannot be unloaded " @@ -3392,14 +3392,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1701 msgid "" "ACPI and APM cannot coexist and should be used separately. The last one to " "load will terminate if the driver notices the other is running." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1706 msgid "" "ACPI can be used to put the system into a sleep mode with `acpiconf`, the `-" "s` flag, and a number from `1` to `5`. Most users only need `1` (quick " @@ -3408,7 +3408,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1711 msgid "" "The man:acpi_video[4] driver uses link:https://uefi.org/specs/ACPI/6.4/" "Apx_B_Video_Extensions/Apx_B_Video_Extensions.html[ACPI Video Extensions] to " @@ -3419,7 +3419,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1718 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1719 msgid "" "... # cat /var/run/devd.pipe !system=ACPI subsystem=Video type=brightness " "notify=62 !system=ACPI subsystem=Video type=brightness notify=63 !" @@ -3427,20 +3427,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1722 msgid "" "Other options are available using `sysctl`. Refer to man:acpi[4] and man:" "acpiconf[8] for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1724 #, no-wrap msgid "Common Problems" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1731 msgid "" "ACPI is present in all modern computers that conform to the ia32 (x86) and " "amd64 (AMD) architectures. The full standard has many features including " @@ -3453,7 +3453,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1735 msgid "" "An ACPI-compliant system has various components. The BIOS and chipset " "vendors provide various fixed tables, such as FADT, in memory that specify " @@ -3464,7 +3464,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1741 msgid "" "The ACPI driver must parse the fixed tables, implement an interpreter for " "the bytecode, and modify device drivers and the kernel to accept information " @@ -3477,7 +3477,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1744 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1745 msgid "" "For ACPI to work correctly, all the parts have to work correctly. Here are " "some common problems, in order of frequency of appearance, and some possible " @@ -3486,13 +3486,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1745 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1746 #, no-wrap msgid "Mouse Issues" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1750 msgid "" "In some cases, resuming from a suspend operation will cause the mouse to " "fail. A known work around is to add `hint.psm.0.flags=\"0x3000\"` to [." @@ -3500,13 +3500,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1750 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1751 #, no-wrap msgid "Suspend/Resume" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1757 msgid "" "ACPI has three suspend to RAM (STR) states, `S1`-`S3`, and one suspend to " "disk state (STD), called `S4`. STD can be implemented in two separate " @@ -3516,14 +3516,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1760 msgid "" "Use `sysctl hw.acpi` to check for the suspend-related items. These example " "results are from a Thinkpad:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1765 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hw.acpi.supported_sleep_state: S3 S4 S5\n" @@ -3531,14 +3531,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1769 msgid "" "Use `acpiconf -s` to test `S3`, `S4`, and `S5`. An `s4bios` of one (`1`) " "indicates ``S4``BIOS support instead of `S4` operating system support." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1775 msgid "" "When testing suspend/resume, start with `S1`, if supported. This state is " "most likely to work since it does not require much driver support. No one " @@ -3548,7 +3548,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1778 msgid "" "A common problem with suspend/resume is that many device drivers do not " "save, restore, or reinitialize their firmware, registers, or device memory " @@ -3556,7 +3556,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1784 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl debug.bootverbose=1\n" @@ -3565,7 +3565,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1789 msgid "" "This test emulates the suspend/resume cycle of all device drivers without " "actually going into `S3` state. In some cases, problems such as losing " @@ -3576,7 +3576,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1791 msgid "" "If the previous test worked, on a laptop it is possible to configure the " "system to suspend into `S3` on lid close and resume when it is open back " @@ -3584,24 +3584,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1794 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1795 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl hw.acpi.lid_switch_state=S3\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1798 msgid "This change can be made persistent across reboots:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1802 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo 'hw.acpi.lid_switch_state=S3' >> /etc/sysctl.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1805 msgid "" "Harder cases require additional hardware, such as a serial port and cable " "for debugging through a serial console, a Firewire port and cable for using " @@ -3609,7 +3609,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1812 msgid "" "To help isolate the problem, unload as many drivers as possible. If it " "works, narrow down which driver is the problem by loading drivers until it " @@ -3623,7 +3623,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1818 msgid "" "Try loading a recent Linux(R) distribution to see if suspend/resume works on " "the same hardware. If it works on Linux(R), it is likely a FreeBSD driver " @@ -3636,7 +3636,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1822 msgid "" "Finally, try disabling ACPI and enabling APM instead. If suspend/resume " "works with APM, stick with APM, especially on older hardware (pre-2000). It " @@ -3645,13 +3645,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1823 #, no-wrap msgid "System Hangs" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1827 msgid "" "Most system hangs are a result of lost interrupts or an interrupt storm. " "Chipsets may have problems based on boot, how the BIOS configures interrupts " @@ -3660,7 +3660,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1830 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1831 msgid "" "Interrupt storms can be distinguished from lost interrupts by checking the " "output of `vmstat -i` and looking at the line that has `acpi0`. If the " @@ -3670,20 +3670,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1833 msgid "" "When dealing with interrupt problems, try disabling APIC support with `hint." "apic.0.disabled=\"1\"` in [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1834 #, no-wrap msgid "Panics" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1840 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1841 msgid "" "Panics are relatively rare for ACPI and are the top priority to be fixed. " "The first step is to isolate the steps to reproduce the panic, if possible, " @@ -3695,7 +3695,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1844 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1845 msgid "" "Then, try to isolate the problem by booting with ACPI disabled. If that " "works, isolate the ACPI subsystem by using various values of `debug.acpi." @@ -3703,13 +3703,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1846 #, no-wrap msgid "System Powers Up After Suspend or Shutdown" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1851 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1852 msgid "" "First, try setting `hw.acpi.disable_on_poweroff=\"0\"` in [.filename]#/boot/" "loader.conf#. This keeps ACPI from disabling various events during the " @@ -3719,20 +3719,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1854 #, no-wrap msgid "BIOS Contains Buggy Bytecode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1858 msgid "" "Some BIOS vendors provide incorrect or buggy bytecode. This is usually " "manifested by kernel console messages like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1863 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ACPI-1287: *** Error: Method execution failed [\\\\_SB_.PCI0.LPC0.FIGD._STA] \\\\\n" @@ -3740,7 +3740,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1867 msgid "" "Often, these problems may be resolved by updating the BIOS to the latest " "revision. Most console messages are harmless, but if there are other " @@ -3749,13 +3749,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1868 #, no-wrap msgid "Overriding the Default AML" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1872 msgid "" "The BIOS bytecode, known as ACPI Machine Language (AML), is compiled from a " "source language called ACPI Source Language (ASL). The AML is found in the " @@ -3763,7 +3763,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1877 msgid "" "The goal of FreeBSD is for everyone to have working ACPI without any user " "intervention. Workarounds are still being developed for common mistakes " @@ -3776,7 +3776,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1880 msgid "" "To help identify buggy behavior and possibly fix it manually, a copy can be " "made of the system's ASL. To copy the system's ASL to a specified file " @@ -3785,13 +3785,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1884 #, no-wrap msgid "# acpidump -td > my.asl\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1888 msgid "" "Some AML versions assume the user is running Windows(R). To override this, " "set `hw.acpi.osname=_\"Windows 2009\"_` in [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#, " @@ -3799,7 +3799,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1891 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1892 msgid "" "Other workarounds may require [.filename]#my.asl# to be customized. If this " "file is edited, compile the new ASL using the following command. Warnings " @@ -3808,13 +3808,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1896 #, no-wrap msgid "# iasl -f my.asl\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1900 msgid "" "Including `-f` forces creation of the AML, even if there are errors during " "compilation. Some errors, such as missing return statements, are " @@ -3822,7 +3822,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1903 msgid "" "The default output filename for `iasl` is [.filename]#DSDT.aml#. Load this " "file instead of the BIOS's buggy copy, which is still present in flash " @@ -3830,7 +3830,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1908 #, no-wrap msgid "" "acpi_dsdt_load=\"YES\"\n" @@ -3838,7 +3838,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1912 msgid "" "Be sure to copy [.filename]#DSDT.aml# to [.filename]#/boot#, then reboot the " "system. If this fixes the problem, send a man:diff[1] of the old and new " @@ -3847,13 +3847,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1913 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1914 #, no-wrap msgid "Getting and Submitting Debugging Info" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1922 msgid "" "The ACPI driver has a flexible debugging facility. A set of subsystems and " "the level of verbosity can be specified. The subsystems to debug are " @@ -3868,7 +3868,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1926 msgid "" "Debugging output is not enabled by default. To enable it, add `options " "ACPI_DEBUG` to the custom kernel configuration file if ACPI is compiled into " @@ -3878,13 +3878,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1929 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1930 #, no-wrap msgid "# cd /sys/modules/acpi/acpi && make clean && make ACPI_DEBUG=1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1934 msgid "" "Copy the compiled [.filename]#acpi.ko# to [.filename]#/boot/kernel# and add " "the desired level and layer to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#. The entries " @@ -3893,7 +3893,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1938 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1939 #, no-wrap msgid "" "debug.acpi.layer=\"ACPI_ALL_COMPONENTS ACPI_ALL_DRIVERS\"\n" @@ -3901,7 +3901,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1944 msgid "" "If the required information is triggered by a specific event, such as a " "suspend and then resume, do not modify [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#. " @@ -3912,7 +3912,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1945 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1946 msgid "" "Once the debugging information is gathered, it can be sent to {freebsd-acpi} " "so that it can be used by the FreeBSD ACPI maintainers to identify the root " @@ -3920,7 +3920,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1949 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1950 msgid "" "Before submitting debugging information to this mailing list, ensure the " "latest BIOS version is installed and, if available, the embedded controller " @@ -3928,12 +3928,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1953 msgid "When submitting a problem report, include the following information:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1954 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1955 msgid "" "Description of the buggy behavior, including system type, model, and " "anything that causes the bug to appear. Note as accurately as possible when " @@ -3941,27 +3941,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1956 msgid "" "The output of `dmesg` after running `boot -v`, including any error messages " "generated by the bug." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1957 msgid "" "The `dmesg` output from `boot -v` with ACPI disabled, if disabling ACPI " "helps to fix the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1957 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1958 msgid "" "Output from `sysctl hw.acpi`. This lists which features the system offers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1958 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1959 msgid "" "The URL to a pasted version of the system's ASL. Do _not_ send the ASL " "directly to the list as it can be very large. Generate a copy of the ASL by " @@ -3969,20 +3969,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1962 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1963 #, no-wrap msgid "# acpidump -dt > name-system.asl\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1966 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1967 msgid "" "Substitute the login name for _name_ and manufacturer/model for _system_. " "For example, use [.filename]#njl-FooCo6000.asl#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1974 msgid "" "Most FreeBSD developers watch the {freebsd-current}, but one should submit " "problems to {freebsd-acpi} to be sure it is seen. Be patient when waiting " @@ -3994,32 +3994,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1976 #, no-wrap msgid "References" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1978 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1979 msgid "More information about ACPI may be found in the following locations:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1980 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1981 msgid "" "The FreeBSD ACPI Mailing List Archives (https://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/" "freebsd-acpi/[https://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-acpi/])" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1981 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1982 msgid "" "The ACPI 2.0 Specification (http://acpi.info/spec.htm[http://acpi.info/spec." "htm])" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1981 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1982 msgid "" "man:acpi[4], man:acpi_thermal[4], man:acpidump[8], man:iasl[8], and man:" "acpidb[8]" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.po index e7d7de7fb5..a67a2628b3 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-07-07 23:22-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 24. Updating and Upgrading FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating and Upgrading FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:60 msgid "" "FreeBSD is under constant development between releases. Some people prefer " "to use the officially released versions, while others prefer to keep in sync " @@ -60,75 +60,75 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:62 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:64 msgid "How to keep a FreeBSD system up-to-date with freebsd-update or Git." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "How to compare the state of an installed system against a known pristine " "copy." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:66 msgid "" "How to keep the installed documentation up-to-date with Git or documentation " "ports." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:67 msgid "" "The difference between the two development branches: FreeBSD-STABLE and " "FreeBSD-CURRENT." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:68 msgid "How to rebuild and reinstall the entire base system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:70 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "Properly set up the network connection (crossref:advanced-" "networking[advanced-networking,Advanced Networking])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "Know how to install additional third-party software (crossref:ports[ports," "Installing Applications: Packages and Ports])." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:78 msgid "" "Throughout this chapter, `git` is used to obtain and update FreeBSD " "sources. Optionally, the package:devel/git[] port or package may be used." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:81 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Update" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:85 msgid "" "Applying security patches in a timely manner and upgrading to a newer " "release of an operating system are important aspects of ongoing system " @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:89 msgid "" "This utility supports binary security and errata updates to FreeBSD, without " "the need to manually compile and install the patch or a new kernel. Binary " @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "This utility also supports operating system upgrades to minor point releases " "as well as upgrades to another release branch. Before upgrading to a new " @@ -158,14 +158,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "If a man:crontab[5] utilizing the features of man:freebsd-update[8] exists, " "it must be disabled before upgrading the operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:100 msgid "" "This section describes the configuration file used by `freebsd-update`, " "demonstrates how to apply a security patch and how to upgrade to a minor or " @@ -174,13 +174,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:102 #, no-wrap msgid "The Configuration File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:107 msgid "" "The default configuration file for `freebsd-update` works as-is. Some users " "may wish to tweak the default configuration in [.filename]#/etc/freebsd-" @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:112 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Components of the base system which should be kept updated.\n" @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:119 msgid "" "This parameter controls which parts of FreeBSD will be kept up-to-date. The " "default is to update the entire base system and the kernel. Individual " @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:125 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Paths which start with anything matching an entry in an IgnorePaths\n" @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "To leave specified directories, such as [.filename]#/bin# or [.filename]#/" "sbin#, untouched during the update process, add their paths to this " @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:136 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Paths which start with anything matching an entry in an UpdateIfUnmodified\n" @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:141 msgid "" "This option will only update unmodified configuration files in the specified " "directories. Any changes made by the user will prevent the automatic " @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:147 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# When upgrading to a new FreeBSD release, files which match MergeChanges\n" @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:154 msgid "" "List of directories with configuration files that `freebsd-update` should " "attempt to merge. The file merge process is a series of man:diff[1] patches " @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:160 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Directory in which to store downloaded updates and temporary\n" @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:164 msgid "" "This directory is where all patches and temporary files are placed. In " "cases where the user is doing a version upgrade, this location should have " @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:172 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# When upgrading between releases, should the list of Components be\n" @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:176 msgid "" "When this option is set to `yes`, `freebsd-update` will assume that the " "`Components` list is complete and will not attempt to make changes outside " @@ -304,13 +304,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:178 #, no-wrap msgid "Applying Security Patches" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:182 msgid "" "The process of applying FreeBSD security patches has been simplified, " "allowing an administrator to keep a system fully patched using `freebsd-" @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:186 msgid "" "FreeBSD security patches may be downloaded and installed using the following " "commands. The first command will determine if any outstanding patches are " @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:191 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# freebsd-update fetch\n" @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:195 msgid "" "If the update applies any kernel patches, the system will need a reboot in " "order to boot into the patched kernel. If the patch was applied to any " @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:201 msgid "" "Usually, the user needs to be prepared to reboot the system. To know if the " "system requires a reboot due to a kernel update, execute the commands " @@ -354,20 +354,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:204 msgid "" "The system can be configured to automatically check for updates once every " "day by adding this entry to [.filename]#/etc/crontab#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:208 #, no-wrap msgid "@daily root freebsd-update cron\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:212 msgid "" "If patches exist, they will automatically be downloaded but will not be " "applied. The `root` user will be sent an email so that the patches may be " @@ -375,14 +375,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:214 msgid "" "If anything goes wrong, `freebsd-update` has the ability to roll back the " "last set of changes with the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:219 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# freebsd-update rollback\n" @@ -390,14 +390,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:222 msgid "" "Again, the system should be restarted if the kernel or any kernel modules " "were modified and any affected binaries should be restarted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:227 msgid "" "Only the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel can be automatically updated by " "`freebsd-update`. If a custom kernel is installed, it will have to be " @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:233 msgid "" "Always keep a copy of the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel in [.filename]#/boot/" "GENERIC#. It will be helpful in diagnosing a variety of problems and in " @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:238 msgid "" "Unless the default configuration in [.filename]#/etc/freebsd-update.conf# " "has been changed, `freebsd-update` will install the updated kernel sources " @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:245 msgid "" "The updates distributed by `freebsd-update` do not always involve the " "kernel. It is not necessary to rebuild a custom kernel if the kernel " @@ -440,13 +440,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:247 #, no-wrap msgid "Performing Major and Minor Version Upgrades" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:252 msgid "" "Upgrades from one minor version of FreeBSD to another, like from FreeBSD 9.0 " "to FreeBSD 9.1, are called _minor version_ upgrades. _Major version_ " @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:257 msgid "" "If the system is running a custom kernel, make sure that a copy of the [." "filename]#GENERIC# kernel exists in [.filename]#/boot/GENERIC# before " @@ -465,20 +465,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:260 msgid "" "The following command, when run on a FreeBSD 9.0 system, will upgrade it to " "FreeBSD 9.1:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:264 #, no-wrap msgid "# freebsd-update -r 9.1-RELEASE upgrade\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:269 msgid "" "After the command has been received, `freebsd-update` will evaluate the " "configuration file and current system in an attempt to gather the " @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:276 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Looking up update.FreeBSD.org mirrors... 1 mirrors found.\n" @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:282 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The following components of FreeBSD seem to be installed:\n" @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:286 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The following components of FreeBSD do not seem to be installed:\n" @@ -517,13 +517,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:288 #, no-wrap msgid "Does this look reasonable (y/n)? y\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:292 msgid "" "At this point, `freebsd-update` will attempt to download all files required " "for the upgrade. In some cases, the user may be prompted with questions " @@ -531,14 +531,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:294 msgid "" "When using a custom kernel, the above step will produce a warning similar to " "the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:301 #, no-wrap msgid "" "WARNING: This system is running a \"MYKERNEL\" kernel, which is not a\n" @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:305 msgid "" "This warning may be safely ignored at this point. The updated [." "filename]#GENERIC# kernel will be used as an intermediate step in the " @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:314 msgid "" "Once all the patches have been downloaded to the local system, they will be " "applied. This process may take a while, depending on the speed and workload " @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:321 msgid "" "The system is not being altered yet as all patching and merging is happening " "in another directory. Once all patches have been applied successfully, all " @@ -580,15 +580,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:324 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:360 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:437 #, no-wrap msgid "# freebsd-update install\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:332 msgid "" "The kernel and kernel modules will be patched first. If the system is " "running with a custom kernel, use man:nextboot[8] to set the kernel for the " @@ -596,13 +596,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:336 #, no-wrap msgid "# nextboot -k GENERIC\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:345 msgid "" "Before rebooting with the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel, make sure it contains " "all the drivers required for the system to boot properly and connect to the " @@ -615,19 +615,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:348 msgid "The machine should now be restarted with the updated kernel:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:351 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1046 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1047 #, no-wrap msgid "# shutdown -r now\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:357 msgid "" "Once the system has come back online, restart `freebsd-update` using the " "following command. Since the state of the process has been saved, `freebsd-" @@ -636,27 +636,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:366 msgid "" "Depending upon whether any library version numbers were bumped, there may " "only be two install phases instead of three." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:370 msgid "" "The upgrade is now complete. If this was a major version upgrade, reinstall " "all ports and packages as described in <<freebsdupdate-portsrebuild>>." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:372 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom Kernels with FreeBSD 9.X and Later" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:377 msgid "" "Before using `freebsd-update`, ensure that a copy of the [." "filename]#GENERIC# kernel exists in [.filename]#/boot/GENERIC#. If a custom " @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:381 msgid "" "If a custom kernel has been built more than once or if it is unknown how " "many times the custom kernel has been built, obtain a copy of the `GENERIC` " @@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:387 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount /cdrom\n" @@ -685,13 +685,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:390 msgid "" "Alternately, the `GENERIC` kernel may be rebuilt and installed from source:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:395 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:400 msgid "" "For this kernel to be identified as the `GENERIC` kernel by `freebsd-" "update`, the [.filename]#GENERIC# configuration file must not have been " @@ -708,20 +708,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:402 msgid "" "Rebooting into the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel is not required as `freebsd-" "update` only needs [.filename]#/boot/GENERIC# to exist." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:404 #, no-wrap msgid "Upgrading Packages After a Major Version Upgrade" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:410 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:411 msgid "" "Generally, installed applications will continue to work without problems " "after minor version upgrades. Major versions use different Application " @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:415 msgid "" "A forced upgrade of all installed packages will replace the packages with " "fresh versions from the repository even if the version number has not " @@ -742,26 +742,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:419 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg-static upgrade -f\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:422 msgid "" "A rebuild of all installed applications can be accomplished with this " "command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:426 #, no-wrap msgid "# portmaster -af\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:430 msgid "" "This command will display the configuration screens for each application " "that has configurable options and wait for the user to interact with those " @@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:433 msgid "" "Once the software upgrades are complete, finish the upgrade process with a " "final call to `freebsd-update` in order to tie up all the loose ends in the " @@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:441 msgid "" "If the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel was temporarily used, this is the time to " "build and install a new custom kernel using the instructions in crossref:" @@ -786,20 +786,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:444 msgid "" "Reboot the machine into the new FreeBSD version. The upgrade process is now " "complete." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:446 #, no-wrap msgid "System State Comparison" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:450 msgid "" "The state of the installed FreeBSD version against a known good copy can be " "tested using `freebsd-update IDS`. This command evaluates the current " @@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:458 msgid "" "This command is not a replacement for a real IDS such as package:security/" "snort[]. As `freebsd-update` stores data on disk, the possibility of " @@ -822,19 +822,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:461 msgid "" "To begin the comparison, specify the output file to save the results to:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:465 #, no-wrap msgid "# freebsd-update IDS >> outfile.ids\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:468 msgid "" "The system will now be inspected and a lengthy listing of files, along with " "the SHA256 hash values for both the known value in the release and the " @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:471 msgid "" "The entries in the listing are extremely long, but the output format may be " "easily parsed. For instance, to obtain a list of all files which differ " @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:479 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat outfile.ids | awk '{ print $1 }' | more\n" @@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:486 msgid "" "This sample output has been truncated as many more files exist. Some files " "have natural modifications. For example, [.filename]#/etc/passwd# will be " @@ -872,13 +872,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:488 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating Bootcode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:491 msgid "" "The following manuals describe the upgrade process of bootcode and boot " "loaders: man:gpart[8], man:gptboot[8], man:gptzfsboot[8], and man:loader." @@ -886,13 +886,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:493 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating the Documentation Set" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:497 msgid "" "Documentation is an integral part of the FreeBSD operating system. While an " "up-to-date version of the FreeBSD documentation is always available on the " @@ -902,14 +902,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:499 msgid "" "This section describes how to use either source or the FreeBSD Ports " "Collection to keep a local copy of the FreeBSD documentation up-to-date." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:501 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:502 msgid "" "For information on editing and submitting corrections to the documentation, " "refer to the FreeBSD Documentation Project Primer for New Contributors " @@ -918,13 +918,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:504 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating Documentation from Source" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:508 msgid "" "Rebuilding the FreeBSD documentation from source requires a collection of " "tools which are not part of the FreeBSD base system. The required tools can " @@ -933,37 +933,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:510 msgid "" "Once installed, use `git` to fetch a clean copy of the documentation source:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:514 #, no-wrap msgid "# git clone https://git.FreeBSD.org/doc.git /usr/doc\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:518 msgid "" "The initial download of the documentation sources may take a while. Let it " "run until it completes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:520 msgid "Future updates of the documentation sources may be fetched by running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:524 #, no-wrap msgid "# git pull\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:528 msgid "" "Once an up-to-date snapshot of the documentation sources has been fetched to " "[.filename]#/usr/doc#, everything is ready for an update of the installed " @@ -971,12 +971,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:530 msgid "A full update may be performed by typing:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/doc\n" @@ -984,19 +984,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:538 #, no-wrap msgid "Tracking a Development Branch" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:541 msgid "" "FreeBSD has two development branches: FreeBSD-CURRENT and FreeBSD-STABLE." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:543 msgid "" "This section provides an explanation of each branch and its intended " "audience, as well as how to keep a system up-to-date with each respective " @@ -1004,13 +1004,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:545 #, no-wrap msgid "Using FreeBSD-CURRENT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:549 msgid "" "FreeBSD-CURRENT is the \"bleeding edge\" of FreeBSD development and FreeBSD-" "CURRENT users are expected to have a high degree of technical skill. Less " @@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:553 msgid "" "FreeBSD-CURRENT is the very latest source code for FreeBSD and includes " "works in progress, experimental changes, and transitional mechanisms that " @@ -1032,19 +1032,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:555 msgid "FreeBSD-CURRENT is made available for three primary interest groups:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:557 msgid "" "Members of the FreeBSD community who are actively working on some part of " "the source tree." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:558 msgid "" "Members of the FreeBSD community who are active testers. They are willing to " "spend time solving problems, making topical suggestions on changes and the " @@ -1052,14 +1052,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:559 msgid "" "Users who wish to keep an eye on things, use the current source for " "reference purposes, or make the occasional comment or code contribution." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:563 msgid "" "FreeBSD-CURRENT should _not_ be considered a fast-track to getting new " "features before the next release as pre-release features are not yet fully " @@ -1069,12 +1069,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:565 msgid "To track FreeBSD-CURRENT:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:567 msgid "" "Join the {freebsd-current} and the {dev-commits-src-main} lists. This is " "_essential_ in order to see the comments that people are making about the " @@ -1083,14 +1083,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:569 msgid "" "The {dev-commits-src-main} list records the commit log entry for each change " "as it is made, along with any pertinent information on possible side effects." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:572 msgid "" "To join these lists, go to {mailing-lists}, click on the list to subscribe " "to, and follow the instructions. In order to track changes to the whole " @@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:573 msgid "" "Synchronize with the FreeBSD-CURRENT sources. Typically, `git` is used to " "check out the -CURRENT code from the `main` branch of the FreeBSD Git " @@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:574 msgid "" "Due to the size of the repository, some users choose to only synchronize the " "sections of source that interest them or which they are contributing patches " @@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:577 msgid "" "Before compiling FreeBSD-CURRENT, read [.filename]#/usr/src/Makefile# very " "carefully and follow the instructions in <<makeworld>>. Read the {freebsd-" @@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:578 msgid "" "Be active! FreeBSD-CURRENT users are encouraged to submit their suggestions " "for enhancements or bug fixes. Suggestions with accompanying code are always " @@ -1134,13 +1134,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:580 #, no-wrap msgid "Using FreeBSD-STABLE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:587 msgid "" "FreeBSD-STABLE is the development branch from which major releases are " "made. Changes go into this branch at a slower pace and with the general " @@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:589 msgid "" "Those interested in tracking or contributing to the FreeBSD development " "process, especially as it relates to the next release of FreeBSD, should " @@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:594 msgid "" "While the FreeBSD-STABLE branch should compile and run at all times, this " "cannot be guaranteed. Since more people run FreeBSD-STABLE than FreeBSD-" @@ -1173,12 +1173,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:596 msgid "To track FreeBSD-STABLE:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:598 msgid "" "Join the {freebsd-stable} in order to stay informed of build dependencies " "that may appear in FreeBSD-STABLE or any other issues requiring special " @@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:602 msgid "" "Join the relevant git list for the branch being tracked. For example, users " "tracking the {betarel-current-major}-STABLE branch should join the {dev-" @@ -1199,7 +1199,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:605 msgid "" "To join these lists, go to {mailing-lists}, click on the list to subscribe " "to, and follow the instructions. In order to track changes for the whole " @@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:606 msgid "" "To install a new FreeBSD-STABLE system, install the most recent FreeBSD-" "STABLE release from the crossref:mirrors[mirrors,FreeBSD mirror sites] or " @@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:609 msgid "" "To compile or upgrade an existing FreeBSD system to FreeBSD-STABLE, use " "`git` to check out the source for the desired branch. Branch names, such as " @@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:610 msgid "" "Before compiling or upgrading to FreeBSD-STABLE , read [.filename]#/usr/src/" "Makefile# carefully and follow the instructions in <<makeworld>>. Read the " @@ -1236,13 +1236,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:611 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:612 #, no-wrap msgid "The N-number" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:616 msgid "" "When tracking down bugs it is important to know which versions of the source " "code have been used to create the system exhibiting an issue. FreeBSD " @@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:620 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% uname -a\n" @@ -1259,18 +1259,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:622 msgid "Looking at the 4th field, it is made up of several parts:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:625 #, no-wrap msgid "main-n247514-031260d64c18\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:630 #, no-wrap msgid "" "main\t\t<.>\n" @@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:634 msgid "" "Git branch name. Note: comparisons of n-numbers are only valid on branches " "published by the project (`main`, `stable/XX` and `releng/XX`). Local " @@ -1289,19 +1289,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:635 msgid "" "The n-number is a linear count of commits back to the start of the Git " "repository starting with the Git hash included in the line." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:635 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:636 msgid "Git hash of the checked out tree" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:638 msgid "" "Sometimes a suffix of `-dirty` is present when the kernel was built in a " "tree with uncommitted changes. It is absent in this example because the " @@ -1309,14 +1309,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:641 msgid "" "The `git rev-list` command is used to find the n-number corresponding to a " "Git hash. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:645 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% git rev-list --first-parent --count 031260d64c18 <.>\n" @@ -1324,17 +1324,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:647 msgid "git hash to translate (the hash from the above example is reused)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:648 msgid "The n-number." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:654 msgid "" "Usually this number is not all that important. However, when bug fixes are " "committed, this number makes it easy to quickly determine whether the fix is " @@ -1349,13 +1349,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:656 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating FreeBSD from Source" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:662 msgid "" "Updating FreeBSD by compiling from source offers several advantages over " "binary updates. Code can be built with options to take advantage of " @@ -1367,25 +1367,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:664 #, no-wrap msgid "Quick Start" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:668 msgid "" "This is a quick reference for the typical steps used to update FreeBSD by " "building from source. Later sections describe the process in more detail." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:672 msgid "Update and Build" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:686 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# git pull /usr/src <.>\n" @@ -1402,85 +1402,85 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:689 msgid "" "Get the latest version of the source. See <<updating-src-obtaining-src>> for " "more information on obtaining and updating source." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:691 msgid "" "Check [.filename]#/usr/src/UPDATING# for any manual steps required before or " "after building from source." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:692 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:703 msgid "Go to the source directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:695 msgid "Compile the world, everything except the kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:697 msgid "" "Compile and install the kernel. This is equivalent to `make buildkernel " "installkernel`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:699 msgid "Reboot the system to the new kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:701 msgid "" "Update and merge configuration files in [.filename]#/etc/# required before " "installworld." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:705 msgid "Install the world." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:707 msgid "Update and merge configuration files in [.filename]#/etc/#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:709 msgid "Restart the system to use the newly-built world and kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:712 #, no-wrap msgid "Preparing for a Source Update" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:715 msgid "" "Read [.filename]#/usr/src/UPDATING#. Any manual steps that must be performed " "before or after an update are described in this file." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:717 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating the Source" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:722 msgid "" "FreeBSD source code is located in [.filename]#/usr/src/#. The preferred " "method of updating this source is through the Git version control system. " @@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:728 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:729 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -1498,20 +1498,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:732 msgid "" "This indicates that [.filename]#/usr/src/# is under version control and can " "be updated with man:git[1]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:736 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:737 #, no-wrap msgid "# git pull /usr/src\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:741 msgid "" "The update process can take some time if the directory has not been updated " "recently. After it finishes, the source code is up to date and the build " @@ -1519,13 +1519,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:744 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:745 #, no-wrap msgid "*Obtaining the Source:* +\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:748 msgid "" "If the output says `fatal: not a git repository`, the files there are " "missing or were installed with a different method. A new checkout of the " @@ -1533,61 +1533,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:750 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Versions and Repository Branches" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:754 #, no-wrap msgid "uname -r Output" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:755 #, no-wrap msgid "Repository Path" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:757 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:758 #, no-wrap msgid "`_X.Y_-RELEASE`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:759 #, no-wrap msgid "`releng/_X.Y_`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:761 #, no-wrap msgid "The Release version plus only critical security and bug fix patches. This branch is recommended for most users." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:761 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:762 #, no-wrap msgid "`_X.Y_-STABLE`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:763 #, no-wrap msgid "`stable/_X_`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:769 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The Release version plus all additional development on that branch. _STABLE_ refers to the Applications Binary Interface (ABI) not changing, so software compiled for earlier versions still runs. For example, software compiled to run on FreeBSD 10.1 will still run on FreeBSD 10-STABLE compiled later.\n" @@ -1596,30 +1596,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:770 #, no-wrap msgid "`_X_-CURRENT`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:771 #, no-wrap msgid "`main`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:772 #, no-wrap msgid "The latest unreleased development version of FreeBSD. The CURRENT branch can have major bugs or incompatibilities and is recommended only for advanced users." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:775 msgid "Determine which version of FreeBSD is being used with man:uname[1]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:780 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# uname -r\n" @@ -1627,7 +1627,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:783 msgid "" "Based on <<updating-src-obtaining-src-repopath>>, the source used to update " "`10.3-RELEASE` has a repository path of `releng/10.3`. That path is used " @@ -1635,7 +1635,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:788 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mv /usr/src /usr/src.bak <.>\n" @@ -1643,14 +1643,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:791 msgid "" "Move the old directory out of the way. If there are no local modifications " "in this directory, it can be deleted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:793 msgid "" "The path from <<updating-src-obtaining-src-repopath>> is added to the " "repository URL. The third parameter is the destination directory for the " @@ -1658,13 +1658,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:795 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:796 #, no-wrap msgid "Building from Source" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:801 msgid "" "The _world_, or all of the operating system except the kernel, is compiled. " "This is done first to provide up-to-date tools to build the kernel. Then " @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:807 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -1681,25 +1681,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:810 msgid "The compiled code is written to [.filename]#/usr/obj#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:813 msgid "" "These are the basic steps. Additional options to control the build are " "described below." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:815 #, no-wrap msgid "Performing a Clean Build" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:820 msgid "" "Some versions of the FreeBSD build system leave previously-compiled code in " "the temporary object directory, [.filename]#/usr/obj#. This can speed up " @@ -1708,19 +1708,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:824 #, no-wrap msgid "# make cleanworld\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:827 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting the Number of Jobs" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:834 msgid "" "Increasing the number of build jobs on multi-core processors can improve " "build speed. Determine the number of cores with `sysctl hw.ncpu`. " @@ -1732,30 +1732,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:836 #, no-wrap msgid "Increasing the Number of Build Jobs" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:840 msgid "Building the world and kernel with four jobs:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:844 #, no-wrap msgid "# make -j4 buildworld buildkernel\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:849 #, no-wrap msgid "Building Only the Kernel" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:854 msgid "" "A `buildworld` must be completed if the source code has changed. After " "that, a `buildkernel` to build a kernel can be run at any time. To build " @@ -1763,7 +1763,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:859 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -1771,13 +1771,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:862 #, no-wrap msgid "Building a Custom Kernel" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:867 msgid "" "The standard FreeBSD kernel is based on a _kernel config file_ called [." "filename]#GENERIC#. The [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel includes the most " @@ -1787,7 +1787,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:869 msgid "" "For example, someone developing a small embedded computer with severely " "limited RAM could remove unneeded device drivers or options to make the " @@ -1795,7 +1795,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:872 msgid "" "Kernel config files are located in [.filename]#/usr/src/sys/arch/conf/#, " "where _arch_ is the output from `uname -m`. On most computers, that is " @@ -1804,7 +1804,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:878 msgid "" "[.filename]#/usr/src# can be deleted or recreated, so it is preferable to " "keep custom kernel config files in a separate directory, like [.filename]#/" @@ -1814,7 +1814,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:882 msgid "" "A custom config file can be created by copying the [.filename]#GENERIC# " "config file. In this example, the new custom kernel is for a storage " @@ -1822,7 +1822,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:888 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cp /usr/src/sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC /root/STORAGESERVER\n" @@ -1831,40 +1831,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:890 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:891 msgid "" "[.filename]#/root/STORAGESERVER# is then edited, adding or removing devices " "or options as shown in man:config[5]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:892 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:893 msgid "" "The custom kernel is built by setting `KERNCONF` to the kernel config file " "on the command line:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:897 #, no-wrap msgid "# make buildkernel KERNCONF=STORAGESERVER\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:900 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing the Compiled Code" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:903 msgid "" "After the `buildworld` and `buildkernel` steps have been completed, the new " "kernel and world are installed:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:912 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -1876,14 +1876,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:915 msgid "" "If a custom kernel was built, `KERNCONF` must also be set to use the new " "custom kernel:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:923 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:924 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -1895,13 +1895,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:927 #, no-wrap msgid "Completing the Update" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:931 msgid "" "A few final tasks complete the update. Any modified configuration files are " "merged with the new versions, outdated libraries are located and removed, " @@ -1909,13 +1909,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:933 #, no-wrap msgid "Merging Configuration Files with man:etcupdate[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:937 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:938 msgid "" "man:etcupdate[8] is a tool for managing updates to files that are not " "updated as part of an installworld such as files located in [.filename]#/etc/" @@ -1926,7 +1926,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:942 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:943 msgid "" "In general, man:etcupdate[8] does not need any specific arguments for its " "job. There is however a handy in between command for sanity checking what " @@ -1934,31 +1934,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:947 #, no-wrap msgid "# etcupdate diff\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:949 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:950 msgid "This command allows the user to audit configuration changes." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:953 msgid "" "If man:etcupdate[8] is not able to merge a file automatically, the merge " "conflicts can be resolved with manual interaction by issuing:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:957 #, no-wrap msgid "# etcupdate resolve\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:962 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:963 msgid "" "When switching from man:mergemaster[8] to man:etcupdate[8], the first run " "might merge changes incorrectly generating spurious conflicts. To prevent " @@ -1967,7 +1967,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:968 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# etcupdate extract <.>\n" @@ -1975,27 +1975,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:970 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:971 msgid "" "Bootstrap the database of stock [.filename]#/etc# files, for more " "information see man:etcupdate[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:972 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:973 msgid "" "Check the diff after bootstrapping. Trim any local changes that are no " "longer needed to reduce the chance of conflicts in future updates." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:976 #, no-wrap msgid "Merging Configuration Files with man:mergemaster[8]" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:980 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:981 msgid "" "man:mergemaster[8] provides a way to merge changes that have been made to " "system configuration files with new versions of those files. man:" @@ -2005,13 +2005,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:984 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:985 #, no-wrap msgid "# mergemaster -Ui\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:989 msgid "" "If a file must be manually merged, an interactive display allows the user to " "choose which portions of the files are kept. See man:mergemaster[8] for " @@ -2019,59 +2019,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:990 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:991 #, no-wrap msgid "Checking for Outdated Files and Libraries" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:995 msgid "" "Some obsolete files or directories can remain after an update. These files " "can be located:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:998 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:999 #, no-wrap msgid "# make check-old\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1002 msgid "and deleted:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1006 #, no-wrap msgid "# make delete-old\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1010 msgid "Some obsolete libraries can also remain. These can be detected with:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1013 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1014 #, no-wrap msgid "# make check-old-libs\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1017 msgid "and deleted with" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1020 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1021 #, no-wrap msgid "# make delete-old-libs\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1024 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1025 msgid "" "Programs which were still using those old libraries will stop working when " "the library has been deleted. These programs must be rebuilt or replaced " @@ -2079,7 +2079,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1030 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1031 msgid "" "When all the old files or directories are known to be safe to delete, " "pressing kbd:[y] and kbd:[Enter] to delete each file can be avoided by " @@ -2087,32 +2087,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1034 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1035 #, no-wrap msgid "# make BATCH_DELETE_OLD_FILES=yes delete-old-libs\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1039 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1040 #, no-wrap msgid "Restarting After the Update" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1042 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1043 msgid "" "The last step after updating is to restart the computer so all the changes " "take effect:" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1049 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1050 #, no-wrap msgid "Tracking for Multiple Machines" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1057 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1058 msgid "" "When multiple machines need to track the same source tree, it is a waste of " "disk space, network bandwidth, and CPU cycles to have each system download " @@ -2124,7 +2124,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1062 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1063 msgid "" "First, identify a set of machines which will run the same set of binaries, " "known as a _build set_. Each machine can have a custom kernel, but will run " @@ -2135,7 +2135,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1067 msgid "" "Select a machine to be the _test machine_, which will test software updates " "before they are put into production. This _must_ be a machine that can " @@ -2144,7 +2144,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1070 msgid "" "All the machines in this build set need to mount [.filename]#/usr/obj# and [." "filename]#/usr/src# from the build machine via NFS. For multiple build " @@ -2153,7 +2153,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1075 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1076 msgid "" "Ensure that [.filename]#/etc/make.conf# and [.filename]#/etc/src.conf# on " "all the machines in the build set agree with the build machine. That means " @@ -2166,7 +2166,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1082 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1083 msgid "" "On the build machine, build the kernel and world as described in " "<<makeworld>>, but do not install anything on the build machine. Instead, " @@ -2178,7 +2178,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1085 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1086 msgid "" "After verifying that everything on the test machine is working properly, use " "the same procedure to install the new software on each of the other machines " @@ -2186,7 +2186,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1093 msgid "" "The same methodology can be used for the ports tree. The first step is to " "share [.filename]#/usr/ports# via NFS to all the machines in the build set. " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.po index ecbe7c9fd2..f5b84332dd 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-02-01 10:28-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 6. Desktop Applications" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Desktop Applications" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:58 msgid "" "While FreeBSD is popular as a server for its performance and stability, it " "is also suited for day-to-day use as a desktop. With over {numports} " @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:62 msgid "" "Users who prefer to install a pre-built desktop version of FreeBSD rather " "than configuring one from scratch should refer to https://ghostbsd." @@ -68,39 +68,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:65 msgid "Readers of this chapter should know how to:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:67 msgid "" "Install additional software using packages or ports as described in crossref:" "ports[ports,Installing Applications: Packages and Ports]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:68 msgid "" "Install X and a window manager as described in crossref:x11[x11,The X Window " "System]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:70 msgid "" "For information on how to configure a multimedia environment, refer to " "crossref:multimedia[multimedia,Multimedia]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:72 #, no-wrap msgid "Browsers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:76 msgid "" "FreeBSD does not come with a pre-installed web browser. Instead, the " "https://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/[www] category of the Ports Collection " @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:79 msgid "" "The KDE and GNOME desktop environments include their own HTML browser. " "Refer to crossref:x11[x11-wm,“Desktop Environments”] for more information on " @@ -117,14 +117,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:81 msgid "" "Some lightweight browsers include package:www/dillo2[], package:www/links[], " "and package:www/w3m[]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to install the following popular web browsers " "and indicates if the application is resource-heavy, takes time to compile " @@ -132,21 +132,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:87 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:195 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:402 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:550 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Application Name" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:88 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:196 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:403 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:551 #, no-wrap -msgid "Resources Needed" +msgid "Application Name" msgstr "" #. type: Table @@ -155,79 +146,88 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:404 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:552 #, no-wrap +msgid "Resources Needed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:553 +#, no-wrap msgid "Installation from Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:92 #, no-wrap msgid "Notes" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:92 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:108 #, no-wrap msgid "Firefox" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:93 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:98 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:104 #, no-wrap msgid "medium" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:94 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:99 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:104 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:202 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:212 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:216 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:429 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:557 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:562 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:568 #, no-wrap msgid "heavy" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:97 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD, Linux(R), and localized versions are available" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:97 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:136 #, no-wrap msgid "Konqueror" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:102 #, no-wrap msgid "Requires KDE libraries" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:102 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:157 #, no-wrap msgid "Chromium" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:106 #, no-wrap msgid "Requires Gtk+" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:112 msgid "" "Firefox is an open source browser that features a standards-compliant HTML " "display engine, tabbed browsing, popup blocking, extensions, improved " @@ -235,29 +235,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:114 msgid "To install the package of the latest release version of Firefox, type:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:118 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install firefox\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:121 msgid "To instead install Firefox Extended Support Release (ESR) version, use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:125 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install firefox-esr\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "The Ports Collection can instead be used to compile the desired version of " "Firefox from source code. This example builds package:www/firefox[], where " @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:134 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/www/firefox\n" @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:141 msgid "" "Konqueror is more than a web browser as it is also a file manager and a " "multimedia viewer. Supports WebKit as well as its own KHTML. WebKit is a " @@ -281,23 +281,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:143 msgid "Konqueror can be installed as a package by typing:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:147 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install konqueror\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:150 msgid "To install from the Ports Collection:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:155 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/x11-fm/konqueror/\n" @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:162 msgid "" "Chromium is an open source browser project that aims to build a safer, " "faster, and more stable web browsing experience. Chromium features tabbed " @@ -314,25 +314,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:164 msgid "Chromium can be installed as a package by typing:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:168 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install chromium\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:171 msgid "" "Alternatively, Chromium can be compiled from source using the Ports " "Collection:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:176 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/www/chromium\n" @@ -340,20 +340,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:181 msgid "" "The executable for Chromium is [.filename]#/usr/local/bin/chrome#, not [." "filename]#/usr/local/bin/chromium#." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:184 #, no-wrap msgid "Productivity" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:189 msgid "" "When it comes to productivity, users often look for an office suite or an " "easy-to-use word processor. While some <<x11-wm,desktop environments>> like " @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:191 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to install the following popular productivity " "software and indicates if the application is resource-heavy, takes time to " @@ -371,117 +371,117 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:199 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:406 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:555 #, no-wrap msgid "Major Dependencies" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:200 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:226 #, no-wrap msgid "Calligra" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:201 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:202 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:207 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:211 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:212 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:409 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:410 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:414 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:415 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:419 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:420 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:424 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:428 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:556 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:561 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:567 #, no-wrap msgid "light" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:204 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:430 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:569 #, no-wrap msgid "KDE" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:205 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:248 #, no-wrap msgid "AbiWord" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:209 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:422 #, no-wrap msgid "Gtk+ or GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:211 #, no-wrap msgid "The Gimp" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:214 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:427 #, no-wrap msgid "Gtk+" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:215 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:294 #, no-wrap msgid "Apache OpenOffice" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:217 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:223 #, no-wrap msgid "huge" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:220 #, no-wrap msgid "JDK(TM) and Mozilla" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:220 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:346 #, no-wrap msgid "LibreOffice" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:222 #, no-wrap msgid "somewhat heavy" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:224 #, no-wrap msgid "Gtk+, or KDE/ GNOME, or JDK(TM)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:231 msgid "" "The KDE desktop environment includes an office suite which can be installed " "separately from KDE. Calligra includes standard components that can be " @@ -491,25 +491,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:234 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, package:editors/calligra[] can be installed as a package or a " "port. To install the package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:238 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install calligra\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:241 msgid "If the package is not available, use the Ports Collection instead:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:246 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/editors/calligra\n" @@ -517,39 +517,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:252 msgid "" "AbiWord is a free word processing program similar in look and feel to " "Microsoft(R) Word. It is fast, contains many features, and is user-friendly." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:254 msgid "" "AbiWord can import or export many file formats, including some proprietary " "ones like Microsoft(R) [.filename]#.rtf#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:256 msgid "To install the AbiWord package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:260 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install abiword\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:263 msgid "" "If the package is not available, it can be compiled from the Ports " "Collection:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:268 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/editors/abiword\n" @@ -557,13 +557,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:270 #, no-wrap msgid "The GIMP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:276 msgid "" "For image authoring or picture retouching, The GIMP provides a sophisticated " "image manipulation program. It can be used as a simple paint program or as " @@ -573,23 +573,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:278 msgid "To install the package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:282 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install gimp\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:285 msgid "Alternately, use the Ports Collection:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:290 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/graphics/gimp\n" @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:293 msgid "" "The graphics category (https://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/graphics/[freebsd.org/" "ports/graphics/]) of the Ports Collection contains several GIMP-related " @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:300 msgid "" "Apache OpenOffice is an open source office suite which is developed under " "the wing of the Apache Software Foundation's Incubator. It includes all of " @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:306 msgid "" "The word processor of Apache OpenOffice uses a native XML file format for " "increased portability and flexibility. The spreadsheet program features a " @@ -631,31 +631,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:308 msgid "To install the Apache OpenOffice package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:312 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install apache-openoffice\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:315 msgid "" "Once the package is installed, type the following command to launch Apache " "OpenOffice:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:319 #, no-wrap msgid "% openoffice-X.Y.Z\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:323 msgid "" "where _X.Y.Z_ is the version number of the installed version of Apache " "OpenOffice. The first time Apache OpenOffice launches, some questions will " @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:326 msgid "" "If the desired Apache OpenOffice package is not available, compiling the " "port is still an option. However, this requires a lot of disk space and a " @@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:331 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/editors/openoffice-4\n" @@ -680,18 +680,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:336 msgid "To build a localized version, replace the previous command with:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:340 #, no-wrap msgid "# make LOCALIZED_LANG=your_language install clean\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:344 msgid "" "Replace _your_language_ with the correct language ISO-code. A list of " "supported language codes is available in [.filename]#files/Makefile." @@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:352 msgid "" "LibreOffice is a free software office suite developed by http://www." "documentfoundation.org/[documentfoundation.org]. It is compatible with " @@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:357 msgid "" "The word processor of LibreOffice uses a native XML file format for " "increased portability and flexibility. The spreadsheet program features a " @@ -724,18 +724,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:359 msgid "To install the English version of the LibreOffice package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:363 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install libreoffice\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:367 msgid "" "The editors category (https://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/editors/[freebsd.org/" "ports/editors/]) of the Ports Collection contains several localizations for " @@ -744,26 +744,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:369 msgid "" "Once the package is installed, type the following command to run LibreOffice:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:373 #, no-wrap msgid "% libreoffice\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:376 msgid "" "During the first launch, some questions will be asked and a [.filename]#." "libreoffice# folder will be created in the user's home directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:380 msgid "" "If the desired LibreOffice package is not available, compiling the port is " "still an option. However, this requires a lot of disk space and a fairly " @@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:385 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/editors/libreoffice\n" @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:391 msgid "" "To build a localized version, `cd` into the port directory of the desired " "language. Supported languages can be found in the editors category (https://" @@ -788,13 +788,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:394 #, no-wrap msgid "Document Viewers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:398 msgid "" "Some new document formats have gained popularity since the advent of UNIX(R) " "and the viewers they require may not be available in the base system. This " @@ -802,54 +802,54 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:407 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:433 #, no-wrap msgid "Xpdf" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:412 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeType" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:412 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:455 #, no-wrap msgid "gv" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:417 #, no-wrap msgid "Xaw3d" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:417 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:477 #, no-wrap msgid "Geeqie" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:422 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:499 #, no-wrap msgid "ePDFView" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:427 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:519 #, no-wrap msgid "Okular" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:437 msgid "" "For users that prefer a small FreeBSD PDF viewer, Xpdf provides a light-" "weight and efficient viewer which requires few resources. It uses the " @@ -857,27 +857,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:439 msgid "To install the Xpdf package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:443 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install xpdf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:445 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:491 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:589 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:611 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:634 msgid "If the package is not available, use the Ports Collection:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:451 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/graphics/xpdf\n" @@ -885,14 +885,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:454 msgid "" "Once the installation is complete, launch `xpdf` and use the right mouse " "button to activate the menu." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:461 msgid "" "gv is a PostScript(R) and PDF viewer. It is based on ghostview, but has a " "nicer look as it is based on the Xaw3d widget toolkit. gv has many " @@ -902,25 +902,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:463 msgid "To install gv as a package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:467 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install gv\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:469 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:511 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:532 msgid "If a package is unavailable, use the Ports Collection:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:475 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/print/gv\n" @@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:483 msgid "" "Geeqie is a fork from the unmaintained GQView project, in an effort to move " "development forward and integrate the existing patches. Geeqie is an image " @@ -940,18 +940,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:485 msgid "To install the Geeqie package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:489 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install geeqie\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:497 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/graphics/geeqie\n" @@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:503 msgid "" "ePDFView is a lightweight `PDF` document viewer that only uses the Gtk+ and " "Poppler libraries. It is currently under development, but already opens " @@ -968,18 +968,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:505 msgid "To install ePDFView as a package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:509 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install epdfview\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:517 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/graphics/epdfview\n" @@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:523 msgid "" "Okular is a universal document viewer based on KPDF for KDE. It can open " "many document formats, including `PDF`, PostScript(R), DjVu, `CHM`, `XPS`, " @@ -995,18 +995,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:525 msgid "To install Okular as a package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:529 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install okular\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:537 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/graphics/okular\n" @@ -1014,13 +1014,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:540 #, no-wrap msgid "Finance" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:544 msgid "" "For managing personal finances on a FreeBSD desktop, some powerful and easy-" "to-use applications can be installed. Some are compatible with widespread " @@ -1028,40 +1028,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:546 msgid "This section covers these programs:" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:555 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:571 #, no-wrap msgid "GnuCash" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:559 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:565 #, no-wrap msgid "GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:560 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:597 #, no-wrap msgid "Gnumeric" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:565 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:619 #, no-wrap msgid "KMyMoney" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:576 msgid "" "GnuCash is part of the GNOME effort to provide user-friendly, yet powerful, " "applications to end-users. GnuCash can be used to keep track of income and " @@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:581 msgid "" "GnuCash provides a smart register, a hierarchical system of accounts, and " "many keyboard accelerators and auto-completion methods. It can split a " @@ -1080,18 +1080,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:583 msgid "To install the GnuCash package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:587 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install gnucash\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:595 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/finance/gnucash\n" @@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:603 msgid "" "Gnumeric is a spreadsheet program developed by the GNOME community. It " "features convenient automatic guessing of user input according to the cell " @@ -1110,18 +1110,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:605 msgid "To install Gnumeric as a package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:609 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install gnumeric\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:617 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/math/gnumeric\n" @@ -1129,7 +1129,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:625 msgid "" "KMyMoney is a personal finance application created by the KDE community. " "KMyMoney aims to provide the important features found in commercial personal " @@ -1140,18 +1140,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:627 msgid "To install KMyMoney as a package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:631 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install kmymoney-kde4\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:639 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/finance/kmymoney-kde4\n" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.po index fc124fea53..051f04d151 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-02-01 09:20-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 18. Storage" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Storage" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:56 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "This chapter covers the use of disks and storage media in FreeBSD. This " "includes SCSI and IDE disks, CD and DVD media, memory-backed disks, and USB " @@ -55,80 +55,80 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:59 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:61 msgid "How to add additional hard disks to a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:62 msgid "How to grow the size of a disk's partition on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:63 msgid "How to configure FreeBSD to use USB storage devices." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:64 msgid "How to use CD and DVD media on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:65 msgid "How to use the backup programs available under FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:66 msgid "How to set up memory disks." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:67 msgid "What file system snapshots are and how to use them efficiently." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:68 msgid "How to use quotas to limit disk space usage." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:69 msgid "How to encrypt disks and swap to secure them against attackers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:70 msgid "How to configure a highly available storage network." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:72 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:74 msgid "" "Know how to crossref:kernelconfig[kernelconfig,configure and install a new " "FreeBSD kernel]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:76 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding Disks" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:81 msgid "" "This section describes how to add a new SATA disk to a machine that " "currently only has a single drive. First, turn off the computer and install " @@ -137,14 +137,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:84 msgid "" "Inspect [.filename]#/var/run/dmesg.boot# to ensure the new disk was found. " "In this example, the newly added SATA drive will appear as [.filename]#ada1#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:87 msgid "" "For this example, a single large partition will be created on the new disk. " "The http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table[GPT] partitioning " @@ -152,14 +152,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "If the disk to be added is not blank, old partition information can be " "removed with `gpart delete`. See man:gpart[8] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "The partition scheme is created, and then a single partition is added. To " "improve performance on newer disks with larger hardware block sizes, the " @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:101 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart create -s GPT ada1\n" @@ -175,19 +175,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:105 msgid "" "Depending on use, several smaller partitions may be desired. See man:" "gpart[8] for options to create partitions smaller than a whole disk." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:107 msgid "The disk partition information can be viewed with `gpart show`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:115 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% gpart show ada1\n" @@ -198,61 +198,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:118 msgid "A file system is created in the new partition on the new disk:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:122 #, no-wrap msgid "# newfs -U /dev/ada1p1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:125 msgid "" "An empty directory is created as a _mountpoint_, a location for mounting the " "new disk in the original disk's file system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:129 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir /newdisk\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:132 msgid "" "Finally, an entry is added to [.filename]#/etc/fstab# so the new disk will " "be mounted automatically at startup:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:136 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/ada1p1\t/newdisk\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:139 msgid "The new disk can be mounted manually, without restarting the system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:143 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount /newdisk\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:146 #, no-wrap msgid "Resizing and Growing Disks" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:152 msgid "" "A disk's capacity can increase without any changes to the data already " "present. This happens commonly with virtual machines, when the virtual disk " @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:155 msgid "" "Determine the device name of the disk to be resized by inspecting [." "filename]#/var/run/dmesg.boot#. In this example, there is only one SATA " @@ -271,12 +271,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:157 msgid "List the partitions on the disk to see the current configuration:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:166 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart show ada0\n" @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:172 msgid "" "If the disk was formatted with the http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" "GUID_Partition_Table[GPT] partitioning scheme, it may show as \"corrupted\" " @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:177 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart recover ada0\n" @@ -305,14 +305,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:182 msgid "" "Now the additional space on the disk is available for use by a new " "partition, or an existing partition can be expanded:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:191 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart show ada0\n" @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:196 msgid "" "Partitions can only be resized into contiguous free space. Here, the last " "partition on the disk is the swap partition, but the second partition is the " @@ -334,24 +334,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:198 msgid "Disable the swap partition:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:202 #, no-wrap msgid "# swapoff /dev/ada0p3\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:205 msgid "" "Delete the third partition, specified by the `-i` flag, from the disk _ada0_." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:215 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart delete -i 3 ada0\n" @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:223 msgid "" "There is risk of data loss when modifying the partition table of a mounted " "file system. It is best to perform the following steps on an unmounted file " @@ -374,13 +374,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:227 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl kern.geom.debugflags=16\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:236 msgid "" "Resize the partition, leaving room to recreate a swap partition of the " "desired size. The partition to resize is specified with `-i`, and the new " @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:246 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart resize -i 2 -s 47G -a 4k ada0\n" @@ -403,14 +403,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:250 msgid "" "Recreate the swap partition and activate it. If no size is specified with `-" "s`, all remaining space is used:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:261 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart add -t freebsd-swap -a 4k ada0\n" @@ -424,13 +424,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:264 msgid "" "Grow the UFS file system to use the new capacity of the resized partition:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:274 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# growfs /dev/ada0p2\n" @@ -443,33 +443,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:277 msgid "" "If the file system is ZFS, the resize is triggered by running the `online` " "subcommand with `-e`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:281 #, no-wrap msgid "# zpool online -e zroot /dev/ada0p2\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:284 msgid "" "Both the partition and the file system on it have now been resized to use " "the newly-available disk space." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:286 #, no-wrap msgid "USB Storage Devices" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:290 msgid "" "Many external storage solutions, such as hard drives, USB thumbdrives, and " "CD and DVD burners, use the Universal Serial Bus (USB). FreeBSD provides " @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:295 msgid "" "USB 3.0 support is not compatible with some hardware, including Haswell " "(Lynx point) chipsets. If FreeBSD boots with a `failed with error 19` " @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:299 msgid "" "Support for USB storage devices is built into the [.filename]#GENERIC# " "kernel. For a custom kernel, be sure that the following lines are present " @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:312 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n" @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:316 msgid "" "FreeBSD uses the man:umass[4] driver which uses the SCSI subsystem to access " "USB storage devices. Since any USB device will be seen as a SCSI device by " @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:318 msgid "" "The rest of this section demonstrates how to verify that a USB storage " "device is recognized by FreeBSD and how to configure the device so that it " @@ -526,13 +526,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:319 #, no-wrap msgid "Device Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:324 msgid "" "To test the USB configuration, plug in the USB device. Use `dmesg` to " "confirm that the drive appears in the system message buffer. It should look " @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:336 #, no-wrap msgid "" "umass0: <STECH Simple Drive, class 0/0, rev 2.00/1.04, addr 3> on usbus0\n" @@ -555,21 +555,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:339 msgid "" "The brand, device node ([.filename]#da0#), speed, and size will differ " "according to the device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:341 msgid "" "Since the USB device is seen as a SCSI one, `camcontrol` can be used to list " "the USB storage devices attached to the system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:346 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# camcontrol devlist\n" @@ -577,14 +577,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:350 msgid "" "Alternately, `usbconfig` can be used to list the device. Refer to man:" "usbconfig[8] for more information about this command." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:355 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# usbconfig\n" @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:359 msgid "" "If the device has not been formatted, refer to <<disks-adding>> for " "instructions on how to format and create partitions on the USB drive. If " @@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:364 msgid "" "Allowing untrusted users to mount arbitrary media, by enabling `vfs." "usermount` as described below, should not be considered safe from a security " @@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:368 msgid "" "To make the device mountable as a normal user, one solution is to make all " "users of the device a member of the `operator` group using man:pw[8]. Next, " @@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:373 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[localrules=5]\n" @@ -628,20 +628,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:378 msgid "" "If internal SCSI disks are also installed in the system, change the second " "line as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:382 #, no-wrap msgid "add path 'da[3-9]*' mode 0660 group operator\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:387 msgid "" "This will exclude the first three SCSI disks ([.filename]#da0# to [." "filename]#da2#) from belonging to the `operator` group. Replace _3_ with " @@ -650,38 +650,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:390 msgid "Next, enable the ruleset in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:394 #, no-wrap msgid "devfs_system_ruleset=\"localrules\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:397 msgid "" "Then, instruct the system to allow regular users to mount file systems by " "adding the following line to [.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:401 #, no-wrap msgid "vfs.usermount=1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:404 msgid "" "Since this only takes effect after the next reboot, use `sysctl` to set this " "variable now:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:409 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl vfs.usermount=1\n" @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:415 msgid "" "The final step is to create a directory where the file system is to be " "mounted. This directory needs to be owned by the user that is to mount the " @@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:420 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/username\n" @@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:424 msgid "" "Suppose a USB thumbdrive is plugged in, and a device [.filename]#/dev/da0s1# " "appears. If the device is formatted with a FAT file system, the user can " @@ -716,31 +716,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:428 #, no-wrap msgid "% mount -t msdosfs -o -m=644,-M=755 /dev/da0s1 /mnt/username\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:431 msgid "Before the device can be unplugged, it _must_ be unmounted first:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:435 #, no-wrap msgid "% umount /mnt/username\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:438 msgid "" "After device removal, the system message buffer will show messages similar " "to the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:445 #, no-wrap msgid "" "umass0: at uhub3, port 2, addr 3 (disconnected)\n" @@ -750,31 +750,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:447 #, no-wrap msgid "Automounting Removable Media" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:450 msgid "" "USB devices can be automatically mounted by uncommenting this line in [." "filename]#/etc/auto_master#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:454 #, no-wrap msgid "/media\t\t-media\t\t-nosuid\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:457 msgid "Then add these lines to [.filename]#/etc/devd.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:465 #, no-wrap msgid "" "notify 100 {\n" @@ -785,14 +785,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:468 msgid "" "Reload the configuration if man:autofs[5] and man:devd[8] are already " "running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:473 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service automount restart\n" @@ -800,30 +800,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:476 msgid "" "man:autofs[5] can be set to start at boot by adding this line to [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:480 #, no-wrap msgid "autofs_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:483 msgid "man:autofs[5] requires man:devd[8] to be enabled, as it is by default." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:485 msgid "Start the services immediately with:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:492 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service automount start\n" @@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:497 msgid "" "Each file system that can be automatically mounted appears as a directory in " "[.filename]#/media/#. The directory is named after the file system label. " @@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:500 msgid "" "The file system is transparently mounted on the first access, and unmounted " "after a period of inactivity. Automounted drives can also be unmounted " @@ -849,26 +849,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:504 #, no-wrap msgid "# automount -fu\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:508 msgid "" "This mechanism is typically used for memory cards and USB memory sticks. It " "can be used with any block device, including optical drives or iSCSILUNs." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:510 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating and Using CD Media" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:516 msgid "" "Compact Disc (CD) media provide a number of features that differentiate them " "from conventional disks. They are designed so that they can be read " @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:520 msgid "" "The FreeBSD Ports Collection provides several utilities for burning and " "duplicating audio and data CDs. This chapter demonstrates the use of " @@ -889,13 +889,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:522 #, no-wrap msgid "Supported Devices" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:526 msgid "" "The [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel provides support for SCSI, USB, and ATAPICD " "readers and burners. If a custom kernel is used, the options that need to " @@ -903,12 +903,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:528 msgid "For a SCSI burner, make sure these options are present:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n" @@ -918,12 +918,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:538 msgid "For a USB burner, make sure these options are present:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:551 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n" @@ -939,12 +939,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:554 msgid "For an ATAPI burner, make sure these options are present:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:561 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device ata\t# Legacy ATA/SATA controllers\n" @@ -954,40 +954,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:566 msgid "" "On FreeBSD versions prior to 10.x, this line is also needed in the kernel " "configuration file if the burner is an ATAPI device:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:570 #, no-wrap msgid "device atapicam\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:573 msgid "" "Alternately, this driver can be loaded at boot time by adding the following " "line to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:577 #, no-wrap msgid "atapicam_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:580 msgid "" "This will require a reboot of the system as this driver can only be loaded " "at boot time." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:584 msgid "" "To verify that FreeBSD recognizes the device, run `dmesg` and look for an " "entry for the device. On systems prior to 10.x, the device name in the " @@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:593 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% dmesg | grep cd\n" @@ -1008,20 +1008,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:596 #, no-wrap msgid "Burning a CD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:599 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:600 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, `cdrecord` can be used to burn CDs. This command is installed " "with the package:sysutils/cdrtools[] package or port." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:603 msgid "" "While `cdrecord` has many options, basic usage is simple. Specify the name " "of the ISO file to burn and, if the system has multiple burner devices, " @@ -1029,20 +1029,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:607 #, no-wrap msgid "# cdrecord dev=device imagefile.iso\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:610 msgid "" "To determine the device name of the burner, use `-scanbus` which might " "produce results like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:634 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cdrecord -scanbus\n" @@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:639 msgid "" "Locate the entry for the CD burner and use the three numbers separated by " "commas as the value for `dev`. In this case, the Yamaha burner device is " @@ -1079,14 +1079,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:641 msgid "" "Alternately, run the following command to get the device address of the " "burner:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:645 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:646 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# camcontrol devlist\n" @@ -1094,20 +1094,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:650 msgid "" "Use the numeric values for `scbus`, `target`, and `lun`. For this example, " "`1,0,0` is the device name to use." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:652 #, no-wrap msgid "Writing Data to an ISO File System" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:656 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:657 msgid "" "In order to produce a data CD, the data files that are going to make up the " "tracks on the CD must be prepared before they can be burned to the CD. In " @@ -1119,13 +1119,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:660 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:661 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkisofs -o imagefile.iso /path/to/tree\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:664 msgid "" "This command maps the file names in the specified path to names that fit the " "limitations of the standard ISO 9660 file system, and will exclude files " @@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:667 msgid "" "A number of options are available to overcome the restrictions imposed by " "the standard. In particular, `-R` enables the Rock Ridge extensions common " @@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:669 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:670 msgid "" "For CDs that are going to be used only on FreeBSD systems, `-U` can be used " "to disable all filename restrictions. When used with `-R`, it produces a " @@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:677 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:678 msgid "" "The last option of general use is `-b`. This is used to specify the " "location of a boot image for use in producing an \"El Torito\" bootable CD. " @@ -1166,18 +1166,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:682 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkisofs -R -no-emul-boot -b boot/cdboot -o /tmp/bootable.iso /tmp/myboot\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:685 msgid "The resulting ISO image can be mounted as a memory disk with:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:690 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mdconfig -a -t vnode -f /tmp/bootable.iso -u 0\n" @@ -1185,21 +1185,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:693 msgid "" "One can then verify that [.filename]#/mnt# and [.filename]#/tmp/myboot# are " "identical." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:696 msgid "" "There are many other options available for `mkisofs` to fine-tune its " "behavior. Refer to man:mkisofs[8] for details." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:701 msgid "" "It is possible to copy a data CD to an image file that is functionally " "equivalent to the image file created with `mkisofs`. To do so, use [." @@ -1208,25 +1208,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:705 #, no-wrap msgid "# dd if=/dev/cd0 of=file.iso bs=2048\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:708 msgid "" "The resulting image file can be burned to CD as described in <<cdrecord>>." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:711 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Data CDs" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:714 msgid "" "Once an ISO has been burned to a CD, it can be mounted by specifying the " "file system type, the name of the device containing the CD, and an existing " @@ -1234,13 +1234,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:718 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount -t cd9660 /dev/cd0 /mnt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:721 msgid "" "Since `mount` assumes that a file system is of type `ufs`, an `Incorrect " "super block` error will occur if `-t cd9660` is not included when mounting a " @@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:725 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:726 msgid "" "While any data CD can be mounted this way, disks with certain ISO 9660 " "extensions might behave oddly. For example, Joliet disks store all " @@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:731 msgid "" "In order to do this character conversion with the help of `-C`, the kernel " "requires the [.filename]#cd9660_iconv.ko# module to be loaded. This can be " @@ -1266,20 +1266,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:735 #, no-wrap msgid "cd9660_iconv_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:738 msgid "" "and then rebooting the machine, or by directly loading the module with " "`kldload`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:742 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:743 msgid "" "Occasionally, `Device not configured` will be displayed when trying to mount " "a data CD. This usually means that the CD drive has not detected a disk in " @@ -1288,7 +1288,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:747 msgid "" "Sometimes, a SCSICD drive may be missed because it did not have enough time " "to answer the bus reset. To resolve this, a custom kernel can be created " @@ -1299,20 +1299,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:750 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:751 #, no-wrap msgid "options SCSI_DELAY=15000\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:754 msgid "" "This tells the SCSI bus to pause 15 seconds during boot, to give the CD " "drive every possible chance to answer the bus reset." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:759 msgid "" "It is possible to burn a file directly to CD, without creating an ISO 9660 " "file system. This is known as burning a raw data CD and some people do this " @@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:763 msgid "" "This type of disk can not be mounted as a normal data CD. In order to " "retrieve the data burned to such a CD, the data must be read from the raw " @@ -1329,31 +1329,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:767 #, no-wrap msgid "# tar xzvf /dev/cd1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:770 msgid "In order to mount a data CD, the data must be written using `mkisofs`." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:773 #, no-wrap msgid "Duplicating Audio CDs" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:776 msgid "" "To duplicate an audio CD, extract the audio data from the CD to a series of " "files, then write these files to a blank CD." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:779 msgid "" "<<using-cdrecord>> describes how to duplicate and burn an audio CD. If the " "FreeBSD version is less than 10.0 and the device is ATAPI, the `atapicam` " @@ -1361,13 +1361,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:782 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Duplicating an Audio CD" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:784 msgid "" "The package:sysutils/cdrtools[] package or port installs `cdda2wav`. This " "command can be used to extract all of the audio tracks, with each track " @@ -1375,13 +1375,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:788 #, no-wrap msgid "% cdda2wav -vall -B -Owav\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:792 msgid "" "A device name does not need to be specified if there is only one CD device " "on the system. Refer to the `cdda2wav` manual page for instructions on how " @@ -1390,30 +1390,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:793 msgid "Use `cdrecord` to write the [.filename]#.wav# files:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:797 #, no-wrap msgid "% cdrecord -v dev=2,0 -dao -useinfo *.wav\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:799 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:800 msgid "" "Make sure that _2,0_ is set appropriately, as described in <<cdrecord>>." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:802 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating and Using DVD Media" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:805 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:806 msgid "" "Compared to the CD, the DVD is the next generation of optical media storage " "technology. The DVD can hold more data than any CD and is the standard for " @@ -1421,12 +1421,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:807 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:808 msgid "Five physical recordable formats can be defined for a recordable DVD:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:810 msgid "" "DVD-R: This was the first DVD recordable format available. The DVD-R " "standard is defined by the http://www.dvdforum.org/forum.shtml[DVD Forum]. " @@ -1434,14 +1434,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:811 msgid "" "DVD-RW: This is the rewritable version of the DVD-R standard. A DVD-RW can " "be rewritten about 1000 times." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:812 msgid "" "DVD-RAM: This is a rewritable format which can be seen as a removable hard " "drive. However, this media is not compatible with most DVD-ROM drives and " @@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:813 msgid "" "DVD+RW: This is a rewritable format defined by the https://en.wikipedia.org/" "wiki/DVD%2BRW_Alliance[DVD+RW Alliance]. A DVD+RW can be rewritten about " @@ -1458,19 +1458,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:814 msgid "DVD+R: This format is the write once variation of the DVD+RW format." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:816 msgid "" "A single layer recordable DVD can hold up to 4,700,000,000 bytes which is " "actually 4.38 GB or 4485 MB as 1 kilobyte is 1024 bytes." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:822 msgid "" "A distinction must be made between the physical media and the application. " "For example, a DVD-Video is a specific file layout that can be written on " @@ -1480,20 +1480,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:824 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:828 msgid "" "To perform DVD recording, use man:growisofs[1]. This command is part of the " "package:sysutils/dvd+rw-tools[] utilities which support all DVD media types." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:832 msgid "" "These tools use the SCSI subsystem to access the devices, therefore " "<<atapicam,ATAPI/CAM support>> must be loaded or statically compiled into " @@ -1503,28 +1503,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:834 msgid "" "DMA access must also be enabled for ATAPI devices, by adding the following " "line to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:837 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1071 #, no-wrap msgid "hw.ata.atapi_dma=\"1\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:840 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:841 msgid "" "Before attempting to use dvd+rw-tools, consult the http://fy.chalmers.se/" "~appro/linux/DVD+RW/hcn.html[Hardware Compatibility Notes]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:844 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:845 msgid "" "For a graphical user interface, consider using package:sysutils/k3b[] which " "provides a user friendly interface to man:growisofs[1] and many other " @@ -1532,13 +1532,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:847 #, no-wrap msgid "Burning Data DVDs" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:851 msgid "" "Since man:growisofs[1] is a front-end to <<mkisofs,mkisofs>>, it will invoke " "man:mkisofs[8] to create the file system layout and perform the write on the " @@ -1547,20 +1547,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:853 msgid "" "To burn to a DVD+R or a DVD-R the data in [.filename]#/path/to/data#, use " "the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:857 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -dvd-compat -Z /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/data\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:861 msgid "" "In this example, `-J -R` is passed to man:mkisofs[8] to create an ISO 9660 " "file system with Joliet and Rock Ridge extensions. Refer to man:mkisofs[8] " @@ -1568,7 +1568,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:866 msgid "" "For the initial session recording, `-Z` is used for both single and multiple " "sessions. Replace _/dev/cd0_, with the name of the DVD device. Using `-dvd-" @@ -1578,18 +1578,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:868 msgid "To burn a pre-mastered image, such as _imagefile.iso_, use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:872 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -dvd-compat -Z /dev/cd0=imagefile.iso\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:875 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:876 msgid "" "The write speed should be detected and automatically set according to the " "media and the drive being used. To force the write speed, use `-speed=`. " @@ -1597,7 +1597,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:882 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:883 msgid "" "In order to support working files larger than 4.38GB, an UDF/ISO-9660 hybrid " "file system must be created by passing `-udf -iso-level 3` to man:mkisofs[8] " @@ -1609,36 +1609,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:885 msgid "To create this type of ISO file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:888 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:889 #, no-wrap msgid "% mkisofs -R -J -udf -iso-level 3 -o imagefile.iso /path/to/data\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:891 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:892 msgid "To burn files directly to a disk:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:896 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -dvd-compat -udf -iso-level 3 -Z /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/data\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:898 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:899 msgid "" "When an ISO image already contains large files, no additional options are " "required for man:growisofs[1] to burn that image on a disk." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:901 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:902 msgid "" "Be sure to use an up-to-date version of package:sysutils/cdrtools[], which " "contains man:mkisofs[8], as an older version may not contain large files " @@ -1647,13 +1647,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:903 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:904 #, no-wrap msgid "Burning a DVD-Video" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:908 msgid "" "A DVD-Video is a specific file layout based on the ISO 9660 and micro-UDF (M-" "UDF) specifications. Since DVD-Video presents a specific data structure " @@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:911 msgid "" "If an image of the DVD-Video file system already exists, it can be burned in " "the same way as any other image. If `dvdauthor` was used to make the DVD " @@ -1671,13 +1671,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:915 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -Z /dev/cd0 -dvd-video /path/to/video\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:919 msgid "" "`-dvd-video` is passed to man:mkisofs[8] to instruct it to create a DVD-" "Video file system layout. This option implies the `-dvd-compat` man:" @@ -1685,13 +1685,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:920 #, no-wrap msgid "Using a DVD+RW" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:924 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:925 msgid "" "Unlike CD-RW, a virgin DVD+RW needs to be formatted before first use. It is " "_recommended_ to let man:growisofs[1] take care of this automatically " @@ -1700,14 +1700,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:928 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:929 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1019 #, no-wrap msgid "# dvd+rw-format /dev/cd0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:933 msgid "" "Only perform this operation once and keep in mind that only virgin DVD+RW " "medias need to be formatted. Once formatted, the DVD+RW can be burned as " @@ -1715,7 +1715,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:935 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:936 msgid "" "To burn a totally new file system and not just append some data onto a DVD" "+RW, the media does not need to be blanked first. Instead, write over the " @@ -1723,13 +1723,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:940 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -Z /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/newdata\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:945 msgid "" "The DVD+RW format supports appending data to a previous recording. This " "operation consists of merging a new session to the existing one as it is not " @@ -1738,57 +1738,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:947 msgid "For example, to append data to a DVD+RW, use the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:950 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1038 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:951 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1039 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -M /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/nextdata\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:953 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:954 msgid "" "The same man:mkisofs[8] options used to burn the initial session should be " "used during next writes." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:958 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:959 msgid "" "Use `-dvd-compat` for better media compatibility with DVD-ROM drives. When " "using DVD+RW, this option will not prevent the addition of data." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:961 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:962 msgid "To blank the media, use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:965 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:966 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -Z /dev/cd0=/dev/zero\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:968 #, no-wrap msgid "Using a DVD-RW" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:971 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:972 msgid "" "A DVD-RW accepts two disc formats: incremental sequential and restricted " "overwrite. By default, DVD-RW discs are in sequential format." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:974 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:975 msgid "" "A virgin DVD-RW can be directly written without being formatted. However, a " "non-virgin DVD-RW in sequential format needs to be blanked before writing a " @@ -1796,19 +1796,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:976 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:977 msgid "To blank a DVD-RW in sequential mode:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:980 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1025 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:981 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1026 #, no-wrap msgid "# dvd+rw-format -blank=full /dev/cd0\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:987 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:988 msgid "" "A full blanking using `-blank=full` will take about one hour on a 1x media. " "A fast blanking can be performed using `-blank`, if the DVD-RW will be " @@ -1817,40 +1817,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:991 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:992 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -use-the-force-luke=dao -Z /dev/cd0=imagefile.iso\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:995 msgid "" "Since man:growisofs[1] automatically attempts to detect fast blanked media " "and engage DAO write, `-use-the-force-luke=dao` should not be required." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:996 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:997 msgid "" "One should instead use restricted overwrite mode with any DVD-RW as this " "format is more flexible than the default of incremental sequential." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:999 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1000 msgid "" "To write data on a sequential DVD-RW, use the same instructions as for the " "other DVD formats:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1003 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1004 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -Z /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/data\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1008 msgid "" "To append some data to a previous recording, use `-M` with man:" "growisofs[1]. However, if data is appended on a DVD-RW in incremental " @@ -1859,7 +1859,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1012 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1013 msgid "" "A DVD-RW in restricted overwrite format does not need to be blanked before a " "new initial session. Instead, overwrite the disc with `-Z`. It is also " @@ -1868,25 +1868,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1014 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1015 msgid "" "To put a DVD-RW in restricted overwrite format, the following command must " "be used:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1021 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1022 msgid "To change back to sequential format, use:" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1028 #, no-wrap msgid "Multi-Session" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1032 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1033 msgid "" "Few DVD-ROM drives support multi-session DVDs and most of the time only read " "the first session. DVD+R, DVD-R and DVD-RW in sequential format can accept " @@ -1895,14 +1895,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1034 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1035 msgid "" "Using the following command after an initial non-closed session on a DVD+R, " "DVD-R, or DVD-RW in sequential format, will add a new session to the disc:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1043 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1044 msgid "" "Using this command with a DVD+RW or a DVD-RW in restricted overwrite mode " "will append data while merging the new session to the existing one. The " @@ -1911,7 +1911,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1049 msgid "" "Since some space on the media is used between each session to mark the end " "and start of sessions, one should add sessions with a large amount of data " @@ -1920,20 +1920,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1050 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1051 #, no-wrap msgid "For More Information" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1053 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1054 msgid "" "To obtain more information about a DVD, use `dvd+rw-mediainfo _/dev/cd0_` " "while the disc in the specified drive." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1055 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1056 msgid "" "More information about dvd+rw-tools can be found in man:growisofs[1], on the " "http://fy.chalmers.se/~appro/linux/DVD+RW/[dvd+rw-tools web site], and in " @@ -1941,20 +1941,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1060 msgid "" "When creating a problem report related to the use of dvd+rw-tools, always " "include the output of `dvd+rw-mediainfo`." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1062 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1063 #, no-wrap msgid "Using a DVD-RAM" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1067 msgid "" "DVD-RAM writers can use either a SCSI or ATAPI interface. For ATAPI " "devices, DMA access has to be enabled by adding the following line to [." @@ -1962,7 +1962,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1075 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1076 msgid "" "A DVD-RAM can be seen as a removable hard drive. Like any other hard drive, " "the DVD-RAM must be formatted before it can be used. In this example, the " @@ -1970,7 +1970,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1081 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1082 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/acd0 bs=2k count=1\n" @@ -1979,49 +1979,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1084 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1085 msgid "" "The DVD device, [.filename]#acd0#, must be changed according to the " "configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1086 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1087 msgid "" "Once the DVD-RAM has been formatted, it can be mounted as a normal hard " "drive:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1090 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1091 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount /dev/acd0 /mnt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1093 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1094 msgid "Once mounted, the DVD-RAM will be both readable and writeable." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1095 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1096 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating and Using Floppy Disks" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1098 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1099 msgid "This section explains how to format a 3.5 inch floppy disk in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1103 #, no-wrap msgid "*Procedure: Steps to Format a Floppy*\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1108 msgid "" "A floppy disk needs to be low-level formatted before it can be used. This " "is usually done by the vendor, but formatting is a good way to check media " @@ -2031,20 +2031,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1110 msgid "" "To format the floppy, insert a new 3.5 inch floppy disk into the first " "floppy drive and issue:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1114 #, no-wrap msgid "# /usr/sbin/fdformat -f 1440 /dev/fd0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1117 msgid "" "After low-level formatting the disk, create a disk label as it is needed by " "the system to determine the size of the disk and its geometry. The supported " @@ -2052,18 +2052,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1119 msgid "To write the disk label, use man:bsdlabel[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1123 #, no-wrap msgid "# /sbin/bsdlabel -B -w /dev/fd0 fd1440\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1126 msgid "" "The floppy is now ready to be high-level formatted with a file system. The " "floppy's file system can be either UFS or FAT, where FAT is generally a " @@ -2071,18 +2071,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1128 msgid "To format the floppy with FAT, issue:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1132 #, no-wrap msgid "# /sbin/newfs_msdos /dev/fd0\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1138 msgid "" "The disk is now ready for use. To use the floppy, mount it with man:" "mount_msdosfs[8]. One can also install and use package:emulators/mtools[] " @@ -2090,18 +2090,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1140 #, no-wrap msgid "Using NTFS Disks" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1143 msgid "This section explains how to mount NTFS disks in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1148 msgid "" "NTFS (New Technology File System) is a proprietary journaling file system " "developed by Microsoft(R). It has been the default file system in Microsoft " @@ -2111,37 +2111,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1152 #, no-wrap msgid "*Procedure: Steps to Mount a NTFS Disk*\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1155 msgid "" "Before using a FUSE file system we need to load the man:fusefs[5] kernel " "module:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1159 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload fusefs\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1162 msgid "Use man:sysrc[8] to load the module at startup:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1166 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc kld_list+=fusefs\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1169 msgid "" "Install the actual NTFS file system from packages as in the example (see " "crossref:ports[pkgng-intro,Using pkg for Binary Package Management]) or from " @@ -2149,32 +2149,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1173 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install fusefs-ntfs\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1176 msgid "" "Last we need to create a directory where the file system will be mounted:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1180 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir /mnt/usb\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1183 msgid "" "Suppose a USB disk is plugged in. The disk partition information can be " "viewed with man:gpart[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1189 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart show da0\n" @@ -2183,62 +2183,62 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1192 msgid "We can mount the disk using the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1196 #, no-wrap msgid "# ntfs-3g /dev/da0s1 /mnt/usb/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1198 msgid "The disk is now ready to use." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1200 msgid "Additionally, an entry can be added to /etc/fstab:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1204 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/da0s1 /mnt/usb\tntfs mountprog=/usr/local/bin/ntfs-3g,noauto,rw 0 0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1207 msgid "Now the disk can be now mounted with:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1211 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount /mnt/usb\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1214 msgid "The disk can be unmounted with:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1218 #, no-wrap msgid "# umount /mnt/usb/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1222 #, no-wrap msgid "Backup Basics" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1225 msgid "" "Implementing a backup plan is essential in order to have the ability to " "recover from disk failure, accidental file deletion, random file corruption, " @@ -2246,7 +2246,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1228 msgid "" "The backup type and schedule will vary, depending upon the importance of the " "data, the granularity needed for file restores, and the amount of acceptable " @@ -2254,7 +2254,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1230 msgid "" "Archives of the whole system, backed up onto permanent, off-site media. This " "provides protection against all of the problems listed above, but is slow " @@ -2262,28 +2262,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1231 msgid "" "File system snapshots, which are useful for restoring deleted files or " "previous versions of files." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1232 msgid "" "Copies of whole file systems or disks which are synchronized with another " "system on the network using a scheduled package:net/rsync[]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1233 msgid "" "Hardware or software RAID, which minimizes or avoids downtime when a disk " "fails." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1237 msgid "" "Typically, a mix of backup techniques is used. For example, one could " "create a schedule to automate a weekly, full system backup that is stored " @@ -2293,20 +2293,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1239 msgid "" "This section describes some of the utilities which can be used to create and " "manage backups on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1240 #, no-wrap msgid "File System Backups" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1246 msgid "" "The traditional UNIX(R) programs for backing up a file system are man:" "dump[8], which creates the backup, and man:restore[8], which restores the " @@ -2320,7 +2320,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1250 msgid "" "If `dump` is used on the root directory, it will not back up [.filename]#/" "home#, [.filename]#/usr# or many other directories since these are typically " @@ -2329,7 +2329,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1254 msgid "" "When used to restore data, `restore` stores temporary files in [.filename]#/" "tmp/# by default. When using a recovery disk with a small [.filename]#/" @@ -2338,7 +2338,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1258 msgid "" "When using `dump`, be aware that some quirks remain from its early days in " "Version 6 of AT&T UNIX(R),circa 1975. The default parameters assume a " @@ -2348,7 +2348,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1261 msgid "" "It is possible to backup a file system across the network to a another " "system or to a tape drive attached to another computer. While the man:" @@ -2357,7 +2357,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1264 msgid "" "Instead, one can use `dump` and `restore` in a more secure fashion over an " "SSH connection. This example creates a full, compressed backup of [." @@ -2366,13 +2366,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1265 #, no-wrap msgid "Using `dump` over ssh" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1272 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# /sbin/dump -0uan -f - /usr | gzip -2 | ssh -c blowfish \\\n" @@ -2380,39 +2380,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1276 msgid "" "This example sets `RSH` in order to write the backup to a tape drive on a " "remote system over a SSH connection:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1277 #, no-wrap msgid "Using `dump` over ssh with `RSH` Set" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1283 #, no-wrap msgid "# env RSH=/usr/bin/ssh /sbin/dump -0uan -f targetuser@targetmachine.example.com:/dev/sa0 /usr\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1286 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory Backups" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1289 msgid "" "Several built-in utilities are available for backing up and restoring " "specified files and directories as needed." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1293 msgid "" "A good choice for making a backup of all of the files in a directory is man:" "tar[1]. This utility dates back to Version 6 of AT&T UNIX(R) and by default " @@ -2421,7 +2421,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1296 msgid "" "This example creates a compressed backup of the current directory and saves " "it to [.filename]#/tmp/mybackup.tgz#. When creating a backup file, make " @@ -2430,19 +2430,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1297 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing Up the Current Directory with `tar`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1303 #, no-wrap msgid "# tar czvf /tmp/mybackup.tgz .\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1309 msgid "" "To restore the entire backup, `cd` into the directory to restore into and " "specify the name of the backup. Note that this will overwrite any newer " @@ -2452,19 +2452,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1310 #, no-wrap msgid "Restoring Up the Current Directory with `tar`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1316 #, no-wrap msgid "# tar xzvf /tmp/mybackup.tgz\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1321 msgid "" "There are dozens of available switches which are described in man:tar[1]. " "This utility also supports the use of exclude patterns to specify which " @@ -2473,7 +2473,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1324 msgid "" "To create a backup using a specified list of files and directories, man:" "cpio[1] is a good choice. Unlike `tar`, `cpio` does not know how to walk " @@ -2481,7 +2481,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1327 msgid "" "For example, a list of files can be created using `ls` or `find`. This " "example creates a recursive listing of the current directory which is then " @@ -2490,19 +2490,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1328 #, no-wrap msgid "Using `ls` and `cpio` to Make a Recursive Backup of the Current Directory" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1334 #, no-wrap msgid "# ls -R | cpio -ovF /tmp/mybackup.cpio\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1340 msgid "" "A backup utility which tries to bridge the features provided by `tar` and " "`cpio` is man:pax[1]. Over the years, the various versions of `tar` and " @@ -2512,30 +2512,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1342 msgid "The `pax` equivalent to the previous examples would be:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1343 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing Up the Current Directory with `pax`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1349 #, no-wrap msgid "# pax -wf /tmp/mybackup.pax .\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1353 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Data Tapes for Backups" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1358 msgid "" "While tape technology has continued to evolve, modern backup systems tend to " "combine off-site backups with local removable media. FreeBSD supports any " @@ -2544,7 +2544,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1362 msgid "" "For SCSI tape devices, FreeBSD uses the man:sa[4] driver and the [." "filename]#/dev/sa0#, [.filename]#/dev/nsa0#, and [.filename]#/dev/esa0# " @@ -2556,7 +2556,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1365 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, `mt` is used to control operations of the tape drive, such as " "seeking through files on a tape or writing tape control marks to the tape. " @@ -2565,75 +2565,75 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1369 #, no-wrap msgid "# mt -f /dev/nsa0 fsf 3\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1372 msgid "This utility supports many operations. Refer to man:mt[1] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1374 msgid "" "To write a single file to tape using `tar`, specify the name of the tape " "device and the file to backup:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1378 #, no-wrap msgid "# tar cvf /dev/sa0 file\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1381 msgid "" "To recover files from a `tar` archive on tape into the current directory:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1385 #, no-wrap msgid "# tar xvf /dev/sa0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1389 msgid "" "To backup a UFS file system, use `dump`. This examples backs up [." "filename]#/usr# without rewinding the tape when finished:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1393 #, no-wrap msgid "# dump -0aL -b64 -f /dev/nsa0 /usr\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1396 msgid "" "To interactively restore files from a `dump` file on tape into the current " "directory:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1400 #, no-wrap msgid "# restore -i -f /dev/nsa0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1402 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1403 #, no-wrap msgid "Third-Party Backup Utilities" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1407 msgid "" "The FreeBSD Ports Collection provides many third-party utilities which can " "be used to schedule the creation of backups, simplify tape backup, and make " @@ -2643,45 +2643,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1409 msgid "Popular utilities include Amanda, Bacula, rsync, and duplicity." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1410 #, no-wrap msgid "Emergency Recovery" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1413 msgid "" "In addition to regular backups, it is recommended to perform the following " "steps as part of an emergency preparedness plan." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1415 msgid "Create a print copy of the output of the following commands:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1417 msgid "`gpart show`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1418 msgid "`more /etc/fstab`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1419 msgid "`dmesg`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1423 msgid "" "Store this printout and a copy of the installation media in a secure " "location. Should an emergency restore be needed, boot into the installation " @@ -2691,7 +2691,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1428 msgid "" "The installation media for FreeBSD/i386 {rel112-current}-RELEASE does not " "include a rescue shell. For this version, instead download and burn a " @@ -2702,7 +2702,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1434 msgid "" "Next, test the rescue shell and the backups. Make notes of the procedure. " "Store these notes with the media, the printouts, and the backups. These " @@ -2711,7 +2711,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1436 msgid "" "For an added measure of security, store the latest backup at a remote " "location which is physically separated from the computers and disk drives by " @@ -2719,13 +2719,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1438 #, no-wrap msgid "Memory Disks" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1442 msgid "" "In addition to physical disks, FreeBSD also supports the creation and use of " "memory disks. One possible use for a memory disk is to access the contents " @@ -2734,7 +2734,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1446 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, the man:md[4] driver is used to provide support for memory " "disks. The [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel includes this driver. When using a " @@ -2742,19 +2742,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1450 #, no-wrap msgid "device md\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1452 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1453 #, no-wrap msgid "Attaching and Detaching Existing Images" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1459 msgid "" "To mount an existing file system image, use `mdconfig` to specify the name " "of the ISO file and a free unit number. Then, refer to that unit number to " @@ -2765,7 +2765,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1464 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mdconfig -f diskimage.iso -u 0\n" @@ -2773,7 +2773,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1469 msgid "" "Notice that `-t cd9660` was used to mount an ISO format. If a unit number " "is not specified with `-u`, `mdconfig` will automatically allocate an unused " @@ -2783,7 +2783,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1473 msgid "" "When a memory disk is no longer in use, its resources should be released " "back to the system. First, unmount the file system, then use `mdconfig` to " @@ -2792,7 +2792,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1477 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1478 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# umount /mnt\n" @@ -2800,20 +2800,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1481 msgid "" "To determine if any memory disks are still attached to the system, type " "`mdconfig -l`." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1483 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a File- or Memory-Backed Memory Disk" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1488 msgid "" "FreeBSD also supports memory disks where the storage to use is allocated " "from either a hard disk or an area of memory. The first method is commonly " @@ -2822,7 +2822,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1493 msgid "" "To create a new memory-backed file system, specify a type of `swap` and the " "size of the memory disk to create. Then, format the memory disk with a file " @@ -2832,7 +2832,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1507 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mdconfig -a -t swap -s 5m -u 1\n" @@ -2849,14 +2849,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1511 msgid "" "To create a new file-backed memory disk, first allocate an area of disk to " "use. This example creates an empty 5MB file named [.filename]#newimage#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1517 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# dd if=/dev/zero of=newimage bs=1k count=5k\n" @@ -2865,7 +2865,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1520 msgid "" "Next, attach that file to a memory disk, label the memory disk and format it " "with the UFS file system, mount the memory disk, and verify the size of the " @@ -2873,7 +2873,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1534 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mdconfig -f newimage -u 0\n" @@ -2890,7 +2890,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1539 msgid "" "It takes several commands to create a file- or memory-backed file system " "using `mdconfig`. FreeBSD also comes with `mdmfs` which automatically " @@ -2901,46 +2901,46 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1543 #, no-wrap msgid "# mdmfs -F newimage -s 5m md0 /mnt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1546 msgid "" "To instead create a new memory-based memory disk with `mdmfs`, use this one " "command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1550 #, no-wrap msgid "# mdmfs -s 5m md1 /mnt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1554 msgid "" "If the unit number is not specified, `mdmfs` will automatically select an " "unused memory device. For more details about `mdmfs`, refer to man:mdmfs[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1556 #, no-wrap msgid "File System Snapshots" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1559 msgid "" "FreeBSD offers a feature in conjunction with crossref:config[soft-updates," "Soft Updates]: file system snapshots." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1565 msgid "" "UFS snapshots allow a user to create images of specified file systems, and " "treat them as a file. Snapshot files must be created in the file system " @@ -2954,7 +2954,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1568 msgid "" "The un-alterable `snapshot` file flag is set by man:mksnap_ffs[8] after " "initial creation of a snapshot file. man:unlink[1] makes an exception for " @@ -2962,7 +2962,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1571 msgid "" "Snapshots are created using man:mount[8]. To place a snapshot of [." "filename]#/var# in the file [.filename]#/var/snapshot/snap#, use the " @@ -2970,49 +2970,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1575 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount -u -o snapshot /var/snapshot/snap /var\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1578 msgid "Alternatively, use man:mksnap_ffs[8] to create the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1582 #, no-wrap msgid "# mksnap_ffs /var /var/snapshot/snap\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1585 msgid "" "One can find snapshot files on a file system, such as [.filename]#/var#, " "using man:find[1]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1589 #, no-wrap msgid "# find /var -flags snapshot\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1592 msgid "Once a snapshot has been created, it has several uses:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1594 msgid "" "Some administrators will use a snapshot file for backup purposes, because " "the snapshot can be transferred to CDs or tape." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1595 msgid "" "The file system integrity checker, man:fsck[8], may be run on the snapshot. " "Assuming that the file system was clean when it was mounted, this should " @@ -3020,7 +3020,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1596 msgid "" "Running man:dump[8] on the snapshot will produce a dump file that is " "consistent with the file system and the timestamp of the snapshot. man:" @@ -3029,14 +3029,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1597 msgid "" "The snapshot can be mounted as a frozen image of the file system. To man:" "mount[8] the snapshot [.filename]#/var/snapshot/snap# run:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1602 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mdconfig -a -t vnode -o readonly -f /var/snapshot/snap -u 4\n" @@ -3044,7 +3044,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1607 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1608 msgid "" "The frozen [.filename]#/var# is now available through [.filename]#/mnt#. " "Everything will initially be in the same state it was during the snapshot " @@ -3053,7 +3053,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1613 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# umount /mnt\n" @@ -3061,7 +3061,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1616 msgid "" "For more information about `softupdates` and file system snapshots, " "including technical papers, visit Marshall Kirk McKusick's website at http://" @@ -3069,13 +3069,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1618 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Quotas" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1622 msgid "" "Disk quotas can be used to limit the amount of disk space or the number of " "files a user or members of a group may allocate on a per-file system basis. " @@ -3084,7 +3084,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1625 msgid "" "This section describes how to configure disk quotas for the UFS file " "system. To configure quotas on the ZFS file system, refer to crossref:" @@ -3092,18 +3092,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1626 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling Disk Quotas" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1629 msgid "To determine if the FreeBSD kernel provides support for disk quotas:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1634 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% sysctl kern.features.ufs_quota\n" @@ -3111,7 +3111,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1638 msgid "" "In this example, the `1` indicates quota support. If the value is instead " "`0`, add the following line to a custom kernel configuration file and " @@ -3120,24 +3120,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1641 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1642 #, no-wrap msgid "options QUOTA\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1645 msgid "Next, enable disk quotas in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1649 #, no-wrap msgid "quota_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1654 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1655 msgid "" "Normally on bootup, the quota integrity of each file system is checked by " "man:quotacheck[8]. This program insures that the data in the quota database " @@ -3147,13 +3147,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1658 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1659 #, no-wrap msgid "check_quotas=\"NO\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1664 msgid "" "Finally, edit [.filename]#/etc/fstab# to enable disk quotas on a per-file " "system basis. To enable per-user quotas on a file system, add `userquota` " @@ -3162,26 +3162,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1668 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/da1s2g /home ufs rw,userquota 1 2\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1672 msgid "" "To enable group quotas, use `groupquota` instead. To enable both user and " "group quotas, separate the options with a comma:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1675 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1676 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/da1s2g /home ufs rw,userquota,groupquota 1 2\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1681 msgid "" "By default, quota files are stored in the root directory of the file system " "as [.filename]#quota.user# and [.filename]#quota.group#. Refer to man:" @@ -3190,7 +3190,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1683 msgid "" "Once the configuration is complete, reboot the system and [.filename]#/etc/" "rc# will automatically run the appropriate commands to create the initial " @@ -3198,7 +3198,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1686 msgid "" "In the normal course of operations, there should be no need to manually run " "man:quotacheck[8], man:quotaon[8], or man:quotaoff[8]. However, one should " @@ -3206,36 +3206,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1687 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Quota Limits" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1690 msgid "To verify that quotas are enabled, run:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1694 #, no-wrap msgid "# quota -v\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1697 msgid "" "There should be a one line summary of disk usage and current quota limits " "for each file system that quotas are enabled on." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1699 msgid "The system is now ready to be assigned quota limits with `edquota`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1703 msgid "" "Several options are available to enforce limits on the amount of disk space " "a user or group may allocate, and how many files they may create. " @@ -3245,7 +3245,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1708 msgid "" "A hard limit may not be exceeded. Once a user reaches a hard limit, no " "further allocations can be made on that file system by that user. For " @@ -3255,7 +3255,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1712 msgid "" "Soft limits can be exceeded for a limited amount of time, known as the grace " "period, which is one week by default. If a user stays over their limit " @@ -3265,7 +3265,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1715 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1716 msgid "" "In the following example, the quota for the `test` account is being edited. " "When `edquota` is invoked, the editor specified by `EDITOR` is opened in " @@ -3273,7 +3273,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1725 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# edquota -u test\n" @@ -3285,7 +3285,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1731 msgid "" "There are normally two lines for each file system that has quotas enabled. " "One line represents the block limits and the other represents the inode " @@ -3295,18 +3295,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1735 #, no-wrap msgid "/usr: kbytes in use: 65, limits (soft = 500, hard = 600)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1738 msgid "The new quota limits take effect upon exiting the editor." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1742 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1743 msgid "" "Sometimes it is desirable to set quota limits on a range of users. This can " "be done by first assigning the desired quota limit to a user. Then, use `-" @@ -3316,24 +3316,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1747 #, no-wrap msgid "# edquota -p test 10000-19999\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1750 msgid "For more information, refer to man:edquota[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1750 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1751 #, no-wrap msgid "Checking Quota Limits and Disk Usage" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1757 msgid "" "To check individual user or group quotas and disk usage, use man:quota[1]. " "A user may only examine their own quota and the quota of a group they are a " @@ -3343,7 +3343,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1761 msgid "" "Normally, file systems that the user is not using any disk space on will not " "show in the output of `quota`, even if the user has a quota limit assigned " @@ -3353,7 +3353,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1768 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Disk quotas for user test (uid 1002):\n" @@ -3363,7 +3363,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1772 msgid "" "In this example, the user is currently 15 kbytes over the soft limit of 50 " "kbytes on [.filename]#/usr# and has 5 days of grace period left. The " @@ -3371,13 +3371,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1773 #, no-wrap msgid "Quotas over NFS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1777 msgid "" "Quotas are enforced by the quota subsystem on the NFS server. The man:rpc." "rquotad[8] daemon makes quota information available to `quota` on NFS " @@ -3385,37 +3385,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1779 msgid "" "On the NFS server, enable `rpc.rquotad` by removing the `#` from this line " "in [.filename]*/etc/inetd.conf*:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1783 #, no-wrap msgid "rquotad/1 dgram rpc/udp wait root /usr/libexec/rpc.rquotad rpc.rquotad\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1786 msgid "Then, restart `inetd`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1789 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1790 #, no-wrap msgid "# service inetd restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1793 #, no-wrap msgid "Encrypting Disk Partitions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1798 msgid "" "FreeBSD offers excellent online protections against unauthorized data " "access. File permissions and crossref:mac[mac,Mandatory Access Control] " @@ -3427,7 +3427,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1802 msgid "" "Regardless of how an attacker may have come into possession of a hard drive " "or powered-down computer, the GEOM-based cryptographic subsystems built into " @@ -3439,7 +3439,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1805 msgid "" "This chapter demonstrates how to create an encrypted file system on " "FreeBSD. It first demonstrates the process using `gbde` and then " @@ -3447,13 +3447,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1805 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1806 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Encryption with gbde" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1811 msgid "" "The objective of the man:gbde[4] facility is to provide a formidable " "challenge for an attacker to gain access to the contents of a _cold_ storage " @@ -3465,7 +3465,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1816 msgid "" "This facility provides several barriers to protect the data stored in each " "disk sector. It encrypts the contents of a disk sector using 128-bit AES in " @@ -3475,31 +3475,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1818 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides a kernel module for gbde which can be loaded with this " "command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1822 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload geom_bde\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1824 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1825 msgid "" "If using a custom kernel configuration file, ensure it contains this line:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1827 msgid "`options GEOM_BDE`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1829 msgid "" "The following example demonstrates adding a new hard drive to a system that " "will hold a single encrypted partition that will be mounted as [.filename]#/" @@ -3507,18 +3507,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1830 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1831 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Encrypting a Partition with gbde" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1833 msgid "Add the New Hard Drive" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1836 msgid "" "Install the new drive to the system as explained in <<disks-adding>>. For " "the purposes of this example, a new hard drive partition has been added as [." @@ -3527,7 +3527,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1843 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ls /dev/ad*\n" @@ -3537,18 +3537,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1846 msgid "Create a Directory to Hold `gbde` Lock Files" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1850 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir /etc/gbde\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1855 msgid "" "The gbde lock file contains information that gbde requires to access " "encrypted partitions. Without access to the lock file, gbde will not be " @@ -3558,12 +3558,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1856 msgid "Initialize the `gbde` Partition" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1861 msgid "" "A gbde partition must be initialized before it can be used. This " "initialization needs to be performed only once. This command will open the " @@ -3572,7 +3572,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1874 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gbde init /dev/ad4s1c -i -L /etc/gbde/ad4s1c.lock\n" @@ -3588,7 +3588,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1880 msgid "" "Once the edit is saved, the user will be asked twice to type the passphrase " "used to secure the data. The passphrase must be the same both times. The " @@ -3599,7 +3599,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1884 msgid "" "This initialization creates a lock file for the gbde partition. In this " "example, it is stored as [.filename]#/etc/gbde/ad4s1c.lock#. Lock files " @@ -3608,7 +3608,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1888 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1889 msgid "" "Lock files _must_ be backed up together with the contents of any encrypted " "partitions. Without the lock file, the legitimate owner will be unable to " @@ -3616,18 +3616,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1891 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1892 msgid "Attach the Encrypted Partition to the Kernel" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1896 #, no-wrap msgid "# gbde attach /dev/ad4s1c -l /etc/gbde/ad4s1c.lock\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1900 msgid "" "This command will prompt to input the passphrase that was selected during " "the initialization of the encrypted partition. The new encrypted device " @@ -3635,7 +3635,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1907 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ls /dev/ad*\n" @@ -3645,12 +3645,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1909 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1910 msgid "Create a File System on the Encrypted Device" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1913 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1914 msgid "" "Once the encrypted device has been attached to the kernel, a file system can " "be created on the device. This example creates a UFS file system with soft " @@ -3659,23 +3659,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1917 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1918 #, no-wrap msgid "# newfs -U /dev/ad4s1c.bde\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1921 msgid "Mount the Encrypted Partition" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1922 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1923 msgid "Create a mount point and mount the encrypted file system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1927 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1928 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /private\n" @@ -3683,17 +3683,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1931 msgid "Verify That the Encrypted File System is Available" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1933 msgid "The encrypted file system should now be visible and available for use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1944 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% df -H\n" @@ -3707,7 +3707,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1947 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1948 msgid "" "After each boot, any encrypted file systems must be manually re-attached to " "the kernel, checked for errors, and mounted, before the file systems can be " @@ -3716,7 +3716,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1953 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1954 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gbde_autoattach_all=\"YES\"\n" @@ -3725,7 +3725,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1958 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1959 msgid "" "This requires that the passphrase be entered at the console at boot time. " "After typing the correct passphrase, the encrypted partition will be mounted " @@ -3734,7 +3734,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1964 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1965 msgid "" "sysinstall is incompatible with gbde-encrypted devices. All [.filename]#*." "bde# devices must be detached from the kernel before starting sysinstall or " @@ -3743,19 +3743,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1968 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1969 #, no-wrap msgid "# gbde detach /dev/ad4s1c\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1972 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1973 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Encryption with `geli`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1977 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1978 msgid "" "An alternative cryptographic GEOM class is available using `geli`. This " "control utility adds some features and uses a different scheme for doing " @@ -3763,37 +3763,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1979 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1980 msgid "" "Utilizes the man:crypto[9] framework and automatically uses cryptographic " "hardware when it is available." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1980 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1981 msgid "" "Supports multiple cryptographic algorithms such as AES, Blowfish, and 3DES." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1981 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1982 msgid "" "Allows the root partition to be encrypted. The passphrase used to access the " "encrypted root partition will be requested during system boot." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1983 msgid "Allows the use of two independent keys." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1983 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1984 msgid "It is fast as it performs simple sector-to-sector encryption." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1984 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1985 msgid "" "Allows backup and restore of master keys. If a user destroys their keys, it " "is still possible to get access to the data by restoring keys from the " @@ -3801,19 +3801,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1985 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1986 msgid "" "Allows a disk to attach with a random, one-time key which is useful for swap " "partitions and temporary file systems." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1987 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1988 msgid "More features and usage examples can be found in man:geli[8]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1993 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1994 msgid "" "The following example describes how to generate a key file which will be " "used as part of the master key for the encrypted provider mounted under [." @@ -3825,18 +3825,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1995 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1996 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Encrypting a Partition with `geli`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1998 msgid "Load `geli` Support" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1999 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2000 msgid "" "Support for `geli` is available as a loadable kernel module. To configure " "the system to automatically load the module at boot time, add the following " @@ -3844,31 +3844,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2003 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2004 #, no-wrap msgid "geom_eli_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2007 msgid "To load the kernel module now:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2010 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2011 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload geom_eli\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2013 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2014 msgid "" "For a custom kernel, ensure the kernel configuration file contains these " "lines:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2019 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options GEOM_ELI\n" @@ -3876,12 +3876,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2021 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2022 msgid "Generate the Master Key" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2028 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2029 msgid "" "The following commands generate a master key that all data will be encrypted " "with. This key can never be changed. Rather than using it directly, it is " @@ -3893,7 +3893,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2036 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# dd if=/dev/random of=/root/da2.key bs=64 count=1\n" @@ -3903,39 +3903,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2038 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2039 msgid "" "It is not mandatory to use both a passphrase and a key file as either method " "of securing the master key can be used in isolation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2041 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2042 msgid "" "If the key file is given as \"-\", standard input will be used. For " "example, this command generates three key files:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2045 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2046 #, no-wrap msgid "# cat keyfile1 keyfile2 keyfile3 | geli init -K - /dev/da2\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2049 msgid "Attach the Provider with the Generated Key" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2050 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2051 msgid "" "To attach the provider, specify the key file, the name of the disk, and the " "passphrase:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2055 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2056 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# geli attach -k /root/da2.key /dev/da2\n" @@ -3943,12 +3943,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2058 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2059 msgid "This creates a new device with an [.filename]#.eli# extension:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2064 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ls /dev/da2*\n" @@ -3956,19 +3956,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2067 msgid "Create the New File System" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2068 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2069 msgid "" "Next, format the device with the UFS file system and mount it on an existing " "mount point:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2074 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2075 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/da2.eli bs=1m\n" @@ -3977,12 +3977,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2077 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2078 msgid "The encrypted file system should now be available for use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2089 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# df -H\n" @@ -3996,7 +3996,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2091 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2092 msgid "" "Once the work on the encrypted partition is done, and the [.filename]#/" "private# partition is no longer needed, it is prudent to put the device into " @@ -4005,7 +4005,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2097 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# umount /private\n" @@ -4013,7 +4013,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2100 msgid "" "An [.filename]#rc.d# script is provided to simplify the mounting of `geli`-" "encrypted devices at boot time. For this example, add these lines to [." @@ -4021,7 +4021,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2105 #, no-wrap msgid "" "geli_devices=\"da2\"\n" @@ -4029,7 +4029,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2115 msgid "" "This configures [.filename]#/dev/da2# as a `geli` provider with a master key " "of [.filename]#/root/da2.key#. The system will automatically detach the " @@ -4045,13 +4045,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2117 #, no-wrap msgid "Encrypting Swap" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2124 msgid "" "Like the encryption of disk partitions, encryption of swap space is used to " "protect sensitive information. Consider an application that deals with " @@ -4063,7 +4063,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2127 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to configure an encrypted swap partition using " "man:gbde[8] or man:geli[8] encryption. It assumes that [.filename]#/dev/" @@ -4071,13 +4071,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2128 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Encrypted Swap" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2132 msgid "" "Swap partitions are not encrypted by default and should be cleared of any " "sensitive data before continuing. To overwrite the current swap partition " @@ -4085,20 +4085,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2136 #, no-wrap msgid "# dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/ada0s1b bs=1m\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2139 msgid "" "To encrypt the swap partition using man:gbde[8], add the `.bde` suffix to " "the swap line in [.filename]#/etc/fstab#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2144 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\t\tDump\tPass#\n" @@ -4106,14 +4106,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2147 msgid "" "To instead encrypt the swap partition using man:geli[8], use the `.eli` " "suffix:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2152 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\t\tDump\tPass#\n" @@ -4121,7 +4121,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2157 msgid "" "By default, man:geli[8] uses the AES algorithm with a key length of 128 " "bits. Normally the default settings will suffice. If desired, these " @@ -4130,13 +4130,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2158 #, no-wrap msgid "aalgo" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2161 msgid "" "Data integrity verification algorithm used to ensure that the encrypted data " "has not been tampered with. See man:geli[8] for a list of supported " @@ -4144,39 +4144,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2162 #, no-wrap msgid "ealgo" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2165 msgid "" "Encryption algorithm used to protect the data. See man:geli[8] for a list " "of supported algorithms." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2166 #, no-wrap msgid "keylen" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2169 msgid "" "The length of the key used for the encryption algorithm. See man:geli[8] " "for the key lengths that are supported by each encryption algorithm." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2170 #, no-wrap msgid "sectorsize" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2174 msgid "" "The size of the blocks data is broken into before it is encrypted. Larger " "sector sizes increase performance at the cost of higher storage overhead. " @@ -4184,14 +4184,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2176 msgid "" "This example configures an encrypted swap partition using the Blowfish " "algorithm with a key length of 128 bits and a sectorsize of 4 kilobytes:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2181 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\t\t\t\tDump\tPass#\n" @@ -4199,25 +4199,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2183 #, no-wrap msgid "Encrypted Swap Verification" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2186 msgid "" "Once the system has rebooted, proper operation of the encrypted swap can be " "verified using `swapinfo`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2188 msgid "If man:gbde[8] is being used:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2194 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% swapinfo\n" @@ -4226,12 +4226,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2197 msgid "If man:geli[8] is being used:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2203 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% swapinfo\n" @@ -4240,13 +4240,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2206 #, no-wrap msgid "Highly Available Storage (HAST)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2212 msgid "" "High availability is one of the main requirements in serious business " "applications and highly-available storage is a key component in such " @@ -4260,89 +4260,89 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2214 msgid "The following are the main features of HAST:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2216 msgid "Can be used to mask I/O errors on local hard drives." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2217 msgid "" "File system agnostic as it works with any file system supported by FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2218 msgid "" "Efficient and quick resynchronization as only the blocks that were modified " "during the downtime of a node are synchronized." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2219 msgid "" "Can be used in an already deployed environment to add additional redundancy." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2220 msgid "" "Together with CARP, Heartbeat, or other tools, it can be used to build a " "robust and durable storage system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2222 msgid "After reading this section, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2224 msgid "What HAST is, how it works, and which features it provides." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2225 msgid "How to set up and use HAST on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2226 msgid "How to integrate CARP and man:devd[8] to build a robust storage system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2228 msgid "Before reading this section, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2230 msgid "" "Understand UNIX(R) and FreeBSD basics (crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD " "Basics])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2231 msgid "" "Know how to configure network interfaces and other core FreeBSD subsystems " "(crossref:config[config-tuning,Configuration and Tuning])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2232 msgid "" "Have a good understanding of FreeBSD networking (crossref:partiv[network-" "communication,\"Network Communication\"])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2234 msgid "" "The HAST project was sponsored by The FreeBSD Foundation with support from " "http://www.omc.net/[http://www.omc.net/] and http://www.transip.nl/[http://" @@ -4350,13 +4350,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2235 #, no-wrap msgid "HAST Operation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2239 msgid "" "HAST provides synchronous block-level replication between two physical " "machines: the _primary_ node and the _secondary_ node. These two machines " @@ -4364,7 +4364,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2243 msgid "" "Since HAST works in a primary-secondary configuration, it allows only one of " "the cluster nodes to be active at any given time. The primary node, also " @@ -4374,14 +4374,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2245 msgid "" "The physical components of the HAST system are the local disk on primary " "node, and the disk on the remote, secondary node." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2249 msgid "" "HAST operates synchronously on a block level, making it transparent to file " "systems and applications. HAST provides regular GEOM providers in [." @@ -4390,7 +4390,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2253 msgid "" "Each write, delete, or flush operation is sent to both the local disk and to " "the remote disk over TCP/IP. Each read operation is served from the local " @@ -4399,7 +4399,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2257 msgid "" "HAST tries to provide fast failure recovery. For this reason, it is " "important to reduce synchronization time after a node's outage. To provide " @@ -4409,14 +4409,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2260 msgid "" "There are many ways to handle synchronization. HAST implements several " "replication modes to handle different synchronization methods:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2262 msgid "" "_memsync_: This mode reports a write operation as completed when the local " "write operation is finished and when the remote node acknowledges data " @@ -4427,7 +4427,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2263 msgid "" "_fullsync_: This mode reports a write operation as completed when both the " "local write and the remote write complete. This is the safest and the " @@ -4435,7 +4435,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2264 msgid "" "_async_: This mode reports a write operation as completed when the local " "write completes. This is the fastest and the most dangerous replication " @@ -4444,37 +4444,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2265 #, no-wrap msgid "HAST Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2268 msgid "The HAST framework consists of several components:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2270 msgid "" "The man:hastd[8] daemon which provides data synchronization. When this " "daemon is started, it will automatically load `geom_gate.ko`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2271 msgid "The userland management utility, man:hastctl[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2272 msgid "" "The man:hast.conf[5] configuration file. This file must exist before " "starting hastd." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2274 msgid "" "Users who prefer to statically build `GEOM_GATE` support into the kernel " "should add this line to the custom kernel configuration file, then rebuild " @@ -4483,13 +4483,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2278 #, no-wrap msgid "options\tGEOM_GATE\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2284 msgid "" "The following example describes how to configure two nodes in primary-" "secondary operation using HAST to replicate the data between the two. The " @@ -4501,14 +4501,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2288 msgid "" "Configuration of HAST is done using [.filename]#/etc/hast.conf#. This file " "should be identical on both nodes. The simplest configuration is:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2301 #, no-wrap msgid "" "resource test {\n" @@ -4524,12 +4524,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2304 msgid "For more advanced configuration, refer to man:hast.conf[5]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2308 msgid "" "It is also possible to use host names in the `remote` statements if the " "hosts are resolvable and defined either in [.filename]#/etc/hosts# or in the " @@ -4537,7 +4537,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2312 msgid "" "Once the configuration exists on both nodes, the HAST pool can be created. " "Run these commands on both nodes to place the initial metadata onto the " @@ -4545,7 +4545,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2317 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# hastctl create test\n" @@ -4553,7 +4553,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2323 msgid "" "It is _not_ possible to use GEOM providers with an existing file system or " "to convert an existing storage to a HAST-managed pool. This procedure needs " @@ -4562,7 +4562,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2327 msgid "" "A HAST node's `primary` or `secondary` role is selected by an administrator, " "or software like Heartbeat, using man:hastctl[8]. On the primary node, " @@ -4570,35 +4570,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2331 #, no-wrap msgid "# hastctl role primary test\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2334 msgid "Run this command on the secondary node, `hastb`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2338 #, no-wrap msgid "# hastctl role secondary test\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2341 msgid "Verify the result by running `hastctl` on each node:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2345 #, no-wrap msgid "# hastctl status test\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2351 msgid "" "Check the `status` line in the output. If it says `degraded`, something is " "wrong with the configuration file. It should say `complete` on each node, " @@ -4608,7 +4608,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2356 msgid "" "The next step is to create a file system on the GEOM provider and mount it. " "This must be done on the `primary` node. Creating the file system can take " @@ -4617,7 +4617,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2362 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# newfs -U /dev/hast/test\n" @@ -4626,7 +4626,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2366 msgid "" "Once the HAST framework is configured properly, the final step is to make " "sure that HAST is started automatically during system boot. Add this line " @@ -4634,19 +4634,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2370 #, no-wrap msgid "hastd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2372 #, no-wrap msgid "Failover Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2376 msgid "" "The goal of this example is to build a robust storage system which is " "resistant to the failure of any given node. If the primary node fails, the " @@ -4655,7 +4655,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2382 msgid "" "To accomplish this task, the Common Address Redundancy Protocol (CARP) is " "used to provide for automatic failover at the IP layer. CARP allows " @@ -4668,7 +4668,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2386 msgid "" "The HAST pool created in the previous section is now ready to be exported to " "the other hosts on the network. This can be accomplished by exporting it " @@ -4678,7 +4678,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2390 msgid "" "In the event of CARP interfaces going up or down, the FreeBSD operating " "system generates a man:devd[8] event, making it possible to watch for state " @@ -4689,14 +4689,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2392 msgid "" "To catch state changes on the CARP interfaces, add this configuration to [." "filename]#/etc/devd.conf# on each node:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2401 #, no-wrap msgid "" "notify 30 {\n" @@ -4708,7 +4708,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2408 #, no-wrap msgid "" "notify 30 {\n" @@ -4720,26 +4720,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2413 msgid "" "If the systems are running FreeBSD 10 or higher, replace [.filename]#carp0# " "with the name of the CARP-configured interface." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2416 msgid "" "Restart man:devd[8] on both nodes to put the new configuration into effect:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2420 #, no-wrap msgid "# service devd restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2424 msgid "" "When the specified interface state changes by going up or down , the system " "generates a notification, allowing the man:devd[8] subsystem to run the " @@ -4749,18 +4749,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2426 msgid "Here is an example of an automated failover script:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2430 #, no-wrap msgid "#!/bin/sh\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2434 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Original script by Freddie Cash <fjwcash@gmail.com>\n" @@ -4769,7 +4769,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2437 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# The names of the HAST resources, as listed in /etc/hast.conf\n" @@ -4777,7 +4777,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2441 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# delay in mounting HAST resource after becoming primary\n" @@ -4786,7 +4786,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2445 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# logging\n" @@ -4795,13 +4795,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2447 #, no-wrap msgid "# end of user configurable stuff\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2452 #, no-wrap msgid "" "case \"$1\" in\n" @@ -4811,7 +4811,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2458 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\t# Wait for any \"hastd secondary\" processes to stop\n" @@ -4822,7 +4822,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2466 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\t\t# Switch role for each disk\n" @@ -4835,7 +4835,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2473 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\t# Wait for the /dev/hast/* devices to appear\n" @@ -4847,7 +4847,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2479 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\t\tif [ ! -c \"/dev/hast/${disk}\" ]; then\n" @@ -4858,13 +4858,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2481 #, no-wrap msgid "\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Role for HAST resources ${resources} switched to primary.\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2488 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Mounting disks.\"\n" @@ -4876,13 +4876,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2490 #, no-wrap msgid "\t;;\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2493 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\tsecondary)\n" @@ -4890,7 +4890,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2511 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\t# Switch roles for the HAST resources\n" @@ -4913,43 +4913,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2514 msgid "" "In a nutshell, the script takes these actions when a node becomes primary:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2516 msgid "Promotes the HAST pool to primary on the other node." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2517 msgid "Checks the file system under the HAST pool." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2518 msgid "Mounts the pool." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2520 msgid "When a node becomes secondary:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2522 msgid "Unmounts the HAST pool." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2523 msgid "Degrades the HAST pool to secondary." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2528 msgid "" "This is just an example script which serves as a proof of concept. It does " "not handle all the possible scenarios and can be extended or altered in any " @@ -4957,7 +4957,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2534 msgid "" "For this example, a standard UFS file system was used. To reduce the time " "needed for recovery, a journal-enabled UFS or ZFS file system can be used " @@ -4965,20 +4965,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2537 msgid "" "More detailed information with additional examples can be found at http://" "wiki.FreeBSD.org/HAST[http://wiki.FreeBSD.org/HAST]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2538 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2543 msgid "" "HAST should generally work without issues. However, as with any other " "software product, there may be times when it does not work as supposed. The " @@ -4987,7 +4987,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2547 msgid "" "When troubleshooting HAST, the debugging level of man:hastd[8] should be " "increased by starting `hastd` with `-d`. This argument may be specified " @@ -4996,13 +4996,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2549 #, no-wrap msgid "Recovering from the Split-brain Condition" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2554 msgid "" "_Split-brain_ occurs when the nodes of the cluster are unable to communicate " "with each other, and both are configured as primary. This is a dangerous " @@ -5011,7 +5011,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2558 msgid "" "The administrator must either decide which node has more important changes, " "or perform the merge manually. Then, let HAST perform full synchronization " @@ -5020,7 +5020,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2564 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# hastctl role init test\n" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.po index 047e2cf431..108d8d813b 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-02-01 09:20-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 25. DTrace" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "DTrace" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:56 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "DTrace, also known as Dynamic Tracing, was developed by Sun(TM) as a tool " "for locating performance bottlenecks in production and pre-production " @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "DTrace is a remarkable profiling tool, with an impressive array of features " "for diagnosing system issues. It may also be used to run pre-written " @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "The FreeBSD implementation provides full support for kernel DTrace and " "experimental support for userland DTrace. Userland DTrace allows users to " @@ -78,61 +78,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:67 msgid "" "The official guide to DTrace is maintained by the Illumos project at http://" "dtrace.org/guide[DTrace Guide]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:69 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:71 msgid "What DTrace is and what features it provides." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "Differences between the Solaris(TM) DTrace implementation and the one " "provided by FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:73 msgid "How to enable and use DTrace on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:75 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "Understand UNIX(R) and FreeBSD basics (crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD " "Basics])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:78 msgid "" "Have some familiarity with security and how it pertains to FreeBSD (crossref:" "security[security,Security])." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:80 #, no-wrap msgid "Implementation Differences" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:85 msgid "" "While the DTrace in FreeBSD is similar to that found in Solaris(TM), " "differences do exist. The primary difference is that in FreeBSD, DTrace is " @@ -141,20 +141,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:89 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload dtraceall\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "Beginning with FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE, the modules are automatically loaded " "when `dtrace` is run." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "FreeBSD uses the `DDB_CTF` kernel option to enable support for loading `CTF` " "data from kernel modules and the kernel itself. `CTF` is the Solaris(TM) " @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:104 msgid "" "Some different providers exist for FreeBSD than for Solaris(TM). Most " "notable is the `dtmalloc` provider, which allows tracing `malloc()` by type " @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:108 msgid "" "Due to security differences, only `root` may use DTrace on FreeBSD. " "Solaris(TM) has a few low level security checks which do not yet exist in " @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:112 msgid "" "DTrace falls under the Common Development and Distribution License (`CDDL`) " "license. To view this license on FreeBSD, see [.filename]#/usr/src/cddl/" @@ -201,13 +201,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:114 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling DTrace Support" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:118 msgid "" "In FreeBSD 9.2 and 10.0, DTrace support is built into the [." "filename]#GENERIC# kernel. Users of earlier versions of FreeBSD or who " @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:125 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options KDTRACE_HOOKS\n" @@ -228,25 +228,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:128 msgid "Users of the AMD64 architecture should also add this line:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:132 #, no-wrap msgid "options KDTRACE_FRAME\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:136 msgid "" "This option provides support for `FBT`. While DTrace will work without this " "option, there will be limited support for function boundary tracing." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:140 msgid "" "Once the FreeBSD system has rebooted into the new kernel, or the DTrace " "kernel modules have been loaded using `kldload dtraceall`, the system will " @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:145 msgid "" "Finally, install the current DTrace Toolkit, a collection of ready-made " "scripts for collecting system information. There are scripts to check open " @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:150 msgid "" "The scripts found in [.filename]#/usr/share/dtrace# have been specifically " "ported to FreeBSD. Not all of the scripts found in the DTrace Toolkit will " @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:156 msgid "" "The DTrace Toolkit includes many scripts in the special language of DTrace. " "This language is called the D language and it is very similar to C++. An in " @@ -287,13 +287,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:158 #, no-wrap msgid "Using DTrace" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:165 msgid "" "DTrace scripts consist of a list of one or more _probes_, or instrumentation " "points, where each probe is associated with an action. Whenever the " @@ -306,19 +306,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:167 msgid "" "To view all probes, the administrator can execute the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:171 #, no-wrap msgid "# dtrace -l | more\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:175 msgid "" "Each probe has an `ID`, a `PROVIDER` (dtrace or fbt), a `MODULE`, and a " "`FUNCTION NAME`. Refer to man:dtrace[1] for more information about this " @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:177 msgid "" "The examples in this section provide an overview of how to use two of the " "fully supported scripts from the DTrace Toolkit: the [.filename]#hotkernel# " @@ -334,14 +334,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:180 msgid "" "The [.filename]#hotkernel# script is designed to identify which function is " "using the most kernel time. It will produce output similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:186 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/local/share/dtrace-toolkit\n" @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:190 msgid "" "As instructed, use the kbd:[Ctrl+C] key combination to stop the process. " "Upon termination, the script will display a list of kernel functions and " @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:219 #, no-wrap msgid "" "kernel`_thread_lock_flags 2 0.0%\n" @@ -390,14 +390,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:223 msgid "" "This script will also work with kernel modules. To use this feature, run " "the script with `-m`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:242 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ./hotkernel -m\n" @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:248 msgid "" "The [.filename]#procsystime# script captures and prints the system call time " "usage for a given process `ID` (`PID`) or process name. In the following " @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:254 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ./procsystime -n csh\n" @@ -439,13 +439,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:256 #, no-wrap msgid "Elapsed Times for processes csh,\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:276 #, no-wrap msgid "" " SYSCALL TIME (ns)\n" @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:278 msgid "" "As shown, the `read()` system call used the most time in nanoseconds while " "the `getpid()` system call used the least amount of time." diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.po index 3439906095..91c6e74a4c 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-07-07 23:22-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ msgid "Appendix C. Resources on the Internet" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:16 #, no-wrap msgid "Resources on the Internet" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:55 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "The rapid pace of FreeBSD progress makes print media impractical as a means " "of following the latest developments. Electronic resources are the best, if " @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:60 msgid "" "The most important points of contact with the FreeBSD user community are " "outlined below. There is a possibly more up to date list on the link:" @@ -63,27 +63,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:62 #, no-wrap msgid "Websites" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "The link:https://forums.FreeBSD.org/[FreeBSD Forums] provide a web based " "discussion forum for FreeBSD questions and technical discussion." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:66 msgid "" "The link:https://wiki.FreeBSD.org/[FreeBSD Wiki] provides various bits of " "information that hadn't yet made it into the Handbook." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:67 msgid "" "The link:https://docs.FreeBSD.org/[FreeBSD Documentation website] doesn't " "provide just the Users's Handbook; there are other handbooks and articles " @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:68 msgid "" "The link:https://freebsdfoundation.org/our-work/journal/browser-based-" "edition/[FreeBSD Journal] is a free, professionally-edited, bi-monthly " @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:69 msgid "" "The link:http://www.youtube.com/bsdconferences[BSDConferences YouTube " "Channel] provides a collection of high quality videos from BSD conferences " @@ -109,21 +109,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:70 msgid "" "link:https://www.freebsd.org/status/[FreeBSD Status Reports] are released " "every three months and track progress of FreeBSD development." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:71 msgid "" "There's a link:https://www.reddit.com/r/freebsd/[FreeBSD-focused Reddit " "group] at r/freebsd." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "link:https://superuser.com/questions/tagged/freebsd[Super User] and link:" "https://serverfault.com/questions/tagged/freebsd[Server Fault], the Stack " @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "link:https://wiki.freebsd.org/Discord[FreeBSD Discord server], a " "communications and community-building service, where FreeBSD community " @@ -140,20 +140,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:74 msgid "" "link:https://wiki.freebsd.org/IRC/Channels[IRC channels], a widely " "implemented, technically mature, open standard text chat." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:76 #, no-wrap msgid "Mailing Lists" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:81 msgid "" "The mailing lists are the most direct way of addressing questions or opening " "a technical discussion to a concentrated FreeBSD audience. There are a wide " @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:86 msgid "" "The charters for the various lists are given at the bottom of this " "document. _Please read the charter before joining or sending mail to any " @@ -174,14 +174,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:91 msgid "" "_To test the ability to send email to FreeBSD lists, send a test message to " "{freebsd-test}._ Please do not send test messages to any other list." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:94 msgid "" "When in doubt about what list to post a question to, see extref:{freebsd-" "questions-article}[How to get best results from the FreeBSD-questions " @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "Before posting to any list, please learn about how to best use the mailing " "lists, such as how to help avoid frequently-repeated discussions, by reading " @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:101 msgid "" "Archives are kept for all of the mailing lists and can be searched using the " "link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/search/[FreeBSD World Wide Web server]. The " @@ -211,254 +211,254 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:103 #, no-wrap msgid "List Summary" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:106 msgid "" "_General lists:_ The following are general lists which anyone is free (and " "encouraged) to join:" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:110 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:171 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:436 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:460 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:507 #, no-wrap msgid "List" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:112 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:173 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:439 #, no-wrap msgid "Purpose" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:114 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-accessibility-url}[freebsd-accessibility]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:116 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD accessibility discussions" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:117 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-advocacy-url}[freebsd-advocacy]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:119 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Evangelism" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:119 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:641 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-announce-url}[freebsd-announce]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:122 #, no-wrap msgid "Important events and Project milestones (moderated)" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:122 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:650 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-arch-url}[freebsd-arch]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:125 #, no-wrap msgid "Architecture and design discussions" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:125 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:668 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-bugbusters-url}[freebsd-bugbusters]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:128 #, no-wrap msgid "Discussions pertaining to the maintenance of the FreeBSD problem report database and related tools" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:128 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:674 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-bugs-url}[freebsd-bugs]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:131 #, no-wrap msgid "Bug reports" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:131 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:680 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-chat-url}[freebsd-chat]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:134 #, no-wrap msgid "Non-technical items related to the FreeBSD community" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:134 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:687 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-chromium-url}[freebsd-chromium]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:137 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD-specific Chromium issues" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:137 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:701 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-current-url}[freebsd-current]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:140 #, no-wrap msgid "Discussion concerning the use of FreeBSD-CURRENT" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:140 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:881 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-isp-url}[freebsd-isp]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:143 #, no-wrap msgid "Issues for Internet Service Providers using FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:143 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:844 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-jobs-url}[freebsd-jobs]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:146 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD employment and consulting opportunities" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:147 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-quarterly-calls-url}[freebsd-quarterly-calls]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:149 #, no-wrap msgid "Calls for quarterly status reports (moderated)" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:149 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:983 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-questions-url}[freebsd-questions]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:152 #, no-wrap msgid "User questions and technical support" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:152 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1010 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1011 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-security-notifications-url}[freebsd-security-notifications]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:155 #, no-wrap msgid "Security notifications (moderated)" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:155 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1022 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1023 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-stable-url}[freebsd-stable]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:158 #, no-wrap msgid "Discussion concerning the use of FreeBSD-STABLE" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:159 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-test-url}[freebsd-test]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:161 #, no-wrap msgid "Where to send test messages instead of to one of the actual lists" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:162 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-women-url}[freebsd-women]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:163 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD advocacy for women" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:167 msgid "" "_Technical lists:_ The following lists are for technical discussion. Read " "the charter for each list carefully before joining or sending mail to one as " @@ -466,1084 +466,1084 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:174 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:638 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-acpi-url}[freebsd-acpi]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:177 #, no-wrap msgid "ACPI and power management development" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:178 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-amd64-url}[freebsd-amd64]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:180 #, no-wrap msgid "Porting FreeBSD to AMD64 systems (moderated)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:181 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-apache-url}[freebsd-apache]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:183 #, no-wrap msgid "Discussion about Apache related ports" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:184 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-arm-url}[freebsd-arm]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:186 #, no-wrap msgid "Porting FreeBSD to ARM(R) processors" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:187 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-atm-url}[freebsd-atm]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:189 #, no-wrap msgid "Using ATM networking with FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:189 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:662 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-bluetooth-url}[freebsd-bluetooth]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:192 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Bluetooth(R) technology in FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:192 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:692 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-cloud-url}[freebsd-cloud]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:195 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD on cloud platforms (EC2, GCE, Azure, etc.)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:196 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-cluster-url}[freebsd-cluster]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:198 #, no-wrap msgid "Using FreeBSD in a clustered environment" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:199 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-database-url}[freebsd-database]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:201 #, no-wrap msgid "Discussing database use and development under FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:201 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:709 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-desktop-url}[freebsd-desktop]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:204 #, no-wrap msgid "Using and improving FreeBSD on the desktop" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:204 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:715 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{dev-ci-url}[dev-ci]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:207 #, no-wrap msgid "Build and test reports from the Continuous Integration servers" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:207 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:720 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{dev-reviews-url}[dev-reviews]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:210 #, no-wrap msgid "Notifications of the FreeBSD review system" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:210 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:725 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-doc-url}[freebsd-doc]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:213 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating FreeBSD related documents" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:213 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:732 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-drivers-url}[freebsd-drivers]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:216 #, no-wrap msgid "Writing device drivers for FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:216 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:738 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-dtrace-url}[freebsd-dtrace]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:219 #, no-wrap msgid "Using and working on DTrace in FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:219 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:743 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:744 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-eclipse-url}[freebsd-eclipse]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:222 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD users of Eclipse IDE, tools, rich client applications and ports." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:223 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-elastic-url}[freebsd-elastic]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:225 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD-specific ElasticSearch discussions" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:225 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:752 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:753 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-embedded-url}[freebsd-embedded]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:228 #, no-wrap msgid "Using FreeBSD in embedded applications" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:228 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:761 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-emulation-url}[freebsd-emulation]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:231 #, no-wrap msgid "Emulation of other systems such as Linux/MS-DOS(R)/Windows(R)" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:231 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:765 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:766 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-enlightenment-url}[freebsd-enlightenment]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:234 #, no-wrap msgid "Porting Enlightenment and Enlightenment applications" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:235 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-erlang-url}[freebsd-erlang]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:237 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD-specific Erlang discussions" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:237 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:772 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-firewire-url}[freebsd-firewire]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:240 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD FireWire(R) (iLink, IEEE 1394) technical discussion" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:240 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:778 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-fortran-url}[freebsd-fortran]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:243 #, no-wrap msgid "Fortran on FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:243 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:783 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-fs-url}[freebsd-fs]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:246 #, no-wrap msgid "File systems" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:246 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:789 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-games-url}[freebsd-games]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:249 #, no-wrap msgid "Support for Games on FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:249 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:795 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:796 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-gecko-url}[freebsd-gecko]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:252 #, no-wrap msgid "Gecko Rendering Engine issues" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:252 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:803 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-geom-url}[freebsd-geom]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "GEOM-specific discussions and implementations" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:255 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:809 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-git-url}[freebsd-git]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:258 #, no-wrap msgid "Discussion of git use in the FreeBSD project" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:258 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:816 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-gnome-url}[freebsd-gnome]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:261 #, no-wrap msgid "Porting GNOME and GNOME applications" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:261 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:862 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-hackers-url}[freebsd-hackers]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:264 #, no-wrap msgid "General technical discussion" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:265 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-haskell-url}[freebsd-haskell]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:267 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD-specific Haskell issues and discussions" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:267 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:870 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:871 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-hardware-url}[freebsd-hardware]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:270 #, no-wrap msgid "General discussion of hardware for running FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:271 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-i18n-url}[freebsd-i18n]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:273 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Internationalization" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:273 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:822 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-infiniband-url}[freebsd-infiniband]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:276 #, no-wrap msgid "Infiniband on FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:276 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:827 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-ipfw-url}[freebsd-ipfw]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:279 #, no-wrap msgid "Technical discussion concerning the redesign of the IP firewall code" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:279 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:833 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-isdn-url}[freebsd-isdn]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:282 #, no-wrap msgid "ISDN developers" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:283 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-jail-url}[freebsd-jail]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:285 #, no-wrap msgid "Discussion about the man:jail[8] facility" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:285 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:838 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-java-url}[freebsd-java]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:288 #, no-wrap msgid "Java(TM) developers and people porting JDK(TM)s to FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:288 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:856 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-kde-url}[freebsd-kde]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:291 #, no-wrap msgid "Porting KDE and KDE applications" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:292 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-mips-url}[freebsd-mips]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:294 #, no-wrap msgid "Porting FreeBSD to MIPS(R)" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:294 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:886 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:887 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-mono-url}[freebsd-mono]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:297 #, no-wrap msgid "Mono and C# applications on FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:298 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-multimedia-url}[freebsd-multimedia]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:300 #, no-wrap msgid "Multimedia applications" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:301 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-new-bus-url}[freebsd-new-bus]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:303 #, no-wrap msgid "Technical discussions about bus architecture" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:304 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-net-url}[freebsd-net]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:306 #, no-wrap msgid "Networking discussion and TCP/IP source code" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:307 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-numerics-url}[freebsd-numerics]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:309 #, no-wrap msgid "Discussions of high quality implementation of libm functions" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:309 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:891 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:892 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-ocaml-url}[freebsd-ocaml]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:312 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD-specific OCaml discussions" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:312 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:900 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-office-url}[freebsd-office]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:315 #, no-wrap msgid "Office applications on FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:315 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:912 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-performance-url}[freebsd-performance]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:318 #, no-wrap msgid "Performance tuning questions for high performance/load installations" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:319 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-perl-url}[freebsd-perl]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:321 #, no-wrap msgid "Maintenance of a number of Perl-related ports" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:321 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:921 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-pf-url}[freebsd-pf]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:324 #, no-wrap msgid "Discussion and questions about the packet filter firewall system" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:324 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:927 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:928 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-pkg-url}[freebsd-pkg]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:327 #, no-wrap msgid "Binary package management and package tools discussion" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:327 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:935 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-pkg-fallout-url}[freebsd-pkg-fallout]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:330 #, no-wrap msgid "Fallout logs from package building" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:330 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:940 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-pkgbase-url}[freebsd-pkgbase]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:333 #, no-wrap msgid "Packaging the FreeBSD base system" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:333 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:945 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-platforms-url}[freebsd-platforms]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:336 #, no-wrap msgid "Concerning ports to non Intel(R) architecture platforms" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:336 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:951 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-ports-url}[freebsd-ports]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:339 #, no-wrap msgid "Discussion of the Ports Collection" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:339 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:957 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-ports-announce-url}[freebsd-ports-announce]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:342 #, no-wrap msgid "Important news and instructions about the Ports Collection (moderated)" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:342 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:962 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:963 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-ports-bugs-url}[freebsd-ports-bugs]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:345 #, no-wrap msgid "Discussion of the ports bugs/PRs" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:346 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-ppc-url}[freebsd-ppc]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:348 #, no-wrap msgid "Porting FreeBSD to the PowerPC(R)" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:348 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:968 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:969 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-proliant-url}[freebsd-proliant]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:351 #, no-wrap msgid "Technical discussion of FreeBSD on HP ProLiant server platforms" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:351 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:974 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:975 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-python-url}[freebsd-python]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:354 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD-specific Python issues" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:355 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-rc-url}[freebsd-rc]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:357 #, no-wrap msgid "Discussion related to the [.filename]#rc.d# system and its development" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:358 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-realtime-url}[freebsd-realtime]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:360 #, no-wrap msgid "Development of realtime extensions to FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:361 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-risc-url}[freebsd-risc]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:363 #, no-wrap msgid "Porting FreeBSD to RISC-V(R) systems" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:363 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:989 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-ruby-url}[freebsd-ruby]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:366 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD-specific Ruby discussions" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:366 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:998 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-scsi-url}[freebsd-scsi]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:369 #, no-wrap msgid "The SCSI subsystem" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:369 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1003 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1004 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-security-url}[freebsd-security]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:372 #, no-wrap msgid "Security issues affecting FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:372 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1018 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-snapshots-url}[freebsd-snapshots]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:375 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Development Snapshot Announcements" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:376 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-sparc64-url}[freebsd-sparc64]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:378 #, no-wrap msgid "Porting FreeBSD to SPARC(R) based systems" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:378 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1032 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1033 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-standards-url}[freebsd-standards]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:381 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD's conformance to the C99 and the POSIX(R) standards" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:382 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-sysinstall-url}[freebsd-sysinstall]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:384 #, no-wrap msgid "man:sysinstall[8] development" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:385 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-tcltk-url}[freebsd-tcltk]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:387 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD-specific Tcl/Tk discussions" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:387 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1042 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1043 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-testing-url}[freebsd-testing]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:390 #, no-wrap msgid "Testing on FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:390 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1047 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1048 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-tex-url}[freebsd-tex]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:393 #, no-wrap msgid "Porting TeX and its applications to FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:394 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-threads-url}[freebsd-threads]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:396 #, no-wrap msgid "Threading in FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:397 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-tokenring-url}[freebsd-tokenring]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:399 #, no-wrap msgid "Support Token Ring in FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:399 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1054 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1055 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-toolchain-url}[freebsd-toolchain]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:402 #, no-wrap msgid "Maintenance of FreeBSD's integrated toolchain" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:402 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1067 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-translators-url}[freebsd-translators]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:405 #, no-wrap msgid "Translating FreeBSD documents and programs" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:405 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1061 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-transport-url}[freebsd-transport]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:408 #, no-wrap msgid "Discussions of transport level network protocols in FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:408 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1072 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1073 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-usb-url}[freebsd-usb]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:410 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:411 #, no-wrap msgid "Discussing FreeBSD support for USB" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:411 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1083 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1084 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-virtualization-url}[freebsd-virtualization]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:414 #, no-wrap msgid "Discussion of various virtualization techniques supported by FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:415 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-vuxml-url}[freebsd-vuxml]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:417 #, no-wrap msgid "Discussion on VuXML infrastructure" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:418 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-x11-url}[freebsd-x11]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:420 #, no-wrap msgid "Maintenance and support of X11 on FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:420 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1104 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-xen-url}[freebsd-xen]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:423 #, no-wrap msgid "Discussion of the FreeBSD port to Xen(TM) - implementation and usage" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:423 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1110 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-xfce-url}[freebsd-xfce]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:426 #, no-wrap msgid "XFCE for FreeBSD - porting and maintaining" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:426 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1118 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-zope-url}[freebsd-zope]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:428 #, no-wrap msgid "Zope for FreeBSD - porting and maintaining" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:432 msgid "" "_Limited lists:_ The following lists are for more specialized (and " "demanding) audiences and are probably not of interest to the general " @@ -1553,59 +1553,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:439 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:875 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:876 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-hubs-url}[freebsd-hubs]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:442 #, no-wrap msgid "People running mirror sites (infrastructural support)" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:442 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1077 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1078 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-user-groups-url}[freebsd-user-groups]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:445 #, no-wrap msgid "User group coordination" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:445 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1090 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1091 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-wip-status-url}[freebsd-wip-status]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:448 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Work-In-Progress Status" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:448 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1098 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-wireless-url}[freebsd-wireless]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:450 #, no-wrap msgid "Discussions of 802.11 stack, tools, device driver development" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:454 msgid "" "_Digest lists:_ All of the above lists are available in a digest format. " "Once subscribed to a list, the digest options can be changed in the account " @@ -1613,163 +1613,163 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:456 msgid "" "_Commit message lists:_ The following lists are for people interested in " "seeing the log messages for changes to various areas of the source tree." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:461 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:508 #, no-wrap msgid "Source area" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:464 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:510 #, no-wrap msgid "Area Description (source for)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:466 #, no-wrap msgid "{dev-commits-doc-all-url}[dev-commits-doc-all]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:466 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:511 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:515 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:524 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/usr/doc#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:469 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the doc repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:470 #, no-wrap msgid "{dev-commits-ports-all-url}[dev-commits-ports-all]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:470 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:474 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:478 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:527 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:531 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:536 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/usr/ports#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:473 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the ports repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:474 #, no-wrap msgid "{dev-commits-ports-main-url}[dev-commits-ports-main]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:477 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the \"main\" branch of the ports repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:477 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:478 #, no-wrap msgid "{dev-commits-ports-branches-url}[dev-commits-ports-branches]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:481 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the quarterly branches of the ports repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:482 #, no-wrap msgid "{dev-commits-src-all-url}[dev-commits-src-all]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:482 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:486 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:490 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:539 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:543 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:551 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:555 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:559 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:563 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:567 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:571 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:575 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:579 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:583 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:587 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:591 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:595 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:599 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:604 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/usr/src#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:485 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the src repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:486 #, no-wrap msgid "{dev-commits-src-main-url}[dev-commits-src-main]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:489 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the \"main\" branch of the src repository (the FreeBSD-CURRENT branch)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:490 #, no-wrap msgid "{dev-commits-src-branches-url}[dev-commits-src-branches]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:492 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to all stable branches of the src repository" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:495 msgid "" "_SVN lists:_ The following lists are for people interested in seeing the SVN " "log messages for changes to various areas of the source tree." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:501 msgid "" "Only SVN log messages are sent to SVN lists. After the SVN to Git " "Migration, the following lists no longer receive new commit messages and are " @@ -1778,313 +1778,313 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:511 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{svn-doc-all-url}[svn-doc-all]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:514 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the doc Subversion repository (except for [.filename]#user#, [.filename]#projects# and [.filename]#translations#)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:515 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{svn-doc-head-url}[svn-doc-head]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:518 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the \"head\" branch of the doc Subversion repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:519 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{svn-doc-projects-url}[svn-doc-projects]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:520 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/usr/doc/projects#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:522 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the [.filename]#projects# area of the doc Subversion repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:523 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{svn-doc-svnadmin-url}[svn-doc-svnadmin]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:526 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the administrative scripts, hooks, and other configuration data of the doc Subversion repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:527 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{svn-ports-all-url}[svn-ports-all]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:530 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the ports Subversion repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:531 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{svn-ports-head-url}[svn-ports-head]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:534 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the \"head\" branch of the ports Subversion repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:535 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{svn-ports-svnadmin-url}[svn-ports-svnadmin]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:538 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the administrative scripts, hooks, and other configuration data of the ports Subversion repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:539 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{svn-src-all-url}[svn-src-all]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:542 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the src Subversion repository (except for [.filename]#user# and [.filename]#projects#)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:543 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{svn-src-head-url}[svn-src-head]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:546 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the \"head\" branch of the src Subversion repository (the FreeBSD-CURRENT branch)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:547 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{svn-src-projects-url}[svn-src-projects]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:548 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/usr/projects#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:550 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the [.filename]#projects# area of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:551 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{svn-src-release-url}[svn-src-release]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:554 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the [.filename]#releases# area of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:555 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{svn-src-releng-url}[svn-src-releng]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:558 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the [.filename]#releng# branches of the src Subversion repository (the security / release engineering branches)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:559 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{svn-src-stable-url}[svn-src-stable]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:562 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the all stable branches of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:563 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{svn-src-stable-6-url}[svn-src-stable-6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:566 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the [.filename]#stable/6# branch of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:567 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{svn-src-stable-7-url}[svn-src-stable-7]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:570 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the [.filename]#stable/7# branch of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:571 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{svn-src-stable-8-url}[svn-src-stable-8]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:574 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the [.filename]#stable/8# branch of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:575 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{svn-src-stable-9-url}[svn-src-stable-9]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:578 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the [.filename]#stable/9# branch of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:579 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{svn-src-stable-10-url}[svn-src-stable-10]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:582 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the [.filename]#stable/10# branch of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:583 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{svn-src-stable-11-url}[svn-src-stable-11]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:586 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the [.filename]#stable/11# branch of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:587 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{svn-src-stable-12-url}[svn-src-stable-12]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:590 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the [.filename]#stable/12# branch of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:591 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{svn-src-stable-other-url}[svn-src-stable-other]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:594 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the older [.filename]#stable# branches of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:595 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{svn-src-svnadmin-url}[svn-src-svnadmin]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:598 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the administrative scripts, hooks, and other configuration data of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:599 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{svn-src-user-url}[svn-src-user]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:602 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the experimental [.filename]#user# area of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:603 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{svn-src-vendor-url}[svn-src-vendor]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:605 #, no-wrap msgid "All changes to the vendor work area of the src Subversion repository" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:607 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:608 #, no-wrap msgid "How to Subscribe" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:611 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:612 msgid "" "To subscribe to a list, click the list name at {mailing-lists-url}. The " "page that is displayed should contain all of the necessary subscription " @@ -2092,7 +2092,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:615 msgid "" "To actually post to a given list, send mail to mailto:listname@FreeBSD." "org[listname@FreeBSD.org]. It will then be redistributed to mailing list " @@ -2100,7 +2100,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:618 msgid "" "To unsubscribe from a list, click on the URL found at the bottom of every " "email received from the list. It is also possible to send an email to " @@ -2109,7 +2109,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:621 msgid "" "It is important to keep discussion in the technical mailing lists on a " "technical track. To only receive important announcements, instead join the " @@ -2117,13 +2117,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:623 #, no-wrap msgid "List Charters" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:627 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:628 msgid "" "_All_ FreeBSD mailing lists have certain basic rules which must be adhered " "to by anyone using them. Failure to comply with these guidelines will " @@ -2137,12 +2137,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:630 msgid "Rules of the road:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:632 msgid "" "The topic of any posting should adhere to the basic charter of the list it " "is posted to. If the list is about technical issues, the posting should " @@ -2153,7 +2153,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:633 msgid "" "No posting should be made to more than 2 mailing lists, and only to 2 when a " "clear and obvious need to post to both lists exists. For most lists, there " @@ -2166,7 +2166,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:634 msgid "" "Personal attacks and profanity (in the context of an argument) are not " "allowed, and that includes users and developers alike. Gross breaches of " @@ -2178,7 +2178,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:635 msgid "" "Advertising of non-FreeBSD related products or services is strictly " "prohibited and will result in an immediate ban if it is clear that the " @@ -2186,22 +2186,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:637 msgid "_Individual list charters:_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:640 msgid "_ACPI and power management development_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:643 msgid "_Important events / milestones_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:649 msgid "" "This is the mailing list for people interested only in occasional " "announcements of significant FreeBSD events. This includes announcements " @@ -2211,12 +2211,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:652 msgid "_Architecture and design discussions_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:656 msgid "" "This list is for discussion of the FreeBSD architecture. Messages will " "mostly be kept strictly technical in nature. Examples of suitable topics " @@ -2224,36 +2224,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:658 msgid "" "How to re-vamp the build system to have several customized builds running at " "the same time." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:658 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:659 msgid "What needs to be fixed with VFS to make Heidemann layers work." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:659 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:660 msgid "" "How do we change the device driver interface to be able to use the same " "drivers cleanly on many buses and architectures." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:660 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:661 msgid "How to write a network driver." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:664 msgid "_Bluetooth(R) in FreeBSD_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:667 msgid "" "This is the forum where FreeBSD's Bluetooth(R) users congregate. Design " "issues, implementation details, patches, bug reports, status reports, " @@ -2261,12 +2261,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:669 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:670 msgid "_Coordination of the Problem Report handling effort_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:673 msgid "" "The purpose of this list is to serve as a coordination and discussion forum " "for the Bugmeister, his Bugbusters, and any other parties who have a genuine " @@ -2275,12 +2275,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:675 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:676 msgid "_Bug reports_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:678 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:679 msgid "" "This is the mailing list for reporting bugs in FreeBSD. Whenever possible, " "bugs should be submitted using the link:https://bugs.freebsd.org/bugzilla/" @@ -2288,12 +2288,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:682 msgid "_Non technical items related to the FreeBSD community_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:686 msgid "" "This list contains the overflow from the other lists about non-technical, " "social information. It includes discussion about whether Jordan looks like " @@ -2305,37 +2305,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:689 msgid "_FreeBSD-specific Chromium issues_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:691 msgid "" "This is a list for the discussion of Chromium support for FreeBSD. This is a " "technical list to discuss development and installation of Chromium." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:694 msgid "_Running FreeBSD on various cloud platforms_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:696 msgid "" "This list discusses running FreeBSD on Amazon EC2, Google Compute Engine, " "Microsoft Azure, and other cloud computing platforms." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:697 #, no-wrap msgid "_FreeBSD core team_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:700 msgid "" "This is an internal mailing list for use by the core members. Messages can " "be sent to it when a serious FreeBSD-related matter requires arbitration or " @@ -2343,12 +2343,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:703 msgid "_Discussions about the use of FreeBSD-CURRENT_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:708 msgid "" "This is the mailing list for users of FreeBSD-CURRENT. It includes warnings " "about new features coming out in -CURRENT that will affect the users, and " @@ -2358,12 +2358,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:711 msgid "_Using and improving FreeBSD on the desktop_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:714 msgid "" "This is a forum for discussion of FreeBSD on the desktop. It is primarily a " "place for desktop porters and users to discuss issues and improve FreeBSD's " @@ -2371,34 +2371,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:717 msgid "_Continuous Integration reports of build and test results_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:718 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:719 msgid "All Continuous Integration reports of build and test results" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:722 msgid "_Notifications of work in progress in FreeBSD's review tool_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:724 msgid "" "Automated notifications of work in progress for review in FreeBSD's review " "tools, including patches." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:727 msgid "_Documentation Project_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:731 msgid "" "This mailing list is for the discussion of issues and projects related to " "the creation of documentation for FreeBSD. The members of this mailing list " @@ -2407,12 +2407,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:734 msgid "_Writing device drivers for FreeBSD_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:736 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:737 msgid "" "This is a forum for technical discussions related to device drivers on " "FreeBSD. It is primarily a place for device driver writers to ask questions " @@ -2420,12 +2420,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:739 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:740 msgid "_Using and working on DTrace in FreeBSD_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:742 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:743 msgid "" "DTrace is an integrated component of FreeBSD that provides a framework for " "understanding the kernel as well as user space programs at run time. The " @@ -2434,13 +2434,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:745 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:746 msgid "" "_FreeBSD users of Eclipse IDE, tools, rich client applications and ports._" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:748 msgid "" "The intention of this list is to provide mutual support for everything to do " "with choosing, installing, using, developing and maintaining the Eclipse " @@ -2449,14 +2449,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:750 msgid "" "The intention is also to facilitate exchange of information between the " "Eclipse community and the FreeBSD community to the mutual benefit of both." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:752 msgid "" "Although this list is focused primarily on the needs of Eclipse users it " "will also provide a forum for those who would like to develop FreeBSD " @@ -2464,12 +2464,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:755 msgid "_Using FreeBSD in embedded applications_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:760 msgid "" "This list discusses topics related to using FreeBSD in embedded systems. " "This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is " @@ -2482,24 +2482,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:763 msgid "_Emulation of other systems such as Linux/MS-DOS(R)/Windows(R)_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:765 msgid "" "This is a forum for technical discussions related to running programs " "written for other operating systems on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:768 msgid "_Enlightenment_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:771 msgid "" "Discussions concerning the Enlightenment Desktop Environment for FreeBSD " "systems. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical " @@ -2507,12 +2507,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:773 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:774 msgid "_FireWire(R) (iLink, IEEE 1394)_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:777 msgid "" "This is a mailing list for discussion of the design and implementation of a " "FireWire(R) (aka IEEE 1394 aka iLink) subsystem for FreeBSD. Relevant " @@ -2522,12 +2522,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:780 msgid "_Fortran on FreeBSD_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:782 msgid "" "This is the mailing list for discussion of Fortran related ports on FreeBSD: " "compilers, libraries, scientific and engineering applications from laptops " @@ -2535,24 +2535,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:785 msgid "_File systems_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:788 msgid "" "Discussions concerning FreeBSD filesystems. This is a technical mailing " "list for which strictly technical content is expected." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:791 msgid "_Games on FreeBSD_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:794 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:795 msgid "" "This is a technical list for discussions related to bringing games to " "FreeBSD. It is for individuals actively working on porting games to " @@ -2561,41 +2561,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:798 msgid "_Gecko Rendering Engine_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:799 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:800 msgid "This is a forum about Gecko applications using FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:802 msgid "" "Discussion centers around Gecko Ports applications, their installation, " "their development and their support within FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:805 msgid "_GEOM_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:807 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:808 msgid "" "Discussions specific to GEOM and related implementations. This is a " "technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:811 msgid "_Use of git in the FreeBSD project_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:815 msgid "" "Discussions of how to use git in FreeBSD infrastructure including the github " "mirror and other uses of git for project collaboration. Discussion area for " @@ -2604,12 +2604,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:818 msgid "_GNOME_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:820 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:821 msgid "" "Discussions concerning The GNOME Desktop Environment for FreeBSD systems. " "This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is " @@ -2617,23 +2617,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:824 msgid "_Infiniband on FreeBSD_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:826 msgid "" "Technical mailing list discussing Infiniband, OFED, and OpenSM on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:829 msgid "_IP Firewall_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:832 msgid "" "This is the forum for technical discussions concerning the redesign of the " "IP firewall code in FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list for which " @@ -2641,24 +2641,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:834 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:835 msgid "_ISDN Communications_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:837 msgid "" "This is the mailing list for people discussing the development of ISDN " "support for FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:840 msgid "_Java(TM) Development_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:842 msgid "" "This is the mailing list for people discussing the development of " "significant Java(TM) applications for FreeBSD and the porting and " @@ -2666,12 +2666,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:846 msgid "_Jobs offered and sought_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:849 msgid "" "This is a forum for posting employment notices specifically related to " "FreeBSD and resumes from those seeking FreeBSD-related employment. This is " @@ -2680,7 +2680,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:851 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:852 msgid "" "Note that this list, like other `FreeBSD.org` mailing lists, is distributed " "worldwide. Be clear about the geographic location and the extent to which " @@ -2688,7 +2688,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:855 msgid "" "Email should use open formats only - preferably plain text, but basic " "Portable Document Format (PDF), HTML, and a few others are acceptable to " @@ -2697,24 +2697,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:858 msgid "_KDE_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:861 msgid "" "Discussions concerning KDE on FreeBSD systems. This is a technical mailing " "list for which strictly technical content is expected." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:864 msgid "_Technical discussions_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:870 msgid "" "This is a forum for technical discussions related to FreeBSD. This is the " "primary technical mailing list. It is for individuals actively working on " @@ -2724,34 +2724,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:872 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:873 msgid "_General discussion of FreeBSD hardware_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:874 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:875 msgid "" "General discussion about the types of hardware that FreeBSD runs on, various " "problems and suggestions concerning what to buy or avoid." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:878 msgid "_Mirror sites_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:880 msgid "Announcements and discussion for people who run FreeBSD mirror sites." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:882 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:883 msgid "_Issues for Internet Service Providers_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:885 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:886 msgid "" "This mailing list is for discussing topics relevant to Internet Service " "Providers (ISPs) using FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list for which " @@ -2759,12 +2759,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:888 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:889 msgid "_Mono and C# applications on FreeBSD_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:890 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:891 msgid "" "This is a list for discussions related to the Mono development framework on " "FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals actively " @@ -2774,12 +2774,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:893 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:894 msgid "_FreeBSD-specific OCaml discussions_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:898 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:899 msgid "" "This is a list for discussions related to the OCaml support on FreeBSD. " "This is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals working on OCaml " @@ -2788,49 +2788,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:901 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:902 msgid "_Office applications on FreeBSD_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:903 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:904 msgid "" "Discussion centers around office applications, their installation, their " "development and their support within FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:905 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-ops-announce-url}[freebsd-ops-announce]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:907 msgid "_Project Infrastructure Announcements_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:908 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:909 msgid "" "This is the mailing list for people interested in changes and issues related " "to the FreeBSD.org Project infrastructure." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:911 msgid "" "This moderated list is strictly for announcements: no replies, requests, " "discussions, or opinions." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:913 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:914 msgid "_Discussions about tuning or speeding up FreeBSD_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:920 msgid "" "This mailing list exists to provide a place for hackers, administrators, and/" "or concerned parties to discuss performance related topics pertaining to " @@ -2846,12 +2846,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:922 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:923 msgid "_Discussion and questions about the packet filter firewall system_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:927 msgid "" "Discussion concerning the packet filter (pf) firewall system in terms of " "FreeBSD. Technical discussion and user questions are both welcome. This " @@ -2859,12 +2859,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:929 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:930 msgid "_Binary package management and package tools discussion_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:931 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:932 msgid "" "Discussion of all aspects of managing FreeBSD systems by using binary " "packages to install software, including binary package toolkits and formats, " @@ -2873,7 +2873,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:934 msgid "" "Note that discussion of ports which fail to generate packages correctly " "should generally be considered as ports problems, and so inappropriate for " @@ -2881,34 +2881,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:937 msgid "_Fallout logs from package building_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:938 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:939 msgid "All packages building failures logs from the package building clusters" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:941 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:942 msgid "_Packaging the FreeBSD base system._" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:944 msgid "" "Discussions surrounding implementation and issues regarding packaging the " "FreeBSD base system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:947 msgid "_Porting to Non Intel(R) platforms_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:949 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:950 msgid "" "Cross-platform FreeBSD issues, general discussion and proposals for non " "Intel(R) FreeBSD ports. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly " @@ -2916,12 +2916,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:953 msgid "_Discussion of \"ports\"_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:956 msgid "" "Discussions concerning FreeBSD's \"ports collection\" ([.filename]#/usr/" "ports#), ports infrastructure, and general ports coordination efforts. This " @@ -2929,13 +2929,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:958 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:959 msgid "" "_Important news and instructions about the FreeBSD \"Ports Collection\"_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:961 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:962 msgid "" "Important news for developers, porters, and users of the \"Ports Collection" "\" ([.filename]#/usr/ports#), including architecture/infrastructure changes, " @@ -2944,12 +2944,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:964 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:965 msgid "_Discussion of \"ports\" bugs_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:968 msgid "" "Discussions concerning problem reports for FreeBSD's \"ports collection\" ([." "filename]#/usr/ports#), proposed ports, or modifications to ports. This is " @@ -2957,12 +2957,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:970 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:971 msgid "_Technical discussion of FreeBSD on HP ProLiant server platforms_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:974 msgid "" "This mailing list is to be used for the technical discussion of the usage of " "FreeBSD on HP ProLiant servers, including the discussion of ProLiant-" @@ -2972,12 +2972,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:976 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:977 msgid "_Python on FreeBSD_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:981 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:982 msgid "" "This is a list for discussions related to improving Python-support on " "FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals working " @@ -2987,24 +2987,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:984 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:985 msgid "_User questions_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:987 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:988 msgid "" "This is the mailing list for questions about FreeBSD. Do not send \"how to" "\" questions to the technical lists unless the question is quite technical." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:990 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:991 msgid "_FreeBSD-specific Ruby discussions_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:995 msgid "" "This is a list for discussions related to the Ruby support on FreeBSD. This " "is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals working on Ruby ports, " @@ -3012,17 +3012,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:996 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:997 msgid "Individuals interested in the technical discussion are also welcome." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:999 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1000 msgid "_SCSI subsystem_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1002 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1003 msgid "" "This is the mailing list for people working on the SCSI subsystem for " "FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical " @@ -3030,12 +3030,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1006 msgid "_Security issues_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1010 msgid "" "FreeBSD computer security issues (DES, Kerberos, known security holes and " "fixes, etc). This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical " @@ -3044,36 +3044,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1012 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1013 msgid "_Security Notifications_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1017 msgid "" "Notifications of FreeBSD security problems and fixes. This is not a " "discussion list. The discussion list is FreeBSD-security." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1019 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1020 msgid "_FreeBSD Development Snapshot Announcements_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1021 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1022 msgid "" "This list provides notifications about the availability of new FreeBSD " "development snapshots for the head/ and stable/ branches." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1024 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1025 msgid "_Discussions about the use of FreeBSD-STABLE_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1031 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1032 msgid "" "This is the mailing list for users of FreeBSD-STABLE. \"STABLE\" is the " "branch where development continues after a RELEASE, including bug fixes and " @@ -3085,40 +3085,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1034 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1035 msgid "_C99 POSIX Conformance_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1037 msgid "" "This is a forum for technical discussions related to FreeBSD Conformance to " "the C99 and the POSIX standards." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1037 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1038 #, no-wrap msgid "link:{freebsd-teaching-url}[freebsd-teaching]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1039 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1040 msgid "_Teaching with FreeBSD_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1041 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1042 msgid "Non technical mailing list discussing teaching with FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1044 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1045 msgid "_Testing on FreeBSD_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1046 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1047 msgid "" "Technical mailing list discussing testing on FreeBSD, including ATF/Kyua, " "test build infrastructure, port tests to FreeBSD from other operating " @@ -3126,12 +3126,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1049 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1050 msgid "_Porting TeX and its applications to FreeBSD_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1053 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1054 msgid "" "This is a technical mailing list for discussions related to TeX and its " "applications on FreeBSD. It is for individuals actively working on porting " @@ -3141,12 +3141,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1056 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1057 msgid "_Maintenance of FreeBSD's integrated toolchain_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1060 msgid "" "This is the mailing list for discussions related to the maintenance of the " "toolchain shipped with FreeBSD. This could include the state of Clang and " @@ -3154,12 +3154,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1062 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1063 msgid "_Discussions of transport level network protocols in FreeBSD_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1065 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1066 msgid "" "The transport mailing list exists for the discussion of issues and designs " "around the transport level protocols in the FreeBSD network stack, including " @@ -3168,12 +3168,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1068 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1069 msgid "_Translating FreeBSD documents and programs_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1071 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1072 msgid "" "A discussion list where translators of FreeBSD documents from English into " "other languages can talk about translation methods and tools. New members " @@ -3182,24 +3182,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1074 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1075 msgid "_Discussing FreeBSD support for USB_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1077 msgid "" "This is a mailing list for technical discussions related to FreeBSD support " "for USB." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1079 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1080 msgid "_User Group Coordination List_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1082 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1083 msgid "" "This is the mailing list for the coordinators from each of the local area " "Users Groups to discuss matters with each other and a designated individual " @@ -3208,12 +3208,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1085 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1086 msgid "_Discussion of various virtualization techniques supported by FreeBSD_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1089 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1090 msgid "" "A list to discuss the various virtualization techniques supported by " "FreeBSD. On one hand the focus will be on the implementation of the basic " @@ -3223,12 +3223,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1093 msgid "_FreeBSD Work-In-Progress Status_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1097 msgid "" "This mailing list can be used by developers to announce the creation and " "progress of FreeBSD related work. Messages will be moderated. It is " @@ -3238,12 +3238,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1100 msgid "_Discussions of 802.11 stack, tools device driver development_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1103 msgid "" "The FreeBSD-wireless list focuses on 802.11 stack (sys/net80211), device " "driver and tools development. This includes bugs, new features and " @@ -3251,12 +3251,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1106 msgid "_Discussion of the FreeBSD port to Xen(TM) - implementation and usage_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1109 msgid "" "A list that focuses on the FreeBSD Xen(TM) port. The anticipated traffic " "level is small enough that it is intended as a forum for both technical " @@ -3265,12 +3265,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1112 msgid "_XFCE_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1117 msgid "" "This is a forum for discussions related to bring the XFCE environment to " "FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals actively " @@ -3280,12 +3280,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1120 msgid "_Zope_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1125 msgid "" "This is a forum for discussions related to bring the Zope environment to " "FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals actively " @@ -3295,13 +3295,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1127 #, no-wrap msgid "Filtering on the Mailing Lists" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1131 msgid "" "The FreeBSD mailing lists are filtered in multiple ways to avoid the " "distribution of spam, viruses, and other unwanted emails. The filtering " @@ -3310,7 +3310,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1134 msgid "" "Only certain types of attachments are allowed on the mailing lists. All " "attachments with a MIME content type not found in the list below will be " @@ -3318,74 +3318,74 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1136 msgid "application/octet-stream" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1137 msgid "application/pdf" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1138 msgid "application/pgp-signature" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1139 msgid "application/x-pkcs7-signature" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1140 msgid "message/rfc822" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1141 msgid "multipart/alternative" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1142 msgid "multipart/related" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1143 msgid "multipart/signed" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1144 msgid "text/html" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1145 msgid "text/plain" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1146 msgid "text/x-diff" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1147 msgid "text/x-patch" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1151 msgid "" "Some of the mailing lists might allow attachments of other MIME content " "types, but the above list should be applicable for most of the mailing lists." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1155 msgid "" "If an email contains both an HTML and a plain text version, the HTML version " "will be removed. If an email contains only an HTML version, it will be " @@ -3393,93 +3393,93 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1157 #, no-wrap msgid "Usenet Newsgroups" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1160 msgid "" "In addition to two FreeBSD specific newsgroups, there are many others in " "which FreeBSD is discussed or are otherwise relevant to FreeBSD users." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1161 #, no-wrap msgid "BSD Specific Newsgroups" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1164 msgid "" "link:news:comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.announce[comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.announce]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1165 msgid "link:news:comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.misc[comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.misc]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1166 msgid "link:news:de.comp.os.unix.bsd[de.comp.os.unix.bsd] (German)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1167 msgid "link:news:fr.comp.os.bsd[fr.comp.os.bsd] (French)" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1168 #, no-wrap msgid "Other UNIX(R) Newsgroups of Interest" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1171 msgid "link:news:comp.unix[comp.unix]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1172 msgid "link:news:comp.unix.questions[comp.unix.questions]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1173 msgid "link:news:comp.unix.admin[comp.unix.admin]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1174 msgid "link:news:comp.unix.programmer[comp.unix.programmer]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1175 msgid "link:news:comp.unix.shell[comp.unix.shell]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1176 msgid "link:news:comp.unix.misc[comp.unix.misc]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1177 msgid "link:news:comp.unix.bsd[comp.unix.bsd]" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1178 #, no-wrap msgid "X Window System" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1180 msgid "link:news:comp.windows.x[comp.windows.x]" msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.po index 66abb2455e..9870e954ce 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-02-01 09:20-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 21. Other File Systems" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Other File Systems" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "File systems are an integral part of any operating system. They allow users " "to upload and store files, provide access to data, and make hard drives " @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:64 msgid "" "In addition to its native file systems, FreeBSD supports a multitude of " "other file systems so that data from other operating systems can be accessed " @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:68 msgid "" "There are different levels of FreeBSD support for the various file systems. " "Some require a kernel module to be loaded and others may require a toolset " @@ -78,63 +78,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:70 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:72 msgid "The difference between native and supported file systems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:73 msgid "Which file systems are supported by FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:74 msgid "" "How to enable, configure, access, and make use of non-native file systems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:76 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:78 msgid "Understand UNIX(R) and crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD basics]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:79 msgid "" "Be familiar with the basics of crossref:kernelconfig[kernelconfig,kernel " "configuration and compilation]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:80 msgid "Feel comfortable crossref:ports[ports,installing software] in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:81 msgid "" "Have some familiarity with crossref:disks[disks,disks], storage, and device " "names in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:83 #, no-wrap msgid "Linux(R) File Systems" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:87 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides built-in support for several Linux(R) file systems. This " "section demonstrates how to load support for and how to mount the supported " @@ -142,13 +142,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:88 #, no-wrap msgid "ext2 / ext3 / ext4" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "Kernel support for ext2 file systems has been available since FreeBSD 2.2. " "The man:ext2fs[5] driver allows the FreeBSD kernel to both read and write to " @@ -156,12 +156,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:96 msgid "Journalling and encryption are not supported yet." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:100 msgid "" "To access an ext file system, mount the ext volume by specifying its FreeBSD " "partition name and an existing mount point. This example mounts [." @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:104 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount -t ext2fs /dev/ad1s1 /mnt\n" msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.po index 55836e2ba2..a71ae2ea3d 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-08-07 10:35-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 31. Firewalls" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Firewalls" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:58 msgid "" "Firewalls make it possible to filter the incoming and outgoing traffic that " "flows through a system. A firewall can use one or more sets of \"rules\" to " @@ -58,28 +58,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "Firewalls can enhance the security of a host or a network. They can be used " "to do one or more of the following:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:63 msgid "" "Protect and insulate the applications, services, and machines of an internal " "network from unwanted traffic from the public Internet." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:64 msgid "" "Limit or disable access from hosts of the internal network to services of " "the public Internet." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "Support network address translation (NAT), which allows an internal network " "to use private IP addresses and share a single connection to the public " @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:70 msgid "" "FreeBSD has three firewalls built into the base system: PF, IPFW, and " "IPFILTER, also known as IPF. FreeBSD also provides two traffic shapers for " @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides multiple firewalls in order to meet the different " "requirements and preferences for a wide variety of users. Each user should " @@ -108,47 +108,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:75 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:77 msgid "How to define packet filtering rules." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:78 msgid "The differences between the firewalls built into FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:79 msgid "How to use and configure the PF firewall." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:80 msgid "How to use and configure the IPFW firewall." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:81 msgid "How to use and configure the IPFILTER firewall." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:83 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:85 msgid "Understand basic FreeBSD and Internet concepts." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:90 msgid "" "Since all firewalls are based on inspecting the values of selected packet " "control fields, the creator of the firewall ruleset must have an " @@ -159,13 +159,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:93 #, no-wrap msgid "Firewall Concepts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:101 msgid "" "A ruleset contains a group of rules which pass or block packets based on the " "values contained in the packet. The bi-directional exchange of packets " @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:104 msgid "" "To lookup unknown port numbers, refer to [.filename]#/etc/services#. " "Alternatively, visit http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" @@ -190,14 +190,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:106 msgid "" "Check out this link for http://web.archive.org/web/20150803024617/http://www." "sans.org/security-resources/idfaq/oddports.php[port numbers used by Trojans]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:111 msgid "" "FTP has two modes: active mode and passive mode. The difference is in how " "the data channel is acquired. Passive mode is more secure as the data " @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:115 msgid "" "A firewall ruleset can be either \"exclusive\" or \"inclusive\". An " "exclusive firewall allows all traffic through except for the traffic " @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:120 msgid "" "An inclusive firewall offers better control of the outgoing traffic, making " "it a better choice for systems that offer services to the public Internet. " @@ -228,14 +228,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" "Unless noted otherwise, all configuration and example rulesets in this " "chapter create inclusive firewall rulesets." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:128 msgid "" "Security can be tightened further using a \"stateful firewall\". This type " "of firewall keeps track of open connections and only allows traffic which " @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:133 msgid "" "Stateful filtering treats traffic as a bi-directional exchange of packets " "comprising a session. When state is specified on a matching rule the " @@ -254,12 +254,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:135 msgid "When the session completes, it is removed from the dynamic state table." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:140 msgid "" "Stateful filtering allows one to focus on blocking/passing new sessions. If " "the new session is passed, all its subsequent packets are allowed " @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:144 msgid "" "NAT stands for _Network Address Translation_. NAT function enables the " "private LAN behind the firewall to share a single ISP-assigned IP address, " @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:147 msgid "" "NAT will automatically translate the private LAN IP address for each system " "on the LAN to the single public IP address as packets exit the firewall " @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:149 msgid "" "According to RFC 1918, the following IP address ranges are reserved for " "private networks which will never be routed directly to the public Internet, " @@ -297,22 +297,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:151 msgid "`10.0.0.0/8`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:152 msgid "`172.16.0.0/12`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:153 msgid "`192.168.0.0/16`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:159 msgid "" "When working with the firewall rules, be _very careful_. Some " "configurations _can lock the administrator out_ of the server. To be on the " @@ -321,13 +321,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:162 #, no-wrap msgid "PF" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:166 msgid "" "Since FreeBSD 5.3, a ported version of OpenBSD's PF firewall has been " "included as an integrated part of the base system. PF is a complete, full-" @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:169 msgid "" "The OpenBSD Project maintains the definitive reference for PF in the http://" "www.openbsd.org/faq/pf/[PF FAQ]. Peter Hansteen maintains a thorough PF " @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:174 msgid "" "When reading the http://www.openbsd.org/faq/pf/[PF FAQ], keep in mind that " "FreeBSD's version of PF has diverged substantially from the upstream OpenBSD " @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:178 msgid "" "The {freebsd-pf} is a good place to ask questions about configuring and " "running the PF firewall. Check the mailing list archives before asking a " @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:182 msgid "" "This section of the Handbook focuses on PF as it pertains to FreeBSD. It " "demonstrates how to enable PF and ALTQ. It also provides several examples " @@ -369,31 +369,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:183 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling PF" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:187 msgid "" "To use PF, its kernel module must be first loaded. This section describes " "the entries that can be added to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# to enable PF." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:189 msgid "Start by adding `pf_enable=yes` to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:193 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc pf_enable=yes\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:197 msgid "" "Additional options, described in man:pfctl[8], can be passed to PF when it " "is started. Add or change this entry in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# and " @@ -401,13 +401,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:201 #, no-wrap msgid "pf_flags=\"\" # additional flags for pfctl startup\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:207 msgid "" "PF will not start if it cannot find its ruleset configuration file. By " "default, FreeBSD does not ship with a ruleset and there is no [.filename]#/" @@ -417,26 +417,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:211 #, no-wrap msgid "pf_rules=\"/path/to/pf.conf\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:215 msgid "" "Logging support for PF is provided by man:pflog[4]. To enable logging " "support, add `pflog_enable=yes` to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:219 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc pflog_enable=yes\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:222 msgid "" "The following lines can also be added to change the default location of the " "log file or to specify any additional flags to pass to man:pflog[4] when it " @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:227 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pflog_logfile=\"/var/log/pflog\" # where pflogd should store the logfile\n" @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:230 msgid "" "Finally, if there is a LAN behind the firewall and packets need to be " "forwarded for the computers on the LAN, or NAT is required, enable the " @@ -460,20 +460,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:234 #, no-wrap msgid "gateway_enable=\"YES\" # Enable as LAN gateway\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:237 msgid "" "After saving the needed edits, PF can be started with logging support by " "typing:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:242 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service pf start\n" @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:247 msgid "" "By default, PF reads its configuration rules from [.filename]#/etc/pf.conf# " "and modifies, drops, or passes packets according to the rules or definitions " @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:251 msgid "" "To control PF, use `pfctl`. <<pfctl>> summarizes some useful options to " "this command. Refer to man:pfctl[8] for a description of all available " @@ -499,104 +499,104 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:252 #, no-wrap msgid "Useful `pfctl` Options" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:256 #, no-wrap msgid "Command" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:258 #, no-wrap msgid "Purpose" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:259 #, no-wrap msgid "`pfctl -e`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:261 #, no-wrap msgid "Enable PF." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:262 #, no-wrap msgid "`pfctl -d`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:264 #, no-wrap msgid "Disable PF." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:265 #, no-wrap msgid "`pfctl -F all -f /etc/pf.conf`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:267 #, no-wrap msgid "Flush all NAT, filter, state, and table rules and reload [.filename]#/etc/pf.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:267 #, no-wrap msgid "`pfctl -s [ rules \\" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:267 #, no-wrap msgid "nat \\" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:268 #, no-wrap msgid "states ]`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:270 #, no-wrap msgid "Report on the filter rules, NAT rules, or state table." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:271 #, no-wrap msgid "`pfctl -vnf /etc/pf.conf`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:272 #, no-wrap msgid "Check [.filename]#/etc/pf.conf# for errors, but do not load ruleset." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:278 msgid "" "package:security/sudo[] is useful for running commands like `pfctl` that " "require elevated privileges. It can be installed from the Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:282 msgid "" "To keep an eye on the traffic that passes through the PF firewall, consider " "installing the package:sysutils/pftop[] package or port. Once installed, " @@ -605,13 +605,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:284 #, no-wrap msgid "PF Rulesets" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:288 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to create a customized ruleset. It starts " "with the simplest of rulesets and builds upon its concepts using several " @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:291 msgid "" "The simplest possible ruleset is for a single machine that does not run any " "services and which needs access to one network, which may be the Internet. " @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:296 #, no-wrap msgid "" "block in all\n" @@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:302 msgid "" "The first rule denies all incoming traffic by default. The second rule " "allows connections created by this system to pass out, while retaining state " @@ -646,13 +646,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:306 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -e ; pfctl -f /etc/pf.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:311 msgid "" "In addition to keeping state, PF provides _lists_ and _macros_ which can be " "defined for use when creating rules. Macros can include lists and need to " @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:316 #, no-wrap msgid "" "tcp_services = \"{ ssh, smtp, domain, www, pop3, auth, pop3s }\"\n" @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:323 msgid "" "PF understands port names as well as port numbers, as long as the names are " "listed in [.filename]#/etc/services#. This example creates two macros. The " @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:331 #, no-wrap msgid "" "tcp_services = \"{ ssh, smtp, domain, www, pop3, auth, pop3s }\"\n" @@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:335 msgid "" "Even though UDP is considered to be a stateless protocol, PF is able to " "track some state information. For example, when a UDP request is passed " @@ -700,34 +700,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:337 msgid "" "Whenever an edit is made to a ruleset, the new rules must be loaded so they " "can be used:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:340 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:559 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -f /etc/pf.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:345 msgid "" "If there are no syntax errors, `pfctl` will not output any messages during " "the rule load. Rules can also be tested before attempting to load them:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:349 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -nf /etc/pf.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:354 msgid "" "Including `-n` causes the rules to be interpreted only, but not loaded. " "This provides an opportunity to correct any errors. At all times, the last " @@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:359 msgid "" "Adding `-v` to a `pfctl` ruleset verify or load will display the fully " "parsed rules exactly the way they will be loaded. This is extremely useful " @@ -744,13 +744,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:362 #, no-wrap msgid "A Simple Gateway with NAT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:367 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to configure a FreeBSD system running PF to " "act as a gateway for at least one other machine. The gateway needs at least " @@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:370 msgid "" "First, enable the gateway to let the machine forward the network traffic it " "receives on one interface to another interface. This sysctl setting will " @@ -768,31 +768,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:374 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl net.inet.ip.forwarding=1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:377 msgid "To forward IPv6 traffic, use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:381 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl net.inet6.ip6.forwarding=1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:384 msgid "" "To enable these settings at system boot, use man:sysrc[8] to add them to [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:389 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc gateway_enable=yes\n" @@ -800,12 +800,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:392 msgid "Verify with `ifconfig` that both of the interfaces are up and running." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:395 msgid "" "Next, create the PF rules to allow the gateway to pass traffic. While the " "following rule allows stateful traffic from hosts of the internal network to " @@ -814,26 +814,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:399 #, no-wrap msgid "pass in on xl1 from xl1:network to xl0:network port $ports keep state\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:402 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:403 msgid "" "That rule only lets the traffic pass in to the gateway on the internal " "interface. To let the packets go further, a matching rule is needed:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:407 #, no-wrap msgid "pass out on xl0 from xl1:network to xl0:network port $ports keep state\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:413 msgid "" "While these two rules will work, rules this specific are rarely needed. For " "a busy network admin, a readable ruleset is a safer ruleset. The remainder " @@ -842,13 +842,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:417 #, no-wrap msgid "pass from xl1:network to any port $ports keep state\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:422 msgid "" "The `interface:network` notation can be replaced with a macro to make the " "ruleset even more readable. For example, a `$localnet` macro could be " @@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:425 msgid "" "If required, `$localnet` could even be defined as a list of networks. " "Whatever the specific needs, a sensible `$localnet` definition could be used " @@ -867,13 +867,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:429 #, no-wrap msgid "pass from $localnet to any port $ports keep state\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:433 msgid "" "The following sample ruleset allows all traffic initiated by machines on the " "internal network. It first defines two macros to represent the external and " @@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:438 msgid "" "For dialup users, the external interface will use [.filename]#tun0#. For an " "ADSL connection, specifically those using PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE), the " @@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:449 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ext_if = \"xl0\"\t# macro for external interface - use tun0 for PPPoE\n" @@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:454 msgid "" "This ruleset introduces the `nat` rule which is used to handle the network " "address translation from the non-routable addresses inside the internal " @@ -915,14 +915,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:457 msgid "" "Note that this ruleset probably allows more traffic to pass out of the " "network than is needed. One reasonable setup could create this macro:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:462 #, no-wrap msgid "" "client_out = \"{ ftp-data, ftp, ssh, domain, pop3, auth, nntp, http, \\\n" @@ -930,12 +930,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:465 msgid "to use in the main pass rule:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:470 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pass inet proto tcp from $localnet to any port $client_out \\\n" @@ -943,25 +943,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:474 msgid "" "A few other pass rules may be needed. This one enables SSH on the external " "interface:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:477 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:478 #, no-wrap msgid "pass in inet proto tcp to $ext_if port ssh\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:481 msgid "This macro definition and rule allows DNS and NTP for internal clients:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:486 #, no-wrap msgid "" "udp_services = \"{ domain, ntp }\"\n" @@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:494 msgid "" "Note the `quick` keyword in this rule. Since the ruleset consists of " "several rules, it is important to understand the relationships between the " @@ -982,13 +982,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:496 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating an FTP Proxy" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:501 msgid "" "Configuring working FTP rules can be problematic due to the nature of the " "FTP protocol. FTP pre-dates firewalls by several decades and is insecure in " @@ -996,26 +996,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:503 msgid "Passwords are transferred in the clear." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:504 msgid "" "The protocol demands the use of at least two TCP connections (control and " "data) on separate ports." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:505 msgid "" "When a session is established, data is communicated using randomly selected " "ports." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:508 msgid "" "All of these points present security challenges, even before considering any " "potential security weaknesses in client or server software. More secure " @@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:511 msgid "" "For those situations when FTP is required, PF provides redirection of FTP " "traffic to a small proxy program called man:ftp-proxy[8], which is included " @@ -1035,29 +1035,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:513 msgid "To enable the FTP proxy, add this line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:517 #, no-wrap msgid "ftpproxy_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:520 msgid "Then start the proxy by running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:524 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ftp-proxy start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:528 msgid "" "For a basic configuration, three elements need to be added to [.filename]#/" "etc/pf.conf#. First, the anchors which the proxy will use to insert the " @@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:533 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nat-anchor \"ftp-proxy/*\"\n" @@ -1073,48 +1073,48 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:536 msgid "Second, a pass rule is needed to allow FTP traffic in to the proxy." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:539 msgid "" "Third, redirection and NAT rules need to be defined before the filtering " "rules. Insert this `rdr` rule immediately after the `nat` rule:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:543 #, no-wrap msgid "rdr pass on $int_if proto tcp from any to any port ftp -> 127.0.0.1 port 8021\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:546 msgid "Finally, allow the redirected traffic to pass:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:550 #, no-wrap msgid "pass out proto tcp from $proxy to any port ftp\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:553 msgid "where `$proxy` expands to the address the proxy daemon is bound to." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:555 msgid "" "Save [.filename]#/etc/pf.conf#, load the new rules, and verify from a client " "that FTP connections are working:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:565 msgid "" "This example covers a basic setup where the clients in the local network " "need to contact FTP servers elsewhere. This basic configuration should work " @@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:567 msgid "" "For ways to run an FTP server protected by PF and man:ftp-proxy[8], " "configure a separate `ftp-proxy` in reverse mode, using `-R`, on a separate " @@ -1135,13 +1135,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:569 #, no-wrap msgid "Managing ICMP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:572 msgid "" "Many of the tools used for debugging or troubleshooting a TCP/IP network " "rely on the Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP), which was designed " @@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:575 msgid "" "The ICMP protocol sends and receives _control messages_ between hosts and " "gateways, mainly to provide feedback to a sender about any unusual or " @@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:579 msgid "" "From a firewall perspective, some ICMP control messages are vulnerable to " "known attack vectors. Also, letting all diagnostic traffic pass " @@ -1169,20 +1169,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:583 #, no-wrap msgid "pass inet proto icmp from any to any\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:586 msgid "" "One solution is to let all ICMP traffic from the local network through while " "stopping all probes from outside the network:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:591 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pass inet proto icmp from $localnet to any keep state\n" @@ -1190,7 +1190,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:596 msgid "" "Additional options are available which demonstrate some of PF's " "flexibility. For example, rather than allowing all ICMP messages, one can " @@ -1199,25 +1199,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:599 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:600 #, no-wrap msgid "icmp_types = \"echoreq\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:603 msgid "and a rule which uses the macro:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:606 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:607 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:647 #, no-wrap msgid "pass inet proto icmp all icmp-type $icmp_types keep state\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:611 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:612 msgid "" "If other types of ICMP packets are needed, expand `icmp_types` to a list of " "those packet types. Type `more /usr/src/sbin/pfctl/pfctl_parser.c` to see " @@ -1228,14 +1228,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:614 msgid "" "Since Unix `traceroute` uses UDP by default, another rule is needed to allow " "Unix `traceroute`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:619 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# allow out the default range for traceroute(8):\n" @@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:624 msgid "" "Since `TRACERT.EXE` on Microsoft Windows systems uses ICMP echo request " "messages, only the first rule is needed to allow network traces from those " @@ -1253,13 +1253,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:626 #, no-wrap msgid "Path MTU Discovery" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:631 msgid "" "Internet protocols are designed to be device independent, and one " "consequence of device independence is that the optimal packet size for a " @@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:635 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:636 msgid "" "TCP/IP uses a process known as path MTU discovery to determine the right " "packet size for a connection. This process sends packets of varying sizes " @@ -1283,33 +1283,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:640 #, no-wrap msgid "icmp_types = \"{ echoreq, unreach }\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:643 msgid "" "Since the pass rule already uses that macro, it does not need to be modified " "to support the new ICMP type:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:651 msgid "" "PF allows filtering on all variations of ICMP types and codes. The list of " "possible types and codes are documented in man:icmp[4] and man:icmp6[4]." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:653 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Tables" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:658 msgid "" "Some types of data are relevant to filtering and redirection at a given " "time, but their definition is too long to be included in the ruleset file. " @@ -1320,13 +1320,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:662 #, no-wrap msgid "table <clients> { 192.168.2.0/24, !192.168.2.5 }\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:665 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:666 msgid "" "In this example, the `192.168.2.0/24` network is part of the table, except " "for the address `192.168.2.5`, which is excluded using the `!` operator. It " @@ -1335,7 +1335,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:670 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:671 #, no-wrap msgid "" "192.168.2.0/24\n" @@ -1343,42 +1343,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:674 msgid "To refer to the file, define the table like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:677 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:678 #, no-wrap msgid "table <clients> persist file \"/etc/clients\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:681 msgid "Once the table is defined, it can be referenced by a rule:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:685 #, no-wrap msgid "pass inet proto tcp from <clients> to any port $client_out flags S/SA keep state\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:689 msgid "" "A table's contents can be manipulated live, using `pfctl`. This example " "adds another network to the table:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:693 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -t clients -T add 192.168.1.0/16\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:699 msgid "" "Note that any changes made this way will take affect now, making them ideal " "for testing, but will not survive a power failure or reboot. To make the " @@ -1391,26 +1391,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:703 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -t clients -T replace -f /etc/clients\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:706 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Overload Tables to Protect SSH" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:709 msgid "" "Those who run SSH on an external interface have probably seen something like " "this in the authentication logs:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:718 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Sep 26 03:12:34 skapet sshd[25771]: Failed password for root from 200.72.41.31 port 40992 ssh2\n" @@ -1422,7 +1422,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:721 msgid "" "This is indicative of a brute force attack where somebody or some program is " "trying to discover the user name and password which will let them into the " @@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:725 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:726 msgid "" "If external SSH access is needed for legitimate users, changing the default " "port used by SSH can offer some protection. However, PF provides a more " @@ -1441,26 +1441,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:727 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:728 msgid "" "To configure this, create this table in the tables section of the ruleset:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:732 #, no-wrap msgid "table <bruteforce> persist\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:735 msgid "" "Then, somewhere early in the ruleset, add rules to block brute access while " "allowing legitimate access:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:742 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:743 #, no-wrap msgid "" "block quick from <bruteforce>\n" @@ -1471,28 +1471,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:747 msgid "" "The part in parentheses defines the limits and the numbers should be changed " "to meet local requirements. It can be read as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:748 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:749 msgid "" "`max-src-conn` is the number of simultaneous connections allowed from one " "host." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:750 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:751 msgid "" "`max-src-conn-rate` is the rate of new connections allowed from any single " "host (_15_) per number of seconds (_5_)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:754 msgid "" "`overload <bruteforce>` means that any host which exceeds these limits gets " "its address added to the `bruteforce` table. The ruleset blocks all traffic " @@ -1500,21 +1500,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:755 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:756 msgid "" "Finally, `flush global` says that when a host reaches the limit, that all " "(`global`) of that host's connections will be terminated (`flush`)." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:760 msgid "" "These rules will _not_ block slow bruteforcers, as described in http://home." "nuug.no/\\~peter/hailmary2013/[http://home.nuug.no/~peter/hailmary2013/]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:764 msgid "" "This example ruleset is intended mainly as an illustration. For example, if " "a generous number of connections in general are wanted, but the desire is to " @@ -1523,7 +1523,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:771 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pass quick proto { tcp, udp } from any to any port ssh \\\n" @@ -1533,13 +1533,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:776 #, no-wrap msgid "*It May Not be Necessary to Block All Overloaders:* +\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:778 msgid "" "It is worth noting that the overload mechanism is a general technique which " "does not apply exclusively to SSH, and it is not always optimal to entirely " @@ -1547,7 +1547,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:780 msgid "" "For example, an overload rule could be used to protect a mail service or a " "web service, and the overload table could be used in a rule to assign " @@ -1556,7 +1556,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:784 msgid "" "Over time, tables will be filled by overload rules and their size will grow " "incrementally, taking up more memory. Sometimes an IP address that is " @@ -1566,7 +1566,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:786 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:787 msgid "" "For situations like these, pfctl provides the ability to expire table " "entries. For example, this command will remove `<bruteforce>` table entries " @@ -1574,13 +1574,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:791 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -t bruteforce -T expire 86400\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:794 msgid "" "Similar functionality is provided by package:security/expiretable[], which " "removes table entries which have not been accessed for a specified period of " @@ -1588,7 +1588,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:797 msgid "" "Once installed, expiretable can be run to remove `<bruteforce>` table " "entries older than a specified age. This example removes all entries older " @@ -1596,19 +1596,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:801 #, no-wrap msgid "/usr/local/sbin/expiretable -v -d -t 24h bruteforce\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:804 #, no-wrap msgid "Protecting Against SPAM" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:807 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:808 msgid "" "Not to be confused with the spamd daemon which comes bundled with " "spamassassin, package:mail/spamd[] can be configured with PF to provide an " @@ -1617,7 +1617,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:810 msgid "" "Spammers tend to send a large number of messages, and SPAM is mainly sent " "from a few spammer friendly networks and a large number of hijacked " @@ -1625,7 +1625,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:814 msgid "" "When an SMTP connection from an address in a blocklist is received, spamd " "presents its banner and immediately switches to a mode where it answers SMTP " @@ -1636,7 +1636,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:817 msgid "" "This example demonstrates the basic procedure for setting up spamd with " "automatically updated blocklists. Refer to the man pages which are " @@ -1644,13 +1644,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:820 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Configuring spamd" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:822 msgid "" "Install the package:mail/spamd[] package or port. To use spamd's greylisting " "features, man:fdescfs[5] must be mounted at [.filename]#/dev/fd#. Add the " @@ -1658,29 +1658,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:826 #, no-wrap msgid " fdescfs /dev/fd fdescfs rw 0 0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:829 msgid "Then, mount the filesystem:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:833 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount fdescfs\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:836 msgid "Next, edit the PF ruleset to include:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:844 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:845 #, no-wrap msgid "" "table <spamd> persist\n" @@ -1692,7 +1692,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:849 msgid "" "The two tables `<spamd>` and `<spamd-white>` are essential. SMTP traffic " "from an address listed in `<spamd>` but not in `<spamd-white>` is redirected " @@ -1700,14 +1700,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:850 msgid "" "The next step is to configure spamd in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/spamd." "conf# and to add some [.filename]#rc.conf# parameters." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:853 msgid "" "The installation of package:mail/spamd[] includes a sample configuration " "file ([.filename]#/usr/local/etc/spamd.conf.sample#) and a man page for [." @@ -1716,7 +1716,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:855 msgid "" "One of the first lines in the configuration file that does not begin with a " "`#` comment sign contains the block which defines the `all` list, which " @@ -1724,7 +1724,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:860 #, no-wrap msgid "" "all:\\\n" @@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:863 msgid "" "This entry adds the desired blocklists, separated by colons (`:`). To use " "an allowlist to subtract addresses from a blocklist, add the name of the " @@ -1741,12 +1741,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:864 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:865 msgid "This is followed by the specified blocklist's definition:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:872 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:873 #, no-wrap msgid "" "traplist:\\\n" @@ -1757,7 +1757,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:878 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:879 msgid "" "where the first line is the name of the blocklist and the second line " "specifies the list type. The `msg` field contains the message to display to " @@ -1769,14 +1769,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:881 msgid "" "The definition of the specified allowlist is similar, but omits the `msg` " "field since a message is not needed:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:888 #, no-wrap msgid "" "allowlist:\\\n" @@ -1786,13 +1786,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:892 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:893 #, no-wrap msgid "*Choose Data Sources with Care:* +\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:896 msgid "" "Using all the blocklists in the sample [.filename]#spamd.conf# will block " "large blocks of the Internet. Administrators need to edit the file to " @@ -1801,20 +1801,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:900 msgid "" "Next, add this entry to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. Additional flags are " "described in the man page specified by the comment:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:903 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:904 #, no-wrap msgid "spamd_flags=\"-v\" # use \"\" and see spamd-setup(8) for flags\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:908 msgid "" "When finished, reload the ruleset, start spamd by typing `service obspamd " "start`, and complete the configuration using `spamd-setup`. Finally, create " @@ -1823,14 +1823,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:911 msgid "" "On a typical gateway in front of a mail server, hosts will soon start " "getting trapped within a few seconds to several minutes." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:915 msgid "" "PF also supports _greylisting_, which temporarily rejects messages from " "unknown hosts with _45n_ codes. Messages from greylisted hosts which try " @@ -1840,7 +1840,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:919 msgid "" "More information about greylisting as a technique can be found at the http://" "www.greylisting.org/[greylisting.org] web site. The most amazing thing " @@ -1850,49 +1850,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:921 msgid "The basic procedure for configuring greylisting is as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:922 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:923 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Configuring Greylisting" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:924 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:925 msgid "" "Make sure that man:fdescfs[5] is mounted as described in Step 1 of the " "previous Procedure." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:926 msgid "" "To run spamd in greylisting mode, add this line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:929 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:930 #, no-wrap msgid "spamd_grey=\"YES\" # use spamd greylisting if YES\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:933 msgid "" "Refer to the spamd man page for descriptions of additional related " "parameters." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:934 msgid "To complete the greylisting setup:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:938 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:939 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service obspamd restart\n" @@ -1900,7 +1900,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:942 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:943 msgid "" "Behind the scenes, the spamdb database tool and the spamlogd whitelist " "updater perform essential functions for the greylisting feature. spamdb is " @@ -1909,20 +1909,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:945 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Hygiene" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:947 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:948 msgid "" "This section describes how `block-policy`, `scrub`, and `antispoof` can be " "used to make the ruleset behave sanely." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:951 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:952 msgid "" "The `block-policy` is an option which can be set in the `options` part of " "the ruleset, which precedes the redirection and filtering rules. This " @@ -1933,20 +1933,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:954 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:955 msgid "" "If not set, the default policy is `drop`. To change the `block-policy`, " "specify the desired value:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:958 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:959 #, no-wrap msgid "set block-policy return\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:964 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:965 msgid "" "In PF, `scrub` is a keyword which enables network packet normalization. " "This process reassembles fragmented packets and drops TCP packets that have " @@ -1957,13 +1957,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:968 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:969 #, no-wrap msgid "scrub in all\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:972 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:973 msgid "" "Some services, such as NFS, require specific fragment handling options. " "Refer to https://home.nuug.no/\\~peter/pf/en/scrub.html[https://home.nuug.no/" @@ -1971,20 +1971,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:974 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:975 msgid "" "This example reassembles fragments, clears the \"do not fragment\" bit, and " "sets the maximum segment size to 1440 bytes:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:978 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:979 #, no-wrap msgid "scrub in all fragment reassemble no-df max-mss 1440\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:981 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:982 msgid "" "The `antispoof` mechanism protects against activity from spoofed or forged " "IP addresses, mainly by blocking packets appearing on interfaces and in " @@ -1992,14 +1992,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:983 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:984 msgid "" "These rules weed out spoofed traffic coming in from the rest of the world as " "well as any spoofed packets which originate in the local network:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:989 #, no-wrap msgid "" "antispoof for $ext_if\n" @@ -2007,13 +2007,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:991 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:992 #, no-wrap msgid "Handling Non-Routable Addresses" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:996 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:997 msgid "" "Even with a properly configured gateway to handle network address " "translation, one may have to compensate for other people's " @@ -2025,7 +2025,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:999 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1000 msgid "" "In this example, a macro containing non-routable addresses is defined, then " "used in blocking rules. Traffic to and from these addresses is quietly " @@ -2033,7 +2033,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1006 #, no-wrap msgid "" "martians = \"{ 127.0.0.0/8, 192.168.0.0/16, 172.16.0.0/12, \\\n" @@ -2042,7 +2042,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1008 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1009 #, no-wrap msgid "" "block drop in quick on $ext_if from $martians to any\n" @@ -2050,13 +2050,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1010 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1011 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling ALTQ" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1014 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1015 msgid "" "On FreeBSD, ALTQ can be used with PF to provide Quality of Service (QOS). " "Once ALTQ is enabled, queues can be defined in the ruleset which determine " @@ -2064,14 +2064,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1017 msgid "" "Before enabling ALTQ, refer to man:altq[4] to determine if the drivers for " "the network cards installed on the system support it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1022 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1023 msgid "" "ALTQ is not available as a loadable kernel module. If the system's " "interfaces support ALTQ, create a custom kernel using the instructions in " @@ -2082,7 +2082,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1031 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1032 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options ALTQ\n" @@ -2094,31 +2094,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1034 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1035 msgid "The following scheduler algorithms are available:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1036 #, no-wrap msgid "CBQ" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1037 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1038 msgid "" "Class Based Queuing (CBQ) is used to divide a connection's bandwidth into " "different classes or queues to prioritize traffic based on filter rules." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1038 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1039 #, no-wrap msgid "RED" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1041 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1042 msgid "" "Random Early Detection (RED) is used to avoid network congestion by " "measuring the length of the queue and comparing it to the minimum and " @@ -2127,26 +2127,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1042 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1043 #, no-wrap msgid "RIO" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1044 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1045 msgid "" "In Random Early Detection In and Out (RIO) mode, RED maintains multiple " "average queue lengths and multiple threshold values, one for each QOS level." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1045 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1046 #, no-wrap msgid "HFSC" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1047 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1048 msgid "" "Hierarchical Fair Service Curve Packet Scheduler (HFSC) is described in " "http://www-2.cs.cmu.edu/\\~hzhang/HFSC/main.html[http://www-2.cs.cmu.edu/" @@ -2154,20 +2154,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1049 #, no-wrap msgid "PRIQ" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1050 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1051 msgid "" "Priority Queuing (PRIQ) always passes traffic that is in a higher queue " "first." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1052 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1053 msgid "" "More information about the scheduling algorithms and example rulesets are " "available at the https://web.archive.org/web/20151109213426/http://www." @@ -2175,13 +2175,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1054 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1055 #, no-wrap msgid "IPFW" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1058 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1059 msgid "" "IPFW is a stateful firewall written for FreeBSD which supports both IPv4 and " "IPv6. It is comprised of several components: the kernel firewall filter " @@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1061 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1062 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides a sample ruleset in [.filename]#/etc/rc.firewall# which " "defines several firewall types for common scenarios to assist novice users " @@ -2201,102 +2201,102 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1064 msgid "" "This section describes how to enable IPFW, provides an overview of its rule " "syntax, and demonstrates several rulesets for common configuration scenarios." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1065 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1066 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling IPFW" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1068 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1069 msgid "" "IPFW is included in the basic FreeBSD install as a kernel loadable module, " "meaning that a custom kernel is not needed in order to enable IPFW." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1071 msgid "" "For those users who wish to statically compile IPFW support into a custom " "kernel, see <<firewalls-ipfw-kernelconfig>>." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1072 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1073 msgid "" "To configure the system to enable IPFW at boot time, add `firewall_enable=" "\"YES\"` to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1077 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc firewall_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1079 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1080 msgid "" "To use one of the default firewall types provided by FreeBSD, add another " "line which specifies the type:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1083 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1084 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc firewall_type=\"open\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1086 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1087 msgid "The available types are:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1089 msgid "`open`: passes all traffic." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1089 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1090 msgid "`client`: protects only this machine." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1090 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1091 msgid "`simple`: protects the whole network." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1091 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1092 msgid "" "`closed`: entirely disables IP traffic except for the loopback interface." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1093 msgid "`workstation`: protects only this machine using stateful rules." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1093 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1094 msgid "`UNKNOWN`: disables the loading of firewall rules." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1094 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1095 msgid "" "[.filename]#filename#: full path of the file containing the firewall ruleset." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1097 msgid "" "If `firewall_type` is set to either `client` or `simple`, modify the default " "rules found in [.filename]#/etc/rc.firewall# to fit the configuration of the " @@ -2304,12 +2304,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1098 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1099 msgid "Note that the `filename` type is used to load a custom ruleset." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1102 msgid "" "An alternate way to load a custom ruleset is to set the `firewall_script` " "variable to the absolute path of an _executable script_ that includes IPFW " @@ -2318,24 +2318,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1106 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc firewall_script=\"/etc/ipfw.rules\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1109 msgid "To enable logging through man:syslogd[8], include this line:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1113 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc firewall_logging=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1121 msgid "" "Only firewall rules with the `log` option will be logged. The default rules " "do not include this option and it must be manually added. Therefore it is " @@ -2344,7 +2344,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1125 msgid "" "There is no [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# variable to set logging limits. To " "limit the number of times a rule is logged per connection attempt, specify " @@ -2352,49 +2352,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1129 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo \"net.inet.ip.fw.verbose_limit=5\" >> /etc/sysctl.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1132 msgid "" "To enable logging through a dedicated interface named `ipfw0`, add this line " "to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# instead:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1136 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc firewall_logif=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1139 msgid "Then use tcpdump to see what is being logged:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1143 #, no-wrap msgid "# tcpdump -t -n -i ipfw0\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1149 msgid "There is no overhead due to logging unless tcpdump is attached." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1153 msgid "" "After saving the needed edits, start the firewall. To enable logging limits " "now, also set the `sysctl` value specified above:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1158 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service ipfw start\n" @@ -2402,13 +2402,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1161 #, no-wrap msgid "IPFW Rule Syntax" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1169 msgid "" "When a packet enters the IPFW firewall, it is compared against the first " "rule in the ruleset and progresses one rule at a time, moving from top to " @@ -2423,7 +2423,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1175 msgid "" "When creating an IPFW rule, keywords must be written in the following " "order. Some keywords are mandatory while other keywords are optional. The " @@ -2434,14 +2434,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1177 msgid "" "`_CMD RULE_NUMBER set SET_NUMBER ACTION log LOG_AMOUNT PROTO from SRC " "SRC_PORT to DST DST_PORT OPTIONS_`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1181 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of these keywords and their options. It " "is not an exhaustive list of every possible option. Refer to man:ipfw[8] " @@ -2450,24 +2450,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1182 #, no-wrap msgid "CMD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1184 msgid "Every rule must start with `ipfw add`." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1185 #, no-wrap msgid "RULE_NUMBER" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1189 msgid "" "Each rule is associated with a number from `1` to `65534`. The number is " "used to indicate the order of rule processing. Multiple rules can have the " @@ -2476,13 +2476,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1190 #, no-wrap msgid "SET_NUMBER" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1194 msgid "" "Each rule is associated with a set number from `0` to `31`. Sets can be " "individually disabled or enabled, making it possible to quickly add or " @@ -2491,14 +2491,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1194 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1940 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1941 #, no-wrap msgid "ACTION" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1198 msgid "" "A rule can be associated with one of the following actions. The specified " "action will be executed when the packet matches the selection criterion of " @@ -2506,14 +2506,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1200 msgid "" "`allow | accept | pass | permit`: these keywords are equivalent and allow " "packets that match the rule." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1205 msgid "" "`check-state`: checks the packet against the dynamic state table. If a " "match is found, execute the action associated with the rule which generated " @@ -2524,31 +2524,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1208 msgid "" "`count`: updates counters for all packets that match the rule. The search " "continues with the next rule." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1210 msgid "" "`deny | drop`: either word silently discards packets that match this rule." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1213 msgid "Additional actions are available. Refer to man:ipfw[8] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1214 #, no-wrap msgid "LOG_AMOUNT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1220 msgid "" "When a packet matches a rule with the `log` keyword, a message will be " "logged to man:syslogd[8] with a facility name of `SECURITY`. Logging only " @@ -2561,7 +2561,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1225 msgid "" "Logging is done after all other packet matching conditions have been met, " "and before performing the final action on the packet. The administrator " @@ -2569,26 +2569,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1227 #, no-wrap msgid "PROTO" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1229 msgid "" "This optional value can be used to specify any protocol name or number found " "in [.filename]#/etc/protocols#." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1230 #, no-wrap msgid "SRC" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1235 msgid "" "The `from` keyword must be followed by the source address or a keyword that " "represents the source address. An address can be represented by `any`, `me` " @@ -2600,27 +2600,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1235 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2007 #, no-wrap msgid "SRC_PORT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1238 msgid "" "An optional source port can be specified using the port number or name from " "[.filename]#/etc/services#." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1239 #, no-wrap msgid "DST" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1242 msgid "" "The `to` keyword must be followed by the destination address or a keyword " "that represents the destination address. The same keywords and addresses " @@ -2628,28 +2628,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1242 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2019 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2020 #, no-wrap msgid "DST_PORT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1245 msgid "" "An optional destination port can be specified using the port number or name " "from [.filename]#/etc/services#." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1245 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1970 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1971 #, no-wrap msgid "OPTIONS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1250 msgid "" "Several keywords can follow the source and destination. As the name " "suggests, OPTIONS are optional. Commonly used options include `in` or " @@ -2658,7 +2658,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1252 msgid "" "When a `keep-state` rule is matched, the firewall will create a dynamic rule " "which matches bidirectional traffic between the source and destination " @@ -2666,7 +2666,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1257 msgid "" "The dynamic rules facility is vulnerable to resource depletion from a SYN-" "flood attack which would open a huge number of dynamic rules. To counter " @@ -2678,21 +2678,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1260 msgid "" "Dozens of OPTIONS are available. Refer to man:ipfw[8] for a description of " "each available option." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1260 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2047 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2048 #, no-wrap msgid "Example Ruleset" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1266 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to create an example stateful firewall ruleset " "script named [.filename]#/etc/ipfw.rules#. In this example, all connection " @@ -2701,20 +2701,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1270 msgid "" "When first creating or testing a firewall ruleset, consider temporarily " "setting this tunable:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1274 #, no-wrap msgid "net.inet.ip.fw.default_to_accept=\"1\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1277 msgid "" "This sets the default policy of man:ipfw[8] to be more permissive than the " "default `deny ip from any to any`, making it slightly more difficult to get " @@ -2722,7 +2722,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1282 msgid "" "The firewall script begins by indicating that it is a Bourne shell script " "and flushes any existing rules. It then creates the `cmd` variable so that " @@ -2732,7 +2732,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1288 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -2741,7 +2741,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1292 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Set rules command prefix\n" @@ -2750,14 +2750,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1295 msgid "" "The first two rules allow all traffic on the trusted internal interface and " "on the loopback interface:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1300 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Change xl0 to LAN NIC interface name\n" @@ -2765,7 +2765,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1303 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# No restrictions on Loopback Interface\n" @@ -2773,27 +2773,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1306 msgid "" "The next rule allows the packet through if it matches an existing entry in " "the dynamic rules table:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1310 #, no-wrap msgid "$cmd 00101 check-state\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1313 msgid "" "The next set of rules defines which stateful connections internal systems " "can create to hosts on the Internet:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1321 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow access to public DNS\n" @@ -2804,7 +2804,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1327 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow access to ISP's DHCP server for cable/DSL configurations.\n" @@ -2815,7 +2815,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1331 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow outbound HTTP and HTTPS connections\n" @@ -2824,7 +2824,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1335 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow outbound email connections\n" @@ -2833,7 +2833,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1338 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow outbound ping\n" @@ -2841,7 +2841,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1341 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow outbound NTP\n" @@ -2849,7 +2849,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1344 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow outbound SSH\n" @@ -2857,7 +2857,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1347 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# deny and log all other outbound connections\n" @@ -2865,7 +2865,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1352 msgid "" "The next set of rules controls connections from Internet hosts to the " "internal network. It starts by denying packets typically associated with " @@ -2875,7 +2875,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1365 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Deny all inbound traffic from non-routable reserved address spaces\n" @@ -2891,7 +2891,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1368 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Deny public pings\n" @@ -2899,7 +2899,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1371 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Deny ident\n" @@ -2907,7 +2907,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1377 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Deny all Netbios services.\n" @@ -2918,7 +2918,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1380 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Deny fragments\n" @@ -2926,7 +2926,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1383 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Deny ACK packets that did not match the dynamic rule table\n" @@ -2934,7 +2934,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1387 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow traffic from ISP's DHCP server.\n" @@ -2943,7 +2943,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1390 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow HTTP connections to internal web server\n" @@ -2951,7 +2951,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1393 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow inbound SSH connections\n" @@ -2959,7 +2959,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1396 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Reject and log all other incoming connections\n" @@ -2967,14 +2967,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1399 msgid "" "The last rule logs all packets that do not match any of the rules in the " "ruleset:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1404 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Everything else is denied and logged\n" @@ -2982,13 +2982,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1407 #, no-wrap msgid "In-kernel NAT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1412 msgid "" "FreeBSD's IPFW firewall has two implementations of NAT: the userland " "implementation man:natd[8], and the more recent in-kernel NAT " @@ -2999,7 +2999,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1416 msgid "" "To do this, the FreeBSD machine connected to the Internet must act as a " "gateway. This system must have two NICs, where one is connected to the " @@ -3009,7 +3009,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1419 msgid "" "Some additional configuration is needed in order to enable the in-kernel NAT " "facility of IPFW. To enable in-kernel NAT support at boot time, the " @@ -3017,7 +3017,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1425 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gateway_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -3026,7 +3026,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1431 msgid "" "When `firewall_nat_enable` is set but `firewall_enable` is not, it will have " "no effect and do nothing. This is because the in-kernel NAT implementation " @@ -3034,7 +3034,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1438 msgid "" "When the ruleset contains stateful rules, the positioning of the NAT rule is " "critical and the `skipto` action is used. The `skipto` action requires a " @@ -3048,7 +3048,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1448 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -3061,7 +3061,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1452 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1453 msgid "" "With in-kernel NAT it is necessary to disable TCP segmentation offloading " "(TSO) due to the architecture of man:libalias[3], a library implemented as a " @@ -3072,13 +3072,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1457 #, no-wrap msgid "net.inet.tcp.tso=\"0\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1466 msgid "" "A NAT instance will also be configured. It is possible to have multiple NAT " "instances each with their own configuration. For this example only one NAT " @@ -3096,7 +3096,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1471 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ipfw disable one_pass\n" @@ -3104,7 +3104,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1477 msgid "" "The inbound NAT rule is inserted _after_ the two rules which allow all " "traffic on the trusted and loopback interfaces and after the reassemble rule " @@ -3120,7 +3120,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1481 msgid "" "The reassemble rule was not needed with userland man:natd[8] because the " "internal workings of the IPFW `divert` action already takes care of " @@ -3129,7 +3129,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1484 msgid "" "The NAT instance and rule number used in this example does not match with " "the default NAT instance and rule number created by [.filename]#rc." @@ -3138,7 +3138,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1494 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$cmd 005 allow all from any to any via xl0 # exclude LAN traffic\n" @@ -3150,7 +3150,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1498 msgid "" "The outbound rules are modified to replace the `allow` action with the `" "$skip` variable, indicating that rule processing will continue at rule " @@ -3159,14 +3159,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1501 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1502 msgid "" "Remember that IPFW's performance is largely determined by the number of " "rules present in the ruleset." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1511 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Authorized outbound packets\n" @@ -3177,7 +3177,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1517 msgid "" "The inbound rules remain the same, except for the very last rule which " "removes the `via $pif` in order to catch both inbound and outbound rules. " @@ -3189,7 +3189,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1523 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$cmd 999 deny log all from any to any\n" @@ -3198,7 +3198,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1526 msgid "" "In this example, rules `100`, `101`, `125`, `1000`, and `1001` control the " "address translation of the outbound and inbound packets so that the entries " @@ -3206,7 +3206,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1538 msgid "" "Consider an internal web browser which initializes a new outbound HTTP " "session over port 80. When the first outbound packet enters the firewall, " @@ -3226,7 +3226,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1543 msgid "" "On the inbound side, the ruleset has to deny bad packets and allow only " "authorized services. A packet which matches an inbound rule is posted to " @@ -3237,7 +3237,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1551 msgid "" "Transitioning from userland man:natd[8] to in-kernel NAT might appear " "seamless at first but there is small catch. When using the GENERIC kernel, " @@ -3257,13 +3257,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1553 #, no-wrap msgid "Port Redirection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1559 msgid "" "The drawback with NAT in general is that the LAN clients are not accessible " "from the Internet. Clients on the LAN can make outgoing connections to the " @@ -3274,7 +3274,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1562 msgid "" "For example, an IRC server runs on client `A` and a web server runs on " "client `B`. For this to work properly, connections received on ports 6667 " @@ -3282,7 +3282,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1566 msgid "" "With in-kernel NAT all configuration is done in the NAT instance " "configuration. For a full list of options that an in-kernel NAT instance " @@ -3291,7 +3291,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1572 #, no-wrap msgid "" "redirect_port proto targetIP:targetPORT[-targetPORT]\n" @@ -3300,12 +3300,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1575 msgid "To configure the above example setup, the arguments should be:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1580 #, no-wrap msgid "" "redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.2:6667 6667\n" @@ -3313,7 +3313,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1583 msgid "" "After adding these arguments to the configuration of NAT instance 1 in the " "above ruleset, the TCP ports will be port forwarded to the LAN client " @@ -3321,7 +3321,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1589 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ipfw -q nat 1 config if $pif same_ports unreg_only reset \\\n" @@ -3330,7 +3330,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1593 msgid "" "Port ranges over individual ports can be indicated with `redirect_port`. " "For example, _tcp 192.168.0.2:2000-3000 2000-3000_ would redirect all " @@ -3339,13 +3339,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1594 #, no-wrap msgid "Address Redirection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1599 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1600 msgid "" "Address redirection is useful if more than one IP address is available. " "Each LAN client can be assigned its own external IP address by man:ipfw[8], " @@ -3359,7 +3359,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1602 msgid "" "The `redirect_address` syntax is as below, where `localIP` is the internal " "IP address of the LAN client, and `publicIP` the external IP address " @@ -3367,18 +3367,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1606 #, no-wrap msgid "redirect_address localIP publicIP\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1609 msgid "In the example, the arguments would read:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1614 #, no-wrap msgid "" "redirect_address 192.168.0.2 128.1.1.2\n" @@ -3386,7 +3386,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1618 msgid "" "Like `redirect_port`, these arguments are placed in a NAT instance " "configuration. With address redirection, there is no need for port " @@ -3394,20 +3394,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1621 msgid "" "The external IP addresses on the man:ipfw[8] machine must be active and " "aliased to the external interface. Refer to man:rc.conf[5] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1622 #, no-wrap msgid "Userspace NAT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1626 msgid "" "Let us start with a statement: the userspace NAT implementation: man:" "natd[8], has more overhead than in-kernel NAT. For man:natd[8] to translate " @@ -3416,7 +3416,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1630 msgid "" "To enable the userpace NAT daemon man:natd[8] at boot time, the following is " "a minimum configuration in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. Where " @@ -3426,7 +3426,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1635 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1636 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gateway_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -3435,7 +3435,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1641 msgid "" "In general, the above ruleset as explained for in-kernel NAT can also be " "used together with man:natd[8]. The exceptions are the configuration of the " @@ -3446,7 +3446,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1645 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1646 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$cmd 100 divert natd ip from any to any in via $pif\n" @@ -3454,7 +3454,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1651 msgid "" "To configure port or address redirection, a similar syntax as with in-kernel " "NAT is used. Although, now, instead of specifying the configuration in our " @@ -3464,13 +3464,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1654 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1655 #, no-wrap msgid "natd_flags=\"-f /etc/natd.conf\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1662 msgid "" "The specified file must contain a list of configuration options, one per " "line. For more information about the configuration file and possible " @@ -3478,7 +3478,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1667 #, no-wrap msgid "" "redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.2:6667 6667\n" @@ -3486,13 +3486,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1672 #, no-wrap msgid "The IPFW Command" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1677 msgid "" "`ipfw` can be used to make manual, single rule additions or deletions to the " "active firewall while it is running. The problem with using this method is " @@ -3503,7 +3503,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1681 msgid "" "`ipfw` is a useful way to display the running firewall rules to the console " "screen. The IPFW accounting facility dynamically creates a counter for each " @@ -3513,31 +3513,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1683 msgid "To list all the running rules in sequence:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1687 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw list\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1690 msgid "" "To list all the running rules with a time stamp of when the last time the " "rule was matched:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1694 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw -t list\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1698 msgid "" "The next example lists accounting information and the packet count for " "matched rules along with the rules themselves. The first column is the rule " @@ -3546,63 +3546,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1702 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw -a list\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1705 msgid "To list dynamic rules in addition to static rules:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1709 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw -d list\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1712 msgid "To also show the expired dynamic rules:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1715 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1716 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw -d -e list\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1718 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1719 msgid "To zero the counters:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1722 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1723 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw zero\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1725 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1726 msgid "To zero the counters for just the rule with number _NUM_:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1730 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw zero NUM\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1732 #, no-wrap msgid "Logging Firewall Messages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1739 msgid "" "Even with the logging facility enabled, IPFW will not generate any rule " "logging on its own. The firewall administrator decides which rules in the " @@ -3614,7 +3614,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1742 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1743 msgid "" "Logging is a two edged sword. If one is not careful, an over abundance of " "log data or a DoS attack can fill the disk with log files. Log messages are " @@ -3623,7 +3623,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1748 msgid "" "The `IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE_LIMIT=5` kernel option limits the number of " "consecutive messages sent to man:syslogd[8], concerning the packet matching " @@ -3637,26 +3637,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1752 #, no-wrap msgid "last message repeated 45 times\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1755 msgid "" "All logged packets messages are written by default to [.filename]#/var/log/" "security#, which is defined in [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1757 #, no-wrap msgid "Building a Rule Script" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1763 msgid "" "Most experienced IPFW users create a file containing the rules and code them " "in a manner compatible with running them as a script. The major benefit of " @@ -3668,7 +3668,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1768 msgid "" "This example script is compatible with the syntax used by the man:sh[1], man:" "csh[1], and man:tcsh[1] shells. Symbolic substitution fields are prefixed " @@ -3678,12 +3678,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1770 msgid "Start the rules file like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1788 #, no-wrap msgid "" "############### start of example ipfw rules script #############\n" @@ -3704,39 +3704,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1791 msgid "" "The rules are not important as the focus of this example is how the symbolic " "substitution fields are populated." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1793 msgid "" "If the above example was in [.filename]#/etc/ipfw.rules#, the rules could be " "reloaded by the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1797 #, no-wrap msgid "# sh /etc/ipfw.rules\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1799 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1800 msgid "" "[.filename]#/etc/ipfw.rules# can be located anywhere and the file can have " "any name." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1802 msgid "The same thing could be accomplished by running these commands by hand:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1812 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ipfw -q -f flush\n" @@ -3749,13 +3749,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1815 #, no-wrap msgid "IPFW Kernel Options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1819 msgid "" "In order to statically compile IPFW support into a custom kernel, refer to " "the instructions in crossref:kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Configuring the " @@ -3764,7 +3764,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1832 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options IPFIREWALL\t\t\t# enables IPFW\n" @@ -3780,20 +3780,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1837 msgid "" "IPFW can be loaded as a kernel module: options above are built by default as " "modules or can be set at runtime using tunables." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1840 #, no-wrap msgid "IPFILTER (IPF)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1843 msgid "" "IPFILTER, also known as IPF, is a cross-platform, open source firewall which " "has been ported to several operating systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, " @@ -3801,7 +3801,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1846 msgid "" "IPFILTER is a kernel-side firewall and NAT mechanism that can be controlled " "and monitored by userland programs. Firewall rules can be set or deleted " @@ -3811,7 +3811,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1849 msgid "" "IPF was originally written using a rule processing logic of \"the last " "matching rule wins\" and only used stateless rules. Since then, IPF has " @@ -3819,7 +3819,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1851 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1852 msgid "" "The IPF FAQ is at http://www.phildev.net/ipf/index.html[http://www.phildev." "net/ipf/index.html]. A searchable archive of the IPFilter mailing list is " @@ -3827,27 +3827,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1855 msgid "" "This section of the Handbook focuses on IPF as it pertains to FreeBSD. It " "provides examples of rules that contain the `quick` and `keep state` options." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1856 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling IPF" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1859 msgid "" "IPF is included in the basic FreeBSD install as a kernel loadable module, " "meaning that a custom kernel is not needed in order to enable IPF." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1862 msgid "" "For users who prefer to statically compile IPF support into a custom kernel, " "refer to the instructions in crossref:kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Configuring " @@ -3855,7 +3855,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1869 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options IPFILTER\n" @@ -3865,7 +3865,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1872 msgid "" "where `options IPFILTER` enables support for IPFILTER, `options " "IPFILTER_LOG` enables IPF logging using the [.filename]#ipl# packet logging " @@ -3876,7 +3876,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1875 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1876 msgid "" "To configure the system to enable IPF at boot time, add the following " "entries to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. These entries will also enable " @@ -3886,7 +3886,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1886 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1887 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ipfilter_enable=\"YES\" # Start ipf firewall\n" @@ -3900,12 +3900,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1890 msgid "If NAT functionality is needed, also add these lines:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1896 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gateway_enable=\"YES\" # Enable as LAN gateway\n" @@ -3914,18 +3914,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1898 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1899 msgid "Then, to start IPF now:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1903 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ipfilter start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1907 msgid "" "To load the firewall rules, specify the name of the ruleset file using " "`ipf`. The following command can be used to replace the currently running " @@ -3933,20 +3933,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1911 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipf -Fa -f /etc/ipf.rules\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1913 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1914 msgid "" "where `-Fa` flushes all the internal rules tables and `-f` specifies the " "file containing the rules to load." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1916 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1917 msgid "" "This provides the ability to make changes to a custom ruleset and update the " "running firewall with a fresh copy of the rules without having to reboot the " @@ -3955,20 +3955,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1919 msgid "" "Refer to man:ipf[8] for details on the other flags available with this " "command." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1920 #, no-wrap msgid "IPF Rule Syntax" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1926 msgid "" "This section describes the IPF rule syntax used to create stateful rules. " "When creating rules, keep in mind that unless the `quick` keyword appears in " @@ -3980,7 +3980,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1929 msgid "" "When creating rules, a `#` character is used to mark the start of a comment " "and may appear at the end of a rule, to explain that rule's function, or on " @@ -3988,7 +3988,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1934 msgid "" "The keywords which are used in rules must be written in a specific order, " "from left to right. Some keywords are mandatory while others are optional. " @@ -3999,14 +3999,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1935 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1936 msgid "" "`_ACTION DIRECTION OPTIONS proto PROTO_TYPE from SRC_ADDR SRC_PORT to " "DST_ADDR DST_PORT TCP_FLAG|ICMP_TYPE keep state STATE_`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1940 msgid "" "This section describes each of these keywords and their options. It is not " "an exhaustive list of every possible option. Refer to man:ipf[5] for a " @@ -4015,7 +4015,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1945 msgid "" "The action keyword indicates what to do with the packet if it matches that " "rule. Every rule _must_ have an action. The following actions are " @@ -4023,97 +4023,97 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1947 msgid "`block`: drops the packet." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1948 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1949 msgid "`pass`: allows the packet." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1951 msgid "`log`: generates a log record." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1953 msgid "" "`count`: counts the number of packets and bytes which can provide an " "indication of how often a rule is used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1954 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1955 msgid "`auth`: queues the packet for further processing by another program." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1957 msgid "" "`call`: provides access to functions built into IPF that allow more complex " "actions." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1958 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1959 msgid "" "`decapsulate`: removes any headers in order to process the contents of the " "packet." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1960 #, no-wrap msgid "DIRECTION" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1961 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1962 msgid "" "Next, each rule must explicitly state the direction of traffic using one of " "these keywords:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1963 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1964 msgid "`in`: the rule is applied against an inbound packet." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1965 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1966 msgid "`out`: the rule is applied against an outbound packet." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1968 msgid "`all`: the rule applies to either direction." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1969 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1970 msgid "" "If the system has multiple interfaces, the interface can be specified along " "with the direction. An example would be `in on fxp0`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1974 msgid "" "Options are optional. However, if multiple options are specified, they must " "be used in the order shown here." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1976 msgid "" "`log`: when performing the specified ACTION, the contents of the packet's " "headers will be written to the man:ipl[4] packet log pseudo-device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1977 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1978 msgid "" "`quick`: if a packet matches this rule, the ACTION specified by the rule " "occurs and no further processing of any following rules will occur for this " @@ -4121,7 +4121,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1980 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1981 msgid "" "`on`: must be followed by the interface name as displayed by man:" "ifconfig[8]. The rule will only match if the packet is going through the " @@ -4129,21 +4129,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1983 msgid "" "When using the `log` keyword, the following qualifiers may be used in this " "order:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1984 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1985 msgid "" "`body`: indicates that the first 128 bytes of the packet contents will be " "logged after the headers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1986 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1987 msgid "" "`first`: if the `log` keyword is being used in conjunction with a `keep " "state` option, this option is recommended so that only the triggering packet " @@ -4151,20 +4151,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1989 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1990 msgid "" "Additional options are available to specify error return messages. Refer to " "man:ipf[5] for more details." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1990 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1991 #, no-wrap msgid "PROTO_TYPE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1996 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1997 msgid "" "The protocol type is optional. However, it is mandatory if the rule needs " "to specify a SRC_PORT or a DST_PORT as it defines the type of protocol. " @@ -4176,13 +4176,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1998 #, no-wrap msgid "SRC_ADDR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2002 msgid "" "The `from` keyword is mandatory and is followed by a keyword which " "represents the source of the packet. The source can be a hostname, an IP " @@ -4191,7 +4191,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2006 msgid "" "There is no way to match ranges of IP addresses which do not express " "themselves easily using the dotted numeric form / mask-length notation. The " @@ -4201,7 +4201,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2010 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2011 msgid "" "The port number of the source is optional. However, if it is used, it " "requires PROTO_TYPE to be first defined in the rule. The port number must " @@ -4209,7 +4209,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2012 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2013 msgid "" "A number of different comparison operators are supported: `=` (equal to), `!" "=` (not equal to), `<` (less than), `>` (greater than), `<=` (less than or " @@ -4217,7 +4217,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2014 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2015 msgid "" "To specify port ranges, place the two port numbers between `<>` (less than " "and greater than ), `><` (greater than and less than ), or `:` (greater than " @@ -4225,13 +4225,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2015 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2016 #, no-wrap msgid "DST_ADDR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2019 msgid "" "The `to` keyword is mandatory and is followed by a keyword which represents " "the destination of the packet. Similar to SRC_ADDR, it can be a hostname, " @@ -4240,7 +4240,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2023 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2024 msgid "" "Similar to SRC_PORT, the port number of the destination is optional. " "However, if it is used, it requires PROTO_TYPE to be first defined in the " @@ -4248,13 +4248,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2024 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2025 #, no-wrap msgid "TCP_FLAG|ICMP_TYPE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2028 msgid "" "If `tcp` is specified as the PROTO_TYPE, flags can be specified as letters, " "where each letter represents one of the possible TCP flags used to determine " @@ -4263,20 +4263,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2030 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2031 msgid "" "If `icmp` is specified as the PROTO_TYPE, the ICMP type to match can be " "specified. Refer to man:ipf[5] for the allowable types." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2031 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2032 #, no-wrap msgid "STATE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2036 msgid "" "If a `pass` rule contains `keep state`, IPF will add an entry to its dynamic " "state table and allow subsequent packets that match the connection. IPF can " @@ -4286,7 +4286,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2042 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2043 msgid "" "In IPF, packets destined to go out through the interface connected to the " "public Internet are first checked against the dynamic state table. If the " @@ -4303,7 +4303,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2046 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2047 msgid "" "Several keywords can be added after `keep state`. If used, these keywords " "set various options that control stateful filtering, such as setting " @@ -4312,14 +4312,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2050 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2051 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to create an example ruleset which only allows " "services matching `pass` rules and blocks all others." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2053 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2054 msgid "" "FreeBSD uses the loopback interface ([.filename]#lo0#) and the IP address " "`127.0.0.1` for internal communication. The firewall ruleset must contain " @@ -4327,7 +4327,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2060 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# no restrictions on loopback interface\n" @@ -4336,7 +4336,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2065 msgid "" "The public interface connected to the Internet is used to authorize and " "control access of all outbound and inbound connections. If one or more " @@ -4349,14 +4349,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2067 msgid "" "These two rules allow all traffic to pass through a trusted LAN interface " "named [.filename]#xl0#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2072 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2073 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# no restrictions on inside LAN interface for private network\n" @@ -4365,7 +4365,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2075 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2076 msgid "" "The rules for the public interface's outbound and inbound sections should " "have the most frequently matched rules placed before less commonly matched " @@ -4374,7 +4374,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2079 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2080 msgid "" "This set of rules defines the outbound section of the public interface named " "[.filename]#dc0#. These rules keep state and identify the specific services " @@ -4384,7 +4384,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2085 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2086 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# interface facing Internet (outbound)\n" @@ -4393,7 +4393,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2091 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2092 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow outbound access to public DNS servers.\n" @@ -4404,7 +4404,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2098 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2099 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow access to ISP's specified DHCP server for cable or DSL networks.\n" @@ -4416,7 +4416,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2103 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow HTTP and HTTPS\n" @@ -4425,7 +4425,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2107 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow email\n" @@ -4434,7 +4434,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2110 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow NTP\n" @@ -4442,7 +4442,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2113 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow FTP\n" @@ -4450,7 +4450,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2116 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow SSH\n" @@ -4458,7 +4458,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2119 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow ping\n" @@ -4466,7 +4466,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2122 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block and log everything else\n" @@ -4474,7 +4474,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2126 msgid "" "This example of the rules in the inbound section of the public interface " "blocks all undesirable packets first. This reduces the number of packets " @@ -4482,7 +4482,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2140 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# interface facing Internet (inbound)\n" @@ -4499,7 +4499,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2144 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block fragments and too short tcp packets\n" @@ -4508,7 +4508,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2148 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# block source routed packets\n" @@ -4517,7 +4517,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2151 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block OS fingerprint attempts and log first occurrence\n" @@ -4525,7 +4525,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2154 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block anything with special options\n" @@ -4533,7 +4533,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2158 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block public pings and ident\n" @@ -4542,7 +4542,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2164 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block incoming Netbios services\n" @@ -4553,7 +4553,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2168 msgid "" "Any time there are logged messages on a rule with the `log first` option, " "run `ipfstat -hio` to evaluate how many times the rule has been matched. A " @@ -4561,7 +4561,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2171 msgid "" "The rest of the rules in the inbound section define which connections are " "allowed to be initiated from the Internet. The last rule denies all " @@ -4570,7 +4570,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2177 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow traffic in from ISP's DHCP server. Replace z.z.z.z with\n" @@ -4579,7 +4579,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2180 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow public connections to specified internal web server\n" @@ -4587,7 +4587,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2183 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block and log only first occurrence of all remaining traffic.\n" @@ -4595,20 +4595,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2185 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring NAT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2188 msgid "" "To enable NAT, add these statements to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# and specify " "the name of the file containing the NAT rules:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2194 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gateway_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -4617,7 +4617,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2199 msgid "" "NAT rules are flexible and can accomplish many different things to fit the " "needs of both commercial and home users. The rule syntax presented here has " @@ -4626,20 +4626,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2201 msgid "" "The basic syntax for a NAT rule is as follows, where `map` starts the rule " "and _IF_ should be replaced with the name of the external interface:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2205 #, no-wrap msgid "map IF LAN_IP_RANGE -> PUBLIC_ADDRESS\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2210 msgid "" "The _LAN_IP_RANGE_ is the range of IP addresses used by internal clients. " "Usually, it is a private address range such as `192.168.1.0/24`. The " @@ -4648,7 +4648,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2217 msgid "" "In IPF, when a packet arrives at the firewall from the LAN with a public " "destination, it first passes through the outbound rules of the firewall " @@ -4665,7 +4665,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2220 msgid "" "For networks that have large numbers of internal systems or multiple " "subnets, the process of funneling every private IP address into a single " @@ -4674,7 +4674,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2223 msgid "" "The first method is to assign a range of ports to use as source ports. By " "adding the `portmap` keyword, NAT can be directed to only use source ports " @@ -4682,26 +4682,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2227 #, no-wrap msgid "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -> 0/32 portmap tcp/udp 20000:60000\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2230 msgid "" "Alternately, use the `auto` keyword which tells NAT to determine the ports " "that are available for use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2234 #, no-wrap msgid "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -> 0/32 portmap tcp/udp auto\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2239 msgid "" "The second method is to use a pool of public addresses. This is useful when " "there are too many LAN addresses to fit into a single public address and a " @@ -4711,14 +4711,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2242 msgid "" "The range of public IP addresses can be specified using a netmask or CIDR " "notation. These two rules are equivalent:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2247 #, no-wrap msgid "" "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -> 204.134.75.0/255.255.255.0\n" @@ -4726,7 +4726,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2252 msgid "" "A common practice is to have a publically accessible web server or mail " "server segregated to an internal network segment. The traffic from these " @@ -4737,26 +4737,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2256 #, no-wrap msgid "rdr dc0 20.20.20.5/32 port 80 -> 10.0.10.25 port 80\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2259 msgid "" "If it is the only web server, this rule would also work as it redirects all " "external HTTP requests to `10.0.10.25`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2263 #, no-wrap msgid "rdr dc0 0.0.0.0/0 port 80 -> 10.0.10.25 port 80\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2268 msgid "" "IPF has a built in FTP proxy which can be used with NAT. It monitors all " "outbound traffic for active or passive FTP connection requests and " @@ -4766,7 +4766,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2271 msgid "" "In this example, the first rule calls the proxy for outbound FTP traffic " "from the internal LAN. The second rule passes the FTP traffic from the " @@ -4775,7 +4775,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2277 #, no-wrap msgid "" "map dc0 10.0.10.0/29 -> 0/32 proxy port 21 ftp/tcp\n" @@ -4784,7 +4784,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2281 msgid "" "The FTP `map` rules go before the NAT rule so that when a packet matches an " "FTP rule, the FTP proxy creates temporary filter rules to let the FTP " @@ -4793,7 +4793,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2284 msgid "" "Without the FTP proxy, the following firewall rules would instead be " "needed. Note that without the proxy, all ports above `1024` need to be " @@ -4801,7 +4801,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2290 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow out LAN PC client FTP to public Internet\n" @@ -4810,7 +4810,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2293 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow out passive mode data channel high order port numbers\n" @@ -4818,7 +4818,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2296 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Active mode let data channel in from FTP server\n" @@ -4826,7 +4826,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2300 msgid "" "Whenever the file containing the NAT rules is edited, run `ipnat` with `-CF` " "to delete the current NAT rules and flush the contents of the dynamic " @@ -4835,54 +4835,54 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2304 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipnat -CF -f /etc/ipnat.rules\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2307 msgid "To display the NAT statistics:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2311 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipnat -s\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2314 msgid "To list the NAT table's current mappings:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2318 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipnat -l\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2321 msgid "" "To turn verbose mode on and display information relating to rule processing " "and active rules and table entries:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2325 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipnat -v\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2327 #, no-wrap msgid "Viewing IPF Statistics" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2331 msgid "" "IPF includes man:ipfstat[8] which can be used to retrieve and display " "statistics which are gathered as packets match rules as they go through the " @@ -4891,12 +4891,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2333 msgid "The default `ipfstat` output looks like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2353 #, no-wrap msgid "" "input packets: blocked 99286 passed 1255609 nomatch 14686 counted 0\n" @@ -4919,7 +4919,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2359 msgid "" "Several options are available. When supplied with either `-i` for inbound " "or `-o` for outbound, the command will retrieve and display the appropriate " @@ -4929,7 +4929,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2365 #, no-wrap msgid "" "@1 pass out on xl0 from any to any\n" @@ -4938,7 +4938,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2369 msgid "" "Include `-h` to prefix each rule with a count of how many times the rule was " "matched. For example, `ipfstat -oh` displays the outbound internal rules " @@ -4946,7 +4946,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2375 #, no-wrap msgid "" "2451423 pass out on xl0 from any to any\n" @@ -4955,7 +4955,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2381 msgid "" "To display the state table in a format similar to man:top[1], use `ipfstat -" "t`. When the firewall is under attack, this option provides the ability to " @@ -4965,13 +4965,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2382 #, no-wrap msgid "IPF Logging" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2386 msgid "" "IPF provides `ipmon`, which can be used to write the firewall's logging " "information in a human readable format. It requires that `options " @@ -4980,7 +4980,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2389 msgid "" "This command is typically run in daemon mode in order to provide a " "continuous system log file so that logging of past events may be reviewed. " @@ -4990,7 +4990,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2396 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ipmon_flags=\"-Ds\" # D = start as daemon\n" @@ -5000,7 +5000,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2400 msgid "" "Logging provides the ability to review, after the fact, information such as " "which packets were dropped, what addresses they came from, and where they " @@ -5008,7 +5008,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2405 msgid "" "Once the logging facility is enabled in [.filename]#rc.conf# and started " "with `service ipmon start`, IPF will only log the rules which contain the " @@ -5020,14 +5020,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2408 msgid "" "By default, `ipmon -Ds` mode uses `local0` as the logging facility. The " "following logging levels can be used to further segregate the logged data:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2415 #, no-wrap msgid "" "LOG_INFO - packets logged using the \"log\" keyword as the action rather than pass or block.\n" @@ -5037,83 +5037,83 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2418 msgid "" "In order to setup IPF to log all data to [.filename]#/var/log/ipfilter.log#, " "first create the empty file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2422 #, no-wrap msgid "# touch /var/log/ipfilter.log\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2425 msgid "" "Then, to write all logged messages to the specified file, add the following " "statement to [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2429 #, no-wrap msgid "local0.* /var/log/ipfilter.log\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2432 msgid "" "To activate the changes and instruct man:syslogd[8] to read the modified [." "filename]#/etc/syslog.conf#, run `service syslogd reload`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2434 msgid "" "Do not forget to edit [.filename]#/etc/newsyslog.conf# to rotate the new log " "file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2437 msgid "" "Messages generated by `ipmon` consist of data fields separated by white " "space. Fields common to all messages are:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2439 msgid "The date of packet receipt." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2440 msgid "" "The time of packet receipt. This is in the form HH:MM:SS.F, for hours, " "minutes, seconds, and fractions of a second." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2441 msgid "The name of the interface that processed the packet." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2442 msgid "The group and rule number of the rule in the format `@0:17`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2443 msgid "" "The action: `p` for passed, `b` for blocked, `S` for a short packet, `n` did " "not match any rules, and `L` for a log rule." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2444 msgid "" "The addresses written as three fields: the source address and port separated " "by a comma, the -> symbol, and the destination address and port. For " @@ -5121,19 +5121,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2445 msgid "`PR` followed by the protocol name or number: for example, `PR tcp`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2446 msgid "" "`len` followed by the header length and total length of the packet: for " "example, `len 20 40`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2449 msgid "" "If the packet is a TCP packet, there will be an additional field starting " "with a hyphen followed by letters corresponding to any flags that were set. " @@ -5141,7 +5141,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2452 msgid "" "If the packet is an ICMP packet, there will be two fields at the end: the " "first always being \"icmp\" and the next being the ICMP message and sub-" @@ -5150,13 +5150,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2454 #, no-wrap msgid "Blacklistd" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2461 msgid "" "Blacklistd is a daemon listening to sockets awaiting to receive " "notifications from other daemons about connection attempts that failed or " @@ -5170,7 +5170,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2466 msgid "" "This chapter describes how to set up blacklistd, configure it, and provides " "examples on how to use it. Readers should be familiar with basic firewall " @@ -5180,13 +5180,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2467 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling Blacklistd" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2473 msgid "" "The main configuration for blacklistd is stored in man:blacklistd.conf[5]. " "Various command line options are also available to change blacklistd's run-" @@ -5196,30 +5196,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2477 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc blacklistd_enable=yes\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2480 msgid "To start the service manually, run this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2484 #, no-wrap msgid "# service blacklistd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2486 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a Blacklistd Ruleset" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2491 msgid "" "Rules for blacklistd are configured in man:blacklistd.conf[5] with one entry " "per line. Each rule contains a tuple separated by spaces or tabs. Rules " @@ -5228,18 +5228,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2492 #, no-wrap msgid "Local Rules" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2495 msgid "An example blacklistd.conf entry for a local rule looks like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2500 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[local]\n" @@ -5247,7 +5247,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2504 msgid "" "All rules that follow the `[local]` section are treated as local rules " "(which is the default), applying to the local machine. When a `[remote]` " @@ -5256,7 +5256,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2512 msgid "" "Seven fields separated by either tabs or spaces define a rule. The first " "four fields identify the traffic that should be blocklisted. The three " @@ -5267,20 +5267,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2516 #, no-wrap msgid "[address|interface][/mask][:port]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2520 msgid "" "Addresses can be specified as IPv4 in numeric format or IPv6 in square " "brackets. An interface name like `_em0_` can also be used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2524 msgid "" "The socket type is defined by the second field. TCP sockets are of type " "`stream`, whereas UDP is denoted as `dgram`. The example above uses TCP, " @@ -5288,7 +5288,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2528 msgid "" "A protocol can be used in the third field of a blacklistd rule. The " "following protocols can be used: `tcp`, `udp`, `tcp6`, `udp6`, or numeric. " @@ -5297,7 +5297,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2531 msgid "" "In the fourth field, the effective user or owner of the daemon process that " "is reporting the event is defined. The username or UID can be used here, as " @@ -5305,7 +5305,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2534 msgid "" "The packet filter rule name is declared by the fifth field, which starts the " "behavior part of the rule. By default, blacklistd puts all blocks under a " @@ -5313,7 +5313,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2540 #, no-wrap msgid "" "anchor \"blacklistd/*\" in on $ext_if\n" @@ -5322,7 +5322,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2546 msgid "" "For separate blocklists, an anchor name can be used in this field. In other " "cases, the wildcard will suffice. When a name starts with a hyphen (`-`) it " @@ -5331,20 +5331,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2550 #, no-wrap msgid "ssh stream * * -ssh 3 24h\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2553 msgid "" "With such a rule, any new blocklist rules are added to an anchor called " "`blacklistd-ssh`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2557 msgid "" "To block whole subnets for a single rule violation, a `/` in the rule name " "can be used. This causes the remaining portion of the name to be " @@ -5353,13 +5353,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2561 #, no-wrap msgid "22 stream tcp * */24 3 24h\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2567 msgid "" "It is important to specify the proper protocol here. IPv4 and IPv6 " "treat /24 differently, that is the reason why `*` cannot be used in the " @@ -5367,14 +5367,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2570 msgid "" "This rule defines that if any one host in that network is misbehaving, " "everything else on that network will be blocked, too." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2574 msgid "" "The sixth field, called `nfail`, sets the number of login failures required " "to blocklist the remote IP in question. When a wildcard is used at this " @@ -5384,7 +5384,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2577 msgid "" "The last field in a blacklistd rule definition specifies how long a host is " "blocklisted. The default unit is seconds, but suffixes like `m`, `h`, and " @@ -5392,7 +5392,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2581 msgid "" "The example rule in its entirety means that after three times authenticating " "to SSH will result in a new PF block rule for that host. Rule matches are " @@ -5403,13 +5403,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2582 #, no-wrap msgid "Remote Rules" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2588 msgid "" "Remote rules are used to specify how blacklistd changes its behavior " "depending on the remote host currently being evaluated. Each field in a " @@ -5418,7 +5418,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2593 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[remote]\n" @@ -5426,7 +5426,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2598 msgid "" "The address field can be an IP address (either v4 or v6), a port or both. " "This allows setting special rules for a specific remote address range like " @@ -5435,7 +5435,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2604 msgid "" "The name fields is different though: the equal sign (`=`) in a remote rule " "tells blacklistd to use the value from the matching local rule. It means " @@ -5448,7 +5448,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2607 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2608 msgid "" "A custom number of failures in the `nfail` column can be defined for an " "address. This is useful for exceptions to a specific rule, to maybe allow " @@ -5457,20 +5457,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2610 msgid "" "Remote rules allow a stricter enforcement of limits on attempts to log in " "compared to attempts coming from a local network like an office." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2611 #, no-wrap msgid "Blacklistd Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2616 msgid "" "There are a few software packages in FreeBSD that can utilize blacklistd's " "functionality. The two most prominent ones are man:ftpd[8] and man:sshd[8] " @@ -5479,42 +5479,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2620 #, no-wrap msgid "UseBlacklist yes\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2623 msgid "Restart sshd afterwards to make these changes take effect." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2625 msgid "" "Blacklisting for man:ftpd[8] is enabled using `-B`, either in [.filename]#/" "etc/inetd.conf# or as a flag in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2629 #, no-wrap msgid "ftpd_flags=\"-B\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2632 msgid "That is all that is needed to make these programs talk to blacklistd." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2633 #, no-wrap msgid "Blacklistd Management" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2638 msgid "" "Blacklistd provides the user with a management utility called man:" "blacklistctl[8]. It displays blocked addresses and networks that are " @@ -5523,7 +5523,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2644 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# blacklistctl dump -b\n" @@ -5532,7 +5532,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2650 msgid "" "This example shows that there were 6 out of three permitted attempts on port " "22 coming from the address range `213.0.123.128/25`. There are more " @@ -5543,14 +5543,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2652 msgid "" "To see the remaining time that this host will be on the blocklist, add `-r` " "to the previous command." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2658 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# blacklistctl dump -br\n" @@ -5559,20 +5559,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2660 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2661 msgid "" "In this example, there are 36s seconds left until this host will not be " "blocked any more." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2662 #, no-wrap msgid "Removing Hosts from the Block List" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2673 msgid "" "Sometimes it is necessary to remove a host from the block list before the " "remaining time expires. Unfortunately, there is no functionality in " @@ -5588,7 +5588,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2680 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pfctl -a blacklistd/22 -t port22 -T show\n" @@ -5598,20 +5598,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2683 msgid "" "After identifying the address to be unblocked from the list, the following " "command removes it from the list:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2687 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -a blacklistd/22 -t port22 -T delete 213.0.123.128/25\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2691 msgid "" "The address is now removed from PF, but will still show up in the " "blacklistctl list, since it does not know about any changes made in PF. The " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.po index 6b18cfe9f3..6fe47e1a77 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-07-07 23:22-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 19. GEOM: Modular Disk Transformation Framework" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "GEOM: Modular Disk Transformation Framework" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:56 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, the GEOM framework permits access and control to classes, such " "as Master Boot Records and BSD labels, through the use of providers, or the " @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "This chapter covers the use of disks under the GEOM framework in FreeBSD. " "This includes the major RAID control utilities which use the framework for " @@ -66,60 +66,60 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:63 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:65 msgid "What type of RAID support is available through GEOM." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:66 msgid "" "How to use the base utilities to configure, maintain, and manipulate the " "various RAID levels." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:67 msgid "" "How to mirror, stripe, encrypt, and remotely connect disk devices through " "GEOM." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:68 msgid "How to troubleshoot disks attached to the GEOM framework." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:70 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "Understand how FreeBSD treats disk devices (crossref:disks[disks,Storage])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "Know how to configure and install a new kernel (crossref:" "kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel])." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:75 #, no-wrap msgid "RAID0 - Striping" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:80 msgid "" "Striping combines several disk drives into a single volume. Striping can be " "performed through the use of hardware RAID controllers. The GEOM disk " @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:84 msgid "" "In RAID0, data is split into blocks that are written across all the drives " "in the array. As seen in the following illustration, instead of having to " @@ -139,26 +139,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:85 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Striping Illustration" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:85 #, no-wrap msgid "striping.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:88 msgid "" "Each disk in a RAID0 stripe must be of the same size, since I/O requests are " "interleaved to read or write to multiple disks in parallel." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:94 msgid "" "RAID0 does _not_ provide any redundancy. This means that if one disk in the " "array fails, all of the data on the disks is lost. If the data is " @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:98 msgid "" "The process for creating a software, GEOM-based RAID0 on a FreeBSD system " "using commodity disks is as follows. Once the stripe is created, refer to " @@ -175,24 +175,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:102 #, no-wrap msgid "*Procedure: Creating a Stripe of Unformatted ATA Disks*\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:104 msgid "Load the [.filename]#geom_stripe.ko# module:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:108 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload geom_stripe\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:111 msgid "" "Ensure that a suitable mount point exists. If this volume will become a root " "partition, then temporarily use another mount point such as [.filename]#/" @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:112 msgid "" "Determine the device names for the disks which will be striped, and create " "the new stripe device. For example, to stripe two unused and unpartitioned " @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:119 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gstripe label -v st0 /dev/ad2 /dev/ad3\n" @@ -219,20 +219,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:122 msgid "" "Write a standard label, also known as a partition table, on the new volume " "and install the default bootstrap code:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:126 #, no-wrap msgid "# bsdlabel -wB /dev/stripe/st0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "This process should create two other devices in [.filename]#/dev/stripe# in " "addition to [.filename]#st0#. Those include [.filename]#st0a# and [." @@ -241,13 +241,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:133 #, no-wrap msgid "# newfs -U /dev/stripe/st0a\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:137 msgid "" "Many numbers will glide across the screen, and after a few seconds, the " "process will be complete. The volume has been created and is ready to be " @@ -255,18 +255,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:138 msgid "To manually mount the created disk stripe:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:142 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount /dev/stripe/st0a /mnt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:145 msgid "" "To mount this striped file system automatically during the boot process, " "place the volume information in [.filename]#/etc/fstab#. In this example, a " @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:151 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /stripe\n" @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:154 msgid "" "The [.filename]#geom_stripe.ko# module must also be automatically loaded " "during system initialization, by adding a line to [.filename]#/boot/loader." @@ -291,19 +291,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:158 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo 'geom_stripe_load=\"YES\"' >> /boot/loader.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:162 #, no-wrap msgid "RAID1 - Mirroring" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:169 msgid "" "RAID1, or _mirroring_, is the technique of writing the same data to more " "than one disk drive. Mirrors are usually used to guard against data loss " @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:174 msgid "" "Two common situations are illustrated in these examples. The first creates " "a mirror out of two new drives and uses it as a replacement for an existing " @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:179 msgid "" "Traditionally, the two drives in a mirror are identical in model and " "capacity, but man:gmirror[8] does not require that. Mirrors created with " @@ -337,14 +337,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:183 msgid "" "The mirroring procedures shown here are non-destructive, but as with any " "major disk operation, make a full backup first." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:189 msgid "" "While man:dump[8] is used in these procedures to copy file systems, it does " "not work on file systems with soft updates journaling. See man:tunefs[8] " @@ -352,13 +352,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:192 #, no-wrap msgid "Metadata Issues" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:197 msgid "" "Many disk systems store metadata at the end of each disk. Old metadata " "should be erased before reusing the disk for a mirror. Most problems are " @@ -367,20 +367,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:200 msgid "" "GPT metadata can be erased with man:gpart[8]. This example erases both " "primary and backup GPT partition tables from disk [.filename]#ada8#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:204 #, no-wrap msgid "# gpart destroy -F ada8\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:208 msgid "" "A disk can be removed from an active mirror and the metadata erased in one " "step using man:gmirror[8]. Here, the example disk [.filename]#ada8# is " @@ -388,26 +388,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:212 #, no-wrap msgid "# gmirror remove gm4 ada8\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:215 msgid "" "If the mirror is not running, but old mirror metadata is still on the disk, " "use `gmirror clear` to remove it:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:219 #, no-wrap msgid "# gmirror clear ada8\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:224 msgid "" "man:gmirror[8] stores one block of metadata at the end of the disk. As GPT " "partition schemes also store metadata at the end of the disk, mirroring " @@ -417,13 +417,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:226 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a Mirror with Two New Disks" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:231 msgid "" "In this example, FreeBSD has already been installed on a single disk, [." "filename]#ada0#. Two new disks, [.filename]#ada1# and [.filename]#ada2#, " @@ -432,32 +432,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:234 msgid "" "The [.filename]#geom_mirror.ko# kernel module must either be built into the " "kernel or loaded at boot- or run-time. Manually load the kernel module now:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:237 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:360 #, no-wrap msgid "# gmirror load\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:241 msgid "Create the mirror with the two new drives:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:245 #, no-wrap msgid "# gmirror label -v gm0 /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:249 msgid "" "[.filename]#gm0# is a user-chosen device name assigned to the new mirror. " "After the mirror has been started, this device name appears in [.filename]#/" @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:253 msgid "" "MBR and bsdlabel partition tables can now be created on the mirror with man:" "gpart[8]. This example uses a traditional file system layout, with " @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:255 msgid "" "Partitions on the mirror do not have to be the same size as those on the " "existing disk, but they must be large enough to hold all the data already " @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:265 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart create -s MBR mirror/gm0\n" @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:284 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart create -s BSD mirror/gm0s1\n" @@ -517,16 +517,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:286 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:505 msgid "" "Make the mirror bootable by installing bootcode in the MBR and bsdlabel and " "setting the active slice:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:292 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:511 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart bootcode -b /boot/mbr mirror/gm0\n" @@ -535,12 +535,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:296 msgid "Format the file systems on the new mirror, enabling soft-updates." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:303 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1a\n" @@ -550,14 +550,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:306 msgid "" "File systems from the original [.filename]#ada0# disk can now be copied onto " "the mirror with man:dump[8] and man:restore[8]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:317 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1a /mnt\n" @@ -571,13 +571,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:320 msgid "" "Edit [.filename]#/mnt/etc/fstab# to point to the new mirror file systems:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:329 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\tDump\tPass#\n" @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:332 msgid "" "If the [.filename]#geom_mirror.ko# kernel module has not been built into the " "kernel, [.filename]#/mnt/boot/loader.conf# is edited to load the module at " @@ -597,15 +597,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:335 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:538 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:652 #, no-wrap msgid "geom_mirror_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:341 msgid "" "Reboot the system to test the new mirror and verify that all data has been " "copied. The BIOS will see the mirror as two individual drives rather than a " @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:344 msgid "" "See <<gmirror-troubleshooting>> if there are problems booting. Powering " "down and disconnecting the original [.filename]#ada0# disk will allow it to " @@ -622,18 +622,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:346 msgid "In use, the mirror will behave just like the original single drive." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:348 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a Mirror with an Existing Drive" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:354 msgid "" "In this example, FreeBSD has already been installed on a single disk, [." "filename]#ada0#. A new disk, [.filename]#ada1#, has been connected to the " @@ -646,17 +646,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:356 msgid "Load the [.filename]#geom_mirror.ko# kernel module:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:363 msgid "Check the media size of the original disk with `diskinfo`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:370 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# diskinfo -v ada0 | head -n3\n" @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:377 msgid "" "Create a mirror on the new disk. To make certain that the mirror capacity " "is not any larger than the original [.filename]#ada0# drive, man:gnop[8] is " @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:384 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# geom zero load\n" @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:389 msgid "" "Since [.filename]#gzero.nop# does not store any data, the mirror does not " "see it as connected. The mirror is told to \"forget\" unconnected " @@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:393 msgid "" "After creating [.filename]#gm0#, view the partition table on [." "filename]#ada0#. This output is from a 1 TB drive. If there is some " @@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:395 msgid "" "However, if the output shows that all of the space on the disk is allocated, " "as in the following listing, there is no space available for the 512-byte " @@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:401 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart show ada0\n" @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:405 msgid "" "In this case, the partition table must be edited to reduce the capacity by " "one sector on [.filename]#mirror/gm0#. The procedure will be explained " @@ -732,14 +732,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:407 msgid "" "In either case, partition tables on the primary disk should be first copied " "using `gpart backup` and `gpart restore`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:412 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart backup ada0 > table.ada0\n" @@ -747,14 +747,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:416 msgid "" "These commands create two files, [.filename]#table.ada0# and [." "filename]#table.ada0s1#. This example is from a 1 TB drive:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:422 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat table.ada0\n" @@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:434 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat table.ada0s1\n" @@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:439 msgid "" "If no free space is shown at the end of the disk, the size of both the slice " "and the last partition must be reduced by one sector. Edit the two files, " @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:445 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat table.ada0\n" @@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:457 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat table.ada0s1\n" @@ -809,19 +809,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:460 msgid "" "If at least one sector was unallocated at the end of the disk, these two " "files can be used without modification." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:462 msgid "Now restore the partition table into [.filename]#mirror/gm0#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:467 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart restore mirror/gm0 < table.ada0\n" @@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:471 msgid "" "Check the partition table with `gpart show`. This example has [." "filename]#gm0s1a# for [.filename]#/#, [.filename]#gm0s1d# for [.filename]#/" @@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:477 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:478 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart show mirror/gm0\n" @@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:488 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart show mirror/gm0s1\n" @@ -863,21 +863,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:491 msgid "" "Both the slice and the last partition must have at least one free block at " "the end of the disk." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:494 msgid "" "Create file systems on these new partitions. The number of partitions will " "vary to match the original disk, [.filename]#ada0#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:501 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:502 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1a\n" @@ -888,27 +888,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:515 msgid "" "Adjust [.filename]#/etc/fstab# to use the new partitions on the mirror. " "Back up this file first by copying it to [.filename]#/etc/fstab.orig#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:519 #, no-wrap msgid "# cp /etc/fstab /etc/fstab.orig\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:522 msgid "" "Edit [.filename]#/etc/fstab#, replacing [.filename]#/dev/ada0# with [." "filename]#mirror/gm0#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:532 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\tDump\tPass#\n" @@ -921,14 +921,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:535 msgid "" "If the [.filename]#geom_mirror.ko# kernel module has not been built into the " "kernel, edit [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf# to load it at boot:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:543 msgid "" "File systems from the original disk can now be copied onto the mirror with " "man:dump[8] and man:restore[8]. Each file system dumped with `dump -L` will " @@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:556 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1a /mnt\n" @@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:561 msgid "" "Restart the system, booting from [.filename]#ada1#. If everything is " "working, the system will boot from [.filename]#mirror/gm0#, which now " @@ -961,21 +961,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:563 msgid "" "At this point, the mirror still consists of only the single [." "filename]#ada1# disk." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:565 msgid "" "After booting from [.filename]#mirror/gm0# successfully, the final step is " "inserting [.filename]#ada0# into the mirror." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:571 msgid "" "When [.filename]#ada0# is inserted into the mirror, its former contents will " "be overwritten by data from the mirror. Make certain that [." @@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:577 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gmirror insert gm0 ada0\n" @@ -995,14 +995,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:581 msgid "" "Synchronization between the two disks will start immediately. Use `gmirror " "status` to view the progress." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:588 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gmirror status\n" @@ -1012,12 +1012,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:591 msgid "After a while, synchronization will finish." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:599 #, no-wrap msgid "" "GEOM_MIRROR: Device gm0: rebuilding provider ada0 finished.\n" @@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:603 msgid "" "[.filename]#mirror/gm0# now consists of the two disks [.filename]#ada0# and " "[.filename]#ada1#, and the contents are automatically synchronized with each " @@ -1037,13 +1037,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:605 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:609 msgid "" "If the system no longer boots, BIOS settings may have to be changed to boot " "from one of the new mirrored drives. Either mirror drive can be used for " @@ -1051,20 +1051,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:611 msgid "" "If the boot stops with this message, something is wrong with the mirror " "device:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:615 #, no-wrap msgid "Mounting from ufs:/dev/mirror/gm0s1a failed with error 19.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:619 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Loader variables:\n" @@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:624 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Manual root filesystem specification:\n" @@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:629 #, no-wrap msgid "" " e.g. ufs:/dev/da0s1a\n" @@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:633 #, no-wrap msgid "" " ? List valid disk boot devices\n" @@ -1102,13 +1102,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:635 #, no-wrap msgid "mountroot>\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:640 msgid "" "Forgetting to load the [.filename]#geom_mirror.ko# module in [.filename]#/" "boot/loader.conf# can cause this problem. To fix it, boot from a FreeBSD " @@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:645 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gmirror load\n" @@ -1125,19 +1125,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:648 msgid "" "Edit [.filename]#/mnt/boot/loader.conf#, adding a line to load the mirror " "module:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:654 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:655 msgid "Save the file and reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:660 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:661 msgid "" "Other problems that cause `error 19` require more effort to fix. Although " "the system should boot from [.filename]#ada0#, another prompt to select a " @@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:667 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Enter full pathname of shell or RETURN for /bin/sh:\n" @@ -1158,13 +1158,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:669 #, no-wrap msgid "Recovering from Disk Failure" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:673 msgid "" "The benefit of disk mirroring is that an individual disk can fail without " "causing the mirror to lose any data. In the above example, if [." @@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:677 msgid "" "To replace the failed drive, shut down the system and physically replace the " "failed drive with a new drive of equal or greater capacity. Manufacturers " @@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:680 msgid "" "After the computer is powered back up, the mirror will be running in a " "\"degraded\" mode with only one drive. The mirror is told to forget drives " @@ -1192,13 +1192,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:684 #, no-wrap msgid "# gmirror forget gm0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:687 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:688 msgid "" "Any old metadata should be cleared from the replacement disk using the " "instructions in <<geom-mirror-metadata>>. Then the replacement disk, [." @@ -1206,13 +1206,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:692 #, no-wrap msgid "# gmirror insert gm0 /dev/ada4\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:697 msgid "" "Resynchronization begins when the new drive is inserted into the mirror. " "This process of copying mirror data to a new drive can take a while. " @@ -1221,7 +1221,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:700 msgid "" "Progress can be monitored with `gmirror status`, which shows drives that are " "being synchronized and the percentage of completion. During " @@ -1230,13 +1230,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:702 #, no-wrap msgid "RAID3 - Byte-level Striping with Dedicated Parity" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:710 msgid "" "RAID3 is a method used to combine several disk drives into a single volume " "with a dedicated parity disk. In a RAID3 system, data is split up into a " @@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:714 msgid "" "At least 3 physical hard drives are required to build a RAID3 array. Each " "disk must be of the same size, since I/O requests are interleaved to read or " @@ -1260,26 +1260,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:715 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:716 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to create a software RAID3 on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:720 msgid "" "While it is theoretically possible to boot from a RAID3 array on FreeBSD, " "that configuration is uncommon and is not advised." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:722 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a Dedicated RAID3 Array" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:725 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:726 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, support for RAID3 is implemented by the man:graid3[8] GEOM " "class. Creating a dedicated RAID3 array on FreeBSD requires the following " @@ -1287,44 +1287,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:728 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:729 msgid "" "First, load the [.filename]#geom_raid3.ko# kernel module by issuing one of " "the following commands:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:733 #, no-wrap msgid "# graid3 load\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:736 msgid "or:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:739 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:740 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload geom_raid3\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:742 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:743 msgid "" "Ensure that a suitable mount point exists. This command creates a new " "directory to use as the mount point:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:747 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir /multimedia\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:750 msgid "" "Determine the device names for the disks which will be added to the array, " "and create the new RAID3 device. The final device listed will act as the " @@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:758 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid3 label -v gr0 /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2 /dev/ada3\n" @@ -1345,14 +1345,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:761 msgid "" "Partition the newly created [.filename]#gr0# device and put a UFS file " "system on it:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:767 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart create -s GPT /dev/raid3/gr0\n" @@ -1361,7 +1361,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:771 msgid "" "Many numbers will glide across the screen, and after a bit of time, the " "process will be complete. The volume has been created and is ready to be " @@ -1369,25 +1369,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:775 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount /dev/raid3/gr0p1 /multimedia/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:778 msgid "The RAID3 array is now ready to use." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:780 msgid "" "Additional configuration is needed to retain this setup across system " "reboots." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:783 msgid "" "The [.filename]#geom_raid3.ko# module must be loaded before the array can be " "mounted. To automatically load the kernel module during system " @@ -1395,13 +1395,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:786 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:787 #, no-wrap msgid "geom_raid3_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:789 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:790 msgid "" "The following volume information must be added to [.filename]#/etc/fstab# in " "order to automatically mount the array's file system during the system boot " @@ -1409,19 +1409,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:794 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/raid3/gr0p1\t/multimedia\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:797 #, no-wrap msgid "Software RAID Devices" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:802 msgid "" "Some motherboards and expansion cards add some simple hardware, usually just " "a ROM, that allows the computer to boot from a RAID array. After booting, " @@ -1432,14 +1432,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:805 msgid "" "Several levels of RAID are supported, depending on the hardware in use. See " "man:graid[8] for a complete list." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:807 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:808 msgid "" "man:graid[8] requires the [.filename]#geom_raid.ko# kernel module, which is " "included in the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel starting with FreeBSD 9.1. If " @@ -1447,13 +1447,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:810 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating an Array" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:815 msgid "" "Software RAID devices often have a menu that can be entered by pressing " "special keys when the computer is booting. The menu can be used to create " @@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:819 msgid "" "`graid label` is used to create a new array. The motherboard used for this " "example has an Intel software RAID chipset, so the Intel metadata format is " @@ -1471,14 +1471,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:824 msgid "" "Some space on the drives will be overwritten when they are made into a new " "array. Back up existing data first!" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:838 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid label Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 ada1\n" @@ -1494,13 +1494,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:840 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:841 msgid "A status check shows the new mirror is ready for use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:847 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1023 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1024 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid status\n" @@ -1510,7 +1510,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:853 msgid "" "The array device appears in [.filename]#/dev/raid/#. The first array is " "called [.filename]#r0#. Additional arrays, if present, will be [." @@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:857 msgid "" "The BIOS menu on some of these devices can create arrays with special " "characters in their names. To avoid problems with those special characters, " @@ -1527,19 +1527,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:861 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl kern.geom.raid.name_format=1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:864 #, no-wrap msgid "Multiple Volumes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:870 msgid "" "Some software RAID devices support more than one _volume_ on an array. " "Volumes work like partitions, allowing space on the physical drives to be " @@ -1550,7 +1550,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:874 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:875 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid label -S 40G Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 ada1\n" @@ -1558,7 +1558,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:878 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:879 msgid "" "Volumes appear as additional [.filename]#rX# entries in [.filename]#/dev/" "raid/#. An array with two volumes will show [.filename]#r0# and [." @@ -1566,20 +1566,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:881 msgid "" "See man:graid[8] for the number of volumes supported by different software " "RAID devices." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:882 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:883 #, no-wrap msgid "Converting a Single Drive to a Mirror" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:886 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:887 msgid "" "Under certain specific conditions, it is possible to convert an existing " "single drive to a man:graid[8] array without reformatting. To avoid data " @@ -1588,7 +1588,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:888 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:889 msgid "" "The drive must be partitioned with the MBR partitioning scheme. GPT or other " "partitioning schemes with metadata at the end of the drive will be " @@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:890 msgid "" "There must be enough unpartitioned and unused space at the end of the drive " "to hold the man:graid[8] metadata. This metadata varies in size, but the " @@ -1604,33 +1604,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:892 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:893 msgid "" "If the drive meets these requirements, start by making a full backup. Then " "create a single-drive mirror with that drive:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:897 #, no-wrap msgid "# graid label Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 NONE\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:901 msgid "" "man:graid[8] metadata was written to the end of the drive in the unused " "space. A second drive can now be inserted into the mirror:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:905 #, no-wrap msgid "# graid insert raid/r0 ada1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:908 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:909 msgid "" "Data from the original drive will immediately begin to be copied to the " "second drive. The mirror will operate in degraded status until the copy is " @@ -1638,13 +1638,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:911 #, no-wrap msgid "Inserting New Drives into the Array" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:916 msgid "" "Drives can be inserted into an array as replacements for drives that have " "failed or are missing. If there are no failed or missing drives, the new " @@ -1654,7 +1654,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:919 msgid "" "In the example mirror array, data immediately begins to be copied to the " "newly-inserted drive. Any existing information on the new drive will be " @@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:927 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid insert raid/r0 ada1\n" @@ -1673,20 +1673,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:929 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:930 #, no-wrap msgid "Removing Drives from the Array" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:933 msgid "" "Individual drives can be permanently removed from a from an array and their " "metadata erased:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:940 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid remove raid/r0 ada1\n" @@ -1696,32 +1696,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:942 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:943 #, no-wrap msgid "Stopping the Array" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:947 msgid "" "An array can be stopped without removing metadata from the drives. The " "array will be restarted when the system is booted." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:951 #, no-wrap msgid "# graid stop raid/r0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:953 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:954 #, no-wrap msgid "Checking Array Status" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:957 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:958 msgid "" "Array status can be checked at any time. After a drive was added to the " "mirror in the example above, data is being copied from the original drive to " @@ -1729,7 +1729,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:964 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:965 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid status\n" @@ -1739,7 +1739,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:968 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:969 msgid "" "Some types of arrays, like `RAID0` or `CONCAT`, may not be shown in the " "status report if disks have failed. To see these partially-failed arrays, " @@ -1747,7 +1747,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:974 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:975 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid status -ga\n" @@ -1756,13 +1756,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:977 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:978 #, no-wrap msgid "Deleting Arrays" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:981 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:982 msgid "" "Arrays are destroyed by deleting all of the volumes from them. When the " "last volume present is deleted, the array is stopped and metadata is removed " @@ -1770,20 +1770,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:985 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1030 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:986 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1031 #, no-wrap msgid "# graid delete raid/r0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:989 #, no-wrap msgid "Deleting Unexpected Arrays" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:993 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:994 msgid "" "Drives may unexpectedly contain man:graid[8] metadata, either from previous " "use or manufacturer testing. man:graid[8] will detect these drives and " @@ -1792,13 +1792,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:996 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:997 msgid "" "Boot the system. At the boot menu, select `2` for the loader prompt. Enter:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1002 #, no-wrap msgid "" "OK set kern.geom.raid.enable=0\n" @@ -1806,33 +1806,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1004 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1005 msgid "The system will boot with man:graid[8] disabled." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1006 msgid "Back up all data on the affected drive." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1007 msgid "As a workaround, man:graid[8] array detection can be disabled by adding" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1010 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1011 #, no-wrap msgid "kern.geom.raid.enable=0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1013 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1014 msgid "to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1017 msgid "" "To permanently remove the man:graid[8] metadata from the affected drive, " "boot a FreeBSD installation CD-ROM or memory stick, and select `Shell`. Use " @@ -1840,19 +1840,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1026 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1027 msgid "Delete the volume by name:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1034 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1035 msgid "" "If there is more than one volume shown, repeat the process for each volume. " "After the last array has been deleted, the volume will be destroyed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1037 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1038 msgid "" "Reboot and verify data, restoring from backup if necessary. After the " "metadata has been removed, the `kern.geom.raid.enable=0` entry in [." @@ -1860,13 +1860,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1039 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1040 #, no-wrap msgid "GEOM Gate Network" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1044 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1045 msgid "" "GEOM provides a simple mechanism for providing remote access to devices such " "as disks, CDs, and file systems through the use of the GEOM Gate network " @@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1049 msgid "" "Similar to NFS, which is discussed in crossref:network-servers[network-nfs," "\"Network File System (NFS)\"], ggated is configured using an exports file. " @@ -1888,26 +1888,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1052 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1053 #, no-wrap msgid "192.168.1.5 RW /dev/da0s4d\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1056 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1057 msgid "" "Before exporting the device, ensure it is not currently mounted. Then, " "start ggated:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1061 #, no-wrap msgid "# ggated\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1065 msgid "" "Several options are available for specifying an alternate listening port or " "changing the default location of the exports file. Refer to man:ggated[8] " @@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1070 msgid "" "To access the exported device on the client machine, first use `ggatec` to " "specify the IP address of the server and the device name of the exported " @@ -1926,7 +1926,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1075 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1076 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ggatec create -o rw 192.168.1.1 /dev/da0s4d\n" @@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1079 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1080 msgid "" "The device on the server may now be accessed through [.filename]#/mnt# on " "the client. For more details about `ggatec` and a few usage examples, refer " @@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1084 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1085 msgid "" "The mount will fail if the device is currently mounted on either the server " "or any other client on the network. If simultaneous access is needed to " @@ -1951,20 +1951,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1087 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1088 msgid "" "When the device is no longer needed, unmount it with `umount` so that the " "resource is available to other clients." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1089 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1090 #, no-wrap msgid "Labeling Disk Devices" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1095 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1096 msgid "" "During system initialization, the FreeBSD kernel creates device nodes as " "devices are found. This method of probing for devices raises some issues. " @@ -1976,7 +1976,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1101 msgid "" "One solution is to chain SCSI devices in order so a new device added to the " "SCSI card will be issued unused device numbers. But what about USB devices " @@ -1988,7 +1988,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1105 msgid "" "A better solution is to use `glabel` to label the disk devices and use the " "labels in [.filename]#/etc/fstab#. Since `glabel` stores the label in the " @@ -1998,7 +1998,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1110 msgid "" "`glabel` can create both transient and permanent labels. Only permanent " "labels are consistent across reboots. Refer to man:glabel[8] for more " @@ -2006,13 +2006,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1112 #, no-wrap msgid "Label Types and Examples" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1120 msgid "" "Permanent labels can be a generic or a file system label. Permanent file " "system labels can be created with man:tunefs[8] or man:newfs[8]. These " @@ -2024,7 +2024,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1124 msgid "" "Temporary labels are destroyed at the next reboot. These labels are created " "in [.filename]#/dev/label# and are suited to experimentation. A temporary " @@ -2032,49 +2032,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1126 msgid "" "To create a permanent label for a UFS2 file system without destroying any " "data, issue the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1130 #, no-wrap msgid "# tunefs -L home /dev/da3\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1133 msgid "" "A label should now exist in [.filename]#/dev/ufs# which may be added to [." "filename]#/etc/fstab#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1137 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/ufs/home\t\t/home ufs rw 2 2\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1142 msgid "The file system must not be mounted while attempting to run `tunefs`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1145 msgid "Now the file system may be mounted:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1149 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount /home\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1152 msgid "" "From this point on, so long as the [.filename]#geom_label.ko# kernel module " "is loaded at boot with [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf# or the `GEOM_LABEL` " @@ -2083,36 +2083,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1155 msgid "" "File systems may also be created with a default label by using the `-L` flag " "with `newfs`. Refer to man:newfs[8] for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1157 msgid "The following command can be used to destroy the label:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1161 #, no-wrap msgid "# glabel destroy home\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1164 msgid "The following example shows how to label the partitions of a boot disk." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1165 #, no-wrap msgid "Labeling Partitions on the Boot Disk" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1171 msgid "" "By permanently labeling the partitions on the boot disk, the system should " "be able to continue to boot normally, even if the disk is moved to another " @@ -2124,14 +2124,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1174 msgid "" "Reboot the system, and at the man:loader[8] prompt, press kbd:[4] to boot " "into single user mode. Then enter the following commands:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1188 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# glabel label rootfs /dev/ad0s1a\n" @@ -2148,7 +2148,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1193 msgid "" "The system will continue with multi-user boot. After the boot completes, " "edit [.filename]#/etc/fstab# and replace the conventional device names, with " @@ -2157,7 +2157,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1202 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device Mountpoint FStype Options Dump Pass#\n" @@ -2169,14 +2169,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1206 msgid "" "The system can now be rebooted. If everything went well, it will come up " "normally and `mount` will show:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1215 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount\n" @@ -2188,7 +2188,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1223 msgid "" "The man:glabel[8] class supports a label type for UFS file systems, based on " "the unique file system id, `ufsid`. These labels may be found in [." @@ -2199,7 +2199,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1230 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% glabel status\n" @@ -2209,7 +2209,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1234 msgid "" "In the above example, [.filename]#ad4s1d# represents [.filename]#/var#, " "while [.filename]#ad4s1f# represents [.filename]#/usr#. Using the `ufsid` " @@ -2218,7 +2218,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1239 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/dev/ufsid/486b6fc38d330916 /var ufs rw 2 2\n" @@ -2226,7 +2226,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1242 msgid "" "Any partitions with `ufsid` labels can be mounted in this way, eliminating " "the need to manually create permanent labels, while still enjoying the " @@ -2234,13 +2234,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1244 #, no-wrap msgid "UFS Journaling Through GEOM" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1250 msgid "" "Support for journals on UFS file systems is available on FreeBSD. The " "implementation is provided through the GEOM subsystem and is configured " @@ -2250,7 +2250,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1253 msgid "" "Journaling stores a log of file system transactions, such as changes that " "make up a complete disk write operation, before meta-data and file writes " @@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1258 msgid "" "This method provides another mechanism to protect against data loss and " "inconsistencies of the file system. Unlike Soft Updates, which tracks and " @@ -2271,7 +2271,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1261 msgid "" "The [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel provides support for `gjournal`. To " "automatically load the [.filename]#geom_journal.ko# kernel module at boot " @@ -2279,26 +2279,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1265 #, no-wrap msgid "geom_journal_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1268 msgid "" "If a custom kernel is used, ensure the following line is in the kernel " "configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1272 #, no-wrap msgid "options\tGEOM_JOURNAL\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1276 msgid "" "Once the module is loaded, a journal can be created on a new file system " "using the following steps. In this example, [.filename]#da4# is a new SCSI " @@ -2306,7 +2306,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1281 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gjournal load\n" @@ -2314,21 +2314,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1284 msgid "" "This will load the module and create a [.filename]#/dev/da4.journal# device " "node on [.filename]#/dev/da4#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1286 msgid "" "A UFS file system may now be created on the journaled device, then mounted " "on an existing mount point:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1291 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# newfs -O 2 -J /dev/da4.journal\n" @@ -2336,7 +2336,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1297 msgid "" "In the case of several slices, a journal will be created for each individual " "slice. For instance, if [.filename]#ad4s1# and [.filename]#ad4s2# are both " @@ -2345,7 +2345,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1303 msgid "" "Journaling may also be enabled on current file systems by using `tunefs`. " "However, _always_ make a backup before attempting to alter an existing file " @@ -2356,7 +2356,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1305 msgid "" "It is possible to journal the boot disk of a FreeBSD system. Refer to the " "article extref:{gjournal-desktop}[Implementing UFS Journaling on a Desktop " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.po index 86a2dec1bb..55551bce93 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-07-07 23:22-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 1. Introduction" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:55 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "Thank you for your interest in FreeBSD! The following chapter covers various " "aspects of the FreeBSD Project, such as its history, goals, development " @@ -55,43 +55,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:58 msgid "After reading this chapter you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:60 msgid "How FreeBSD relates to other computer operating systems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:61 msgid "The history of the FreeBSD Project." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:62 msgid "The goals of the FreeBSD Project." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:63 msgid "The basics of the FreeBSD open-source development model." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:64 msgid "And of course: where the name \"FreeBSD\" comes from." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:66 #, no-wrap msgid "Welcome to FreeBSD!" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:71 msgid "" "FreeBSD is an Open Source, standards-compliant Unix-like operating system " "for x86 (both 32 and 64 bit), ARM(R), AArch64, RISC-V(R), MIPS(R), POWER(R), " @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "_Liberal Open Source license_, which grants you rights to freely modify and " "extend its source code and incorporate it in both Open Source projects and " @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:74 msgid "" "_Strong TCP/IP networking_ - FreeBSD implements industry standard protocols " "with ever increasing performance and scalability. This makes it a good match " @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:75 msgid "" "_Fully integrated OpenZFS support_, including root-on-ZFS, ZFS Boot " "Environments, fault management, administrative delegation, support for " @@ -130,55 +130,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:76 msgid "" "_Extensive security features_, from the Mandatory Access Control framework " "to Capsicum capability and sandbox mechanisms." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "_Over 30 thousand prebuilt packages_ for all supported architectures, and " "the Ports Collection which makes it easy to build your own, customized ones." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:78 msgid "" -"_Documentation_ - in addition to Handbook and books from different authors " -"that cover topics ranging from system administration to kernel internals, " -"there are also the man:man[1] pages, not only for userspace daemons, " -"utilities, and configuration files, but also for kernel driver APIs (section " -"9) and individual drivers (section 4)." +"_Documentation_ - in addition to the Handbook and books from different " +"authors that cover topics ranging from system administration to kernel " +"internals, there are also the man:man[1] pages, not only for userspace " +"daemons, utilities, and configuration files, but also for kernel driver APIs " +"(section 9) and individual drivers (section 4)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:79 msgid "" "_Simple and consistent repository structure and build system_ - FreeBSD uses " "a single repository for all of its components, both kernel and userspace. " -"This, along with an unified and easy to customize build system and a well " -"thought out development process makes it easy to integrate FreeBSD with " +"This, along with a unified and easy to customize build system and a well " +"thought-out development process makes it easy to integrate FreeBSD with " "build infrastructure for your own product." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:80 msgid "" "_Staying true to Unix philosophy_, preferring composability instead of " "monolithic \"all in one\" daemons with hardcoded behavior." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:81 msgid "" "_Binary compatibility_ with Linux, which makes it possible to run many Linux " "binaries without the need for virtualisation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:85 msgid "" "FreeBSD is based on the 4.4BSD-Lite release from Computer Systems Research " "Group (CSRG) at the University of California at Berkeley, and carries on the " @@ -192,13 +192,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:87 #, no-wrap msgid "What Can FreeBSD Do?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:91 msgid "" "The applications to which FreeBSD can be put are truly limited only by your " "own imagination. From software development to factory automation, inventory " @@ -211,65 +211,65 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:94 msgid "" "Because the source code for FreeBSD itself is freely available, the system " -"can also be customized to an almost unheard of degree for special " +"can also be customized to an almost unheard-of degree for special " "applications or projects, and in ways not generally possible with operating " "systems from most major commercial vendors. Here is just a sampling of some " "of the applications in which people are currently using FreeBSD:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "_Internet Services:_ The robust TCP/IP networking built into FreeBSD makes " "it an ideal platform for a variety of Internet services such as:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:98 msgid "Web servers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:99 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 routing" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:100 msgid "Firewalls and NAT (\"IP masquerading\") gateways" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:101 msgid "FTP servers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:102 msgid "Email servers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:103 msgid "And more..." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:105 msgid "" "_Education:_ Are you a student of computer science or a related engineering " "field? There is no better way of learning about operating systems, computer " -"architecture and networking than the hands on, under the hood experience " +"architecture and networking than the hands-on, under-the-hood experience " "that FreeBSD can provide. A number of freely available CAD, mathematical and " "graphic design packages also make it highly useful to those whose primary " "interest in a computer is to get _other_ work done!" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:106 msgid "" "_Research:_ With source code for the entire system available, FreeBSD is an " "excellent platform for research in operating systems as well as other " @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:107 msgid "" "_Networking:_ Need a new router? A name server (DNS)? A firewall to keep " "people out of your internal network? FreeBSD can easily turn that unused PC " @@ -289,17 +289,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:108 msgid "" "_Embedded:_ FreeBSD makes an excellent platform to build embedded systems " "upon. With support for the ARM(R), MIPS(R) and PowerPC(R) platforms, coupled " -"with a robust network stack, cutting edge features and the permissive extref:" -"{faq}[BSD license, bsd-license-restrictions] FreeBSD makes an excellent " -"foundation for building embedded routers, firewalls, and other devices." +"with a robust network stack, cutting edge features, and the permissive " +"extref:{faq}[BSD license, bsd-license-restrictions], FreeBSD makes an " +"excellent foundation for building embedded routers, firewalls, and other " +"devices." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:109 msgid "" "_Desktop:_ FreeBSD makes a fine choice for an inexpensive desktop solution " "using the freely available X11 server. FreeBSD offers a choice from many " @@ -309,7 +310,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:110 msgid "" "_Software Development:_ The basic FreeBSD system comes with a full suite of " "development tools including a full C/C++ compiler and debugger suite. " @@ -318,7 +319,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:113 msgid "" "FreeBSD is available to download free of charge, or can be obtained on " "either CD-ROM or DVD. Please see crossref:mirrors[mirrors, Obtaining " @@ -326,13 +327,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:115 #, no-wrap msgid "Who Uses FreeBSD?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:118 msgid "" "FreeBSD has been known for its web serving capabilities - sites that run on " "FreeBSD include link:https://news.ycombinator.com/[Hacker News], link:http://" @@ -344,7 +345,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:121 msgid "" "FreeBSD's advanced features, proven security, predictable release cycle, and " "permissive license have led to its use as a platform for building many " @@ -353,16 +354,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:123 msgid "" "link:http://www.apache.org/[Apache] - The Apache Software Foundation runs " -"most of its public facing infrastructure, including possibly one of the " -"largest SVN repositories in the world with over 1.4 million commits, on " -"FreeBSD." +"most of its public-facing infrastructure on FreeBSD, including possibly one " +"of the largest SVN repositories in the world with over 1.4 million commits." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" "link:http://www.apple.com/[Apple] - OS X borrows heavily from FreeBSD for " "the network stack, virtual file system, and many userland components. Apple " @@ -370,14 +370,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:125 msgid "" "link:http://www.cisco.com/[Cisco] - IronPort network security and anti-spam " "appliances run a modified FreeBSD kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:126 msgid "" "link:http://www.citrix.com/[Citrix] - The NetScaler line of security " "appliances provide layer 4-7 load balancing, content caching, application " @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:127 msgid "" "link:https://www.emc.com/isilon[Dell EMC Isilon] - Isilon's enterprise " "storage appliances are based on FreeBSD. The extremely liberal FreeBSD " @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:128 msgid "" "link:http://www.quest.com/KACE[Quest KACE] - The KACE system management " "appliances run FreeBSD because of its reliability, scalability, and the " @@ -404,14 +404,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "link:http://www.ixsystems.com/[iXsystems] - The TrueNAS line of unified " "storage appliances is based on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:130 msgid "" "link:http://www.juniper.net/[Juniper] - The JunOS operating system that " "powers all Juniper networking gear (including routers, switches, and " @@ -423,14 +423,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:131 msgid "" "link:http://www.mcafee.com/[McAfee] - SecurOS, the basis of McAfee " -"enterprise firewall products including Sidewinder is based on FreeBSD." +"enterprise firewall products including Sidewinder, is based on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:132 msgid "" "link:http://www.netapp.com/[NetApp] - The Data ONTAP GX line of storage " "appliances are based on FreeBSD. In addition, NetApp has contributed back " @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:133 msgid "" "link:http://www.netflix.com/[Netflix] - The OpenConnect appliance that " "Netflix uses to stream movies to its customers is based on FreeBSD. Netflix " @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:134 msgid "" "link:http://www.sandvine.com/[Sandvine] - Sandvine uses FreeBSD as the basis " "of their high performance real-time network processing platforms that make " @@ -457,14 +457,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:135 msgid "" "link:http://www.sony.com/[Sony] - The PlayStation Vita, PlayStation 4, and " "PlayStation 5 gaming consoles run a modified version of FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:136 msgid "" "link:http://www.sophos.com/[Sophos] - The Sophos Email Appliance product is " "based on a hardened FreeBSD and scans inbound mail for spam and viruses, " @@ -473,14 +473,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:137 msgid "" "link:http://www.spectralogic.com/[Spectra Logic] - The nTier line of archive " "grade storage appliances run FreeBSD and OpenZFS." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:138 msgid "" "link:https://www.stormshield.com[Stormshield] - Stormshield Network Security " "appliances are based on a hardened version of FreeBSD. The BSD license " @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:139 msgid "" "link:http://www.weather.com/[The Weather Channel] - The IntelliStar " "appliance that is installed at each local cable provider's headend and is " @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:140 msgid "" "link:http://www.verisign.com/[Verisign] - Verisign is responsible for " "operating the .com and .net root domain registries as well as the " @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:141 msgid "" "link:http://www.voxer.com/[Voxer] - Voxer powers their mobile voice " "messaging platform with ZFS on FreeBSD. Voxer switched from a Solaris " @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:142 msgid "" "link:https://fudosecurity.com/en/[Fudo Security] - The FUDO security " "appliance allows enterprises to monitor, control, record, and audit " @@ -529,19 +529,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:144 msgid "FreeBSD has also spawned a number of related open source projects:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:146 msgid "" -"link:http://bsdrp.net/[BSD Router] - A FreeBSD based replacement for large " +"link:http://bsdrp.net/[BSD Router] - A FreeBSD-based replacement for large " "enterprise routers, designed to run on standard PC hardware." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:147 msgid "" "link:https://www.truenas.com/[TrueNAS] is a Network Attached Storage (NAS) " "software that shares and protects data from modern-day threats like " @@ -550,48 +550,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:148 msgid "" -"link:https://ghostbsd.org/[GhostBSD] is derived from FreeBSD, uses the GTK " -"environment to provide a beautiful look and comfortable experience on the " -"modern BSD platform offering a natural and native UNIX(R) work environment." +"link:https://ghostbsd.org/[GhostBSD] is derived from FreeBSD and uses the " +"GTK environment to provide a beautiful look and comfortable experience on " +"the modern BSD platform, offering a natural and native UNIX(R) work " +"environment." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:149 msgid "" "link:http://mfsbsd.vx.sk/[mfsBSD] - A toolkit for building a FreeBSD system " "image that runs entirely from memory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:150 msgid "" "link:https://xigmanas.com/[XigmaNAS] - A file server distribution based on " -"FreeBSD with a PHP powered web interface." +"FreeBSD with a PHP-powered web interface." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:151 msgid "" "link:http://www.opnsense.org/[OPNSense] is an open source, easy-to-use and " -"easy-to-build FreeBSD based firewall and routing platform. OPNsense includes " +"easy-to-build FreeBSD-based firewall and routing platform. OPNsense includes " "most of the features available in expensive commercial firewalls, and more " "in many cases. It brings the rich feature set of commercial offerings with " "the benefits of open and verifiable sources." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:152 msgid "" -"link:https://www.midnightbsd.org[MidnightBSD] is a FreeBSD derived operating " +"link:https://www.midnightbsd.org[MidnightBSD] is a FreeBSD-derived operating " "system developed with desktop users in mind. It includes all the software " -"you'd expect for your daily tasks: mail, web browsing, word processing, " +"expected for daily tasks such as mail, web browsing, word processing, " "gaming, and much more." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:153 msgid "" "link:https://www.nomadbsd.org[NomadBSD] is a persistent live system for USB " "flash drives, based on FreeBSD. Together with automatic hardware detection " @@ -601,14 +602,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:154 msgid "" "link:http://www.pfsense.org/[pfSense] - A firewall distribution based on " "FreeBSD with a huge array of features and extensive IPv6 support." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:155 msgid "" "link:http://zrouter.org/[ZRouter] - An open source alternative firmware for " "embedded devices based on FreeBSD. Designed to replace the proprietary " @@ -616,7 +617,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:158 msgid "" "A list of link:https://www.freebsdfoundation.org/about/testimonials/" "[testimonials from companies basing their products and services on FreeBSD] " @@ -626,13 +627,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:160 #, no-wrap msgid "About the FreeBSD Project" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:163 msgid "" "The following section provides some background information on the project, " "including a brief history, project goals, and the development model of the " @@ -640,13 +641,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:165 #, no-wrap msgid "A Brief History of FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:168 msgid "" "The FreeBSD Project had its genesis in the early part of 1993, partially as " "the brainchild of the Unofficial 386BSDPatchkit's last 3 coordinators: Nate " @@ -654,7 +655,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:171 msgid "" "The original goal was to produce an intermediate snapshot of 386BSD in order " "to fix a number of problems that the patchkit mechanism was just not capable " @@ -663,7 +664,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:175 msgid "" "386BSD was Bill Jolitz's operating system, which had been up to that point " "suffering rather severely from almost a year's worth of neglect. As the " @@ -675,7 +676,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:180 msgid "" "The trio thought that the goal remained worthwhile, even without Bill's " "support, and so they adopted the name \"FreeBSD\" coined by David Greenman. " @@ -692,7 +693,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:184 msgid "" "The first CD-ROM (and general net-wide) distribution was FreeBSD 1.0, " "released in December of 1993. This was based on the 4.3BSD-Lite (\"Net/2\") " @@ -703,7 +704,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:190 msgid "" "Around this time, some rather unexpected storm clouds formed on the horizon " "as Novell and U.C. Berkeley settled their long-running lawsuit over the " @@ -720,7 +721,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:195 msgid "" "FreeBSD then set about the arduous task of literally re-inventing itself " "from a completely new and rather incomplete set of 4.4BSD-Lite bits. The " @@ -735,14 +736,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:197 msgid "" "Since that time, FreeBSD has made a series of releases each time improving " "the stability, speed, and feature set of the previous version." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:199 msgid "" "For now, long-term development projects continue to take place in the {rel-" "head}-CURRENT (main) branch, and snapshot releases of {rel-head} are " @@ -751,13 +752,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:201 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Project Goals" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:207 msgid "" "The goals of the FreeBSD Project are to provide software that may be used " "for any purpose and without strings attached. Many of us have a significant " @@ -771,7 +772,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:210 msgid "" "That code in our source tree which falls under the GNU General Public " "License (GPL) or Library General Public License (LGPL) comes with slightly " @@ -783,13 +784,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:212 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD Development Model" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:217 msgid "" "The development of FreeBSD is a extref:{dev-model}[very open and flexible " "process], being literally built from the contributions of thousands of " @@ -802,20 +803,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:219 msgid "" "Useful things to know about the FreeBSD Project and its development process, " "whether working independently or in close cooperation:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:220 #, no-wrap msgid "The Git repositories[[development-cvs-repository]]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:227 msgid "" "For several years, the central source tree for FreeBSD was maintained by " "link:http://www.nongnu.org/cvs/[CVS] (Concurrent Versions System), a freely " @@ -837,13 +838,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:228 #, no-wrap msgid "The committers list[[development-committers]]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:232 msgid "" "The _committers_ are the people who have _push_ access to the Git " "repository, and are authorized to make modifications to the FreeBSD source " @@ -855,13 +856,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:233 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD core team[[development-core]]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:239 msgid "" "The _FreeBSD core team_ would be equivalent to the board of directors if the " "FreeBSD Project were a company. The primary task of the core team is to " @@ -874,7 +875,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:244 msgid "" "Like most developers, most members of the core team are also volunteers when " "it comes to FreeBSD development and do not benefit from the project " @@ -885,13 +886,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:246 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD Foundation[[development-foundation]]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:253 msgid "" "The link:https://freebsdfoundation.org[FreeBSD Foundation] is a 501(c)(3), " "US-based, non-profit organization dedicated to supporting and promoting the " @@ -909,18 +910,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:254 #, no-wrap msgid "Outside contributors" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:260 msgid "" "Last, but definitely not least, the largest group of developers are the " "users themselves who provide feedback and bug fixes to us on an almost " -"constant basis. The primary way of keeping in touch with development of " -"FreeBSD base system is to subscribe to the {freebsd-hackers} where such " +"constant basis. The primary way of keeping in touch with the development of " +"the FreeBSD base system is to subscribe to the {freebsd-hackers} where such " "things are discussed. For porting third party applications, it would be the " "{freebsd-ports}. For documentation - {freebsd-doc}. See crossref:" "eresources[eresources, Resources on the Internet] for more information about " @@ -928,7 +929,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:263 msgid "" "extref:{contributors}[The FreeBSD Contributors List] is a long and growing " "one, so why not join it by extref:{contributing}[contributing something back " @@ -936,7 +937,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:267 msgid "" "In summary, our development model is organized as a loose set of concentric " "circles. The centralized model is designed for the convenience of the " @@ -948,24 +949,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:269 msgid "" "All we ask of those who would join us as FreeBSD developers is some of the " "same dedication its current people have to its continued success!" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:271 #, no-wrap msgid "Third Party Programs" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:278 msgid "" "In addition to the base distributions, FreeBSD offers a ported software " "collection with thousands of commonly sought-after programs. The list of " -"ports ranges from HTTP servers, to games, languages, editors, and almost " +"ports ranges from HTTP servers to games, languages, editors, and almost " "everything in between. There are about {numports} ports; the entire Ports " "Collection requires approximately {ports-size}. To compile a port, you " "simply change to the directory of the program you wish to install, type " @@ -975,7 +976,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:281 msgid "" "Almost every port is also provided as a pre-compiled \"package\", which can " "be installed with a simple command (`pkg install`) by those who do not wish " @@ -985,13 +986,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:282 #, no-wrap msgid "Additional Documentation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:286 msgid "" "All supported FreeBSD versions provide an option in the installer to install " "additional documentation under [.filename]#/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd# " @@ -1000,13 +1001,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:289 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install en-freebsd-doc\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:294 msgid "" "For localized versions replace the \"en\" with language prefix of choice. " "Be aware that some of the localised versions might be out of date and might " @@ -1015,33 +1016,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:295 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD Handbook" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:297 msgid "" "[.filename]#link:file:///usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/en/books/handbook/book." "html[/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/en/books/handbook/book.html]#" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:298 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD FAQ" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:300 msgid "" "[.filename]#link:file://localhost/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/en/books/faq/" "book.html[/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/en/books/faq/book.html]#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:301 msgid "" "You can always find up to date documentation at link:https://docs.FreeBSD." "org/[https://docs.FreeBSD.org/]." diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.po index 2a7385c683..f5f8f94822 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-07-07 23:22-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 15. Jails" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Jails" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:59 msgid "" "Since system administration is a difficult task, many tools have been " "developed to make life easier for the administrator. These tools often " @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:67 msgid "" "Jails build upon the man:chroot[2] concept, which is used to change the root " "directory of a set of processes. This creates a safe environment, separate " @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:74 msgid "" "Jails improve on the concept of the traditional chroot environment in " "several ways. In a traditional chroot environment, processes are only " @@ -87,12 +87,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:76 msgid "A jail is characterized by four elements:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:78 msgid "" "A directory subtree: the starting point from which a jail is entered. Once " "inside the jail, a process is not permitted to escape outside of this " @@ -100,26 +100,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:79 msgid "A hostname: which will be used by the jail." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:80 msgid "" "An IP address: which is assigned to the jail. The IP address of a jail is " "often an alias address for an existing network interface." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:81 msgid "" "A command: the path name of an executable to run inside the jail. The path " "is relative to the root directory of the jail environment." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:84 msgid "" "Jails have their own set of users and their own `root` account which are " "limited to the jail environment. The `root` account of a jail is not " @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:87 msgid "" "This chapter provides an overview of the terminology and commands for " "managing FreeBSD jails. Jails are a powerful tool for both system " @@ -136,28 +136,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:89 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:91 msgid "What a jail is and what purpose it may serve in FreeBSD installations." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:92 msgid "How to build, start, and stop a jail." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "The basics of jail administration, both from inside and outside the jail." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:98 msgid "" "Jails are a powerful tool, but they are not a security panacea. While it is " "not possible for a jailed process to break out on its own, there are several " @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:101 msgid "" "Most of these attacks can be mitigated by ensuring that the jail root is not " "accessible to unprivileged users in the host environment. As a general " @@ -176,13 +176,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:104 #, no-wrap msgid "Terms Related to Jails" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:107 msgid "" "To facilitate better understanding of parts of the FreeBSD system related to " "jails, their internals and the way they interact with the rest of FreeBSD, " @@ -190,26 +190,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:108 #, no-wrap msgid "man:chroot[8] (command)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:110 msgid "" "Utility, which uses man:chroot[2] FreeBSD system call to change the root " "directory of a process and all its descendants." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:111 #, no-wrap msgid "man:chroot[2] (environment)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:114 msgid "" "The environment of processes running in a \"chroot\". This includes " "resources such as the part of the file system which is visible, user and " @@ -218,26 +218,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:115 #, no-wrap msgid "man:jail[8] (command)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:117 msgid "" "The system administration utility which allows launching of processes within " "a jail environment." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:118 #, no-wrap msgid "host (system, process, user, etc.)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:122 msgid "" "The controlling system of a jail environment. The host system has access to " "all the hardware resources available, and can control processes both outside " @@ -247,26 +247,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:123 #, no-wrap msgid "hosted (system, process, user, etc.)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:125 msgid "" "A process, user or other entity, whose access to resources is restricted by " "a FreeBSD jail." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:127 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating and Controlling Jails" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:132 msgid "" "Some administrators divide jails into the following two types: \"complete\" " "jails, which resemble a real FreeBSD system, and \"service\" jails, " @@ -278,19 +278,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:133 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing a Jail" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:136 #, no-wrap msgid "To install a Jail from the Internet" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:140 msgid "" "The man:bsdinstall[8] tool can be used to fetch and install the binaries " "needed for a jail. This will walk through the picking of a mirror, which " @@ -299,26 +299,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:144 #, no-wrap msgid "# bsdinstall jail /here/is/the/jail\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:147 msgid "" "Once the command is complete, the next step is configuring the host to run " "the jail." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:149 #, no-wrap msgid "To install a Jail from an ISO" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:153 msgid "" "To install the userland from installation media, first create the root " "directory for the jail. This can be done by setting the `DESTDIR` variable " @@ -326,12 +326,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:155 msgid "Start a shell and define `DESTDIR`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:160 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sh\n" @@ -339,14 +339,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:163 msgid "" "Mount the install media as covered in man:mdconfig[8] when using the install " "ISO:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:168 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount -t cd9660 /dev/`mdconfig -f cdimage.iso` /mnt\n" @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:172 msgid "" "Extract the binaries from the tarballs on the install media into the " "declared destination. Minimally, only the base set needs to be extracted, " @@ -362,40 +362,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:174 msgid "To install just the base system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:178 #, no-wrap msgid "# tar -xf base.txz -C $DESTDIR\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:181 msgid "To install everything except the kernel:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:185 #, no-wrap msgid "# for set in base ports; do tar -xf $set.txz -C $DESTDIR ; done\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:188 #, no-wrap msgid "To build and install a Jail from source" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:191 msgid "The man:jail[8] manual page explains the procedure for building a jail:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:201 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# setenv D /here/is/the/jail\n" @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:204 msgid "" "Selecting a location for a jail is the best starting point. This is where " "the jail will physically reside within the file system of the jail's host. A " @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:206 msgid "" "If you have already rebuilt your userland using `make world` or `make " "buildworld`, you can skip this step and install your existing userland into " @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:208 msgid "" "This command will populate the directory subtree chosen as jail's physical " "location on the file system with the necessary binaries, libraries, manual " @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:209 msgid "" "The `distribution` target for make installs every needed configuration file. " "In simple words, it installs every installable file of [.filename]#/usr/src/" @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:211 msgid "" "Mounting the man:devfs[8] file system inside a jail is not required. On the " "other hand, any, or almost any application requires access to at least one " @@ -457,13 +457,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:212 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring the Host" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:219 msgid "" "Once a jail is installed, it can be started by using the man:jail[8] " "utility. The man:jail[8] utility takes four mandatory arguments which are " @@ -476,19 +476,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:221 msgid "" "Jails are often started at boot time and the FreeBSD [.filename]#rc# " "mechanism provides an easy way to do this." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:224 msgid "Configure jail parameters in [.filename]#jail.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:235 #, no-wrap msgid "" "www {\n" @@ -502,18 +502,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:239 msgid "Configure jails to start at boot time in [.filename]#rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:243 #, no-wrap msgid "jail_enable=\"YES\" # Set to NO to disable starting of any jails\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:247 msgid "" "The default startup of jails configured in man:jail.conf[5], will run the [." "filename]#/etc/rc# script of the jail, which assumes the jail is a complete " @@ -522,21 +522,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:251 msgid "" "For a full list of available options, please see the man:jail.conf[5] manual " "page." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:254 msgid "" "man:service[8] can be used to start or stop a jail by hand, if an entry for " "it exists in [.filename]#jail.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:259 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service jail start www\n" @@ -544,14 +544,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:263 msgid "" "Jails can be shut down with man:jexec[8]. Use man:jls[8] to identify the " "jail's `JID`, then use man:jexec[8] to run the shutdown script in that jail." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:270 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# jls\n" @@ -561,19 +561,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:273 msgid "" "More information about this can be found in the man:jail[8] manual page." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:275 #, no-wrap msgid "Fine Tuning and Administration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:279 msgid "" "There are several options which can be set for any jail, and various ways of " "combining a host FreeBSD system with jails, to produce higher level " @@ -581,14 +581,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:281 msgid "" "Some of the options available for tuning the behavior and security " "restrictions implemented by a jail installation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:282 msgid "" "Some of the high-level applications for jail management, which are available " "through the FreeBSD Ports Collection, and can be used to implement overall " @@ -596,13 +596,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:284 #, no-wrap msgid "System Tools for Jail Tuning in FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:290 msgid "" "Fine tuning of a jail's configuration is mostly done by setting man:" "sysctl[8] variables. A special subtree of sysctl exists as a basis for " @@ -614,42 +614,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:292 msgid "`security.jail.set_hostname_allowed: 1`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:293 msgid "`security.jail.socket_unixiproute_only: 1`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:294 msgid "`security.jail.sysvipc_allowed: 0`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:295 msgid "`security.jail.enforce_statfs: 2`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:296 msgid "`security.jail.allow_raw_sockets: 0`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:297 msgid "`security.jail.chflags_allowed: 0`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:298 msgid "`security.jail.jailed: 0`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:303 msgid "" "These variables can be used by the system administrator of the _host system_ " "to add or remove some of the limitations imposed by default on the `root` " @@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:306 msgid "" "The base system of FreeBSD contains a basic set of tools for viewing " "information about the active jails, and attaching to a jail to run " @@ -672,14 +672,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:308 msgid "" "Print a list of active jails and their corresponding jail identifier (JID), " "IP address, hostname and path." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:309 msgid "" "Attach to a running jail, from its host system, and run a command inside the " "jail or perform administrative tasks inside the jail itself. This is " @@ -689,19 +689,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:313 #, no-wrap msgid "# jexec 1 tcsh\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:316 #, no-wrap msgid "High-Level Administrative Tools in the FreeBSD Ports Collection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:321 msgid "" "Among the many third-party utilities for jail administration, one of the " "most complete and useful is package:sysutils/ezjail[]. It is a set of " @@ -710,13 +710,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:323 #, no-wrap msgid "Keeping Jails Patched and up to Date" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:328 msgid "" "Jails should be kept up to date from the host operating system as attempting " "to patch userland from within the jail may likely fail as the default " @@ -727,14 +727,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:330 msgid "" "To update the jail to the latest patch release of the version of FreeBSD it " "is already running, then execute the following commands on the host:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:335 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# freebsd-update -b /here/is/the/jail fetch\n" @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:340 msgid "" "To upgrade the jail to a new major or minor version, first upgrade the host " "system as described in crossref:cutting-edge[freebsdupdate-" @@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:347 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# freebsd-update -b /here/is/the/jail --currently-running 12.0-RELEASE -r 12.1-RELEASE upgrade\n" @@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:352 msgid "" "Then, if it was a major version upgrade, reinstall all installed packages " "and restart the jail again. This is required because the ABI version " @@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:357 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pkg -j myjail upgrade -f\n" @@ -778,13 +778,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:360 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating Multiple Jails" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:364 msgid "" "The management of multiple jails can become problematic because every jail " "has to be rebuilt from scratch whenever it is upgraded. This can be time " @@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:368 msgid "" "This section demonstrates one method to resolve this issue by safely sharing " "as much as is possible between jails using read-only man:mount_nullfs[8] " @@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:373 msgid "" "Simpler solutions exist, such as ezjail, which provides an easier method of " "administering FreeBSD jails but is less versatile than this setup. ezjail " @@ -810,46 +810,46 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:376 msgid "The goals of the setup described in this section are:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:378 msgid "" "Create a simple and easy to understand jail structure that does not require " "running a full installworld on each and every jail." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:379 msgid "Make it easy to add new jails or remove existing ones." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:380 msgid "Make it easy to update or upgrade existing jails." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:381 msgid "Make it possible to run a customized FreeBSD branch." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:382 msgid "" "Be paranoid about security, reducing as much as possible the possibility of " "compromise." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:383 msgid "Save space and inodes, as much as possible." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:387 msgid "" "This design relies on a single, read-only master template which is mounted " "into each jail and one read-write device per jail. A device can be a " @@ -858,67 +858,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:389 msgid "The file system layout is as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:391 msgid "The jails are based under the [.filename]#/home# partition." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:392 msgid "Each jail will be mounted under the [.filename]#/home/j# directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:393 msgid "" "The template for each jail and the read-only partition for all of the jails " "is [.filename]#/home/j/mroot#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:394 msgid "" "A blank directory will be created for each jail under the [.filename]#/home/" "j# directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:395 msgid "" "Each jail will have a [.filename]#/s# directory that will be linked to the " "read-write portion of the system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:396 msgid "" "Each jail will have its own read-write system that is based upon [." "filename]#/home/j/skel#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:397 msgid "" "The read-write portion of each jail will be created in [.filename]#/home/js#." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:399 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating the Template" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:402 msgid "This section describes the steps needed to create the master template." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:405 msgid "" "It is recommended to first update the host FreeBSD system to the latest -" "RELEASE branch using the instructions in crossref:cutting-" @@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:408 msgid "" "First, create a directory structure for the read-only file system which will " "contain the FreeBSD binaries for the jails. Then, change directory to the " @@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:414 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /home/j /home/j/mroot\n" @@ -946,14 +946,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:417 msgid "" "Next, prepare a FreeBSD Ports Collection for the jails as well as a FreeBSD " "source tree, which is required for mergemaster:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:424 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /home/j/mroot\n" @@ -963,12 +963,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:427 msgid "Create a skeleton for the read-write portion of the system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:436 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /home/j/skel /home/j/skel/home /home/j/skel/usr-X11R6 /home/j/skel/distfiles\n" @@ -980,14 +980,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:439 msgid "" "Use mergemaster to install missing configuration files. Then, remove the " "extra directories that mergemaster creates:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:445 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mergemaster -t /home/j/skel/var/tmp/temproot -D /home/j/skel -i\n" @@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:448 msgid "" "Now, symlink the read-write file system to the read-only file system. Ensure " "that the symlinks are created in the correct [.filename]#s/# locations as " @@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:461 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /home/j/mroot\n" @@ -1021,20 +1021,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:464 msgid "" "As a last step, create a generic [.filename]#/home/j/skel/etc/make.conf# " "containing this line:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:468 #, no-wrap msgid "WRKDIRPREFIX?= /s/portbuild\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:473 msgid "" "This makes it possible to compile FreeBSD ports inside each jail. Remember " "that the ports directory is part of the read-only system. The custom path " @@ -1043,13 +1043,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:475 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating Jails" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:479 msgid "" "The jail template can now be used to setup and configure the jails in [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. This example demonstrates the creation of 3 jails: " @@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:482 msgid "" "Add the following lines to [.filename]#/etc/fstab#, so that the read-only " "template for the jails and the read-write space will be available in the " @@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:491 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/home/j/mroot /home/j/ns nullfs ro 0 0\n" @@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:494 msgid "" "To prevent fsck from checking nullfs mounts during boot and dump from " "backing up the read-only nullfs mounts of the jails, the last two columns " @@ -1085,12 +1085,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:495 msgid "Configure the jails in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:513 #, no-wrap msgid "" "jail_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:517 msgid "" "The `jail__name__rootdir` variable is set to [.filename]#/usr/home# instead " "of [.filename]#/home# because the physical path of [.filename]#/home# on a " @@ -1121,26 +1121,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:518 msgid "" "Create the required mount points for the read-only file system of each jail:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:522 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir /home/j/ns /home/j/mail /home/j/www\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:525 msgid "" "Install the read-write template into each jail using package:sysutils/" "cpdup[]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:532 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /home/js\n" @@ -1150,15 +1150,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:535 msgid "" "In this phase, the jails are built and prepared to run. First, mount the " "required file systems for each jail, and then start them:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:539 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:639 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount -a\n" @@ -1166,14 +1166,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:545 msgid "" "The jails should be running now. To check if they have started correctly, " "use `jls`. Its output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:553 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# jls\n" @@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:558 msgid "" "At this point, it should be possible to log onto each jail, add new users, " "or configure daemons. The `JID` column indicates the jail identification " @@ -1193,19 +1193,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:562 #, no-wrap msgid "# jexec 3 tcsh\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:565 #, no-wrap msgid "Upgrading" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:569 msgid "" "The design of this setup provides an easy way to upgrade existing jails " "while minimizing their downtime. Also, it provides a way to roll back to " @@ -1213,14 +1213,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:572 msgid "" "The first step is to upgrade the host system. Then, create a new temporary " "read-only template in [.filename]#/home/j/mroot2#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:581 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /home/j/mroot2\n" @@ -1232,14 +1232,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:584 msgid "" "The `installworld` creates a few unnecessary directories, which should be " "removed:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:589 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# chflags -R 0 var\n" @@ -1247,12 +1247,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:592 msgid "Recreate the read-write symlinks for the master file system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:602 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ln -s s/etc etc\n" @@ -1265,25 +1265,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:605 msgid "Next, stop the jails:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:609 #, no-wrap msgid "# service jail stop\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:611 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:612 msgid "" "Unmount the original file systems as the read-write systems are attached to " "the read-only system ([.filename]#/s#):" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:621 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# umount /home/j/ns/s\n" @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:624 msgid "" "Move the old read-only file system and replace it with the new one. This " "will serve as a backup and archive of the old read-only file system should " @@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:631 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /home/j\n" @@ -1315,27 +1315,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:634 msgid "" "At this point the new read-only template is ready, so the only remaining " "task is to remount the file systems and start the jails:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:643 msgid "" "Use `jls` to check if the jails started correctly. Run `mergemaster` in " "each jail to update the configuration files." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:645 #, no-wrap msgid "Managing Jails with ezjail" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:653 msgid "" "Creating and managing multiple jails can quickly become tedious and error-" "prone. Dirk Engling's ezjail automates and greatly simplifies many jail " @@ -1347,27 +1347,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:654 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:655 msgid "" "Additional benefits and features are described in detail on the ezjail web " "site, https://erdgeist.org/arts/software/ezjail/[]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:656 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:657 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing ezjail" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:659 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:660 msgid "" "Installing ezjail consists of adding a loopback interface for use in jails, " "installing the port or package, and enabling the service." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:664 msgid "" "To keep jail loopback traffic off the host's loopback network interface " "`lo0`, a second loopback interface is created by adding an entry to [." @@ -1375,22 +1375,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:667 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1084 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1085 #, no-wrap msgid "cloned_interfaces=\"lo1\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:672 msgid "" "The second loopback interface `lo1` will be created when the system starts. " "It can also be created manually without a restart:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:676 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:677 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1093 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service netif cloneup\n" @@ -1398,14 +1398,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:680 msgid "" "Jails can be allowed to use aliases of this secondary loopback interface " "without interfering with the host." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:683 msgid "" "Inside a jail, access to the loopback address `127.0.0.1` is redirected to " "the first IP address assigned to the jail. To make the jail loopback " @@ -1415,17 +1415,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:685 msgid "Give each jail a unique loopback address in the `127.0.0.0/8` netblock." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:686 msgid "Install package:sysutils/ezjail[]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:691 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/sysutils/ezjail\n" @@ -1433,44 +1433,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:694 msgid "Enable ezjail by adding this line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:698 #, no-wrap msgid "ezjail_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:701 msgid "" "The service will automatically start on system boot. It can be started " "immediately for the current session:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:705 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ezjail start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:708 #, no-wrap msgid "Initial Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:712 msgid "" "With ezjail installed, the basejail directory structure can be created and " "populated. This step is only needed once on the jail host computer." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:717 msgid "" "In both of these examples, `-p` causes the ports tree to be retrieved with " "man:portsnap[8] into the basejail. That single copy of the ports directory " @@ -1480,12 +1480,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:722 msgid "To Populate the Jail with FreeBSD-RELEASE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:725 msgid "" "For a basejail based on the FreeBSD RELEASE matching that of the host " "computer, use `install`. For example, on a host computer running FreeBSD 10-" @@ -1494,25 +1494,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:728 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:729 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin install -p\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:732 msgid "To Populate the Jail with `installworld`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:734 msgid "" "The basejail can be installed from binaries created by `buildworld` on the " "host with `ezjail-admin update`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:738 msgid "" "In this example, FreeBSD 10-STABLE has been built from source. The jail " "directories are created. Then `installworld` is executed, installing the " @@ -1520,13 +1520,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:742 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin update -i -p\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:745 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:746 msgid "" "The host's [.filename]#/usr/src# is used by default. A different source " "directory on the host can be specified with `-s` and a path, or set with " @@ -1534,7 +1534,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:752 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:753 msgid "" "The basejail's ports tree is shared by other jails. However, downloaded " "distfiles are stored in the jail that downloaded them. By default, these " @@ -1544,7 +1544,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:761 msgid "" "The FTP protocol is used by default to download packages for the " "installation of the basejail. Firewall or proxy configurations can prevent " @@ -1554,37 +1554,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:765 #, no-wrap msgid "ezjail_ftphost=http://ftp.FreeBSD.org\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:768 msgid "See the crossref:mirrors[mirrors,mirrors] section for a list of sites." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:771 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating and Starting a New Jail" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:775 msgid "" "New jails are created with `ezjail-admin create`. In these examples, the " "`lo1` loopback interface is used as described above." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:778 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Create and Start a New Jail" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:780 msgid "" "Create the jail, specifying a name and the loopback and network interfaces " "to use, along with their IP addresses. In this example, the jail is named " @@ -1592,13 +1592,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:784 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin create dnsjail 'lo1|127.0.1.1,em0|192.168.1.50'\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:792 msgid "" "Most network services run in jails without problems. A few network " "services, most notably man:ping[8], use _raw network sockets_. In jails, " @@ -1607,7 +1607,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:797 msgid "" "Occasionally, a jail genuinely needs raw sockets. For example, network " "monitoring applications often use man:ping[8] to check the availability of " @@ -1618,59 +1618,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:801 #, no-wrap msgid "export jail_jailname_parameters=\"allow.raw_sockets=1\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:804 msgid "" "Do not enable raw network sockets unless services in the jail actually " "require them." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:807 msgid "Start the jail:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:811 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin start dnsjail\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:814 msgid "Use a console on the jail:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:818 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin console dnsjail\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:822 msgid "" "The jail is operating and additional configuration can be completed. " "Typical settings added at this point include:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:824 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:825 msgid "Set the `root` Password" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:827 msgid "Connect to the jail and set the `root` user's password:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:834 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:835 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ezjail-admin console dnsjail\n" @@ -1681,12 +1681,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:838 msgid "Time Zone Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:842 msgid "" "The jail's time zone can be set with man:tzsetup[8]. To avoid spurious " "error messages, the man:adjkerntz[8] entry in [.filename]#/etc/crontab# can " @@ -1696,36 +1696,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:843 msgid "DNS Servers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:844 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:845 msgid "" "Enter domain name server lines in [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf# so DNS works " "in the jail." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:846 msgid "Edit [.filename]#/etc/hosts#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:847 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:848 msgid "" "Change the address and add the jail name to the `localhost` entries in [." "filename]#/etc/hosts#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:849 msgid "Configure [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:854 msgid "" "Enter configuration settings in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. This is much " "like configuring a full computer. The host name and IP address are not set " @@ -1733,14 +1733,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:856 msgid "" "With the jail configured, the applications for which the jail was created " "can be installed." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:861 msgid "" "Some ports must be built with special options to be used in a jail. For " "example, both of the network monitoring plugin packages package:net-mgmt/" @@ -1749,19 +1749,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:864 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating Jails" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:867 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating the Operating System" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:870 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:871 msgid "" "Because the basejail's copy of the userland is shared by the other jails, " "updating the basejail automatically updates all of the other jails. Either " @@ -1769,33 +1769,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:872 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:873 msgid "" "To build the world from source on the host, then install it in the basejail, " "use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:877 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin update -b\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:880 msgid "" "If the world has already been compiled on the host, install it in the " "basejail with:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:884 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin update -i\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:888 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:889 msgid "" "Binary updates use man:freebsd-update[8]. These updates have the same " "limitations as if man:freebsd-update[8] were being run directly. The most " @@ -1804,20 +1804,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:891 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:892 msgid "" "Update the basejail to the latest patched release of the version of FreeBSD " "on the host. For example, updating from RELEASE-p1 to RELEASE-p2." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:896 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin update -u\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:901 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:902 msgid "" "To upgrade the basejail to a new version, first upgrade the host system as " "described in crossref:cutting-edge[freebsdupdate-upgrade,“Performing Major " @@ -1829,7 +1829,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:907 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# file /usr/jails/basejail/bin/sh\n" @@ -1837,27 +1837,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:909 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:910 msgid "" "Now use this information to perform the upgrade from `9.3-RELEASE` to the " "current version of the host system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:913 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:914 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin update -U -s 9.3-RELEASE\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:916 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:917 msgid "" "After updating the basejail, man:mergemaster[8] must be run to update each " "jail's configuration files." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:920 msgid "" "How to use man:mergemaster[8] depends on the purpose and trustworthiness of " "a jail. If a jail's services or users are not trusted, then man:" @@ -1865,13 +1865,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:922 #, no-wrap msgid "man:mergemaster[8] on Untrusted Jail" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:927 msgid "" "Delete the link from the jail's [.filename]#/usr/src# into the basejail and " "create a new [.filename]#/usr/src# in the jail as a mountpoint. Mount the " @@ -1880,7 +1880,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:933 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# rm /usr/jails/jailname/usr/src\n" @@ -1889,23 +1889,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:935 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:936 msgid "Get a console in the jail:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:940 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin console jailname\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:944 msgid "Inside the jail, run `mergemaster`. Then exit the jail console:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:949 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:950 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -1914,98 +1914,98 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:953 msgid "Finally, unmount the jail's [.filename]#/usr/src#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:957 #, no-wrap msgid "# umount /usr/jails/jailname/usr/src\n" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:961 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:962 #, no-wrap msgid "man:mergemaster[8] on Trusted Jail" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:966 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:967 msgid "" "If the users and services in a jail are trusted, man:mergemaster[8] can be " "run from the host:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:970 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:971 #, no-wrap msgid "# mergemaster -U -D /usr/jails/jailname\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:978 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:979 msgid "" "After a major version update it is recommended by package:sysutils/ezjail[] " "to make sure your `pkg` is of the correct version. Therefore enter:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:983 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg-static upgrade -f pkg\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:985 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:986 msgid "to upgrade or downgrade to the appropriate version." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:989 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating Ports" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:992 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:993 msgid "" "The ports tree in the basejail is shared by the other jails. Updating that " "copy of the ports tree gives the other jails the updated version also." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:995 msgid "The basejail ports tree is updated with man:portsnap[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:998 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:999 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin update -P\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1002 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Jails" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1004 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1005 #, no-wrap msgid "Stopping and Starting Jails" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1008 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1009 msgid "" "ezjail automatically starts jails when the computer is started. Jails can " "be manually stopped and restarted with `stop` and `start`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1013 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1014 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ezjail-admin stop sambajail\n" @@ -2013,44 +2013,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1018 msgid "" "By default, jails are started automatically when the host computer starts. " "Autostarting can be disabled with `config`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1021 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1022 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin config -r norun seldomjail\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1025 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1026 msgid "" "This takes effect the next time the host computer is started. A jail that " "is already running will not be stopped." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1028 msgid "Enabling autostart is very similar:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1031 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1032 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin config -r run oftenjail\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1034 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1035 #, no-wrap msgid "Archiving and Restoring Jails" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1040 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1041 msgid "" "Use `archive` to create a [.filename]#.tar.gz# archive of a jail. The file " "name is composed from the name of the jail and the current date. Archive " @@ -2060,7 +2060,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1043 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1044 msgid "" "The archive file can be copied elsewhere as a backup, or an existing jail " "can be restored from it with `restore`. A new jail can be created from the " @@ -2068,12 +2068,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1045 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1046 msgid "Stop and archive a jail named `wwwserver`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1053 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1054 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ezjail-admin stop wwwserver\n" @@ -2084,7 +2084,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1057 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1058 msgid "" "Create a new jail named `wwwserver-clone` from the archive created in the " "previous step. Use the [.filename]#em1# interface and assign a new IP " @@ -2092,85 +2092,85 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1061 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1062 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin create -a /usr/jails/ezjail_archives/wwwserver-201407271153.13.tar.gz wwwserver-clone 'lo1|127.0.3.1,em1|192.168.1.51'\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1065 #, no-wrap msgid "Full Example: BIND in a Jail" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1068 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1069 msgid "" "Putting the BINDDNS server in a jail improves security by isolating it. " "This example creates a simple caching-only name server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1071 msgid "The jail will be called `dns1`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1071 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1072 msgid "" "The jail will use IP address `192.168.1.240` on the host's `re0` interface." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1072 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1073 msgid "The upstream ISP's DNS servers are at `10.0.0.62` and `10.0.0.61`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1073 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1074 msgid "" "The basejail has already been created and a ports tree installed as shown in " "<<jails-ezjail-initialsetup>>." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1075 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1076 #, no-wrap msgid "Running BIND in a Jail" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1080 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1081 msgid "" "Create a cloned loopback interface by adding a line to [.filename]#/etc/rc." "conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1087 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1088 msgid "Immediately create the new loopback interface:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1095 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1096 msgid "Create the jail:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1100 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin create dns1 'lo1|127.0.2.1,re0|192.168.1.240'\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1103 msgid "" "Start the jail, connect to a console running on it, and perform some basic " "configuration:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1115 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ezjail-admin start dns1\n" @@ -2185,14 +2185,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1118 msgid "" "Temporarily set the upstream DNS servers in [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf# so " "ports can be downloaded:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1123 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nameserver 10.0.0.62\n" @@ -2200,25 +2200,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1126 msgid "Still using the jail console, install package:dns/bind99[]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1130 #, no-wrap msgid "# make -C /usr/ports/dns/bind99 install clean\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1133 msgid "" "Configure the name server by editing [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/namedb/named." "conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1136 msgid "" "Create an Access Control List (ACL) of addresses and networks that are " "permitted to send DNS queries to this name server. This section is added " @@ -2226,7 +2226,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1141 #, no-wrap msgid "" "...\n" @@ -2234,7 +2234,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1147 #, no-wrap msgid "" "acl \"trusted\" {\n" @@ -2245,7 +2245,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1150 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options {\n" @@ -2253,27 +2253,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1153 msgid "" "Use the jail IP address in the `listen-on` setting to accept DNS queries " "from other computers on the network:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1157 #, no-wrap msgid "\tlisten-on\t{ 192.168.1.240; };\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1161 msgid "" "A simple caching-only DNS name server is created by changing the " "`forwarders` section. The original file contains:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1169 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/*\n" @@ -2284,7 +2284,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1174 msgid "" "Uncomment the section by removing the `/\\*` and `*/` lines. Enter the IP " "addresses of the upstream DNS servers. Immediately after the `forwarders` " @@ -2292,7 +2292,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1181 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\tforwarders {\n" @@ -2302,7 +2302,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1185 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\tallow-query { any; };\n" @@ -2311,23 +2311,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1188 msgid "Enable the service in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1192 #, no-wrap msgid "named_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1195 msgid "Start and test the name server:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1202 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service named start\n" @@ -2337,38 +2337,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1205 msgid "A response that includes" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1209 #, no-wrap msgid ";; Got answer;\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1213 msgid "" "shows that the new DNS server is working. A long delay followed by a " "response including" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1217 #, no-wrap msgid ";; connection timed out; no servers could be reached\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1221 msgid "" "shows a problem. Check the configuration settings and make sure any local " "firewalls allow the new DNS access to the upstream DNS servers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1224 msgid "" "The new DNS server can use itself for local name resolution, just like other " "local computers. Set the address of the DNS server in the client computer's " @@ -2376,13 +2376,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1228 #, no-wrap msgid "nameserver 192.168.1.240\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1231 msgid "" "A local DHCP server can be configured to provide this address for a local " "DNS server, providing automatic configuration on DHCP clients." diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.po index 4b49ba5ca8..f06cf151f8 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-02-01 09:20-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 8. Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:58 msgid "" "The kernel is the core of the FreeBSD operating system. It is responsible " "for managing memory, enforcing security controls, networking, disk access, " @@ -56,56 +56,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:60 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:62 msgid "When to build a custom kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:63 msgid "How to take a hardware inventory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:64 msgid "How to customize a kernel configuration file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "How to use the kernel configuration file to create and build a new kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:66 msgid "How to install the new kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How to troubleshoot if things go wrong." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:69 msgid "" "All of the commands listed in the examples in this chapter should be " "executed as `root`." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:71 #, no-wrap msgid "Why Build a Custom Kernel?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:75 msgid "" "Traditionally, FreeBSD used a monolithic kernel. The kernel was one large " "program, supported a fixed list of devices, and in order to change the " @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:79 msgid "" "Today, most of the functionality in the FreeBSD kernel is contained in " "modules which can be dynamically loaded and unloaded from the kernel as " @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "Occasionally, it is still necessary to perform static kernel configuration. " "Sometimes the needed functionality is so tied to the kernel that it can not " @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:88 msgid "" "Building a custom kernel is often a rite of passage for advanced BSD users. " "This process, while time consuming, can provide benefits to the FreeBSD " @@ -144,14 +144,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:90 msgid "" "Faster boot time. Since the kernel will only probe the hardware on the " "system, the time it takes the system to boot can decrease." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:91 msgid "" "Lower memory usage. A custom kernel often uses less memory than the [." "filename]#GENERIC# kernel by omitting unused features and device drivers. " @@ -162,21 +162,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "Additional hardware support. A custom kernel can add support for devices " "which are not present in the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:95 msgid "" "Before building a custom kernel, consider the reason for doing so. If there " "is a need for specific hardware support, it may already exist as a module." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:99 msgid "" "Kernel modules exist in [.filename]#/boot/kernel# and may be dynamically " "loaded into the running kernel using man:kldload[8]. Most kernel drivers " @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:104 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Alternatively, to load the driver as a module at boot time, place the\n" @@ -193,33 +193,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:106 #, no-wrap msgid " if_ath_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:109 msgid "" "Adding `if_ath_load=\"YES\"` to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf# will load " "this module dynamically at boot time." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:112 msgid "" "In some cases, there is no associated module in [.filename]#/boot/kernel#. " "This is mostly true for certain subsystems." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:114 #, no-wrap msgid "Finding the System Hardware" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:119 msgid "" "Before editing the kernel configuration file, it is recommended to perform " "an inventory of the machine's hardware. On a dual-boot system, the " @@ -228,14 +228,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:123 msgid "" "Some versions of Microsoft(R) Windows(R) have a System icon which can be " "used to access Device Manager." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:128 msgid "" "If FreeBSD is the only installed operating system, use man:dmesg[8] to " "determine the hardware that was found and listed during the boot probe. " @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:135 #, no-wrap msgid "" "psm0: <PS/2 Mouse> irq 12 on atkbdc0\n" @@ -255,28 +255,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:138 msgid "" "Since this hardware exists, this driver should not be removed from a custom " "kernel configuration file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:140 msgid "" "If the output of `dmesg` does not display the results of the boot probe " "output, instead read the contents of [.filename]#/var/run/dmesg.boot#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:143 msgid "" "Another tool for finding hardware is man:pciconf[8], which provides more " "verbose output. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:152 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% pciconf -lv\n" @@ -288,14 +288,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:155 msgid "" "This output shows that the [.filename]#ath# driver located a wireless " "Ethernet device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:158 msgid "" "The `-k` flag of man:man[1] can be used to provide useful information. For " "example, it can be used to display a list of manual pages which contain a " @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:164 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# man -k Atheros\n" @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:167 msgid "" "Once the hardware inventory list is created, refer to it to ensure that " "drivers for installed hardware are not removed as the custom kernel " @@ -320,20 +320,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:169 #, no-wrap msgid "The Configuration File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:172 msgid "" "In order to create a custom kernel configuration file and build a custom " "kernel, the full FreeBSD source tree must first be installed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:175 msgid "" "If [.filename]#/usr/src/# does not exist or it is empty, source has not been " "installed. Source can be installed using Git and the instructions in " @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:180 msgid "" "Once source is installed, review the contents of [.filename]#/usr/src/sys#. " "This directory contains a number of subdirectories, including those which " @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:186 msgid "" "Do not make edits to [.filename]#GENERIC#. Instead, copy the file to a " "different name and make edits to the copy. The convention is to use a name " @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:191 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src/sys/amd64/conf\n" @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:195 msgid "" "[.filename]#MYKERNEL# can now be customized with any `ASCII` text editor. " "The default editor is vi, though an easier editor for beginners, called ee, " @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:201 msgid "" "The format of the kernel configuration file is simple. Each line contains a " "keyword that represents a device or subsystem, an argument, and a brief " @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:207 msgid "" "It is easy to remove support for a device or option and end up with a broken " "kernel. For example, if the man:ata[4] driver is removed from the kernel " @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:211 msgid "" "In addition to the brief descriptions provided in this file, additional " "descriptions are contained in [.filename]#NOTES#, which can be found in the " @@ -412,21 +412,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:215 msgid "" "When finished customizing the kernel configuration file, save a backup copy " "to a location outside of [.filename]#/usr/src#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:217 msgid "" "Alternately, keep the kernel configuration file elsewhere and create a " "symbolic link to the file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:224 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src/sys/amd64/conf\n" @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:231 msgid "" "An `include` directive is available for use in configuration files. This " "allows another configuration file to be included in the current one, making " @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:236 #, no-wrap msgid "" "include GENERIC\n" @@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:241 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options IPFIREWALL\n" @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:246 msgid "" "Using this method, the local configuration file expresses local differences " "from a [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel. As upgrades are performed, new features " @@ -476,64 +476,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:250 msgid "" "To build a file which contains all available options, run the following " "command as `root`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:254 #, no-wrap msgid "# cd /usr/src/sys/arch/conf && make LINT\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:259 #, no-wrap msgid "Building and Installing a Custom Kernel" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:262 msgid "" "Once the edits to the custom configuration file have been saved, the source " "code for the kernel can be compiled using the following steps:" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:264 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:266 #, no-wrap msgid "*Procedure: Building a Kernel*\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:265 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Change to this directory:\n" +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:268 +msgid "Change to this directory:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:272 #, no-wrap msgid "# cd /usr/src\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:275 msgid "" "Compile the new kernel by specifying the name of the custom kernel " "configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:279 #, no-wrap msgid "# make buildkernel KERNCONF=MYKERNEL\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:282 msgid "" "Install the new kernel associated with the specified kernel configuration " "file. This command will copy the new kernel to [.filename]#/boot/kernel/" @@ -541,79 +540,79 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:286 #, no-wrap msgid "# make installkernel KERNCONF=MYKERNEL\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:289 msgid "" "Shutdown the system and reboot into the new kernel. If something goes wrong, " "refer to <<kernelconfig-noboot, The kernel does not boot>>." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:289 +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:293 msgid "" "By default, when a custom kernel is compiled, all kernel modules are " "rebuilt. To update a kernel faster or to build only custom modules, edit [." "filename]#/etc/make.conf# before starting to build the kernel." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:291 +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:295 msgid "" "For example, this variable specifies the list of modules to build instead of " "using the default of building all modules:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:299 #, no-wrap msgid "MODULES_OVERRIDE = linux acpi\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:302 msgid "" "Alternately, this variable lists which modules to exclude from the build " "process:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:306 #, no-wrap msgid "WITHOUT_MODULES = linux acpi sound\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:310 msgid "" "Additional variables are available. Refer to man:make.conf[5] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:312 #, no-wrap msgid "If Something Goes Wrong" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:315 msgid "" "There are four categories of trouble that can occur when building a custom " "kernel:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:316 #, no-wrap msgid "`config` fails" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:319 msgid "" "If `config` fails, it will print the line number that is incorrect. As an " "example, for the following message, make sure that line 17 is typed " @@ -621,19 +620,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:323 #, no-wrap msgid "config: line 17: syntax error\n" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:325 #, no-wrap msgid "`make` fails" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:328 msgid "" "If `make` fails, it is usually due to an error in the kernel configuration " "file which is not severe enough for `config` to catch. Review the " @@ -642,13 +641,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:330 #, no-wrap msgid "The kernel does not boot" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:335 msgid "" "If the new kernel does not boot or fails to recognize devices, do not panic! " "Fortunately, FreeBSD has an excellent mechanism for recovering from " @@ -660,7 +659,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:339 msgid "" "After booting with a good kernel, check over the configuration file and try " "to build it again. One helpful resource is [.filename]#/var/log/messages# " @@ -669,7 +668,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:345 msgid "" "When troubleshooting a kernel, make sure to keep a copy of [." "filename]#GENERIC#, or some other kernel that is known to work, as a " @@ -681,7 +680,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:350 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mv /boot/kernel /boot/kernel.bad\n" @@ -689,13 +688,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:354 #, no-wrap msgid "The kernel works, but man:ps[1] does not" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:357 msgid "" "If the kernel version differs from the one that the system utilities have " "been built with, for example, a kernel built from -CURRENT sources is " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.po index dbf85c8da9..37f1c2cc5a 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-02-01 10:28-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 23. Localization - i18n/L10n Usage and Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Localization - i18n/L10n Usage and Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:58 msgid "" "FreeBSD is a distributed project with users and contributors located all " "over the world. As such, FreeBSD supports localization into many languages, " @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:62 msgid "" "The term internationalization has been shortened to i18n, which represents " "the number of letters between the first and the last letters of " @@ -67,62 +67,62 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "This chapter discusses the internationalization and localization features of " "FreeBSD. After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How locale names are constructed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:68 msgid "How to set the locale for a login shell." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:69 msgid "How to configure the console for non-English languages." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:70 msgid "How to configure Xorg for different languages." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:71 msgid "How to find i18n-compliant applications." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:72 msgid "Where to find more information for configuring specific languages." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:74 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:76 msgid "" "Know how to crossref:ports[ports,install additional third-party " "applications]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:78 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Localization" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:82 msgid "" "Localization settings are based on three components: the language code, " "country code, and encoding. Locale names are constructed from these parts " @@ -130,13 +130,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:86 #, no-wrap msgid "LanguageCode_CountryCode.Encoding\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:90 msgid "" "The _LanguageCode_ and _CountryCode_ are used to determine the country and " "the specific language variation. <<locale-lang-country>> provides some " @@ -144,83 +144,83 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:92 #, no-wrap msgid "Common Language and Country Codes" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:96 #, no-wrap msgid "LanguageCode_Country Code" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:98 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:99 #, no-wrap msgid "en_US" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:101 #, no-wrap msgid "English, United States" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:102 #, no-wrap msgid "ru_RU" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:104 #, no-wrap msgid "Russian, Russia" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:105 #, no-wrap msgid "zh_TW" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:106 #, no-wrap msgid "Traditional Chinese, Taiwan" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:109 msgid "A complete listing of available locales can be found by typing:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:113 #, no-wrap msgid "% locale -a | more\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:116 msgid "To determine the current locale setting:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:120 #, no-wrap msgid "% locale\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" "Language specific character sets, such as ISO8859-1, ISO8859-15, KOI8-R, and " "CP437, are described in man:multibyte[3]. The active list of character sets " @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Japanese, cannot be represented using " "ASCII characters and require an extended language encoding using either wide " @@ -242,12 +242,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:133 msgid "FreeBSD uses Xorg-compatible locale encodings." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:137 msgid "" "The rest of this section describes the various methods for configuring the " "locale on a FreeBSD system. The next section will discuss the " @@ -255,13 +255,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:139 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Locale for Login Shell" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:142 msgid "" "Locale settings are configured either in a user's [.filename]#~/.login_conf# " "or in the startup file of the user's shell: [.filename]#~/.profile#, [." @@ -269,29 +269,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:144 msgid "Two environment variables should be set:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:146 msgid "`LANG`, which sets the locale" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:147 msgid "`MM_CHARSET`, which sets the MIME character set used by applications" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:149 msgid "" "In addition to the user's shell configuration, these variables should also " "be set for specific application configuration and Xorg configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:152 msgid "" "Two methods are available for making the needed variable assignments: the " "<<login-class,login class>> method, which is the recommended method, and the " @@ -300,13 +300,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:154 #, no-wrap msgid "Login Classes Method" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:158 msgid "" "This first method is the recommended method as it assigns the required " "environment variables for locale name and MIME character sets for every " @@ -315,14 +315,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:160 msgid "" "This minimal example sets both variables for Latin-1 encoding in the [." "filename]#.login_conf# of an individual user's home directory:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:166 #, no-wrap msgid "" "me:\\\n" @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:170 msgid "" "Here is an example of a user's [.filename]#~/.login_conf# that sets the " "variables for Traditional Chinese in BIG-5 encoding. More variables are " @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:180 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#Users who do not wish to use monetary units or time formats\n" @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:184 msgid "" "Alternately, the superuser can configure all users of the system for " "localization. The following variables in [.filename]#/etc/login.conf# are " @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:191 #, no-wrap msgid "" "language_name|Account Type Description:\\\n" @@ -371,12 +371,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:194 msgid "So, the previous Latin-1 example would look like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:201 #, no-wrap msgid "" "german|German Users Accounts:\\\n" @@ -386,127 +386,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:205 msgid "" "See man:login.conf[5] for more details about these variables. Note that it " "already contains pre-defined _russian_ class." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:207 msgid "" "Whenever [.filename]#/etc/login.conf# is edited, remember to execute the " "following command to update the capability database:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:211 #, no-wrap msgid "# cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:216 msgid "" "For an end user, the `cap_mkdb` command will need to be run on their [." "filename]#~/.login_conf# for any changes to take effect." msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:218 #, no-wrap msgid "Utilities Which Change Login Classes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:221 msgid "" "In addition to manually editing [.filename]#/etc/login.conf#, several " "utilities are available for setting the locale for newly created users." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:223 msgid "" "When using `vipw` to add new users, specify the _language_ to set the locale:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:227 #, no-wrap msgid "user:password:1111:11:language:0:0:User Name:/home/user:/bin/sh\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:230 msgid "" "When using `adduser` to add new users, the default language can be pre-" "configured for all new users or specified for an individual user." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:232 msgid "" "If all new users use the same language, set `defaultclass=_language_` in [." "filename]#/etc/adduser.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:234 msgid "" "To override this setting when creating a user, either input the required " "locale at this prompt:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:238 #, no-wrap msgid "Enter login class: default []:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:241 msgid "or specify the locale to set when invoking `adduser`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:245 #, no-wrap msgid "# adduser -class language\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:248 msgid "If `pw` is used to add new users, specify the locale as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:252 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw useradd user_name -L language\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:256 msgid "" "To change the login class of an existing user, `chpass` can be used. Invoke " "it as superuser and provide the username to edit as the argument." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:260 #, no-wrap msgid "# chpass user_name\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:264 #, no-wrap msgid "Shell Startup File Method" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:269 msgid "" "This second method is not recommended as each shell that is used requires " "manual configuration, where each shell has a different configuration file " @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:274 #, no-wrap msgid "" "LANG=de_DE.ISO8859-1; export LANG\n" @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:278 msgid "" "However, the name of the configuration file and the syntax used differs for " "the `csh` shell. These are the equivalent settings for [.filename]#~/." @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:283 #, no-wrap msgid "" "setenv LANG de_DE.ISO8859-1\n" @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:287 msgid "" "To complicate matters, the syntax needed to configure Xorg in [.filename]#~/." "xinitrc# also depends upon the shell. The first example is for the `sh` " @@ -551,25 +551,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:291 #, no-wrap msgid "LANG=de_DE.ISO8859-1; export LANG\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:297 #, no-wrap msgid "setenv LANG de_DE.ISO8859-1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:301 #, no-wrap msgid "Console Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:306 msgid "" "Several localized fonts are available for the console. To see a listing of " "available fonts, type `ls /usr/share/syscons/fonts`. To configure the " @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:312 #, no-wrap msgid "" "font8x16=font_name\n" @@ -587,14 +587,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:315 msgid "" "The keymap and screenmap can be set by adding the following to [.filename]#/" "etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:321 #, no-wrap msgid "" "scrnmap=screenmap_name\n" @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:326 msgid "" "To see the list of available screenmaps, type `ls /usr/share/syscons/" "scrnmaps`. Do not include the [.filename]#.scm# suffix when specifying " @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:330 msgid "" "To see the list of available keymaps, type `ls /usr/share/syscons/keymaps`. " "When specifying the _keymap_name_, do not include the [.filename]#.kbd# " @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:332 msgid "" "The `keychange` entry is usually needed to program function keys to match " "the selected terminal type because function key sequences cannot be defined " @@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:335 msgid "" "Next, set the correct console terminal type in [.filename]#/etc/ttys# for " "all virtual terminal entries. <<locale-charset>> summarizes the available " @@ -638,109 +638,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:337 #, no-wrap msgid "Defined Terminal Types for Character Sets" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:341 #, no-wrap msgid "Character Set" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:343 #, no-wrap msgid "Terminal Type" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:344 #, no-wrap msgid "ISO8859-1 or ISO8859-15" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:346 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25l1`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:347 #, no-wrap msgid "ISO8859-2" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:349 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25l2`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:350 #, no-wrap msgid "ISO8859-7" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:352 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25l7`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:353 #, no-wrap msgid "KOI8-R" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:355 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25r`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:356 #, no-wrap msgid "KOI8-U" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:358 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25u`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:359 #, no-wrap msgid "CP437 (VGA default)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:361 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:362 #, no-wrap msgid "US-ASCII" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:363 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25w`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:368 msgid "" "For languages with wide or multibyte characters, install a console for that " "language from the FreeBSD Ports Collection. The available ports are " @@ -749,101 +749,101 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:370 #, no-wrap msgid "Available Console from Ports Collection" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:373 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:419 #, no-wrap msgid "Language" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:376 #, no-wrap msgid "Port Location" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:377 #, no-wrap msgid "Traditional Chinese (BIG-5)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:379 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/big5con[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:379 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:383 #, no-wrap msgid "Chinese/Japanese/Korean" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:382 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/cce[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:385 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/zhcon[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:385 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:388 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:391 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:442 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:445 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:448 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:451 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:454 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:457 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:460 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:463 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:466 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:469 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:472 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:475 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:478 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:481 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:484 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:487 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:490 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:452 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:494 #, no-wrap msgid "Japanese" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:388 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/kon2[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:391 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/kon2-14dot[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:393 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/kon2-16dot[]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:398 msgid "" "If moused is enabled in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#, additional configuration " "may be required. By default, the mouse cursor of the man:syscons[4] driver " @@ -853,19 +853,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:402 #, no-wrap msgid "mousechar_start=3\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:404 #, no-wrap msgid "Xorg Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:409 msgid "" "crossref:x11[x11,The X Window System] describes how to install and configure " "Xorg. When configuring Xorg for localization, additional fonts and input " @@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:413 msgid "" "The X Input Method (XIM) protocol is an Xorg standard for inputting non-" "English characters. <<locale-xim>> summarizes the input method applications " @@ -885,246 +885,246 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:415 #, no-wrap msgid "Available Input Methods" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:421 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Method" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:421 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:424 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:427 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:430 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:433 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:436 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:440 #, no-wrap msgid "Chinese" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:424 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/gcin[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:427 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/ibus-chewing[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:430 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/ibus-pinyin[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:433 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/oxim[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:436 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/scim-fcitx[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:439 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/scim-pinyin[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:442 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/scim-tables[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:445 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/ibus-anthy[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:448 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/ibus-mozc[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:451 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/ibus-skk[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:454 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/im-ja[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:457 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/kinput2[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:460 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-anthy[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:463 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-canna[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:466 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-honoka[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:469 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-honoka-plugin-romkan[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:472 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-honoka-plugin-wnn[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:475 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-prime[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:477 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:478 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-skk[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:481 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-tables[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:484 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-tomoe[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:486 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:487 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-uim[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:490 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/skkinput[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:493 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/skkinput3[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:496 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/uim-anthy[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:496 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:499 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:502 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:505 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:509 #, no-wrap msgid "Korean" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:499 #, no-wrap msgid "package:korean/ibus-hangul[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:501 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:502 #, no-wrap msgid "package:korean/imhangul[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:505 #, no-wrap msgid "package:korean/nabi[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:508 #, no-wrap msgid "package:korean/scim-hangul[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:511 #, no-wrap msgid "package:korean/scim-tables[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:511 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:515 #, no-wrap msgid "Vietnamese" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:514 #, no-wrap msgid "package:vietnamese/xvnkb[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:516 #, no-wrap msgid "package:vietnamese/x-unikey[]" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:519 #, no-wrap msgid "Finding i18n Applications" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:523 msgid "" "i18n applications are programmed using i18n kits under libraries. These " "allow developers to write a simple file and translate displayed menus and " @@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:527 msgid "" "The link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/[FreeBSD Ports Collection] contains " "many applications with built-in support for wide or multibyte characters for " @@ -1141,7 +1141,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:531 msgid "" "Some applications can be compiled with the specific charset. This is " "usually done in the port's [.filename]#Makefile# or by passing a value to " @@ -1152,13 +1152,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:533 #, no-wrap msgid "Locale Configuration for Specific Languages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:537 msgid "" "This section provides configuration examples for localizing a FreeBSD system " "for the Russian language. It then provides some additional resources for " @@ -1166,13 +1166,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:539 #, no-wrap msgid "Russian Language (KOI8-R Encoding)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:543 msgid "" "This section shows the specific settings needed to localize a FreeBSD system " "for the Russian language. Refer to <<using-localization,Using " @@ -1180,14 +1180,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:545 msgid "" "To set this locale for the login shell, add the following lines to each " "user's [.filename]#~/.login_conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:551 #, no-wrap msgid "" "me:My Account:\\\n" @@ -1196,14 +1196,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:554 msgid "" "To configure the console, add the following lines to [.filename]#/etc/rc." "conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:563 #, no-wrap msgid "" "keymap=\"ru.utf-8\"\n" @@ -1215,14 +1215,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:566 msgid "" "For each `ttyv` entry in [.filename]#/etc/ttys#, use `cons25r` as the " "terminal type." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:570 msgid "" "To configure printing, a special output filter is needed to convert from " "KOI8-R to CP866 since most printers with Russian characters come with " @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:576 #, no-wrap msgid "" "lp|Russian local line printer:\\\n" @@ -1241,12 +1241,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:579 msgid "Refer to man:printcap[5] for a more detailed explanation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:581 msgid "" "To configure support for Russian filenames in mounted MS-DOS(R) file " "systems, include `-L` and the locale name when adding an entry to [." @@ -1254,18 +1254,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:585 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/ad0s2 /dos/c msdos rw,-Lru_RU.KOI8-R 0 0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:588 msgid "Refer to man:mount_msdosfs[8] for more details." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:591 msgid "" "To configure Russian fonts for Xorg, install the package:x11-fonts/xorg-" "fonts-cyrillic[] package. Then, check the `\"Files\"` section in [." @@ -1274,25 +1274,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:595 #, no-wrap msgid "FontPath \"/usr/local/lib/X11/fonts/cyrillic\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:598 msgid "Additional Cyrillic fonts are available in the Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:599 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:600 msgid "" "To activate a Russian keyboard, add the following to the `\"Keyboard\"` " "section of [.filename]#/etc/xorg.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:605 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Option \"XkbLayout\" \"us,ru\"\n" @@ -1300,12 +1300,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:607 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:608 msgid "Make sure that `XkbDisable` is commented out in that file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:611 msgid "" "For `grp:toggle` use kbd:[Right Alt], for `grp:ctrl_shift_toggle` use kbd:" "[Ctrl+Shift]. For `grp:caps_toggle` use kbd:[CapsLock]. The old kbd:" @@ -1314,20 +1314,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:613 msgid "" "If the keyboard has \"Windows(R)\" keys, and some non-alphabetical keys are " "mapped incorrectly, add the following line to [.filename]#/etc/xorg.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:617 #, no-wrap msgid "Option \"XkbVariant\" \",winkeys\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:623 msgid "" "The Russian XKB keyboard may not work with non-localized applications. " "Minimally localized applications should call a `XtSetLanguageProc (NULL, " @@ -1335,7 +1335,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:627 msgid "" "See http://koi8.pp.ru/xwin.html[http://koi8.pp.ru/xwin.html] for more " "instructions on localizing Xorg applications. For more general information " @@ -1343,25 +1343,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:627 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:628 #, no-wrap msgid "Additional Language-Specific Resources" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:631 msgid "" "This section lists some additional resources for configuring other locales." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:632 #, no-wrap msgid "Traditional Chinese for Taiwan" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:634 msgid "" "The FreeBSD-Taiwan Project has a Chinese HOWTO for FreeBSD at http://netlab." "cse.yzu.edu.tw/\\~statue/freebsd/zh-tut/[http://netlab.cse.yzu.edu.tw/" @@ -1369,13 +1369,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:635 #, no-wrap msgid "Greek Language Localization" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:637 msgid "" "A complete article on Greek support in FreeBSD is available https://www." "FreeBSD.org/doc/gr/articles/greek-language-support/[here], in Greek only, as " @@ -1383,13 +1383,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:638 #, no-wrap msgid "Japanese and Korean Language Localization" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:640 msgid "" "For Japanese, refer to http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/[http://www.jp.FreeBSD." "org/], and for Korean, refer to http://www.kr.FreeBSD.org/[http://www.kr." @@ -1397,13 +1397,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:641 #, no-wrap msgid "Non-English FreeBSD Documentation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:643 msgid "" "Some FreeBSD contributors have translated parts of the FreeBSD documentation " "to other languages. They are available through links on the link:https://" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.po index 6a17290873..c360e5e476 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-07-07 23:22-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 10. Linux Binary Compatibility" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Linux Binary Compatibility" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:56 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides optional binary compatibility with Linux(R), allowing users " "to install and run unmodified Linux binaries. It is available for the i386, " @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:59 msgid "" "Some Linux-specific operating system features are not yet supported; this " "mostly happens with functionality specific to hardware or related to system " @@ -63,73 +63,73 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:61 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:63 msgid "How to enable Linux binary compatibility on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:64 msgid "How to install additional Linux shared libraries." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:65 msgid "How to install Linux applications on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:66 msgid "The implementation details of Linux compatibility in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:68 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:70 msgid "" "Know how to install crossref:ports[ports,additional third-party software]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:72 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Linux Binary Compatibility" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:76 msgid "" "By default, Linux binary compatibility is not enabled. To enable it at boot " "time, add this line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:80 #, no-wrap msgid "linux_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:83 msgid "Once enabled, it can be started without rebooting by running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:86 #, no-wrap msgid "# service linux start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:91 msgid "" "The [.filename]#/etc/rc.d/linux# script will load necessary kernel modules " "and mount filesystems expected by Linux applications under [.filename]#/" @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:94 msgid "" "Linux binaries linked dynamically (which is the vast majority) also require " "Linux shared libraries to be installed - they can run on top of the FreeBSD " @@ -153,18 +153,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:96 #, no-wrap msgid "CentOS Base System from FreeBSD Packages" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:101 msgid "This method is not yet available for arm64." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:104 msgid "" "The easiest way to install Linux libraries is to install package:emulators/" "linux_base-c7[] package or port, which places the CentOS 7-derived base " @@ -172,13 +172,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:108 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install linux_base-c7\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:112 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides packages for some Linux binary applications. For example, " "to install Sublime Text 4, along with all the Linux libraries it depends on, " @@ -186,19 +186,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:115 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install linux-sublime-text4\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:118 #, no-wrap msgid "Debian / Ubuntu Base System with man:debootstrap[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:123 msgid "" "An alternative way of providing Linux shared libraries is by using package:" "sysutils/debootstrap[]. This has the advantage of providing a full Debian " @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:125 msgid "" "After debootstrapping, man:chroot[8] into the newly created directory and " "install software in a way typical for the Linux distribution inside, for " @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:130 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# chroot /compat/ubuntu /bin/bash\n" @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:135 msgid "" "It is possible to debootstrap into [.filename]#/compat/linux#, but it is " "discouraged to avoid collisions with files installed from FreeBSD ports and " @@ -236,13 +236,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:139 #, no-wrap msgid "compat.linux.emul_path=\"/compat/ubuntu\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:143 msgid "" "This sysctl controls the kernel's path translation mechanism; see man:" "linux[4] for details. Please note that changing it might cause trouble for " @@ -252,26 +252,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:145 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:149 msgid "" "The Linux compatibility layer is a work in progress. Consult https://wiki." "freebsd.org/Linuxulator[FreeBSD Wiki - Linuxulator] for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:151 msgid "" "A list of all Linux-related man:sysctl[8] knobs can be found in man:linux[4]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:154 msgid "" "Some applications require specific filesystems to be mounted. This is " "normally handled by the [.filename]#/etc/rc.d/linux# script, but can be " @@ -279,13 +279,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:158 #, no-wrap msgid "linux_mounts_enable=\"NO\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:161 msgid "" "Filesystems mounted by the rc script will not work for Linux processes " "inside chroots or jails; if needed, configure them in [.filename]#/etc/" @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:167 #, no-wrap msgid "" "devfs /compat/linux/dev devfs rw,late 0 0\n" @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:170 msgid "" "Since the Linux binary compatibility layer has gained support for running " "both 32- and 64-bit Linux binaries (on 64-bit x86 hosts), it is no longer " @@ -312,20 +312,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:172 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing Additional Libraries Manually" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:177 msgid "" "For base system subdirectories created with man:debootstrap[8], use the " "instructions above instead." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:180 msgid "" "If a Linux application complains about missing shared libraries after " "configuring Linux binary compatibility, determine which shared libraries the " @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:183 msgid "" "From a Linux system using the same CPU architecture, `ldd` can be used to " "determine which shared libraries the application needs. For example, to " @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:190 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ldd linuxdoom\n" @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:195 msgid "" "Then, copy all the files in the last column of the output from the Linux " "system into [.filename]#/compat/linux# on the FreeBSD system. Once copied, " @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:204 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3.1.0\n" @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:209 msgid "" "If a Linux shared library already exists with a matching major revision " "number to the first column of the `ldd` output, it does not need to be " @@ -384,12 +384,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:211 msgid "For example, these libraries already exist on the FreeBSD system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:216 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.27\n" @@ -397,18 +397,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:219 msgid "and `ldd` indicates that a binary requires a later version:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:223 #, no-wrap msgid "libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) -> libc.so.4.6.29\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:227 msgid "" "Since the existing library is only one or two versions out of date in the " "last digit, the program should still work with the slightly older version. " @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:232 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.29\n" @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:236 msgid "" "Generally, one will need to look for the shared libraries that Linux " "binaries depend on only the first few times that a Linux program is " @@ -435,13 +435,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:237 #, no-wrap msgid "Branding Linux ELF Binaries" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:241 msgid "" "The FreeBSD kernel uses several methods to determine if the binary to be " "executed is a Linux one: it checks the brand in the ELF file header, looks " @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:247 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ./my-linux-elf-binary\n" @@ -460,26 +460,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:250 msgid "" "To help the FreeBSD kernel distinguish between a FreeBSD ELF binary and a " "Linux binary, use man:brandelf[1]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:254 #, no-wrap msgid "% brandelf -t Linux my-linux-elf-binary\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:256 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing a Linux RPM Based Application" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:260 msgid "" "To install a Linux RPM-based application, first install the package:" "archivers/rpm4[] package or port. Once installed, `root` can use this " @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:265 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /compat/linux\n" @@ -495,25 +495,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:269 msgid "" "If necessary, `brandelf` the installed ELF binaries. Note that this will " "prevent a clean uninstall." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:270 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring the Hostname Resolver" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:273 msgid "If DNS does not work or this error appears:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:278 #, no-wrap msgid "" "resolv+: \"bind\" is an invalid keyword resolv+:\n" @@ -521,12 +521,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:281 msgid "configure [.filename]#/compat/linux/etc/host.conf# as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:286 #, no-wrap msgid "" "order hosts, bind\n" @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:291 msgid "" "This specifies that [.filename]#/etc/hosts# is searched first and DNS is " "searched second. When [.filename]#/compat/linux/etc/host.conf# does not " @@ -544,13 +544,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:293 #, no-wrap msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:296 msgid "" "This section describes how Linux binary compatibility works and is based on " "an email written to {freebsd-chat} by Terry Lambert mailto:tlambert@primenet." @@ -559,14 +559,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:299 msgid "" "FreeBSD has an abstraction called an \"execution class loader\". This is a " "wedge into the man:execve[2] system call." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:301 msgid "" "Historically, the UNIX(R) loader examined the magic number (generally the " "first 4 or 8 bytes of the file) to see if it was a binary known to the " @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:304 msgid "" "If it was not the binary type for the system, the man:execve[2] call " "returned a failure, and the shell attempted to start executing it as shell " @@ -582,21 +582,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:306 msgid "" "Later, a hack was made for man:sh[1] to examine the first two characters, " "and if they were `:\\n`, it invoked the man:csh[1] shell instead." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:308 msgid "" "FreeBSD has a list of loaders, instead of a single loader, with a fallback " "to the `#!` loader for running shell interpreters or shell scripts." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:311 msgid "" "For the Linux ABI support, FreeBSD sees the magic number as an ELF binary. " "The ELF loader looks for a specialized _brand_, which is a comment section " @@ -604,20 +604,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:313 msgid "" "For Linux binaries to function, they must be _branded_ as type `Linux` using " "man:brandelf[1]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:317 #, no-wrap msgid "# brandelf -t Linux file\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:322 msgid "" "When the ELF loader sees the `Linux` brand, the loader replaces a pointer in " "the `proc` structure. All system calls are indexed through this pointer. " @@ -627,14 +627,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:324 msgid "" "The Linux system call vector contains, among other things, a list of " "`sysent[]` entries whose addresses reside in the kernel module." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:326 msgid "" "When a system call is called by the Linux binary, the trap code dereferences " "the system call function pointer off the `proc` structure, and gets the " @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:334 msgid "" "Linux mode dynamically _reroots_ lookups. This is, in effect, equivalent to " "`union` to file system mounts. First, an attempt is made to look up the " @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:339 msgid "" "In effect, there is a Linux kernel in the FreeBSD kernel. The various " "underlying functions that implement all of the services provided by the " @@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:342 msgid "" "Technically, this is not really emulation, it is an ABI implementation. It " "is sometimes called \"Linux emulation\" because the implementation was done " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.po index 8cd129b5b7..03a001f380 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-02-01 09:20-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 16. Mandatory Access Control" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Mandatory Access Control" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:62 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports security extensions based on the POSIX(R).1e draft. These " "security mechanisms include file system Access Control Lists (crossref:" @@ -63,76 +63,76 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:64 msgid "" "This chapter focuses on the MAC framework and the set of pluggable security " "policy modules FreeBSD provides for enabling various security mechanisms." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:66 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:68 msgid "The terminology associated with the MAC framework." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:69 msgid "" "The capabilities of MAC security policy modules as well as the difference " "between a labeled and non-labeled policy." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:70 msgid "" "The considerations to take into account before configuring a system to use " "the MAC framework." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:71 msgid "" "Which MAC security policy modules are included in FreeBSD and how to " "configure them." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:72 msgid "How to implement a more secure environment using the MAC framework." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "How to test the MAC configuration to ensure the framework has been properly " "implemented." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:75 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "Understand UNIX(R) and FreeBSD basics (crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD " "Basics])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:78 msgid "" "Have some familiarity with security and how it pertains to FreeBSD (crossref:" "security[security,Security])." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:85 msgid "" "Improper MAC configuration may cause loss of system access, aggravation of " "users, or inability to access the features provided by Xorg. More " @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:88 msgid "" "The examples contained within this chapter are for demonstration purposes " "and the example settings should _not_ be implemented on a production " @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "While this chapter covers a broad range of security issues relating to the " "MAC framework, the development of new MAC security policy modules will not " @@ -164,18 +164,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:95 #, no-wrap msgid "Key Terms" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:98 msgid "The following key terms are used when referring to the MAC framework:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:100 msgid "" "_compartment_: a set of programs and data to be partitioned or separated, " "where users are given explicit access to specific component of a system. A " @@ -185,21 +185,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:101 msgid "" "_integrity_: the level of trust which can be placed on data. As the " "integrity of the data is elevated, so does the ability to trust that data." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:102 msgid "" "_level_: the increased or decreased setting of a security attribute. As the " "level increases, its security is considered to elevate as well." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:103 msgid "" "_label_: a security attribute which can be applied to files, directories, or " "other items in the system. It could be considered a confidentiality stamp. " @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:104 msgid "" "_multilabel_: this property is a file system option which can be set in " "single-user mode using man:tunefs[8], during boot using man:fstab[5], or " @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:105 msgid "" "_single label_: a policy where the entire file system uses one label to " "enforce access control over the flow of data. Whenever `multilabel` is not " @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:106 msgid "" "_object_: an entity through which information flows under the direction of a " "_subject_. This includes directories, files, fields, screens, keyboards, " @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:107 msgid "" "_subject_: any active entity that causes information to flow between " "_objects_ such as a user, user process, or system process. On FreeBSD, this " @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:108 msgid "" "_policy_: a collection of rules which defines how objectives are to be " "achieved. A policy usually documents how certain items are to be handled. " @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:109 msgid "" "_high-watermark_: this type of policy permits the raising of security levels " "for the purpose of accessing higher level information. In most cases, the " @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:110 msgid "" "_low-watermark_: this type of policy permits lowering security levels for " "the purpose of accessing information which is less secure. In most cases, " @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:111 msgid "" "_sensitivity_: usually used when discussing Multilevel Security (MLS). A " "sensitivity level describes how important or secret the data should be. As " @@ -286,13 +286,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:113 #, no-wrap msgid "Understanding MAC Labels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:118 msgid "" "A MAC label is a security attribute which may be applied to subjects and " "objects throughout the system. When setting a label, the administrator must " @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:122 msgid "" "The security label on an object is used as a part of a security access " "control decision by a policy. With some policies, the label contains all of " @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:126 msgid "" "There are two types of label policies: single label and multi label. By " "default, the system will use single label. The administrator should be " @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:130 msgid "" "A single label security policy only permits one label to be used for every " "subject or object. Since a single label policy enforces one set of access " @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:134 msgid "" "A single label policy is somewhat similar to DAC as `root` configures the " "policies so that users are placed in the appropriate categories and access " @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:139 msgid "" "When appropriate, a multi label policy can be set on a UFS file system by " "passing `multilabel` to man:tunefs[8]. A multi label policy permits each " @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:142 msgid "" "Using a multi label policy on a partition and establishing a multi label " "security model can increase administrative overhead as everything in that " @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:145 msgid "" "The following command will set `multilabel` on the specified UFS file " "system. This may only be done in single-user mode and is not a requirement " @@ -371,20 +371,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:149 #, no-wrap msgid "# tunefs -l enable /\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:155 msgid "" "Some users have experienced problems with setting the `multilabel` flag on " "the root partition. If this is the case, please review <<mac-troubleshoot>>." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:161 msgid "" "Since the multi label policy is set on a per-file system basis, a multi " "label policy may not be needed if the file system layout is well designed. " @@ -396,13 +396,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:162 #, no-wrap msgid "Label Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:166 msgid "" "Virtually all aspects of label policy module configuration will be performed " "using the base system utilities. These commands provide a simple interface " @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:169 msgid "" "All configuration may be done using `setfmac`, which is used to set MAC " "labels on system objects, and `setpmac`, which is used to set the labels on " @@ -420,13 +420,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:173 #, no-wrap msgid "# setfmac biba/high test\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:181 msgid "" "If the configuration is successful, the prompt will be returned without " "error. A common error is `Permission denied` which usually occurs when the " @@ -442,14 +442,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:183 msgid "" "The system administrator may use `setpmac` to override the policy module's " "settings by assigning a different label to the invoked process:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:191 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# setfmac biba/high test\n" @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:196 msgid "" "For currently running processes, such as sendmail, `getpmac` is usually used " "instead. This command takes a process ID (PID) in place of a command name. " @@ -470,20 +470,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:197 #, no-wrap msgid "Predefined Labels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:200 msgid "" "A few FreeBSD policy modules which support the labeling feature offer three " "predefined labels: `low`, `equal`, and `high`, where:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:202 msgid "" "`low` is considered the lowest label setting an object or subject may have. " "Setting this on objects or subjects blocks their access to objects or " @@ -491,21 +491,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:203 msgid "" "`equal` sets the subject or object to be disabled or unaffected and should " "only be placed on objects considered to be exempt from the policy." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:204 msgid "" "`high` grants an object or subject the highest setting available in the Biba " "and MLS policy modules." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:208 msgid "" "Such policy modules include man:mac_biba[4], man:mac_mls[4] and man:" "mac_lomac[4]. Each of the predefined labels establishes a different " @@ -514,13 +514,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:209 #, no-wrap msgid "Numeric Labels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:214 msgid "" "The Biba and MLS policy modules support a numeric label which may be set to " "indicate the precise level of hierarchical control. This numeric level is " @@ -530,20 +530,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:218 #, no-wrap msgid "biba/10:2+3+6(5:2+3-20:2+3+4+5+6)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:221 msgid "" "may be interpreted as \"Biba Policy Label/Grade 10:Compartments 2, 3 and 6: " "(grade 5 ...\")" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:224 msgid "" "In this example, the first grade would be considered the effective grade " "with effective compartments, the second grade is the low grade, and the last " @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:227 msgid "" "System objects only have a current grade and compartment. System subjects " "reflect the range of available rights in the system, and network interfaces, " @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:232 msgid "" "The grade and compartments in a subject and object pair are used to " "construct a relationship known as _dominance_, in which a subject dominates " @@ -574,13 +574,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:233 #, no-wrap msgid "User Labels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:238 msgid "" "Users are required to have labels so that their files and processes properly " "interact with the security policy defined on the system. This is configured " @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:243 msgid "" "To set the user class default label which will be enforced by MAC, add a " "`label` entry. An example `label` entry containing every policy module is " @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:269 #, no-wrap msgid "" "default:\\\n" @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:274 msgid "" "While users can not modify the default value, they may change their label " "after they login, subject to the constraints of the policy. The example " @@ -639,14 +639,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:276 msgid "" "After any change to [.filename]#login.conf#, the login class capability " "database must be rebuilt using `cap_mkdb`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:279 msgid "" "Many sites have a large number of users requiring several different user " "classes. In depth planning is required as this can become difficult to " @@ -654,13 +654,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:280 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Interface Labels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:285 msgid "" "Labels may be set on network interfaces to help control the flow of data " "across the network. Policies using network interface labels function in the " @@ -670,20 +670,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:287 msgid "" "When setting the MAC label on network interfaces, `maclabel` may be passed " "to `ifconfig`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:291 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig bge0 maclabel biba/equal\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:295 msgid "" "This example will set the MAC label of `biba/equal` on the `bge0` " "interface. When using a setting similar to `biba/high(low-high)`, the " @@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:299 msgid "" "Each policy module which supports labeling has a tunable which may be used " "to disable the MAC label on network interfaces. Setting the label to " @@ -701,13 +701,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:301 #, no-wrap msgid "Planning the Security Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:305 msgid "" "Before implementing any MAC policies, a planning phase is recommended. " "During the planning stages, an administrator should consider the " @@ -715,25 +715,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:307 msgid "" "How to classify information and resources available on the target systems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:308 msgid "" "Which information or resources to restrict access to along with the type of " "restrictions that should be applied." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:309 msgid "Which MAC modules will be required to achieve this goal." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:312 msgid "" "A trial run of the trusted system and its configuration should occur " "_before_ a MAC implementation is used on production systems. Since " @@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:318 msgid "" "Consider how the MAC framework augments the security of the system as a " "whole. The various security policy modules provided by the MAC framework " @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:322 msgid "" "The overhead is minimal when compared to the lasting effect of a framework " "which provides the ability to pick and choose which policies are required " @@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:325 msgid "" "A system utilizing MAC guarantees that a user will not be permitted to " "change security attributes at will. All user utilities, programs, and " @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:329 msgid "" "It is the duty of the system administrator to carefully select the correct " "security policy modules. For an environment that needs to limit access " @@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:336 msgid "" "Policy decisions could be made based on network configuration. If only " "certain users should be permitted access to man:ssh[1], the man:" @@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:340 msgid "" "Each security policy module has a unique way of dealing with the overall " "security of a system. Module selection should be based on a well thought " @@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:342 msgid "" "The rest of this chapter covers the available modules, describes their use " "and configuration, and in some cases, provides insight on applicable " @@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:347 msgid "" "Implementing MAC is much like implementing a firewall since care must be " "taken to prevent being completely locked out of the system. The ability to " @@ -835,13 +835,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:350 #, no-wrap msgid "Available MAC Policies" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:356 msgid "" "The default FreeBSD kernel includes `options MAC`. This means that every " "module included with the MAC framework can be loaded with `kldload` as a run-" @@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:359 msgid "" "FreeBSD includes a group of policies that will cover most security " "requirements. Each policy is summarized below. The last three policies " @@ -860,28 +860,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:361 #, no-wrap msgid "The MAC See Other UIDs Policy" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:364 msgid "Module name: [.filename]#mac_seeotheruids.ko#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:366 msgid "Kernel configuration line: `options MAC_SEEOTHERUIDS`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:368 msgid "Boot option: `mac_seeotheruids_load=\"YES\"`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:371 msgid "" "The man:mac_seeotheruids[4] module extends the `security.bsd.see_other_uids` " "and `security.bsd.see_other_gids sysctl` tunables. This option does not " @@ -890,14 +890,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:373 msgid "" "After loading the module, the following `sysctl` tunables may be used to " "control its features:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:375 msgid "" "`security.mac.seeotheruids.enabled` enables the module and implements the " "default settings which deny users the ability to view processes and sockets " @@ -905,7 +905,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:376 msgid "" "`security.mac.seeotheruids.specificgid_enabled` allows specified groups to " "be exempt from this policy. To exempt specific groups, use the `security.mac." @@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:377 msgid "" "`security.mac.seeotheruids.primarygroup_enabled` is used to exempt specific " "primary groups from this policy. When using this tunable, `security.mac." @@ -922,28 +922,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:379 #, no-wrap msgid "The MAC BSD Extended Policy" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:382 msgid "Module name: [.filename]#mac_bsdextended.ko#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:384 msgid "Kernel configuration line: `options MAC_BSDEXTENDED`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:386 msgid "Boot option: `mac_bsdextended_load=\"YES\"`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:392 msgid "" "The man:mac_bsdextended[4] module enforces a file system firewall. It " "provides an extension to the standard file system permissions model, " @@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:395 msgid "" "The rule list may be entered using man:ugidfw[8] which has a syntax similar " "to man:ipfw[8]. More tools can be written by using the functions in the man:" @@ -966,14 +966,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:397 msgid "" "After the man:mac_bsdextended[4] module has been loaded, the following " "command may be used to list the current rule configuration:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:402 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ugidfw list\n" @@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:406 msgid "" "By default, no rules are defined and everything is completely accessible. " "To create a rule which blocks all access by users but leaves `root` " @@ -989,13 +989,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:410 #, no-wrap msgid "# ugidfw add subject not uid root new object not uid root mode n\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:414 msgid "" "While this rule is simple to implement, it is a very bad idea as it blocks " "all users from issuing any commands. A more realistic example blocks " @@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:419 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ugidfw set 2 subject uid user1 object uid user2 mode n\n" @@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:423 msgid "" "Instead of `user1`, `not uid _user2_` could be used in order to enforce the " "same access restrictions for all users. However, the `root` user is " @@ -1020,35 +1020,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:427 msgid "" "Extreme caution should be taken when working with this module as incorrect " "use could block access to certain parts of the file system." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:430 #, no-wrap msgid "The MAC Interface Silencing Policy" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:433 msgid "Module name: [.filename]#mac_ifoff.ko#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:435 msgid "Kernel configuration line: `options MAC_IFOFF`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:437 msgid "Boot option: `mac_ifoff_load=\"YES\"`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:440 msgid "" "The man:mac_ifoff[4] module is used to disable network interfaces on the fly " "and to keep network interfaces from being brought up during system boot. It " @@ -1056,34 +1056,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:442 msgid "" "Most of this module's control is performed through these `sysctl` tunables:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:444 msgid "" "`security.mac.ifoff.lo_enabled` enables or disables all traffic on the " "loopback, man:lo[4], interface." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:445 msgid "" "`security.mac.ifoff.bpfrecv_enabled` enables or disables all traffic on the " "Berkeley Packet Filter interface, man:bpf[4]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:446 msgid "" "`security.mac.ifoff.other_enabled` enables or disables traffic on all other " "interfaces." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:449 msgid "" "One of the most common uses of man:mac_ifoff[4] is network monitoring in an " "environment where network traffic should not be permitted during the boot " @@ -1093,28 +1093,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:451 #, no-wrap msgid "The MAC Port Access Control List Policy" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:454 msgid "Module name: [.filename]#mac_portacl.ko#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:456 msgid "Kernel configuration line: `MAC_PORTACL`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:458 msgid "Boot option: `mac_portacl_load=\"YES\"`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:460 msgid "" "The man:mac_portacl[4] module is used to limit binding to local TCP and UDP " "ports, making it possible to allow non-`root` users to bind to specified " @@ -1122,34 +1122,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:463 msgid "" "Once loaded, this module enables the MAC policy on all sockets. The " "following tunables are available:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:465 msgid "" "`security.mac.portacl.enabled` enables or disables the policy completely." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:466 msgid "" "`security.mac.portacl.port_high` sets the highest port number that man:" "mac_portacl[4] protects." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:467 msgid "" "`security.mac.portacl.suser_exempt`, when set to a non-zero value, exempts " "the `root` user from this policy." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:468 msgid "" "`security.mac.portacl.rules` specifies the policy as a text string of the " "form `rule[,rule,...]`, with as many rules as needed, and where each rule is " @@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:471 msgid "" "By default, ports below 1024 can only be used by privileged processes which " "run as `root`. For man:mac_portacl[4] to allow non-privileged processes to " @@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:477 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl security.mac.portacl.port_high=1023\n" @@ -1177,67 +1177,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:480 msgid "" "To prevent the `root` user from being affected by this policy, set `security." "mac.portacl.suser_exempt` to a non-zero value." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:484 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl security.mac.portacl.suser_exempt=1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:486 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:487 msgid "" "To allow the `www` user with UID 80 to bind to port 80 without ever needing " "`root` privilege:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:491 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl security.mac.portacl.rules=uid:80:tcp:80\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:494 msgid "" "This next example permits the user with the UID of 1001 to bind to TCP ports " "110 (POP3) and 995 (POP3s):" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:498 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl security.mac.portacl.rules=uid:1001:tcp:110,uid:1001:tcp:995\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:501 #, no-wrap msgid "The MAC Partition Policy" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:504 msgid "Module name: [.filename]#mac_partition.ko#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:506 msgid "Kernel configuration line: `options MAC_PARTITION`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:508 msgid "Boot option: `mac_partition_load=\"YES\"`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:512 msgid "" "The man:mac_partition[4] policy drops processes into specific \"partitions\" " "based on their MAC label. Most configuration for this policy is done using " @@ -1245,14 +1245,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:514 msgid "" "`security.mac.partition.enabled` enables the enforcement of MAC process " "partitions." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:517 msgid "" "When this policy is enabled, users will only be permitted to see their " "processes, and any others within their partition, but will not be permitted " @@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:520 msgid "" "This example adds `top` to the label set on users in the `insecure` class. " "All processes spawned by users in the `insecure` class will stay in the " @@ -1270,72 +1270,72 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:524 #, no-wrap msgid "# setpmac partition/13 top\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:527 msgid "This command displays the partition label and the process list:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:531 #, no-wrap msgid "# ps Zax\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:534 msgid "" "This command displays another user's process partition label and that user's " "currently running processes:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:538 #, no-wrap msgid "# ps -ZU trhodes\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:543 msgid "" "Users can see processes in ``root``'s label unless the man:" "mac_seeotheruids[4] policy is loaded." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:546 #, no-wrap msgid "The MAC Multi-Level Security Module" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:549 msgid "Module name: [.filename]#mac_mls.ko#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:551 msgid "Kernel configuration line: `options MAC_MLS`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:553 msgid "Boot option: `mac_mls_load=\"YES\"`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:555 msgid "" "The man:mac_mls[4] policy controls access between subjects and objects in " "the system by enforcing a strict information flow policy." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:559 msgid "" "In MLS environments, a \"clearance\" level is set in the label of each " "subject or object, along with compartments. Since these clearance levels " @@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:561 msgid "" "Anything labeled with `mls/low` will have a low clearance level and not be " "permitted to access information of a higher level. This label also prevents " @@ -1355,14 +1355,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:562 msgid "" "`mls/equal` should be placed on objects which should be exempt from the " "policy." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:563 msgid "" "`mls/high` is the highest level of clearance possible. Objects assigned this " "label will hold dominance over all other objects in the system; however, " @@ -1370,18 +1370,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:565 msgid "MLS provides:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:567 msgid "" "A hierarchical security level with a set of non-hierarchical categories." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:568 msgid "" "Fixed rules of `no read up, no write down`. This means that a subject can " "have read access to objects on its own level or below, but not above. " @@ -1390,12 +1390,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:569 msgid "Secrecy, or the prevention of inappropriate disclosure of data." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:570 msgid "" "A basis for the design of systems that concurrently handle data at multiple " "sensitivity levels without leaking information between secret and " @@ -1403,61 +1403,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:572 msgid "The following `sysctl` tunables are available:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:574 msgid "`security.mac.mls.enabled` is used to enable or disable the MLS policy." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:575 msgid "" "`security.mac.mls.ptys_equal` labels all man:pty[4] devices as `mls/equal` " "during creation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:576 msgid "" "`security.mac.mls.revocation_enabled` revokes access to objects after their " "label changes to a label of a lower grade." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:577 msgid "" "`security.mac.mls.max_compartments` sets the maximum number of compartment " "levels allowed on a system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:579 msgid "" "To manipulate MLS labels, use man:setfmac[8]. To assign a label to an object:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:583 #, no-wrap msgid "# setfmac mls/5 test\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:586 msgid "To get the MLS label for the file [.filename]#test#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:590 #, no-wrap msgid "# getfmac test\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:593 msgid "" "Another approach is to create a master policy file in [.filename]#/etc/# " "which specifies the MLS policy information and to feed that file to " @@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:597 msgid "" "When using the MLS policy module, an administrator plans to control the flow " "of sensitive information. The default `block read up block write down` sets " @@ -1474,7 +1474,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:602 msgid "" "Beyond the three basic label options, an administrator may group users and " "groups as required to block the information flow between them. It might be " @@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:604 msgid "" "Some example situations for the MLS policy module include an e-commerce web " "server, a file server holding critical company information, and financial " @@ -1494,28 +1494,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:606 #, no-wrap msgid "The MAC Biba Module" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:609 msgid "Module name: [.filename]#mac_biba.ko#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:611 msgid "Kernel configuration line: `options MAC_BIBA`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:613 msgid "Boot option: `mac_biba_load=\"YES\"`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:617 msgid "" "The man:mac_biba[4] module loads the MAC Biba policy. This policy is " "similar to the MLS policy with the exception that the rules for information " @@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:621 msgid "" "In Biba environments, an \"integrity\" label is set on each subject or " "object. These labels are made up of hierarchical grades and non-" @@ -1533,12 +1533,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:623 msgid "Supported labels are `biba/low`, `biba/equal`, and `biba/high`, where:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:625 msgid "" "`biba/low` is considered the lowest integrity an object or subject may have. " "Setting this on objects or subjects blocks their write access to objects or " @@ -1546,14 +1546,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:626 msgid "" "`biba/equal` should only be placed on objects considered to be exempt from " "the policy." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:627 msgid "" "`biba/high` permits writing to objects set at a lower label, but does not " "permit reading that object. It is recommended that this label be placed on " @@ -1561,19 +1561,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:629 msgid "Biba provides:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:631 msgid "" "Hierarchical integrity levels with a set of non-hierarchical integrity " "categories." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:632 msgid "" "Fixed rules are `no write up, no read down`, the opposite of MLS. A subject " "can have write access to objects on its own level or below, but not above. " @@ -1582,50 +1582,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:633 msgid "Integrity by preventing inappropriate modification of data." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:634 msgid "Integrity levels instead of MLS sensitivity levels." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:635 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:636 msgid "The following tunables can be used to manipulate the Biba policy:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:638 msgid "" "`security.mac.biba.enabled` is used to enable or disable enforcement of the " "Biba policy on the target machine." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:639 msgid "" "`security.mac.biba.ptys_equal` is used to disable the Biba policy on man:" "pty[4] devices." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:640 msgid "" "`security.mac.biba.revocation_enabled` forces the revocation of access to " "objects if the label is changed to dominate the subject." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:641 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:642 msgid "" "To access the Biba policy setting on system objects, use `setfmac` and " "`getfmac`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:648 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# setfmac biba/low test\n" @@ -1634,7 +1634,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:654 msgid "" "Integrity, which is different from sensitivity, is used to guarantee that " "information is not manipulated by untrusted parties. This includes " @@ -1647,7 +1647,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:659 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:660 msgid "" "During the initial planning phase, an administrator must be prepared to " "partition users into grades, levels, and areas. The system will default to " @@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:665 msgid "" "A lower integrity subject is unable to write to a higher integrity subject " "and a higher integrity subject cannot list or read a lower integrity " @@ -1673,28 +1673,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:667 #, no-wrap msgid "The MAC Low-watermark Module" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:669 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:670 msgid "Module name: [.filename]#mac_lomac.ko#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:672 msgid "Kernel configuration line: `options MAC_LOMAC`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:674 msgid "Boot option: `mac_lomac_load=\"YES\"`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:675 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:676 msgid "" "Unlike the MAC Biba policy, the man:mac_lomac[4] policy permits access to " "lower integrity objects only after decreasing the integrity level to not " @@ -1702,7 +1702,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:680 msgid "" "The Low-watermark integrity policy works almost identically to Biba, with " "the exception of using floating labels to support subject demotion via an " @@ -1712,7 +1712,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:683 msgid "" "This policy relies on the ubiquitous labeling of all system objects with " "integrity labels, permitting subjects to read from low integrity objects and " @@ -1722,14 +1722,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:685 msgid "" "Like the Biba and MLS policies, `setfmac` and `setpmac` are used to place " "labels on system objects:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:690 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# setfmac /usr/home/trhodes lomac/high[low]\n" @@ -1737,19 +1737,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:693 msgid "" "The auxiliary grade `low` is a feature provided only by the MACLOMAC policy." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:695 #, no-wrap msgid "User Lock Down" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:699 msgid "" "This example considers a relatively small storage system with fewer than " "fifty users. Users will have login capabilities and are permitted to store " @@ -1757,7 +1757,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:701 msgid "" "For this scenario, the man:mac_bsdextended[4] and man:mac_seeotheruids[4] " "policy modules could co-exist and block access to system objects while " @@ -1765,31 +1765,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:703 msgid "Begin by adding the following line to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:707 #, no-wrap msgid "mac_seeotheruids_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:710 msgid "" "The man:mac_bsdextended[4] security policy module may be activated by adding " "this line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:714 #, no-wrap msgid "ugidfw_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:718 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:719 msgid "" "Default rules stored in [.filename]#/etc/rc.bsdextended# will be loaded at " "system initialization. However, the default entries may need modification. " @@ -1799,7 +1799,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:724 msgid "" "Add the required users to this machine and reboot. For testing purposes, " "try logging in as a different user across two consoles. Run `ps aux` to see " @@ -1808,14 +1808,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:725 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:726 msgid "" "Do not try to test with the `root` user unless the specific ``sysctl``s have " "been modified to block super user access." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:731 msgid "" "When a new user is added, their man:mac_bsdextended[4] rule will not be in " "the ruleset list. To update the ruleset quickly, unload the security policy " @@ -1823,13 +1823,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:734 #, no-wrap msgid "Nagios in a MAC Jail" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:738 msgid "" "This section demonstrates the steps that are needed to implement the Nagios " "network monitoring system in a MAC environment. This is meant as an example " @@ -1839,7 +1839,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:741 msgid "" "This example requires `multilabel` to be set on each file system. It also " "assumes that package:net-mgmt/nagios-plugins[], package:net-mgmt/nagios[], " @@ -1848,20 +1848,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:742 #, no-wrap msgid "Create an Insecure User Class" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:744 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:745 msgid "" "Begin the procedure by adding the following user class to [.filename]#/etc/" "login.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:771 #, no-wrap msgid "" "insecure:\\\n" @@ -1890,46 +1890,46 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:773 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:774 msgid "Then, add the following line to the default user class section:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:778 #, no-wrap msgid ":label=biba/high:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:781 msgid "Save the edits and issue the following command to rebuild the database:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:785 #, no-wrap msgid "# cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:786 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:787 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure Users" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:789 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:790 msgid "Set the `root` user to the default class using:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:794 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw usermod root -L default\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:799 msgid "" "All user accounts that are not `root` will now require a login class. The " "login class is required, otherwise users will be refused access to common " @@ -1937,7 +1937,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:804 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# for x in `awk -F: '($3 >= 1001) && ($3 != 65534) { print $1 }' \\\n" @@ -1945,12 +1945,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:807 msgid "Next, drop the `nagios` and `www` accounts into the insecure class:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:812 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pw usermod nagios -L insecure\n" @@ -1958,25 +1958,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:814 #, no-wrap msgid "Create the Contexts File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:817 msgid "" "A contexts file should now be created as [.filename]#/etc/policy.contexts#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:820 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:821 #, no-wrap msgid "# This is the default BIBA policy for this system.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:824 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# System:\n" @@ -1984,13 +1984,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:826 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:829 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/var\t\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" @@ -1998,13 +1998,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:830 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:831 #, no-wrap msgid "/var/log(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:834 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/tmp(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" @@ -2012,7 +2012,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:837 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/var/spool/mqueue\t\tbiba/equal\n" @@ -2020,7 +2020,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:840 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# For Nagios:\n" @@ -2028,13 +2028,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:842 #, no-wrap msgid "/var/spool/nagios(/.*)?\t\tbiba/10\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:844 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:845 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# For apache\n" @@ -2042,7 +2042,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:850 msgid "" "This policy enforces security by setting restrictions on the flow of " "information. In this specific configuration, users, including `root`, " @@ -2051,26 +2051,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:853 msgid "" "This file will be read after running `setfsmac` on every file system. This " "example sets the policy on the root file system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:857 #, no-wrap msgid "# setfsmac -ef /etc/policy.contexts /\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:860 msgid "" "Next, add these edits to the main section of [.filename]#/etc/mac.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:867 #, no-wrap msgid "" "default_labels file ?biba\n" @@ -2080,20 +2080,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:869 #, no-wrap msgid "Loader Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:872 msgid "" "To finish the configuration, add the following lines to [.filename]#/boot/" "loader.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:878 #, no-wrap msgid "" "mac_biba_load=\"YES\"\n" @@ -2102,7 +2102,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:882 msgid "" "And the following line to the network card configuration stored in [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. If the primary network configuration is done via " @@ -2110,19 +2110,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:885 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:886 #, no-wrap msgid "maclabel biba/equal\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:888 #, no-wrap msgid "Testing the Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:893 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:894 msgid "" "First, ensure that the web server and Nagios will not be started on system " "initialization and reboot. Ensure that `root` cannot access any of the " @@ -2132,12 +2132,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:896 msgid "If all seems well, Nagios, Apache, and Sendmail can now be started:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:901 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:902 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /etc/mail && make stop && \\\n" @@ -2146,7 +2146,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:907 msgid "" "Double check to ensure that everything is working properly. If not, check " "the log files for error messages. If needed, use man:sysctl[8] to disable " @@ -2155,7 +2155,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:912 msgid "" "The `root` user can still change the security enforcement and edit its " "configuration files. The following command will permit the degradation of " @@ -2163,13 +2163,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:916 #, no-wrap msgid "# setpmac biba/10 csh\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:921 msgid "" "To block this from happening, force the user into a range using man:login." "conf[5]. If man:setpmac[8] attempts to run a command outside of the " @@ -2178,79 +2178,79 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:923 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:924 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting the MAC Framework" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:927 msgid "" "This section discusses common configuration errors and how to resolve them." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:927 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:928 #, no-wrap msgid "The `multilabel` flag does not stay enabled on the root ([.filename]#/#) partition" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:929 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:930 msgid "The following steps may resolve this transient error:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:934 msgid "" "Edit [.filename]#/etc/fstab# and set the root partition to `ro` for read-" "only." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:935 msgid "Reboot into single user mode." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:935 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:936 msgid "Run `tunefs -l enable` on [.filename]#/#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:937 msgid "Reboot the system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:937 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:938 msgid "" "Run `mount -urw`[.filename]#/# and change the `ro` back to `rw` in [." "filename]#/etc/fstab# and reboot the system again." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:938 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:939 msgid "" "Double-check the output from `mount` to ensure that `multilabel` has been " "properly set on the root file system." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:940 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:941 #, no-wrap msgid "After establishing a secure environment with MAC, Xorg no longer starts" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:944 msgid "" "This could be caused by the MAC `partition` policy or by a mislabeling in " "one of the MAC labeling policies. To debug, try the following:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:947 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:948 msgid "" "Check the error message. If the user is in the `insecure` class, the " "`partition` policy may be the culprit. Try setting the user's class back to " @@ -2259,27 +2259,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:948 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:949 msgid "" "Double-check that the label policies are set correctly for the user, Xorg, " "and the [.filename]#/dev# entries." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:949 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:950 msgid "" "If neither of these resolve the problem, send the error message and a " "description of the environment to the {freebsd-questions}." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:951 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:952 #, no-wrap msgid "The `_secure_path: unable to stat .login_conf` error appears" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:957 msgid "" "This error can appear when a user attempts to switch from the `root` user to " "another user in the system. This message usually occurs when the user has a " @@ -2292,18 +2292,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:957 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:958 #, no-wrap msgid "The system no longer recognizes `root`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:960 msgid "When this occurs, `whoami` returns `0` and `su` returns `who are you?`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:963 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:964 msgid "" "This can happen if a labeling policy has been disabled by man:sysctl[8] or " "the policy module was unloaded. If the policy is disabled, the login " @@ -2313,7 +2313,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:968 msgid "" "This may also happen if a policy restricts access to [.filename]#master." "passwd#. This is usually caused by an administrator altering the file under " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.po index a53c6ce6cc..4cef04131f 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-07-07 23:22-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 29. Electronic Mail" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Electronic Mail" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:58 msgid "" "\"Electronic Mail\", better known as email, is one of the most widely used " "forms of communication today. This chapter provides a basic introduction to " @@ -58,110 +58,110 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:60 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:62 msgid "" "Which software components are involved in sending and receiving electronic " "mail." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:63 msgid "Where basic Sendmail configuration files are located in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:64 msgid "The difference between remote and local mailboxes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:65 msgid "How to block spammers from illegally using a mail server as a relay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:66 msgid "" "How to install and configure an alternate Mail Transfer Agent, replacing " "Sendmail." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How to troubleshoot common mail server problems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:68 msgid "How to set up the system to send mail only." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:69 msgid "How to use mail with a dialup connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:70 msgid "How to configure SMTP authentication for added security." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:71 msgid "" "How to install and use a Mail User Agent, such as mutt, to send and receive " "email." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:72 msgid "How to download mail from a remote POP or IMAP server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:73 msgid "How to automatically apply filters and rules to incoming email." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:75 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "Properly set up a network connection (crossref:advanced-networking[advanced-" "networking,Advanced Networking])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:78 msgid "" "Properly set up the DNS information for a mail host (crossref:network-" "servers[network-servers,Network Servers])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:79 msgid "" "Know how to install additional third-party software (crossref:ports[ports," "Installing Applications: Packages and Ports])." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:81 #, no-wrap msgid "Mail Components" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:84 msgid "" "There are five major parts involved in an email exchange: the Mail User " "Agent (MUA), the Mail Transfer Agent (MTA), a mail host, a remote or local " @@ -169,13 +169,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:85 #, no-wrap msgid "Mail User Agent (MUA)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:91 msgid "" "The Mail User Agent (MUA) is an application which is used to compose, send, " "and receive emails. This application can be a command line program, such as " @@ -188,13 +188,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:92 #, no-wrap msgid "Mail Transfer Agent (MTA)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "The Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) is responsible for receiving incoming mail and " "delivering outgoing mail. FreeBSD ships with Sendmail as the default MTA, " @@ -206,13 +206,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:98 #, no-wrap msgid "Mail Host and Mailboxes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:103 msgid "" "The mail host is a server that is responsible for delivering and receiving " "mail for a host or a network. The mail host collects all mail sent to the " @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:109 msgid "" "To access mailboxes remotely, a POP or IMAP server is required as these " "protocols allow users to connect to their mailboxes from remote locations. " @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:112 msgid "" "Several POP and IMAP servers are available in the Ports Collection. These " "include package:mail/qpopper[], package:mail/imap-uw[], package:mail/courier-" @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:117 msgid "" "It should be noted that both POP and IMAP transmit information, including " "username and password credentials, in clear-text. To secure the " @@ -255,13 +255,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:119 #, no-wrap msgid "Domain Name System (DNS)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:123 msgid "" "The Domain Name System (DNS) and its daemon `named` play a large role in the " "delivery of email. In order to deliver mail from one site to another, the " @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:126 msgid "" "In addition to mapping hostnames to IP addresses, DNS is responsible for " "storing information specific to mail delivery, known as Mail eXchanger MX " @@ -280,14 +280,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "To view the MX records for a domain, specify the type of record. Refer to " "man:host[1], for more details about this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:134 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% host -t mx FreeBSD.org\n" @@ -295,20 +295,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:137 msgid "" "Refer to crossref:network-servers[network-dns,\"Domain Name System (DNS)\"] " "for more information about DNS and its configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:139 #, no-wrap msgid "Sendmail Configuration Files" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:143 msgid "" "Sendmail is the default MTA installed with FreeBSD. It accepts mail from " "MUAs and delivers it to the appropriate mail host, as defined by its " @@ -317,20 +317,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:146 msgid "" "The configuration files for Sendmail are located in [.filename]#/etc/mail#. " "This section describes these files in more detail." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:147 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mail/access#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:155 msgid "" "This access database file defines which hosts or IP addresses have access to " "the local mail server and what kind of access they have. Hosts listed as " @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:157 msgid "" "Examples of using these options for both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses can be " "found in the FreeBSD sample configuration, [.filename]#/etc/mail/access." @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:176 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# $FreeBSD$\n" @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:181 msgid "" "To configure the access database, use the format shown in the sample to make " "entries in [.filename]#/etc/mail/access#, but do not put a comment symbol " @@ -386,13 +386,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:183 msgid "" "Whenever this file is updated, update its database and restart Sendmail:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:188 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# makemap hash /etc/mail/access < /etc/mail/access\n" @@ -400,13 +400,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:190 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mail/aliases#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:193 msgid "" "This database file contains a list of virtual mailboxes that are expanded to " "users, files, programs, or other aliases. Here are a few entries to " @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:200 #, no-wrap msgid "" "root: localuser\n" @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:211 msgid "" "The mailbox name on the left side of the colon is expanded to the target(s) " "on the right. The first entry expands the `root` mailbox to the `localuser` " @@ -440,20 +440,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:213 msgid "" "Whenever this file is updated, run `newaliases` to update and initialize the " "aliases database." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:214 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mail/sendmail.cf#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:219 msgid "" "This is the master configuration file for Sendmail. It controls the overall " "behavior of Sendmail, including everything from rewriting email addresses to " @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:222 msgid "" "The master Sendmail configuration file can be built from man:m4[1] macros " "that define the features and behavior of Sendmail. Refer to [.filename]#/" @@ -471,20 +471,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:224 msgid "" "Whenever changes to this file are made, Sendmail needs to be restarted for " "the changes to take effect." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:225 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mail/virtusertable#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:229 msgid "" "This database file maps mail addresses for virtual domains and users to real " "mailboxes. These mailboxes can be local, remote, aliases defined in [." @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:232 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides a sample configuration file in [.filename]#/etc/mail/" "virtusertable.sample# to further demonstrate its format. The following " @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:238 #, no-wrap msgid "" "root@example.com root\n" @@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:246 msgid "" "This file is processed in a first match order. When an email address " "matches the address on the left, it is mapped to the local mailbox listed on " @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:251 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# makemap hash /etc/mail/virtusertable < /etc/mail/virtusertable\n" @@ -533,13 +533,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:253 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mail/relay-domains#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:257 msgid "" "In a default FreeBSD installation, Sendmail is configured to only send mail " "from the host it is running on. For example, if a POP server is available, " @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:260 msgid "" "The most straightforward solution is to add the ISP's FQDN to [.filename]#/" "etc/mail/relay-domains#. If multiple addresses are needed, add them one per " @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:267 #, no-wrap msgid "" "your.isp.example.com\n" @@ -568,14 +568,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:270 msgid "" "After creating or editing this file, restart Sendmail with `service sendmail " "restart`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:273 msgid "" "Now any mail sent through the system by any host in this list, provided the " "user has an account on the system, will succeed. This allows users to send " @@ -584,13 +584,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:275 #, no-wrap msgid "Changing the Mail Transfer Agent" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:280 msgid "" "FreeBSD comes with Sendmail already installed as the MTA which is in charge " "of outgoing and incoming mail. However, the system administrator can change " @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:283 msgid "" "Once a new MTA is installed, configure and test the new software before " "replacing Sendmail. Refer to the documentation of the new MTA for " @@ -607,20 +607,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:285 msgid "" "Once the new MTA is working, use the instructions in this section to disable " "Sendmail and configure FreeBSD to use the replacement MTA." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:287 #, no-wrap msgid "Disable Sendmail" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:296 msgid "" "If Sendmail's outgoing mail service is disabled, it is important that it is " "replaced with an alternative mail delivery system. Otherwise, system " @@ -632,14 +632,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:299 msgid "" "In order to completely disable Sendmail, add or edit the following lines in " "[.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:306 #, no-wrap msgid "" "sendmail_enable=\"NO\"\n" @@ -649,33 +649,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:309 msgid "" "To only disable Sendmail's incoming mail service, use only this entry in [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:313 #, no-wrap msgid "sendmail_enable=\"NO\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:316 msgid "" "More information on Sendmail's startup options is available in man:rc." "sendmail[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:317 #, no-wrap msgid "Replace the Default MTA" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:322 msgid "" "When a new MTA is installed using the Ports Collection, its startup script " "is also installed and startup instructions are mentioned in its package " @@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:327 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service sendmail stop\n" @@ -692,20 +692,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:331 msgid "" "To start the replacement MTA at system boot, add its configuration line to [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. This entry enables the Postfix MTA:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:335 #, no-wrap msgid "postfix_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:340 msgid "" "Some extra configuration is needed as Sendmail is so ubiquitous that some " "software assumes it is already installed and configured. Check [.filename]#/" @@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:347 #, no-wrap msgid "" "daily_clean_hoststat_enable=\"NO\"\n" @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:353 msgid "" "Some alternative MTAs provide their own compatible implementations of the " "Sendmail command-line interface in order to facilitate using them as drop-in " @@ -736,12 +736,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:355 msgid "The default [.filename]#/etc/mail/mailer.conf# looks like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:368 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# $FreeBSD$\n" @@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:372 msgid "" "When any of the commands listed on the left are run, the system actually " "executes the associated command shown on the right. This system makes it " @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:375 msgid "" "Some MTAs, when installed using the Ports Collection, will prompt to update " "this file for the new binaries. For example, Postfix will update the file " @@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:385 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#\n" @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:389 msgid "" "If the installation of the MTA does not automatically update [.filename]#/" "etc/mail/mailer.conf#, edit this file in a text editor so that it points to " @@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:398 #, no-wrap msgid "" "sendmail /usr/local/sbin/ssmtp\n" @@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:402 msgid "" "Once everything is configured, it is recommended to reboot the system. " "Rebooting provides the opportunity to ensure that the system is correctly " @@ -816,19 +816,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:404 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:406 #, no-wrap msgid "Why do I have to use the FQDN for hosts on my site?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:410 msgid "" "The host may actually be in a different domain. For example, in order for a " "host in `foo.bar.edu` to reach a host called `mumble` in the `bar.edu` " @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:413 msgid "" "This is because the version of BIND which ships with FreeBSD no longer " "provides default abbreviations for non-FQDNs other than the local domain. " @@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:416 msgid "" "In older versions of BIND, the search continued across `mumble.bar.edu`, and " "`mumble.edu`. RFC 1535 details why this is considered bad practice or even " @@ -854,29 +854,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:418 msgid "As a good workaround, place the line:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:422 #, no-wrap msgid "search foo.bar.edu bar.edu\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:425 msgid "instead of the previous:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:429 #, no-wrap msgid "domain foo.bar.edu\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:433 msgid "" "into [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf#. However, make sure that the search " "order does not go beyond the \"boundary between local and public " @@ -884,20 +884,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:434 #, no-wrap msgid "How can I run a mail server on a dial-up PPP host?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:437 msgid "" "Connect to a FreeBSD mail gateway on the LAN. The PPP connection is non-" "dedicated." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:440 msgid "" "One way to do this is to get a full-time Internet server to provide " "secondary MX services for the domain. In this example, the domain is " @@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:445 #, no-wrap msgid "" "example.com. MX 10 example.com.\n" @@ -914,14 +914,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:449 msgid "" "Only one host should be specified as the final recipient. For Sendmail, add " "`Cw example.com` in [.filename]#/etc/mail/sendmail.cf# on `example.com`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:454 msgid "" "When the sending MTA attempts to deliver mail, it will try to connect to the " "system, `example.com`, over the PPP link. This will time out if the " @@ -932,12 +932,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:456 msgid "Use something like this as a login script:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:463 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -947,7 +947,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:467 msgid "" "When creating a separate login script for users, instead use `sendmail -" "qRexample.com` in the script above. This will force all mail in the queue " @@ -955,14 +955,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:469 msgid "" "A further refinement of the situation can be seen from this example from the " "{freebsd-isp}:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:481 #, no-wrap msgid "" "> we provide the secondary MX for a customer. The customer connects to\n" @@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:484 #, no-wrap msgid "" "In the privacy flags section of sendmail.cf, there is a\n" @@ -985,7 +985,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:488 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Remove restrictqrun to allow non-root users to start the queue processing.\n" @@ -994,7 +994,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:492 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# If we are the best MX for a host, try directly instead of generating\n" @@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:499 #, no-wrap msgid "" "That way a remote site will deliver straight to you, without trying\n" @@ -1015,26 +1015,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:501 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:502 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:505 msgid "" "This section covers more involved topics such as mail configuration and " "setting up mail for an entire domain." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:507 #, no-wrap msgid "Basic Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:511 msgid "" "Out of the box, one can send email to external hosts as long as [.filename]#/" "etc/resolv.conf# is configured or the network has access to a configured DNS " @@ -1043,17 +1043,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:513 msgid "Run a DNS server for the domain." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:514 msgid "Get mail delivered directly to the FQDN for the machine." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:518 msgid "" "In order to have mail delivered directly to a host, it must have a permanent " "static IP address, not a dynamic IP address. If the system is behind a " @@ -1062,30 +1062,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:520 msgid "" "Make sure that the lowest-numbered MX record in DNS points to the host's " "static IP address." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:521 msgid "Make sure there is no MX entry in the DNS for the host." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:523 msgid "" "Either of the above will allow mail to be received directly at the host." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:525 msgid "Try this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:532 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# hostname\n" @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:535 msgid "" "In this example, mail sent directly to mailto:yourlogin@example.FreeBSD." "org[yourlogin@example.FreeBSD.org] should work without problems, assuming " @@ -1103,12 +1103,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:537 msgid "For this example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:543 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# host example.FreeBSD.org\n" @@ -1117,14 +1117,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:546 msgid "" "All mail sent to `example.FreeBSD.org` will be collected on `hub` under the " "same username instead of being sent directly to your host." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:550 msgid "" "The above information is handled by the DNS server. The DNS record that " "carries mail routing information is the MX entry. If no MX record exists, " @@ -1132,12 +1132,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:552 msgid "The MX entry for `freefall.FreeBSD.org` at one time looked like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:559 #, no-wrap msgid "" "freefall\t\tMX\t30\tmail.crl.net\n" @@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:564 msgid "" "`freefall` had many MX entries. The lowest MX number is the host that " "receives mail directly, if available. If it is not accessible for some " @@ -1156,20 +1156,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:567 msgid "" "Alternate MX sites should have separate Internet connections in order to be " "most useful. Your ISP can provide this service." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:569 #, no-wrap msgid "Mail for a Domain" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:572 msgid "" "When configuring an MTA for a network, any mail sent to hosts in its domain " "should be diverted to the MTA so that users can receive their mail on the " @@ -1177,7 +1177,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:575 msgid "" "To make life easiest, a user account with the same _username_ should exist " "on both the MTA and the system with the MUA. Use man:adduser[8] to create " @@ -1185,14 +1185,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:578 msgid "" "The MTA must be the designated mail exchanger for each workstation on the " "network. This is done in the DNS configuration with an MX record:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:583 #, no-wrap msgid "" "example.FreeBSD.org\tA\t204.216.27.XX\t\t; Workstation\n" @@ -1200,21 +1200,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:587 msgid "" "This will redirect mail for the workstation to the MTA no matter where the A " "record points. The mail is sent to the MX host." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:590 msgid "" "This must be configured on a DNS server. If the network does not run its " "own DNS server, talk to the ISP or DNS provider." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:594 msgid "" "The following is an example of virtual email hosting. Consider a customer " "with the domain `customer1.org`, where all the mail for `customer1.org` " @@ -1222,13 +1222,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:598 #, no-wrap msgid "customer1.org\t\tMX\t10\tmail.myhost.com\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:602 msgid "" "An `A` record is _not_ needed for `customer1.org` in order to only handle " "email for that domain. However, running `ping` against `customer1.org` will " @@ -1236,53 +1236,53 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:605 msgid "" "Tell the MTA which domains and/or hostnames it should accept mail for. " "Either of the following will work for Sendmail:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:607 msgid "" "Add the hosts to [.filename]#/etc/mail/local-host-names# when using the " "`FEATURE(use_cw_file)`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:607 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:608 msgid "Add a `Cwyour.host.com` line to [.filename]#/etc/sendmail.cf#." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:610 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up to Send Only" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:614 msgid "" "There are many instances where one may only want to send mail through a " "relay. Some examples are:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:616 msgid "" "The computer is a desktop machine that needs to use programs such as man:" "mail[1], using the ISP's mail relay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:617 msgid "" "The computer is a server that does not handle mail locally, but needs to " "pass off all mail to a relay for processing." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:620 msgid "" "While any MTA is capable of filling this particular niche, it can be " "difficult to properly configure a full-featured MTA just to handle " @@ -1291,21 +1291,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:622 msgid "" "Additionally, a typical Internet access service agreement may forbid one " "from running a \"mail server\"." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:624 msgid "" "The easiest way to fulfill those needs is to install the package:mail/" "ssmtp[] port:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:629 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/mail/ssmtp\n" @@ -1313,14 +1313,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:632 msgid "" "Once installed, package:mail/ssmtp[] can be configured with [.filename]#/usr/" "local/etc/ssmtp/ssmtp.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:639 #, no-wrap msgid "" "root=yourrealemail@example.com\n" @@ -1330,7 +1330,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:644 msgid "" "Use the real email address for `root`. Enter the ISP's outgoing mail relay " "in place of `mail.example.com`. Some ISPs call this the \"outgoing mail " @@ -1338,14 +1338,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:647 msgid "" "Make sure to disable Sendmail, including the outgoing mail service. See " "<<mail-disable-sendmail>> for details." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:649 msgid "" "package:mail/ssmtp[] has some other options available. Refer to the examples " "in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/ssmtp# or the manual page of ssmtp for more " @@ -1353,7 +1353,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:651 msgid "" "Setting up ssmtp in this manner allows any software on the computer that " "needs to send mail to function properly, while not violating the ISP's usage " @@ -1361,13 +1361,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:653 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Mail with a Dialup Connection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:656 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:657 msgid "" "When using a static IP address, one should not need to adjust the default " "configuration. Set the hostname to the assigned Internet name and Sendmail " @@ -1375,7 +1375,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:659 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:660 msgid "" "When using a dynamically assigned IP address and a dialup PPP connection to " "the Internet, one usually has a mailbox on the ISP's mail server. In this " @@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:664 msgid "" "In order to retrieve mail from the ISP's mailbox, install a retrieval agent " "from the Ports Collection. package:mail/fetchmail[] is a good choice as it " @@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:669 #, no-wrap msgid "" "MYADDR:\n" @@ -1404,7 +1404,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:673 msgid "" "When using Sendmail to deliver mail to non-local accounts, configure " "Sendmail to process the mail queue as soon as the Internet connection is " @@ -1413,13 +1413,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:677 #, no-wrap msgid " !bg su user -c \"sendmail -q\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:681 msgid "" "In this example, there is an account for `user` on `bsd.home`. In the home " "directory of `user` on `bsd.home`, create a [.filename]#.fetchmailrc# which " @@ -1427,20 +1427,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:685 #, no-wrap msgid "poll example.net protocol pop3 fetchall pass MySecret\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:687 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:688 msgid "" "This file should not be readable by anyone except `user` as it contains the " "password `MySecret`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:690 msgid "" "In order to send mail with the correct `from:` header, configure Sendmail to " "use mailto:user@example.net[user@example.net] rather than mailto:user@bsd." @@ -1449,12 +1449,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:692 msgid "The following [.filename]#.mc# should suffice:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:711 #, no-wrap msgid "" "VERSIONID(`bsd.home.mc version 1.0')\n" @@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:715 msgid "" "Refer to the previous section for details of how to convert this file into " "the [.filename]#sendmail.cf# format. Do not forget to restart Sendmail " @@ -1484,13 +1484,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:717 #, no-wrap msgid "SMTP Authentication" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:721 msgid "" "Configuring SMTP authentication on the MTA provides a number of benefits. " "SMTP authentication adds a layer of security to Sendmail, and provides " @@ -1499,7 +1499,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:724 msgid "" "Install package:security/cyrus-sasl2[] from the Ports Collection. This port " "supports a number of compile-time options. For the SMTP authentication " @@ -1507,7 +1507,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:725 msgid "" "After installing package:security/cyrus-sasl2[], edit [.filename]#/usr/local/" "lib/sasl2/Sendmail.conf#, or create it if it does not exist, and add the " @@ -1515,37 +1515,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:728 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:729 #, no-wrap msgid "pwcheck_method: saslauthd\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:732 msgid "" "Next, install package:security/cyrus-sasl2-saslauthd[] and add the following " "line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:736 #, no-wrap msgid "saslauthd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:739 msgid "Finally, start the saslauthd daemon:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:742 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:743 #, no-wrap msgid "# service saslauthd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:747 msgid "" "This daemon serves as a broker for Sendmail to authenticate against the " "FreeBSD man:passwd[5] database. This saves the trouble of creating a new " @@ -1554,12 +1554,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:748 msgid "Next, edit [.filename]#/etc/make.conf# and add the following lines:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:752 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:753 #, no-wrap msgid "" "SENDMAIL_CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include/sasl -DSASL\n" @@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:757 msgid "" "These lines provide Sendmail the proper configuration options for linking to " "package:cyrus-sasl2[] at compile time. Make sure that package:cyrus-sasl2[] " @@ -1575,12 +1575,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:758 msgid "Recompile Sendmail by executing the following commands:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:767 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src/lib/libsmutil\n" @@ -1592,14 +1592,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:770 msgid "" "This compile should not have any problems if [.filename]#/usr/src# has not " "changed extensively and the shared libraries it needs are available." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:771 msgid "" "After Sendmail has been compiled and reinstalled, edit [.filename]#/etc/mail/" "freebsd.mc# or the local [.filename]#.mc#. Many administrators choose to use " @@ -1608,7 +1608,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:777 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dnl set SASL options\n" @@ -1617,7 +1617,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:781 msgid "" "These options configure the different methods available to Sendmail for " "authenticating users. To use a method other than pwcheck, refer to the " @@ -1625,7 +1625,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:782 msgid "" "Finally, run man:make[1] while in [.filename]#/etc/mail#. That will run the " "new [.filename]#.mc# and create a [.filename]#.cf# named either [." @@ -1636,7 +1636,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:785 msgid "" "To test the configuration, use a MUA to send a test message. For further " "investigation, set the `LogLevel` of Sendmail to `13` and watch [.filename]#/" @@ -1644,20 +1644,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:786 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:787 msgid "" "For more information, refer to http://www.sendmail.org/~ca/email/auth." "html[SMTP authentication]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:789 #, no-wrap msgid "Mail User Agents" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:794 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:795 msgid "" "A MUA is an application that is used to send and receive email. As email " "\"evolves\" and becomes more complex, MUAs are becoming increasingly " @@ -1668,13 +1668,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:797 #, no-wrap msgid "`mail`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:801 msgid "" "man:mail[1] is the default MUA installed with FreeBSD. It is a console based " "MUA that offers the basic functionality required to send and receive text-" @@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:803 msgid "" "Although `mail` does not natively support interaction with POP or IMAP " "servers, these mailboxes may be downloaded to a local [.filename]#mbox# " @@ -1691,18 +1691,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:805 msgid "In order to send and receive email, run `mail`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:809 #, no-wrap msgid "% mail\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:815 msgid "" "The contents of the user's mailbox in [.filename]#/var/mail# are " "automatically read by `mail`. Should the mailbox be empty, the utility " @@ -1713,7 +1713,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:823 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Mail version 8.1 6/6/93. Type ? for help.\n" @@ -1724,14 +1724,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:827 msgid "" "Messages can now be read by typing kbd:[t] followed by the message number. " "This example reads the first email:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:839 #, no-wrap msgid "" "& t 1\n" @@ -1746,20 +1746,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:840 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:841 #, no-wrap msgid "This is a test message, please reply if you receive it.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:844 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:845 msgid "" "As seen in this example, the message will be displayed with full headers. " "To display the list of messages again, press kbd:[h]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:851 msgid "" "If the email requires a reply, press either kbd:[R] or kbd:[r] `mail` keys. " "kbd:[R] instructs `mail` to reply only to the sender of the email, while kbd:" @@ -1770,7 +1770,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:857 #, no-wrap msgid "" "& R 1\n" @@ -1779,7 +1779,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:861 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Thank you, I did get your email.\n" @@ -1788,7 +1788,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:867 msgid "" "In order to send a new email, press kbd:[m], followed by the recipient email " "address. Multiple recipients may be specified by separating each address " @@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:872 #, no-wrap msgid "" "& mail root@localhost\n" @@ -1806,7 +1806,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:875 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:876 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Now I can send and receive email using mail ... :)\n" @@ -1815,14 +1815,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:880 msgid "" "While using `mail`, press kbd:[?] to display help at any time. Refer to man:" "mail[1] for more help on how to use `mail`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:885 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:886 msgid "" "man:mail[1] was not designed to handle attachments and thus deals with them " "poorly. Newer MUAs handle attachments in a more intelligent way. Users who " @@ -1831,63 +1831,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:888 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:889 #, no-wrap msgid "mutt" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:891 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:892 msgid "mutt is a powerful MUA, with many features, including:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:893 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:894 msgid "The ability to thread messages." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:894 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:895 msgid "PGP support for digital signing and encryption of email." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:896 msgid "MIME support." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:897 msgid "Maildir support." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:897 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:898 msgid "Highly customizable." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:900 msgid "" "Refer to http://www.mutt.org[http://www.mutt.org] for more information on " "mutt." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:903 msgid "" "mutt may be installed using the package:mail/mutt[] port. After the port " "has been installed, mutt can be started by issuing the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:907 #, no-wrap msgid "% mutt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:912 msgid "" "mutt will automatically read and display the contents of the user mailbox in " "[.filename]#/var/mail#. If no mails are found, mutt will wait for commands " @@ -1895,26 +1895,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:913 #, no-wrap msgid "mutt1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:916 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:917 msgid "" "To read an email, select it using the cursor keys and press kbd:[Enter]. An " "example of mutt displaying email can be seen below:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:917 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:918 #, no-wrap msgid "mutt2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:922 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:923 msgid "" "Similar to man:mail[1], mutt can be used to reply only to the sender of the " "message as well as to all recipients. To reply only to the sender of the " @@ -1923,7 +1923,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:929 msgid "" "By default, mutt uses the man:vi[1] editor for creating and replying to " "emails. Each user can customize this by creating or editing the [." @@ -1933,7 +1933,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:937 msgid "" "To compose a new mail message, press kbd:[m]. After a valid subject has " "been given, mutt will start man:vi[1] so the email can be written. Once the " @@ -1944,13 +1944,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:937 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:938 #, no-wrap msgid "mutt3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:941 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:942 msgid "" "mutt contains extensive help which can be accessed from most of the menus by " "pressing kbd:[?]. The top line also displays the keyboard shortcuts where " @@ -1958,19 +1958,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:944 #, no-wrap msgid "alpine" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:947 msgid "" "alpine is aimed at a beginner user, but also includes some advanced features." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:953 msgid "" "alpine has had several remote vulnerabilities discovered in the past, which " "allowed remote attackers to execute arbitrary code as users on the local " @@ -1981,7 +1981,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:957 msgid "" "The current version of alpine may be installed using the package:mail/" "alpine[] port. Once the port has installed, alpine can be started by " @@ -1989,13 +1989,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:960 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:961 #, no-wrap msgid "% alpine\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:966 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:967 msgid "" "The first time alpine runs, it displays a greeting page with a brief " "introduction, as well as a request from the alpine development team to send " @@ -2006,13 +2006,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:968 #, no-wrap msgid "pine1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:972 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:973 msgid "" "The main menu is then presented, which can be navigated using the cursor " "keys. This main menu provides shortcuts for the composing new mails, " @@ -2022,7 +2022,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:976 msgid "" "The default directory opened by alpine is [.filename]#inbox#. To view the " "message index, press kbd:[I], or select the [.guimenuitem]#MESSAGE INDEX# " @@ -2030,13 +2030,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:976 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:977 #, no-wrap msgid "pine2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:980 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:981 msgid "" "The message index shows messages in the current directory and can be " "navigated by using the cursor keys. Highlighted messages can be read by " @@ -2044,13 +2044,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:981 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:982 #, no-wrap msgid "pine3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:986 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:987 msgid "" "In the screenshot below, a sample message is displayed by alpine. " "Contextual keyboard shortcuts are displayed at the bottom of the screen. An " @@ -2059,13 +2059,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:987 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:988 #, no-wrap msgid "pine4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:993 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:994 msgid "" "Replying to an email in alpine is done using the pico editor, which is " "installed by default with alpine. pico makes it easy to navigate the " @@ -2075,13 +2075,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:995 #, no-wrap msgid "pine5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:998 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:999 msgid "" "alpine can be customized using the [.guimenuitem]#SETUP# option from the " "main menu. Consult http://www.washington.edu/alpine/[http://www.washington." @@ -2089,13 +2089,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1000 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1001 #, no-wrap msgid "Using fetchmail" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1006 msgid "" "fetchmail is a full-featured IMAP and POP client. It allows users to " "automatically download mail from remote IMAP and POP servers and save it " @@ -2105,31 +2105,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1008 msgid "Support for the POP3, APOP, KPOP, IMAP, ETRN and ODMR protocols." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1008 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1009 msgid "" "Ability to forward mail using SMTP, which allows filtering, forwarding, and " "aliasing to function normally." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1010 msgid "May be run in daemon mode to check periodically for new messages." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1010 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1011 msgid "" "Can retrieve multiple mailboxes and forward them, based on configuration, to " "different local users." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1015 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1016 msgid "" "This section explains some of the basic features of fetchmail. This utility " "requires a [.filename]#.fetchmailrc# configuration in the user's home " @@ -2140,13 +2140,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1019 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1020 #, no-wrap msgid "% chmod 600 .fetchmailrc\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1024 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1025 msgid "" "The following [.filename]#.fetchmailrc# serves as an example for downloading " "a single user mailbox using POP. It tells fetchmail to connect to `example." @@ -2155,20 +2155,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1028 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1029 #, no-wrap msgid "poll example.com protocol pop3 username \"joesoap\" password \"XXX\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1031 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1032 msgid "" "The next example connects to multiple POP and IMAP servers and redirects to " "different local usernames where applicable:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1039 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1040 #, no-wrap msgid "" "poll example.com proto pop3:\n" @@ -2179,7 +2179,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1043 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1044 msgid "" "fetchmail can be run in daemon mode by running it with `-d`, followed by the " "interval (in seconds) that fetchmail should poll servers listed in [." @@ -2188,26 +2188,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1047 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1048 #, no-wrap msgid "% fetchmail -d 600\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1050 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1051 msgid "" "More information on fetchmail can be found at http://www.fetchmail.info/" "[http://www.fetchmail.info/]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1052 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1053 #, no-wrap msgid "Using procmail" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1061 msgid "" "procmail is a powerful application used to filter incoming mail. It allows " "users to define \"rules\" which can be matched to incoming mails to perform " @@ -2220,13 +2220,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1065 #, no-wrap msgid "\"|exec /usr/local/bin/procmail || exit 75\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1068 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1069 msgid "" "The following section displays some basic procmail rules, as well as brief " "descriptions of what they do. Rules must be inserted into a [.filename]#." @@ -2234,19 +2234,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1071 msgid "The majority of these rules can be found in man:procmailex[5]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1072 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1073 msgid "" "To forward all mail from mailto:user@example.com[user@example.com] to an " "external address of mailto:goodmail@example2.com[goodmail@example2.com]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1078 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1079 #, no-wrap msgid "" ":0\n" @@ -2255,14 +2255,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1081 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1082 msgid "" "To forward all mails shorter than 1000 bytes to an external address of " "mailto:goodmail@example2.com[goodmail@example2.com]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1087 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1088 #, no-wrap msgid "" ":0\n" @@ -2271,14 +2271,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1090 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1091 msgid "" "To send all mail sent to mailto:alternate@example.com[alternate@example.com] " "to a mailbox called [.filename]#alternate#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1097 #, no-wrap msgid "" ":0\n" @@ -2287,12 +2287,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1100 msgid "To send all mail with a subject of \"Spam\" to [.filename]#/dev/null#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1106 #, no-wrap msgid "" ":0\n" @@ -2301,14 +2301,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1109 msgid "" "A useful recipe that parses incoming `FreeBSD.org` mailing lists and places " "each list in its own mailbox:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1120 #, no-wrap msgid "" ":0\n" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.po index c08281c238..543fe3415a 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-08-07 10:21-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Appendix A. Obtaining FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Obtaining FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Mirrors" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:56 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "The official mirrors of the FreeBSD project are made up of many machines " "operated by the project cluster administrators and behind GeoDNS to direct " @@ -58,90 +58,108 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:59 msgid "Official mirrors service:" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:62 #, no-wrap msgid "Service Name" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:61 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:95 #, no-wrap msgid "Protocols" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:64 #, no-wrap msgid "More information" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:65 #, no-wrap msgid "**download.FreeBSD.org**" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:66 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://download.FreeBSD.org/[https] link:ftp://download.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/[ftp]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:68 #, no-wrap msgid "Same content as `ftp.FreeBSD.org`, `ftp` is a legacy name; `download.FreeBSD.org` is recommended." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:69 #, no-wrap msgid "**git.FreeBSD.org**" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:70 #, no-wrap msgid "git over `https` and `ssh`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:72 #, no-wrap msgid "More details on link:https://docs.freebsd.org/en/books/handbook/mirrors/#git[using git] section." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:73 #, no-wrap msgid "**pkg.FreeBSD.org**" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:74 #, no-wrap msgid "man:pkg[8] over `http` and `https`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:76 #, no-wrap msgid "Official FreeBSD package repositories used by the man:pkg[8] program." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Table #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**vuxml.FreeBSD.org** / **www.VuXML.org**" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "link:https://www.vuxml.org/[https]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:79 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FreeBSD Project VuXML web page. `pkg audit` fetches the list of vulnerabilities from this service." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:82 msgid "All official mirrors support IPv4 and IPv6." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:84 msgid "" "The FreeBSD website (https://www.FreeBSD.org and https://docs.FreeBSD.org) " "are not hosted in the GeoDNS Infrastructure; there are ongoing studies of " @@ -149,772 +167,772 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:86 msgid "" "http://ftp-archive.FreeBSD.org is not in the GeoDNS Infrastructure, hosted " "in only one location (US)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:88 msgid "" "The project is looking for new locations; those willing to sponsor, please " "reach out to the Cluster Administrators team for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:90 msgid "Mirror list maintained by the community and other companies:" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:93 #, no-wrap msgid "Country" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:93 #, no-wrap msgid "Hostname" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:96 #, no-wrap msgid "Australia icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-australia-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:97 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.au.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:99 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:rsync://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:101 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:103 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:104 #, no-wrap msgid "Austria icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-austria-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:105 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.at.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:107 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/[http] link:http://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:108 #, no-wrap msgid "Brazil icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-brazil-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:109 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:111 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD[http] link:rsync://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:113 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:115 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:116 #, no-wrap msgid "Bulgaria icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-bulgaria-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:117 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:119 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:120 #, no-wrap msgid "Czech Republic icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-czech-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:121 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:123 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:rsync://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:124 #, no-wrap msgid "Denmark icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-denmark-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:125 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:127 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[http] link:http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:128 #, no-wrap msgid "Finland icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-finland-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:129 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.fi.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:131 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp.fi.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:132 #, no-wrap msgid "France icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-france-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:133 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:135 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:137 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp3.fr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:139 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp3.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:141 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:143 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:144 #, no-wrap msgid "Germany icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-germany-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:145 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.de.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:147 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:149 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:151 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:153 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:155 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:157 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp5.de.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:159 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp5.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp5.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:161 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:163 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:164 #, no-wrap msgid "Greece icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-greece-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:165 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:167 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:169 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:171 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:172 #, no-wrap msgid "Japan icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-japan-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:173 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:175 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:177 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:179 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:181 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp3.jp.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:183 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp3.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:rsync://ftp3.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:185 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp4.jp.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:187 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp4.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:189 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:191 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:192 #, no-wrap msgid "Korea icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-korea-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:193 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:195 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:https://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https] link:ftp://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:197 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:199 #, no-wrap msgid "link:rsync://ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:200 #, no-wrap msgid "Latvia icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-latvia-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:201 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:203 #, no-wrap -msgid "link:http://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" +msgid "link:http://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/freebsd[http] link:ftp://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/freebsd[ftp]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:204 #, no-wrap msgid "Netherlands icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-netherlands-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:205 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:207 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:209 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:211 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:212 #, no-wrap msgid "New Zealand icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-new-zealand-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:213 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:215 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:216 #, no-wrap msgid "Norway icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-norway-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:217 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.no.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:219 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:220 #, no-wrap msgid "Poland icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-poland-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:221 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:223 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:224 #, no-wrap msgid "Russia icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-russia-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:225 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:227 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:229 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:231 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https] link:ftp://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:232 #, no-wrap msgid "Slovenia icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-slovenia-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:233 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.si.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:235 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:236 #, no-wrap msgid "South Africa icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-south-africa-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:237 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.za.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:239 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://ftp.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https] link:https://ftp.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https_v6] link:rsync://ftp.za.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.za.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:241 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:243 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:245 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:247 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:248 #, no-wrap msgid "Sweden icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-sweden-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:249 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.se.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:251 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:252 #, no-wrap msgid "Taiwan icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-taiwan-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:253 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https] link:ftp://ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:257 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp5.tw.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:259 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp5.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp5.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:260 #, no-wrap msgid "Ukraine icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-ukraine-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:261 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:263 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:264 #, no-wrap msgid "United Kingdom icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-uk-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:265 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:267 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:269 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:271 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:https://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https] link:https://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https_v6] link:ftp://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:272 #, no-wrap msgid "United States of America icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-us-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:273 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp11.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:275 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp11.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp11.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:277 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp14.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:279 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp14.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp14.FreeBSD.org[rsync] (Former official tier 1)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:281 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp5.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:282 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:285 msgid "" "The current list of protocols supported by the community mirrors was last " "updated on 2022-01-31, and it's not guaranteed." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:287 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Git" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:285 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:422 #, no-wrap msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:294 msgid "" "As of December 2020, FreeBSD uses git as the primary version control system " "for storing all of FreeBSD's base source code and documentation. As of " @@ -923,7 +941,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:299 msgid "" "Git is generally a developer tool. Users may prefer to use `freebsd-update` " "(crossref:cutting-edge[updating-upgrading-freebsdupdate,“FreeBSD Update”]) " @@ -932,45 +950,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:302 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to install Git on a FreeBSD system and use it " "to create a local copy of a FreeBSD source code repository." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:299 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:448 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:307 msgid "Git can be installed from the Ports Collection, or as a package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:311 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install git\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:314 #, no-wrap msgid "Running Git" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:318 msgid "" "To fetch a clean copy of the sources into a local directory, use `git " "clone`. This directory of files is called the _working tree_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:323 msgid "" "Git uses URLs to designate a repository. There are three different " "repositories, `src` for the FreeBSD system source code, `doc` for " @@ -981,115 +999,115 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:325 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Git Repository URL Table" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:328 #, no-wrap msgid "Item" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:329 #, no-wrap msgid "Git URL" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:329 #, no-wrap msgid "Read-only src repo via HTTPS" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:330 #, no-wrap msgid "`https://git.FreeBSD.org/src.git`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:330 #, no-wrap msgid "Read-only src repo via anon-ssh" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:331 #, no-wrap msgid "`ssh://anongit@git.FreeBSD.org/src.git`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Read-only doc repo via HTTPS" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:332 #, no-wrap msgid "`https://git.FreeBSD.org/doc.git`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:332 #, no-wrap msgid "Read-only doc repo via anon-ssh" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:333 #, no-wrap msgid "`ssh://anongit@git.FreeBSD.org/doc.git`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:333 #, no-wrap msgid "Read-only ports repo via HTTPS" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:334 #, no-wrap msgid "`https://git.FreeBSD.org/ports.git`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:334 #, no-wrap msgid "Read-only ports repo via anon-ssh" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:335 #, no-wrap msgid "`ssh://anongit@git.FreeBSD.org/ports.git`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:338 msgid "" "External mirrors maintained by project members are also available; please " "refer to the <<external-mirrors>> section." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:340 msgid "To clone a copy of the FreeBSD system source code repository:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:344 #, no-wrap msgid "# git clone -o freebsd https://git.FreeBSD.org/src.git /usr/src\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:349 msgid "" "The `-o freebsd` option specifies the origin; by convention in the FreeBSD " "documentation, the origin is assumed to be `freebsd`. Because the initial " @@ -1098,14 +1116,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:352 msgid "" "Initially, the working tree contains source code for the `main` branch, " "which corresponds to CURRENT. To switch to 13-STABLE instead:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:356 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -1113,14 +1131,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:360 msgid "" "The working tree can be updated with `git pull`. To update [.filename]#/usr/" "src# created in the example above, use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:365 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -1128,47 +1146,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:363 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:523 msgid "" "The update is much quicker than a checkout, only transferring files that " "have changed." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:369 #, no-wrap msgid "Web-based repository browser" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:372 msgid "" "The FreeBSD project uses cgit as the web-based repository browser: link:" "https://cgit.FreeBSD.org/[https://cgit.FreeBSD.org/]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:373 #, no-wrap msgid "For Developers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:376 msgid "" "For information about write access to repositories see the extref:" "{committers-guide}[Committer's Guide, git-mini-primer]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:378 #, no-wrap msgid "External mirrors" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:383 msgid "" "Those mirrors are not hosted in FreeBSD.org but still maintained by the " "project members. Users and developers are welcome to pull or browse " @@ -1178,76 +1196,76 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:384 #, no-wrap msgid "Codeberg" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:386 msgid "doc: https://codeberg.org/FreeBSD/freebsd-doc" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:387 msgid "ports: https://codeberg.org/FreeBSD/freebsd-ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:388 msgid "src: https://codeberg.org/FreeBSD/freebsd-src" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:389 #, no-wrap msgid "GitHub" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:391 msgid "doc: https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-doc" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:392 msgid "ports: https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:393 msgid "src: https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-src" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:394 #, no-wrap msgid "GitLab" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:396 msgid "doc: https://gitlab.com/FreeBSD/freebsd-doc" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:397 msgid "ports: https://gitlab.com/FreeBSD/freebsd-ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:398 msgid "src: https://gitlab.com/FreeBSD/freebsd-src" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:399 #, no-wrap msgid "Mailing lists" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:403 msgid "" "The main mailing list for general usage and questions about git in the " "FreeBSD project is https://lists.freebsd.org/subscription/freebsd-" @@ -1256,72 +1274,72 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:404 #, no-wrap msgid "SSH host keys" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:402 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:407 msgid "gitrepo.FreeBSD.org host key fingerprints:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:408 msgid "" "ECDSA key fingerprint is `SHA256:seWO5D27ySURcx4bknTNKlC1mgai0whP443PAKEvvZA`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:409 msgid "" "ED25519 key fingerprint is `SHA256:" "lNR6i4BEOaaUhmDHBA1WJsO7H3KtvjE2r5q4sOxtIWo`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:410 msgid "" "RSA key fingerprint is `SHA256:f453CUEFXEJAXlKeEHV+ajJfeEfx9MdKQUD7lIscnQI`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:412 msgid "git.FreeBSD.org host key fingerprints:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:413 msgid "" "ECDSA key fingerprint is `SHA256:/UlirUAsGiitupxmtsn7f9b7zCWd0vCs4Yo/tpVWP9w`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:414 msgid "" "ED25519 key fingerprint is `SHA256:" "y1ljKrKMD3lDObRUG3xJ9gXwEIuqnh306tSyFd1tuZE`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:410 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:415 msgid "" "RSA key fingerprint is `SHA256:jBe6FQGoH4HjvrIVM23dcnLZk9kmpdezR/CvQzm7rJM`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:417 msgid "These are also published as SSHFP records in DNS." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:419 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Subversion" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:429 msgid "" "As of December 2020, FreeBSD uses git as the primary version control system " "for storing all of FreeBSD's source code and documentation. Changes from " @@ -1334,7 +1352,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:435 msgid "" "Subversion is generally a developer tool. Users may prefer to use `freebsd-" "update` (crossref:cutting-edge[updating-upgrading-freebsdupdate,“FreeBSD " @@ -1345,7 +1363,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:438 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to install Subversion on a FreeBSD system and " "use it to create a local copy of a FreeBSD repository. Additional " @@ -1353,13 +1371,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:440 #, no-wrap msgid "Svnlite" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:444 msgid "" "A lightweight version of Subversion is already installed on FreeBSD as " "`svnlite`. The port or package version of Subversion is only needed if the " @@ -1367,26 +1385,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:446 msgid "" "The only difference from normal Subversion use is that the command name is " "`svnlite`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:451 msgid "" "If `svnlite` is unavailable or the full version of Subversion is needed, " "then it must be installed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:453 msgid "Subversion can be installed from the Ports Collection:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:458 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/devel/subversion\n" @@ -1394,31 +1412,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:461 msgid "Subversion can also be installed as a package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:465 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install subversion\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:468 #, no-wrap msgid "Running Subversion" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:472 msgid "" "To fetch a clean copy of the sources into a local directory, use `svn`. The " "files in this directory are called a _local working copy_." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:477 msgid "" "Move or delete an existing destination directory before using `checkout` for " "the first time. Checkout over an existing non-`svn` directory can cause " @@ -1427,7 +1445,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:483 msgid "" "Subversion uses URLs to designate a repository, taking the form of " "_protocol://hostname/path_. The first component of the path is the FreeBSD " @@ -1439,30 +1457,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:485 msgid "" "A checkout from a given repository is performed with a command like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:489 #, no-wrap msgid "# svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/repository/branch lwcdir\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:492 msgid "where:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:494 msgid "" "_repository_ is one of the Project repositories: `base`, `ports`, or `doc`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:495 msgid "" "_branch_ depends on the repository used. `ports` and `doc` are mostly " "updated in the `head` branch, while `base` maintains the latest version of -" @@ -1471,7 +1489,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:496 msgid "" "_lwcdir_ is the target directory where the contents of the specified branch " "should be placed. This is usually [.filename]#/usr/ports# for `ports`, [." @@ -1479,7 +1497,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:499 msgid "" "This example checks out the Source Tree from the FreeBSD repository using " "the HTTPS protocol, placing the local working copy in [.filename]#/usr/" @@ -1488,43 +1506,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:503 #, no-wrap msgid "# svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/base/head /usr/src\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:507 msgid "" "Because the initial checkout must download the full branch of the remote " "repository, it can take a while. Please be patient." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:509 msgid "" "After the initial checkout, the local working copy can be updated by running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:513 #, no-wrap msgid "# svn update lwcdir\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:516 msgid "To update [.filename]#/usr/src# created in the example above, use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:520 #, no-wrap msgid "# svn update /usr/src\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:527 msgid "" "An alternate way of updating the local working copy after checkout is " "provided by the [.filename]#Makefile# in the [.filename]#/usr/ports#, [." @@ -1534,7 +1552,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:532 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -1542,24 +1560,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:535 #, no-wrap msgid "Subversion Mirror Sites" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:538 msgid "The FreeBSD Subversion repository is:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:542 #, no-wrap msgid "svn.FreeBSD.org\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:546 msgid "" "This is a publicly accessible mirror network that uses GeoDNS to select an " "appropriate back end server. To view the FreeBSD Subversion repositories " @@ -1568,7 +1586,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:548 msgid "" "HTTPS is the preferred protocol, but the [.filename]#security/ca_root_nss# " "package will need to be installed in order to automatically validate " @@ -1576,13 +1594,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:549 #, no-wrap msgid "For More Information" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:552 msgid "" "For other information about using Subversion, please see the \"Subversion " "Book\", titled http://svnbook.red-bean.com/[Version Control with " @@ -1591,18 +1609,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:554 #, no-wrap msgid "CD and DVD Sets" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:557 msgid "FreeBSD CD and DVD sets are available from several online retailers:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:567 #, no-wrap msgid "" "FreeBSD Mall, Inc.\n" @@ -1617,7 +1635,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:570 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Getlinux\n" @@ -1625,7 +1643,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:577 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Dr. Hinner EDV\n" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.po index 16cd05e229..517aefd3be 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-02-01 10:28-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 7. Multimedia" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Multimedia" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:58 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports a wide variety of sound cards, allowing users to enjoy high " "fidelity output from a FreeBSD system. This includes the ability to record " @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "FreeBSD also supports the playback of video files and ``DVD``s. The FreeBSD " "Ports Collection contains applications to encode, convert, and playback " @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:64 msgid "" "This chapter describes how to configure sound cards, video playback, TV " "tuner cards, and scanners on FreeBSD. It also describes some of the " @@ -74,80 +74,80 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:66 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know how to:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:68 msgid "Configure a sound card on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:69 msgid "Troubleshoot the sound setup." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:70 msgid "Playback and encode MP3s and other audio." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:71 msgid "Prepare a FreeBSD system for video playback." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:72 msgid "Play ``DVD``s, [.filename]#.mpg#, and [.filename]#.avi# files." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:73 msgid "Rip `CD` and `DVD` content into files." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:74 msgid "Configure a TV card." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:75 msgid "Install and setup MythTV on FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:76 msgid "Configure an image scanner." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:77 msgid "Configure a Bluetooth headset." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:79 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:81 msgid "" "Know how to install applications as described in crossref:ports[ports," "Installing Applications: Packages and Ports]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:83 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up the Sound Card" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:88 msgid "" "Before beginning the configuration, determine the model of the sound card " "and the chip it uses. FreeBSD supports a wide variety of sound cards. " @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "In order to use the sound device, its device driver must be loaded. The " "easiest way is to load a kernel module for the sound card with man:" @@ -166,26 +166,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:96 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload snd_hda\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:100 msgid "" "To automate the loading of this driver at boot time, add the driver to [." "filename]#/boot/loader.conf#. The line for this driver is:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:104 #, no-wrap msgid "snd_hda_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:108 msgid "" "Other available sound modules are listed in [.filename]#/boot/defaults/" "loader.conf#. When unsure which driver to use, load the [." @@ -193,13 +193,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:112 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload snd_driver\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:116 msgid "" "This is a metadriver which loads all of the most common sound drivers and " "can be used to speed up the search for the correct driver. It is also " @@ -208,20 +208,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:118 msgid "" "To determine which driver was selected for the sound card after loading the " "[.filename]#snd_driver# metadriver, type `cat /dev/sndstat`." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:119 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring a Custom Kernel with Sound Support" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:123 msgid "" "This section is for users who prefer to statically compile in support for " "the sound card in a custom kernel. For more information about recompiling a " @@ -230,20 +230,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:125 msgid "" "When using a custom kernel to provide sound support, make sure that the " "audio framework driver exists in the custom kernel configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:129 #, no-wrap msgid "device sound\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:133 msgid "" "Next, add support for the sound card. To continue the example of the built-" "in audio chipset based on the Intel specification from the previous section, " @@ -251,20 +251,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:137 #, no-wrap msgid "device snd_hda\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:140 msgid "" "Be sure to read the manual page of the driver for the device name to use for " "the driver." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:145 msgid "" "Non-PnP ISA sound cards may require the IRQ and I/O port settings of the " "card to be added to [.filename]#/boot/device.hints#. During the boot " @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:150 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device snd_sbc\n" @@ -283,14 +283,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:153 msgid "" "If the card uses the `0x220` I/O port and IRQ `5`, these lines must also be " "added to [.filename]#/boot/device.hints#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:161 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hint.sbc.0.at=\"isa\"\n" @@ -301,14 +301,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:164 msgid "" "The syntax used in [.filename]#/boot/device.hints# is described in man:" "sound[4] and the manual page for the driver of the sound card." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:168 msgid "" "The settings shown above are the defaults. In some cases, the IRQ or other " "settings may need to be changed to match the card. Refer to man:snd_sbc[4] " @@ -316,13 +316,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:170 #, no-wrap msgid "Testing Sound" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:175 msgid "" "After loading the required module or rebooting into the custom kernel, the " "sound card should be detected. To confirm, run `dmesg | grep pcm`. This " @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:181 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pcm0: <NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)> at nid 5 on hdaa0\n" @@ -339,12 +339,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:184 msgid "The status of the sound card may also be checked using this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:193 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat /dev/sndstat\n" @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:198 msgid "" "The output will vary depending upon the sound card. If no [.filename]#pcm# " "devices are listed, double-check that the correct device driver was loaded " @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:201 msgid "" "If all goes well, the sound card should now work in FreeBSD. If the `CD` or " "`DVD` drive is properly connected to the sound card, one can insert an audio " @@ -373,20 +373,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:205 #, no-wrap msgid "% cdcontrol -f /dev/acd0 play 1\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:210 msgid "" "Audio ``CD``s have specialized encodings which means that they should not be " "mounted using man:mount[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:214 msgid "" "Various applications, such as package:audio/workman[], provide a friendlier " "interface. The package:audio/mpg123[] port can be installed to listen to " @@ -394,26 +394,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:216 msgid "" "Another quick way to test the card is to send data to [.filename]#/dev/dsp#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:220 #, no-wrap msgid "% cat filename > /dev/dsp\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:224 msgid "" "where [.filename]#filename# can be any type of file. This command should " "produce some noise, confirming that the sound card is working." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:229 msgid "" "The [.filename]#/dev/dsp*# device nodes will be created automatically as " "needed. When not in use, they do not exist and will not appear in the " @@ -421,13 +421,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:232 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting up Bluetooth Sound Devices" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:236 msgid "" "Connecting to a Bluetooth device is out of scope for this chapter. Refer to " "crossref:advanced-networking[network-bluetooth,“Bluetooth”] for more " @@ -435,153 +435,153 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:238 msgid "" "To get Bluetooth sound sink working with FreeBSD's sound system, users have " "to install package:audio/virtual_oss[] first:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:242 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install virtual_oss\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:245 msgid "" "package:audio/virtual_oss[] requires `cuse` to be loaded into the kernel:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:249 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload cuse\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:252 msgid "To load `cuse` during system startup, run this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:256 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo 'cuse_load=yes' >> /boot/loader.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:259 msgid "" "To use headphones as a sound sink with package:audio/virtual_oss[], users " "need to create a virtual device after connecting to a Bluetooth audio device:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:263 #, no-wrap msgid "# virtual_oss -C 2 -c 2 -r 48000 -b 16 -s 768 -R /dev/null -P /dev/bluetooth/headphones -d dsp\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:269 msgid "" "_headphones_ in this example is a hostname from [.filename]#/etc/bluetooth/" "hosts#. `BT_ADDR` could be used instead." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:272 msgid "Refer to man:virtual_oss[8] for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:274 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting Sound" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:277 msgid "" "<<multimedia-sound-common-error-messages>> lists some common error messages " "and their solutions:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:279 #, no-wrap msgid "Common Error Messages" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:283 #, no-wrap msgid "Error" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:285 #, no-wrap msgid "Solution" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:286 #, no-wrap msgid "`sb_dspwr(XX) timed out`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:290 #, no-wrap msgid "The I/O port is not set correctly." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:291 #, no-wrap msgid "`bad irq XX`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:295 #, no-wrap msgid "The IRQ is set incorrectly. Make sure that the set IRQ and the sound IRQ are the same." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:296 #, no-wrap msgid "`xxx: gus pcm not attached, out of memory`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:300 #, no-wrap msgid "There is not enough available memory to use the device." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:301 #, no-wrap msgid "`xxx: can't open /dev/dsp!`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:303 #, no-wrap msgid "Type `fstat \\" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:304 #, no-wrap msgid "grep` dsp to check if another application is holding the device open. Noteworthy troublemakers are esound and KDE's sound support." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:310 msgid "" "Modern graphics cards often come with their own sound driver for use with " "`HDMI`. This sound device is sometimes enumerated before the sound card " @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:330 #, no-wrap msgid "" "...\n" @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:334 msgid "" "In this example, the graphics card (`NVidia`) has been enumerated before the " "sound card (`Realtek ALC889`). To use the sound card as the default " @@ -623,13 +623,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:338 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl hw.snd.default_unit=n\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:343 msgid "" "where `n` is the number of the sound device to use. In this example, it " "should be `4`. Make this change permanent by adding the following line to [." @@ -637,13 +637,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:347 #, no-wrap msgid "hw.snd.default_unit=4\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:355 msgid "" "Programs using package:audio/pulseaudio[] might need to restart the package:" "audio/pulseaudio[] daemon for the changes in `hw.snd.default_unit` to take " @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:361 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pacmd\n" @@ -662,33 +662,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:365 msgid "" "The following command changes the default sink to card number 4 as in the " "previous example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:369 #, no-wrap msgid "set-default-sink 4\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:375 msgid "" "Do not use the `exit` command to exit the command line interface. That will " "kill the package:audio/pulseaudio[] daemon. Use kbd:[Ctrl+D] instead." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:378 #, no-wrap msgid "Utilizing Multiple Sound Sources" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:382 msgid "" "It is often desirable to have multiple sources of sound that are able to " "play simultaneously. FreeBSD uses \"Virtual Sound Channels\" to multiplex " @@ -696,13 +696,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:384 msgid "" "Three man:sysctl[8] knobs are available for configuring virtual channels:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:390 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl dev.pcm.0.play.vchans=4\n" @@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:396 msgid "" "This example allocates four virtual channels, which is a practical number " "for everyday use. Both `dev.pcm.0.play.vchans=4` and `dev.pcm.0.rec." @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:401 msgid "" "The number of virtual channels for a device cannot be changed while it is in " "use. First, close any programs using the device, such as music players or " @@ -732,20 +732,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:404 msgid "" "The correct [.filename]#pcm# device will automatically be allocated " "transparently to a program that requests [.filename]#/dev/dsp0#." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:405 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Default Values for Mixer Channels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:410 msgid "" "The default values for the different mixer channels are hardcoded in the " "source code of the man:pcm[4] driver. While sound card mixer levels can be " @@ -756,39 +756,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:414 #, no-wrap msgid "hint.pcm.0.vol=\"50\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:417 msgid "" "This will set the volume channel to a default value of `50` when the man:" "pcm[4] module is loaded." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:419 #, no-wrap msgid "MP3 Audio" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:422 msgid "" "This section describes some `MP3` players available for FreeBSD, how to rip " "audio `CD` tracks, and how to encode and decode ``MP3``s." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:424 #, no-wrap msgid "MP3 Players" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:432 msgid "" "A popular graphical `MP3` player is Audacious. It supports Winamp skins and " "additional plugins. The interface is intuitive, with a playlist, graphic " @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:436 msgid "" "The package:audio/mpg123[] package or port provides an alternative, command-" "line `MP3` player. Once installed, specify the `MP3` file to play on the " @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:443 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mpg123 -a /dev/dsp1.0 Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3\n" @@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:446 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Playing MPEG stream from Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3 ...\n" @@ -825,18 +825,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:449 msgid "Additional `MP3` players are available in the FreeBSD Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:451 #, no-wrap msgid "Ripping `CD` Audio Tracks" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:455 msgid "" "Before encoding a `CD` or `CD` track to `MP3`, the audio data on the `CD` " "must be ripped to the hard drive. This is done by copying the raw `CD` " @@ -844,27 +844,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:457 msgid "" "The `cdda2wav` tool, which is installed with the package:sysutils/cdrtools[] " "suite, can be used to rip audio information from ``CD``s." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:459 msgid "" "With the audio `CD` in the drive, the following command can be issued as " "`root` to rip an entire `CD` into individual, per track, `WAV` files:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:463 #, no-wrap msgid "# cdda2wav -D 0,1,0 -B\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:467 msgid "" "In this example, the `-D _0,1,0_` indicates the `SCSI` device [." "filename]#0,1,0# containing the `CD` to rip. Use `cdrecord -scanbus` to " @@ -872,29 +872,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:469 msgid "To rip individual tracks, use `-t` to specify the track:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:473 #, no-wrap msgid "# cdda2wav -D 0,1,0 -t 7\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:476 msgid "To rip a range of tracks, such as track one to seven, specify a range:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:480 #, no-wrap msgid "# cdda2wav -D 0,1,0 -t 1+7\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:484 msgid "" "To rip from an `ATAPI` (`IDE`) `CDROM` drive, specify the device name in " "place of the `SCSI` unit numbers. For example, to rip track 7 from an IDE " @@ -902,40 +902,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:488 #, no-wrap msgid "# cdda2wav -D /dev/acd0 -t 7\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:491 msgid "" "Alternately, `dd` can be used to extract audio tracks on `ATAPI` drives, as " "described in crossref:disks[duplicating-audiocds,“Duplicating Audio CDs”]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:493 #, no-wrap msgid "Encoding and Decoding MP3s" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:497 msgid "" "Lame is a popular `MP3` encoder which can be installed from the package:" "audio/lame[] port. Due to patent issues, a package is not available." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:499 msgid "" "The following command will convert the ripped `WAV` file [.filename]#audio01." "wav# to [.filename]#audio01.mp3#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:504 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lame -h -b 128 --tt \"Foo Song Title\" --ta \"FooBar Artist\" --tl \"FooBar Album\" \\\n" @@ -943,7 +943,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:511 msgid "" "The specified 128 kbits is a standard `MP3` bitrate while the 160 and 192 " "bitrates provide higher quality. The higher the bitrate, the larger the " @@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:514 msgid "" "In order to burn an audio `CD` from ``MP3``s, they must first be converted " "to a non-compressed file format. XMMS can be used to convert to the `WAV` " @@ -963,82 +963,82 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:516 msgid "" "To convert [.filename]#audio01.mp3# using mpg123, specify the name of the " "`PCM` file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:520 #, no-wrap msgid "# mpg123 -s audio01.mp3 > audio01.pcm\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:523 msgid "To use XMMS to convert a `MP3` to `WAV` format, use these steps:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:525 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Converting to `WAV` Format in XMMS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:527 msgid "Launch XMMS." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:528 msgid "Right-click the window to bring up the XMMS menu." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:529 msgid "Select `Preferences` under `Options`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:530 msgid "Change the Output Plugin to \"Disk Writer Plugin\"." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:531 msgid "Press `Configure`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:532 msgid "Enter or browse to a directory to write the uncompressed files to." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:533 msgid "" "Load the `MP3` file into XMMS as usual, with volume at 100% and EQ settings " "turned off." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:534 msgid "" "Press `Play`. The XMMS will appear as if it is playing the `MP3`, but no " "music will be heard. It is actually playing the `MP3` to a file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:535 msgid "" "When finished, be sure to set the default Output Plugin back to what it was " "before in order to listen to ``MP3``s again." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:540 msgid "" "Both the `WAV` and `PCM` formats can be used with cdrecord. When using " "`WAV` files, there will be a small tick sound at the beginning of each " @@ -1047,26 +1047,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:544 #, no-wrap msgid "% sox -t wav -r 44100 -s -w -c 2 track.wav track.raw\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:547 msgid "" "Refer to crossref:disks[creating-cds,“Creating and Using CD Media”] for more " "information on using a `CD` burner in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:549 #, no-wrap msgid "Video Playback" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:554 msgid "" "Before configuring video playback, determine the model and chipset of the " "video card. While Xorg supports a wide variety of video cards, not all " @@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:557 msgid "" "It is a good idea to have a short MPEG test file for evaluating various " "players and options. Since some `DVD` applications look for `DVD` media in " @@ -1084,13 +1084,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:561 #, no-wrap msgid "# ln -sf /dev/cd0 /dev/dvd\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:565 msgid "" "Due to the nature of man:devfs[5], manually created links will not persist " "after a system reboot. In order to recreate the symbolic link automatically " @@ -1099,27 +1099,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:569 #, no-wrap msgid "link cd0 dvd\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:572 msgid "" "`DVD` decryption invokes certain functions that require write permission to " "the `DVD` device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:574 msgid "" "To enhance the shared memory Xorg interface, it is recommended to increase " "the values of these man:sysctl[8] variables:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:579 #, no-wrap msgid "" "kern.ipc.shmmax=67108864\n" @@ -1127,13 +1127,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:582 #, no-wrap msgid "Determining Video Capabilities" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:586 msgid "" "There are several possible ways to display video under Xorg and what works " "is largely hardware dependent. Each method described below will have " @@ -1141,17 +1141,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:588 msgid "Common video interfaces include:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:590 msgid "Xorg: normal output using shared memory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:591 msgid "" "XVideo: an extension to the Xorg interface which allows video to be directly " "displayed in drawable objects through a special acceleration. This extension " @@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:592 msgid "" "`SDL`: the Simple Directmedia Layer is a porting layer for many operating " "systems, allowing cross-platform applications to be developed which make " @@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:593 msgid "" "`DGA`: the Direct Graphics Access is an Xorg extension which allows a " "program to bypass the Xorg server and directly alter the framebuffer. As it " @@ -1182,34 +1182,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:594 msgid "SVGAlib: a low level console graphics layer." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:596 #, no-wrap msgid "XVideo" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:599 msgid "To check whether this extension is running, use `xvinfo`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:603 #, no-wrap msgid "% xvinfo\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:606 msgid "XVideo is supported for the card if the result is similar to:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:677 #, no-wrap msgid "" "X-Video Extension version 2.2\n" @@ -1283,19 +1283,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:680 msgid "" "The formats listed, such as YUV2 and YUV12, are not present with every " "implementation of XVideo and their absence may hinder some players." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:682 msgid "If the result instead looks like:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:687 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:688 #, no-wrap msgid "" "X-Video Extension version 2.2\n" @@ -1304,7 +1304,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:692 msgid "" "XVideo is probably not supported for the card. This means that it will be " "more difficult for the display to meet the computational demands of " @@ -1312,26 +1312,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:694 #, no-wrap msgid "Ports and Packages Dealing with Video" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:697 msgid "" "This section introduces some of the software available from the FreeBSD " "Ports Collection which can be used for video playback." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:699 #, no-wrap msgid "MPlayer and MEncoder" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:703 msgid "" "MPlayer is a command-line video player with an optional graphical interface " "which aims to provide speed and flexibility. Other graphical front-ends to " @@ -1339,7 +1339,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:707 msgid "" "MPlayer can be installed using the package:multimedia/mplayer[] package or " "port. Several compile options are available and a variety of hardware " @@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:712 msgid "" "When compiling the port, the menu options should be reviewed to determine " "the type of support to compile into the port. If an option is not selected, " @@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:715 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:716 msgid "" "By default, the package or port will build the `mplayer` command line " "utility and the `gmplayer` graphical utility. To encode videos, compile the " @@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:718 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:719 msgid "" "The first time MPlayer is run, it will create [.filename]#~/.mplayer# in the " "user's home directory. This subdirectory contains default versions of the " @@ -1375,58 +1375,58 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:722 msgid "" "This section describes only a few common uses. Refer to mplayer(1) for a " "complete description of its numerous options." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:724 msgid "" "To play the file [.filename]#testfile.avi#, specify the video interfaces " "with `-vo`, as seen in the following examples:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:727 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:728 #, no-wrap msgid "% mplayer -vo xv testfile.avi\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:733 #, no-wrap msgid "% mplayer -vo sdl testfile.avi\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:738 #, no-wrap msgid "% mplayer -vo x11 testfile.avi\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:742 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:743 #, no-wrap msgid "# mplayer -vo dga testfile.avi\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:748 #, no-wrap msgid "# mplayer -vo 'sdl:dga' testfile.avi\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:750 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:751 msgid "" "It is worth trying all of these options, as their relative performance " "depends on many factors and will vary significantly with hardware." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:754 msgid "" "To play a `DVD`, replace [.filename]#testfile.avi# with `dvd://_N_ -dvd-" "device _DEVICE_`, where _N_ is the title number to play and _DEVICE_ is the " @@ -1435,13 +1435,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:758 #, no-wrap msgid "# mplayer -vo xv dvd://3 -dvd-device /dev/dvd\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:764 msgid "" "The default `DVD` device can be defined during the build of the MPlayer port " "by including the `WITH_DVD_DEVICE=/path/to/desired/device` option. By " @@ -1450,28 +1450,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:768 msgid "" "To stop, pause, advance, and so on, use a keybinding. To see the list of " "keybindings, run `mplayer -h` or read mplayer(1)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:770 msgid "" "Additional playback options include `-fs -zoom`, which engages fullscreen " "mode, and `-framedrop`, which helps performance." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:772 msgid "" "Each user can add commonly used options to their [.filename]#~/.mplayer/" "config# like so:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:778 #, no-wrap msgid "" "vo=xv\n" @@ -1480,25 +1480,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:782 msgid "" "`mplayer` can be used to rip a `DVD` title to a [.filename]#.vob#. To dump " "the second title from a `DVD`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:786 #, no-wrap msgid "# mplayer -dumpstream -dumpfile out.vob dvd://2 -dvd-device /dev/dvd\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:789 msgid "The output file, [.filename]#out.vob#, will be in `MPEG` format." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:792 msgid "" "Anyone wishing to obtain a high level of expertise with UNIX(R) video should " "consult http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/[mplayerhq.hu/DOCS] as it is " @@ -1507,7 +1507,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:795 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:796 msgid "" "Before using `mencoder`, it is a good idea to become familiar with the " "options described at http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/mencoder." @@ -1519,23 +1519,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:798 msgid "Here is an example of a simple copy:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:802 #, no-wrap msgid "% mencoder input.avi -oac copy -ovc copy -o output.avi\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:805 msgid "To rip to a file, use `-dumpfile` with `mplayer`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:809 msgid "" "To convert [.filename]#input.avi# to the MPEG4 codec with MPEG3 audio " "encoding, first install the package:audio/lame[] port. Due to licensing " @@ -1543,7 +1543,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:814 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% mencoder input.avi -oac mp3lame -lameopts br=192 \\\n" @@ -1551,14 +1551,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:817 msgid "" "This will produce output playable by applications such as `mplayer` and " "`xine`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:820 msgid "" "[.filename]#input.avi# can be replaced with `dvd://1 -dvd-device /dev/dvd` " "and run as `root` to re-encode a `DVD` title directly. Since it may take a " @@ -1567,13 +1567,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:822 #, no-wrap msgid "The xine Video Player" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:826 msgid "" "xine is a video player with a reusable base library and a modular executable " "which can be extended with plugins. It can be installed using the package:" @@ -1581,7 +1581,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:829 msgid "" "In practice, xine requires either a fast CPU with a fast video card, or " "support for the XVideo extension. The xine video player performs best on " @@ -1589,40 +1589,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:832 msgid "" "By default, the xine player starts a graphical user interface. The menus " "can then be used to open a specific file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:834 msgid "" "Alternatively, xine may be invoked from the command line by specifying the " "name of the file to play:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:838 #, no-wrap msgid "% xine -g -p mymovie.avi\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:840 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:841 msgid "" "Refer to http://www.xine-project.org/faq[xine-project.org/faq] for more " "information and troubleshooting tips." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:843 #, no-wrap msgid "The Transcode Utilities" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:847 msgid "" "Transcode provides a suite of tools for re-encoding video and audio files. " "Transcode can be used to merge video files or repair broken files using " @@ -1630,7 +1630,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:853 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, Transcode can be installed using the package:multimedia/" "transcode[] package or port. Many users prefer to compile the port as it " @@ -1642,14 +1642,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:855 msgid "" "This example demonstrates how to convert a DivX file into a PAL MPEG-1 file " "(PAL VCD):" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:860 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% transcode -i input.avi -V --export_prof vcd-pal -o output_vcd\n" @@ -1657,7 +1657,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:864 msgid "" "The resulting `MPEG` file, [.filename]#output_vcd.mpg#, is ready to be " "played with MPlayer. The file can be burned on a `CD` media to create a " @@ -1666,7 +1666,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:866 msgid "" "In addition to the manual page for `transcode`, refer to http://www." "transcoding.org/cgi-bin/transcode[transcoding.org/cgi-bin/transcode] for " @@ -1674,13 +1674,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:868 #, no-wrap msgid "TV Cards" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:872 msgid "" "TV cards can be used to watch broadcast or cable TV on a computer. Most " "cards accept composite video via an `RCA` or S-video input and some cards " @@ -1688,7 +1688,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:875 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:876 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides support for PCI-based TV cards using a Brooktree " "Bt848/849/878/879 video capture chip with the man:bktr[4] driver. This " @@ -1697,13 +1697,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:877 #, no-wrap msgid "Loading the Driver" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:881 msgid "" "In order to use the card, the man:bktr[4] driver must be loaded. To " "automate this at boot time, add the following line to [.filename]#/boot/" @@ -1711,13 +1711,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:885 #, no-wrap msgid "bktr_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:888 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:889 msgid "" "Alternatively, one can statically compile support for the TV card into a " "custom kernel. In that case, add the following lines to the custom kernel " @@ -1725,7 +1725,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:896 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device\t bktr\n" @@ -1735,21 +1735,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:900 msgid "" "These additional devices are necessary as the card components are " "interconnected via an I2C bus. Then, build and install a new kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:903 msgid "" "To test that the tuner is correctly detected, reboot the system. The TV " "card should appear in the boot messages, as seen in this example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:912 #, no-wrap msgid "" "bktr0: <BrookTree 848A> mem 0xd7000000-0xd7000fff irq 10 at device 10.0 on pci0\n" @@ -1761,7 +1761,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:916 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:917 msgid "" "The messages will differ according to the hardware. If necessary, it is " "possible to override some of the detected parameters using man:sysctl[8] or " @@ -1771,73 +1771,73 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:921 #, no-wrap msgid "options OVERRIDE_TUNER=6\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:923 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:924 msgid "or, use man:sysctl[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:927 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:928 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl hw.bt848.tuner=6\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:931 msgid "" "Refer to man:bktr[4] for a description of the available man:sysctl[8] " "parameters and kernel options." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:931 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:932 #, no-wrap msgid "Useful Applications" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:935 msgid "To use the TV card, install one of the following applications:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:937 msgid "" "package:multimedia/fxtv[] provides TV-in-a-window and image/audio/video " "capture capabilities." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:937 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:938 msgid "" "package:multimedia/xawtv[] is another TV application with similar features." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:938 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:939 msgid "" "package:audio/xmradio[] provides an application for using the FM radio tuner " "of a TV card." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:940 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:941 msgid "More applications are available in the FreeBSD Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:941 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:942 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:945 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:946 msgid "" "If any problems are encountered with the TV card, check that the video " "capture chip and the tuner are supported by man:bktr[4] and that the right " @@ -1846,13 +1846,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:947 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:948 #, no-wrap msgid "MythTV" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:953 msgid "" "MythTV is a popular, open source Personal Video Recorder (`PVR`) " "application. This section demonstrates how to install and setup MythTV on " @@ -1861,14 +1861,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:956 msgid "" "MythTV requires a frontend and a backend. These components can either be " "installed on the same system or on different machines." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:960 msgid "" "The frontend can be installed on FreeBSD using the package:multimedia/mythtv-" "frontend[] package or port. Xorg must also be installed and configured as " @@ -1878,7 +1878,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:963 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:964 msgid "" "To install both the backend and the frontend on FreeBSD, use the package:" "multimedia/mythtv[] package or port. A MySQL(TM) database server is also " @@ -1888,13 +1888,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:964 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:965 #, no-wrap msgid "Hardware" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:972 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:973 msgid "" "MythTV uses Video for Linux (`V4L`) to access video input devices such as " "encoders and tuners. In FreeBSD, MythTV works best with `USB` DVB-S/C/T " @@ -1910,36 +1910,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:974 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:975 msgid "" "The https://wiki.freebsd.org/HTPC[wiki.freebsd.org/HTPC] page contains a " "list of all available `DVB` drivers." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:976 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting up the MythTV Backend" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:978 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:979 msgid "To install MythTV using binary packages:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:983 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install mythtv\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:985 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:986 msgid "Alternatively, to install from the Ports Collection:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:990 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:991 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/multimedia/mythtv\n" @@ -1947,34 +1947,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:993 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:994 msgid "Once installed, set up the MythTV database:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:998 #, no-wrap msgid "# mysql -uroot -p < /usr/local/share/mythtv/database/mc.sql\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1000 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1001 msgid "Then, configure the backend:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1004 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1005 #, no-wrap msgid "# mythtv-setup\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1008 msgid "Finally, start the backend:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1012 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1013 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc mythbackend_enable=yes\n" @@ -1982,13 +1982,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1015 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1016 #, no-wrap msgid "Image Scanners" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1019 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1020 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, access to image scanners is provided by SANE (Scanner Access Now " "Easy), which is available in the FreeBSD Ports Collection. SANE will also " @@ -1996,7 +1996,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1024 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1025 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports both `SCSI` and `USB` scanners. Depending upon the scanner " "interface, different device drivers are required. Be sure the scanner is " @@ -2006,7 +2006,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1028 msgid "" "This chapter describes how to determine if the scanner has been detected by " "FreeBSD. It then provides an overview of how to configure and use SANE on a " @@ -2014,13 +2014,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1029 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1030 #, no-wrap msgid "Checking the Scanner" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1033 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1034 msgid "" "The [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel includes the device drivers needed to " "support `USB` scanners. Users with a custom kernel should ensure that the " @@ -2028,7 +2028,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1041 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1042 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device usb\n" @@ -2039,7 +2039,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1045 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1046 msgid "" "To determine if the `USB` scanner is detected, plug it in and use `dmesg` to " "determine whether the scanner appears in the system message buffer. If it " @@ -2047,20 +2047,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1049 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1050 #, no-wrap msgid "ugen0.2: <EPSON> at usbus0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1052 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1053 msgid "" "In this example, an EPSON Perfection(R) 1650 `USB` scanner was detected on [." "filename]#/dev/ugen0.2#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1058 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1059 msgid "" "If the scanner uses a `SCSI` interface, it is important to know which `SCSI` " "controller board it will use. Depending upon the `SCSI` chipset, a custom " @@ -2072,7 +2072,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1064 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device scbus\n" @@ -2080,12 +2080,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1067 msgid "Verify that the device is displayed in the system message buffer:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1072 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1073 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pass2 at aic0 bus 0 target 2 lun 0\n" @@ -2094,14 +2094,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1075 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1076 msgid "" "If the scanner was not powered-on at system boot, it is still possible to " "manually force detection by performing a `SCSI` bus scan with `camcontrol`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1083 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1084 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# camcontrol rescan all\n" @@ -2112,12 +2112,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1086 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1087 msgid "The scanner should now appear in the `SCSI` devices list:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1094 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1095 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# camcontrol devlist\n" @@ -2128,20 +2128,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1098 msgid "" "Refer to man:scsi[4] and man:camcontrol[8] for more details about `SCSI` " "devices on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1098 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1099 #, no-wrap msgid "SANE Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1105 msgid "" "The SANE system provides the access to the scanner via backends (package:" "graphics/sane-backends[]). Refer to http://www.sane-project.org/sane-" @@ -2153,23 +2153,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1107 msgid "To install the backends from binary package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1111 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install sane-backends\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1114 msgid "Alternatively, to install from the Ports Collection" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1119 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/graphics/sane-backends\n" @@ -2177,14 +2177,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1122 msgid "" "After installing the package:graphics/sane-backends[] port or package, use " "`sane-find-scanner` to check the scanner detection by the SANE system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1127 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sane-find-scanner -q\n" @@ -2192,7 +2192,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1131 msgid "" "The output should show the interface type of the scanner and the device node " "used to attach the scanner to the system. The vendor and the product model " @@ -2200,14 +2200,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1136 msgid "" "Some `USB` scanners require firmware to be loaded. Refer to sane-find-" "scanner(1) and sane(7) for details." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1142 msgid "" "Next, check if the scanner will be identified by a scanning frontend. The " "SANE backends include `scanimage` which can be used to list the devices and " @@ -2216,7 +2216,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1147 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# scanimage -L\n" @@ -2224,8 +2224,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1149 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1181 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# scanimage -L\n" @@ -2233,20 +2233,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1153 msgid "" "In this second example, `epson2` is the backend name and `libusb:000:002` " "means [.filename]#/dev/ugen0.2# is the device node used by the scanner." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1155 msgid "" "If `scanimage` is unable to identify the scanner, this message will appear:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1163 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# scanimage -L\n" @@ -2257,7 +2257,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1169 msgid "" "If this happens, edit the backend configuration file in [.filename]#/usr/" "local/etc/sane.d/# and define the scanner device used. For example, if the " @@ -2268,27 +2268,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1173 #, no-wrap msgid "usb /dev/ugen0.2\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1176 msgid "" "Save the edits and verify that the scanner is identified with the right " "backend name and the device node:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1184 msgid "" "Once `scanimage -L` sees the scanner, the configuration is complete and the " "scanner is now ready to use." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1189 msgid "" "While `scanimage` can be used to perform an image acquisition from the " "command line, it is often preferable to use a graphical interface to perform " @@ -2298,13 +2298,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1190 #, no-wrap msgid "Scanner Permissions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1197 msgid "" "In order to have access to the scanner, a user needs read and write " "permissions to the device node used by the scanner. In the previous " @@ -2318,18 +2318,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1199 msgid "This example creates a group called `_usb_`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1203 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw groupadd usb\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1206 msgid "" "Then, make the [.filename]#/dev/ugen0.2# symlink and the [.filename]#/dev/" "usb/0.2.0# device node accessible to the `usb` group with write permissions " @@ -2338,7 +2338,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1212 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[system=5]\n" @@ -2347,14 +2347,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1217 msgid "" "It happens the device node changes with the addition or removal of devices, " "so one may want to give access to all USB devices using this ruleset instead:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1223 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[system=5]\n" @@ -2363,45 +2363,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1228 msgid "Refer to man:devfs.rules[5] for more information about this file." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1230 msgid "Next, enable the ruleset in /etc/rc.conf:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1234 #, no-wrap msgid "devfs_system_ruleset=\"system\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1237 msgid "And, restart the man:devfs[8] system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1241 #, no-wrap msgid "# service devfs restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1244 msgid "" "Finally, add the users to `_usb_` in order to allow access to the scanner:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1248 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw groupmod usb -m joe\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1250 msgid "For more details refer to man:pw[8]." msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.po index 7a570f103b..1c90abdd19 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-08-20 17:55-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 30. Network Servers" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Servers" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:58 msgid "" "This chapter covers some of the more frequently used network services on " "UNIX(R) systems. This includes installing, configuring, testing, and " @@ -56,100 +56,100 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:60 msgid "By the end of this chapter, readers will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:62 msgid "How to manage the inetd daemon." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:63 msgid "How to set up the Network File System (NFS)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:64 msgid "" "How to set up the Network Information Server (NIS) for centralizing and " "sharing user accounts." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:65 msgid "How to set FreeBSD up to act as an LDAP server or client" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:66 msgid "How to set up automatic network settings using DHCP." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How to set up a Domain Name Server (DNS)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:68 msgid "How to set up the Apache HTTP Server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:69 msgid "How to set up a File Transfer Protocol (FTP) server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:70 msgid "" "How to set up a file and print server for Windows(R) clients using Samba." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:71 msgid "" "How to synchronize the time and date, and set up a time server using the " "Network Time Protocol (NTP)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:72 msgid "How to set up iSCSI." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:74 msgid "This chapter assumes a basic knowledge of:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:76 msgid "[.filename]#/etc/rc# scripts." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:77 msgid "Network terminology." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:78 msgid "" "Installation of additional third-party software (crossref:ports[ports," "Installing Applications: Packages and Ports])." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:80 #, no-wrap msgid "The inetd Super-Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:86 msgid "" "The man:inetd[8] daemon is sometimes referred to as a Super-Server because " "it manages connections for many services. Instead of starting multiple " @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:88 msgid "" "Primarily, inetd is used to spawn other daemons, but several trivial " "protocols are handled internally, such as chargen, auth, time, echo, " @@ -170,18 +170,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:90 msgid "This section covers the basics of configuring inetd." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:92 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:98 msgid "" "Configuration of inetd is done by editing [.filename]#/etc/inetd.conf#. " "Each line of this configuration file represents an application which can be " @@ -192,51 +192,51 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:100 msgid "" "After saving your edits, configure inetd to start at system boot by editing " "[.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:104 #, no-wrap msgid "inetd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:107 msgid "" "To start inetd now, so that it listens for the service you configured, type:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:111 #, no-wrap msgid "# service inetd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:114 msgid "" "Once inetd is started, it needs to be notified whenever a modification is " "made to [.filename]#/etc/inetd.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:116 #, no-wrap msgid "Reloading the inetd Configuration File" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:123 #, no-wrap msgid "# service inetd reload\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "Typically, the default entry for an application does not need to be edited " "beyond removing the `#`. In some situations, it may be appropriate to edit " @@ -244,23 +244,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:131 msgid "As an example, this is the default entry for man:ftpd[8] over IPv4:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:135 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp stream tcp nowait root /usr/libexec/ftpd ftpd -l\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:138 msgid "The seven columns in an entry are as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:148 #, no-wrap msgid "" "service-name\n" @@ -273,18 +273,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:151 msgid "where:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:152 #, no-wrap msgid "service-name" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:157 msgid "" "The service name of the daemon to start. It must correspond to a service " "listed in [.filename]#/etc/services#. This determines which port inetd " @@ -293,115 +293,115 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:158 #, no-wrap msgid "socket-type" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:161 msgid "" "Either `stream`, `dgram`, `raw`, or `seqpacket`. Use `stream` for TCP " "connections and `dgram` for UDP services." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:162 #, no-wrap msgid "protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:164 msgid "Use one of the following protocol names:" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:169 #, no-wrap msgid "Protocol Name" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:172 #, no-wrap msgid "Explanation" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:173 #, no-wrap msgid "tcp or tcp4" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:175 #, no-wrap msgid "TCP IPv4" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:176 #, no-wrap msgid "udp or udp4" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:178 #, no-wrap msgid "UDP IPv4" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:179 #, no-wrap msgid "tcp6" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:181 #, no-wrap msgid "TCP IPv6" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:182 #, no-wrap msgid "udp6" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:184 #, no-wrap msgid "UDP IPv6" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:185 #, no-wrap msgid "tcp46" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:187 #, no-wrap msgid "Both TCP IPv4 and IPv6" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:188 #, no-wrap msgid "udp46" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:189 #, no-wrap msgid "Both UDP IPv4 and IPv6" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:194 msgid "" "{wait|nowait}[/max-child[/max-connections-per-ip-per-minute[/max-child-per-" "ip]]]:: In this field, `wait` or `nowait` must be specified. `max-child`, " @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:198 msgid "" "`wait|nowait` indicates whether or not the service is able to handle its own " "socket. `dgram` socket types must use `wait` while `stream` daemons, which " @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:202 msgid "" "The maximum number of child daemons inetd may spawn is set by `max-child`. " "For example, to limit ten instances of the daemon, place a `/10` after " @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:208 msgid "" "`max-connections-per-ip-per-minute` limits the number of connections from " "any particular IP address per minute. Once the limit is reached, further " @@ -440,63 +440,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:210 msgid "An example can be seen in the default settings for man:fingerd[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:214 #, no-wrap msgid "finger stream tcp nowait/3/10 nobody /usr/libexec/fingerd fingerd -k -s\n" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:216 #, no-wrap msgid "user" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:219 msgid "" "The username the daemon will run as. Daemons typically run as `root`, " "`daemon`, or `nobody`." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:220 #, no-wrap msgid "server-program" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:223 msgid "" "The full path to the daemon. If the daemon is a service provided by inetd " "internally, use `internal`." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:224 #, no-wrap msgid "server-program-arguments" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:227 msgid "" "Used to specify any command arguments to be passed to the daemon on " "invocation. If the daemon is an internal service, use `internal`." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:229 #, no-wrap msgid "Command-Line Options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:234 msgid "" "Like most server daemons, inetd has a number of options that can be used to " "modify its behavior. By default, inetd is started with `-wW -C 60`. These " @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:237 msgid "" "To change the default options which are passed to inetd, add an entry for " "`inetd_flags` in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. If inetd is already running, " @@ -514,18 +514,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:239 msgid "The available rate limiting options are:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:240 #, no-wrap msgid "-c maximum" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:243 msgid "" "Specify the default maximum number of simultaneous invocations of each " "service, where the default is unlimited. May be overridden on a per-service " @@ -533,13 +533,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:244 #, no-wrap msgid "-C rate" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:247 msgid "" "Specify the default maximum number of times a service can be invoked from a " "single IP address per minute. May be overridden on a per-service basis by " @@ -547,26 +547,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:248 #, no-wrap msgid "-R rate" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:251 msgid "" "Specify the maximum number of times a service can be invoked in one minute, " "where the default is `256`. A rate of `0` allows an unlimited number." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:252 #, no-wrap msgid "-s maximum" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:255 msgid "" "Specify the maximum number of times a service can be invoked from a single " "IP address at any one time, where the default is unlimited. May be " @@ -575,20 +575,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:257 msgid "" "Additional options are available. Refer to man:inetd[8] for the full list of " "options." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:259 #, no-wrap msgid "Security Considerations" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:265 msgid "" "Many of the daemons which can be managed by inetd are not security-" "conscious. Some daemons, such as fingerd, can provide information that may " @@ -599,20 +599,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:268 msgid "" "By default, TCP wrappers are enabled. Consult man:hosts_access[5] for more " "information on placing TCP restrictions on various inetd invoked daemons." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:270 #, no-wrap msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:274 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports the Network File System (NFS), which allows a server to " "share directories and files with clients over a network. With NFS, users " @@ -621,19 +621,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:277 msgid "NFS has many practical uses. Some of the more common uses include:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:279 msgid "" "Data that would otherwise be duplicated on each client can be kept in a " "single location and accessed by clients on the network." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:280 msgid "" "Several clients may need access to the [.filename]#/usr/ports/distfiles# " "directory. Sharing that directory allows for quick access to the source " @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:281 msgid "" "On large networks, it is often more convenient to configure a central NFS " "server on which all user home directories are stored. Users can log into a " @@ -649,14 +649,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:282 msgid "" "Administration of NFS exports is simplified. For example, there is only one " "file system where security or backup policies must be set." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:283 msgid "" "Removable media storage devices can be used by other machines on the " "network. This reduces the number of devices throughout the network and " @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:287 msgid "" "NFS consists of a server and one or more clients. The client remotely " "accesses the data that is stored on the server machine. In order for this " @@ -674,76 +674,76 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:289 msgid "These daemons must be running on the server:" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:294 #, no-wrap msgid "Daemon" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:296 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:558 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1007 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1026 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1008 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1027 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:298 #, no-wrap msgid "nfsd" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:300 #, no-wrap msgid "The NFS daemon which services requests from NFS clients." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:301 #, no-wrap msgid "mountd" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:303 #, no-wrap msgid "The NFS mount daemon which carries out requests received from nfsd." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:304 #, no-wrap msgid "rpcbind" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:305 #, no-wrap msgid "This daemon allows NFS clients to discover which port the NFS server is using." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:308 msgid "" "Running man:nfsiod[8] on the client can improve performance, but is not " "required." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:310 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:316 msgid "" "The file systems which the NFS server will share are specified in [." "filename]#/etc/exports#. Each line in this file specifies a file system to " @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:321 msgid "" "The following [.filename]#/etc/exports# entries demonstrate how to export " "file systems. The examples can be modified to match the file systems and " @@ -765,20 +765,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:323 msgid "" "This example shows how to export [.filename]#/cdrom# to three hosts named " "_alpha_, _bravo_, and _charlie_:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:327 #, no-wrap msgid "/cdrom -ro alpha bravo charlie\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:332 msgid "" "The `-ro` flag makes the file system read-only, preventing clients from " "making any changes to the exported file system. This example assumes that " @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:337 msgid "" "The next example exports [.filename]#/home# to three clients by IP address. " "This can be useful for networks without DNS or [.filename]#/etc/hosts# " @@ -797,13 +797,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:341 #, no-wrap msgid "/usr/home -alldirs 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.3 10.0.0.4\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:346 msgid "" "This next example exports [.filename]#/a# so that two clients from different " "domains may access that file system. The `-maproot=root` allows `root` on " @@ -814,13 +814,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:350 #, no-wrap msgid "/a -maproot=root host.example.com box.example.org\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:354 msgid "" "A client can only be specified once per file system. For example, if [." "filename]#/usr# is a single file system, these entries would be invalid as " @@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:360 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Invalid when /usr is one file system\n" @@ -837,25 +837,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:363 msgid "The correct format for this situation is to use one entry:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:367 #, no-wrap msgid "/usr/src /usr/ports client\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:370 msgid "" "The following is an example of a valid export list, where [.filename]#/usr# " "and [.filename]#/exports# are local file systems:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:381 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Export src and ports to client01 and client02, but only\n" @@ -869,14 +869,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:384 msgid "" "To enable the processes required by the NFS server at boot time, add these " "options to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:390 #, no-wrap msgid "" "rpcbind_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -885,18 +885,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:393 msgid "The server can be started now by running this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:397 #, no-wrap msgid "# service nfsd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:402 msgid "" "Whenever the NFS server is started, mountd also starts automatically. " "However, mountd only reads [.filename]#/etc/exports# when it is started. To " @@ -905,48 +905,48 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:406 #, no-wrap msgid "# service mountd reload\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:409 msgid "Refer to man:nfsv4[4] for a description of an NFS Version 4 setup." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:410 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring the Client" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:413 msgid "" "To enable NFS clients, set this option in each client's [.filename]#/etc/rc." "conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:417 #, no-wrap msgid "nfs_client_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:420 msgid "Then, run this command on each NFS client:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:424 #, no-wrap msgid "# service nfsclient start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:429 msgid "" "The client now has everything it needs to mount a remote file system. In " "these examples, the server's name is `server` and the client's name is " @@ -955,44 +955,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:433 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount server:/home /mnt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:436 msgid "" "The files and directories in [.filename]#/home# will now be available on " "`client`, in the [.filename]#/mnt# directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:438 msgid "" "To mount a remote file system each time the client boots, add it to [." "filename]#/etc/fstab#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:442 #, no-wrap msgid "server:/home\t/mnt\tnfs\trw\t0\t0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:445 msgid "Refer to man:fstab[5] for a description of all available options." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:446 #, no-wrap msgid "Locking" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:450 msgid "" "Some applications require file locking to operate correctly. To enable " "locking, add these lines to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# on both the client and " @@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:455 #, no-wrap msgid "" "rpc_lockd_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -1008,12 +1008,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:458 msgid "Then start the applications:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:463 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service lockd start\n" @@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:467 msgid "" "If locking is not required on the server, the NFS client can be configured " "to lock locally by including `-L` when running mount. Refer to man:" @@ -1029,13 +1029,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:469 #, no-wrap msgid "Automating Mounts with man:autofs[5]" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:476 msgid "" "The man:autofs[5] automount facility is supported starting with FreeBSD 10.1-" "RELEASE. To use the automounter functionality in older versions of FreeBSD, " @@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:482 msgid "" "The man:autofs[5] facility is a common name for several components that, " "together, allow for automatic mounting of remote and local filesystems " @@ -1058,14 +1058,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:484 msgid "" "The man:autofs[5] virtual filesystem is mounted on specified mountpoints by " "man:automount[8], usually invoked during boot." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:488 msgid "" "Whenever a process attempts to access a file within the man:autofs[5] " "mountpoint, the kernel will notify man:automountd[8] daemon and pause the " @@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:491 msgid "" "The primary autofs configuration file is [.filename]#/etc/auto_master#. It " "assigns individual maps to top-level mounts. For an explanation of [." @@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:495 msgid "" "There is a special automounter map mounted on [.filename]#/net#. When a " "file is accessed within this directory, man:autofs[5] looks up the " @@ -1095,20 +1095,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:496 #, no-wrap msgid "Mounting an Export with man:autofs[5]" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:500 msgid "" "In this example, `showmount -e` shows the exported file systems that can be " "mounted from the NFS server, `foobar`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:508 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% showmount -e foobar\n" @@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:515 msgid "" "The output from `showmount` shows [.filename]#/usr# as an export. When " "changing directories to [.filename]#/host/foobar/usr#, man:automountd[8] " @@ -1128,25 +1128,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:517 msgid "" "To enable man:autofs[5] at boot time, add this line to [.filename]#/etc/rc." "conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:521 #, no-wrap msgid "autofs_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:524 msgid "Then man:autofs[5] can be started by running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:530 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service automount start\n" @@ -1155,7 +1155,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:534 msgid "" "The man:autofs[5] map format is the same as in other operating systems. " "Information about this format from other sources can be useful, like the " @@ -1164,20 +1164,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:536 msgid "" "Consult the man:automount[8], man:automountd[8], man:autounmountd[8], and " "man:auto_master[5] manual pages for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:538 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Information System (NIS)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:543 msgid "" "Network Information System (NIS) is designed to centralize administration of " "UNIX(R)-like systems such as Solaris(TM), HP-UX, AIX(R), Linux, NetBSD, " @@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:546 msgid "" "NIS is a Remote Procedure Call (RPC)-based client/server system that allows " "a group of machines within an NIS domain to share a common set of " @@ -1197,112 +1197,112 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:548 msgid "FreeBSD uses version 2 of the NIS protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:549 #, no-wrap msgid "NIS Terms and Processes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:552 msgid "Table 28.1 summarizes the terms and important processes used by NIS:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:553 #, no-wrap msgid "NIS Terminology" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:556 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1896 #, no-wrap msgid "Term" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:560 #, no-wrap msgid "NIS domain name" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:562 #, no-wrap msgid "NIS servers and clients share an NIS domain name. Typically, this name does not have anything to do with DNS." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:563 #, no-wrap msgid "man:rpcbind[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:565 #, no-wrap msgid "This service enables RPC and must be running in order to run an NIS server or act as an NIS client." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:566 #, no-wrap msgid "man:ypbind[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:568 #, no-wrap msgid "This service binds an NIS client to its NIS server. It will take the NIS domain name and use RPC to connect to the server. It is the core of client/server communication in an NIS environment. If this service is not running on a client machine, it will not be able to access the NIS server." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:569 #, no-wrap msgid "man:ypserv[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:571 #, no-wrap msgid "This is the process for the NIS server. If this service stops running, the server will no longer be able to respond to NIS requests so hopefully, there is a slave server to take over. Some non-FreeBSD clients will not try to reconnect using a slave server and the ypbind process may need to be restarted on these clients." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:572 #, no-wrap msgid "man:rpc.yppasswdd[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:573 #, no-wrap msgid "This process only runs on NIS master servers. This daemon allows NIS clients to change their NIS passwords. If this daemon is not running, users will have to login to the NIS master server and change their passwords there." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:575 #, no-wrap msgid "Machine Types" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:578 msgid "There are three types of hosts in an NIS environment:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:580 msgid "NIS master server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:584 msgid "" "This server acts as a central repository for host configuration information " "and maintains the authoritative copy of the files used by all of the NIS " @@ -1314,12 +1314,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:585 msgid "NIS slave servers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:588 msgid "" "NIS slave servers maintain copies of the NIS master's data files in order to " "provide redundancy. Slave servers also help to balance the load of the " @@ -1328,17 +1328,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:589 msgid "NIS clients" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:591 msgid "NIS clients authenticate against the NIS server during log on." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:595 msgid "" "Information in many files can be shared using NIS. The [.filename]#master." "passwd#, [.filename]#group#, and [.filename]#hosts# files are commonly " @@ -1348,13 +1348,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:596 #, no-wrap msgid "Planning Considerations" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:602 msgid "" "This section describes a sample NIS environment which consists of 15 FreeBSD " "machines with no centralized point of administration. Each machine has its " @@ -1365,120 +1365,120 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:604 msgid "The configuration of the lab will be as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:609 #, no-wrap msgid "Machine name" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:610 #, no-wrap msgid "IP address" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:613 #, no-wrap msgid "Machine role" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:614 #, no-wrap msgid "`ellington`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:615 #, no-wrap msgid "`10.0.0.2`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:617 #, no-wrap msgid "NIS master" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:618 #, no-wrap msgid "`coltrane`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:619 #, no-wrap msgid "`10.0.0.3`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:621 #, no-wrap msgid "NIS slave" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:622 #, no-wrap msgid "`basie`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:623 #, no-wrap msgid "`10.0.0.4`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:625 #, no-wrap msgid "Faculty workstation" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:626 #, no-wrap msgid "`bird`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:627 #, no-wrap msgid "`10.0.0.5`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:629 #, no-wrap msgid "Client machine" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:630 #, no-wrap msgid "`cli[1-11]`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:631 #, no-wrap msgid "`10.0.0.[6-17]`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:632 #, no-wrap msgid "Other client machines" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:635 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:636 msgid "" "If this is the first time an NIS scheme is being developed, it should be " "thoroughly planned ahead of time. Regardless of network size, several " @@ -1486,13 +1486,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:637 #, no-wrap msgid "Choosing a NIS Domain Name" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:641 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:642 msgid "" "When a client broadcasts its requests for info, it includes the name of the " "NIS domain that it is part of. This is how multiple servers on one network " @@ -1501,7 +1501,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:648 msgid "" "Some organizations choose to use their Internet domain name for their NIS " "domain name. This is not recommended as it can cause confusion when trying " @@ -1512,7 +1512,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:651 msgid "" "However, some non-FreeBSD operating systems require the NIS domain name to " "be the same as the Internet domain name. If one or more machines on the " @@ -1521,13 +1521,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:652 #, no-wrap msgid "Physical Server Requirements" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:658 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:659 msgid "" "There are several things to keep in mind when choosing a machine to use as a " "NIS server. Since NIS clients depend upon the availability of the server, " @@ -1539,13 +1539,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:659 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:660 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring the NIS Master Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:667 msgid "" "The canonical copies of all NIS files are stored on the master server. The " "databases used to store the information are called NIS maps. In FreeBSD, " @@ -1556,7 +1556,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:669 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:670 msgid "" "NIS master and slave servers handle all NIS requests through man:ypserv[8]. " "This daemon is responsible for receiving incoming requests from NIS clients, " @@ -1565,7 +1565,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:673 msgid "" "Setting up a master NIS server can be relatively straight forward, depending " "on environmental needs. Since FreeBSD provides built-in NIS support, it " @@ -1574,7 +1574,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:678 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:679 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nisdomainname=\"test-domain\"\t<.>\n" @@ -1583,26 +1583,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:682 msgid "This line sets the NIS domain name to `test-domain`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:683 msgid "" "This automates the start up of the NIS server processes when the system " "boots." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:684 msgid "" "This enables the man:rpc.yppasswdd[8] daemon so that users can change their " "NIS password from a client machine." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:689 msgid "" "Care must be taken in a multi-server domain where the server machines are " "also NIS clients. It is generally a good idea to force the servers to bind " @@ -1615,14 +1615,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:691 msgid "" "A server that is also a client can be forced to bind to a particular server " "by adding these additional lines to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:696 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nis_client_enable=\"YES\"\t\t\t\t<.>\n" @@ -1630,17 +1630,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:699 msgid "This enables running client stuff as well." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:700 msgid "This line sets the NIS domain name to `test-domain` and bind to itself." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:703 msgid "" "After saving the edits, type `/etc/netstart` to restart the network and " "apply the values defined in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. Before initializing " @@ -1648,19 +1648,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:707 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ypserv start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:710 #, no-wrap msgid "Initializing the NIS Maps" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:715 msgid "" "NIS maps are generated from the configuration files in [.filename]#/etc# on " "the NIS master, with one exception: [.filename]#/etc/master.passwd#. This " @@ -1670,7 +1670,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:721 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cp /etc/master.passwd /var/yp/master.passwd\n" @@ -1679,7 +1679,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:724 msgid "" "It is advisable to remove all entries for system accounts as well as any " "user accounts that do not need to be propagated to the NIS clients, such as " @@ -1687,14 +1687,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:727 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:728 msgid "" "Ensure that the [.filename]#/var/yp/master.passwd# is neither group or world " "readable by setting its permissions to `600`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:733 msgid "" "After completing this task, initialize the NIS maps. FreeBSD includes the " "man:ypinit[8] script to do this. When generating maps for the master " @@ -1702,7 +1702,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:754 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ellington# ypinit -m test-domain\n" @@ -1726,13 +1726,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:755 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:756 #, no-wrap msgid "[..output from map generation..]\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:759 #, no-wrap msgid "" "NIS Map update completed.\n" @@ -1740,7 +1740,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:764 msgid "" "This will create [.filename]#/var/yp/Makefile# from [.filename]#/var/yp/" "Makefile.dist#. By default, this file assumes that the environment has a " @@ -1750,19 +1750,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:768 #, no-wrap msgid "NOPUSH = \"True\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:771 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding New Users" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:776 msgid "" "Every time a new user is created, the user account must be added to the " "master NIS server and the NIS maps rebuilt. Until this occurs, the new user " @@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:782 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pw useradd jsmith\n" @@ -1781,20 +1781,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:785 msgid "" "The user could also be added using `adduser jsmith` instead of `pw useradd " "smith`." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:786 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting up a NIS Slave Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:792 msgid "" "To set up an NIS slave server, log on to the slave server and edit [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf# as for the master server. Do not generate any NIS " @@ -1805,19 +1805,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:795 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:796 #, no-wrap msgid "coltrane# ypinit -s ellington test-domain\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:798 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Type: SLAVE Domain: test-domain Master: ellington\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:801 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Creating an YP server will require that you answer a few questions.\n" @@ -1825,13 +1825,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:803 #, no-wrap msgid "Do you want this procedure to quit on non-fatal errors? [y/n: n] n\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:847 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:848 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Ok, please remember to go back and redo manually whatever fails.\n" @@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:851 #, no-wrap msgid "" "coltrane has been setup as an YP slave server without any errors.\n" @@ -1889,7 +1889,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:855 msgid "" "This will generate a directory on the slave server called [.filename]#/var/" "yp/test-domain# which contains copies of the NIS master server's maps. " @@ -1898,7 +1898,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:860 #, no-wrap msgid "" "20 * * * * root /usr/libexec/ypxfr passwd.byname\n" @@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:864 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:865 msgid "" "These entries are not mandatory because the master server automatically " "attempts to push any map changes to its slaves. However, since clients may " @@ -1916,20 +1916,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:867 msgid "" "To finish the configuration, run `/etc/netstart` on the slave server in " "order to start the NIS services." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:868 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up an NIS Client" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:877 msgid "" "An NIS client binds to an NIS server using man:ypbind[8]. This daemon " "broadcasts RPC requests on the local network. These requests specify the " @@ -1945,19 +1945,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:878 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:879 msgid "To configure a FreeBSD machine to be an NIS client:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:882 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:883 msgid "" "Edit [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# and add the following lines in order to set " "the NIS domain name and start man:ypbind[8] during network startup:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:888 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nisdomainname=\"test-domain\"\n" @@ -1965,7 +1965,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:890 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:891 msgid "" "To import all possible password entries from the NIS server, use `vipw` to " "remove all user accounts except one from [.filename]#/etc/master.passwd#. " @@ -1977,14 +1977,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:894 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1116 #, no-wrap msgid "+:::::::::\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:901 msgid "" "This line configures the client to provide anyone with a valid account in " "the NIS server's password maps an account on the client. There are many " @@ -1994,27 +1994,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:901 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:902 msgid "" "To import all possible group entries from the NIS server, add this line to [." "filename]#/etc/group#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:905 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:906 #, no-wrap msgid "+:*::\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:909 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:910 msgid "" "To start the NIS client immediately, execute the following commands as the " "superuser:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:915 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# /etc/netstart\n" @@ -2022,20 +2022,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:917 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:918 msgid "" "After completing these steps, running `ypcat passwd` on the client should " "show the server's [.filename]#passwd# map." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:919 #, no-wrap msgid "NIS Security" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:927 msgid "" "Since RPC is a broadcast-based service, any system running ypbind within the " "same domain can retrieve the contents of the NIS maps. To prevent " @@ -2050,7 +2050,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:938 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:939 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# allow connections from local host -- mandatory\n" @@ -2065,7 +2065,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:944 msgid "" "If man:ypserv[8] receives a request from an address that matches one of " "these rules, it will process the request normally. If the address fails to " @@ -2075,7 +2075,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:947 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:948 msgid "" "crossref:security[tcpwrappers,\"TCP Wrapper\"] is an alternate mechanism for " "providing access control instead of [.filename]#securenets#. While either " @@ -2085,7 +2085,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:951 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:952 msgid "" "Servers using [.filename]#securenets# may fail to serve legitimate NIS " "clients with archaic TCP/IP implementations. Some of these implementations " @@ -2097,7 +2097,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:956 msgid "" "The use of TCP Wrapper increases the latency of the NIS server. The " "additional delay may be long enough to cause timeouts in client programs, " @@ -2107,13 +2107,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:957 #, no-wrap msgid "Barring Some Users" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:961 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:962 msgid "" "In this example, the `basie` system is a faculty workstation within the NIS " "domain. The [.filename]#passwd# map on the master NIS server contains " @@ -2122,7 +2122,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:965 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:966 msgid "" "To prevent specified users from logging on to a system, even if they are " "present in the NIS database, use `vipw` to add `-_username_` with the " @@ -2134,7 +2134,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:986 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:987 #, no-wrap msgid "" "basie# cat /etc/master.passwd\n" @@ -2158,19 +2158,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:989 #, no-wrap msgid "basie#\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:992 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:993 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Netgroups" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:995 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:996 msgid "" "Barring specified users from logging on to individual systems becomes " "unscaleable on larger networks and quickly loses the main benefit of NIS: " @@ -2178,7 +2178,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:998 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:999 msgid "" "Netgroups were developed to handle large, complex networks with hundreds of " "users and machines. Their use is comparable to UNIX(R) groups, where the " @@ -2187,134 +2187,134 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1000 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1001 msgid "" "To expand on the example used in this chapter, the NIS domain will be " "extended to add the users and systems shown in Tables 28.2 and 28.3:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1002 #, no-wrap msgid "Additional Users" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1006 #, no-wrap msgid "User Name(s)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1008 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1009 #, no-wrap msgid "`alpha`, `beta`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1010 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1011 #, no-wrap msgid "IT department employees" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1011 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1012 #, no-wrap msgid "`charlie`, `delta`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1013 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1014 #, no-wrap msgid "IT department apprentices" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1014 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1015 #, no-wrap msgid "`echo`, `foxtrott`, `golf`, ..." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1017 #, no-wrap msgid "employees" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1018 #, no-wrap msgid "`able`, `baker`, ..." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1019 #, no-wrap msgid "interns" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1020 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1021 #, no-wrap msgid "Additional Systems" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1024 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1025 #, no-wrap msgid "Machine Name(s)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1028 #, no-wrap msgid "`war`, `death`, `famine`, `pollution`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1029 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1030 #, no-wrap msgid "Only IT employees are allowed to log onto these servers." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1030 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1031 #, no-wrap msgid "`pride`, `greed`, `envy`, `wrath`, `lust`, `sloth`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1032 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1033 #, no-wrap msgid "All members of the IT department are allowed to login onto these servers." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1033 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1034 #, no-wrap msgid "`one`, `two`, `three`, `four`, ..." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1036 #, no-wrap msgid "Ordinary workstations used by employees." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1037 #, no-wrap msgid "`trashcan`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1037 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1038 #, no-wrap msgid "A very old machine without any critical data. Even interns are allowed to use this system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1043 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1044 msgid "" "When using netgroups to configure this scenario, each user is assigned to " "one or more netgroups and logins are then allowed or forbidden for all " @@ -2326,7 +2326,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1047 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1048 msgid "" "The first step is the initialization of the NIS`netgroup` map. In FreeBSD, " "this map is not created by default. On the NIS master server, use an editor " @@ -2334,14 +2334,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1049 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1050 msgid "" "This example creates four netgroups to represent IT employees, IT " "apprentices, employees, and interns:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1057 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1058 #, no-wrap msgid "" "IT_EMP (,alpha,test-domain) (,beta,test-domain)\n" @@ -2352,7 +2352,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1062 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1063 msgid "" "Each entry configures a netgroup. The first column in an entry is the name " "of the netgroup. Each set of brackets represents either a group of one or " @@ -2361,26 +2361,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1065 msgid "" "The name of the host(s) where the other fields representing the user are " "valid. If a hostname is not specified, the entry is valid on all hosts." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1065 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1066 msgid "The name of the account that belongs to this netgroup." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1067 msgid "" "The NIS domain for the account. Accounts may be imported from other NIS " "domains into a netgroup." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1071 msgid "" "If a group contains multiple users, separate each user with whitespace. " "Additionally, each field may contain wildcards. See man:netgroup[5] for " @@ -2388,7 +2388,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1073 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1074 msgid "" "Netgroup names longer than 8 characters should not be used. The names are " "case sensitive and using capital letters for netgroup names is an easy way " @@ -2396,7 +2396,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1077 msgid "" "Some non-FreeBSD NIS clients cannot handle netgroups containing more than 15 " "entries. This limit may be circumvented by creating several sub-netgroups " @@ -2405,7 +2405,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1083 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1084 #, no-wrap msgid "" "BIGGRP1 (,joe1,domain) (,joe2,domain) (,joe3,domain) [...]\n" @@ -2415,19 +2415,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1086 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1087 msgid "" "Repeat this process if more than 225 (15 times 15) users exist within a " "single netgroup." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1089 msgid "To activate and distribute the new NIS map:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1093 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1094 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ellington# cd /var/yp\n" @@ -2435,7 +2435,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1098 msgid "" "This will generate the three NIS maps [.filename]#netgroup#, [." "filename]#netgroup.byhost# and [.filename]#netgroup.byuser#. Use the map " @@ -2443,7 +2443,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1104 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ellington% ypcat -k netgroup\n" @@ -2452,7 +2452,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1109 msgid "" "The output of the first command should resemble the contents of [.filename]#/" "var/yp/netgroup#. The second command only produces output if host-specific " @@ -2461,25 +2461,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1112 msgid "" "To configure a client, use man:vipw[8] to specify the name of the netgroup. " "For example, on the server named `war`, replace this line:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1119 msgid "with" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1123 #, no-wrap msgid "+@IT_EMP:::::::::\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1126 msgid "" "This specifies that only the users defined in the netgroup `IT_EMP` will be " "imported into this system's password database and only those users are " @@ -2487,7 +2487,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1131 msgid "" "This configuration also applies to the `~` function of the shell and all " "routines which convert between user names and numerical user IDs. In other " @@ -2499,20 +2499,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1135 #, no-wrap msgid "+:::::::::/usr/sbin/nologin\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1138 msgid "" "This line configures the client to import all entries but to replace the " "shell in those entries with [.filename]#/usr/sbin/nologin#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1141 msgid "" "Make sure that extra line is placed _after_ `+@IT_EMP:::::::::`. Otherwise, " "all user accounts imported from NIS will have [.filename]#/usr/sbin/nologin# " @@ -2520,14 +2520,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1143 msgid "" "To configure the less important servers, replace the old `+:::::::::` on the " "servers with these lines:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1149 #, no-wrap msgid "" "+@IT_EMP:::::::::\n" @@ -2536,12 +2536,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1152 msgid "The corresponding lines for the workstations would be:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1158 #, no-wrap msgid "" "+@IT_EMP:::::::::\n" @@ -2550,7 +2550,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1165 msgid "" "NIS supports the creation of netgroups from other netgroups which can be " "useful if the policy regarding user access changes. One possibility is the " @@ -2563,7 +2563,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1171 #, no-wrap msgid "" "BIGSRV IT_EMP IT_APP\n" @@ -2572,7 +2572,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1176 msgid "" "This method of defining login restrictions works reasonably well when it is " "possible to define groups of machines with identical restrictions. " @@ -2581,7 +2581,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1181 msgid "" "Machine-specific netgroup definitions are another possibility to deal with " "the policy changes. In this scenario, the [.filename]#/etc/master.passwd# " @@ -2593,7 +2593,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1186 #, no-wrap msgid "" "+@BOXNAME:::::::::\n" @@ -2601,7 +2601,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1191 msgid "" "Once this task is completed on all the machines, there is no longer a need " "to modify the local versions of [.filename]#/etc/master.passwd# ever again. " @@ -2610,7 +2610,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1229 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Define groups of users first\n" @@ -2651,7 +2651,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1233 msgid "" "It may not always be advisable to use machine-based netgroups. When " "deploying a couple of dozen or hundreds of systems, role-based netgroups " @@ -2660,13 +2660,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1234 #, no-wrap msgid "Password Formats" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1239 msgid "" "NIS requires that all hosts within an NIS domain use the same format for " "encrypting passwords. If users have trouble authenticating on an NIS " @@ -2676,14 +2676,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1241 msgid "" "To check which format a server or client is using, look at this section of [." "filename]#/etc/login.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1248 #, no-wrap msgid "" "default:\\\n" @@ -2693,7 +2693,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1253 msgid "" "In this example, the system is using the DES format for password hashing. " "Other possible values include `blf` for Blowfish, `md5` for MD5, `sha256` " @@ -2703,7 +2703,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1255 msgid "" "If the format on a host needs to be edited to match the one being used in " "the NIS domain, the login capability database must be rebuilt after saving " @@ -2711,13 +2711,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1259 #, no-wrap msgid "# cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1264 msgid "" "The format of passwords for existing user accounts will not be updated until " "each user changes their password _after_ the login capability database is " @@ -2725,13 +2725,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1267 #, no-wrap msgid "Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1273 msgid "" "The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is an application layer " "protocol used to access, modify, and authenticate objects using a " @@ -2745,7 +2745,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1276 msgid "" "This section provides a quick start guide for configuring an LDAP server on " "a FreeBSD system. It assumes that the administrator already has a design " @@ -2755,13 +2755,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1277 #, no-wrap msgid "LDAP Terminology and Structure" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1283 msgid "" "LDAP uses several terms which should be understood before starting the " "configuration. All directory entries consist of a group of _attributes_. " @@ -2773,7 +2773,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1286 msgid "" "An example LDAP entry looks like the following. This example searches for " "the entry for the specified user account (`uid`), organizational unit " @@ -2781,7 +2781,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1297 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ldapsearch -xb \"uid=trhodes,ou=users,o=example.com\"\n" @@ -2795,7 +2795,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1304 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# trhodes, users, example.com\n" @@ -2807,8 +2807,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1307 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1582 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# search result\n" @@ -2817,8 +2817,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1310 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1585 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# numResponses: 2\n" @@ -2826,14 +2826,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1315 msgid "" "This example entry shows the values for the `dn`, `mail`, `cn`, `uid`, and " "`telephoneNumber` attributes. The cn attribute is the RDN." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1317 msgid "" "More information about LDAP and its terminology can be found at http://www." "openldap.org/doc/admin24/intro.html[http://www.openldap.org/doc/admin24/" @@ -2841,26 +2841,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1319 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring an LDAP Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1323 msgid "" "FreeBSD does not provide a built-in LDAP server. Begin the configuration by " "installing package:net/openldap-server[] package or port:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1327 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install openldap-server\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1332 msgid "" "There is a large set of default options enabled in the extref:{linux-users}" "[package, software]. Review them by running `pkg info openldap-server`. If " @@ -2870,20 +2870,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1335 msgid "" "The installation creates the directory [.filename]#/var/db/openldap-data# to " "hold the data. The directory to store the certificates must be created:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1339 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir /usr/local/etc/openldap/private\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1346 msgid "" "The next phase is to configure the Certificate Authority. The following " "commands must be executed from [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/openldap/" @@ -2895,13 +2895,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1350 #, no-wrap msgid "# openssl req -days 365 -nodes -new -x509 -keyout ca.key -out ../ca.crt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1355 msgid "" "The entries for the prompts may be generic _except_ for the `Common Name`. " "This entry must be _different_ than the system hostname. If this will be a " @@ -2910,20 +2910,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1358 msgid "" "The next task is to create a certificate signing request and a private key. " "Input this command and follow the prompts:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1362 #, no-wrap msgid "# openssl req -days 365 -nodes -new -keyout server.key -out server.csr\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1366 msgid "" "During the certificate generation process, be sure to correctly set the " "`Common Name` attribute. The Certificate Signing Request must be signed " @@ -2931,20 +2931,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1370 #, no-wrap msgid "# openssl x509 -req -days 365 -in server.csr -out ../server.crt -CA ../ca.crt -CAkey ca.key -CAcreateserial\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1373 msgid "" "The final part of the certificate generation process is to generate and sign " "the client certificates:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1378 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# openssl req -days 365 -nodes -new -keyout client.key -out client.csr\n" @@ -2952,7 +2952,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1382 msgid "" "Remember to use the same `Common Name` attribute when prompted. When " "finished, ensure that a total of eight (8) new files have been generated " @@ -2960,7 +2960,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1385 msgid "" "The daemon running the OpenLDAP server is [.filename]#slapd#. Its " "configuration is performed through [.filename]#slapd.ldif#: the old [." @@ -2968,7 +2968,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1392 msgid "" "http://www.openldap.org/doc/admin24/slapdconf2.html[Configuration examples] " "for [.filename]#slapd.ldif# are available and can also be found in [." @@ -2982,7 +2982,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1414 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#\n" @@ -3007,7 +3007,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1419 msgid "" "The Certificate Authority, server certificate and server private key files " "must be specified here. It is recommended to let the clients choose the " @@ -3019,14 +3019,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1421 msgid "" "The second section is about the backend modules and can be configured as " "follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1437 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#\n" @@ -3045,14 +3045,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1440 msgid "" "The third section is devoted to load the needed `ldif` schemas to be used by " "the databases: they are essential." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1446 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dn: cn=schema,cn=config\n" @@ -3061,7 +3061,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1451 #, no-wrap msgid "" "include: file:///usr/local/etc/openldap/schema/core.ldif\n" @@ -3071,12 +3071,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1454 msgid "Next, the frontend configuration section:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1488 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Frontend settings\n" @@ -3113,14 +3113,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1491 msgid "" "Another section is devoted to the _configuration backend_, the only way to " "later access the OpenLDAP server configuration is as a global super-user." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1499 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dn: olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\n" @@ -3131,7 +3131,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1504 msgid "" "The default administrator username is `cn=config`. Type [." "filename]#slappasswd# in a shell, choose a password and use its hash in " @@ -3141,12 +3141,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1506 msgid "The last section is about the database backend:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1530 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#######################################################################\n" @@ -3173,7 +3173,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1535 msgid "" "This database hosts the _actual contents_ of the LDAP directory. Types " "other than `mdb` are available. Its super-user, not to be confused with the " @@ -3183,7 +3183,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1538 msgid "" "This http://www.openldap.org/devel/gitweb.cgi?p=openldap.git;a=tree;f=tests/" "data/regressions/its8444;h=8a5e808e63b0de3d2bdaf2cf34fecca8577ca7fd;" @@ -3194,49 +3194,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1541 msgid "" "When the configuration is completed, [.filename]#slapd.ldif# must be placed " "in an empty directory. It is recommended to create it as:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1545 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.d/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1548 msgid "Import the configuration database:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1552 #, no-wrap msgid "# /usr/local/sbin/slapadd -n0 -F /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.d/ -l /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.ldif\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1555 msgid "Start the [.filename]#slapd# daemon:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1559 #, no-wrap msgid "# /usr/local/libexec/slapd -F /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.d/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1563 msgid "" "Option `-d` can be used for debugging, as specified in slapd(8). To verify " "that the server is running and working:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1574 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ldapsearch -x -b '' -s base '(objectclass=*)' namingContexts\n" @@ -3250,7 +3250,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1578 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#\n" @@ -3259,33 +3259,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1590 msgid "" "The server must still be trusted. If that has never been done before, " "follow these instructions. Install the OpenSSL package or port:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1594 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install openssl\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1597 msgid "" "From the directory where [.filename]#ca.crt# is stored (in this example, [." "filename]#/usr/local/etc/openldap#), run:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1601 #, no-wrap msgid "# c_rehash .\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1605 msgid "" "Both the CA and the server certificate are now correctly recognized in their " "respective roles. To verify this, run this command from the [." @@ -3293,13 +3293,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1609 #, no-wrap msgid "# openssl verify -verbose -CApath . server.crt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1613 msgid "" "If [.filename]#slapd# was running, restart it. As stated in [.filename]#/" "usr/local/etc/rc.d/slapd#, to properly run [.filename]#slapd# at boot the " @@ -3307,7 +3307,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1621 #, no-wrap msgid "" "slapd_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -3318,7 +3318,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1625 msgid "" "[.filename]#slapd# does not provide debugging at boot. Check [.filename]#/" "var/log/debug.log#, [.filename]#dmesg -a# and [.filename]#/var/log/messages# " @@ -3326,7 +3326,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1627 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1628 msgid "" "The following example adds the group `team` and the user `john` to the " "`domain.example` LDAP database, which is still empty. First, create the " @@ -3334,7 +3334,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1637 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat domain.ldif\n" @@ -3346,7 +3346,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1641 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1642 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dn: ou=groups,dc=domain,dc=example\n" @@ -3356,7 +3356,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1647 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dn: ou=users,dc=domain,dc=example\n" @@ -3366,7 +3366,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1653 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dn: cn=team,ou=groups,dc=domain,dc=example\n" @@ -3377,7 +3377,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1665 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1666 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dn: uid=john,ou=users,dc=domain,dc=example\n" @@ -3395,7 +3395,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1672 msgid "" "See the OpenLDAP documentation for more details. Use [." "filename]#slappasswd# to replace the plain text password `secret` with a " @@ -3405,13 +3405,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1675 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1676 #, no-wrap msgid "# ldapadd -W -D \"cn=mdbadmin,dc=domain,dc=example\" -f domain.ldif\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1681 msgid "" "Modifications to the _global configuration_ section can only be performed by " "the global super-user. For example, assume that the option " @@ -3420,7 +3420,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1687 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1688 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat global_mod\n" @@ -3430,18 +3430,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1691 msgid "Then, apply the modifications:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1695 #, no-wrap msgid "# ldapmodify -f global_mod -x -D \"cn=config\" -W\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1700 msgid "" "When asked, provide the password chosen in the _configuration backend_ " "section. The username is not required: here, `cn=config` represents the DN " @@ -3450,7 +3450,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1702 msgid "" "If something goes wrong, or if the global super-user cannot access the " "configuration backend, it is possible to delete and re-write the whole " @@ -3458,33 +3458,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1706 #, no-wrap msgid "# rm -rf /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.d/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1710 msgid "" "[.filename]#slapd.ldif# can then be edited and imported again. Please, " "follow this procedure only when no other solution is available." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1713 msgid "" "This is the configuration of the server only. The same machine can also " "host an LDAP client, with its own separate configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1715 #, no-wrap msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1722 msgid "" "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) allows a system to connect to " "a network in order to be assigned the necessary addressing information for " @@ -3498,14 +3498,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1725 msgid "" "This section describes how to use the built-in DHCP client. It then " "describes how to install and configure a DHCP server." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1731 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, the man:bpf[4] device is needed by both the DHCP server and DHCP " "client. This device is included in the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel that is " @@ -3514,20 +3514,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1733 msgid "" "It should be noted that [.filename]#bpf# also allows privileged users to run " "network packet sniffers on that system." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1736 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring a DHCP Client" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1739 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1740 msgid "" "DHCP client support is included in the FreeBSD installer, making it easy to " "configure a newly installed system to automatically receive its networking " @@ -3537,7 +3537,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1748 msgid "" "When `dhclient` is executed on the client machine, it begins broadcasting " "requests for configuration information. By default, these requests use UDP " @@ -3551,7 +3551,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1750 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1751 msgid "" "By default, when a FreeBSD system boots, its DHCP client runs in the " "background, or _asynchronously_. Other startup scripts continue to run " @@ -3559,7 +3559,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1755 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1756 msgid "" "Background DHCP works well when the DHCP server responds quickly to the " "client's requests. However, DHCP may take a long time to complete on some " @@ -3570,20 +3570,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1758 msgid "" "This line in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# is used to configure background or " "asynchronous mode:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1761 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1762 #, no-wrap msgid "ifconfig_fxp0=\"DHCP\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1765 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1766 msgid "" "This line may already exist if the system was configured to use DHCP during " "installation. Replace the _fxp0_ shown in these examples with the name of " @@ -3592,37 +3592,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1768 msgid "" "To instead configure the system to use synchronous mode, and to pause during " "startup while DHCP completes, use \"`SYNCDHCP`\":" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1772 #, no-wrap msgid "ifconfig_fxp0=\"SYNCDHCP\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1776 msgid "" "Additional client options are available. Search for `dhclient` in man:rc." "conf[5] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1778 msgid "The DHCP client uses the following files:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1780 msgid "[.filename]#/etc/dhclient.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1784 msgid "" "The configuration file used by `dhclient`. Typically, this file contains " "only comments as the defaults are suitable for most clients. This " @@ -3630,23 +3630,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1785 msgid "[.filename]#/sbin/dhclient#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1786 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1787 msgid "" "More information about the command itself can be found in man:dhclient[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1788 msgid "[.filename]#/sbin/dhclient-script#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1791 msgid "" "The FreeBSD-specific DHCP client configuration script. It is described in " "man:dhclient-script[8], but should not need any user modification to " @@ -3654,25 +3654,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1792 msgid "[.filename]#/var/db/dhclient.leases.interface#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1794 msgid "" "The DHCP client keeps a database of valid leases in this file, which is " "written as a log and is described in man:dhclient.leases[5]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1797 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing and Configuring a DHCP Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1801 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to configure a FreeBSD system to act as a DHCP " "server using the Internet Systems Consortium (ISC) implementation of the " @@ -3681,7 +3681,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1804 msgid "" "The installation of package:net/isc-dhcp44-server[] installs a sample " "configuration file. Copy [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf.example# to " @@ -3689,7 +3689,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1807 msgid "" "The configuration file is comprised of declarations for subnets and hosts " "which define the information that is provided to DHCP clients. For example, " @@ -3697,7 +3697,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1813 #, no-wrap msgid "" "option domain-name \"example.org\";<.>\n" @@ -3706,7 +3706,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1817 #, no-wrap msgid "" "default-lease-time 600;<.>\n" @@ -3715,7 +3715,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1822 #, no-wrap msgid "" "subnet 10.254.239.0 netmask 255.255.255.224 {\n" @@ -3725,7 +3725,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1827 #, no-wrap msgid "" "host fantasia {\n" @@ -3735,14 +3735,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1830 msgid "" "This option specifies the default search domain that will be provided to " "clients. Refer to man:resolv.conf[5] for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1830 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1831 msgid "" "This option specifies a comma separated list of DNS servers that the client " "should use. They can be listed by their Fully Qualified Domain Names (FQDN), " @@ -3750,19 +3750,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1832 msgid "The subnet mask that will be provided to clients." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1833 msgid "" "The default lease expiry time in seconds. A client can be configured to " "override this value." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1834 msgid "" "The maximum allowed length of time, in seconds, for a lease. Should a client " "request a longer lease, a lease will still be issued, but it will only be " @@ -3770,7 +3770,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1834 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1835 msgid "" "The default of `none` disables dynamic DNS updates. Changing this to " "`interim` configures the DHCP server to update a DNS server whenever it " @@ -3780,7 +3780,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1836 msgid "" "This line creates a pool of available IP addresses which are reserved for " "allocation to DHCP clients. The range of addresses must be valid for the " @@ -3788,21 +3788,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1837 msgid "" "Declares the default gateway that is valid for the network or subnet " "specified before the opening `{` bracket." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1838 msgid "" "Specifies the hardware MAC address of a client so that the DHCP server can " "recognize the client when it makes a request." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1839 msgid "" "Specifies that this host should always be given the same IP address. Using " "the hostname is correct, since the DHCP server will resolve the hostname " @@ -3810,21 +3810,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1842 msgid "" "This configuration file supports many more options. Refer to dhcpd.conf(5), " "installed with the server, for details and examples." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1844 msgid "" "Once the configuration of [.filename]#dhcpd.conf# is complete, enable the " "DHCP server in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1849 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dhcpd_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -3832,54 +3832,54 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1851 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1852 msgid "" "Replace the `dc0` with the interface (or interfaces, separated by " "whitespace) that the DHCP server should listen on for DHCP client requests." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1854 msgid "Start the server by issuing the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1858 #, no-wrap msgid "# service isc-dhcpd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1861 msgid "" "Any future changes to the configuration of the server will require the dhcpd " "service to be stopped and then started using man:service[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1864 msgid "" "The DHCP server uses the following files. Note that the manual pages are " "installed with the server software." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1866 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/sbin/dhcpd#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1868 msgid "More information about the dhcpd server can be found in dhcpd(8)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1869 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1872 msgid "" "The server configuration file needs to contain all the information that " "should be provided to clients, along with information regarding the " @@ -3888,12 +3888,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1872 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1873 msgid "[.filename]#/var/db/dhcpd.leases#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1875 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1876 msgid "" "The DHCP server keeps a database of leases it has issued in this file, which " "is written as a log. Refer to dhcpd.leases(5), which gives a slightly " @@ -3901,12 +3901,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1877 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/sbin/dhcrelay#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1881 msgid "" "This daemon is used in advanced environments where one DHCP server forwards " "a request from a client to another DHCP server on a separate network. If " @@ -3916,13 +3916,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1884 #, no-wrap msgid "Domain Name System (DNS)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1888 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1889 msgid "" "Domain Name System (DNS) is the protocol through which domain names are " "mapped to IP addresses, and vice versa. DNS is coordinated across the " @@ -3933,123 +3933,123 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1890 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1891 msgid "The following table describes some of the terms associated with DNS:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1891 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1892 #, no-wrap msgid "DNS Terminology" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1897 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1898 #, no-wrap msgid "Definition" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1898 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1899 #, no-wrap msgid "Forward DNS" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1901 #, no-wrap msgid "Mapping of hostnames to IP addresses." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1901 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1902 #, no-wrap msgid "Origin" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1903 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1904 #, no-wrap msgid "Refers to the domain covered in a particular zone file." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1905 #, no-wrap msgid "Resolver" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1907 #, no-wrap msgid "A system process through which a machine queries a name server for zone information." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1908 #, no-wrap msgid "Reverse DNS" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1909 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1910 #, no-wrap msgid "Mapping of IP addresses to hostnames." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1911 #, no-wrap msgid "Root zone" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1913 #, no-wrap msgid "The beginning of the Internet zone hierarchy. All zones fall under the root zone, similar to how all files in a file system fall under the root directory." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1913 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1914 #, no-wrap msgid "Zone" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1915 #, no-wrap msgid "An individual domain, subdomain, or portion of the DNS administered by the same authority." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1917 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1918 msgid "Examples of zones:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1920 msgid "`.` is how the root zone is usually referred to in documentation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1921 msgid "`org.` is a Top Level Domain (TLD) under the root zone." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1922 msgid "`example.org.` is a zone under the `org.`TLD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1922 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1923 msgid "" "`1.168.192.in-addr.arpa` is a zone referencing all IP addresses which fall " "under the `192.168.1.*`IP address space." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1927 msgid "" "As one can see, the more specific part of a hostname appears to its left. " "For example, `example.org.` is more specific than `org.`, as `org.` is more " @@ -4059,61 +4059,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1927 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1928 #, no-wrap msgid "Reasons to Run a Name Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1931 msgid "" "Name servers generally come in two forms: authoritative name servers, and " "caching (also known as resolving) name servers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1933 msgid "An authoritative name server is needed when:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1935 msgid "" "One wants to serve DNS information to the world, replying authoritatively to " "queries." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1935 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1936 msgid "" "A domain, such as `example.org`, is registered and IP addresses need to be " "assigned to hostnames under it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1937 msgid "An IP address block requires reverse DNS entries (IP to hostname)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1937 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1938 msgid "A backup or second name server, called a slave, will reply to queries." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1940 msgid "A caching name server is needed when:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1941 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1942 msgid "" "A local DNS server may cache and respond more quickly than querying an " "outside name server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1945 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1946 msgid "" "When one queries for `www.FreeBSD.org`, the resolver usually queries the " "uplink ISP's name server, and retrieves the reply. With a local, caching " @@ -4123,13 +4123,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1947 #, no-wrap msgid "DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1951 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1952 msgid "" "Unbound is provided in the FreeBSD base system. By default, it will provide " "DNS resolution to the local machine only. While the base system package can " @@ -4139,25 +4139,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1953 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1954 msgid "To enable Unbound, add the following to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1957 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1958 #, no-wrap msgid "local_unbound_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1960 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1961 msgid "" "Any existing nameservers in [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf# will be configured " "as forwarders in the new Unbound configuration." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1966 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1967 msgid "" "If any of the listed nameservers do not support DNSSEC, local DNS resolution " "will fail. Be sure to test each nameserver and remove any that fail the " @@ -4166,24 +4166,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1970 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1971 #, no-wrap msgid "% drill -S FreeBSD.org @192.168.1.1\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1974 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1975 msgid "Once each nameserver is confirmed to support DNSSEC, start Unbound:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1978 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1979 #, no-wrap msgid "# service local_unbound onestart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1983 msgid "" "This will take care of updating [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf# so that " "queries for DNSSEC secured domains will now work. For example, run the " @@ -4191,7 +4191,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1989 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% drill -S FreeBSD.org\n" @@ -4200,7 +4200,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2004 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2005 #, no-wrap msgid "" "DNSSEC Trust tree:\n" @@ -4221,13 +4221,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2008 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2009 #, no-wrap msgid "Apache HTTP Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2012 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2013 msgid "" "The open source Apache HTTP Server is the most widely used web server. " "FreeBSD does not install this web server by default, but it can be installed " @@ -4235,7 +4235,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2015 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2016 msgid "" "This section summarizes how to configure and start version 2._x_ of the " "Apache HTTP Server on FreeBSD. For more detailed information about Apache 2." @@ -4244,13 +4244,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2017 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring and Starting Apache" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2021 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2022 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, the main Apache HTTP Server configuration file is installed as [." "filename]#/usr/local/etc/apache2x/httpd.conf#, where _x_ represents the " @@ -4259,13 +4259,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2022 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2023 #, no-wrap msgid "`ServerRoot \"/usr/local\"`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2025 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2026 msgid "" "Specifies the default directory hierarchy for the Apache installation. " "Binaries are stored in the [.filename]#bin# and [.filename]#sbin# " @@ -4274,26 +4274,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2026 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2027 #, no-wrap msgid "`ServerAdmin you@example.com`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2029 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2030 msgid "" "Change this to the email address to receive problems with the server. This " "address also appears on some server-generated pages, such as error documents." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2030 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2031 #, no-wrap msgid "`ServerName www.example.com:80`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2036 msgid "" "Allows an administrator to set a hostname which is sent back to clients for " "the server. For example, `www` can be used instead of the actual hostname. " @@ -4303,13 +4303,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2037 #, no-wrap msgid "`DocumentRoot \"/usr/local/www/apache2_x_/data\"`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2039 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2040 msgid "" "The directory where documents will be served from. By default, all requests " "are taken from this directory, but symbolic links and aliases may be used to " @@ -4317,7 +4317,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2043 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2044 msgid "" "It is always a good idea to make a backup copy of the default Apache " "configuration file before making changes. When the configuration of Apache " @@ -4326,44 +4326,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2045 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2046 msgid "" "To launch Apache at system startup, add the following line to [.filename]#/" "etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2049 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2050 #, no-wrap msgid "apache24_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2052 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2053 msgid "" "If Apache should be started with non-default options, the following line may " "be added to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# to specify the needed flags:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2056 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2057 #, no-wrap msgid "apache24_flags=\"\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2060 msgid "If apachectl does not report configuration errors, start `httpd` now:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2064 #, no-wrap msgid "# service apache24 start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2067 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2068 msgid "" "The `httpd` service can be tested by entering `http://_localhost_` in a web " "browser, replacing _localhost_ with the fully-qualified domain name of the " @@ -4372,33 +4372,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2070 msgid "" "The Apache configuration can be tested for errors after making subsequent " "configuration changes while `httpd` is running using the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2073 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2074 #, no-wrap msgid "# service apache24 configtest\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2078 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2079 msgid "" "It is important to note that `configtest` is not an man:rc[8] standard, and " "should not be expected to work for all startup scripts." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2080 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2081 #, no-wrap msgid "Virtual Hosting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2086 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2087 msgid "" "Virtual hosting allows multiple websites to run on one Apache server. The " "virtual hosts can be _IP-based_ or _name-based_. IP-based virtual hosting " @@ -4408,7 +4408,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2089 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2090 msgid "" "To setup Apache to use name-based virtual hosting, add a `VirtualHost` block " "for each website. For example, for the webserver named `www.domain.tld` " @@ -4417,7 +4417,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2097 #, no-wrap msgid "" "<VirtualHost *>\n" @@ -4427,7 +4427,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2102 #, no-wrap msgid "" "<VirtualHost *>\n" @@ -4437,14 +4437,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2105 msgid "" "For each virtual host, replace the values for `ServerName` and " "`DocumentRoot` with the values to be used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2107 msgid "" "For more information about setting up virtual hosts, consult the official " "Apache documentation at: http://httpd.apache.org/docs/vhosts/[http://httpd." @@ -4452,13 +4452,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2108 #, no-wrap msgid "Apache Modules" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2112 msgid "" "Apache uses modules to augment the functionality provided by the basic " "server. Refer to http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/[http://httpd." @@ -4467,7 +4467,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2117 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, some modules can be compiled with the package:www/apache24[] " "port. Type `make config` within [.filename]#/usr/ports/www/apache24# to see " @@ -4478,13 +4478,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2118 #, no-wrap msgid "SSL support" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2125 msgid "" "At one in point in time, support for SSL inside of Apache required a " "secondary module called [.filename]#mod_ssl#. This is no longer the case " @@ -4498,7 +4498,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2127 msgid "" "After the configuration of SSL is complete, the following line must be " "uncommented in the main [.filename]#http.conf# to activate the changes on " @@ -4506,13 +4506,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2131 #, no-wrap msgid "#Include etc/apache24/extra/httpd-ssl.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2138 msgid "" "SSL version two and version three have known vulnerability issues. It is " "highly recommended TLS version 1.2 and 1.3 be enabled in place of the older " @@ -4521,7 +4521,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2145 #, no-wrap msgid "" "SSLProtocol all -SSLv3 -SSLv2 +TLSv1.2 +TLSv1.3\n" @@ -4529,7 +4529,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2148 msgid "" "To complete the configuration of SSL in the web server, uncomment the " "following line to ensure that the configuration will be pulled into Apache " @@ -4537,7 +4537,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2153 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Secure (SSL/TLS) connections\n" @@ -4545,14 +4545,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2156 msgid "" "The following lines must also be uncommented in the [.filename]#httpd.conf# " "to fully support SSL in Apache:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2162 #, no-wrap msgid "" "LoadModule authn_socache_module libexec/apache24/mod_authn_socache.so\n" @@ -4561,7 +4561,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2166 msgid "" "The next step is to work with a certificate authority to have the " "appropriate certificates installed on the system. This will set up a chain " @@ -4569,13 +4569,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2167 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#mod_perl#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2171 msgid "" "The [.filename]#mod_perl# module makes it possible to write Apache modules " "in Perl. In addition, the persistent interpreter embedded in the server " @@ -4584,7 +4584,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2174 msgid "" "The [.filename]#mod_perl# can be installed using the package:www/mod_perl2[] " "package or port. Documentation for using this module can be found at http://" @@ -4593,13 +4593,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2175 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#mod_php#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2179 msgid "" "_PHP: Hypertext Preprocessor_ (PHP) is a general-purpose scripting language " "that is especially suited for web development. Capable of being embedded " @@ -4608,25 +4608,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2181 msgid "" "Support for PHP for Apache and any other feature written in the language, " "can be added by installing the appropriate port." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2183 msgid "For all supported versions, search the package database using `pkg`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2187 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg search php\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2192 msgid "" "A list will be displayed including the versions and additional features they " "provide. The components are completely modular, meaning features are " @@ -4635,20 +4635,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2196 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install mod_php74\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2199 msgid "" "If any dependency packages need to be installed, they will be installed as " "well." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2202 msgid "" "By default, PHP will not be enabled. The following lines will need to be " "added to the Apache configuration file located in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/" @@ -4656,7 +4656,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2211 #, no-wrap msgid "" "<FilesMatch \"\\.php$\">\n" @@ -4668,7 +4668,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2214 msgid "" "In addition, the `DirectoryIndex` in the configuration file will also need " "to be updated and Apache will either need to be restarted or reloaded for " @@ -4676,7 +4676,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2217 msgid "" "Support for many of the PHP features may also be installed by using `pkg`. " "For example, to install support for XML or SSL, install their respective " @@ -4684,33 +4684,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2221 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install php74-xml php74-openssl\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2224 msgid "" "As before, the Apache configuration will need to be reloaded for the changes " "to take effect, even in cases where it was just a module install." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2226 msgid "" "To perform a graceful restart to reload the configuration, issue the " "following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2230 #, no-wrap msgid "# apachectl graceful\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2234 msgid "" "Once the install is complete, there are two methods of obtaining the " "installed PHP support modules and the environmental information of the " @@ -4719,26 +4719,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2238 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install php74\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2244 #, no-wrap msgid "# php -i |less\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2247 msgid "" "It is necessary to pass the output to a pager, such as the `more` or `less` " "to easier digest the amount of output." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2251 msgid "" "Finally, to make any changes to the global configuration of PHP there is a " "well documented file installed into [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/php.ini#. At " @@ -4749,13 +4749,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2252 #, no-wrap msgid "HTTP2 Support" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2257 msgid "" "Apache support for the HTTP2 protocol is included by default when installing " "the port with `pkg`. The new version of HTTP includes many improvements " @@ -4765,7 +4765,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2260 msgid "" "When Apache is configured to only use HTTP2, web browsers will require " "secure, encrypted HTTPS connections. When Apache is configured to use both " @@ -4774,7 +4774,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2263 msgid "" "While this change does require administrators to make changes, they are " "positive and equate to a more secure Internet for everyone. The changes are " @@ -4782,7 +4782,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2268 msgid "" "This configuration depends on the previous sections, including TLS support. " "It is recommended those instructions be followed before continuing with this " @@ -4790,7 +4790,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2271 msgid "" "Start the process by enabling the http2 module by uncommenting the line in [." "filename]#/usr/local/etc/apache24/httpd.conf# and replace the mpm_prefork " @@ -4798,7 +4798,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2276 #, no-wrap msgid "" "LoadModule http2_module libexec/apache24/mod_http2.so\n" @@ -4806,7 +4806,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2284 msgid "" "There is a separate [.filename]#mod_http2# port that is available. It " "exists to deliver security and bug fixes quicker than the module installed " @@ -4816,7 +4816,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2288 msgid "" "There are two methods to implement HTTP2 in Apache; one way is globally for " "all sites and each VirtualHost running on the system. To enable HTTP2 " @@ -4824,20 +4824,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2292 #, no-wrap msgid "Protocols h2 http/1.1\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2297 msgid "" "To enable HTTP2 over plaintext, use h2h2chttp/1.1 in the [.filename]#httpd." "conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2301 msgid "" "Having the h2c here will allow plaintext HTTP2 data to pass on the system " "but is not recommended. In addition, using the http/1.1 here will allow " @@ -4846,7 +4846,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2303 msgid "" "To enable HTTP2 for individual VirtualHosts, add the same line within the " "VirtualHost directive in either [.filename]#httpd.conf# or [.filename]#httpd-" @@ -4854,7 +4854,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2305 msgid "" "Reload the configuration using the `apachectl`[parameter]#reload# command " "and test the configuration either by using either of the following methods " @@ -4862,18 +4862,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2309 #, no-wrap msgid "# grep \"HTTP/2.0\" /var/log/httpd-access.log\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2312 msgid "This should return something similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2319 #, no-wrap msgid "" "192.168.1.205 - - [18/Oct/2020:18:34:36 -0400] \"GET / HTTP/2.0\" 304 -\n" @@ -4883,14 +4883,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2322 msgid "" "The other method is using the web browser's built in site debugger or " "`tcpdump`; however, using either method is beyond the scope of this document." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2325 msgid "" "Support for HTTP2 reverse proxy connections by using the [." "filename]#mod_proxy_http2.so# module. When configuring the ProxyPass or " @@ -4898,26 +4898,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2326 #, no-wrap msgid "Dynamic Websites" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2330 msgid "" "In addition to mod_perl and mod_php, other languages are available for " "creating dynamic web content. These include Django and Ruby on Rails." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2331 #, no-wrap msgid "Django" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2337 msgid "" "Django is a BSD-licensed framework designed to allow developers to write " "high performance, elegant web applications quickly. It provides an object-" @@ -4929,7 +4929,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2341 msgid "" "Django depends on [.filename]#mod_python#, and an SQL database engine. In " "FreeBSD, the package:www/py-django[] port automatically installs [." @@ -4940,7 +4940,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2344 msgid "" "Once Django is installed, the application will need a project directory " "along with the Apache configuration in order to use the embedded Python " @@ -4949,7 +4949,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2346 msgid "" "To configure Apache to pass requests for certain URLs to the web " "application, add the following to [.filename]#httpd.conf#, specifying the " @@ -4957,7 +4957,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2357 #, no-wrap msgid "" "<Location \"/\">\n" @@ -4971,20 +4971,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2360 msgid "" "Refer to https://docs.djangoproject.com[https://docs.djangoproject.com] for " "more information on how to use Django." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2361 #, no-wrap msgid "Ruby on Rails" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2366 msgid "" "Ruby on Rails is another open source web framework that provides a full " "development stack. It is optimized to make web developers more productive " @@ -4993,20 +4993,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2368 msgid "" "Refer to http://guides.rubyonrails.org[http://guides.rubyonrails.org] for " "more information on how to use Ruby on Rails." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2370 #, no-wrap msgid "File Transfer Protocol (FTP)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2374 msgid "" "The File Transfer Protocol (FTP) provides users with a simple way to " "transfer files to and from an FTP server. FreeBSD includes FTP server " @@ -5014,7 +5014,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2378 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides several configuration files for controlling access to the " "FTP server. This section summarizes these files. Refer to man:ftpd[8] for " @@ -5022,13 +5022,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2379 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2385 msgid "" "The most important configuration step is deciding which accounts will be " "allowed access to the FTP server. A FreeBSD system has a number of system " @@ -5039,7 +5039,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2389 msgid "" "In some cases it may be desirable to restrict the access of some users " "without preventing them completely from using FTP. This can be accomplished " @@ -5048,7 +5048,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2394 msgid "" "To enable anonymous FTP access to the server, create a user named `ftp` on " "the FreeBSD system. Users will then be able to log on to the FTP server " @@ -5060,7 +5060,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2399 msgid "" "There are two text files that can be created to specify welcome messages to " "be displayed to FTP clients. The contents of [.filename]#/etc/ftpwelcome# " @@ -5072,42 +5072,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2401 msgid "" "Once the FTP server has been configured, set the appropriate variable in [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf# to start the service during boot:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2405 #, no-wrap msgid "ftpd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2408 msgid "To start the service now:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2412 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ftpd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2415 msgid "Test the connection to the FTP server by typing:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2419 #, no-wrap msgid "% ftp localhost\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2424 msgid "" "The ftpd daemon uses man:syslog[3] to log messages. By default, the system " "log daemon will write messages related to FTP in [.filename]#/var/log/" @@ -5116,13 +5116,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2428 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.info /var/log/xferlog\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2437 msgid "" "Be aware of the potential problems involved with running an anonymous FTP " "server. In particular, think twice about allowing anonymous users to upload " @@ -5133,13 +5133,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2440 #, no-wrap msgid "File and Print Services for Microsoft(R) Windows(R) Clients (Samba)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2447 msgid "" "Samba is a popular open source software package that provides file and print " "services using the SMB/CIFS protocol. This protocol is built into " @@ -5151,7 +5151,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2450 msgid "" "On FreeBSD, the Samba client libraries can be installed using the package:" "net/samba413[] port or package. The client provides the ability for a " @@ -5160,7 +5160,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2452 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2453 msgid "" "A FreeBSD system can also be configured to act as a Samba server by " "installing the same package:net/samba413[] port or package. This allows the " @@ -5170,20 +5170,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2454 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2458 msgid "" "Samba is configured in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/smb4.conf#. This file " "must be created before Samba can be used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2461 msgid "" "A simple [.filename]#smb4.conf# to share directories and printers with " "Windows(R) clients in a workgroup is shown here. For more complex setups " @@ -5192,7 +5192,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2471 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[global]\n" @@ -5205,7 +5205,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2483 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Example: share /usr/src accessible only to 'developer' user\n" @@ -5222,76 +5222,76 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2486 #, no-wrap msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2489 msgid "" "Settings that describe the network are added in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/" "smb4.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2490 #, no-wrap msgid "`workgroup`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2492 msgid "The name of the workgroup to be served." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2493 #, no-wrap msgid "`netbios name`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2496 msgid "" "The NetBIOS name by which a Samba server is known. By default, it is the " "same as the first component of the host's DNS name." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2497 #, no-wrap msgid "`server string`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2499 msgid "" "The string that will be displayed in the output of `net view` and some other " "networking tools that seek to display descriptive text about the server." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2500 #, no-wrap msgid "`wins support`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2503 msgid "" "Whether Samba will act as a WINS server. Do not enable support for WINS on " "more than one server on the network." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2505 #, no-wrap msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2509 msgid "" "The most important settings in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/smb4.conf# are the " "security model and the backend password format. These directives control " @@ -5299,13 +5299,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2510 #, no-wrap msgid "`security`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2514 msgid "" "The most common settings are `security = share` and `security = user`. If " "the clients use usernames that are the same as their usernames on the " @@ -5315,7 +5315,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2517 msgid "" "In share level security, clients do not need to log onto the server with a " "valid username and password before attempting to connect to a shared " @@ -5323,13 +5323,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2518 #, no-wrap msgid "`passdb backend`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2524 msgid "" "Samba has several different backend authentication models. Clients may be " "authenticated with LDAP, NIS+, an SQL database, or a modified password " @@ -5340,13 +5340,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2525 #, no-wrap msgid "Samba Users" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2529 msgid "" "FreeBSD user accounts must be mapped to the `SambaSAMAccount` database for " "Windows(R) clients to access the share. Map existing FreeBSD user accounts " @@ -5354,13 +5354,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2533 #, no-wrap msgid "# pdbedit -a username\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2537 msgid "" "This section has only mentioned the most commonly used settings. Refer to " "the https://wiki.samba.org[Official Samba Wiki] for additional information " @@ -5368,31 +5368,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2538 #, no-wrap msgid "Starting Samba" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2541 msgid "" "To enable Samba at boot time, add the following line to [.filename]#/etc/rc." "conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2545 #, no-wrap msgid "samba_server_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2548 msgid "To start Samba now:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2555 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service samba_server start\n" @@ -5402,7 +5402,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2560 msgid "" "Samba consists of three separate daemons. Both the nmbd and smbd daemons " "are started by `samba_enable`. If winbind name resolution is also required, " @@ -5410,24 +5410,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2564 #, no-wrap msgid "winbindd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2567 msgid "Samba can be stopped at any time by typing:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2571 #, no-wrap msgid "# service samba_server stop\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2575 msgid "" "Samba is a complex software suite with functionality that allows broad " "integration with Microsoft(R) Windows(R) networks. For more information " @@ -5436,13 +5436,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2577 #, no-wrap msgid "Clock Synchronization with NTP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2583 msgid "" "Over time, a computer's clock is prone to drift. This is problematic as " "many network services require the computers on a network to share the same " @@ -5452,7 +5452,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2585 msgid "" "FreeBSD includes man:ntpd[8] which can be configured to query other NTP " "servers to synchronize the clock on that machine or to provide time services " @@ -5460,7 +5460,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2588 msgid "" "This section describes how to configure ntpd on FreeBSD. Further " "documentation can be found in [.filename]#/usr/share/doc/ntp/# in HTML " @@ -5468,13 +5468,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2589 #, no-wrap msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2593 msgid "" "On FreeBSD, the built-in ntpd can be used to synchronize a system's clock. " "ntpd is configured using man:rc.conf[5] variables and [.filename]#/etc/ntp." @@ -5482,7 +5482,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2596 msgid "" "ntpd communicates with its network peers using UDP packets. Any firewalls " "between your machine and its NTP peers must be configured to allow UDP " @@ -5490,13 +5490,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2597 #, no-wrap msgid "The [.filename]#/etc/ntp.conf# file" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2607 msgid "" "ntpd reads [.filename]#/etc/ntp.conf# to determine which NTP servers to " "query. Choosing several NTP servers is recommended in case one of the " @@ -5514,13 +5514,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2607 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2608 #, no-wrap msgid "Sample [.filename]#/etc/ntp.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2613 msgid "" "This is a simple example of an [.filename]#ntp.conf# file. It can safely be " "used as-is; it contains the recommended `restrict` options for operation on " @@ -5528,7 +5528,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2621 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Disallow ntpq control/query access. Allow peers to be added only\n" @@ -5538,7 +5538,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2625 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow unrestricted access from localhost for queries and control.\n" @@ -5547,7 +5547,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2627 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2628 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Add a specific server.\n" @@ -5555,7 +5555,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2632 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Add FreeBSD pool servers until 3-6 good servers are available.\n" @@ -5564,7 +5564,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2635 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Use a local leap-seconds file.\n" @@ -5572,7 +5572,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2641 msgid "" "The format of this file is described in man:ntp.conf[5]. The descriptions " "below provide a quick overview of just the keywords used in the sample file " @@ -5580,7 +5580,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2647 msgid "" "By default, an NTP server is accessible to any network host. The `restrict` " "keyword controls which systems can access the server. Multiple `restrict` " @@ -5592,7 +5592,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2653 msgid "" "The `server` keyword specifies a single server to query. The file can " "contain multiple server keywords, with one server listed on each line. The " @@ -5604,7 +5604,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2656 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2657 msgid "" "The `leapfile` keyword specifies the location of a file containing " "information about leap seconds. The file is updated automatically by man:" @@ -5613,13 +5613,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2658 #, no-wrap msgid "NTP entries in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2662 msgid "" "Set `ntpd_enable=YES` to start ntpd at boot time. Once `ntpd_enable=YES` " "has been added to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#, ntpd can be started immediately " @@ -5627,20 +5627,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2665 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2666 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ntpd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2669 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2670 msgid "" "Only `ntpd_enable` must be set to use ntpd. The [.filename]#rc.conf# " "variables listed below may also be set as needed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2674 msgid "" "Set `ntpd_sync_on_start=YES` to allow ntpd to step the clock any amount, one " "time at startup. Normally ntpd will log an error message and exit if the " @@ -5649,44 +5649,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2675 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2676 msgid "" "Set `ntpd_oomprotect=YES` to protect the ntpd daemon from being killed by " "the system attempting to recover from an Out Of Memory (OOM) condition." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2677 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2678 msgid "" "Set `ntpd_config=` to the location of an alternate [.filename]#ntp.conf# " "file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2680 msgid "" "Set `ntpd_flags=` to contain any other ntpd flags as needed, but avoid using " "these flags which are managed internally by [.filename]#/etc/rc.d/ntpd#:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2682 msgid "`-p` (pid file location)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2683 msgid "`-c` (set `ntpd_config=` instead)" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2685 #, no-wrap msgid "ntpd and the unpriveleged `ntpd` user" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2692 msgid "" "ntpd on FreeBSD can start and run as an unpriveleged user. Doing so " "requires the man:mac_ntpd[4] policy module. The [.filename]#/etc/rc.d/ntpd# " @@ -5698,101 +5698,101 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2694 msgid "" "The presence of any of the following in `ntpd_flags` requires manual " "configuration as described below to run as the `ntpd` user:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2696 msgid "-f or --driftfile" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2697 msgid "-i or --jaildir" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2698 msgid "-k or --keyfile" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2699 msgid "-l or --logfile" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2700 msgid "-s or --statsdir" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2702 msgid "" "The presence of any of the following keywords in [.filename]#ntp.conf# " "requires manual configuration as described below to run as the `ntpd` user:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2704 msgid "crypto" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2705 msgid "driftfile" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2706 msgid "key" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2707 msgid "logdir" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2708 msgid "statsdir" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2710 msgid "To manually configure ntpd to run as user `ntpd` you must:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2712 msgid "" "Ensure that the `ntpd` user has access to all the files and directories " "specified in the configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2713 msgid "" "Arrange for the `mac_ntpd` module to be loaded or compiled into the kernel. " "See man:mac_ntpd[4] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2714 msgid "Set `ntpd_user=\"ntpd\"` in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2715 #, no-wrap msgid "Using NTP with a PPP Connection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2720 msgid "" "ntpd does not need a permanent connection to the Internet to function " "properly. However, if a PPP connection is configured to dial out on demand, " @@ -5802,7 +5802,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2731 #, no-wrap msgid "" "set filter dial 0 deny udp src eq 123\n" @@ -5816,34 +5816,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2734 msgid "" "For more details, refer to the `PACKET FILTERING` section in man:ppp[8] and " "the examples in [.filename]#/usr/share/examples/ppp/#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2738 msgid "" "Some Internet access providers block low-numbered ports, preventing NTP from " "functioning since replies never reach the machine." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2741 #, no-wrap msgid "iSCSI Initiator and Target Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2744 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2745 msgid "" "iSCSI is a way to share storage over a network. Unlike NFS, which works at " "the file system level, iSCSI works at the block device level." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2748 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2749 msgid "" "In iSCSI terminology, the system that shares the storage is known as the " "_target_. The storage can be a physical disk, or an area representing " @@ -5852,7 +5852,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2752 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2753 msgid "" "The clients which access the iSCSI storage are called _initiators_. To " "initiators, the storage available through iSCSI appears as a raw, " @@ -5861,7 +5861,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2755 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2756 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides a native, kernel-based iSCSI target and initiator. This " "section describes how to configure a FreeBSD system as a target or an " @@ -5869,13 +5869,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2758 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring an iSCSI Target" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2761 msgid "" "To configure an iSCSI target, create the [.filename]#/etc/ctl.conf# " "configuration file, add a line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# to make sure the " @@ -5884,7 +5884,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2764 msgid "" "The following is an example of a simple [.filename]#/etc/ctl.conf# " "configuration file. Refer to man:ctl.conf[5] for a more complete " @@ -5892,8 +5892,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2771 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2850 #, no-wrap msgid "" "portal-group pg0 {\n" @@ -5904,7 +5904,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2776 #, no-wrap msgid "" "target iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 {\n" @@ -5913,8 +5913,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2781 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2880 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\tlun 0 {\n" @@ -5925,7 +5925,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2788 msgid "" "The first entry defines the `pg0` portal group. Portal groups define which " "network addresses the man:ctld[8] daemon will listen on. The `discovery-" @@ -5936,7 +5936,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2791 msgid "" "It is not necessary to define a portal group as there is a built-in portal " "group called `default`. In this case, the difference between `default` and " @@ -5945,7 +5945,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2799 msgid "" "The second entry defines a single target. Target has two possible meanings: " "a machine serving iSCSI or a named group of LUNs. This example uses the " @@ -5958,7 +5958,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2801 msgid "" "The `auth-group no-authentication` line allows all initiators to connect to " "the specified target and `portal-group pg0` makes the target reachable " @@ -5966,7 +5966,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2809 msgid "" "The next section defines the LUN. To the initiator, each LUN will be " "visible as a separate disk device. Multiple LUNs can be defined for each " @@ -5977,31 +5977,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2811 msgid "" "Next, to make sure the man:ctld[8] daemon is started at boot, add this line " "to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2815 #, no-wrap msgid "ctld_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2818 msgid "To start man:ctld[8] now, run this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2822 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ctld start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2826 msgid "" "As the man:ctld[8] daemon is started, it reads [.filename]#/etc/ctl.conf#. " "If this file is edited after the daemon starts, use this command so that the " @@ -6009,19 +6009,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2830 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ctld reload\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2833 #, no-wrap msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2837 msgid "" "The previous example is inherently insecure as it uses no authentication, " "granting anyone full access to all targets. To require a username and " @@ -6029,7 +6029,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2844 #, no-wrap msgid "" "auth-group ag0 {\n" @@ -6039,7 +6039,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2859 #, no-wrap msgid "" "target iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 {\n" @@ -6053,7 +6053,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2864 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2865 msgid "" "The `auth-group` section defines username and password pairs. An initiator " "trying to connect to `iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0` must first specify a " @@ -6064,7 +6064,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2868 msgid "" "It is common to define a single exported target for every initiator. As a " "shorthand for the syntax above, the username and password can be specified " @@ -6072,7 +6072,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2874 #, no-wrap msgid "" "target iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 {\n" @@ -6081,13 +6081,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2884 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring an iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2890 msgid "" "The iSCSI initiator described in this section is supported starting with " "FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE. To use the iSCSI initiator available in older " @@ -6095,7 +6095,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2894 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2895 msgid "" "The iSCSI initiator requires that the man:iscsid[8] daemon is running. This " "daemon does not use a configuration file. To start it automatically at " @@ -6103,24 +6103,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2898 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2899 #, no-wrap msgid "iscsid_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2901 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2902 msgid "To start man:iscsid[8] now, run this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2905 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2906 #, no-wrap msgid "# service iscsid start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2909 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2910 msgid "" "Connecting to a target can be done with or without an [.filename]#/etc/iscsi." "conf# configuration file. This section demonstrates both types of " @@ -6128,33 +6128,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2911 #, no-wrap msgid "Connecting to a Target Without a Configuration File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2913 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2914 msgid "" "To connect an initiator to a single target, specify the IP address of the " "portal and the name of the target:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2917 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2918 #, no-wrap msgid "# iscsictl -A -p 10.10.10.10 -t iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2922 msgid "" "To verify if the connection succeeded, run `iscsictl` without any " "arguments. The output should look similar to this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2927 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Target name Target portal State\n" @@ -6162,7 +6162,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2931 msgid "" "In this example, the iSCSI session was successfully established, with [." "filename]#/dev/da0# representing the attached LUN. If the `iqn.2012-06.com." @@ -6171,13 +6171,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2935 #, no-wrap msgid "Connected: da0 da1 da2.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2938 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2939 msgid "" "Any errors will be reported in the output, as well as the system logs. For " "example, this message usually means that the man:iscsid[8] daemon is not " @@ -6185,7 +6185,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2944 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Target name Target portal State\n" @@ -6193,14 +6193,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2947 msgid "" "The following message suggests a networking problem, such as a wrong IP " "address or port:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2951 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2952 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Target name Target portal State\n" @@ -6208,12 +6208,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2954 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2955 msgid "This message means that the specified target name is wrong:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2960 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Target name Target portal State\n" @@ -6221,12 +6221,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2962 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2963 msgid "This message means that the target requires authentication:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2968 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Target name Target portal State\n" @@ -6234,31 +6234,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2970 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2971 msgid "To specify a CHAP username and secret, use this syntax:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2974 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2975 #, no-wrap msgid "# iscsictl -A -p 10.10.10.10 -t iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 -u user -s secretsecret\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2977 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2978 #, no-wrap msgid "Connecting to a Target with a Configuration File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2980 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2981 msgid "" "To connect using a configuration file, create [.filename]#/etc/iscsi.conf# " "with contents like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2990 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2991 #, no-wrap msgid "" "t0 {\n" @@ -6271,7 +6271,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2998 msgid "" "The `t0` specifies a nickname for the configuration file section. It will " "be used by the initiator to specify which configuration to use. The other " @@ -6281,38 +6281,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2999 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3000 msgid "To connect to the defined target, specify the nickname:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3003 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3004 #, no-wrap msgid "# iscsictl -An t0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3007 msgid "" "Alternately, to connect to all targets defined in the configuration file, " "use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3010 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3011 #, no-wrap msgid "# iscsictl -Aa\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3013 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3014 msgid "" "To make the initiator automatically connect to all targets in [.filename]#/" "etc/iscsi.conf#, add the following to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3019 #, no-wrap msgid "" "iscsictl_enable=\"YES\"\n" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.po index 0cd2dc5e5d..8b996a43ac 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-02-01 09:20-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 4. Installing Applications: Packages and Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing Applications: Packages and Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:59 msgid "" "FreeBSD is bundled with a rich collection of system tools as part of the " "base system. In addition, FreeBSD provides two complementary technologies " @@ -58,65 +58,65 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:61 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:63 msgid "The difference between binary packages and ports." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:64 msgid "How to find third-party software that has been ported to FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:65 msgid "How to manage binary packages using pkg." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:66 msgid "" "How to build third-party software from source using the Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:67 msgid "" "How to find the files installed with the application for post-installation " "configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:68 msgid "What to do if a software installation fails." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:70 #, no-wrap msgid "Overview of Software Installation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "The typical steps for installing third-party software on a UNIX(R) system " "include:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:76 msgid "" "Find and download the software, which might be distributed in source code " "format or as a binary." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "Unpack the software from its distribution format. This is typically a " "tarball compressed with a program such as man:compress[1], man:gzip[1], man:" @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:78 msgid "" "Locate the documentation in [.filename]#INSTALL#, [.filename]#README# or " "some file in a [.filename]#doc/# subdirectory and read up on how to install " @@ -132,19 +132,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:79 msgid "" "If the software was distributed in source format, compile it. This may " "involve editing a [.filename]#Makefile# or running a `configure` script." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:80 msgid "Test and install the software." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "A FreeBSD _port_ is a collection of files designed to automate the process " "of compiling an application from source code. The files that comprise a " @@ -153,14 +153,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:85 msgid "" "If the software has not already been adapted and tested on FreeBSD, the " "source code might need editing in order for it to install and run properly." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:88 msgid "" "However, over link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/[{numports}] third-party " "applications have already been ported to FreeBSD. When feasible, these " @@ -168,13 +168,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:90 msgid "" "Packages can be manipulated with the FreeBSD package management commands." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "Both packages and ports understand dependencies. If a package or port is " "used to install an application and a dependent library is not already " @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "A FreeBSD package contains pre-compiled copies of all the commands for an " "application, as well as any configuration files and documentation. A " @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:99 msgid "" "While the two technologies are similar, packages and ports each have their " "own strengths. Select the technology that meets your requirements for " @@ -199,40 +199,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:100 #, no-wrap msgid "Package Benefits" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:102 msgid "" "A compressed package tarball is typically smaller than the compressed " "tarball containing the source code for the application." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:103 msgid "" "Packages do not require compilation time. For large applications, such as " "Mozilla, KDE, or GNOME, this can be important on a slow system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:104 msgid "" "Packages do not require any understanding of the process involved in " "compiling software on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:105 #, no-wrap msgid "Port Benefits" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:107 msgid "" "Packages are normally compiled with conservative options because they have " "to run on the maximum number of systems. By compiling from the port, one can " @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:108 msgid "" "Some applications have compile-time options relating to which features are " "installed. For example, Apache can be configured with a wide variety of " @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:110 msgid "" "In some cases, multiple packages will exist for the same application to " "specify certain settings. For example, Ghostscript is available as a [." @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:111 msgid "" "The licensing conditions of some software forbid binary distribution. Such " "software must be distributed as source code which must be compiled by the " @@ -267,26 +267,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:112 msgid "" "Some people do not trust binary distributions or prefer to read through " "source code in order to look for potential problems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:113 msgid "Source code is needed in order to apply custom patches." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:115 msgid "" "To keep track of updated ports, subscribe to the {freebsd-ports} and the " "{freebsd-ports-bugs}." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:120 msgid "" "Before installing any application, check https://vuxml.freebsd.org/[] for " "security issues related to the application or type `pkg audit -F` to check " @@ -294,27 +294,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:123 msgid "" "The remainder of this chapter explains how to use packages and ports to " "install and manage third-party software on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:125 #, no-wrap msgid "Finding Software" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "FreeBSD's list of available applications is growing all the time. There are " "a number of ways to find software to install:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:131 msgid "" "The FreeBSD web site maintains an up-to-date searchable list of all the " "available applications, at link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/[https://www." @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:132 msgid "" "Dan Langille maintains http://www.FreshPorts.org/[FreshPorts.org] which " "provides a comprehensive search utility and also tracks changes to the " @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:133 msgid "" "If finding a particular application becomes challenging, try searching a " "site like http://www.sourceforge.net/[SourceForge.net] or http://www.github." @@ -342,12 +342,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:134 msgid "To search the binary package repository for an application:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:149 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pkg search subversion\n" @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:157 msgid "" "Package names include the version number and, in the case of ports based on " "python, the version number of the version of python the package was built " @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:172 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pkg search -o subversion\n" @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:176 msgid "" "Searching by shell globs, regular expressions, exact match, by description, " "or any other field in the repository database is also supported by `pkg " @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:177 msgid "" "If the Ports Collection is already installed, there are several methods to " "query the local version of the ports tree. To find out which category a port " @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:182 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# whereis lsof\n" @@ -421,12 +421,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:185 msgid "Alternately, an man:echo[1] statement can be used:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:190 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# echo /usr/ports/*/*lsof*\n" @@ -434,14 +434,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:193 msgid "" "Note that this will also return any matched files downloaded into the [." "filename]#/usr/ports/distfiles# directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:194 msgid "" "Another way to find software is by using the Ports Collection's built-in " "search mechanism. To use the search feature, cd to [.filename]#/usr/ports# " @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:206 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports\n" @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:213 msgid "" "The built-in search mechanism uses a file of index information. If a " "message indicates that the [.filename]#INDEX# is required, run `make " @@ -474,17 +474,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:216 msgid "The \"Path:\" line indicates where to find the port." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:218 msgid "To receive less information, use the `quicksearch` feature:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:226 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports\n" @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:230 msgid "" "For more in-depth searching, use `make search key=_string_` or `make " "quicksearch key=_string_`, where _string_ is some text to search for. The " @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:233 msgid "" "When using `search` or `quicksearch`, the search string is case-" "insensitive. Searching for \"LSOF\" will yield the same results as " @@ -513,13 +513,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:235 #, no-wrap msgid "Using pkg for Binary Package Management" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:238 msgid "" "pkg is the next generation replacement for the traditional FreeBSD package " "management tools, offering many features that make dealing with binary " @@ -527,14 +527,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:240 msgid "" "For sites wishing to only use prebuilt binary packages from the FreeBSD " "mirrors, managing packages with pkg can be sufficient." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:242 msgid "" "However, for those sites building from source or using their own " "repositories, a separate <<ports-upgrading-tools,port management tool>> will " @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:245 msgid "" "Since pkg only works with binary packages, it is not a replacement for such " "tools. Those tools can be used to install software from both binary " @@ -550,13 +550,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:247 #, no-wrap msgid "Getting Started with pkg" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:251 msgid "" "FreeBSD includes a bootstrap utility which can be used to download and " "install pkg and its manual pages. This utility is designed to work with " @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:257 msgid "" "Not all FreeBSD versions and architectures support this bootstrap process. " "The current list is at https://pkg.freebsd.org/[]. For other cases, pkg " @@ -572,30 +572,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:260 msgid "To bootstrap the system, run:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:264 #, no-wrap msgid "# /usr/sbin/pkg\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:267 msgid "" "You must have a working Internet connection for the bootstrap process to " "succeed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:269 msgid "Otherwise, to install the port, run:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:275 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/pkg\n" @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:280 msgid "" "When upgrading an existing system that originally used the older pkg_* " "tools, the database must be converted to the new format, so that the new " @@ -614,27 +614,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:284 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg2ng\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:289 msgid "" "This step is not required for new installations that do not yet have any " "third-party software installed." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:295 msgid "" "This step is not reversible. Once the package database has been converted " "to the pkg format, the traditional `pkg_*` tools should no longer be used." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:303 msgid "" "The package database conversion may emit errors as the contents are " "converted to the new version. Generally, these errors can be safely " @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:307 msgid "" "To ensure that the Ports Collection registers new software with pkg instead " "of the traditional packages database, FreeBSD versions earlier than 10._X_ " @@ -652,13 +652,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:311 #, no-wrap msgid "WITH_PKGNG= yes\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:315 msgid "" "By default, pkg uses the binary packages from the FreeBSD package mirrors " "(the _repository_). For information about building a custom package " @@ -666,19 +666,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:317 msgid "Additional pkg configuration options are described in man:pkg.conf[5]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:319 msgid "" "Usage information for pkg is available in the man:pkg[8] manual page or by " "running `pkg` without additional arguments." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:322 msgid "" "Each pkg command argument is documented in a command-specific manual page. " "To read the manual page for `pkg install`, for example, run either of these " @@ -686,19 +686,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:326 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg help install\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:331 #, no-wrap msgid "# man pkg-install\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:336 msgid "" "The rest of this section demonstrates common binary package management tasks " "which can be performed using pkg. Each demonstrated command provides many " @@ -707,13 +707,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:338 #, no-wrap msgid "Quarterly and Latest Ports Branches" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:347 msgid "" "The `Quarterly` branch provides users with a more predictable and stable " "experience for port and package installation and upgrades. This is done " @@ -728,12 +728,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:349 msgid "To switch from quarterly to latest run the following commands:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:354 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir -p /usr/local/etc/pkg/repos\n" @@ -741,19 +741,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:357 msgid "" "Edit the file [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/FreeBSD.conf# and change " "the string _quarterly_ to _latest_ in the `url:` line." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:359 msgid "The result should be similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:369 #, no-wrap msgid "" "FreeBSD: {\n" @@ -766,26 +766,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:372 msgid "" "And finally run this command to update from the new (latest) repository " "metadata." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:376 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg update -f\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:379 #, no-wrap msgid "Obtaining Information About Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:383 msgid "" "Information about the packages installed on a system can be viewed by " "running `pkg info` which, when run without any switches, will list the " @@ -793,12 +793,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:385 msgid "For example, to see which version of pkg is installed, run:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:390 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pkg info pkg\n" @@ -806,26 +806,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:393 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing and Removing Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:396 msgid "" "To install a binary package use the following command, where _packagename_ " "is the name of the package to install:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:400 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install packagename\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:404 msgid "" "This command uses repository data to determine which version of the software " "to install and if it has any uninstalled dependencies. For example, to " @@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:410 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pkg install curl\n" @@ -842,13 +842,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:412 #, no-wrap msgid "/usr/local/tmp/All/ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1.txz 100% of 288 kB 1700 kBps 00m00s\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:415 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Updating repository catalogue\n" @@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:418 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Installing ca_root_nss: 3.15.1_1\n" @@ -864,19 +864,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:420 #, no-wrap msgid "The installation will require 3 MB more space\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:422 #, no-wrap msgid "0 B to be downloaded\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:428 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Proceed with installing packages [y/N]: y\n" @@ -887,14 +887,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:431 msgid "" "The new package and any additional packages that were installed as " "dependencies can be seen in the installed packages list:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:438 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pkg info\n" @@ -904,14 +904,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:442 msgid "" "Packages that are no longer needed can be removed with `pkg delete`. For " "example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:447 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pkg delete curl\n" @@ -919,19 +919,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:449 #, no-wrap msgid "\tcurl-7.31.0_1\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:451 #, no-wrap msgid "The deletion will free 3 MB\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:454 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Proceed with deleting packages [y/N]: y\n" @@ -939,37 +939,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:457 #, no-wrap msgid "Upgrading Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:460 msgid "Installed packages can be upgraded to their latest versions by running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:464 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg upgrade\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:467 msgid "" "This command will compare the installed versions with those available in the " "repository catalogue and upgrade them from the repository." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:469 #, no-wrap msgid "Auditing Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:474 msgid "" "Software vulnerabilities are regularly discovered in third-party " "applications. To address this, pkg includes a built-in auditing mechanism. " @@ -978,19 +978,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:477 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:478 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg audit -F\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:481 #, no-wrap msgid "Automatically Removing Unused Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:485 msgid "" "Removing a package may leave behind dependencies which are no longer " "required. Unneeded packages that were installed as dependencies (leaf " @@ -998,7 +998,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:491 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pkg autoremove\n" @@ -1007,13 +1007,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:493 #, no-wrap msgid "The autoremoval will free 723 kB\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:496 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Proceed with autoremoval of packages [y/N]: y\n" @@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:500 msgid "" "Packages installed as dependencies are called _automatic_ packages. Non-" "automatic packages, i.e the packages that were explicity installed not as a " @@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:507 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pkg prime-list\n" @@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:512 msgid "" "`pkg prime-list` is an alias command declared in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/" "pkg.conf#. There are many others that can be used to query the package " @@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:519 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pkg prime-origins\n" @@ -1058,7 +1058,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:522 msgid "" "This list can be used to rebuild all packages installed on a system using " "build tools such as package:ports-mgmt/poudriere[] or package:ports-mgmt/" @@ -1066,56 +1066,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:524 msgid "Marking an installed package as automatic can be done using:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:528 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg set -A 1 devel/cmake\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:531 msgid "" "Once a package is a leaf package and is marked as automatic, it gets " "selected by `pkg autoremove`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:533 msgid "Marking an installed package as _not_ automatic can be done using:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:537 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg set -A 0 devel/cmake\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:540 #, no-wrap msgid "Restoring the Package Database" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:544 msgid "" "Unlike the traditional package management system, pkg includes its own " "package database backup mechanism. This functionality is enabled by default." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:548 msgid "" "To disable the periodic script from backing up the package database, set " "`daily_backup_pkgdb_enable=\"NO\"` in man:periodic.conf[5]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:552 msgid "" "To restore the contents of a previous package database backup, run the " "following command replacing _/path/to/pkg.sql_ with the location of the " @@ -1123,39 +1123,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:556 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg backup -r /path/to/pkg.sql\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:561 msgid "" "If restoring a backup taken by the periodic script, it must be decompressed " "prior to being restored." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:565 msgid "" "To run a manual backup of the pkg database, run the following command, " "replacing _/path/to/pkg.sql_ with a suitable file name and location:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:569 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg backup -d /path/to/pkg.sql\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:572 #, no-wrap msgid "Removing Stale Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:577 msgid "" "By default, pkg stores binary packages in a cache directory defined by " "`PKG_CACHEDIR` in man:pkg.conf[5]. Only copies of the latest installed " @@ -1164,30 +1164,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:581 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg clean\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:584 msgid "The entire cache may be cleared by running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:588 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg clean -a\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:591 #, no-wrap msgid "Modifying Package Metadata" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:596 msgid "" "Software within the FreeBSD Ports Collection can undergo major version " "number changes. To address this, pkg has a built-in command to update " @@ -1197,31 +1197,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:598 msgid "To change the package origin for the above example, run:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:602 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg set -o lang/php5:lang/php53\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:605 msgid "" "As another example, to update package:lang/ruby18[] to package:lang/" "ruby19[], run:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:609 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg set -o lang/ruby18:lang/ruby19\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:611 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:612 msgid "" "As a final example, to change the origin of the [.filename]#libglut# shared " "libraries from package:graphics/libglut[] to package:graphics/freeglut[], " @@ -1229,13 +1229,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:616 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg set -o graphics/libglut:graphics/freeglut\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:622 msgid "" "When changing package origins, it is important to reinstall packages that " "are dependent on the package with the modified origin. To force a " @@ -1243,19 +1243,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:626 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install -Rf graphics/freeglut\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:631 #, no-wrap msgid "Using the Ports Collection" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:635 msgid "" "The Ports Collection is a set of [.filename]##Makefile##s, patches, and " "description files. Each set of these files is used to compile and install " @@ -1263,14 +1263,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:637 msgid "" "By default, the Ports Collection itself is stored as a subdirectory of [." "filename]#/usr/ports#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:644 msgid "" "Before installing and using the Ports Collection, please be aware that it is " "generally ill-advised to use the Ports Collection in conjunction with the " @@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:650 msgid "" "The Ports Collection contains directories for software categories. Inside " "each category are subdirectories for individual applications. Each " @@ -1295,21 +1295,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:652 msgid "" "[.filename]#Makefile#: contains statements that specify how the application " "should be compiled and where its components should be installed." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:653 msgid "" "[.filename]#distinfo#: contains the names and checksums of the files that " "must be downloaded to build the port." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:654 msgid "" "[.filename]#files/#: this directory contains any patches needed for the " "program to compile and install on FreeBSD. This directory may also contain " @@ -1317,13 +1317,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:654 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:655 msgid "" "[.filename]#pkg-descr#: provides a more detailed description of the program." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:656 msgid "" "[.filename]#pkg-plist#: a list of all the files that will be installed by " "the port. It also tells the ports system which files to remove upon " @@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:658 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:659 msgid "" "Some ports include [.filename]#pkg-message# or other files to handle special " "situations. For more details on these files, and on ports in general, refer " @@ -1339,7 +1339,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:662 msgid "" "The port does not include the actual source code, also known as a [." "filename]#distfile#. The extract portion of building a port will " @@ -1348,13 +1348,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:664 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing the Ports Collection" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:668 msgid "" "Before an application can be compiled using a port, the Ports Collection " "must first be installed. If it was not installed during the installation of " @@ -1362,13 +1362,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:673 #, no-wrap msgid "*Procedure: Portsnap Method*\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:677 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:678 msgid "" "The base system of FreeBSD includes Portsnap. This is a fast and user-" "friendly tool for retrieving the Ports Collection and is the recommended " @@ -1379,7 +1379,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:685 msgid "" "Note that Portsnap updates are generated from a snapshot of the main branch " "of the Ports Collection and cannot be configured to use a different branch " @@ -1390,40 +1390,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:687 msgid "" "To download a compressed snapshot of the Ports Collection into [.filename]#/" "var/db/portsnap#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:691 #, no-wrap msgid "# portsnap fetch\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:694 msgid "" "When running Portsnap for the first time, extract the snapshot into [." "filename]#/usr/ports#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:698 #, no-wrap msgid "# portsnap extract\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:701 msgid "" "After the first use of Portsnap has been completed as shown above, [." "filename]#/usr/ports# can be updated as needed by running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:706 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# portsnap fetch\n" @@ -1431,26 +1431,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:709 msgid "" "When using `fetch`, the `extract` or the `update` operation may be run " "consecutively, like so:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:713 #, no-wrap msgid "# portsnap fetch update\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:720 #, no-wrap msgid "*Procedure: Git Method*\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:724 msgid "" "If more control over the ports tree is needed or if local changes need to be " "maintained, or if running FreeBSD-CURRENT, Git can be used to obtain the " @@ -1459,14 +1459,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:725 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:726 msgid "" "Git must be installed before it can be used to check out the ports tree. If " "a copy of the ports tree is already present, install Git like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:731 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/devel/git\n" @@ -1474,72 +1474,72 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:734 msgid "" "If the ports tree is not available, or pkg is being used to manage packages, " "Git can be installed as a package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:738 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install git\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:741 msgid "Check out a copy of the HEAD branch of the ports tree:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:744 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:745 #, no-wrap msgid "# git clone https://git.FreeBSD.org/ports.git /usr/ports\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:748 msgid "Or, check out a copy of a quarterly branch:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:752 #, no-wrap msgid "# git clone https://git.FreeBSD.org/ports.git -b 2020Q3 /usr/ports\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:755 msgid "" "As needed, update [.filename]#/usr/ports# after the initial Git checkout:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:759 #, no-wrap msgid "# git -C /usr/ports pull\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:761 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:762 msgid "" "As needed, switch [.filename]#/usr/ports# to a different quarterly branch:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:765 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:766 #, no-wrap msgid "# git -C /usr/ports switch 2020Q4\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:769 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing Ports" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:773 msgid "" "This section provides basic instructions on using the Ports Collection to " "install or remove software. The detailed description of available `make` " @@ -1547,7 +1547,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:781 msgid "" "Before compiling any port, be sure to update the Ports Collection as " "described in the previous section. Since the installation of any third-" @@ -1560,14 +1560,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:785 msgid "" "Using the Ports Collection assumes a working Internet connection. It also " "requires superuser privilege." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:788 msgid "" "To compile and install the port, change to the directory of the port to be " "installed, then type `make install` at the prompt. Messages will indicate " @@ -1575,7 +1575,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:810 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n" @@ -1600,7 +1600,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:823 #, no-wrap msgid "" "===> Installing for lsof-4.88.d,8\n" @@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:827 msgid "" "Since `lsof` is a program that runs with increased privileges, a security " "warning is displayed as it is installed. Once the installation is complete, " @@ -1626,7 +1626,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:832 msgid "" "Some shells keep a cache of the commands that are available in the " "directories listed in the `PATH` environment variable, to speed up lookup " @@ -1637,7 +1637,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:834 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:835 msgid "" "During installation, a working subdirectory is created which contains all " "the temporary files used during compilation. Removing this directory saves " @@ -1646,7 +1646,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:840 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:841 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# make clean\n" @@ -1655,20 +1655,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:846 msgid "" "To save this extra step, instead use `make install clean` when compiling the " "port." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:847 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:848 #, no-wrap msgid "Customizing Ports Installation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:856 msgid "" "Some ports provide build options which can be used to enable or disable " "application components, provide security options, or allow for other " @@ -1682,7 +1682,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:862 msgid "" "When using `config-recursive`, the list of ports to configure are gathered " "by the `all-depends-list` target. It is recommended to run `make config-" @@ -1692,7 +1692,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:869 msgid "" "There are several ways to revisit a port's build options menu in order to " "add, remove, or change these options after a port has been built. One " @@ -1704,7 +1704,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:872 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:873 msgid "" "The ports system uses man:fetch[1] to download the source files, which " "supports various environment variables. The `FTP_PASSIVE_MODE`, " @@ -1714,7 +1714,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:878 msgid "" "For users who cannot be connected to the Internet all the time, `make fetch` " "can be run within [.filename]#/usr/ports#, to fetch all distfiles, or within " @@ -1726,7 +1726,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:881 msgid "" "In rare cases, such as when an organization has a local distfiles " "repository, the `MASTER_SITES` variable can be used to override the download " @@ -1735,7 +1735,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:886 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:887 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/directory\n" @@ -1744,76 +1744,76 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:890 msgid "" "The `WRKDIRPREFIX` and `PREFIX` variables can override the default working " "and target directories. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:893 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:894 #, no-wrap msgid "# make WRKDIRPREFIX=/usr/home/example/ports install\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:897 msgid "" "will compile the port in [.filename]#/usr/home/example/ports# and install " "everything under [.filename]#/usr/local#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:901 #, no-wrap msgid "# make PREFIX=/usr/home/example/local install\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:903 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:904 msgid "" "will compile the port in [.filename]#/usr/ports# and install it in [." "filename]#/usr/home/example/local#. And:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:908 #, no-wrap msgid "# make WRKDIRPREFIX=../ports PREFIX=../local install\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:911 msgid "will combine the two." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:913 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:914 msgid "" "These can also be set as environmental variables. Refer to the manual page " "for your shell for instructions on how to set an environmental variable." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:916 #, no-wrap msgid "Removing Installed Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:920 msgid "" "Installed ports can be uninstalled using `pkg delete`. Examples for using " "this command can be found in the man:pkg-delete[8] manual page." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:922 msgid "Alternately, `make deinstall` can be run in the port's directory:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:929 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:930 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n" @@ -1824,13 +1824,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:931 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:932 #, no-wrap msgid "\tlsof-4.88.d,8\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:935 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The deinstallation will free 229 kB\n" @@ -1838,7 +1838,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:940 msgid "" "It is recommended to read the messages as the port is uninstalled. If the " "port has any applications that depend upon it, this information will be " @@ -1847,13 +1847,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:941 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:942 #, no-wrap msgid "Upgrading Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:945 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:946 msgid "" "Over time, newer versions of software become available in the Ports " "Collection. This section describes how to determine which software can be " @@ -1861,7 +1861,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:949 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:950 msgid "" "To determine if newer versions of installed ports are available, ensure that " "the latest version of the ports tree is installed, using the updating " @@ -1872,26 +1872,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:953 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:954 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg version -l \"<\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:957 msgid "" "For FreeBSD 9._X_ and lower, the following command will list the installed " "ports that are out of date:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:960 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:961 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg_version -l \"<\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:968 msgid "" "Before attempting an upgrade, read [.filename]#/usr/ports/UPDATING# from the " "top of the file to the date closest to the last time ports were upgraded or " @@ -1904,27 +1904,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:970 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:971 #, no-wrap msgid "Tools to Upgrade and Manage Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:974 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:975 msgid "" "The Ports Collection contains several utilities to perform the actual " "upgrade. Each has its strengths and weaknesses." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:977 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:978 msgid "" "Historically, most installations used either Portmaster or Portupgrade. " "Synth is a newer alternative." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:983 msgid "" "The choice of which tool is best for a particular system is up to the system " "administrator. It is recommended practice to back up your data before using " @@ -1932,13 +1932,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:985 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:986 #, no-wrap msgid "Upgrading Ports Using Portmaster" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:990 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:991 msgid "" "package:ports-mgmt/portmaster[] is a very small utility for upgrading " "installed ports. It is designed to use the tools installed with the FreeBSD " @@ -1947,7 +1947,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:995 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:996 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/portmaster\n" @@ -1955,38 +1955,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:998 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:999 msgid "Portmaster defines four categories of ports:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1000 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1001 msgid "" "Root port: has no dependencies and is not a dependency of any other ports." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1002 msgid "Trunk port: has no dependencies, but other ports depend upon it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1002 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1003 msgid "Branch port: has dependencies and other ports depend upon it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1003 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1004 msgid "Leaf port: has dependencies but no other ports depend upon it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1006 msgid "To list these categories and search for updates:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1026 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1027 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# portmaster -L\n" @@ -2010,7 +2010,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1029 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1030 #, no-wrap msgid "" "===>>> 137 total installed ports\n" @@ -2018,18 +2018,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1032 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1033 msgid "This command is used to upgrade all outdated ports:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1037 #, no-wrap msgid "# portmaster -a\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1046 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1047 msgid "" "By default, Portmaster makes a backup package before deleting the existing " "port. If the installation of the new version is successful, Portmaster " @@ -2041,20 +2041,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1049 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1050 msgid "" "If errors are encountered during the upgrade process, add `-f` to upgrade " "and rebuild all ports:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1053 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1054 #, no-wrap msgid "# portmaster -af\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1057 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1058 msgid "" "Portmaster can also be used to install new ports on the system, upgrading " "all dependencies before building and installing the new port. To use this " @@ -2062,26 +2062,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1061 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1062 #, no-wrap msgid "# portmaster shells/bash\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1065 msgid "" "More information about package:ports-mgmt/portmaster[] may be found in its [." "filename]#pkg-descr#." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1067 #, no-wrap msgid "Upgrading Ports Using Portupgrade" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1071 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1072 msgid "" "package:ports-mgmt/portupgrade[] is another utility that can be used to " "upgrade ports. It installs a suite of applications which can be used to " @@ -2089,7 +2089,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1077 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/portupgrade\n" @@ -2097,7 +2097,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1079 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1080 msgid "" "Before performing an upgrade using this utility, it is recommended to scan " "the list of installed ports using `pkgdb -F` and to fix all the " @@ -2105,7 +2105,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1082 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1083 msgid "" "To upgrade all the outdated ports installed on the system, use `portupgrade -" "a`. Alternately, include `-i` to be asked for confirmation of every " @@ -2113,13 +2113,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1086 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1087 #, no-wrap msgid "# portupgrade -ai\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1090 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1091 msgid "" "To upgrade only a specified application instead of all available ports, use " "`portupgrade _pkgname_`. It is very important to include `-R` to first " @@ -2127,13 +2127,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1094 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1095 #, no-wrap msgid "# portupgrade -R firefox\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1102 msgid "" "If `-P` is included, Portupgrade searches for available packages in the " "local directories listed in `PKG_PATH`. If none are available locally, it " @@ -2144,13 +2144,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1106 #, no-wrap msgid "# portupgrade -PP gnome3\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1110 msgid "" "To just fetch the port distfiles, or packages, if `-P` is specified, without " "building or installing anything, use `-F`. For further information on all " @@ -2158,20 +2158,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1112 msgid "" "More information about package:ports-mgmt/portupgrade[] may be found in its " "[.filename]#pkg-descr#." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1114 #, no-wrap msgid "Ports and Disk Space" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1120 msgid "" "Using the Ports Collection will use up disk space over time. After building " "and installing a port, running `make clean` within the ports skeleton will " @@ -2183,13 +2183,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1124 #, no-wrap msgid "# portsclean -C\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1128 msgid "" "In addition, outdated source distribution files accumulate in [.filename]#/" "usr/ports/distfiles# over time. To use Portupgrade to delete all the " @@ -2197,57 +2197,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1132 #, no-wrap msgid "# portsclean -D\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1135 msgid "" "Portupgrade can remove all distfiles not referenced by any port currently " "installed on the system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1139 #, no-wrap msgid "# portsclean -DD\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1142 msgid "If Portmaster is installed, use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1146 #, no-wrap msgid "# portmaster --clean-distfiles\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1149 msgid "" "By default, this command is interactive and prompts the user to confirm if a " "distfile should be deleted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1151 msgid "" "In addition to these commands, package:ports-mgmt/pkg_cutleaves[] automates " "the task of removing installed ports that are no longer needed." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1153 #, no-wrap msgid "Building Packages with Poudriere" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1160 msgid "" "Poudriere is a `BSD`-licensed utility for creating and testing FreeBSD " "packages. It uses FreeBSD jails to set up isolated compilation " @@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1165 msgid "" "Poudriere is installed using the package:ports-mgmt/poudriere[] package or " "port. The installation includes a sample configuration file [.filename]#/" @@ -2269,7 +2269,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1171 msgid "" "While `ZFS` is not required on the system running poudriere, it is " "beneficial. When `ZFS` is used, `ZPOOL` must be specified in [.filename]#/" @@ -2282,7 +2282,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1175 msgid "" "The number of processor cores detected is used to define how many builds " "will run in parallel. Supply enough virtual memory, either with `RAM` or " @@ -2291,13 +2291,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1177 #, no-wrap msgid "Initialize Jails and Port Trees" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1183 msgid "" "After configuration, initialize poudriere so that it installs a jail with " "the required FreeBSD tree and a ports tree. Specify a name for the jail " @@ -2307,7 +2307,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1230 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# poudriere jail -c -j 11amd64 -v 11.4-RELEASE\n" @@ -2357,7 +2357,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1237 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# poudriere ports -c -p local -m git+https\n" @@ -2366,7 +2366,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1242 msgid "" "On a single computer, poudriere can build ports with multiple " "configurations, in multiple jails, and from different port trees. Custom " @@ -2376,7 +2376,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1246 msgid "" "The basic configuration shown here puts a single jail-, port-, and set-" "specific [.filename]#make.conf# in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/poudriere.d#. " @@ -2387,14 +2387,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1248 msgid "" "Packages to be built are entered in [.filename]#11amd64-local-workstation-" "pkglist#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1255 #, no-wrap msgid "" "editors/emacs\n" @@ -2404,29 +2404,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1258 msgid "Options and dependencies for the specified ports are configured:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1262 #, no-wrap msgid "# poudriere options -j 11amd64 -p local -z workstation -f 11amd64-local-workstation-pkglist\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1265 msgid "Finally, packages are built and a package repository is created:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1269 #, no-wrap msgid "# poudriere bulk -j 11amd64 -p local -z workstation -f 11amd64-local-workstation-pkglist\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1273 msgid "" "While running, pressing kbd:[Ctrl+t] displays the current state of the " "build. Poudriere also builds files in [.filename]#/poudriere/logs/bulk/" @@ -2434,27 +2434,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1275 msgid "" "After completion, the new packages are now available for installation from " "the poudriere repository." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1277 msgid "" "For more information on using poudriere, see man:poudriere[8] and the main " "web site, https://github.com/freebsd/poudriere/wiki[]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1278 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring pkg Clients to Use a Poudriere Repository" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1283 msgid "" "While it is possible to use both a custom repository along side of the " "official repository, sometimes it is useful to disable the official " @@ -2464,7 +2464,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1289 #, no-wrap msgid "" "FreeBSD: {\n" @@ -2473,7 +2473,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1293 msgid "" "Usually it is easiest to serve a poudriere repository to the client machines " "via HTTP. Set up a webserver to serve up the package directory, for " @@ -2482,7 +2482,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1296 msgid "" "If the URL to the package repository is: `http://pkg.example.com/11amd64`, " "then the repository configuration file in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/pkg/" @@ -2490,7 +2490,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1303 #, no-wrap msgid "" "custom: {\n" @@ -2500,13 +2500,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1306 #, no-wrap msgid "Post-Installation Considerations" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1310 msgid "" "Regardless of whether the software was installed from a binary package or " "port, most third-party applications require some level of configuration " @@ -2515,7 +2515,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1312 msgid "" "Most applications install at least one default configuration file in [." "filename]#/usr/local/etc#. In cases where an application has a large number " @@ -2527,7 +2527,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1313 msgid "" "Applications which provide documentation will install it into [.filename]#/" "usr/local/share/doc# and many applications also install manual pages. This " @@ -2535,7 +2535,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1314 msgid "" "Some applications run services which must be added to [.filename]#/etc/rc." "conf# before starting the application. These applications usually install a " @@ -2545,7 +2545,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1319 msgid "" "By design, applications do not run their startup script upon installation, " "nor do they run their stop script upon deinstallation or upgrade. This " @@ -2553,32 +2553,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1322 msgid "" "Users of man:csh[1] should run `rehash` to rebuild the known binary list in " "the shells `PATH`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1323 msgid "" "Use `pkg info` to determine which files, man pages, and binaries were " "installed with the application." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1325 #, no-wrap msgid "Dealing with Broken Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1328 msgid "When a port does not build or install, try the following:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1330 msgid "" "Search to see if there is a fix pending for the port in the link:https://www." "FreeBSD.org/support/[Problem Report database]. If so, implementing the " @@ -2586,7 +2586,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1331 msgid "" "Ask the maintainer of the port for help. Type `make maintainer` in the ports " "skeleton or read the port's [.filename]#Makefile# to find the maintainer's " @@ -2595,7 +2595,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1337 msgid "" "Some ports are not maintained by an individual but instead by a group " "maintainer represented by a extref:{mailing-list-faq}[mailing list]. Many, " @@ -2605,7 +2605,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1340 msgid "" "In particular, ports maintained by mailto:ports@FreeBSD.org[ports@FreeBSD." "org] are not maintained by a specific individual. Instead, any fixes and " @@ -2614,7 +2614,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1343 msgid "" "If there is no response to the email, use Bugzilla to submit a bug report " "using the instructions in extref:{problem-reports}[Writing FreeBSD Problem " @@ -2622,7 +2622,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1344 msgid "" "Fix it! The extref:{porters-handbook}[Porter's Handbook] includes detailed " "information on the ports infrastructure so that you can fix the occasional " @@ -2630,7 +2630,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1344 msgid "" "Install the package instead of the port using the instructions in <<pkgng-" "intro>>." diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.po index 726fe6229f..8c78f96da5 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-02-01 09:20-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 28. PPP" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "PPP" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:56 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports the Point-to-Point (PPP) protocol which can be used to " "establish a network or Internet connection using a dial-up modem. This " @@ -56,48 +56,48 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:59 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:61 msgid "How to configure, use, and troubleshoot a PPP connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:62 msgid "How to set up PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:63 msgid "How to set up PPP over ATM (PPPoA)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:65 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:67 msgid "Be familiar with basic network terminology." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:68 msgid "Understand the basics and purpose of a dial-up connection and PPP." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:70 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring PPP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:76 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides built-in support for managing dial-up PPP connections using " "man:ppp[8]. The default FreeBSD kernel provides support for [." @@ -108,50 +108,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:78 msgid "In order to use a PPP connection, the following items are needed:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:80 msgid "A dial-up account with an Internet Service Provider (ISP)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:81 msgid "A dial-up modem." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:82 msgid "The dial-up number for the ISP." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:83 msgid "The login name and password assigned by the ISP." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:84 msgid "" "The IP address of one or more DNS servers. Normally, the ISP provides these " "addresses. If it did not, FreeBSD can be configured to use DNS negotiation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:86 msgid "If any of the required information is missing, contact the ISP." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:88 msgid "" "The following information may be supplied by the ISP, but is not necessary:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:90 msgid "" "The IP address of the default gateway. If this information is unknown, the " "ISP will automatically provide the correct value during connection setup. " @@ -159,14 +159,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "The subnet mask. If the ISP has not provided one, `255.255.255.255` will be " "used in the man:ppp[8] configuration file. *" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:94 msgid "" "If the ISP has assigned a static IP address and hostname, it should be input " "into the configuration file. Otherwise, this information will be " @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "The rest of this section demonstrates how to configure FreeBSD for common " "PPP connection scenarios. The required configuration file is [.filename]#/" @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:102 msgid "" "Throughout this section, many of the file examples display line numbers. " "These line numbers have been added to make it easier to follow the " @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:105 msgid "" "When editing a configuration file, proper indentation is important. Lines " "that end in a `:` start in the first column (beginning of the line) while " @@ -199,13 +199,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:108 #, no-wrap msgid "Basic Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:112 msgid "" "In order to configure a PPP connection, first edit [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp." "conf# with the dial-in information for the ISP. This file is described as " @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:132 #, no-wrap msgid "" "1 default:\n" @@ -236,58 +236,58 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:134 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 1" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:137 msgid "" "Identifies the `default` entry. Commands in this entry (lines 2 through 9) " "are executed automatically when `ppp` is run." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:138 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 2" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:141 msgid "" "Enables verbose logging parameters for testing the connection. Once the " "configuration is working satisfactorily, this line should be reduced to:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:145 #, no-wrap msgid "set log phase tun\n" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:147 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 3" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:149 msgid "" "Displays the version of man:ppp[8] to the PPP software running on the other " "side of the connection." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:150 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 4" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:152 msgid "" "Identifies the device to which the modem is connected, where [." "filename]#COM1# is [.filename]#/dev/cuau0# and [.filename]#COM2# is [." @@ -295,33 +295,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:153 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 5" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:156 msgid "" "Sets the connection speed. If `115200` does not work on an older modem, try " "`38400` instead." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:157 #, no-wrap msgid "Lines 6 & 7" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:160 msgid "" "The dial string written as an expect-send syntax. Refer to man:chat[8] for " "more information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:163 msgid "" "Note that this command continues onto the next line for readability. Any " "command in [.filename]#ppp.conf# may do this if the last character on the " @@ -329,24 +329,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:164 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 8" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:166 msgid "Sets the idle timeout for the link in seconds." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:167 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 9" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:170 msgid "" "Instructs the peer to confirm the DNS settings. If the local network is " "running its own DNS server, this line should be commented out, by adding a " @@ -354,37 +354,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:171 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 10" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:173 msgid "A blank line for readability. Blank lines are ignored by man:ppp[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:174 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 11" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:177 msgid "" "Identifies an entry called `provider`. This could be changed to the name of " "the ISP so that `load _ISP_` can be used to start the connection." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:178 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 12" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:184 msgid "" "Use the phone number for the ISP. Multiple phone numbers may be specified " "using the colon (`:`) or pipe character (`|`) as a separator. To rotate " @@ -395,25 +395,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:185 #, no-wrap msgid "Lines 13 & 14" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:187 msgid "Use the user name and password for the ISP." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:187 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:308 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 15" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:192 msgid "" "Sets the default idle timeout in seconds for the connection. In this " "example, the connection will be closed automatically after 300 seconds of " @@ -421,13 +421,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:193 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 16" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:196 msgid "" "Sets the interface addresses. The values used depend upon whether a static " "IP address has been obtained from the ISP or if it instead negotiates a " @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:199 msgid "" "If the ISP has allocated a static IP address and default gateway, replace _x." "x.x.x_ with the static IP address and replace _y.y.y.y_ with the IP address " @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:202 msgid "" "If the IP address changes whenever a connection is made, change this line to " "the following value. This tells man:ppp[8] to use the IP Configuration " @@ -452,19 +452,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:206 #, no-wrap msgid "set ifaddr 10.0.0.1/0 10.0.0.2/0 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:208 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 17" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:212 msgid "" "Keep this line as-is as it adds a default route to the gateway. The " "`HISADDR` will automatically be replaced with the gateway address specified " @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:218 msgid "" "Depending upon whether man:ppp[8] is started manually or automatically, a [." "filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.linkup# may also need to be created which contains " @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:223 #, no-wrap msgid "" "provider:\n" @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:228 msgid "" "This file is also needed when the default gateway address is \"guessed\" in " "a static IP address configuration. In this case, remove line 17 from [." @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:231 msgid "" "By default, `ppp` must be run as `root`. To change this default, add the " "account of the user who should run `ppp` to the `network` group in [." @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:234 msgid "" "Then, give the user access to one or more entries in [.filename]#/etc/ppp/" "ppp.conf# with `allow`. For example, to give `fred` and `mary` permission " @@ -519,40 +519,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:238 #, no-wrap msgid "allow users fred mary\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:241 msgid "" "To give the specified users access to all entries, put that line in the " "`default` section instead." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:242 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:245 msgid "" "It is possible to configure PPP to supply DNS and NetBIOS nameserver " "addresses on demand." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:247 msgid "" "To enable these extensions with PPP version 1.x, the following lines might " "be added to the relevant section of [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:253 #, no-wrap msgid "" "enable msext\n" @@ -561,12 +561,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:256 msgid "And for PPP version 2 and above:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:262 #, no-wrap msgid "" "accept dns\n" @@ -575,27 +575,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:265 msgid "" "This will tell the clients the primary and secondary name server addresses, " "and a NetBIOS nameserver host." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:267 msgid "" "In version 2 and above, if the `set dns` line is omitted, PPP will use the " "values found in [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:269 #, no-wrap msgid "PAP and CHAP Authentication" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:273 msgid "" "Some ISPs set their system up so that the authentication part of the " "connection is done using either of the PAP or CHAP authentication " @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:276 msgid "" "PAP is less secure than CHAP, but security is not normally an issue here as " "passwords, although being sent as plain text with PAP, are being transmitted " @@ -613,12 +613,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:278 msgid "The following alterations must be made:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:284 #, no-wrap msgid "" "13 set authname MyUserName\n" @@ -627,70 +627,70 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:286 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 13" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:288 msgid "" "This line specifies the PAP/CHAP user name.Insert the correct value for " "_MyUserName_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:289 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 14" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:293 msgid "" "This line specifies the PAP/CHAP password. Insert the correct value for " "_MyPassword_. You may want to add an additional line, such as:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:297 #, no-wrap msgid "16 accept PAP\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:300 msgid "or" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:304 #, no-wrap msgid "16 accept CHAP\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:307 msgid "" "to make it obvious that this is the intention, but PAP and CHAP are both " "accepted by default." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:311 msgid "" "The ISP will not normally require a login to the server when using PAP or " "CHAP. Therefore, disable the \"set login\" string." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:313 #, no-wrap msgid "Using PPP Network Address Translation Capability" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:317 msgid "" "PPP has ability to use internal NAT without kernel diverting capabilities. " "This functionality may be enabled by the following line in [.filename]#/etc/" @@ -698,13 +698,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:321 #, no-wrap msgid "nat enable yes\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:325 msgid "" "Alternatively, NAT may be enabled by command-line option `-nat`. There is " "also [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# knob named `ppp_nat`, which is enabled by " @@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:327 msgid "" "When using this feature, it may be useful to include the following [." "filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.conf# options to enable incoming connections " @@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:332 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nat port tcp 10.0.0.2:ftp ftp\n" @@ -728,51 +728,51 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:335 msgid "or do not trust the outside at all" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:339 #, no-wrap msgid "nat deny_incoming yes\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:342 #, no-wrap msgid "Final System Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:345 msgid "" "While `ppp` is now configured, some edits still need to be made to [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:347 msgid "" "Working from the top down in this file, make sure the `hostname=` line is " "set:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:351 #, no-wrap msgid "hostname=\"foo.example.com\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:354 msgid "" "If the ISP has supplied a static IP address and name, use this name as the " "host name." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:357 msgid "" "Look for the `network_interfaces` variable. To configure the system to dial " "the ISP on demand, make sure the [.filename]#tun0# device is added to the " @@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:362 #, no-wrap msgid "" "network_interfaces=\"lo0 tun0\"\n" @@ -788,20 +788,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:368 msgid "" "The `ifconfig_tun0` variable should be empty, and a file called [.filename]#/" "etc/start_if.tun0# should be created. This file should contain the line:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:372 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp -auto mysystem\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:376 msgid "" "This script is executed at network configuration time, starting the ppp " "daemon in automatic mode. If this machine acts as a gateway, consider " @@ -809,27 +809,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:379 msgid "" "Make sure that the router program is set to `NO` with the following line in " "[.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:383 #, no-wrap msgid "router_enable=\"NO\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:386 msgid "" "It is important that the `routed` daemon is not started, as `routed` tends " "to delete the default routing table entries created by `ppp`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:389 msgid "" "It is probably a good idea to ensure that the `sendmail_flags` line does not " "include the `-q` option, otherwise `sendmail` will attempt to do a network " @@ -838,13 +838,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:393 #, no-wrap msgid "sendmail_flags=\"-bd\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:397 msgid "" "The downside is that `sendmail` is forced to re-examine the mail queue " "whenever the ppp link. To automate this, include `!bg` in [.filename]#ppp." @@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:404 #, no-wrap msgid "" "1 provider:\n" @@ -862,33 +862,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:408 msgid "" "An alternative is to set up a \"dfilter\" to block SMTP traffic. Refer to " "the sample files for further details." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:409 #, no-wrap msgid "Using `ppp`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:413 msgid "" "All that is left is to reboot the machine. After rebooting, either type:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:416 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:536 #, no-wrap msgid "# ppp\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:420 msgid "" "and then `dial provider` to start the PPP session, or, to configure `ppp` to " "establish sessions automatically when there is outbound traffic and [." @@ -896,13 +896,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:424 #, no-wrap msgid "# ppp -auto provider\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:428 msgid "" "It is possible to talk to the `ppp` program while it is running in the " "background, but only if a suitable diagnostic port has been set up. To do " @@ -910,13 +910,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:432 #, no-wrap msgid "set server /var/run/ppp-tun%d DiagnosticPassword 0177\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:436 msgid "" "This will tell PPP to listen to the specified UNIX(R) domain socket, asking " "clients for the specified password before allowing access. The `%d` in the " @@ -924,34 +924,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:438 msgid "" "Once a socket has been set up, the man:pppctl[8] program may be used in " "scripts that wish to manipulate the running program." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:440 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Dial-in Services" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:443 msgid "" "crossref:serialcomms[dialup,“Dial-in Service”] provides a good description " "on enabling dial-up services using man:getty[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:445 msgid "" "An alternative to `getty` is package:comms/mgetty+sendfax[] port), a smarter " "version of `getty` designed with dial-up lines in mind." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:447 msgid "" "The advantages of using `mgetty` is that it actively _talks_ to modems, " "meaning if port is turned off in [.filename]#/etc/ttys# then the modem will " @@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:449 msgid "" "Later versions of `mgetty` (from 0.99beta onwards) also support the " "automatic detection of PPP streams, allowing clients scriptless access to " @@ -967,14 +967,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:451 msgid "" "Refer to http://mgetty.greenie.net/doc/mgetty_toc.html[http://mgetty.greenie." "net/doc/mgetty_toc.html] for more information on `mgetty`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:454 msgid "" "By default the package:comms/mgetty+sendfax[] port comes with the `AUTO_PPP` " "option enabled allowing `mgetty` to detect the LCP phase of PPP connections " @@ -984,41 +984,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:456 msgid "" "This section assumes the user has successfully compiled, and installed the " "package:comms/mgetty+sendfax[] port on his system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:458 msgid "" "Ensure that [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/mgetty+sendfax/login.config# has the " "following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:462 #, no-wrap msgid "/AutoPPP/ - - /etc/ppp/ppp-pap-dialup\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:465 msgid "" "This tells `mgetty` to run [.filename]#ppp-pap-dialup# for detected PPP " "connections." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:467 msgid "" "Create an executable file called [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp-pap-dialup# " "containing the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:472 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:476 msgid "" "For each dial-up line enabled in [.filename]#/etc/ttys#, create a " "corresponding entry in [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.conf#. This will happily co-" @@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:483 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pap:\n" @@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:486 msgid "" "Each user logging in with this method will need to have a username/password " "in [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.secret#, or alternatively add the following " @@ -1052,13 +1052,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:490 #, no-wrap msgid "enable passwdauth\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:494 msgid "" "To assign some users a static IP number, specify the number as the third " "argument in [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.secret#. See [.filename]#/usr/share/" @@ -1066,13 +1066,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:496 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting PPP Connections" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:501 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:502 msgid "" "This section covers a few issues which may arise when using PPP over a modem " "connection. Some ISPs present the `ssword` prompt while others present " @@ -1082,26 +1082,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:503 #, no-wrap msgid "Check the Device Nodes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:506 msgid "" "When using a custom kernel, make sure to include the following line in the " "kernel configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:510 #, no-wrap msgid "device uart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:514 msgid "" "The [.filename]#uart# device is already included in the `GENERIC` kernel, so " "no additional steps are necessary in this case. Just check the `dmesg` " @@ -1109,13 +1109,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:518 #, no-wrap msgid "# dmesg | grep uart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:525 msgid "" "This should display some pertinent output about the [.filename]#uart# " "devices. These are the COM ports we need. If the modem acts like a " @@ -1126,13 +1126,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:526 #, no-wrap msgid "Connecting Manually" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:532 msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet by manually controlling `ppp` is quick, easy, and " "a great way to debug a connection or just get information on how the ISP " @@ -1142,35 +1142,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:541 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp ON example> set device /dev/cuau1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:544 msgid "This second command sets the modem device to [.filename]#cuau1#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:548 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp ON example> set speed 115200\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:551 msgid "This sets the connection speed to 115,200 kbps." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:555 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp ON example> enable dns\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:559 msgid "" "This tells `ppp` to configure the resolver and add the nameserver lines to [." "filename]#/etc/resolv.conf#. If `ppp` cannot determine the hostname, it can " @@ -1178,19 +1178,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:563 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp ON example> term\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:566 msgid "" "This switches to \"terminal\" mode in order to manually control the modem." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:571 #, no-wrap msgid "" "deflink: Entering terminal mode on /dev/cuau1\n" @@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:578 #, no-wrap msgid "" "at\n" @@ -1207,20 +1207,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:581 msgid "" "Use `at` to initialize the modem, then use `atdt` and the number for the ISP " "to begin the dial in process." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:585 #, no-wrap msgid "CONNECT\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:588 msgid "" "Confirmation of the connection, if we are going to have any connection " "problems, unrelated to hardware, here is where we will attempt to resolve " @@ -1228,39 +1228,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:592 #, no-wrap msgid "ISP Login:myusername\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:595 msgid "" "At this prompt, return the prompt with the username that was provided by the " "ISP." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:599 #, no-wrap msgid "ISP Pass:mypassword\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:603 msgid "" "At this prompt, reply with the password that was provided by the ISP. Just " "like logging into FreeBSD, the password will not echo." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:607 #, no-wrap msgid "Shell or PPP:ppp\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:611 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:612 msgid "" "Depending on the ISP, this prompt might not appear. If it does, it is " "asking whether to use a shell on the provider or to start `ppp`. In this " @@ -1268,47 +1268,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:615 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:624 #, no-wrap msgid "Ppp ON example>\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:620 msgid "" "Notice that in this example the first `p` has been capitalized. This shows " "that we have successfully connected to the ISP." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:627 msgid "" "We have successfully authenticated with our ISP and are waiting for the " "assigned IP address." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:631 #, no-wrap msgid "PPP ON example>\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:634 msgid "" "We have made an agreement on an IP address and successfully completed our " "connection." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:638 #, no-wrap msgid "PPP ON example>add default HISADDR\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:643 msgid "" "Here we add our default route, we need to do this before we can talk to the " "outside world as currently the only established connection is with the " @@ -1318,7 +1318,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:648 msgid "" "If everything went good we should now have an active connection to the " "Internet, which could be thrown into the background using kbd:[CTRL+z]. If " @@ -1328,13 +1328,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:649 #, no-wrap msgid "Debugging" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:654 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:655 msgid "" "If a connection cannot be established, turn hardware flow CTS/RTS to off " "using `set ctsrts off`. This is mainly the case when connected to some PPP-" @@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:658 msgid "" "An older modem may need `set parity even`. Parity is set at none be " "default, but is used for error checking with a large increase in traffic, on " @@ -1355,7 +1355,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:660 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:661 msgid "" "PPP may not return to the command mode, which is usually a negotiation error " "where the ISP is waiting for negotiating to begin. At this point, using " @@ -1363,7 +1363,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:664 msgid "" "If a login prompt never appears, PAP or CHAP authentication is most likely " "required. To use PAP or CHAP, add the following options to PPP before going " @@ -1371,33 +1371,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:668 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp ON example> set authname myusername\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:670 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:671 msgid "" "Where _myusername_ should be replaced with the username that was assigned by " "the ISP." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:674 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:675 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp ON example> set authkey mypassword\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:677 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:678 msgid "" "Where _mypassword_ should be replaced with the password that was assigned by " "the ISP." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:684 msgid "" "If a connection is established, but cannot seem to find any domain name, try " "to man:ping[8] an IP address. If there is 100 percent (100%) packet loss, " @@ -1408,7 +1408,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:690 #, no-wrap msgid "" "domain example.com\n" @@ -1417,21 +1417,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:693 msgid "" "Where _x.x.x.x_ and _y.y.y.y_ should be replaced with the IP address of the " "ISP's DNS servers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:695 msgid "" "To configure man:syslog[3] to provide logging for the PPP connection, make " "sure this line exists in [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:700 #, no-wrap msgid "" "!ppp\n" @@ -1439,23 +1439,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:703 #, no-wrap msgid "Using PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:706 msgid "This section describes how to set up PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:708 msgid "Here is an example of a working [.filename]#ppp.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:714 #, no-wrap msgid "" "default:\n" @@ -1464,7 +1464,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:722 #, no-wrap msgid "" "name_of_service_provider:\n" @@ -1477,23 +1477,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:725 msgid "As `root`, run:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:728 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:729 #, no-wrap msgid "# ppp -ddial name_of_service_provider\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:732 msgid "Add the following to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:739 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ppp_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -1503,13 +1503,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:741 #, no-wrap msgid "Using a PPPoE Service Tag" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:744 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:745 msgid "" "Sometimes it will be necessary to use a service tag to establish the " "connection. Service tags are used to distinguish between different PPPoE " @@ -1517,14 +1517,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:747 msgid "" "Any required service tag information should be in the documentation provided " "by the ISP." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:754 msgid "" "As a last resort, one could try installing the package:net/rr-pppoe[] " "package or port. Bear in mind however, this may de-program your modem and " @@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:757 msgid "" "The profile name (service tag) will be used in the PPPoE configuration entry " "in [.filename]#ppp.conf# as the provider part for `set device`. Refer to " @@ -1543,44 +1543,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:761 #, no-wrap msgid "set device PPPoE:xl1:ISP\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:764 msgid "" "Do not forget to change _xl1_ to the proper device for the Ethernet card." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:765 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:766 msgid "Do not forget to change _ISP_ to the profile." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:768 msgid "" "For additional information, refer to http://renaud.waldura.com/doc/freebsd/" "pppoe/[Cheaper Broadband with FreeBSD on DSL] by Renaud Waldura." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:770 #, no-wrap msgid "PPPoE with a 3Com(R) HomeConnect(TM) ADSL Modem Dual Link" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:773 msgid "" "This modem does not follow the PPPoE specification defined in http://www." "faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2516.html[RFC 2516]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:776 msgid "" "In order to make FreeBSD capable of communicating with this device, a sysctl " "must be set. This can be done automatically at boot time by updating [." @@ -1588,24 +1588,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:780 #, no-wrap msgid "net.graph.nonstandard_pppoe=1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:783 msgid "or can be done immediately with the command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:786 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:787 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl net.graph.nonstandard_pppoe=1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:789 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:790 msgid "" "Unfortunately, because this is a system-wide setting, it is not possible to " "talk to a normal PPPoE client or server and a 3Com(R) HomeConnect(TM) ADSL " @@ -1613,26 +1613,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:792 #, no-wrap msgid "Using PPP over ATM (PPPoA)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:795 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:796 msgid "" "The following describes how to set up PPP over ATM (PPPoA). PPPoA is a " "popular choice among European DSL providers." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:797 #, no-wrap msgid "Using mpd" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:802 msgid "" "The mpd application can be used to connect to a variety of services, in " "particular PPTP services. It can be installed using the package:net/mpd5[] " @@ -1641,7 +1641,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:807 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:808 msgid "" "Once installed, configure mpd to suit the provider's settings. The port " "places a set of sample configuration files which are well documented in [." @@ -1652,12 +1652,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:812 msgid "This example [.filename]#mpd.conf# only works with mpd 4.x." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:818 #, no-wrap msgid "" "default:\n" @@ -1665,7 +1665,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:824 #, no-wrap msgid "" "adsl:\n" @@ -1676,7 +1676,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:829 #, no-wrap msgid "" " set link no pap acfcomp protocomp\n" @@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:832 #, no-wrap msgid "" " set ipcp no vjcomp\n" @@ -1694,7 +1694,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:837 #, no-wrap msgid "" " set iface route default\n" @@ -1704,23 +1704,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:839 #, no-wrap msgid " open\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:842 msgid "The username used to authenticate with your ISP." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:843 msgid "The password used to authenticate with your ISP." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:846 msgid "" "Information about the link, or links, to establish is found in [." "filename]#mpd.links#. An example [.filename]#mpd.links# to accompany the " @@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:855 #, no-wrap msgid "" "adsl:\n" @@ -1740,37 +1740,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:858 msgid "The IP address of FreeBSD computer running mpd." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:859 msgid "" "The IP address of the ADSL modem. The Alcatel SpeedTouch(TM) Home defaults " "to `10.0.0.138`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:861 msgid "" "It is possible to initialize the connection easily by issuing the following " "command as `root`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:864 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:865 #, no-wrap msgid "# mpd -b adsl\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:868 msgid "To view the status of the connection:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:874 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ifconfig ng0\n" @@ -1779,26 +1779,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:877 msgid "" "Using mpd is the recommended way to connect to an ADSL service with FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:878 #, no-wrap msgid "Using pptpclient" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:881 msgid "" "It is also possible to use FreeBSD to connect to other PPPoA services using " "package:net/pptpclient[]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:885 msgid "" "To use package:net/pptpclient[] to connect to a DSL service, install the " "port or package, then edit [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.conf#. An example " @@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:896 #, no-wrap msgid "" "adsl:\n" @@ -1821,24 +1821,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:898 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:899 msgid "The username for the DSL provider." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:900 msgid "The password for your account." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:905 msgid "" "Since the account's password is added to [.filename]#ppp.conf# in plain text " "form, make sure nobody can read the contents of this file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:909 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:910 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# chown root:wheel /etc/ppp/ppp.conf\n" @@ -1846,7 +1846,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:919 msgid "" "This will open a tunnel for a PPP session to the DSL router. Ethernet DSL " "modems have a preconfigured LAN IP address to connect to. In the case of " @@ -1856,20 +1856,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:922 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:923 #, no-wrap msgid "# pptp address adsl\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:929 msgid "" "If an ampersand (\"&\") is added to the end of this command, pptp will " "return the prompt." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:933 msgid "" "A [.filename]#tun# virtual tunnel device will be created for interaction " "between the pptp and ppp processes. Once the prompt is returned, or the " @@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:940 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ifconfig tun0\n" @@ -1887,7 +1887,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:942 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:943 msgid "" "If the connection fails, check the configuration of the router, which is " "usually accessible using a web browser. Also, examine the output of `pptp` " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.po index adc12426a7..724fab8f64 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-07-07 23:22-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ msgid "Chapter 9. Printing" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Printing" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:54 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:55 msgid "" "Putting information on paper is a vital function, despite many attempts to " "eliminate it. Printing has two basic components. The data must be " @@ -50,13 +50,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:56 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:57 #, no-wrap msgid "Quick Start" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:62 msgid "" "Basic printing can be set up quickly. The printer must be capable of " "printing plain `ASCII` text. For printing to other types of files, see " @@ -64,13 +64,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:66 msgid "Create a directory to store files while they are being printed:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:71 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:342 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir -p /var/spool/lpd/lp\n" @@ -79,12 +79,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:75 msgid "As `root`, create [.filename]#/etc/printcap# with these contents:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:84 #, no-wrap msgid "" "lp:\\\n" @@ -96,59 +96,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:87 msgid "This line is for a printer connected to a `USB` port." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:89 msgid "For a printer connected to a parallel or \"printer\" port, use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:93 #, no-wrap msgid ":lp=/dev/lpt0:\\\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:96 msgid "For a printer connected directly to a network, use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:100 #, no-wrap msgid ":lp=:rm=network-printer-name:rp=raw:\\\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:103 msgid "" "Replace _network-printer-name_ with the `DNS` host name of the network " "printer." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:105 msgid "Enable LPD by editing [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#, adding this line:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:108 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:384 #, no-wrap msgid "lpd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:111 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:387 msgid "Start the service:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:117 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service lpd start\n" @@ -156,32 +156,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:120 msgid "Print a test:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:124 #, no-wrap msgid "# printf \"1. This printer can print.\\n2. This is the second line.\\n\" | lpr\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "If both lines do not start at the left border, but \"stairstep\" instead, " "see <<printing-lpd-filters-stairstep>>." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:133 msgid "" "Text files can now be printed with `lpr`. Give the filename on the command " "line, or pipe output directly into `lpr`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:138 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lpr textfile.txt\n" @@ -189,13 +189,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:142 #, no-wrap msgid "Printer Connections" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:149 msgid "" "Printers are connected to computer systems in a variety of ways. Small " "desktop printers are usually connected directly to a computer's `USB` port. " @@ -205,24 +205,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:151 msgid "FreeBSD can communicate with all of these types of printers." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:153 #, no-wrap msgid "`USB`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:155 msgid "" "`USB` printers can be connected to any available `USB` port on the computer." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:161 msgid "" "When FreeBSD detects a `USB` printer, two device entries are created: [." "filename]#/dev/ulpt0# and [.filename]#/dev/unlpt0#. Data sent to either " @@ -233,20 +233,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:163 #, no-wrap msgid "Parallel (`IEEE`-1284)" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:166 msgid "" "The parallel port device is [.filename]#/dev/lpt0#. This device appears " "whether a printer is attached or not, it is not autodetected." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:171 msgid "" "Vendors have largely moved away from these \"legacy\" ports, and many " "computers no longer have them. Adapters can be used to connect a parallel " @@ -256,13 +256,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:173 #, no-wrap msgid "Serial (RS-232)" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:176 msgid "" "Serial ports are another legacy port, rarely used for printers except in " "certain niche applications. Cables, connectors, and required wiring vary " @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:179 msgid "" "For serial ports built into a motherboard, the serial device name is [." "filename]#/dev/cuau0# or [.filename]#/dev/cuau1#. Serial `USB` adapters can " @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:183 msgid "" "Several communication parameters must be known to communicate with a serial " "printer. The most important are _baud rate_ or `BPS` (Bits Per Second) and " @@ -287,18 +287,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:185 #, no-wrap msgid "Network" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:187 msgid "Network printers are connected directly to the local computer network." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:191 msgid "" "The `DNS` hostname of the printer must be known. If the printer is assigned " "a dynamic address by `DHCP`, `DNS` should be dynamically updated so that the " @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:196 msgid "" "Most network printers understand print jobs sent with the LPD protocol. A " "print queue name can also be specified. Some printers process data " @@ -317,19 +317,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:198 msgid "Many network printers can also print data sent directly to port 9100." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:199 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:286 #, no-wrap msgid "Summary" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:208 msgid "" "Wired network connections are usually the easiest to set up and give the " "fastest printing. For direct connection to the computer, `USB` is preferred " @@ -341,26 +341,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:210 #, no-wrap msgid "Common Page Description Languages" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:214 msgid "" "Data sent to a printer must be in a language that the printer can " "understand. These languages are called Page Description Languages, or PDLs." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:216 #, no-wrap msgid "`ASCII`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:223 msgid "" "Plain `ASCII` text is the simplest way to send data to a printer. " "Characters correspond one to one with what will be printed: an `A` in the " @@ -372,20 +372,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:226 msgid "" "Some inexpensive printers cannot print plain `ASCII` text. This makes them " "more difficult to set up, but it is usually still possible." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:228 #, no-wrap msgid "PostScript(R)" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:235 msgid "" "PostScript(R) is almost the opposite of `ASCII`. Rather than simple text, a " "PostScript(R) program is a set of instructions that draw the final " @@ -396,20 +396,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:237 msgid "" "Inexpensive printers sometimes leave out PostScript(R) compatibility as a " "cost-saving measure." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:239 #, no-wrap msgid "`PCL` (Printer Command Language)" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:244 msgid "" "`PCL` is an extension of `ASCII`, adding escape sequences for formatting, " "font selection, and printing graphics. Many printers provide `PCL5` " @@ -418,13 +418,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:246 #, no-wrap msgid "Host-Based" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:251 msgid "" "Manufacturers can reduce the cost of a printer by giving it a simple " "processor and very little memory. These printers are not capable of " @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:253 msgid "" "Communication between the driver and a host-based printer is often through " "proprietary or undocumented protocols, making them functional only on the " @@ -442,13 +442,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "Converting PostScript(R) to Other PDLs" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:259 msgid "" "Many applications from the Ports Collection and FreeBSD utilities produce " "PostScript(R) output. This table shows the utilities available to convert " @@ -456,87 +456,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:261 #, no-wrap msgid "Output PDLs" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:265 #, no-wrap msgid "Output PDL" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:266 #, no-wrap msgid "Generated By" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:268 #, no-wrap msgid "Notes" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:269 #, no-wrap msgid "`PCL` or `PCL5`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:269 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:273 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:278 #, no-wrap msgid "package:print/ghostscript9-base[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:272 #, no-wrap msgid "`-sDEVICE=ljet4` for monochrome, `-sDEVICE=cljet5` for color" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:273 #, no-wrap msgid "`PCLXL` or `PCL6`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:276 #, no-wrap msgid "`-sDEVICE=pxlmono` for monochrome, `-sDEVICE=pxlcolor` for color" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:277 #, no-wrap msgid "`ESC/P2`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:280 #, no-wrap msgid "`-sDEVICE=uniprint`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:281 #, no-wrap msgid "`XQX`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:282 #, no-wrap msgid "package:print/foo2zjs[]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:292 msgid "" "For the easiest printing, choose a printer that supports PostScript(R). " "Printers that support `PCL` are the next preferred. With package:print/" @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:297 msgid "" "Line-based printers like typical inkjets usually do not support " "PostScript(R) or `PCL`. They often can print plain `ASCII` text files. " @@ -558,14 +558,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:301 msgid "" "Host-based printers are often more difficult to set up. Some cannot be used " "at all because of proprietary PDLs. Avoid these printers when possible." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:304 msgid "" "Descriptions of many PDLs can be found at http://www.undocprint.org/formats/" "page_description_languages[]. The particular `PDL` used by various models " @@ -573,13 +573,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:306 #, no-wrap msgid "Direct Printing" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:310 msgid "" "For occasional printing, files can be sent directly to a printer device " "without any setup. For example, a file called [.filename]#sample.txt# can " @@ -587,13 +587,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:314 #, no-wrap msgid "# cp sample.txt /dev/unlpt0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:317 msgid "" "Direct printing to network printers depends on the abilities of the printer, " "but most accept print jobs on port 9100, and man:nc[1] can be used with " @@ -602,19 +602,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:321 #, no-wrap msgid "# nc netlaser 9100 < sample.txt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:324 #, no-wrap msgid "LPD (Line Printer Daemon)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:328 msgid "" "Printing a file in the background is called _spooling_. A spooler allows " "the user to continue with other programs on the computer without waiting for " @@ -622,20 +622,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:331 msgid "" "FreeBSD includes a spooler called man:lpd[8]. Print jobs are submitted with " "man:lpr[1]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:333 #, no-wrap msgid "Initial Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:336 msgid "" "A directory for storing print jobs is created, ownership is set, and the " "permissions are set to prevent other users from viewing the contents of " @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:347 msgid "" "Printers are defined in [.filename]#/etc/printcap#. An entry for each " "printer includes details like a name, the port where it is attached, and " @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:356 #, no-wrap msgid "" "lp:\\\t\t\t\t<.>\n" @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:359 msgid "" "The name of this printer. man:lpr[1] sends print jobs to the `lp` printer " "unless another printer is specified with `-P`, so the default printer should " @@ -672,71 +672,71 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:361 msgid "" "The device where the printer is connected. Replace this line with the " "appropriate one for the connection type shown here." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:363 msgid "Suppress the printing of a header page at the start of a print job." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:365 msgid "Do not limit the maximum size of a print job." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:367 msgid "" "The path to the spooling directory for this printer. Each printer uses its " "own spooling directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:369 msgid "The log file where errors on this printer will be reported." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:371 msgid "" "After creating [.filename]#/etc/printcap#, use man:chkprintcap[8] to test it " "for errors:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:375 #, no-wrap msgid "# chkprintcap\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:378 msgid "Fix any reported problems before continuing." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:380 msgid "Enable man:lpd[8] in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:391 #, no-wrap msgid "# service lpd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:394 #, no-wrap msgid "Printing with man:lpr[1]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:399 msgid "" "Documents are sent to the printer with `lpr`. A file to be printed can be " "named on the command line or piped into `lpr`. These two commands are " @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:404 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lpr doc.txt\n" @@ -753,25 +753,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:408 msgid "" "Printers can be selected with `-P`. To print to a printer called _laser_:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:412 #, no-wrap msgid "% lpr -Plaser doc.txt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:415 #, no-wrap msgid "Filters" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:419 msgid "" "The examples shown so far have sent the contents of a text file directly to " "the printer. As long as the printer understands the content of those files, " @@ -779,14 +779,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:421 msgid "" "Some printers are not capable of printing plain text, and the input file " "might not even be plain text." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:425 msgid "" "_Filters_ allow files to be translated or processed. The typical use is to " "translate one type of input, like plain text, into a form that the printer " @@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:429 msgid "" "The filters discussed here are _input filters_ or _text filters_. These " "filters convert the incoming file into different forms. Use man:su[1] to " @@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:432 msgid "" "Filters are specified in [.filename]#/etc/printcap# with the `if=` " "identifier. To use [.filename]#/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf# as a filter, " @@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:442 #, no-wrap msgid "" "lp:\\\n" @@ -825,12 +825,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:445 msgid "`if=` identifies the _input filter_ that will be used on incoming text." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:450 msgid "" "The backslash _line continuation_ characters at the end of the lines in [." "filename]#printcap# entries reveal that an entry for a printer is really " @@ -839,26 +839,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:454 #, no-wrap msgid "lp:lp=/dev/unlpt0:sh:mx#0:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:459 #, no-wrap msgid "Preventing Stairstepping on Plain Text Printers" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:463 msgid "" "Typical FreeBSD text files contain only a single line feed character at the " "end of each line. These lines will \"stairstep\" on a standard printer:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:469 #, no-wrap msgid "" "A printed file looks\n" @@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:474 msgid "" "A filter can convert the newline characters into carriage returns and " "newlines. The carriage returns make the printer return to the left after " @@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:480 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -885,46 +885,46 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:482 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:514 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:547 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:605 msgid "Set the permissions and make it executable:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:486 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:487 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:489 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:522 msgid "Modify [.filename]#/etc/printcap# to use the new filter:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:494 #, no-wrap msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:\\\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:498 msgid "" "Test the filter by printing the same plain text file. The carriage returns " "will cause each line to start at the left side of the page." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:500 #, no-wrap msgid "Fancy Plain Text on PostScript(R) Printers with package:print/enscript[]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:505 msgid "" "GNUEnscript converts plain text files into nicely-formatted PostScript(R) " "for printing on PostScript(R) printers. It adds page numbers, wraps long " @@ -935,12 +935,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:507 msgid "Create [.filename]#/usr/local/libexec/enscript# with these contents:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:512 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -948,30 +948,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:519 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/enscript\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:526 #, no-wrap msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/enscript:\\\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:529 msgid "Test the filter by printing a plain text file." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:531 #, no-wrap msgid "Printing PostScript(R) to `PCL` Printers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:536 msgid "" "Many programs produce PostScript(R) documents. However, inexpensive " "printers often only understand plain text or `PCL`. This filter converts " @@ -979,19 +979,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:538 msgid "" "Install the Ghostscript PostScript(R) interpreter, package:print/" "ghostscript9-base[], from the Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:540 msgid "Create [.filename]#/usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl# with these contents:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:545 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -999,37 +999,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:552 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:555 msgid "" "PostScript(R) input sent to this script will be rendered and converted to " "`PCL` before being sent on to the printer." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:556 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:611 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:612 msgid "Modify [.filename]#/etc/printcap# to use this new input filter:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:561 #, no-wrap msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl:\\\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:564 msgid "Test the filter by sending a small PostScript(R) program to it:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:569 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% printf \"%%\\!PS \\n /Helvetica findfont 18 scalefont setfont \\\n" @@ -1037,13 +1037,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:572 #, no-wrap msgid "Smart Filters" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:580 msgid "" "A filter that detects the type of input and automatically converts it to the " "correct format for the printer can be very convenient. The first two " @@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:589 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:602 #, no-wrap msgid "" "case \"$first_two_chars\" in\n" @@ -1085,30 +1085,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:609 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/psif\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:616 #, no-wrap msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/psif:\\\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:619 msgid "Test the filter by printing PostScript(R) and plain text files." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:621 #, no-wrap msgid "Other Smart Filters" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:626 msgid "" "Writing a filter that detects many different types of input and formats them " "correctly is challenging. package:print/apsfilter[] from the Ports " @@ -1118,13 +1118,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:627 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:628 #, no-wrap msgid "Multiple Queues" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:633 msgid "" "The entries in [.filename]#/etc/printcap# are really definitions of " "_queues_. There can be more than one queue for a single printer. When " @@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:637 msgid "" "As an example, consider a networked PostScript(R) laser printer in an " "office. Most users want to print plain text, but a few advanced users want " @@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:647 #, no-wrap msgid "" "textprinter:\\\n" @@ -1155,7 +1155,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:654 #, no-wrap msgid "" "psprinter:\\\n" @@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:658 msgid "" "Documents sent to `textprinter` will be formatted by the [.filename]#/usr/" "local/libexec/enscript# filter shown in an earlier example. Advanced users " @@ -1175,7 +1175,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:660 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:661 msgid "" "This multiple queue technique can be used to provide direct access to all " "kinds of printer features. A printer with a duplexer could use two queues, " @@ -1185,38 +1185,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:662 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:663 #, no-wrap msgid "Monitoring and Controlling Printing" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:665 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:666 msgid "" "Several utilities are available to monitor print jobs and check and control " "printer operation." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:668 #, no-wrap msgid "man:lpq[1]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:672 msgid "" "man:lpq[1] shows the status of a user's print jobs. Print jobs from other " "users are not shown." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:674 msgid "Show the current user's pending jobs on a single printer:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:680 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lpq -Plp\n" @@ -1225,12 +1225,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:683 msgid "Show the current user's pending jobs on all printers:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:690 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lpq -a\n" @@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:694 #, no-wrap msgid "" "laser:\n" @@ -1249,25 +1249,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:697 #, no-wrap msgid "man:lprm[1]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:702 msgid "" "man:lprm[1] is used to remove print jobs. Normal users are only allowed to " "remove their own jobs. `root` can remove any or all jobs." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:704 msgid "Remove all pending jobs from a printer:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:714 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lprm -Plp -\n" @@ -1280,14 +1280,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:718 msgid "" "Remove a single job from a printer. man:lpq[1] is used to find the job " "number." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:724 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lpq\n" @@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:727 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:728 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lprm -Plp 5\n" @@ -1305,13 +1305,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:731 #, no-wrap msgid "man:lpc[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:738 msgid "" "man:lpc[8] is used to check and modify printer status. `lpc` is followed by " "a command and an optional printer name. `all` can be used instead of a " @@ -1321,12 +1321,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:739 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:740 msgid "Show the status of all printers:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:754 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lpc status all\n" @@ -1343,14 +1343,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:757 msgid "" "Prevent a printer from accepting new jobs, then begin accepting new jobs " "again:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:765 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:766 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lpc disable lp\n" @@ -1362,13 +1362,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:770 msgid "" "Stop printing, but continue to accept new jobs. Then begin printing again:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:780 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lpc stop lp\n" @@ -1381,12 +1381,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:783 msgid "Restart a printer after some error condition:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:791 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lpc restart lp\n" @@ -1397,14 +1397,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:794 msgid "" "Turn the print queue off and disable printing, with a message to explain the " "problem to users:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:801 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lpc down lp Repair parts will arrive on Monday\n" @@ -1414,12 +1414,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:804 msgid "Re-enable a printer that is down:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:811 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lpc up lp\n" @@ -1429,31 +1429,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:814 msgid "See man:lpc[8] for more commands and options." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:816 #, no-wrap msgid "Shared Printers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:820 msgid "" "Printers are often shared by multiple users in businesses and schools. " "Additional features are provided to make sharing printers more convenient." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:822 #, no-wrap msgid "Aliases" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:827 msgid "" "The printer name is set in the first line of the entry in [.filename]#/etc/" "printcap#. Additional names, or _aliases_, can be added after that name. " @@ -1461,37 +1461,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:830 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:831 #, no-wrap msgid "lp|repairsprinter|salesprinter:\\\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:834 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:835 msgid "" "Aliases can be used in place of the printer name. For example, users in the " "Sales department print to their printer with" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:839 #, no-wrap msgid "% lpr -Psalesprinter sales-report.txt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:842 msgid "Users in the Repairs department print to _their_ printer with" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:846 #, no-wrap msgid "% lpr -Prepairsprinter repairs-report.txt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:851 msgid "" "All of the documents print on that single printer. When the Sales " "department grows enough to need their own printer, the alias can be removed " @@ -1501,13 +1501,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:853 #, no-wrap msgid "Header Pages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:859 msgid "" "It can be difficult for users to locate their documents in the stack of " "pages produced by a busy shared printer. _Header pages_ were created to " @@ -1517,7 +1517,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:861 msgid "" "Enabling header pages differs depending on whether the printer is connected " "directly to the computer with a `USB`, parallel, or serial cable, or is " @@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:866 msgid "" "Header pages on directly-connected printers are enabled by removing the `:sh:" "\\` (Suppress Header) line from the entry in [.filename]#/etc/printcap#. " @@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:870 msgid "" "Header pages for network printers must be configured on the printer itself. " "Header page entries in [.filename]#/etc/printcap# are ignored. Settings are " @@ -1545,38 +1545,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:872 #, no-wrap msgid "References" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:874 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:875 msgid "Example files: [.filename]#/usr/share/examples/printing/#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:877 msgid "" "The _4.3BSD Line Printer Spooler Manual_, [.filename]#/usr/share/doc/smm/07." "lpd/paper.ascii.gz#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:878 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:879 msgid "" "Manual pages: man:printcap[5], man:lpd[8], man:lpr[1], man:lpc[8], man:" "lprm[1], man:lpq[1]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:881 #, no-wrap msgid "Other Printing Systems" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:885 msgid "" "Several other printing systems are available in addition to the built-in man:" "lpd[8]. These systems offer support for other protocols or additional " @@ -1584,13 +1584,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:886 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:887 #, no-wrap msgid "CUPS (Common UNIX(R) Printing System)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:890 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:891 msgid "" "CUPS is a popular printing system available on many operating systems. " "Using CUPS on FreeBSD is documented in a separate article: extref:{cups}" @@ -1598,13 +1598,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:892 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:893 #, no-wrap msgid "HPLIP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:900 msgid "" "Hewlett Packard provides a printing system that supports many of their " "inkjet and laser printers. The port is package:print/hplip[]. The main web " @@ -1615,13 +1615,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:901 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:902 #, no-wrap msgid "LPRng" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:905 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:906 msgid "" "LPRng was developed as an enhanced alternative to man:lpd[8]. The port is " "package:sysutils/LPRng[]. For details and documentation, see http://www." diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.po index 34d8f37085..d4b083f464 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-07-07 23:22-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 14. Security" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:56 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "Security, whether physical or virtual, is a topic so broad that an entire " "industry has evolved around it. Hundreds of standard practices have been " @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:60 msgid "" "In this chapter, several fundamentals and techniques will be discussed. The " "FreeBSD system comes with multiple layers of security, and many more third " @@ -64,86 +64,86 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:62 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:64 msgid "Basic FreeBSD system security concepts." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:65 msgid "The various crypt mechanisms available in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:66 msgid "How to set up one-time password authentication." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How to configure TCP Wrapper for use with man:inetd[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:68 msgid "How to set up Kerberos on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:69 msgid "How to configure IPsec and create a VPN." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:70 msgid "How to configure and use OpenSSH on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:71 msgid "How to use file system ACLs." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "How to use pkg to audit third party software packages installed from the " "Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:73 msgid "How to utilize FreeBSD security advisories." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:74 msgid "What Process Accounting is and how to enable it on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:75 msgid "" "How to control user resources using login classes or the resource limits " "database." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:77 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:79 msgid "Understand basic FreeBSD and Internet concepts." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:82 msgid "" "Additional security topics are covered elsewhere in this Handbook. For " "example, Mandatory Access Control is discussed in crossref:mac[mac,Mandatory " @@ -152,13 +152,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:84 #, no-wrap msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:89 msgid "" "Security is everyone's responsibility. A weak entry point in any system " "could allow intruders to gain access to critical information and cause havoc " @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "The CIA triad is a bedrock concept of computer security as customers and " "users expect their data to be protected. For example, a customer expects " @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:98 msgid "" "To provide CIA, security professionals apply a defense in depth strategy. " "The idea of defense in depth is to add several layers of security to prevent " @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:101 msgid "" "What is a threat as it pertains to computer security? Threats are not " "limited to remote attackers who attempt to access a system without " @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:105 msgid "" "Systems and networks can be accessed without permission, sometimes by " "accident, or by remote attackers, and in some cases, via corporate espionage " @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:111 msgid "" "When applying security to systems, it is recommended to start by securing " "the basic accounts and system configuration, and then to secure the network " @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:114 msgid "" "The rest of this introduction describes how some of these basic security " "configurations are performed on a FreeBSD system. The rest of this chapter " @@ -235,13 +235,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:116 #, no-wrap msgid "Preventing Logins" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:121 msgid "" "In securing a system, a good starting point is an audit of accounts. Ensure " "that `root` has a strong password and that this password is not shared. " @@ -249,20 +249,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:125 msgid "" "To deny login access to accounts, two methods exist. The first is to lock " "the account. This example locks the `toor` account:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:129 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw lock toor\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:133 msgid "" "The second method is to prevent login access by changing the shell to [." "filename]#/usr/sbin/nologin#. Only the superuser can change the shell for " @@ -270,26 +270,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:137 #, no-wrap msgid "# chsh -s /usr/sbin/nologin toor\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:140 msgid "" "The [.filename]#/usr/sbin/nologin# shell prevents the system from assigning " "a shell to the user when they attempt to login." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:142 #, no-wrap msgid "Permitted Account Escalation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:151 msgid "" "In some cases, system administration needs to be shared with other users. " "FreeBSD has two methods to handle this. The first one, which is not " @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:154 msgid "" "The second, and recommended, method to permit privilege escalation is to " "install the package:security/sudo[] package or port. This software provides " @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:157 msgid "" "After installation, use `visudo` to edit [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/" "sudoers#. This example creates a new `webadmin` group, adds the `trhodes` " @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:163 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pw groupadd webadmin -M trhodes -g 6000\n" @@ -330,13 +330,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:166 #, no-wrap msgid "Password Hashes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:172 msgid "" "Passwords are a necessary evil of technology. When they must be used, they " "should be complex and a powerful hash mechanism should be used to encrypt " @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:177 msgid "" "Blowfish is not part of AES and is not considered compliant with any Federal " "Information Processing Standards (FIPS). Its use may not be permitted in " @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:187 msgid "" "To determine which hash algorithm is used to encrypt a user's password, the " "superuser can view the hash for the user in the FreeBSD password database. " @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:192 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# grep dru /etc/master.passwd\n" @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:196 msgid "" "The hash mechanism is set in the user's login class. For this example, the " "user is in the `default` login class and the hash algorithm is set with this " @@ -385,25 +385,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:200 #, no-wrap msgid " :passwd_format=sha512:\\\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:203 msgid "" "To change the algorithm to Blowfish, modify that line to look like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:207 #, no-wrap msgid " :passwd_format=blf:\\\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:212 msgid "" "Then run `cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf` as described in <<users-limiting>>. " "Note that this change will not affect any existing password hashes. This " @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:219 msgid "" "For remote logins, two-factor authentication should be used. An example of " "two-factor authentication is \"something you have\", such as a key, and " @@ -425,13 +425,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:221 #, no-wrap msgid "Password Policy Enforcement" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:225 msgid "" "Enforcing a strong password policy for local accounts is a fundamental " "aspect of system security. In FreeBSD, password length, password strength, " @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:228 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to configure the minimum and maximum password " "length and the enforcement of mixed characters using the [." @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:231 msgid "" "To configure this module, become the superuser and uncomment the line " "containing `pam_passwdqc.so` in [.filename]#/etc/pam.d/passwd#. Then, edit " @@ -457,13 +457,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:235 #, no-wrap msgid "password requisite pam_passwdqc.so min=disabled,disabled,disabled,12,10 similar=deny retry=3 enforce=users\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:245 msgid "" "This example sets several requirements for new passwords. The `min` setting " "controls the minimum password length. It has five values because this " @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:248 msgid "" "The `similar` setting denies passwords that are similar to the user's " "previous password. The `retry` setting provides a user with three " @@ -489,14 +489,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:250 msgid "" "Once this file is saved, a user changing their password will see a message " "similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:256 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% passwd\n" @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:267 #, no-wrap msgid "" "You can now choose the new password.\n" @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:270 msgid "" "If a password that does not match the policy is entered, it will be rejected " "with a warning and the user will have an opportunity to try again, up to the " @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:274 msgid "" "Most password policies require passwords to expire after so many days. To " "set a password age time in FreeBSD, set `passwordtime` for the user's login " @@ -538,46 +538,46 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:278 #, no-wrap msgid "# :passwordtime=90d:\\\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:281 msgid "" "So, to set an expiry of 90 days for this login class, remove the comment " "symbol (`#`), save the edit, and run `cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:283 msgid "" "To set the expiration on individual users, pass an expiration date or the " "number of days to expiry and a username to `pw`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:287 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw usermod -p 30-apr-2015 -n trhodes\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:291 msgid "" "As seen here, an expiration date is set in the form of day, month, and " "year. For more information, see man:pw[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:293 #, no-wrap msgid "Detecting Rootkits" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:299 msgid "" "A _rootkit_ is any unauthorized software that attempts to gain `root` access " "to a system. Once installed, this malicious software will normally open up " @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:303 msgid "" "A rootkit does do one thing useful for administrators: once detected, it is " "a sign that a compromise happened at some point. But, these types of " @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:306 msgid "" "After installation of this package or port, the system may be checked using " "the following command. It will produce a lot of information and will " @@ -606,13 +606,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:310 #, no-wrap msgid "# rkhunter -c\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:316 msgid "" "After the process completes, a status message will be printed to the " "screen. This message will include the amount of files checked, suspect " @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:321 msgid "" "Every administrator should know what is running on the systems they are " "responsible for. Third-party tools like rkhunter and package:sysutils/" @@ -634,13 +634,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:323 #, no-wrap msgid "Binary Verification" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:327 msgid "" "Verification of system files and binaries is important because it provides " "the system administration and security teams information about system " @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:331 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides native support for a basic IDS system. While the nightly " "security emails will notify an administrator of changes, the information is " @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:337 msgid "" "The built-in `mtree` utility can be used to generate a specification of the " "contents of a directory. A seed, or a numeric constant, is used to generate " @@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:342 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mtree -s 3483151339707503 -c -K cksum,sha256digest -p /bin > /root/.bin_chksum_mtree\n" @@ -683,21 +683,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:346 msgid "" "The _3483151339707503_ represents the seed. This value should be " "remembered, but not shared." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:348 msgid "" "Viewing [.filename]#/root/.bin_cksum_mtree# should yield output similar to " "the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:355 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# user: root\n" @@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:371 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# .\n" @@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:375 msgid "" "The machine's hostname, the date and time the specification was created, and " "the name of the user who created the specification are included in this " @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:378 msgid "" "To verify that the binary signatures have not changed, compare the current " "contents of the directory to the previously generated specification, and " @@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:383 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mtree -s 3483151339707503 -p /bin < /root/.bin_chksum_mtree >> /root/.bin_chksum_output\n" @@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:388 msgid "" "This should produce the same checksum for [.filename]#/bin# that was " "produced when the specification was created. If no changes have occurred to " @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:396 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# touch /bin/cat\n" @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:400 msgid "" "It is recommended to create specifications for the directories which contain " "binaries and configuration files, as well as any directories containing " @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:405 msgid "" "More advanced IDS systems exist, such as package:security/aide[]. In most " "cases, `mtree` provides the functionality administrators need. It is " @@ -796,13 +796,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:407 #, no-wrap msgid "System Tuning for Security" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:412 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, many system features can be tuned using `sysctl`. A few of the " "security features which can be tuned to prevent Denial of Service (DoS) " @@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:417 msgid "" "Any time a setting is changed with `sysctl`, the chance to cause undesired " "harm is increased, affecting the availability of the system. All changes " @@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:424 msgid "" "By default, the FreeBSD kernel boots with a security level of `-1`. This is " "called \"insecure mode\" because immutable file flags may be turned off and " @@ -836,14 +836,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:429 msgid "" "Increasing the `securelevel` can break Xorg and cause other issues. Be " "prepared to do some debugging." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:436 msgid "" "The `net.inet.tcp.blackhole` and `net.inet.udp.blackhole` settings can be " "used to drop incoming SYN packets on closed ports without sending a return " @@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:440 msgid "" "The `net.inet.icmp.drop_redirect` and `net.inet.ip.redirect` settings help " "prevent against _redirect attacks_. A redirect attack is a type of DoS " @@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:444 msgid "" "Source routing is a method for detecting and accessing non-routable " "addresses on the internal network. This should be disabled as non-routable " @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:448 msgid "" "When a machine on the network needs to send messages to all hosts on a " "subnet, an ICMP echo request message is sent to the broadcast address. " @@ -884,18 +884,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:450 msgid "Some additional settings are documented in man:security[7]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:452 #, no-wrap msgid "One-time Passwords" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:459 msgid "" "By default, FreeBSD includes support for One-time Passwords In Everything " "(OPIE). OPIE is designed to prevent replay attacks, in which an attacker " @@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:465 msgid "" "OPIE uses three different types of passwords. The first is the usual " "UNIX(R) or Kerberos password. The second is the one-time password which is " @@ -916,7 +916,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:474 msgid "" "There are two other pieces of data that are important to OPIE. One is the " "\"seed\" or \"key\", consisting of two letters and five digits. The other " @@ -934,7 +934,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:479 msgid "" "There are a few programs involved in this process. A one-time password, or " "a consecutive list of one-time passwords, is generated by passing an " @@ -946,7 +946,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:485 msgid "" "This section describes four different sorts of operations. The first is how " "to set up one-time-passwords for the first time over a secure connection. " @@ -957,20 +957,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:486 #, no-wrap msgid "Initializing OPIE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:489 msgid "" "To initialize OPIE for the first time, run this command from a secure " "location:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:500 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% opiepasswd -c\n" @@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:503 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ID unfurl OTP key is 499 to4268\n" @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:506 msgid "" "The `-c` sets console mode which assumes that the command is being run from " "a secure location, such as a computer under the user's control or an SSH " @@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:510 msgid "" "When prompted, enter the secret password which will be used to generate the " "one-time login keys. This password should be difficult to guess and should " @@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:515 msgid "" "The `ID` line lists the login name (`unfurl`), default iteration count " "(`499`), and default seed (`to4268`). When logging in, the system will " @@ -1021,13 +1021,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:516 #, no-wrap msgid "Insecure Connection Initialization" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:522 msgid "" "To initialize or change the secret password on an insecure system, a secure " "connection is needed to some place where `opiekey` can be run. This might " @@ -1038,13 +1038,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:526 #, no-wrap msgid "% opiepasswd\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Updating unfurl:\n" @@ -1058,7 +1058,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:538 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ID mark OTP key is 499 gr4269\n" @@ -1066,15 +1066,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:542 msgid "" "To accept the default seed, press kbd:[Return]. Before entering an access " "password, move over to the secure connection and give it the same parameters:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:549 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:591 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% opiekey 498 to4268\n" @@ -1085,26 +1085,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:553 msgid "" "Switch back over to the insecure connection, and copy the generated one-time " "password over to the relevant program." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:554 #, no-wrap msgid "Generating a Single One-time Password" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:557 msgid "" "After initializing OPIE and logging in, a prompt like this will be displayed:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:564 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% telnet example.com\n" @@ -1114,13 +1114,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:566 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD/i386 (example.com) (ttypa)\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:570 #, no-wrap msgid "" "login: <username>\n" @@ -1129,7 +1129,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:575 msgid "" "The OPIE prompts provides a useful feature. If kbd:[Return] is pressed at " "the password prompt, the prompt will turn echo on and display what is " @@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:581 msgid "" "At this point, generate the one-time password to answer this login prompt. " "This must be done on a trusted system where it is safe to run man:" @@ -1149,23 +1149,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:583 msgid "On the trusted system:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:594 msgid "Once the one-time password is generated, continue to log in." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:595 #, no-wrap msgid "Generating Multiple One-time Passwords" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:599 msgid "" "Sometimes there is no access to a trusted machine or secure connection. In " "this case, it is possible to use man:opiekey[1] to generate a number of one-" @@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:611 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% opiekey -n 5 30 zz99999\n" @@ -1188,7 +1188,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:618 msgid "" "The `-n 5` requests five keys in sequence, and `30` specifies what the last " "iteration number should be. Note that these are printed out in _reverse_ " @@ -1198,13 +1198,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:619 #, no-wrap msgid "Restricting Use of UNIX(R) Passwords" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:624 msgid "" "OPIE can restrict the use of UNIX(R) passwords based on the IP address of a " "login session. The relevant file is [.filename]#/etc/opieaccess#, which is " @@ -1213,18 +1213,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:626 msgid "Here is a sample [.filename]#opieaccess#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:630 #, no-wrap msgid "permit 192.168.0.0 255.255.0.0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:633 msgid "" "This line allows users whose IP source address (which is vulnerable to " "spoofing) matches the specified value and mask, to use UNIX(R) passwords at " @@ -1232,20 +1232,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:635 msgid "" "If no rules in [.filename]#opieaccess# are matched, the default is to deny " "non-OPIE logins." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:637 #, no-wrap msgid "TCP Wrapper" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:641 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:642 msgid "" "TCP Wrapper is a host-based access control system which extends the " "abilities of crossref:network-servers[network-inetd,“The inetd Super-" @@ -1256,7 +1256,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:645 msgid "" "TCP Wrapper should not be considered a replacement for a properly configured " "firewall. Instead, TCP Wrapper should be used in conjunction with a " @@ -1265,20 +1265,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:645 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:646 #, no-wrap msgid "Initial Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:649 msgid "" "To enable TCP Wrapper in FreeBSD, add the following lines to [.filename]#/" "etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:654 #, no-wrap msgid "" "inetd_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -1286,12 +1286,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:656 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:657 msgid "Then, properly configure [.filename]#/etc/hosts.allow#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:662 msgid "" "Unlike other implementations of TCP Wrapper, the use of [.filename]#hosts." "deny# is deprecated in FreeBSD. All configuration options should be placed " @@ -1299,7 +1299,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:665 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:666 msgid "" "In the simplest configuration, daemon connection policies are set to either " "permit or block, depending on the options in [.filename]#/etc/hosts.allow#. " @@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:669 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:670 msgid "" "Basic configuration usually takes the form of `daemon : address : action`, " "where `daemon` is the daemon which inetd started, `address` is a valid " @@ -1320,14 +1320,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:672 msgid "" "For example, to allow POP3 connections via the package:mail/qpopper[] " "daemon, the following lines should be appended to [.filename]#hosts.allow#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:677 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# This line is required for POP3 connections:\n" @@ -1335,24 +1335,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:680 msgid "Whenever this file is edited, restart inetd:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:684 #, no-wrap msgid "# service inetd restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:686 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:693 msgid "" "TCP Wrapper provides advanced options to allow more control over the way " "connections are handled. In some cases, it may be appropriate to return a " @@ -1364,7 +1364,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:698 msgid "" "Suppose that a situation occurs where a connection should be denied yet a " "reason should be sent to the host who attempted to establish that " @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:705 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# The rest of the daemons are protected.\n" @@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:711 msgid "" "In this example, the message \"You are not allowed to use _daemon name_ from " "_hostname_.\" will be returned for any daemon not configured in [." @@ -1394,14 +1394,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:715 msgid "" "It may be possible to launch a denial of service attack on the server if an " "attacker floods these daemons with connection requests." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:721 msgid "" "Another possibility is to use `spawn`. Like `twist`, `spawn` implicitly " "denies the connection and may be used to run external shell commands or " @@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:728 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:729 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# We do not allow connections from example.com:\n" @@ -1422,7 +1422,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:734 msgid "" "This will deny all connection attempts from `*.example.com` and log the " "hostname, IP address, and the daemon to which access was attempted to [." @@ -1432,7 +1432,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:738 msgid "" "To match every instance of a daemon, domain, or IP address, use `ALL`. " "Another wildcard is `PARANOID` which may be used to match any host which " @@ -1443,7 +1443,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:742 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:743 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block possibly spoofed requests to sendmail:\n" @@ -1451,34 +1451,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:748 msgid "" "Using the `PARANOID` wildcard will result in denied connections if the " "client or server has a broken DNS setup." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:750 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:751 msgid "" "To learn more about wildcards and their associated functionality, refer to " "man:hosts_access[5]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:755 msgid "" "When adding new configuration lines, make sure that any unneeded entries for " "that daemon are commented out in [.filename]#hosts.allow#." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:758 #, no-wrap msgid "Kerberos" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:764 msgid "" "Kerberos is a network authentication protocol which was originally created " "by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) as a way to securely " @@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:768 msgid "" "The only function of Kerberos is to provide the secure authentication of " "users and servers on the network. It does not provide authorization or " @@ -1501,7 +1501,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:776 msgid "" "The current version of the protocol is version 5, described in RFC 4120. " "Several free implementations of this protocol are available, covering a wide " @@ -1516,7 +1516,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:779 msgid "" "In Kerberos users and services are identified as \"principals\" which are " "contained within an administrative grouping, called a \"realm\". A typical " @@ -1525,31 +1525,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:781 msgid "" "This section provides a guide on how to set up Kerberos using the Heimdal " "distribution included in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:783 msgid "" "For purposes of demonstrating a Kerberos installation, the name spaces will " "be as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:785 msgid "The DNS domain (zone) will be `example.org`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:786 msgid "The Kerberos realm will be `EXAMPLE.ORG`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:791 msgid "" "Use real domain names when setting up Kerberos, even if it will run " "internally. This avoids DNS problems and assures inter-operation with other " @@ -1557,13 +1557,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:793 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting up a Heimdal KDC" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:799 msgid "" "The Key Distribution Center (KDC) is the centralized authentication service " "that Kerberos provides, the \"trusted third party\" of the system. It is " @@ -1574,30 +1574,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:801 msgid "" "While running a KDC requires few computing resources, a dedicated machine " "acting only as a KDC is recommended for security reasons." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:803 msgid "To begin, install the package:security/heimdal[] package as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:807 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install heimdal\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:810 msgid "Next, update [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# using `sysrc` as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:815 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc kdc_enable=yes\n" @@ -1605,12 +1605,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:818 msgid "Next, edit [.filename]#/etc/krb5.conf# as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:830 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[libdefaults]\n" @@ -1625,14 +1625,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:834 msgid "" "In this example, the KDC will use the fully-qualified hostname `kerberos." "example.org`. The hostname of the KDC must be resolvable in the DNS." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:837 msgid "" "Kerberos can also use the DNS to locate KDCs, instead of a `[realms]` " "section in [.filename]#/etc/krb5.conf#. For large organizations that have " @@ -1640,7 +1640,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:844 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[libdefaults]\n" @@ -1650,12 +1650,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:847 msgid "With the following lines being included in the `example.org` zone file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:855 #, no-wrap msgid "" "_kerberos._udp IN SRV 01 00 88 kerberos.example.org.\n" @@ -1666,7 +1666,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:860 msgid "" "In order for clients to be able to find the Kerberos services, they _must_ " "have either a fully configured [.filename]#/etc/krb5.conf# or a minimally " @@ -1675,7 +1675,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:866 msgid "" "Next, create the Kerberos database which contains the keys of all principals " "(users and hosts) encrypted with a master password. It is not required to " @@ -1685,7 +1685,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:872 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kstash\n" @@ -1694,7 +1694,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:878 msgid "" "Once the master key has been created, the database should be initialized. " "The Kerberos administrative tool man:kadmin[8] can be used on the KDC in a " @@ -1705,7 +1705,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:884 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kadmin -l\n" @@ -1714,7 +1714,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:888 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:889 msgid "" "Lastly, while still in `kadmin`, create the first principal using `add`. " "Stick to the default options for the principal for now, as these can be " @@ -1723,7 +1723,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:900 #, no-wrap msgid "" "kadmin> add tillman\n" @@ -1737,12 +1737,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:903 msgid "Next, start the KDC services by running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:908 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service kdc start\n" @@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:911 msgid "" "While there will not be any kerberized daemons running at this point, it is " "possible to confirm that the KDC is functioning by obtaining a ticket for " @@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:916 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% kinit tillman\n" @@ -1766,12 +1766,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:919 msgid "Confirm that a ticket was successfully obtained using `klist`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:924 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:925 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% klist\n" @@ -1780,7 +1780,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:927 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:928 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Issued Expires Principal\n" @@ -1788,24 +1788,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:931 msgid "The temporary ticket can be destroyed when the test is finished:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:935 #, no-wrap msgid "% kdestroy\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:937 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring a Server to Use Kerberos" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:940 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:941 msgid "" "The first step in configuring a server to use Kerberos authentication is to " "ensure that it has the correct configuration in [.filename]#/etc/krb5." @@ -1814,7 +1814,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:949 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:950 msgid "" "Next, create [.filename]#/etc/krb5.keytab# on the server. This is the main " "part of \"Kerberizing\" a service - it corresponds to generating a secret " @@ -1834,7 +1834,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:953 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:954 msgid "" "Of course, `kadmin` is a kerberized service; a Kerberos ticket is needed to " "authenticate to the network service, but to ensure that the user running " @@ -1849,7 +1849,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:957 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:958 msgid "" "After installing [.filename]#/etc/krb5.conf#, use `add --random-key` in " "`kadmin`. This adds the server's host principal to the database, but does " @@ -1859,7 +1859,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:969 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:970 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kadmin\n" @@ -1874,7 +1874,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:974 msgid "" "Note that `ext_keytab` stores the extracted key in [.filename]#/etc/krb5." "keytab# by default. This is good when being run on the server being " @@ -1883,7 +1883,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:979 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:980 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kadmin\n" @@ -1892,7 +1892,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:983 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:984 msgid "" "The keytab can then be securely copied to the server using man:scp[1] or a " "removable media. Be sure to specify a non-default keytab name to avoid " @@ -1900,7 +1900,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:989 msgid "" "At this point, the server can read encrypted messages from the KDC using its " "shared key, stored in [.filename]#krb5.keytab#. It is now ready for the " @@ -1910,33 +1910,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:992 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:993 #, no-wrap msgid "GSSAPIAuthentication yes\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:995 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:996 msgid "" "After making this change, man:sshd[8] must be restarted for the new " "configuration to take effect: `service sshd restart`." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:996 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:997 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring a Client to Use Kerberos" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1000 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1001 msgid "" "As it was for the server, the client requires configuration in [.filename]#/" "etc/krb5.conf#. Copy the file in place (securely) or re-enter it as needed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1006 msgid "" "Test the client by using `kinit`, `klist`, and `kdestroy` from the client to " "obtain, show, and then delete a ticket for an existing principal. Kerberos " @@ -1948,14 +1948,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1008 msgid "" "When testing a Kerberized application, try using a packet sniffer such as " "`tcpdump` to confirm that no sensitive information is sent in the clear." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1010 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1011 msgid "" "Various Kerberos client applications are available. With the advent of a " "bridge so that applications using SASL for authentication can use GSS-API " @@ -1964,7 +1964,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1015 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1016 msgid "" "Users within a realm typically have their Kerberos principal mapped to a " "local user account. Occasionally, one needs to grant access to a local user " @@ -1975,7 +1975,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1019 msgid "" "The [.filename]#.k5login# and [.filename]#.k5users# files, placed in a " "user's home directory, can be used to solve this problem. For example, if " @@ -1985,7 +1985,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1023 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1024 #, no-wrap msgid "" "tillman@example.org\n" @@ -1993,18 +1993,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1026 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1027 msgid "Refer to man:ksu[1] for more information about [.filename]#.k5users#." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1028 #, no-wrap msgid "MIT Differences" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1031 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1032 msgid "" "The major difference between the MIT and Heimdal implementations is that " "`kadmin` has a different, but equivalent, set of commands and uses a " @@ -2013,7 +2013,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1036 msgid "" "Client applications may also use slightly different command line options to " "accomplish the same tasks. Following the instructions at http://web.mit.edu/" @@ -2024,14 +2024,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1037 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1038 msgid "" "When using MIT Kerberos as a KDC on FreeBSD, the following edits should also " "be made to [.filename]#rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1045 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1046 #, no-wrap msgid "" "kdc_program=\"/usr/local/sbin/kdc\"\n" @@ -2042,20 +2042,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1047 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1048 #, no-wrap msgid "Kerberos Tips, Tricks, and Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1050 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1051 msgid "" "When configuring and troubleshooting Kerberos, keep the following points in " "mind:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1052 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1053 msgid "" "When using either Heimdal or MITKerberos from ports, ensure that the `PATH` " "lists the port's versions of the client applications before the system " @@ -2063,7 +2063,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1053 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1054 msgid "" "If all the computers in the realm do not have synchronized time settings, " "authentication may fail. crossref:network-servers[network-ntp,“Clock " @@ -2071,7 +2071,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1054 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1055 msgid "" "If the hostname is changed, the `host/` principal must be changed and the " "keytab updated. This also applies to special keytab entries like the `HTTP/` " @@ -2079,7 +2079,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1055 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1056 msgid "" "All hosts in the realm must be both forward and reverse resolvable in DNS " "or, at a minimum, exist in [.filename]#/etc/hosts#. CNAMEs will work, but " @@ -2089,7 +2089,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1056 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1057 msgid "" "Some operating systems that act as clients to the KDC do not set the " "permissions for `ksu` to be setuid `root`. This means that `ksu` does not " @@ -2097,7 +2097,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1057 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1058 msgid "" "With MITKerberos, to allow a principal to have a ticket life longer than the " "default lifetime of ten hours, use `modify_principal` at the man:kadmin[8] " @@ -2107,7 +2107,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1058 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1059 msgid "" "When running a packet sniffer on the KDC to aid in troubleshooting while " "running `kinit` from a workstation, the Ticket Granting Ticket (TGT) is sent " @@ -2125,7 +2125,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1060 msgid "" "Host principals can have a longer ticket lifetime. If the user principal has " "a lifetime of a week but the host being connected to has a lifetime of nine " @@ -2134,7 +2134,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1061 msgid "" "When setting up [.filename]#krb5.dict# to prevent specific bad passwords " "from being used as described in man:kadmind[8], remember that it only " @@ -2144,13 +2144,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1061 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1062 #, no-wrap msgid "Mitigating Kerberos Limitations" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1067 msgid "" "Since Kerberos is an all or nothing approach, every service enabled on the " "network must either be modified to work with Kerberos or be otherwise " @@ -2161,7 +2161,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1071 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1072 msgid "" "The KDC is a single point of failure. By design, the KDC must be as secure " "as its master password database. The KDC should have absolutely no other " @@ -2171,7 +2171,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1075 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1076 msgid "" "A compromised master key is not quite as bad as one might fear. The master " "key is only used to encrypt the Kerberos database and as a seed for the " @@ -2180,7 +2180,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1078 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1079 msgid "" "If the KDC is unavailable, network services are unusable as authentication " "cannot be performed. This can be alleviated with a single master KDC and " @@ -2189,7 +2189,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1083 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1084 msgid "" "Kerberos allows users, hosts and services to authenticate between " "themselves. It does not have a mechanism to authenticate the KDC to the " @@ -2199,50 +2199,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1084 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1085 #, no-wrap msgid "Resources and Further Information" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1087 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1088 msgid "" "http://www.faqs.org/faqs/Kerberos-faq/general/preamble.html[The Kerberos FAQ]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1089 msgid "" "http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/www/dialogue.html[Designing an Authentication " "System: a Dialog in Four Scenes]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1089 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1090 msgid "" "https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4120.txt[RFC 4120, The Kerberos Network " "Authentication Service (V5)]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1090 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1091 msgid "http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/www/[MIT Kerberos home page]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1091 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1092 msgid "" "https://github.com/heimdal/heimdal/wiki[Heimdal Kerberos project wiki page]" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1093 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1094 #, no-wrap msgid "OpenSSL" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1098 msgid "" "OpenSSL is an open source implementation of the SSL and TLS protocols. It " "provides an encryption transport layer on top of the normal communications " @@ -2251,7 +2251,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1100 msgid "" "The version of OpenSSL included in FreeBSD supports Transport Layer Security " "1.0/1.1/1.2/1.3 (TLSv1/TLSv1.1/TLSv1.2/TLSv1.3) network security protocols " @@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1105 msgid "" "OpenSSL is often used to encrypt authentication of mail clients and to " "secure web based transactions such as credit card payments. Some ports, " @@ -2271,13 +2271,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1109 #, no-wrap msgid "DEFAULT_VERSIONS+= ssl=openssl\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1117 msgid "" "Another common use of OpenSSL is to provide certificates for use with " "software applications. Certificates can be used to verify the credentials " @@ -2291,7 +2291,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1120 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to create and use certificates on a FreeBSD " "system. Refer to crossref:network-servers[ldap-config,“Configuring an LDAP " @@ -2300,20 +2300,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1122 msgid "" "For more information about SSL, read the free https://www.feistyduck.com/" "books/openssl-cookbook/[OpenSSL Cookbook]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1123 #, no-wrap msgid "Generating Certificates" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1129 msgid "" "To generate a certificate that will be signed by an external CA, issue the " "following command and input the information requested at the prompts. This " @@ -2325,7 +2325,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1152 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# openssl req -new -nodes -out req.pem -keyout cert.key -sha256 -newkey rsa:2048\n" @@ -2351,7 +2351,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1157 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Please enter the following 'extra' attributes\n" @@ -2361,7 +2361,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1161 msgid "" "Other options, such as the expire time and alternate encryption algorithms, " "are available when creating a certificate. A complete list of options is " @@ -2369,7 +2369,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1166 msgid "" "This command will create two files in the current directory. The " "certificate request, [.filename]#req.pem#, can be sent to a CA who will " @@ -2380,14 +2380,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1169 msgid "" "Alternately, if a signature from a CA is not required, a self-signed " "certificate can be created. First, generate the RSA key:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1178 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# openssl genrsa -rand -genkey -out cert.key 2048\n" @@ -2399,14 +2399,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1181 msgid "" "Use this key to create a self-signed certificate. Follow the usual prompts " "for creating a certificate:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1199 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# openssl req -new -x509 -days 365 -key cert.key -out cert.crt -sha256\n" @@ -2427,7 +2427,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1204 msgid "" "This will create two new files in the current directory: a private key file " "[.filename]#cert.key#, and the certificate itself, [.filename]#cert.crt#. " @@ -2437,20 +2437,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1205 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Certificates" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1208 msgid "" "One use for a certificate is to encrypt connections to the Sendmail mail " "server in order to prevent the use of clear text authentication." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1213 msgid "" "Some mail clients will display an error if the user has not installed a " "local copy of the certificate. Refer to the documentation included with the " @@ -2458,7 +2458,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1217 msgid "" "In FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE and above, it is possible to create a self-signed " "certificate for Sendmail automatically. To enable this, add the following " @@ -2466,7 +2466,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1223 #, no-wrap msgid "" "sendmail_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -2475,7 +2475,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1228 msgid "" "This will automatically create a self-signed certificate, [.filename]#/etc/" "mail/certs/host.cert#, a signing key, [.filename]#/etc/mail/certs/host.key#, " @@ -2485,13 +2485,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1232 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sendmail restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1236 msgid "" "If all went well, there will be no error messages in [.filename]#/var/log/" "maillog#. For a simple test, connect to the mail server's listening port " @@ -2499,7 +2499,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1259 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# telnet example.com 25\n" @@ -2525,20 +2525,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1262 msgid "" "If the `STARTTLS` line appears in the output, everything is working " "correctly." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1264 #, no-wrap msgid "VPN over IPsec" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1269 msgid "" "Internet Protocol Security (IPsec) is a set of protocols which sit on top of " "the Internet Protocol (IP) layer. It allows two or more hosts to " @@ -2549,12 +2549,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1271 msgid "IPsec is comprised of the following sub-protocols:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1273 msgid "" "_Encapsulated Security Payload (ESP)_: this protocol protects the IP packet " "data from third party interference by encrypting the contents using " @@ -2562,7 +2562,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1274 msgid "" "_Authentication Header (AH)_: this protocol protects the IP packet header " "from third party interference and spoofing by computing a cryptographic " @@ -2572,7 +2572,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1275 msgid "" "_IP Payload Compression Protocol (IPComp_): this protocol tries to increase " "communication performance by compressing the IP payload in order to reduce " @@ -2580,14 +2580,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1277 msgid "" "These protocols can either be used together or separately, depending on the " "environment." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1282 msgid "" "IPsec supports two modes of operation. The first mode, _Transport Mode_, " "protects communications between two hosts. The second mode, _Tunnel Mode_, " @@ -2597,7 +2597,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1285 msgid "" "IPsec support is enabled by default on FreeBSD 11 and later. For previous " "versions of FreeBSD, add these options to a custom kernel configuration file " @@ -2606,7 +2606,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1290 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options IPSEC IP security\n" @@ -2614,34 +2614,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1293 msgid "" "If IPsec debugging support is desired, the following kernel option should " "also be added:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1297 #, no-wrap msgid "options IPSEC_DEBUG debug for IP security\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1301 msgid "" "This rest of this chapter demonstrates the process of setting up an IPsecVPN " "between a home network and a corporate network. In the example scenario:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1303 msgid "" "Both sites are connected to the Internet through a gateway that is running " "FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1304 msgid "" "The gateway on each network has at least one external IP address. In this " "example, the corporate LAN's external IP address is `172.16.5.4` and the " @@ -2649,7 +2649,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1305 msgid "" "The internal addresses of the two networks can be either public or private " "IP addresses. However, the address space must not overlap. In this example, " @@ -2658,7 +2658,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1310 #, no-wrap msgid "" " corporate home\n" @@ -2666,13 +2666,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1312 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring a VPN on FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1316 msgid "" "To begin, package:security/ipsec-tools[] must be installed from the Ports " "Collection. This software provides a number of applications which support " @@ -2680,7 +2680,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1319 msgid "" "The next requirement is to create two man:gif[4] pseudo-devices which will " "be used to tunnel packets and allow both networks to communicate properly. " @@ -2688,7 +2688,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1325 #, no-wrap msgid "" "corp-gw# ifconfig gif0 create\n" @@ -2697,7 +2697,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1332 #, no-wrap msgid "" "home-gw# ifconfig gif0 create\n" @@ -2706,14 +2706,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1336 msgid "" "Verify the setup on each gateway, using `ifconfig gif0`. Here is the output " "from the home gateway:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1343 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gif0: flags=8051 mtu 1280\n" @@ -2723,12 +2723,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1346 msgid "Here is the output from the corporate gateway:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1353 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gif0: flags=8051 mtu 1280\n" @@ -2738,14 +2738,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1356 msgid "" "Once complete, both internal IP addresses should be reachable using man:" "ping[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1368 #, no-wrap msgid "" "home-gw# ping 10.0.0.5\n" @@ -2760,7 +2760,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1379 #, no-wrap msgid "" "corp-gw# ping 10.246.38.1\n" @@ -2776,7 +2776,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1384 msgid "" "As expected, both sides have the ability to send and receive ICMP packets " "from the privately configured addresses. Next, both gateways must be told " @@ -2785,7 +2785,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1391 #, no-wrap msgid "" "corp-gw# route add 10.0.0.0 10.0.0.5 255.255.255.0\n" @@ -2795,14 +2795,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1395 msgid "" "Internal machines should be reachable from each gateway as well as from " "machines behind the gateways. Again, use man:ping[8] to confirm:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1406 #, no-wrap msgid "" "corp-gw# ping -c 3 10.0.0.8\n" @@ -2816,7 +2816,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1415 #, no-wrap msgid "" "home-gw# ping -c 3 10.246.38.107\n" @@ -2830,7 +2830,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1420 msgid "" "At this point, traffic is flowing between the networks encapsulated in a gif " "tunnel but without any encryption. Next, use IPSec to encrypt traffic using " @@ -2840,7 +2840,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1425 #, no-wrap msgid "" "path pre_shared_key \"/usr/local/etc/racoon/psk.txt\"; #location of pre-shared key file\n" @@ -2848,7 +2848,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1433 #, no-wrap msgid "" "padding\t# options are not to be changed\n" @@ -2861,7 +2861,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1443 #, no-wrap msgid "" "timer\t# timing options. change as needed\n" @@ -2876,7 +2876,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1449 #, no-wrap msgid "" "listen\t# address [port] that racoon will listen on\n" @@ -2887,7 +2887,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1462 #, no-wrap msgid "" "remote 192.168.1.12 [500]\n" @@ -2905,7 +2905,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1471 #, no-wrap msgid "" " proposal {\n" @@ -2919,7 +2919,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1480 #, no-wrap msgid "" "sainfo (address 10.246.38.0/24 any address 10.0.0.0/24 any)\t# address $network/$netmask $type address $network/$netmask $type ( $type being any or esp)\n" @@ -2933,21 +2933,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1483 msgid "" "For descriptions of each available option, refer to the manual page for [." "filename]#racoon.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1485 msgid "" "The Security Policy Database (SPD) needs to be configured so that FreeBSD " "and racoon are able to encrypt and decrypt network traffic between the hosts." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1488 msgid "" "This can be achieved with a shell script, similar to the following, on the " "corporate gateway. This file will be used during system initialization and " @@ -2955,7 +2955,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1496 #, no-wrap msgid "" "flush;\n" @@ -2966,25 +2966,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1499 msgid "" "Once in place, racoon may be started on both gateways using the following " "command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1503 #, no-wrap msgid "# /usr/local/sbin/racoon -F -f /usr/local/etc/racoon/racoon.conf -l /var/log/racoon.log\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1506 msgid "The output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1521 #, no-wrap msgid "" "corp-gw# /usr/local/sbin/racoon -F -f /usr/local/etc/racoon/racoon.conf\n" @@ -3002,7 +3002,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1525 msgid "" "To ensure the tunnel is working properly, switch to another console and use " "man:tcpdump[1] to view network traffic using the following command. Replace " @@ -3010,20 +3010,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1529 #, no-wrap msgid "corp-gw# tcpdump -i em0 host 172.16.5.4 and dst 192.168.1.12\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1533 msgid "" "Data similar to the following should appear on the console. If not, there " "is an issue and debugging the returned data will be required." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1539 #, no-wrap msgid "" "01:47:32.021683 IP corporatenetwork.com > 192.168.1.12.privatenetwork.com: ESP(spi=0x02acbf9f,seq=0xa)\n" @@ -3032,7 +3032,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1545 msgid "" "At this point, both networks should be available and seem to be part of the " "same network. Most likely both networks are protected by a firewall. To " @@ -3042,7 +3042,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1552 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ipfw add 00201 allow log esp from any to any\n" @@ -3052,21 +3052,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1557 msgid "" "The rule numbers may need to be altered depending on the current host " "configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1560 msgid "" "For users of man:pf[4] or man:ipf[8], the following rules should do the " "trick:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1573 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pass in quick proto esp from any to any\n" @@ -3082,14 +3082,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1576 msgid "" "Finally, to allow the machine to start support for the VPN during system " "initialization, add the following lines to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1583 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ipsec_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -3099,13 +3099,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1586 #, no-wrap msgid "OpenSSH" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1591 msgid "" "OpenSSH is a set of network connectivity tools used to provide secure access " "to remote machines. Additionally, TCP/IP connections can be tunneled or " @@ -3115,14 +3115,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1593 msgid "" "OpenSSH is maintained by the OpenBSD project and is installed by default in " "FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1597 msgid "" "When data is sent over the network in an unencrypted form, network sniffers " "anywhere in between the client and server can steal user/password " @@ -3133,7 +3133,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1601 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of the built-in client utilities to " "securely access other systems and securely transfer files from a FreeBSD " @@ -3143,13 +3143,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1602 #, no-wrap msgid "Using the SSH Client Utilities" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1606 msgid "" "To log into a SSH server, use `ssh` and specify a username that exists on " "that server and the IP address or hostname of the server. If this is the " @@ -3158,7 +3158,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1615 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ssh user@example.com\n" @@ -3170,7 +3170,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1621 msgid "" "SSH utilizes a key fingerprint system to verify the authenticity of the " "server when the client connects. When the user accepts the key's " @@ -3183,14 +3183,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1624 msgid "" "Recent versions of OpenSSH only accept SSHv2 connections. SSH protocol " "version 1 is obsolete." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1627 msgid "" "Use man:scp[1] to securely copy a file to or from a remote machine. This " "example copies [.filename]#COPYRIGHT# on the remote system to a file of the " @@ -3198,7 +3198,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1635 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# scp user@example.com:/COPYRIGHT COPYRIGHT\n" @@ -3209,14 +3209,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1638 msgid "" "Since the fingerprint was already verified for this host, the server's key " "is automatically checked before prompting for the user's password." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1643 msgid "" "The arguments passed to `scp` are similar to `cp`. The file or files to " "copy is the first argument and the destination to copy to is the second. " @@ -3226,20 +3226,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1645 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1646 msgid "" "To open an interactive session for copying files, use `sftp`. Refer to man:" "sftp[1] for a list of available commands while in an `sftp` session." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1648 #, no-wrap msgid "Key-based Authentication" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1654 msgid "" "Instead of using passwords, a client can be configured to connect to the " "remote machine using keys. To generate RSA authentication keys, use `ssh-" @@ -3249,7 +3249,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1677 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1678 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ssh-keygen -t rsa\n" @@ -3276,17 +3276,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1681 msgid "Type a passphrase here. It can contain spaces and symbols." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1682 msgid "Retype the passphrase to verify it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1685 msgid "" "The private key is stored in [.filename]#~/.ssh/id_rsa# and the public key " "is stored in [.filename]#~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub#. The _public_ key must be " @@ -3295,7 +3295,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1694 msgid "" "Many users believe that keys are secure by design and will use a key without " "a passphrase. This is _dangerous_ behavior. An administrator can verify " @@ -3308,14 +3308,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1698 msgid "" "The options and files vary with different versions of OpenSSH. To avoid " "problems, consult man:ssh-keygen[1]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1701 msgid "" "If a passphrase is used, the user is prompted for the passphrase each time a " "connection is made to the server. To load SSH keys into memory and remove " @@ -3324,7 +3324,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1704 msgid "" "Authentication is handled by `ssh-agent`, using the private keys that are " "loaded into it. `ssh-agent` can be used to launch another application like " @@ -3332,7 +3332,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1709 msgid "" "To use `ssh-agent` in a shell, start it with a shell as an argument. Add " "the identity by running `ssh-add` and entering the passphrase for the " @@ -3341,7 +3341,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1717 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ssh-agent csh\n" @@ -3352,12 +3352,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1720 msgid "Enter the passphrase for the key." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1724 msgid "" "To use `ssh-agent` in Xorg, add an entry for it in [.filename]#~/.xinitrc#. " "This provides the `ssh-agent` services to all programs launched in Xorg. An " @@ -3365,13 +3365,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1727 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1728 #, no-wrap msgid "exec ssh-agent startxfce4\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1732 msgid "" "This launches `ssh-agent`, which in turn launches XFCE, every time Xorg " "starts. Once Xorg has been restarted so that the changes can take effect, " @@ -3379,25 +3379,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1734 #, no-wrap msgid "SSH Tunneling" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1736 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1737 msgid "" "OpenSSH has the ability to create a tunnel to encapsulate another protocol " "in an encrypted session." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1739 msgid "The following command tells `ssh` to create a tunnel for telnet:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1743 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1744 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ssh -2 -N -f -L 5023:localhost:23 user@foo.example.com\n" @@ -3405,69 +3405,69 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1747 msgid "This example uses the following options:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1748 #, no-wrap msgid "`-2`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1750 msgid "Forces `ssh` to use version 2 to connect to the server." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1750 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1751 #, no-wrap msgid "`-N`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1754 msgid "" "Indicates no command, or tunnel only. If omitted, `ssh` initiates a normal " "session." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1755 #, no-wrap msgid "`-f`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1757 msgid "Forces `ssh` to run in the background." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1758 #, no-wrap msgid "`-L`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1760 msgid "Indicates a local tunnel in _localport:remotehost:remoteport_ format." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1761 #, no-wrap msgid "`user@foo.example.com`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1763 msgid "The login name to use on the specified remote SSH server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1768 msgid "" "An SSH tunnel works by creating a listen socket on `localhost` on the " "specified `localport`. It then forwards any connections received on " @@ -3478,20 +3478,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1770 msgid "" "This method can be used to wrap any number of insecure TCP protocols such as " "SMTP, POP3, and FTP, as seen in the following examples." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1771 #, no-wrap msgid "Create a Secure Tunnel for SMTP" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1784 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ssh -2 -N -f -L 5025:localhost:25 user@mailserver.example.com\n" @@ -3504,7 +3504,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1786 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1787 msgid "" "This can be used in conjunction with `ssh-keygen` and additional user " "accounts to create a more seamless SSH tunneling environment. Keys can be " @@ -3513,13 +3513,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1789 #, no-wrap msgid "Secure Access of a POP3 Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1794 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1795 msgid "" "In this example, there is an SSH server that accepts connections from the " "outside. On the same network resides a mail server running a POP3 server. " @@ -3528,7 +3528,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1799 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1800 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ssh -2 -N -f -L 2110:mail.example.com:110 user@ssh-server.example.com\n" @@ -3536,7 +3536,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1804 msgid "" "Once the tunnel is up and running, point the email client to send POP3 " "requests to `localhost` on port 2110. This connection will be forwarded " @@ -3544,13 +3544,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1805 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1806 #, no-wrap msgid "Bypassing a Firewall" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1812 msgid "" "Some firewalls filter both incoming and outgoing connections. For example, " "a firewall might limit access from remote machines to ports 22 and 80 to " @@ -3559,14 +3559,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1814 msgid "" "The solution is to create an SSH connection to a machine outside of the " "network's firewall and use it to tunnel to the desired service:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1819 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ssh -2 -N -f -L 8888:music.example.com:8000 user@unfirewalled-system.example.org\n" @@ -3574,7 +3574,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1822 msgid "" "In this example, a streaming Ogg Vorbis client can now be pointed to " "`localhost` port 8888, which will be forwarded over to `music.example.com` " @@ -3582,57 +3582,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1824 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling the SSH Server" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1827 msgid "" "In addition to providing built-in SSH client utilities, a FreeBSD system can " "be configured as an SSH server, accepting connections from other SSH clients." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1829 msgid "To see if sshd is operating, use the man:service[8] command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1833 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sshd status\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1836 msgid "" "If the service is not running, add the following line to [.filename]#/etc/rc." "conf#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1840 #, no-wrap msgid "sshd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1843 msgid "" "This will start sshd, the daemon program for OpenSSH, the next time the " "system boots. To start it now:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1847 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sshd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1851 msgid "" "The first time sshd starts on a FreeBSD system, the system's host keys will " "be automatically created and the fingerprint will be displayed on the " @@ -3641,7 +3641,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1853 msgid "" "Refer to man:sshd[8] for the list of available options when starting sshd " "and a more complete discussion about authentication, the login process, and " @@ -3649,20 +3649,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1855 msgid "" "At this point, the sshd should be available to all users with a username and " "password on the system." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1856 #, no-wrap msgid "SSH Server Security" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1860 msgid "" "While sshd is the most widely used remote administration facility for " "FreeBSD, brute force and drive by attacks are common to any system exposed " @@ -3671,7 +3671,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1863 msgid "" "It is a good idea to limit which users can log into the SSH server and from " "where using the `AllowUsers` keyword in the OpenSSH server configuration " @@ -3680,50 +3680,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1867 #, no-wrap msgid "AllowUsers root@192.168.1.32\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1870 msgid "" "To allow `admin` to log in from anywhere, list that user without specifying " "an IP address:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1874 #, no-wrap msgid "AllowUsers admin\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1877 msgid "Multiple users should be listed on the same line, like so:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1881 #, no-wrap msgid "AllowUsers root@192.168.1.32 admin\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1884 msgid "" "After making changes to [.filename]#/etc/ssh/sshd_config#, tell sshd to " "reload its configuration file by running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1888 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sshd reload\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1897 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1898 msgid "" "When this keyword is used, it is important to list each user that needs to " "log into this machine. Any user that is not specified in that line will be " @@ -3735,7 +3735,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1903 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1904 msgid "" "In addition, users may be forced to use two factor authentication via the " "use of a public and private key. When required, the user may generate a key " @@ -3746,13 +3746,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1908 #, no-wrap msgid "AuthenticationMethods publickey\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1916 msgid "" "Do not confuse [.filename]#/etc/ssh/sshd_config# with [.filename]#/etc/ssh/" "ssh_config# (note the extra `d` in the first filename). The first file " @@ -3761,13 +3761,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1919 #, no-wrap msgid "Access Control Lists" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1922 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1923 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACLs) extend the standard UNIX(R) permission model in " "a POSIX(R).1e compatible way. This permits an administrator to take " @@ -3775,7 +3775,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1926 msgid "" "The FreeBSD [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel provides ACL support for UFS file " "systems. Users who prefer to compile a custom kernel must include the " @@ -3783,13 +3783,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1929 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1930 #, no-wrap msgid "options UFS_ACL\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1934 msgid "" "If this option is not compiled in, a warning message will be displayed when " "attempting to mount a file system with ACL support. ACLs rely on extended " @@ -3797,20 +3797,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1935 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1936 msgid "" "This chapter describes how to enable ACL support and provides some usage " "examples." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1937 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling ACL Support" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1941 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1942 msgid "" "ACLs are enabled by the mount-time administrative flag, `acls`, which may be " "added to [.filename]#/etc/fstab#. The mount-time flag can also be " @@ -3820,7 +3820,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1944 msgid "" "The superblock flag cannot be changed by a remount using `mount -u` as it " "requires a complete `umount` and fresh `mount`. This means that ACLs cannot " @@ -3829,7 +3829,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1945 msgid "" "Setting the superblock flag causes the file system to always be mounted with " "ACLs enabled, even if there is not an [.filename]#fstab# entry or if the " @@ -3838,7 +3838,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1949 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1950 msgid "" "It is desirable to discourage accidental mounting without ACLs enabled " "because nasty things can happen if ACLs are enabled, then disabled, then re-" @@ -3851,14 +3851,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1953 msgid "" "File systems with ACLs enabled will show a plus (`+`) sign in their " "permission settings:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1960 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1961 #, no-wrap msgid "" "drwx------ 2 robert robert 512 Dec 27 11:54 private\n" @@ -3869,7 +3869,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1963 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1964 msgid "" "In this example, [.filename]#directory1#, [.filename]#directory2#, and [." "filename]#directory3# are all taking advantage of ACLs, whereas [." @@ -3877,20 +3877,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1964 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1965 #, no-wrap msgid "Using ACLs" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1968 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1969 msgid "" "File system ACLs can be viewed using `getfacl`. For instance, to view the " "ACL settings on [.filename]#test#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1978 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1979 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% getfacl test\n" @@ -3903,7 +3903,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1983 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1984 msgid "" "To change the ACL settings on this file, use `setfacl`. To remove all of " "the currently defined ACLs from a file or file system, include `-k`. " @@ -3912,24 +3912,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1987 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1988 #, no-wrap msgid "% setfacl -k test\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1990 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1991 msgid "To modify the default ACL entries, use `-m`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1995 #, no-wrap msgid "% setfacl -m u:trhodes:rwx,group:web:r--,o::--- test\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1999 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2000 msgid "" "In this example, there were no pre-defined entries, as they were removed by " "the previous command. This command restores the default options and assigns " @@ -3938,20 +3938,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2002 msgid "" "Refer to man:getfacl[1] and man:setfacl[1] for more information about the " "options available for these commands." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2003 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2004 #, no-wrap msgid "Monitoring Third Party Security Issues" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2008 msgid "" "In recent years, the security world has made many improvements to how " "vulnerability assessment is handled. The threat of system intrusion " @@ -3960,7 +3960,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2012 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2013 msgid "" "Vulnerability assessment is a key factor in security. While FreeBSD " "releases advisories for the base system, doing so for every third party " @@ -3971,20 +3971,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2015 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2016 msgid "" "pkg polls a database for security issues. The database is updated and " "maintained by the FreeBSD Security Team and ports developers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2018 msgid "" "Please refer to crossref:ports[pkgng-intro,instructions] for installing pkg." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2021 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2022 msgid "" "Installation provides man:periodic[8] configuration files for maintaining " "the pkg audit database, and provides a programmatic method of keeping it " @@ -3995,7 +3995,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2023 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2024 msgid "" "After installation, and to audit third party utilities as part of the Ports " "Collection at any time, an administrator may choose to update the database " @@ -4003,19 +4003,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2028 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg audit -F\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2030 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2031 msgid "" "pkg displays messages any published vulnerabilities in installed packages:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2037 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Affected package: cups-base-1.1.22.0_1\n" @@ -4024,19 +4024,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2038 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2039 #, no-wrap msgid "1 problem(s) in your installed packages found.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2040 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2041 #, no-wrap msgid "You are advised to update or deinstall the affected package(s) immediately.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2044 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2045 msgid "" "By pointing a web browser to the displayed URL, an administrator may obtain " "more information about the vulnerability. This will include the versions " @@ -4045,20 +4045,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2046 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2047 msgid "" "pkg is a powerful utility and is extremely useful when coupled with package:" "ports-mgmt/portmaster[]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2049 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Security Advisories" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2052 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2053 msgid "" "Like many producers of quality operating systems, the FreeBSD Project has a " "security team which is responsible for determining the End-of-Life (EoL) " @@ -4069,7 +4069,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2057 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2058 msgid "" "One task of the security team is to respond to reported security " "vulnerabilities in the FreeBSD operating system. Once a vulnerability is " @@ -4082,23 +4082,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2060 msgid "This section describes the format of a FreeBSD security advisory." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2061 #, no-wrap msgid "Format of a Security Advisory" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2064 msgid "Here is an example of a FreeBSD security advisory:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2070 #, no-wrap msgid "" "=============================================================================\n" @@ -4107,7 +4107,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2073 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2074 #, no-wrap msgid "" "=============================================================================\n" @@ -4116,13 +4116,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2075 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2076 #, no-wrap msgid "Topic: BIND remote denial of service vulnerability\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2089 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Category: contrib\n" @@ -4140,7 +4140,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2093 #, no-wrap msgid "" "For general information regarding FreeBSD Security Advisories,\n" @@ -4149,13 +4149,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2094 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2095 #, no-wrap msgid "I. Background\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2098 #, no-wrap msgid "" "BIND 9 is an implementation of the Domain Name System (DNS) protocols.\n" @@ -4163,13 +4163,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2100 #, no-wrap msgid "II. Problem Description\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2105 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Because of a defect in handling queries for NSEC3-signed zones, BIND can\n" @@ -4179,13 +4179,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2107 #, no-wrap msgid "III. Impact\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2110 #, no-wrap msgid "" "An attacker who can send a specially crafted query could cause named(8)\n" @@ -4193,13 +4193,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2112 #, no-wrap msgid "IV. Workaround\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2115 #, no-wrap msgid "" "No workaround is available, but systems not running authoritative DNS service\n" @@ -4207,19 +4207,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2117 #, no-wrap msgid "V. Solution\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2119 #, no-wrap msgid "Perform one of the following:\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2122 #, no-wrap msgid "" "1) Upgrade your vulnerable system to a supported FreeBSD stable or\n" @@ -4227,13 +4227,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2124 #, no-wrap msgid "2) To update your vulnerable system via a source code patch:\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2127 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The following patches have been verified to apply to the applicable\n" @@ -4241,7 +4241,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2130 #, no-wrap msgid "" "a) Download the relevant patch from the location below, and verify the\n" @@ -4249,7 +4249,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2135 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[FreeBSD 8.3, 8.4, 9.1, 9.2-RELEASE and 8.4-STABLE]\n" @@ -4259,7 +4259,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2140 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[FreeBSD 9.2-STABLE]\n" @@ -4269,13 +4269,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2142 #, no-wrap msgid "b) Execute the following commands as root:\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2145 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -4283,7 +4283,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2148 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Recompile the operating system using buildworld and installworld as\n" @@ -4291,19 +4291,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2150 #, no-wrap msgid "Restart the applicable daemons, or reboot the system.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2152 #, no-wrap msgid "3) To update your vulnerable system via a binary patch:\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2155 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Systems running a RELEASE version of FreeBSD on the i386 or amd64\n" @@ -4311,7 +4311,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2158 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# freebsd-update fetch\n" @@ -4319,13 +4319,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2160 #, no-wrap msgid "VI. Correction details\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2163 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The following list contains the correction revision numbers for each\n" @@ -4333,7 +4333,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2173 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Branch/path Revision\n" @@ -4348,7 +4348,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2177 #, no-wrap msgid "" "To see which files were modified by a particular revision, run the\n" @@ -4357,43 +4357,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2179 #, no-wrap msgid "# svn diff -cNNNNNN --summarize svn://svn.freebsd.org/base\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2181 #, no-wrap msgid "Or visit the following URL, replacing NNNNNN with the revision number:\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2183 #, no-wrap msgid "<URL:https://svnweb.freebsd.org/base?view=revision&revision=NNNNNN>\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2185 #, no-wrap msgid "VII. References\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2187 #, no-wrap msgid "<URL:https://kb.isc.org/article/AA-01078>\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2189 #, no-wrap msgid "<URL:http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2014-0591>\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2193 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The latest revision of this advisory is available at\n" @@ -4402,7 +4402,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2208 #, no-wrap msgid "" "iQIcBAEBCgAGBQJS1ZTYAAoJEO1n7NZdz2rnOvQP/2/68/s9Cu35PmqNtSZVVxVG\n" @@ -4422,12 +4422,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2211 msgid "Every security advisory uses the following format:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2213 msgid "" "Each security advisory is signed by the PGP key of the Security Officer. The " "public key for the Security Officer can be verified at crossref:" @@ -4435,7 +4435,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2214 msgid "" "The name of the security advisory always begins with `FreeBSD-SA-` (for " "FreeBSD Security Advisory), followed by the year in two digit format (`14:" @@ -4445,12 +4445,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2215 msgid "The `Topic` field summarizes the vulnerability." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2216 msgid "" "The `Category` refers to the affected part of the system which may be one of " "`core`, `contrib`, or `ports`. The `core` category means that the " @@ -4461,7 +4461,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2217 msgid "" "The `Module` field refers to the component location. In this example, the " "`bind` module is affected; therefore, this vulnerability affects an " @@ -4469,7 +4469,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2218 msgid "" "The `Announced` field reflects the date the security advisory was published. " "This means that the security team has verified that the problem exists and " @@ -4477,21 +4477,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2219 msgid "" "The `Credits` field gives credit to the individual or organization who " "noticed the vulnerability and reported it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2220 msgid "" "The `Affects` field explains which releases of FreeBSD are affected by this " "vulnerability." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2221 msgid "" "The `Corrected` field indicates the date, time, time offset, and releases " "that were corrected. The section in parentheses shows each branch for which " @@ -4503,19 +4503,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2222 msgid "" "The `CVE Name` field lists the advisory number, if one exists, in the public " "http://cve.mitre.org[cve.mitre.org] security vulnerabilities database." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2223 msgid "The `Background` field provides a description of the affected module." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2224 msgid "" "The `Problem Description` field explains the vulnerability. This can include " "information about the flawed code and how the utility could be maliciously " @@ -4523,21 +4523,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2225 msgid "" "The `Impact` field describes what type of impact the problem could have on a " "system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2226 msgid "" "The `Workaround` field indicates if a workaround is available to system " "administrators who cannot immediately patch the system ." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2227 msgid "" "The `Solution` field provides the instructions for patching the affected " "system. This is a step by step tested and verified method for getting a " @@ -4545,27 +4545,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2228 msgid "" "The `Correction Details` field displays each affected Subversion branch with " "the revision number that contains the corrected code." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2229 msgid "" "The `References` field offers sources of additional information regarding " "the vulnerability." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2231 #, no-wrap msgid "Process Accounting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2234 msgid "" "Process accounting is a security method in which an administrator may keep " "track of system resources used and their allocation among users, provide for " @@ -4573,7 +4573,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2239 msgid "" "Process accounting has both positive and negative points. One of the " "positives is that an intrusion may be narrowed down to the point of entry. " @@ -4583,27 +4583,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2243 msgid "" "If more fine-grained accounting is needed, refer to crossref:audit[audit," "Security Event Auditing]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2245 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling and Utilizing Process Accounting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2248 msgid "" "Before using process accounting, it must be enabled using the following " "commands:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2253 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc accounting_enable=yes\n" @@ -4611,7 +4611,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2259 msgid "" "The accounting information is stored in files located in [.filename]#/var/" "account#, which is automatically created, if necessary, the first time the " @@ -4624,7 +4624,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2264 msgid "" "Once enabled, accounting will begin to track information such as CPU " "statistics and executed commands. All accounting logs are in a non-human " @@ -4636,33 +4636,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2267 msgid "" "To display the commands issued by users, use `lastcomm`. For example, this " "command prints out all usage of `ls` by `trhodes` on the `ttyp1` terminal:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2271 #, no-wrap msgid "# lastcomm ls trhodes ttyp1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2274 msgid "" "Many other useful options exist and are explained in man:lastcomm[1], man:" "acct[5], and man:sa[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2276 #, no-wrap msgid "Resource Limits" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2281 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides several methods for an administrator to limit the amount of " "system resources an individual may use. Disk quotas limit the amount of " @@ -4671,7 +4671,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2286 msgid "" "Limits to other resources, such as CPU and memory, can be set using either a " "flat file or a command to configure a resource limits database. The " @@ -4684,7 +4684,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2289 msgid "" "`rctl` can be used to provide a more fine-grained method for controlling " "resource limits. This command supports more than user limits as it can also " @@ -4692,20 +4692,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2291 msgid "" "This section demonstrates both methods for controlling resources, beginning " "with the traditional method." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2293 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Login Classes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2299 msgid "" "In the traditional method, login classes and the resource limits to apply to " "a login class are defined in [.filename]#/etc/login.conf#. Each user " @@ -4717,20 +4717,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2303 msgid "" "Whenever [.filename]#/etc/login.conf# is edited, the [.filename]#/etc/login." "conf.db# must be updated by executing the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2307 #, no-wrap msgid "# cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2316 msgid "" "Resource limits differ from the default login capabilities in two ways. " "First, for every limit, there is a _soft_ and _hard_ limit. A soft limit " @@ -4741,7 +4741,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2319 msgid "" "<<resource-limits>> lists the most commonly used resource limits. All of " "the available resource limits and capabilities are described in detail in " @@ -4749,145 +4749,145 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2321 #, no-wrap msgid "Login Class Resource Limits" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2325 #, no-wrap msgid "Resource Limit" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2327 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2328 #, no-wrap msgid "coredumpsize" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2330 #, no-wrap msgid "The limit on the size of a core file generated by a program is subordinate to other limits on disk usage, such as `filesize` or disk quotas. This limit is often used as a less severe method of controlling disk space consumption. Since users do not generate core files and often do not delete them, this setting may save them from running out of disk space should a large program crash." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2331 #, no-wrap msgid "cputime" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2333 #, no-wrap msgid "The maximum amount of CPU time a user's process may consume. Offending processes will be killed by the kernel. This is a limit on CPU _time_ consumed, not the percentage of the CPU as displayed in some of the fields generated by `top` and `ps`." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2334 #, no-wrap msgid "filesize" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2336 #, no-wrap msgid "The maximum size of a file the user may own. Unlike disk quotas (crossref:disks[quotas,\"Disk Quotas\"]), this limit is enforced on individual files, not the set of all files a user owns." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2337 #, no-wrap msgid "maxproc" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2339 #, no-wrap msgid "The maximum number of foreground and background processes a user can run. This limit may not be larger than the system limit specified by `kern.maxproc`. Setting this limit too small may hinder a user's productivity as some tasks, such as compiling a large program, start lots of processes." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2340 #, no-wrap msgid "memorylocked" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2342 #, no-wrap msgid "The maximum amount of memory a process may request to be locked into main memory using man:mlock[2]. Some system-critical programs, such as man:amd[8], lock into main memory so that if the system begins to swap, they do not contribute to disk thrashing." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2343 #, no-wrap msgid "memoryuse" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2345 #, no-wrap msgid "The maximum amount of memory a process may consume at any given time. It includes both core memory and swap usage. This is not a catch-all limit for restricting memory consumption, but is a good start." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2346 #, no-wrap msgid "openfiles" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2348 #, no-wrap msgid "The maximum number of files a process may have open. In FreeBSD, files are used to represent sockets and IPC channels, so be careful not to set this too low. The system-wide limit for this is defined by `kern.maxfiles`." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2349 #, no-wrap msgid "sbsize" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2351 #, no-wrap msgid "The limit on the amount of network memory a user may consume. This can be generally used to limit network communications." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2352 #, no-wrap msgid "stacksize" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2353 #, no-wrap msgid "The maximum size of a process stack. This alone is not sufficient to limit the amount of memory a program may use, so it should be used in conjunction with other limits." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2356 msgid "There are a few other things to remember when setting resource limits:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2358 msgid "" "Processes started at system startup by [.filename]#/etc/rc# are assigned to " "the `daemon` login class." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2359 msgid "" "Although the default [.filename]#/etc/login.conf# is a good source of " "reasonable values for most limits, they may not be appropriate for every " @@ -4896,14 +4896,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2360 msgid "" "Xorg takes a lot of resources and encourages users to run more programs " "simultaneously." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2361 msgid "" "Many limits apply to individual processes, not the user as a whole. For " "example, setting `openfiles` to `50` means that each process the user runs " @@ -4913,7 +4913,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2363 msgid "" "For further information on resource limits and login classes and " "capabilities in general, refer to man:cap.mkdb[1], man:getrlimit[2], and man:" @@ -4921,20 +4921,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2364 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling and Configuring Resource Limits" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2368 msgid "" "The `kern.racct.enable` tunable must be set to a non-zero value. Custom " "kernels require specific configuration:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2373 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options RACCT\n" @@ -4942,27 +4942,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2376 msgid "" "Once the system has rebooted into the new kernel, `rctl` may be used to set " "rules for the system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2378 msgid "" "Rule syntax is controlled through the use of a subject, subject-id, " "resource, and action, as seen in this example rule:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2382 #, no-wrap msgid "user:trhodes:maxproc:deny=10/user\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2387 msgid "" "In this rule, the subject is `user`, the subject-id is `trhodes`, the " "resource, `maxproc`, is the maximum number of processes, and the action is " @@ -4973,7 +4973,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2391 msgid "" "Some care must be taken when adding rules. Since this user is constrained " "to `10` processes, this example will prevent the user from performing other " @@ -4982,7 +4982,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2397 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% man test\n" @@ -4991,20 +4991,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2401 msgid "" "As another example, a jail can be prevented from exceeding a memory limit. " "This rule could be written as:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2405 #, no-wrap msgid "# rctl -a jail:httpd:memoryuse:deny=2G/jail\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2409 msgid "" "Rules will persist across reboots if they have been added to [.filename]#/" "etc/rctl.conf#. The format is a rule, without the preceding command. For " @@ -5012,7 +5012,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2414 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block jail from using more than 2G memory:\n" @@ -5020,44 +5020,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2417 msgid "To remove a rule, use `rctl` to remove it from the list:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2421 #, no-wrap msgid "# rctl -r user:trhodes:maxproc:deny=10/user\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2425 msgid "" "A method for removing all rules is documented in man:rctl[8]. However, if " "removing all rules for a single user is required, this command may be issued:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2429 #, no-wrap msgid "# rctl -r user:trhodes\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2433 msgid "" "Many other resources exist which can be used to exert additional control " "over various `subjects`. See man:rctl[8] to learn about them." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2435 #, no-wrap msgid "Shared Administration with Sudo" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2441 msgid "" "System administrators often need the ability to grant enhanced permissions " "to users so they may perform privileged tasks. The idea that team members " @@ -5070,7 +5070,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2448 msgid "" "Up to this point, the security chapter has covered permitting access to " "authorized users and attempting to prevent unauthorized access. Another " @@ -5084,7 +5084,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2452 msgid "" "Sudo allows administrators to configure more rigid access to system commands " "and provide for some advanced logging features. As a tool, it is available " @@ -5093,13 +5093,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2456 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install sudo\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2460 msgid "" "After the installation is complete, the installed `visudo` will open the " "configuration file with a text editor. Using `visudo` is highly recommended " @@ -5108,7 +5108,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2464 msgid "" "The configuration file is made up of several small sections which allow for " "extensive configuration. In the following example, web application " @@ -5118,24 +5118,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2468 #, no-wrap msgid "user1 ALL=(ALL) /usr/sbin/service webservice *\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2471 msgid "The user may now start _webservice_ using this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2475 #, no-wrap msgid "% sudo /usr/sbin/service webservice start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2481 msgid "" "While this configuration allows a single user access to the webservice " "service; however, in most organizations, there is an entire web team in " @@ -5145,38 +5145,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2485 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw groupadd -g 6001 -n webteam\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2488 msgid "" "Using the same man:pw[8] command, the user is added to the webteam group:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2492 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw groupmod -m user1 -n webteam\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2495 msgid "" "Finally, this line in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/sudoers# allows any member " "of the webteam group to manage _webservice_:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2499 #, no-wrap msgid "%webteam ALL=(ALL) /usr/sbin/service webservice *\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2504 msgid "" "Unlike man:su[1], Sudo only requires the end user password. This adds an " "advantage where users will not need shared passwords, a finding in most " @@ -5184,7 +5184,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2508 msgid "" "Users permitted to run applications with Sudo only enter their own " "passwords. This is more secure and gives better control than man:su[1], " @@ -5193,7 +5193,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2516 msgid "" "Most organizations are moving or have moved toward a two factor " "authentication model. In these cases, the user may not have a password to " @@ -5203,19 +5203,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2520 #, no-wrap msgid "%webteam ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD: /usr/sbin/service webservice *\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2525 #, no-wrap msgid "Logging Output" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2532 msgid "" "An advantage to implementing Sudo is the ability to enable session logging. " "Using the built in log mechanisms and the included sudoreplay command, all " @@ -5226,13 +5226,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2536 #, no-wrap msgid "Defaults iolog_dir=/var/log/sudo-io/%{user}\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2545 msgid "" "This directory will be created automatically after the logging is " "configured. It is best to let the system create directory with default " @@ -5242,7 +5242,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2549 msgid "" "Once this directive has been added to the [.filename]#sudoers# file, any " "user configuration can be updated with the request to log access. In the " @@ -5251,13 +5251,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2553 #, no-wrap msgid "%webteam ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD: LOG_INPUT: LOG_OUTPUT: /usr/sbin/service webservice *\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2557 msgid "" "From this point on, all _webteam_ members altering the status of the " "_webservice_ application will be logged. The list of previous and current " @@ -5265,13 +5265,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2561 #, no-wrap msgid "# sudoreplay -l\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2565 msgid "" "In the output, to replay a specific session, search for the `TSID=` entry, " "and pass that to sudoreplay with no other options to replay the session at " @@ -5279,13 +5279,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2569 #, no-wrap msgid "# sudoreplay user1/00/00/02\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2576 msgid "" "While sessions are logged, any administrator is able to remove sessions and " "leave only a question of why they had done so. It is worthwhile to add a " @@ -5294,66 +5294,66 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2580 msgid "" "The `sudoreplay` is extremely extendable. Consult the documentation for " "more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2582 #, no-wrap msgid "Using doas as an alternative to sudo" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2585 msgid "" "As an alternative to package:security/sudo[] package:security/doas[] can be " "used to provide the ability for users to get enhanced privileges." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2587 msgid "" "The doas utility is available via the ports collection in package:security/" "doas[] or via the man:pkg[8] utility." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2589 msgid "" "After the installation [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/doas.conf# must be " "configured to grant access for users for specific commands, or roles." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2591 msgid "" "The simpliest entry could be the following, which grants local_user root " "permissions without asking for its password when executing the doas command." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2595 #, no-wrap msgid "permit nopass local_user as root\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2598 msgid "For more configuration examples, please read man:doas.conf[5]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2599 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2600 msgid "" "After the installation and configuration of the `doas` utility, a command " "can now be executed with enhanced privileges, like for example." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2604 #, no-wrap msgid "$ doas vi /etc/rc.conf\n" msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.po index 34644213a3..14819ff306 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-07-07 23:22-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 27. Serial Communications" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Serial Communications" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:58 msgid "" "UNIX(R) has always had support for serial communications as the very first " "UNIX(R) machines relied on serial lines for user input and output. Things " @@ -57,117 +57,117 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:60 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:62 msgid "How to connect terminals to a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:63 msgid "How to use a modem to dial out to remote hosts." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:64 msgid "How to allow remote users to login to a FreeBSD system with a modem." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:65 msgid "How to boot a FreeBSD system from a serial console." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:67 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:69 msgid "" "Know how to crossref:kernelconfig[kernelconfig, configure and install a " "custom kernel]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:70 msgid "Understand crossref:basics[basics, FreeBSD permissions and processes]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:71 msgid "" "Have access to the technical manual for the serial hardware to be used with " "FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:73 #, no-wrap msgid "Serial Terminology and Hardware" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:76 msgid "The following terms are often used in serial communications:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:77 #, no-wrap msgid "bps" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:79 msgid "Bits per Second (bps) is the rate at which data is transmitted." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:80 #, no-wrap msgid "DTE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) is one of two endpoints in a serial " "communication. An example would be a computer." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:84 #, no-wrap msgid "DCE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:87 msgid "" "Data Communications Equipment (DCE) is the other endpoint in a serial " "communication. Typically, it is a modem or serial terminal." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:88 #, no-wrap msgid "RS-232" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:91 msgid "" "The original standard which defined hardware serial communications. It has " "since been renamed to TIA-232." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:94 msgid "" "When referring to communication data rates, this section does not use the " "term _baud_. Baud refers to the number of electrical state transitions made " @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "To connect a serial terminal to a FreeBSD system, a serial port on the " "computer and the proper cable to connect to the serial device are needed. " @@ -184,13 +184,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:99 #, no-wrap msgid "Serial Cables and Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:104 msgid "" "There are several different kinds of serial cables. The two most common " "types are null-modem cables and standard RS-232 cables. The documentation " @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:110 msgid "" "These two types of cables differ in how the wires are connected to the " "connector. Each wire represents a signal, with the defined signals " @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:113 msgid "" "A null-modem cable switches the \"Transmitted Data\" pin of the connector on " "one end with the \"Received Data\" pin on the other end. The connector can " @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:118 msgid "" "A null-modem cable can be constructed using the pin connections summarized " "in <<nullmodem-db25>>, <<nullmodem-db9>>, and <<nullmodem-db9-25>>. While " @@ -229,346 +229,346 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:120 #, no-wrap msgid "RS-232C Signal Names" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:124 #, no-wrap msgid "Acronyms" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:126 #, no-wrap msgid "Names" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:126 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:127 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:173 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:226 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:237 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:291 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:303 #, no-wrap msgid "RD" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:129 #, no-wrap msgid "Received Data" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:129 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:167 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:178 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:179 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:232 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:233 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:298 #, no-wrap msgid "TD" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:132 #, no-wrap msgid "Transmitted Data" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:132 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:191 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:197 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:208 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:213 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:238 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:244 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:261 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:267 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:303 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:309 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:326 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:333 #, no-wrap msgid "DTR" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:135 #, no-wrap msgid "Data Terminal Ready" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:135 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:196 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:203 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:243 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:256 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:308 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:322 #, no-wrap msgid "DSR" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:138 #, no-wrap msgid "Data Set Ready" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:138 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:202 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:209 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:249 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:262 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:314 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:328 #, no-wrap msgid "DCD" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:141 #, no-wrap msgid "Data Carrier Detect" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:141 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:161 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:166 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:250 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:255 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:315 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:321 #, no-wrap msgid "SG" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:144 #, no-wrap msgid "Signal Ground" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:144 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:179 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:190 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:268 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:278 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:333 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:344 #, no-wrap msgid "RTS" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:147 #, no-wrap msgid "Request to Send" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:147 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:148 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:185 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:186 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:274 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:275 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:340 #, no-wrap msgid "CTS" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:149 #, no-wrap msgid "Clear to Send" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:152 #, no-wrap msgid "DB-25 to DB-25 Null-Modem Cable" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:155 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:160 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:220 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:225 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:285 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:290 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Signal" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:156 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:161 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:221 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:226 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:286 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:291 #, no-wrap -msgid "Pin #" +msgid "Signal" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:162 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:164 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:269 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:277 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:318 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:289 #, no-wrap -msgid "7" +msgid "Pin #" msgstr "" #. type: Table #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:163 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:169 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:175 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:181 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:187 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:193 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:199 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:205 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:211 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:228 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:234 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:240 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:246 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:252 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:258 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:165 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:270 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:276 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:293 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:299 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:305 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:311 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:317 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:323 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:319 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:335 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:341 #, no-wrap -msgid "connects to" +msgid "7" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:170 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:176 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:229 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:235 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:277 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:342 +#, no-wrap +msgid "connects to" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:295 #, no-wrap msgid "2" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:170 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:174 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:229 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:233 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:298 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:301 #, no-wrap msgid "3" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:180 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:188 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:239 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:245 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:259 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:265 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:304 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:310 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:343 #, no-wrap msgid "4" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:182 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:186 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:251 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:253 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:316 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:337 #, no-wrap msgid "5" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:192 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:198 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:206 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:212 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:324 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:331 #, no-wrap msgid "20" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:194 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:204 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:241 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:257 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:306 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:323 #, no-wrap msgid "6" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:200 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:210 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:271 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:275 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:312 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:341 #, no-wrap msgid "8" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:217 #, no-wrap msgid "DB-9 to DB-9 Null-Modem Cable" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:247 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:263 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:329 #, no-wrap msgid "1" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:282 #, no-wrap msgid "DB-9 to DB-25 Null-Modem Cable" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:349 msgid "" "When one pin at one end connects to a pair of pins at the other end, it is " "usually implemented with one short wire between the pair of pins in their " @@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:354 msgid "" "Serial ports are the devices through which data is transferred between the " "FreeBSD host computer and the terminal. Several kinds of serial ports " @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:359 msgid "" "Most terminals have DB-25 ports. Personal computers may have DB-25 or DB-9 " "ports. A multiport serial card may have RJ-12 or RJ-45/ ports. See the " @@ -594,14 +594,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:362 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, each serial port is accessed through an entry in [.filename]#/" "dev#. There are two different kinds of entries:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:364 msgid "" "Call-in ports are named [.filename]#/dev/ttyuN# where _N_ is the port " "number, starting from zero. If a terminal is connected to the first serial " @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:365 msgid "" "Call-out ports are named [.filename]#/dev/cuauN# on FreeBSD versions 8.X and " "higher and [.filename]#/dev/cuadN# on FreeBSD versions 7.X and lower. Call-" @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:370 msgid "" "FreeBSD also provides initialization devices ([.filename]#/dev/ttyuN.init# " "and [.filename]#/dev/cuauN.init# or [.filename]#/dev/cuadN.init#) and " @@ -638,13 +638,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:372 #, no-wrap msgid "Serial Port Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:377 msgid "" "By default, FreeBSD supports four serial ports which are commonly known as [." "filename]#COM1#, [.filename]#COM2#, [.filename]#COM3#, and [." @@ -655,20 +655,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:379 msgid "" "To see if the system recognizes the serial ports, look for system boot " "messages that start with `uart`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:383 #, no-wrap msgid "# grep uart /var/run/dmesg.boot\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:389 msgid "" "If the system does not recognize all of the needed serial ports, additional " "entries can be added to [.filename]#/boot/device.hints#. This file already " @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:392 msgid "" "To determine the default set of terminal I/O settings used by the port, " "specify its device name. This example determines the settings for the call-" @@ -687,13 +687,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:396 #, no-wrap msgid "# stty -a -f /dev/ttyu1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:404 msgid "" "System-wide initialization of serial devices is controlled by [.filename]#/" "etc/rc.d/serial#. This file affects the default settings of serial " @@ -706,13 +706,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:408 #, no-wrap msgid "# stty -f /dev/ttyu5.init clocal cs8 ixon ixoff\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:412 msgid "" "To prevent certain settings from being changed by an application, make " "adjustments to the locking device. For example, to lock the speed of [." @@ -720,26 +720,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:416 #, no-wrap msgid "# stty -f /dev/ttyu5.lock 57600\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:419 msgid "" "Now, any application that opens [.filename]#ttyu5# and tries to change the " "speed of the port will be stuck with 57600 bps." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:421 #, no-wrap msgid "Terminals" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:425 msgid "" "Terminals provide a convenient and low-cost way to access a FreeBSD system " "when not at the computer's console or on a connected network. This section " @@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:428 msgid "" "The original UNIX(R) systems did not have consoles. Instead, users logged " "in and ran programs through terminals that were connected to the computer's " @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:431 msgid "" "The ability to establish a login session on a serial port still exists in " "nearly every UNIX(R)-like operating system today, including FreeBSD. By " @@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:435 msgid "" "Many terminals can be attached to a FreeBSD system. An older spare computer " "can be used as a terminal wired into a more powerful computer running " @@ -774,18 +774,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:437 msgid "FreeBSD supports three types of terminals:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:438 #, no-wrap msgid "Dumb terminals" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:442 msgid "" "Dumb terminals are specialized hardware that connect to computers over " "serial lines. They are called \"dumb\" because they have only enough " @@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:445 msgid "" "There are hundreds of kinds of dumb terminals made by many manufacturers, " "and just about any kind will work with FreeBSD. Some high-end terminals can " @@ -804,20 +804,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:447 msgid "" "Dumb terminals are popular in work environments where workers do not need " "access to graphical applications." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:448 #, no-wrap msgid "Computers Acting as Terminals" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:451 msgid "" "Since a dumb terminal has just enough ability to display, send, and receive " "text, any spare computer can be a dumb terminal. All that is needed is the " @@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:454 msgid "" "This configuration can be useful. For example, if one user is busy working " "at the FreeBSD system's console, another user can do some text-only work at " @@ -834,47 +834,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:456 msgid "" "There are at least two utilities in the base-system of FreeBSD that can be " "used to work through a serial connection: man:cu[1] and man:tip[1]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:458 msgid "" "For example, to connect from a client system that runs FreeBSD to the serial " "connection of another system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:462 #, no-wrap msgid "# cu -l /dev/cuauN\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:466 msgid "" "Ports are numbered starting from zero. This means that [.filename]#COM1# is " "[.filename]#/dev/cuau0#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:468 msgid "" "Additional programs are available through the Ports Collection, such as " "package:comms/minicom[]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:469 #, no-wrap msgid "X Terminals" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:473 msgid "" "X terminals are the most sophisticated kind of terminal available. Instead " "of connecting to a serial port, they usually connect to a network like " @@ -883,19 +883,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:475 msgid "" "This chapter does not cover the setup, configuration, or use of X terminals." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:477 #, no-wrap msgid "Terminal Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:481 msgid "" "This section describes how to configure a FreeBSD system to enable a login " "session on a serial terminal. It assumes that the system recognizes the " @@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:489 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, `init` reads [.filename]#/etc/ttys# and starts a `getty` process " "on the available terminals. The `getty` process is responsible for reading " @@ -918,14 +918,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:491 msgid "" "The default [.filename]#/etc/ttys# configures support for the first four " "serial ports, [.filename]#ttyu0# through [.filename]#ttyu3#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:498 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ttyu0 \"/usr/libexec/getty std.9600\" dialup off secure\n" @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:501 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:502 msgid "" "When attaching a terminal to one of those ports, modify the default entry to " "set the required speed and terminal type, to turn the device `on` and, if " @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:507 msgid "" "<<ex-etc-ttys>> configures two terminals in [.filename]#/etc/ttys#. The " "first entry configures a Wyse-50 connected to [.filename]#COM2#. The second " @@ -954,13 +954,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:510 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Terminal Entries" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:517 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ttyu1 \"/usr/libexec/getty std.38400\" wy50 on insecure \n" @@ -968,12 +968,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:520 msgid "The first field specifies the device name of the serial terminal." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:530 msgid "" "The second field tells `getty` to initialize and open the line, set the line " "speed, prompt for a user name, and then execute the `login` program. The " @@ -989,7 +989,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:535 msgid "" "The third field is the type of terminal. For dial-up ports, `unknown` or " "`dialup` is typically used since users may dial up with practically any type " @@ -1000,14 +1000,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:538 msgid "" "The fourth field specifies if the port should be enabled. To enable logins " "on this port, this field must be set to `on`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:544 msgid "" "The final field is used to specify whether the port is secure. Marking a " "port as `secure` means that it is trusted enough to allow `root` to login " @@ -1019,28 +1019,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:547 msgid "" "After making any changes to [.filename]#/etc/ttys#, send a SIGHUP (hangup) " "signal to the `init` process to force it to re-read its configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:550 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:725 #, no-wrap msgid "# kill -HUP 1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:554 msgid "" "Since `init` is always the first process run on a system, it always has a " "process ID of `1`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:556 msgid "" "If everything is set up correctly, all cables are in place, and the " "terminals are powered up, a `getty` process should now be running on each " @@ -1048,13 +1048,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:558 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting the Connection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:562 msgid "" "Even with the most meticulous attention to detail, something could still go " "wrong while setting up a terminal. Here is a list of common symptoms and " @@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:565 msgid "" "If no login prompt appears, make sure the terminal is plugged in and powered " "up. If it is a personal computer acting as a terminal, make sure it is " @@ -1070,14 +1070,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:568 msgid "" "Make sure the cable is connected firmly to both the terminal and the FreeBSD " "computer. Make sure it is the right kind of cable." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:572 msgid "" "Make sure the terminal and FreeBSD agree on the bps rate and parity " "settings. For a video display terminal, make sure the contrast and " @@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:575 msgid "" "Use `ps` to make sure that a `getty` process is running and serving the " "terminal. For example, the following listing shows that a `getty` is " @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:580 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ps -axww|grep ttyu\n" @@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:584 msgid "" "If no `getty` process is running, make sure the port is enabled in [." "filename]#/etc/ttys#. Remember to run `kill -HUP 1` after modifying [." @@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:589 msgid "" "If the `getty` process is running but the terminal still does not display a " "login prompt, or if it displays a prompt but will not accept typed input, " @@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:593 msgid "" "If garbage appears instead of a login prompt, make sure the terminal and " "FreeBSD agree on the bps rate and parity settings. Check the `getty` " @@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:595 msgid "" "If characters appear doubled and the password appears when typed, switch the " "terminal, or the terminal emulation software, from \"half duplex\" or " @@ -1141,13 +1141,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:597 #, no-wrap msgid "Dial-in Service" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:601 msgid "" "Configuring a FreeBSD system for dial-in service is similar to configuring " "terminals, except that modems are used instead of terminal devices. FreeBSD " @@ -1155,7 +1155,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:603 msgid "" "External modems are more convenient because they often can be configured via " "parameters stored in non-volatile RAM and they usually provide lighted " @@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:606 msgid "" "Internal modems usually lack non-volatile RAM, so their configuration may be " "limited to setting DIP switches. If the internal modem has any signal " @@ -1173,14 +1173,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:609 msgid "" "When using an external modem, a proper cable is needed. A standard RS-232C " "serial cable should suffice." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:613 msgid "" "FreeBSD needs the RTS and CTS signals for flow control at speeds above 2400 " "bps, the CD signal to detect when a call has been answered or the line has " @@ -1192,7 +1192,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:616 msgid "" "Like other UNIX(R)-like operating systems, FreeBSD uses the hardware signals " "to find out when a call has been answered or a line has been hung up and to " @@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:623 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports the NS8250, NS16450, NS16550, and NS16550A-based RS-232C " "(CCITT V.24) communications interfaces. The 8250 and 16450 devices have " @@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:625 msgid "" "The rest of this section demonstrates how to configure a modem to receive " "incoming connections, how to communicate with the modem, and offers some " @@ -1224,13 +1224,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:627 #, no-wrap msgid "Modem Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:634 msgid "" "As with terminals, `init` spawns a `getty` process for each configured " "serial port used for dial-in connections. When a user dials the modem's " @@ -1246,7 +1246,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:639 msgid "" "There are two schools of thought regarding dial-up modems. One " "configuration method is to set the modems and systems so that no matter at " @@ -1259,7 +1259,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:645 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:646 msgid "" "The second method is to configure the RS-232 interface to vary its speed " "based on the remote user's connection speed. As `getty` does not understand " @@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:653 msgid "" "When locking a modem's data communications rate at a particular speed, no " "changes to [.filename]#/etc/gettytab# should be needed. However, for a " @@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:669 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#\n" @@ -1310,14 +1310,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:672 msgid "" "For a 28.8 Kbps modem, or to take advantage of compression on a 14.4 Kbps " "modem, use a higher communications rate, as seen in this example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:689 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#\n" @@ -1337,14 +1337,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:692 msgid "" "For a slow CPU or a heavily loaded system without 16550A-based serial ports, " "this configuration may produce `sio` \"silo\" errors at 57.6 Kbps." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:695 msgid "" "The configuration of [.filename]#/etc/ttys# is similar to <<ex-etc-ttys>>, " "but a different argument is passed to `getty` and `dialup` is used for the " @@ -1352,13 +1352,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:699 #, no-wrap msgid "ttyu0 \"/usr/libexec/getty xxx\" dialup on\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:703 msgid "" "The `dialup` terminal type can be changed. For example, setting `vt102` as " "the default terminal type allows users to use VT102 emulation on their " @@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:706 msgid "" "For a locked-speed configuration, specify the speed with a valid type listed " "in [.filename]#/etc/gettytab#. This example is for a modem whose port speed " @@ -1374,13 +1374,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:710 #, no-wrap msgid "ttyu0 \"/usr/libexec/getty std.19200\" dialup on\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:714 msgid "" "In a matching-speed configuration, the entry needs to reference the " "appropriate beginning \"auto-baud\" entry in [.filename]#/etc/gettytab#. To " @@ -1389,20 +1389,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:718 #, no-wrap msgid "ttyu0 \"/usr/libexec/getty V19200\" dialup on\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:721 msgid "" "After editing [.filename]#/etc/ttys#, wait until the modem is properly " "configured and connected before signaling `init`:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:730 msgid "" "High-speed modems, like V.32, V.32bis, and V.34 modems, use hardware (`RTS/" "CTS`) flow control. Use `stty` to set the hardware flow control flag for " @@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:735 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# stty -f /dev/ttyu1.init crtscts\n" @@ -1419,20 +1419,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:736 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:737 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:739 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:740 msgid "" "This section provides a few tips for troubleshooting a dial-up modem that " "will not connect to a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:743 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:744 msgid "" "Hook up the modem to the FreeBSD system and boot the system. If the modem " "has status indication lights, watch to see whether the modem's DTR indicator " @@ -1443,7 +1443,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:745 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:746 msgid "" "If the DTR indicator does not light, login to the FreeBSD system through the " "console and type `ps ax` to see if FreeBSD is running a `getty` process on " @@ -1451,13 +1451,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:750 #, no-wrap msgid " 114 ?? I 0:00.10 /usr/libexec/getty V19200 ttyu0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:754 msgid "" "If the second column contains a `d0` instead of a `??` and the modem has not " "accepted a call yet, this means that `getty` has completed its open on the " @@ -1468,7 +1468,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:757 msgid "" "If no `getty` processes are waiting to open the port, double-check that the " "entry for the port is correct in [.filename]#/etc/ttys#. Also, check [." @@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:763 msgid "" "Next, try dialing into the system. Be sure to use 8 bits, no parity, and 1 " "stop bit on the remote system. If a prompt does not appear right away, or " @@ -1488,31 +1488,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:765 msgid "" "If there is still no `login:` prompt, check [.filename]#/etc/gettytab# again " "and double-check that:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:767 msgid "" "The initial capability name specified in the entry in [.filename]#/etc/ttys# " "matches the name of a capability in [.filename]#/etc/gettytab#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:768 msgid "Each `nx=` entry matches another [.filename]#gettytab# capability name." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:769 msgid "Each `tc=` entry matches another [.filename]#gettytab# capability name." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:772 msgid "" "If the modem on the FreeBSD system will not answer, make sure that the modem " "is configured to answer the phone when DTR is asserted. If the modem seems " @@ -1521,20 +1521,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:773 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:774 msgid "" "If it still does not work, try sending an email to the {freebsd-questions} " "describing the modem and the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:776 #, no-wrap msgid "Dial-out Service" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:780 msgid "" "The following are tips for getting the host to connect over the modem to " "another computer. This is appropriate for establishing a terminal session " @@ -1542,7 +1542,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:784 msgid "" "This kind of connection can be helpful to get a file on the Internet if " "there are problems using PPP. If PPP is not working, use the terminal " @@ -1551,20 +1551,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:786 #, no-wrap msgid "Using a Stock Hayes Modem" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:789 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:790 msgid "" "A generic Hayes dialer is built into `tip`. Use `at=hayes` in [.filename]#/" "etc/remote#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:793 msgid "" "The Hayes driver is not smart enough to recognize some of the advanced " "features of newer modems messages like `BUSY`, `NO DIALTONE`, or `CONNECT " @@ -1572,7 +1572,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:797 msgid "" "The dial timeout for `tip` is 60 seconds. The modem should use something " "less, or else `tip` will think there is a communication problem. Try " @@ -1580,13 +1580,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:799 #, no-wrap msgid "Using `AT` Commands" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:803 msgid "" "Create a \"direct\" entry in [.filename]#/etc/remote#. For example, if the " "modem is hooked up to the first serial port, [.filename]#/dev/cuau0#, use " @@ -1594,31 +1594,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:807 #, no-wrap msgid "cuau0:dv=/dev/cuau0:br#19200:pa=none\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:811 msgid "" "Use the highest bps rate the modem supports in the `br` capability. Then, " "type `tip cuau0` to connect to the modem." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:813 msgid "Or, use `cu` as `root` with the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:817 #, no-wrap msgid "# cu -lline -sspeed\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:820 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:821 msgid "" "_line_ is the serial port, such as [.filename]#/dev/cuau0#, and _speed_ is " "the speed, such as `57600`. When finished entering the AT commands, type `~." @@ -1626,13 +1626,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:823 #, no-wrap msgid "The `@` Sign Does Not Work" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:827 msgid "" "The `@` sign in the phone number capability tells `tip` to look in [." "filename]#/etc/phones# for a phone number. But, the `@` sign is also a " @@ -1641,24 +1641,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:830 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:831 #, no-wrap msgid "pn=\\@\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:834 #, no-wrap msgid "Dialing from the Command Line" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:837 msgid "Put a \"generic\" entry in [.filename]#/etc/remote#. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:844 #, no-wrap msgid "" "tip115200|Dial any phone number at 115200 bps:\\\n" @@ -1668,23 +1668,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:847 msgid "This should now work:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:851 #, no-wrap msgid "# tip -115200 5551234\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:854 msgid "Users who prefer `cu` over `tip`, can use a generic `cu` entry:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:859 #, no-wrap msgid "" "cu115200|Use cu to dial any number at 115200bps:\\\n" @@ -1692,24 +1692,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:862 msgid "and type:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:866 #, no-wrap msgid "# cu 5551234 -s 115200\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:869 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting the bps Rate" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:874 msgid "" "Put in an entry for `tip1200` or `cu1200`, but go ahead and use whatever bps " "rate is appropriate with the `br` capability. `tip` thinks a good default " @@ -1718,13 +1718,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:875 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:876 #, no-wrap msgid "Accessing a Number of Hosts Through a Terminal Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:880 msgid "" "Rather than waiting until connected and typing `CONNECT _host_` each time, " "use ``tip``'s `cm` capability. For example, these entries in [.filename]#/" @@ -1733,7 +1733,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:888 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:889 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pain|pain.deep13.com|Forrester's machine:\\\n" @@ -1745,27 +1745,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:891 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:892 #, no-wrap msgid "Using More Than One Line with `tip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:894 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:895 msgid "" "This is often a problem where a university has several modem lines and " "several thousand students trying to use them." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:897 msgid "" "Make an entry in [.filename]#/etc/remote# and use `@` for the `pn` " "capability:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:903 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:904 #, no-wrap msgid "" "big-university:\\\n" @@ -1775,12 +1775,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:907 msgid "Then, list the phone numbers in [.filename]#/etc/phones#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:913 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:914 #, no-wrap msgid "" "big-university 5551111\n" @@ -1790,20 +1790,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:917 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:918 msgid "" "`tip` will try each number in the listed order, then give up. To keep " "retrying, run `tip` in a `while` loop." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:920 #, no-wrap msgid "Using the Force Character" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:923 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:924 msgid "" "kbd:[Ctrl+P] is the default \"force\" character, used to tell `tip` that the " "next character is literal data. The force character can be set to any other " @@ -1811,7 +1811,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:929 msgid "" "Type `~sforce=_single-char_` followed by a newline. _single-char_ is any " "single character. If _single-char_ is left out, then the force character is " @@ -1821,26 +1821,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:931 msgid "" "To change the force character, specify the following in [.filename]#~/." "tiprc#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:935 #, no-wrap msgid "force=single-char\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:937 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:938 #, no-wrap msgid "Upper Case Characters" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:942 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:943 msgid "" "This happens when kbd:[Ctrl+A] is pressed, which is ``tip``'s \"raise " "character\", specially designed for people with broken caps-lock keys. Use " @@ -1849,14 +1849,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:945 msgid "" "Here is a sample [.filename]#~/.tiprc# for Emacs users who need to type kbd:" "[Ctrl+2] and kbd:[Ctrl+A]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:949 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:950 #, no-wrap msgid "" "force=^^\n" @@ -1864,18 +1864,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:953 msgid "The `^^` is kbd:[Shift+Ctrl+6]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:954 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:955 #, no-wrap msgid "File Transfers with `tip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:960 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:961 msgid "" "When talking to another UNIX(R)-like operating system, files can be sent and " "received using `~p` (put) and `~t` (take). These commands run `cat` and " @@ -1884,40 +1884,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:962 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:963 msgid "" "There is no error checking, so another protocol, like zmodem, should " "probably be used." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:964 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:965 #, no-wrap msgid "Using zmodem with `tip`?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:968 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:969 msgid "" "To receive files, start the sending program on the remote end. Then, type " "`~C rz` to begin receiving them locally." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:971 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:972 msgid "" "To send files, start the receiving program on the remote end. Then, type " "`~C sz _files_` to send them to the remote system." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:974 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up the Serial Console" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:977 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:978 msgid "" "FreeBSD has the ability to boot a system with a dumb terminal on a serial " "port as a console. This configuration is useful for system administrators " @@ -1926,7 +1926,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:981 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:982 msgid "" "As described in crossref:boot[boot,The FreeBSD Booting Process], FreeBSD " "employs a three stage bootstrap. The first two stages are in the boot block " @@ -1936,20 +1936,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:983 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:984 msgid "" "In order to set up booting from a serial console, the boot block code, the " "boot loader code, and the kernel need to be configured." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:985 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:986 #, no-wrap msgid "Quick Serial Console Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:989 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:990 msgid "" "This section provides a fast overview of setting up the serial console. " "This procedure can be used when the dumb terminal is connected to [." @@ -1957,32 +1957,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:991 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:992 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Configuring a Serial Console on [.filename]#COM1#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:993 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:994 msgid "" "Connect the serial cable to [.filename]#COM1# and the controlling terminal." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:995 msgid "" "To configure boot messages to display on the serial console, issue the " "following command as the superuser:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:998 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:999 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo 'console=\"comconsole\"' >> /boot/loader.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1002 msgid "" "Edit [.filename]#/etc/ttys# and change `off` to `on` and `dialup` to `vt100` " "for the [.filename]#ttyu0# entry. Otherwise, a password will not be required " @@ -1990,55 +1990,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1002 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1003 msgid "Reboot the system to see if the changes took effect." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1004 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1005 msgid "" "If a different configuration is required, see the next section for a more in-" "depth configuration explanation." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1007 #, no-wrap msgid "In-Depth Serial Console Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1010 msgid "" "This section provides a more detailed explanation of the steps needed to " "setup a serial console in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1011 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1012 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Configuring a Serial Console" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1013 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1014 msgid "Prepare a serial cable." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1017 msgid "" "Use either a null-modem cable or a standard serial cable and a null-modem " "adapter. See <<term-cables-null>> for a discussion on serial cables." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1018 msgid "Unplug the keyboard." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1020 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1021 msgid "" "Many systems probe for the keyboard during the Power-On Self-Test (POST) and " "will generate an error if the keyboard is not detected. Some machines will " @@ -2046,14 +2046,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1022 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1023 msgid "" "If the computer complains about the error, but boots anyway, no further " "configuration is needed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1025 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1026 msgid "" "If the computer refuses to boot without a keyboard attached, configure the " "BIOS so that it ignores this error. Consult the motherboard's manual for " @@ -2061,7 +2061,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1032 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1033 msgid "" "Try setting the keyboard to \"Not installed\" in the BIOS. This setting " "tells the BIOS not to probe for a keyboard at power-on so it should not " @@ -2071,7 +2071,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1037 msgid "" "If the system has a PS/2(R) mouse, unplug it as well. PS/2(R) mice share " "some hardware with the keyboard and leaving the mouse plugged in can fool " @@ -2079,7 +2079,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1044 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1045 msgid "" "While most systems will boot without a keyboard, quite a few will not boot " "without a graphics adapter. Some systems can be configured to boot with no " @@ -2092,14 +2092,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1047 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1048 msgid "" "Plug a dumb terminal, an old computer with a modem program, or the serial " "port on another UNIX(R) box into the serial port." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1049 msgid "" "Add the appropriate `hint.sio.*` entries to [.filename]#/boot/device.hints# " "for the serial port. Some multi-port cards also require kernel configuration " @@ -2108,14 +2108,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1049 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1050 msgid "" "Create [.filename]#boot.config# in the root directory of the `a` partition " "on the boot drive." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1053 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1054 msgid "" "This file instructs the boot block code how to boot the system. In order to " "activate the serial console, one or more of the following options are " @@ -2123,14 +2123,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1054 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1055 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1108 #, no-wrap msgid "`-h`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1060 msgid "" "Toggles between the internal and serial consoles. Use this to switch " "console devices. For instance, to boot from the internal (video) console, " @@ -2141,14 +2141,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1060 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1061 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1111 #, no-wrap msgid "`-D`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1067 msgid "" "Toggles between the single and dual console configurations. In the single " "configuration, the console will be either the internal console (video " @@ -2161,20 +2161,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1067 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1068 #, no-wrap msgid "`-P`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1070 msgid "" "Makes the boot block probe the keyboard. If no keyboard is found, the `-D` " "and `-h` options are automatically set." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1077 msgid "" "Due to space constraints in the current version of the boot blocks, `-P` is " "capable of detecting extended keyboards only. Keyboards with less than 101 " @@ -2184,7 +2184,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1080 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1081 msgid "" "Use either `-P` to select the console automatically or `-h` to activate the " "serial console. Refer to man:boot[8] and man:boot.config[5] for more " @@ -2192,7 +2192,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1084 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1085 msgid "" "The options, except for `-P`, are passed to the boot loader. The boot " "loader will determine whether the internal video or the serial port should " @@ -2203,19 +2203,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1085 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1086 msgid "Boot the machine." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1087 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1088 msgid "" "When FreeBSD starts, the boot blocks echo the contents of [.filename]#/boot." "config# to the console. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1093 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/boot.config: -P\n" @@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1097 msgid "" "The second line appears only if `-P` is in [.filename]#/boot.config# and " "indicates the presence or absence of the keyboard. These messages go to " @@ -2232,64 +2232,64 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1102 #, no-wrap msgid "Options" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1104 #, no-wrap msgid "Message goes to" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1105 #, no-wrap msgid "none" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1106 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1119 #, no-wrap msgid "internal console" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1109 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1121 #, no-wrap msgid "serial console" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1112 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1116 #, no-wrap msgid "serial and internal consoles" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1114 #, no-wrap msgid "`-Dh`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1117 #, no-wrap msgid "`-P`, keyboard present" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1120 #, no-wrap msgid "`-P`, keyboard absent" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1125 msgid "" "After the message, there will be a small pause before the boot blocks " "continue loading the boot loader and before any further messages are printed " @@ -2299,14 +2299,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1128 msgid "" "Press any key, other than kbd:[Enter], at the console to interrupt the boot " "process. The boot blocks will then prompt for further action:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1134 #, no-wrap msgid "" ">> FreeBSD/i386 BOOT\n" @@ -2315,7 +2315,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1138 msgid "" "Verify that the above message appears on either the serial or internal " "console, or both, according to the options in [.filename]#/boot.config#. If " @@ -2324,7 +2324,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1142 msgid "" "If there is no prompt on the serial terminal, something is wrong with the " "settings. Enter `-h` then kbd:[Enter] or kbd:[Return] to tell the boot " @@ -2333,7 +2333,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1145 msgid "" "During the third stage of the boot process, one can still switch between the " "internal console and the serial console by setting appropriate environment " @@ -2341,7 +2341,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1149 msgid "" "This line in [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf# or [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf." "local# configures the boot loader and the kernel to send their boot messages " @@ -2350,20 +2350,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1153 #, no-wrap msgid "console=\"comconsole\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1156 msgid "" "That line should be the first line of [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf# so that " "boot messages are displayed on the serial console as early as possible." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1159 msgid "" "If that line does not exist, or if it is set to `console=\"vidconsole\"`, " "the boot loader and the kernel will use whichever console is indicated by `-" @@ -2371,7 +2371,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1161 msgid "" "At the moment, the boot loader has no option equivalent to `-P` in the boot " "block, and there is no provision to automatically select the internal " @@ -2379,7 +2379,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1168 msgid "" "While it is not required, it is possible to provide a `login` prompt over " "the serial line. To configure this, edit the entry for the serial port in [." @@ -2389,13 +2389,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1170 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting a Faster Serial Port Speed" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1174 msgid "" "By default, the serial port settings are 9600 baud, 8 bits, no parity, and 1 " "stop bit. To change the default console speed, use one of the following " @@ -2403,7 +2403,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1177 msgid "" "Edit [.filename]#/etc/make.conf# and set `BOOT_COMCONSOLE_SPEED` to the new " "console speed. Then, recompile and install the boot blocks and the boot " @@ -2411,7 +2411,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1184 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /sys/boot\n" @@ -2421,7 +2421,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1187 msgid "" "If the serial console is configured in some other way than by booting with `-" "h`, or if the serial console used by the kernel is different from the one " @@ -2430,27 +2430,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1191 #, no-wrap msgid "options CONSPEED=19200\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1194 msgid "" "Add the `-S__19200__` boot option to [.filename]#/boot.config#, replacing " "`_19200_` with the speed to use." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1195 msgid "" "Add the following options to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#. Replace " "`_115200_` with the speed to use." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1202 #, no-wrap msgid "" "boot_multicons=\"YES\"\n" @@ -2460,13 +2460,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1205 #, no-wrap msgid "Entering the DDB Debugger from the Serial Line" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1210 msgid "" "To configure the ability to drop into the kernel debugger from the serial " "console, add the following options to a custom kernel configuration file and " @@ -2478,7 +2478,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1215 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options BREAK_TO_DEBUGGER\n" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.po index 723fa11bb6..13beea90e4 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-07-07 23:22-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 26. USB Device Mode / USB OTG" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "USB Device Mode / USB OTG" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:56 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "This chapter covers the use of USB Device Mode and USB On The Go (USB OTG) " "in FreeBSD. This includes virtual serial consoles, virtual network " @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:62 msgid "" "When running on hardware that supports USB device mode or USB OTG, like that " "built into many embedded boards, the FreeBSD USB stack can run in _device " @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:68 msgid "" "There are two basic ways the hardware can provide the device mode " "functionality: with a separate \"client port\", which only supports the " @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "What FreeBSD presents to the USB host depends on the `hw.usb.template` " "sysctl. Some templates provide a single device, such as a serial terminal; " @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "Note that in some cases, depending on the hardware and the hosts operating " "system, for the host to notice the configuration change, it must be either " @@ -104,50 +104,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:79 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:81 msgid "How to set up USB Device Mode functionality on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:82 msgid "How to configure the virtual serial port on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "How to connect to the virtual serial port from various operating systems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:84 msgid "How to configure FreeBSD to provide a virtual USB network interface." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:85 msgid "How to configure FreeBSD to provide a virtual USB storage device." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:87 #, no-wrap msgid "USB Virtual Serial Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:89 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring USB Device Mode Serial Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:95 msgid "" "Virtual serial port support is provided by templates number 3, 8, and 10. " "Note that template 3 works with Microsoft Windows 10 without the need for " @@ -157,14 +157,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "To enable USB device mode serial ports, add those lines to [.filename]#/etc/" "ttys#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:102 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ttyU0\t\"/usr/libexec/getty 3wire\"\tvt100\tonifconsole secure\n" @@ -172,12 +172,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:105 msgid "Then add these lines to [.filename]#/etc/devd.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:115 #, no-wrap msgid "" "notify 100 {\n" @@ -190,19 +190,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:118 msgid "Reload the configuration if man:devd[8] is already running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:122 #, no-wrap msgid "# service devd restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:124 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:192 msgid "" "Make sure the necessary modules are loaded and the correct template is set " "at boot by adding those lines to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#, creating it " @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:130 #, no-wrap msgid "" "umodem_load=\"YES\"\n" @@ -218,13 +218,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:132 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:200 msgid "To load the module and set the template without rebooting use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:138 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kldload umodem\n" @@ -232,13 +232,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:140 #, no-wrap msgid "Connecting to USB Device Mode Serial Ports from FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:146 msgid "" "To connect to a board configured to provide USB device mode serial ports, " "connect the USB host, such as a laptop, to the boards USB OTG or USB client " @@ -248,26 +248,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:150 #, no-wrap msgid "# cu -l /dev/ttyU0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:153 msgid "" "After pressing the kbd:[Enter] key a few times you will see a login prompt." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:154 #, no-wrap msgid "Connecting to USB Device Mode Serial Ports from macOS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:157 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:168 msgid "" "To connect to a board configured to provide USB device mode serial ports, " "connect the USB host, such as a laptop, to the boards USB OTG or USB client " @@ -275,31 +275,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:162 #, no-wrap msgid "# cu -l /dev/cu.usbmodemFreeBSD1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:164 #, no-wrap msgid "Connecting to USB Device Mode Serial Ports from Linux" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:172 #, no-wrap msgid "# minicom -D /dev/ttyACM0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:174 #, no-wrap msgid "Connecting to USB Device Mode Serial Ports from Microsoft Windows 10" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:182 msgid "" "To connect to a board configured to provide USB device mode serial ports, " "connect the USB host, such as a laptop, to the boards USB OTG or USB client " @@ -313,13 +313,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:184 #, no-wrap msgid "USB Device Mode Network Interfaces" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:190 msgid "" "Virtual network interfaces support is provided by templates number 1, 8, and " "10. Note that none of them works with Microsoft Windows. Other host " @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:197 #, no-wrap msgid "" "if_cdce_load=\"YES\"\n" @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:205 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kldload if_cdce\n" @@ -344,20 +344,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:208 #, no-wrap msgid "USB Virtual Storage Device" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:213 msgid "" "The man:cfumass[4] driver is a USB device mode driver first available in " "FreeBSD 12.0." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:219 msgid "" "Mass Storage target is provided by templates 0 and 10. Both man:" "usb_template[4] and man:cfumass[4] kernel modules must be loaded. man:" @@ -367,13 +367,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:220 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring USB Mass Storage Target Using the cfumass Startup Script" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:224 msgid "" "The simplest way to set up a read-only USB storage target is to use the [." "filename]#cfumass# rc script. To configure it this way, copy the files to " @@ -382,24 +382,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:228 #, no-wrap msgid "cfumass_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:231 msgid "To configure the target without restarting, run this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:235 #, no-wrap msgid "# service cfumass start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:240 msgid "" "Differently from serial and network functionality, the template should not " "be set to 0 or 10 in [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#. This is because the " @@ -408,13 +408,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:241 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring USB Mass Storage Using Other Means" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:245 msgid "" "The rest of this chapter provides detailed description of setting the target " "without using the cfumass rc file. This is necessary if e.g. one wants to " @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:251 msgid "" "USB Mass Storage does not require the man:ctld[8] daemon to be running, " "although it can be used if desired. This is different from iSCSI. Thus, " @@ -432,37 +432,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload cfumass\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:258 msgid "" "If [.filename]#cfumass.ko# has not been built into the kernel, [.filename]#/" "boot/loader.conf# can be set to load the module at boot:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:262 #, no-wrap msgid "cfumass_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:265 msgid "A LUN can be created without the man:ctld[8] daemon:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:269 #, no-wrap msgid "# ctladm create -b block -o file=/data/target0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:274 msgid "" "This presents the contents of the image file [.filename]#/data/target0# as a " "LUN to the USB host. The file must exist before executing the command. To " @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:277 msgid "" "man:ctld[8] can also be used to manage LUNs. Create [.filename]#/etc/ctl." "conf#, add a line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# to make sure man:ctld[8] is " @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:280 msgid "" "This is an example of a simple [.filename]#/etc/ctl.conf# configuration " "file. Refer to man:ctl.conf[5] for a more complete description of the " @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:289 #, no-wrap msgid "" "target naa.50015178f369f092 {\n" @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:296 msgid "" "The example creates a single target with a single LUN. The " "`naa.50015178f369f092` is a device identifier composed of 32 random " @@ -509,31 +509,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:298 msgid "" "To make sure the man:ctld[8] daemon is started at boot, add this line to [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:302 #, no-wrap msgid "ctld_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:305 msgid "To start man:ctld[8] now, run this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:309 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ctld start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:313 msgid "" "As the man:ctld[8] daemon is started, it reads [.filename]#/etc/ctl.conf#. " "If this file is edited after the daemon starts, reload the changes so they " @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:317 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ctld reload\n" msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.po index 3ff502bd0c..27a85673e9 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-02-01 09:20-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 22. Virtualization" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Virtualization" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:56 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "Virtualization software allows multiple operating systems to run " "simultaneously on the same computer. Such software systems for PCs often " @@ -56,84 +56,84 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:59 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "The difference between a host operating system and a guest operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:62 msgid "How to install FreeBSD on the following virtualization platforms:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:63 msgid "Parallels Desktop(Intel(R)-based Apple(R) macOS(R))" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:64 msgid "VMware Fusion(Intel(R)-based Apple(R) macOS(R))" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "VirtualBox(TM)(Microsoft(R) Windows(R), Intel(R)-based Apple(R) macOS(R), " "Linux)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:66 msgid "bhyve(FreeBSD)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How to tune a FreeBSD system for best performance under virtualization." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:69 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:71 msgid "Understand the crossref:basics[basics,basics of UNIX(R) and FreeBSD]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:72 msgid "Know how to crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall,install FreeBSD]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "Know how to crossref:advanced-networking[advanced-networking,set up a " "network connection]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:74 msgid "" "Know how to crossref:ports[ports,install additional third-party software]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:76 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD as a Guest on Parallels Desktop for macOS(R)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:81 msgid "" "Parallels Desktop for Mac(R) is a commercial software product available for " "Intel(R) based Apple(R) Mac(R) computers running macOS(R) 10.4.6 or higher. " @@ -143,13 +143,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:83 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing FreeBSD on Parallels Desktop on Mac(R)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:87 msgid "" "The first step in installing FreeBSD on Parallels is to create a new virtual " "machine for installing FreeBSD. Select [.guimenuitem]#FreeBSD# as the menu:" @@ -157,13 +157,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:88 #, no-wrap msgid "parallels-freebsd1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "Choose a reasonable amount of disk and memory depending on the plans for " "this virtual FreeBSD instance. 4GB of disk space and 512MB of RAM work well " @@ -171,65 +171,65 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:93 #, no-wrap msgid "parallels-freebsd2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:95 #, no-wrap msgid "parallels-freebsd3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:97 #, no-wrap msgid "parallels-freebsd4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:99 #, no-wrap msgid "parallels-freebsd5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:102 msgid "Select the type of networking and a network interface:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:103 #, no-wrap msgid "parallels-freebsd6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:105 #, no-wrap msgid "parallels-freebsd7.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:108 msgid "Save and finish the configuration:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:109 #, no-wrap msgid "parallels-freebsd8.png" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:111 #, no-wrap msgid "parallels-freebsd9.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:118 msgid "" "After the FreeBSD virtual machine has been created, FreeBSD can be installed " "on it. This is best done with an official FreeBSD CD/DVD or with an ISO " @@ -242,13 +242,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:119 #, no-wrap msgid "parallels-freebsd11.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:123 msgid "" "Once this association with the CD-ROM source has been made, reboot the " "FreeBSD virtual machine by clicking the reboot icon. Parallels will reboot " @@ -256,13 +256,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:124 #, no-wrap msgid "parallels-freebsd10.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:128 msgid "" "In this case it will find the FreeBSD installation media and begin a normal " "FreeBSD installation. Perform the installation, but do not attempt to " @@ -270,32 +270,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:129 #, no-wrap msgid "parallels-freebsd12.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:132 msgid "" "When the installation is finished, reboot into the newly installed FreeBSD " "virtual machine." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:133 #, no-wrap msgid "parallels-freebsd13.png" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:136 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring FreeBSD on Parallels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:139 msgid "" "After FreeBSD has been successfully installed on macOS(R) X with Parallels, " "there are a number of configuration steps that can be taken to optimize the " @@ -303,13 +303,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:141 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:248 msgid "Set Boot Loader Variables" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:145 msgid "" "The most important step is to reduce the `kern.hz` tunable to reduce the CPU " "utilization of FreeBSD under the Parallels environment. This is " @@ -317,14 +317,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:148 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "kern.hz=100\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:153 msgid "" "Without this setting, an idle FreeBSD Parallels guest will use roughly 15% " "of the CPU of a single processor iMac(R). After this change the usage will " @@ -332,13 +332,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:153 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:260 msgid "Create a New Kernel Configuration File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:157 msgid "" "All of the SCSI, FireWire, and USB device drivers can be removed from a " "custom kernel configuration file. Parallels provides a virtual network " @@ -347,13 +347,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:157 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:264 msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:162 msgid "" "The most basic networking setup uses DHCP to connect the virtual machine to " "the same local area network as the host Mac(R). This can be accomplished by " @@ -363,13 +363,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:164 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD as a Guest on VMware Fusion for macOS(R)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:169 msgid "" "VMware Fusion for Mac(R) is a commercial software product available for " "Intel(R) based Apple(R) Mac(R) computers running macOS(R) 10.11 or higher. " @@ -379,26 +379,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:171 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing FreeBSD on VMware Fusion" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:175 msgid "" "The first step is to start VMware Fusion which will load the Virtual Machine " "Library. Click [.guimenuitem]#+->New# to create the virtual machine:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:176 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd01.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:180 msgid "" "This will load the New Virtual Machine Assistant. Choose [." "guimenuitem]#Create a custom virtual machine# and click [." @@ -406,13 +406,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:181 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd02.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:184 msgid "" "Select [.guimenuitem]#Other# as the [.guimenuitem]#Operating System# and " "either [.guimenuitem]#FreeBSD X# or [.guimenuitem]#FreeBSD X 64-bit#, as the " @@ -420,108 +420,108 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:185 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd03.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:188 msgid "Choose the firmware(UEFI is recommended):" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:189 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd04.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:192 msgid "" "Choose [.guimenuitem]#Create a new virtual disk# and click [." "guimenuitem]#Continue#:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:193 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd05.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:196 msgid "Check the configuration and click [.guimenuitem]#Finish#:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:197 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd06.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:200 msgid "" "Choose the name of the virtual machine and the directory where it should be " "saved:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:201 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd07.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:204 msgid "" "Press command+E to open virtual machine settings and click [.guimenuitem]#CD/" "DVD#:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:205 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd08.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:208 msgid "Choose FreeBSD ISO image or from a CD/DVD:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:208 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:231 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd09.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:212 msgid "Start the virtual machine:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:213 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd10.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:216 msgid "Install FreeBSD as usual:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:217 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd11.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:220 msgid "" "Once the install is complete, the settings of the virtual machine can be " "modified, such as memory usage and the number of CPUs the virtual machine " @@ -529,27 +529,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:224 msgid "" "The System Hardware settings of the virtual machine cannot be modified while " "the virtual machine is running." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:226 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd12.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:230 msgid "" "The status of the CD-ROM device. Normally the CD/DVD/ISO is disconnected " "from the virtual machine when it is no longer needed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:236 msgid "" "The last thing to change is how the virtual machine will connect to the " "network. To allow connections to the virtual machine from other machines " @@ -560,26 +560,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:237 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd13.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:240 msgid "" "After modifying the settings, boot the newly installed FreeBSD virtual " "machine." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:242 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring FreeBSD on VMware Fusion" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:245 msgid "" "After FreeBSD has been successfully installed on macOS(R) X with VMware " "Fusion, there are a number of configuration steps that can be taken to " @@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:251 msgid "" "The most important step is to reduce the `kern.hz` tunable to reduce the CPU " "utilization of FreeBSD under the VMware Fusion environment. This is " @@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:259 msgid "" "Without this setting, an idle FreeBSD VMware Fusion guest will use roughly " "15% of the CPU of a single processor iMac(R). After this change, the usage " @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:263 msgid "" "All of the FireWire, and USB device drivers can be removed from a custom " "kernel configuration file. VMware Fusion provides a virtual network adapter " @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:268 msgid "" "The most basic networking setup uses DHCP to connect the virtual machine to " "the same local area network as the host Mac(R). This can be accomplished by " @@ -622,29 +622,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:270 msgid "Install drivers and open-vm-tools" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:272 msgid "To run FreeBSD smoothly on VMWare, drivers should be installed:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:276 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install xf86-video-vmware xf86-input-vmmouse open-vm-tools\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:279 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD as a Guest on VirtualBox(TM)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:283 msgid "" "FreeBSD works well as a guest in VirtualBox(TM). The virtualization " "software is available for most common operating systems, including FreeBSD " @@ -652,60 +652,60 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:285 msgid "The VirtualBox(TM) guest additions provide support for:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:287 msgid "Clipboard sharing." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:288 msgid "Mouse pointer integration." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:289 msgid "Host time synchronization." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:290 msgid "Window scaling." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:291 msgid "Seamless mode." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:295 msgid "These commands are run in the FreeBSD guest." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:299 msgid "" "First, install the package:emulators/virtualbox-ose-additions[] package or " "port in the FreeBSD guest. This will install the port:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:303 #, no-wrap msgid "# cd /usr/ports/emulators/virtualbox-ose-additions && make install clean\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:306 msgid "Add these lines to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:311 #, no-wrap msgid "" "vboxguest_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -713,26 +713,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:314 msgid "" "If man:ntpd[8] or man:ntpdate[8] is used, disable host time synchronization:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:318 #, no-wrap msgid "vboxservice_flags=\"--disable-timesync\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:322 msgid "" "Xorg will automatically recognize the `vboxvideo` driver. It can also be " "manually entered in [.filename]#/etc/X11/xorg.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:331 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Device\"\n" @@ -744,14 +744,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:334 msgid "" "To use the `vboxmouse` driver, adjust the mouse section in [.filename]#/etc/" "X11/xorg.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:341 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"InputDevice\"\n" @@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:344 msgid "" "HAL users should create the following [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/hal/fdi/" "policy/90-vboxguest.fdi# or copy it from [.filename]#/usr/local/share/hal/" @@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:352 #, no-wrap msgid "" "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"utf-8\"?>\n" @@ -780,13 +780,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:354 #, no-wrap msgid "\tCopyright (C) 2008-2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:362 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\tThis file is part of VirtualBox Open Source Edition (OSE, as\n" @@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:379 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\tPlease contact Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa\n" @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:384 msgid "" "Shared folders for file transfers between host and VM are accessible by " "mounting them using `mount_vboxvfs`. A shared folder can be created on the " @@ -831,32 +831,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:388 #, no-wrap msgid "# vboxmanage sharedfolder add 'BSDBox' --name myshare --hostpath /mnt/bsdboxshare\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:392 msgid "" "Note that the shared folder name must not contain spaces. Mount the shared " "folder from within the guest system like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:396 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount_vboxvfs -w myshare /mnt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:399 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD as a Host with VirtualBox(TM)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:407 msgid "" "VirtualBox(TM) is an actively developed, complete virtualization package, " "that is available for most operating systems including Windows(R), macOS(R), " @@ -870,20 +870,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:409 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing VirtualBox(TM)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:413 msgid "" "VirtualBox(TM) is available as a FreeBSD package or port in package:" "emulators/virtualbox-ose[]. The port can be installed using these commands:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:418 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/emulators/virtualbox-ose\n" @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:423 msgid "" "One useful option in the port's configuration menu is the `GuestAdditions` " "suite of programs. These provide a number of useful features in guest " @@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:426 msgid "" "A few configuration changes are needed before VirtualBox(TM) is started for " "the first time. The port installs a kernel module in [.filename]#/boot/" @@ -911,39 +911,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:430 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload vboxdrv\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:433 msgid "" "To ensure the module is always loaded after a reboot, add this line to [." "filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:437 #, no-wrap msgid "vboxdrv_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:440 msgid "" "To use the kernel modules that allow bridged or host-only networking, add " "this line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# and reboot the computer:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:444 #, no-wrap msgid "vboxnet_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:449 msgid "" "The `vboxusers` group is created during installation of VirtualBox(TM). All " "users that need access to VirtualBox(TM) will have to be added as members of " @@ -951,20 +951,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:452 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:453 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw groupmod vboxusers -m yourusername\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:456 msgid "" "The default permissions for [.filename]#/dev/vboxnetctl# are restrictive and " "need to be changed for bridged networking:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:461 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# chown root:vboxusers /dev/vboxnetctl\n" @@ -972,14 +972,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:464 msgid "" "To make this permissions change permanent, add these lines to [.filename]#/" "etc/devfs.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:469 #, no-wrap msgid "" "own vboxnetctl root:vboxusers\n" @@ -987,18 +987,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:472 msgid "To launch VirtualBox(TM), type from an Xorg session:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:476 #, no-wrap msgid "% VirtualBox\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:480 msgid "" "For more information on configuring and using VirtualBox(TM), refer to the " "http://www.virtualbox.org[official website]. For FreeBSD-specific " @@ -1007,13 +1007,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:482 #, no-wrap msgid "VirtualBox(TM) USB Support" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:486 msgid "" "VirtualBox(TM) can be configured to pass USB devices through to the guest " "operating system. The host controller of the OSE version is limited to " @@ -1022,27 +1022,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:488 msgid "" "For VirtualBox(TM) to be aware of USB devices attached to the machine, the " "user needs to be a member of the `operator` group." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:492 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw groupmod operator -m yourusername\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:495 msgid "" "Then, add the following to [.filename]#/etc/devfs.rules#, or create this " "file if it does not exist yet:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:500 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[system=10]\n" @@ -1050,44 +1050,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:503 msgid "" "To load these new rules, add the following to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:507 #, no-wrap msgid "devfs_system_ruleset=\"system\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:510 msgid "Then, restart devfs:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:513 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:554 #, no-wrap msgid "# service devfs restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:517 msgid "" "Restart the login session and VirtualBox(TM) for these changes to take " "effect, and create USB filters as necessary." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:519 #, no-wrap msgid "VirtualBox(TM) Host DVD/CD Access" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:527 msgid "" "Access to the host DVD/CD drives from guests is achieved through the sharing " "of the physical drives. Within VirtualBox(TM), this is set up from the " @@ -1100,26 +1100,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:529 msgid "" "HAL needs to run for VirtualBox(TM)DVD/CD functions to work, so enable it in " "[.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# and start it if it is not already running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:533 #, no-wrap msgid "hald_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:538 #, no-wrap msgid "# service hald start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:543 msgid "" "In order for users to be able to use VirtualBox(TM)DVD/CD functions, they " "need access to [.filename]#/dev/xpt0#, [.filename]#/dev/cdN#, and [." @@ -1129,7 +1129,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:549 #, no-wrap msgid "" "perm cd* 0660\n" @@ -1138,13 +1138,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:557 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD as a Host with bhyve" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:563 msgid "" "The bhyve BSD-licensed hypervisor became part of the base system with " "FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE. This hypervisor supports a number of guests, " @@ -1156,7 +1156,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:571 msgid "" "The bhyve design requires a processor that supports Intel(R) Extended Page " "Tables (EPT) or AMD(R) Rapid Virtualization Indexing (RVI) or Nested Page " @@ -1175,26 +1175,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:573 #, no-wrap msgid "Preparing the Host" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:577 msgid "" "The first step to creating a virtual machine in bhyve is configuring the " "host system. First, load the bhyve kernel module:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:581 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload vmm\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:586 msgid "" "Then, create a [.filename]#tap# interface for the network device in the " "virtual machine to attach to. In order for the network device to " @@ -1204,7 +1204,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:595 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig tap0 create\n" @@ -1216,31 +1216,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:598 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a FreeBSD Guest" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:602 msgid "" "Create a file to use as the virtual disk for the guest machine. Specify the " "size and name of the virtual disk:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:606 #, no-wrap msgid "# truncate -s 16G guest.img\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:609 msgid "Download an installation image of FreeBSD to install:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:614 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# fetch ftp://ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/releases/ISO-IMAGES/12.2/FreeBSD-12.2-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso\n" @@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:621 msgid "" "FreeBSD comes with an example script for running a virtual machine in " "bhyve. The script will start the virtual machine and run it in a loop, so " @@ -1263,13 +1263,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:625 #, no-wrap msgid "# sh /usr/share/examples/bhyve/vmrun.sh -c 1 -m 1024M -t tap0 -d guest.img -i -I FreeBSD-12.2-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso guestname\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:629 msgid "" "The virtual machine will boot and start the installer. After installing a " "system in the virtual machine, when the system asks about dropping in to a " @@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:634 msgid "" "Reboot the virtual machine. While rebooting the virtual machine causes " "bhyve to exit, the [.filename]#vmrun.sh# script runs `bhyve` in a loop and " @@ -1287,37 +1287,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:638 #, no-wrap msgid "# sh /usr/share/examples/bhyve/vmrun.sh -c 4 -m 1024M -t tap0 -d guest.img guestname\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:641 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a Linux(R) Guest" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:644 msgid "" "In order to boot operating systems other than FreeBSD, the package:sysutils/" "grub2-bhyve[] port must be first installed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:645 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:646 msgid "Next, create a file to use as the virtual disk for the guest machine:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:650 #, no-wrap msgid "# truncate -s 16G linux.img\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:656 msgid "" "Starting a virtual machine with bhyve is a two step process. First a kernel " "must be loaded, then the guest can be started. The Linux(R) kernel is " @@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:660 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:661 #, no-wrap msgid "" "(hd0) ./linux.img\n" @@ -1335,20 +1335,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:664 msgid "" "Use package:sysutils/grub2-bhyve[] to load the Linux(R) kernel from the ISO " "image:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:668 #, no-wrap msgid "# grub-bhyve -m device.map -r cd0 -M 1024M linuxguest\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:673 msgid "" "This will start grub. If the installation CD contains a [.filename]#grub." "cfg#, a menu will be displayed. If not, the `vmlinuz` and `initrd` files " @@ -1356,7 +1356,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:684 #, no-wrap msgid "" "grub> ls\n" @@ -1370,12 +1370,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:687 msgid "Now that the Linux(R) kernel is loaded, the guest can be started:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:692 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s 2:0,virtio-net,tap0 -s 3:0,virtio-blk,./linux.img \\\n" @@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:698 msgid "" "The system will boot and start the installer. After installing a system in " "the virtual machine, reboot the virtual machine. This will cause bhyve to " @@ -1392,21 +1392,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:701 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:738 #, no-wrap msgid "# bhyvectl --destroy --vm=linuxguest\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:706 msgid "" "Now the guest can be started directly from the virtual disk. Load the " "kernel:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:720 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# grub-bhyve -m device.map -r hd0,msdos1 -M 1024M linuxguest\n" @@ -1423,12 +1423,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:722 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:723 msgid "Boot the virtual machine:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:727 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:728 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s 2:0,virtio-net,tap0 \\\n" @@ -1436,7 +1436,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:734 msgid "" "Linux(R) will now boot in the virtual machine and eventually present you " "with the login prompt. Login and use the virtual machine. When you are " @@ -1445,13 +1445,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:741 #, no-wrap msgid "Booting bhyve Virtual Machines with UEFI Firmware" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:744 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:745 msgid "" "In addition to bhyveload and grub-bhyve, the bhyve hypervisor can also boot " "virtual machines using the UEFI userspace firmware. This option may support " @@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:748 msgid "" "In order to make use of the UEFI support in bhyve, first obtain the UEFI " "firmware images. This can be done by installing package:sysutils/bhyve-" @@ -1467,14 +1467,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:750 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:751 msgid "" "With the firmware in place, add the flags `-l bootrom,_/path/to/firmware_` " "to your bhyve command line. The actual bhyve command may look like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:759 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# bhyve -AHP -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc \\\n" @@ -1485,14 +1485,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:761 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:762 msgid "" "package:sysutils/bhyve-firmware[] also contains a CSM-enabled firmware, to " "boot guests with no UEFI support in legacy BIOS mode:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:770 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# bhyve -AHP -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc \\\n" @@ -1503,20 +1503,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:773 #, no-wrap msgid "Graphical UEFI Framebuffer for bhyve Guests" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:776 msgid "" "The UEFI firmware support is particularly useful with predominantly " "graphical guest operating systems such as Microsoft Windows(R)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:781 msgid "" "Support for the UEFI-GOP framebuffer may also be enabled with the `-s 29," "fbuf,tcp=_0.0.0.0:5900_` flags. The framebuffer resolution may be " @@ -1528,12 +1528,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:783 msgid "The resulting bhyve command would look like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:793 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# bhyve -AHP -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 31:0,lpc \\\n" @@ -1546,20 +1546,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:795 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:796 msgid "" "Note, in BIOS emulation mode, the framebuffer will cease receiving updates " "once control is passed from firmware to guest operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:798 #, no-wrap msgid "Using ZFS with bhyve Guests" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:802 msgid "" "If ZFS is available on the host machine, using ZFS volumes instead of disk " "image files can provide significant performance benefits for the guest VMs. " @@ -1567,18 +1567,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:805 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:806 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs create -V16G -o volmode=dev zroot/linuxdisk0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:809 msgid "When starting the VM, specify the ZFS volume as the disk drive:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:814 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s 2:0,virtio-net,tap0 -s3:0,virtio-blk,/dev/zvol/zroot/linuxdisk0 \\\n" @@ -1586,13 +1586,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:817 #, no-wrap msgid "Virtual Machine Consoles" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:824 msgid "" "It is advantageous to wrap the bhyve console in a session management tool " "such as package:sysutils/tmux[] or package:sysutils/screen[] in order to " @@ -1606,7 +1606,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:832 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kldload nmdm\n" @@ -1617,25 +1617,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:834 #, no-wrap msgid "Ubuntu 13.10 handbook ttyS0\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:836 #, no-wrap msgid "handbook login:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:839 #, no-wrap msgid "Managing Virtual Machines" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:843 msgid "" "A device node is created in [.filename]#/dev/vmm# for each virtual machine. " "This allows the administrator to easily see a list of the running virtual " @@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:853 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ls -al /dev/vmm\n" @@ -1656,47 +1656,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:856 msgid "A specified virtual machine can be destroyed using `bhyvectl`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:860 #, no-wrap msgid "# bhyvectl --destroy --vm=guestname\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:863 #, no-wrap msgid "Persistent Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:866 msgid "" "In order to configure the system to start bhyve guests at boot time, the " "following configurations must be made in the specified files:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:869 msgid "[.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:872 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:873 #, no-wrap msgid "net.link.tap.up_on_open=1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:875 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:876 msgid "[.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:882 #, no-wrap msgid "" "cloned_interfaces=\"bridge0 tap0\"\n" @@ -1705,13 +1705,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:885 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD as a Xen(TM)-Host" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:890 msgid "" "Xen is a GPLv2-licensed https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" "Hypervisor#Classification[type 1 hypervisor] for Intel(R) and ARM(R) " @@ -1725,7 +1725,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:897 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:898 msgid "" "Xen(TM) is a bare-metal hypervisor, which means that it is the first program " "loaded after the BIOS. A special privileged guest called the Domain-0 " @@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:905 msgid "" "Xen(TM) can migrate VMs between different Xen(TM) servers. When the two xen " "hosts share the same underlying storage, the migration can be done without " @@ -1755,13 +1755,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:907 #, no-wrap msgid "Hardware Requirements for Xen(TM) Dom0" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:911 msgid "" "To run the Xen(TM) hypervisor on a host, certain hardware functionality is " "required. Hardware virtualized domains require Extended Page Table (http://" @@ -1771,20 +1771,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:915 msgid "" "In order to run a FreeBSD Xen(TM) Dom0 the box must be booted using legacy " "boot (BIOS)." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:917 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:918 #, no-wrap msgid "Xen(TM) Dom0 Control Domain Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:921 msgid "" "Users of FreeBSD 11 should install the package:emulators/xen-kernel47[] and " "package:sysutils/xen-tools47[] packages that are based on Xen version 4.7. " @@ -1794,7 +1794,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:924 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:925 msgid "" "Configuration files must be edited to prepare the host for the Dom0 " "integration after the Xen packages are installed. An entry to [.filename]#/" @@ -1804,13 +1804,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:929 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo 'vm.max_wired=-1' >> /etc/sysctl.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:935 msgid "" "Another memory-related setting involves changing [.filename]#/etc/login." "conf#, setting the `memorylocked` option to `unlimited`. Otherwise, " @@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:940 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sed -i '' -e 's/memorylocked=64K/memorylocked=unlimited/' /etc/login.conf\n" @@ -1829,18 +1829,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:942 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:943 msgid "Add an entry for the Xen(TM) console to [.filename]#/etc/ttys#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:947 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo 'xc0 \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\" xterm onifconsole secure' >> /etc/ttys\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:953 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:954 msgid "" "Selecting a Xen(TM) kernel in [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf# activates the " "Dom0. Xen(TM) also requires resources like CPU and memory from the host " @@ -1851,12 +1851,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:956 msgid "The following command is used for Xen 4.7 packages:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:962 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:963 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# echo 'hw.pci.mcfg=0' >> /boot/loader.conf\n" @@ -1866,14 +1866,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:965 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:966 msgid "" "For Xen versions 4.11 and higher, the following command should be used " "instead:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:971 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:972 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# echo 'if_tap_load=\"YES\"' >> /boot/loader.conf\n" @@ -1882,7 +1882,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:978 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:979 msgid "" "Log files that Xen(TM) creates for the DomU VMs are stored in [.filename]#/" "var/log/xen#. Please be sure to check the contents of that directory if " @@ -1890,18 +1890,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:981 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:982 msgid "Activate the xencommons service during system startup:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:985 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:986 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc xencommons_enable=yes\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:991 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:992 msgid "" "These settings are enough to start a Dom0-enabled system. However, it lacks " "network functionality for the DomU machines. To fix that, define a bridged " @@ -1910,7 +1910,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:998 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc cloned_interfaces=\"bridge0\"\n" @@ -1919,18 +1919,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1000 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1001 msgid "Restart the host to load the Xen(TM) kernel and start the Dom0." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1004 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1005 #, no-wrap msgid "# reboot\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1008 msgid "" "After successfully booting the Xen(TM) kernel and logging into the system " "again, the Xen(TM) management tool `xl` is used to show information about " @@ -1938,7 +1938,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1013 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1014 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# xl list\n" @@ -1947,7 +1947,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1019 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1020 msgid "" "The output confirms that the Dom0 (called `Domain-0`) has the ID `0` and is " "running. It also has the memory and virtual CPUs that were defined in [." @@ -1957,13 +1957,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1021 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1022 #, no-wrap msgid "Xen(TM) DomU Guest VM Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1028 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1029 msgid "" "Unprivileged domains consist of a configuration file and virtual or physical " "hard disks. Virtual disk storage for the DomU can be files created by man:" @@ -1975,26 +1975,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1032 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1033 #, no-wrap msgid "# fetch ftp://ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/releases/ISO-IMAGES/12.0/FreeBSD-12.0-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso -o freebsd.iso\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1036 msgid "" "A ZFS volume of 20 GB called [.filename]#xendisk0# is created to serve as " "the disk space for the VM." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1039 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1040 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs create -V20G -o volmode=dev zroot/xendisk0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1044 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1045 msgid "" "The new DomU guest VM is defined in a file. Some specific definitions like " "name, keymap, and VNC connection details are also defined. The following [." @@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1061 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1062 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat freebsd.cfg\n" @@ -2023,12 +2023,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1065 msgid "These lines are explained in more detail:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1067 msgid "" "This defines what kind of virtualization to use. `hvm` refers to hardware-" "assisted virtualization or hardware virtual machine. Guest operating systems " @@ -2038,14 +2038,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1067 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1068 msgid "" "Name of this virtual machine to distinguish it from others running on the " "same Dom0. Required." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1068 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1069 msgid "" "Quantity of RAM in megabytes to make available to the VM. This amount is " "subtracted from the hypervisor's total available memory, not the memory of " @@ -2053,7 +2053,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1070 msgid "" "Number of virtual CPUs available to the guest VM. For best performance, do " "not create guests with more virtual CPUs than the number of physical CPUs on " @@ -2061,7 +2061,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1071 msgid "" "Virtual network adapter. This is the bridge connected to the network " "interface of the host. The `mac` parameter is the MAC address set on the " @@ -2070,14 +2070,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1071 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1072 msgid "" "Full path to the disk, file, or ZFS volume of the disk storage for this VM. " "Options and multiple disk definitions are separated by commas." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1072 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1073 msgid "" "Defines the Boot medium from which the initial operating system is " "installed. In this example, it is the ISO image downloaded earlier. Consult " @@ -2085,7 +2085,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1073 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1074 msgid "" "Options controlling VNC connectivity to the serial console of the DomU. In " "order, these are: active VNC support, define IP address on which to listen, " @@ -2095,20 +2095,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1075 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1076 msgid "" "After the file has been created with all the necessary options, the DomU is " "created by passing it to `xl create` as a parameter." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1079 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1080 #, no-wrap msgid "# xl create freebsd.cfg\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1089 msgid "" "Each time the Dom0 is restarted, the configuration file must be passed to " "`xl create` again to re-create the DomU. By default, only the Dom0 is " @@ -2121,12 +2121,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1091 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1092 msgid "The output of `xl list` confirms that the DomU has been created." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1098 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1099 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# xl list\n" @@ -2136,7 +2136,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1106 msgid "" "To begin the installation of the base operating system, start the VNC " "client, directing it to the main network address of the host or to the IP " @@ -2151,7 +2151,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1111 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# xl destroy freebsd\n" @@ -2159,7 +2159,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1115 msgid "" "The machine can then be accessed again using the VNC viewer. This time, it " "will boot from the virtual disk where the operating system has been " @@ -2167,26 +2167,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1117 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1120 msgid "" "This section contains basic information in order to help troubleshoot issues " "found when using FreeBSD as a Xen(TM) host or guest." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1122 #, no-wrap msgid "Host Boot Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1126 msgid "" "Please note that the following troubleshooting tips are intended for Xen(TM) " "4.11 or newer. If you are still using Xen(TM) 4.7 and having issues " @@ -2194,7 +2194,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1130 msgid "" "In order to troubleshoot host boot issues you will likely need a serial " "cable, or a debug USB cable. Verbose Xen(TM) boot output can be obtained by " @@ -2203,21 +2203,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1132 msgid "" "`iommu=debug`: can be used to print additional diagnostic information about " "the iommu." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1133 msgid "" "`dom0=verbose`: can be used to print additional diagnostic information about " "the dom0 build process." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1134 msgid "" "`sync_console`: flag to force synchronous console output. Useful for " "debugging to avoid losing messages due to rate limiting. Never use this " @@ -2226,20 +2226,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1137 msgid "" "FreeBSD should also be booted in verbose mode in order to identify any " "issues. To activate verbose booting, run this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1141 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo 'boot_verbose=\"YES\"' >> /boot/loader.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1144 msgid "" "If none of these options help solving the problem, please send the serial " "boot log to mailto:freebsd-xen@FreeBSD.org[freebsd-xen@FreeBSD.org] and " @@ -2248,20 +2248,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1146 #, no-wrap msgid "Guest Creation Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1149 msgid "" "Issues can also arise when creating guests, the following attempts to " "provide some help for those trying to diagnose guest creation issues." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1152 msgid "" "The most common cause of guest creation failures is the `xl` command " "spitting some error and exiting with a return code different than 0. If the " @@ -2270,7 +2270,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1168 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# xl -vvv create freebsd.cfg\n" @@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1173 msgid "" "If the verbose output does not help diagnose the issue there are also QEMU " "and Xen(TM) toolstack logs in [.filename]#/var/log/xen#. Note that the name " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.po index eb2fa54a6b..050ffe1a96 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-07-07 23:22-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 11. WINE" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "WINE" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:56 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "https://www.winehq.org/[WINE], which stands for Wine Is Not an Emulator, is " "technically a software translation layer. It enables to install and run " @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "It operates by intercepting system calls, or requests from the software to " "the operating system, and translating them from Windows(R) calls to calls " @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:68 msgid "" "However, it is not an emulator in the traditional sense. Many of these " "solutions operate by constructing an entire other computer using software " @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "The WINE Project, on the other hand, is much lighter on system's resources. " "It will translate system calls on the fly, so while it is difficult to be as " @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:76 msgid "" "At the end of the day, WINE provides another option to try to get a " "particular Windows(R) software program running on FreeBSD. It can always " @@ -104,92 +104,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:78 msgid "This chapter will describe:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:80 msgid "How to install WINE on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:81 msgid "" "How WINE operates, and how it is different from other alternatives like " "virtualizaton." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:82 msgid "How to fine-tune WINE to the specific needs of some applications." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:83 msgid "How to install GUI helpers for WINE." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:84 msgid "Common tips and solutions for on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:85 msgid "" "Considerations for WINE on FreeBSD in terms of the multi-user environment." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:87 msgid "Before reading this chapter, it will be useful to:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:89 msgid "Understand the crossref:basics[basics,basics of UNIX(R) and FreeBSD]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:90 msgid "Know how to crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall,install FreeBSD]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:91 msgid "" "Know how to crossref:advanced-networking[advanced-networking,set up a " "network connection]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "Know how to crossref:ports[ports,install additional third-party software]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:94 #, no-wrap msgid "WINE Overview & Concepts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "WINE is a complex system, so before running it on a FreeBSD system it is " "worth gaining an understanding of what it is and how it works." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:99 #, no-wrap msgid "What is WINE?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:103 msgid "" "As mentioned in the <<wine-synopsis,Synopsis>> for this chapter, WINE is a " "compatibility layer that allows Windows(R) applications to run on other " @@ -198,12 +198,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:105 msgid "When WINE runs a Windows(R) executable, two things occur:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:107 msgid "" "Firstly, WINE implements an environment that mimics that of various versions " "of Windows(R). For example, if an application requests access to a resource " @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:108 msgid "" "Then, once that application makes use of that interface, WINE takes the " "incoming request for space in memory and translates it to something " @@ -222,26 +222,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:110 #, no-wrap msgid "WINE and the FreeBSD System" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:113 msgid "" "Installing WINE on a FreeBSD system will entail a few different components:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:115 msgid "" "FreeBSD applications for tasks such as running the Windows(R) executables, " "configuring the WINE sub-system, or compiling programs with WINE support." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:116 msgid "" "A large number of libraries that implement the core functions of Windows(R) " "(for example [.filename]#/lib/wine/api-ms-core-memory-l1-1-1.dll.so#, which " @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:117 msgid "" "A number of Windows(R) executables, which are (or mimic) common utilities " "(such as [.filename]#/lib/wine/notepad.exe.so#, which provides the standard " @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:118 msgid "" "Additional Windows(R) assets, in particular fonts (like the Tahoma font, " "which is stored in [.filename]#share/wine/fonts/tahoma.ttf# in the install " @@ -265,13 +265,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:120 #, no-wrap msgid "Graphical Versus Text Mode/Terminal Programs in WINE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:125 msgid "" "As an operating system where terminal utilities are \"first-class citizens," "\" it is natural to assume that WINE will contain extensive support for text-" @@ -282,21 +282,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:127 msgid "" "However, there are three methods available to run these so-called Console " "User Interface (CUI) programs:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "The _Bare Streams_ approach will display the output directly to standard " "output." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:130 msgid "" "The _wineconsole_ utility can be used with either the _user_ or _curses_ " "backed to utilize some of the enhancements the WINE system provides for CUI " @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:132 msgid "" "These approaches are described in greater detail on the https://wiki.winehq." "org/Wine_User%27s_Guide#Text_mode_programs_.28CUI:" @@ -312,26 +312,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:134 #, no-wrap msgid "WINE Derivative Projects" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:137 msgid "" "WINE itself is a mature open source project, so it is little surprise it is " "used as the foundation of more complex solutions." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:139 #, no-wrap msgid "Commercial WINE Implementations" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:143 msgid "" "A number of companies have taken WINE and made it a core of their own, " "proprietary products (WINE's LGPL license permits this). Two of the most " @@ -339,12 +339,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:145 msgid "Codeweavers CrossOver" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:148 msgid "" "This solution provides a simplified \"one-click\" installation of WINE, " "which contains additional enhancements and optimizations (although the " @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:151 msgid "" "While the company once produced a native FreeBSD version of their CrossOver " "solution, it appears to have long been abandoned. While some resources " @@ -364,12 +364,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:153 msgid "Steam Proton" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:156 msgid "" "Gaming company Steam also uses WINE to enable Windows(R) games to install " "and run on other systems. it is primary target is Linux-based systems, " @@ -377,20 +377,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:158 msgid "" "While Steam does not offer a native FreeBSD client,there are several options " "for using the Linux(R) client using FreeBSD's Linux Compatibility Layer." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:160 #, no-wrap msgid "WINE Companion Programs" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:164 msgid "" "In addition to proprietary offerings, other projects have released " "applications designed to work in tandem with the standard, open source " @@ -399,46 +399,46 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:166 msgid "" "These solutions are covered in greater detail in the later section on <<wine-" "management-guis,GUI frontends>>, and include the following:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:168 msgid "winetricks" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:168 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:557 #, no-wrap msgid "Homura" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:171 #, no-wrap msgid "Alternatives to WINE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:174 msgid "For FreeBSD users, some alternatives to using WINE are as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:176 msgid "" "Dual-Booting: A straightforward option is to run desired Windows(R) " -"applications natively on that OS. This of course means existing FreeBSD in " +"applications natively on that OS. This of course means exiting FreeBSD in " "order to boot Windows(R), so this method is not feasible if access to " "programs in both systems is required simultaneously." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:177 msgid "" "Virtual Machines: Virtual Machines (VMs), as mentioned earlier in this " "chapter, are software processes that emulate full sets of hardware, on which " @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:178 msgid "" "Remote Access: Like many other UNIX(R)-like systems, FreeBSD can run a " "variety of applications enabling users to remotely access Windows(R) " @@ -463,36 +463,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:180 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing WINE on FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:183 msgid "WINE can be installed via the pkg tool, or by compiling the port(s)." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:185 #, no-wrap msgid "WINE Prerequistes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:188 msgid "" "Before installing WINE itself, it is useful to have the following pre-" "requisites installed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:190 msgid "A GUI" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:194 msgid "" "Most Windows(R) programs are expecting to have a graphical user interface " "available. If WINE is installed without one present, its dependencies will " @@ -502,12 +502,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:196 msgid "wine-gecko" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:202 msgid "" "The Windows(R) operating system has for some time had a default web browser " "pre-installed: Internet Explorer. As a result, some applications work under " @@ -521,23 +521,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:204 msgid "Install this package with the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:208 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install wine-gecko\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:211 msgid "Alternately, compile the port with the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:216 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/emulator/wine-gecko\n" @@ -545,12 +545,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:219 msgid "wine-mono" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:222 msgid "" "This port installs the MONO framework, an open source implementation of " "Microsoft's .NET. Including this with the WINE installation will make it " @@ -559,23 +559,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:224 msgid "To install the package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:228 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install wine-mono\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:231 msgid "To compile from the ports collection:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:236 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/emulator/wine-mono\n" @@ -583,31 +583,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:239 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing WINE via FreeBSD Package Repositories" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:242 msgid "" "With the pre-requisites in place, install WINE via package with the " "following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:246 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install wine\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:249 msgid "Alternately compile the WINE sub-system from source with the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:254 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/emulator/wine\n" @@ -615,13 +615,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:257 #, no-wrap msgid "Concerns of 32- Versus 64-Bit in WINE Installations" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:262 msgid "" "Like most software, Windows(R) applications made the upgrade from the older " "32-bit architecture to 64 bits. And most recent software is written for 64-" @@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:265 msgid "" "However, using old software no longer supported by default is a common use " "for emulators, and users commonly turn to WINE to play games and use other " @@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:267 msgid "" "On modern, 64-bit machine and want to run 64-bit Windows(R) software, simply " "install the ports mentioned in the above sections. The ports system will " @@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:268 msgid "" "Alternately, users might have an older 32-bit machine that they do not want " "to run with its original, now non-supported software. They can install the " @@ -657,13 +657,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:270 #, no-wrap msgid "Running a First WINE Program on FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:274 msgid "" "Now that WINE is installed, the next step is to try it out by running a " "simple program. An easy way to do this is to download a self-contained " @@ -672,20 +672,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:276 msgid "" "So-called \"portable\" versions of applications are good choices for this " "test, as are programs that run with only a single executable file." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:278 #, no-wrap msgid "Running a Program from the Command Line" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:282 msgid "" "There are two different methods to launch a Windows program from the " "terminal. The first, and most straightforward is to navigate to the " @@ -694,45 +694,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:286 #, no-wrap msgid "% wine program.exe\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:289 msgid "" "For applications that take command-line arguments, add them after the " "executable as usual:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:293 #, no-wrap msgid "% wine program2.exe -file file.txt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:296 msgid "" "Alternately, supply the full path to the executable to use it in a script, " "for example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:300 #, no-wrap msgid "% wine /home/user/bin/program.exe\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:303 #, no-wrap msgid "Running a Program from a GUI" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:307 msgid "" "After installation graphical shells should be updated with new associations " "for Windows executable ([.filename]#.EXE#) files. It will now be possible " @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:310 msgid "" "On most desktops, check to make sure this association is correct by right-" "clicking on the file, and looking for an entry in the context menu to open " @@ -751,13 +751,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:311 #, no-wrap msgid "wine-run-np++-1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:314 msgid "" "In the event the program does not run as expected, try launching it from the " "command line and review any messages displayed in the terminal to " @@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:316 msgid "" "In the event WINE is not the default application for [.filename]#.EXE# files " "after install, check the MIME associate for this extension in the current " @@ -773,13 +773,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:318 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring WINE Installation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:322 msgid "" "With an understanding of what WINE is and how it works at a high level, the " "next step to effectively using it on FreeBSD is becoming familiar with its " @@ -789,13 +789,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:324 #, no-wrap msgid "WINE Prefixes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:329 msgid "" "A WINE _prefix_ is a directory, usually located beneath the default location " "of [.filename]#$HOME/.wine# though it can be located elsewhere. The prefix " @@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:331 msgid "" "[.filename]#.update-timestamp#: contains the last modified date of [." "filename]#file /usr/share/wine/wine.inf#. It is used by WINE to determine if " @@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:332 msgid "" "[.filename]#dosdevices/#: contains information on mappings of Windows(R) " "resources to resources on the host FreeBSD system. For example, after a new " @@ -823,17 +823,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:334 msgid "[.filename]#c:@#: A link to [.filename]#drive_c# described below." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:335 msgid "[.filename]#z:@#: A link to the root directory of the system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:337 msgid "" "[.filename]#drive_c/#: emulates the main (i.e., [.filename]#C:#) drive of a " "Windows(R) system. It contains a directory structure and associated files " @@ -845,7 +845,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:338 msgid "" "[.filename]#system.reg#: This Registry file contains information on the " "Windows(R) installation, which in the case of WINE is the environment in [." @@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:339 msgid "" "[.filename]#user.reg#: This Registry file contains the current user's " "personal configurations, made either by varous software or through the use " @@ -861,20 +861,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:340 msgid "" "[.filename]#userdef.reg#: This Registry file is a default set of " "configurations for newly-created users." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:342 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating and Using WINE Prefixes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:346 msgid "" "While WINE will create a default prefix in the user's [.filename]#$HOME/." "wine/#, it is possible to set up multiple prefixes. There are a few reasons " @@ -882,14 +882,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:348 msgid "" "The most common reason is to emulate different versions of Windows(R), " "according to the compatibility needs of the software in question." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:349 msgid "" "In addition, it is common to encounter software that does not work correctly " "in the default environment, and requires special configuration. it is useful " @@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:350 msgid "" "Similarly, copying the default or \"main\" prefix into a separate \"testing" "\" one in order to evaluate an application's compatibility can reduce the " @@ -906,57 +906,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:352 msgid "Creating a prefix from the terminal requires the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:356 #, no-wrap msgid "% WINEPREFIX=\"/home/username/.wine-new\" winecfg\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:360 msgid "" -"This will run the winecfg program, which can be used to configure wine " +"This will run the `winecfg` program, which can be used to configure wine " "prefixes (more on this in a later section). But by providing a directory " "path value for the `WINEPREFIX` environment variable, a new prefix is " "created at that location if one does not already exist." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:362 msgid "" "Supplying the same variable to the wine program will similarly cause the " "selected program to be run with the specified prefix:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:366 #, no-wrap msgid "% WINEPREFIX=\"/home/username/.wine-new\" wine program.exe\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:369 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring WINE Prefixes with winecfg" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:374 msgid "" -"As described above WINE includes a tool called winecfg to configure prefixes " -"from within a GUI. It contains a variety of functions, which are detailed " -"in the sections below. When winecfg is run from within a prefix, or " -"provided the location of a prefix within the `WINEPREFIX` variable, it " +"As described above WINE includes a tool called `winecfg` to configure " +"prefixes from within a GUI. It contains a variety of functions, which are " +"detailed in the sections below. When `winecfg` is run from within a prefix, " +"or provided the location of a prefix within the `WINEPREFIX` variable, it " "enables the configuration of the selected prefix as described in the below " "sections." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:377 msgid "" "Selections made on the _Applications_ tab will affect the scope of changes " "made in the _Libraries_ and _Graphics_ tabs, which will be limited to the " @@ -965,19 +965,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:379 #, no-wrap msgid "Applications" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:381 #, no-wrap msgid "wine-config-1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:386 msgid "" "The _Applications_ contains controls enabling the association of programs " "with a particular version of Windows(R). On first start-up the _Application " @@ -987,39 +987,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:388 msgid "But additional applications can be added with the following process:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:390 msgid "Click the _Add application_ button." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:391 msgid "Use the provided dialog to select the desired program's executable." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:392 msgid "Select the version of Windows(R) to be used with the selected program." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:394 #, no-wrap msgid "Libraries" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:396 #, no-wrap msgid "wine-config-2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:401 msgid "" "WINE provides a set of open source library files as part of its distribution " "that provide the same functions as their Windows(R) counterparts. However, " @@ -1030,97 +1030,97 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:402 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:403 msgid "" -"However, winecfg makes it possible specify overrides for the built-in " +"However, `winecfg` makes it possible specify overrides for the built-in " "libraries, particularly there is a version of Windows(R) available on the " "same machine as the host FreeBSD installation. For each library to be " "overridden, do the following:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:405 msgid "" "Open the _New override for library_ drop-down and select the library to be " "replaced." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:406 msgid "Click the _Add_ button." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:407 msgid "" "The new override will appear in the _Existing overrides_ list, notice the " "_native, builtin_ designation in parentheses." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:408 msgid "Click to select the library." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:409 msgid "Click the _Edit_ button." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:410 msgid "" "Use the provided dialog to select a corresponding library to be used in " "place of the built-in one." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:412 msgid "" "Be sure to select a file that is truly the corresponding version of the " "built-in one, otherwise there may be unexpected behavior." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:414 #, no-wrap msgid "Graphics" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:416 #, no-wrap msgid "wine-config-3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:419 msgid "" "The _Graphics_ tab provides some options to make the windows of programs run " -"via WINE operate smoothly with FreeBSD" +"via WINE operate smoothly with FreeBSD:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:421 msgid "Automatic mouse capture when windows are full-screen." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:422 msgid "" "Allowing the FreeBSD window manager to decorate the windows, such as their " "title bars, for programs running via WINE." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:423 msgid "" "Allowing the window manager to control windows for programs running via " "WINE, such as running resizing functions on them." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:424 msgid "" "Create an emulated virtual desktop, within which all WINE programs will run. " "If this item is selected, the size of the virtual desktop can be specified " @@ -1128,43 +1128,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:425 msgid "Setting the screen resolution for programs running via WINE." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:427 #, no-wrap msgid "Desktop Integration" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:429 #, no-wrap msgid "wine-config-4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:432 msgid "This tab allows configuration of the following items:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:434 msgid "" "The theme and related visual settings to be used for programs running via " "WINE." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:435 msgid "" "Whether the WINE sub-system should manage MIME types (used to determine " "which application opens a particular file type) internally." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:436 msgid "" "Mappings of directories in the host FreeBSD system to useful folders within " "the Windows(R) environment. To change an existing association, select the " @@ -1173,59 +1173,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:438 #, no-wrap msgid "Drives" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:440 #, no-wrap msgid "wine-config-5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:445 msgid "" "The _Drives_ tab allows linking of directories in the host FreeBSD system to " "drive letters in the Windows(R) environment. The default values in this tab " -"should look familiar, as they're displaying the contents of [." +"should look familiar, as they are displaying the contents of [." "filename]#dosdevices/# in the current WINE prefix. Changes made via this " "dialog will reflect in [.filename]#dosdevices#, and properly-formatted links " "created in that directory will display in this tab." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:447 msgid "" "To create a new entry, such as for a CD-ROM (mounted at [.filename]#/mnt/" "cdrom#), take the following steps:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:449 msgid "Click the _Add _ button." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:450 msgid "In the provided dialog, choose a free drive letter." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:451 msgid "Click _OK_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:452 msgid "" "Fill in the _Path_ input box by either typing the path to the resource, or " "click _Browse _ and use the provided dialog to select it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:455 msgid "" "By default WINE will autodetect the type of resource linked, but this can be " "manually overridden. See https://wiki.winehq.org/Wine_User" @@ -1234,53 +1234,53 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:457 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:459 #, no-wrap msgid "wine-config-6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:462 msgid "" "This tab contains some configurable options for routing sound from " "Windows(R) programs to the native FreeBSD sound system, including:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:464 msgid "Driver selection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:465 msgid "Default device selection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:466 msgid "Sound test" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:468 #, no-wrap msgid "About" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:470 #, no-wrap msgid "wine-config-7.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:474 msgid "" "The final tab contains information on the WINE project, including a link to " "the website. It also allows entry of (entirely optional) user information, " @@ -1288,16 +1288,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:476 #, no-wrap msgid "WINE Management GUIs" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:481 msgid "" "While the base install of WINE comes with a GUI configuration tool in " -"winecfg, it is main purpose is just that: strictly configuring an existing " +"`winecfg`, it is main purpose is just that: strictly configuring an existing " "WINE prefix. There are, however, more advanced applications that will " "assist in the initial installation of applications as well as optimizing " "their WINE environments. The below sections include a selection of the most " @@ -1305,50 +1305,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:483 #, no-wrap msgid "Winetricks" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:488 msgid "" -"winetricks is a cross-platform, general purpose helper program for WINE. It " -"is not developed by the WINE project proper, but rather maintained on " -"https://github.com/Winetricks/winetricks[Github] by a group of " +"The `winetricks` tool is a cross-platform, general purpose helper program " +"for WINE. It is not developed by the WINE project proper, but rather " +"maintained on https://github.com/Winetricks/winetricks[Github] by a group of " "contributors. It contains some automated \"recipes\" for getting common " "applications to work on WINE, both by optimizing the settings as well as " "acquiring some DLL libraries automatically." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:490 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing winetricks" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:493 msgid "" -"To install winetricks on a FreeBSD using binary packages, use the following " -"commands (note winetricks requires either the i386-wine or i386-wine-devel " -"package, and is therefore not installed automatically with other " +"To install `winetricks` on a FreeBSD using binary packages, use the " +"following commands (note `winetricks` requires either the i386-wine or i386-" +"wine-devel package, and is therefore not installed automatically with other " "dependencies):" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:497 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install i386-wine winetricks\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:500 msgid "To compile it from source, issue the following in the terminal:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:507 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/emulators/i386-wine\n" @@ -1358,44 +1358,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:510 msgid "" "If a manual installation is required, refer to the https://github.com/" "Winetricks/winetricks[Github] account for instructions." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:512 #, no-wrap msgid "Using winetricks" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:514 -msgid "Run winetricks with the following command:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:515 +msgid "Run `winetricks` with the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:519 #, no-wrap msgid "% winetricks\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:523 msgid "" -"Note: this should be in a 32-bit prefix to run winetricks. Launching " -"winetricks displays a window with a number of choices, as follows:" +"Note: this should be in a 32-bit prefix to run `winetricks`. Launching " +"`winetricks` displays a window with a number of choices, as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:524 #, no-wrap msgid "winetricks-run-1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:527 msgid "" "Selecting either _Install an application_, _Install a benchmark_, or " "_Install a game_ shows a list with supported options, such as the one below " @@ -1403,41 +1403,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:528 #, no-wrap msgid "winetricks-run-2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:532 msgid "" "Selecting one or more items and clicking _OK_ will start their installation " "process(es). Initially, some messages that appear to be errors may show up, " -"but they're actually informational alerts as winetricks configures the WINE " -"environment to get around known issues for the application:" +"but they're actually informational alerts as `winetricks` configures the " +"WINE environment to get around known issues for the application:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:533 #, no-wrap msgid "winetricks-app-install-1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:536 msgid "" "Once these are circumvented, the actual installer for the application will " "be run:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:537 #, no-wrap msgid "winetricks-app-install-2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:540 msgid "" "Once the installation completes, the new Windows application should be " "available from the desktop environment's standard menu (shown in the " @@ -1445,26 +1445,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:541 #, no-wrap msgid "winetricks-menu-1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:544 msgid "" -"In order to remove the application, run winetricks again, and select _Run an " -"uninstaller_." +"In order to remove the application, run `winetricks` again, and select _Run " +"an uninstaller_." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:545 #, no-wrap msgid "winetricks-uninstall-1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:549 msgid "" "A Windows(R)-style dialog will appear with a list of installed programs and " "components. Select the application to be removed, then click the _Modify/" @@ -1472,52 +1472,52 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:550 #, no-wrap msgid "winetricks-uninstall-2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:553 msgid "" "This will run the applications built-in installer, which should also have " "the option to uninstall." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:554 #, no-wrap msgid "winetricks-uninstall-3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:561 msgid "" -"Homura is an application similar to winetricks, although it was inspired by " -"the https://lutris.net/[Lutris] gaming system for Linux. But while it is " +"Homura is an application similar to `winetricks`, although it was inspired " +"by the https://lutris.net/[Lutris] gaming system for Linux. But while it is " "focused on games, there are also non-gaming applications available for " "install through Homura." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:563 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing Homura" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:566 msgid "To install Homura's binary package, issue the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:570 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install homura\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:574 msgid "" "Homura is available in the FreeBSD Ports system. However, than the " "_emulators_ section of Ports or binary packages, look for it in the _games_ " @@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:579 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/games/homura\n" @@ -1533,81 +1533,81 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:582 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Homura" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:586 msgid "" -"Homura's usage is quite similar to that of winetricks. When using it for " +"Homura's usage is quite similar to that of `winetricks`. When using it for " "the first time, launch it from the command line (or a desktop environment " "runner applet) with:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:590 #, no-wrap msgid "% Homura\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:594 msgid "" "This should result in a friendly welcome message. Click _OK_ to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:595 #, no-wrap msgid "homura-launch-1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:598 msgid "" "The program will also offer to place a link in the application menu of " "compatible environments:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:599 #, no-wrap msgid "homura-run-2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:602 msgid "" "Depending on the setup of the FreeBSD machine, Homura may display a message " "urging the install of native graphics drivers." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:603 #, no-wrap msgid "homura-run-3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:607 msgid "" "The application's window should then appear, which amounts to a \"main menu" -"\" with all its options. Many of the items are the same as winetricks, " +"\" with all its options. Many of the items are the same as `winetricks`, " "although Homura offers some additional, helpful options such as opening its " "data folder (_Open Homura Folder_) or running a specified program (_Run a " "executable in prefix_)." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:607 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:608 #, no-wrap msgid "homura-install-1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:613 msgid "" "To select one of Homura's supported applications to install, select " "_Installation_, and click _OK_. This will display a list of applications " @@ -1616,39 +1616,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:614 #, no-wrap msgid "homura-install-2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:618 msgid "" "As a first step Homura will download the selected program. A notification " "may appear in supported desktop environments." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:619 #, no-wrap msgid "homura-install-3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:623 msgid "" "The program will also create a new prefix for the application. A standard " "WINE dialog with this message will display." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:624 #, no-wrap msgid "homura-install-4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:627 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:628 msgid "" "Next, Homura will install any prerequisites for the selected program. This " "may involve downloading and extracting a fair number of files, the details " @@ -1656,24 +1656,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:629 #, no-wrap msgid "homura-install-5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:632 msgid "Downloaded packages are automatically opened and run as required." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:633 #, no-wrap msgid "homura-install-6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:638 msgid "" "The installation may end with a simple desktop notification or message in " "the terminal, depending on how Homura was launched. But in either case " @@ -1682,24 +1682,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:639 #, no-wrap msgid "homura-install-7.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:641 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:642 msgid "This will display a list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:643 #, no-wrap msgid "homura-install-8.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:648 msgid "" "To run the new program, select it from the list, and click _OK_. To " "uninstall the application, select _Uninstallation_ from the main screen, " @@ -1708,19 +1708,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:649 #, no-wrap msgid "homura-uninstall-1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:652 #, no-wrap msgid "Running Multiple Management GUIs" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:656 msgid "" "it is worth noting that the above solutions are not mutually exclusive. it " "is perfectly acceptable, even advantageous, to have both installed at the " @@ -1728,31 +1728,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:659 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:660 msgid "" "However, it is wise to ensure that they do not access any of the same WINE " "prefixes. Each of these solutions applies workarounds and makes changes to " "the registries based on known workarounds to existing WINE issues in order " -"to make a given application run smoothly. Allowing both winetricks and " +"to make a given application run smoothly. Allowing both `winetricks` and " "Homura to access the same prefix could lead to some of these being " "overwritten, with the result being some or all applications do not work as " "expected." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:662 #, no-wrap msgid "WINE in Multi-User FreeBSD Installations" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:665 #, no-wrap msgid "Issues with Using a Common WINE Prefix" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:669 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:670 msgid "" "Like most UNIX(R)-like operating systems, FreeBSD is designed for multiple " "users to be logged in and working at the same time. On the other hand, " @@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:674 msgid "" "More recent consumer versions of Windows(R) have taken some steps to improve " "the OS in multi-user scenarios. But it is still largely structured around a " @@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:677 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:678 msgid "" "So it follows that each user will have to maintain their own set of " "configurations, which is potentially good. Yet it is advantageous to " @@ -1783,20 +1783,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:680 msgid "" "There are two strategies to minimize the impact of multiple WINE users in " "the system." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:682 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing Applications to a Common Drive" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:687 msgid "" "As shown in the section on WINE Configuration, WINE provides the ability to " "attach additional drives to a given prefix. In this way, applications can " @@ -1808,38 +1808,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:689 msgid "The steps to make install applications in this way are as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:691 msgid "" "First, set up a shared location on the system where the files will be " "stored, such as [.filename]#/mnt/windows-drive_d/#. Creating new directories " -"is described in man page for the mkdir command." +"is described in the man:mkdir[1] manual page." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:692 msgid "" "Next, set permissions for this new directory to allow only desired users to " "access it. One approach to this is to create a new group such as \"windows," "\" add the desired users to that group (see the sub-section on groups in the " -"Handbook's Users and Basic Account Management section), and set to the " -"permissions on the directory to `770` (the section on Permissions in the " -"FreeBSD Basics chapter of the Handbook illustrates this process)." +"crossref:basics[users-groups,Users and Basic Account Management] section), " +"and set to the permissions on the directory to `770` (the section on " +"crossref:basics[permissions,Permissions] illustrates this process)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:693 msgid "" -"Finally, add the location as a drive to the user's prefix using the winecfg " -"as described in the above section on WINE Configuration in this chapter." +"Finally, add the location as a drive to the user's prefix using the " +"`winecfg` as described in the above section on WINE Configuration in this " +"chapter." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:697 msgid "" "Once complete, applications can be installed to this location, and " "subsequently run using the assigned drive letter (or the standard UNIX(R)-" @@ -1852,66 +1853,66 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:699 #, no-wrap msgid "Using a Common Installation of WINE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:706 msgid "" "If, on the other hand, there are many applications to be shared, or they " "require specific tuning in order to work correctly, a different approach may " "be required. In this method, a completely separate user is created " "specifically for the purposes of storing the WINE prefix and all its " "installed applications. Individual users are then granted permission to run " -"programs as this user using the su command. The result is that these users " -"can launch a WINE application as they normally would, only it will act as " -"though launched by the newly-created user, and therefore use the centrally-" -"maintained prefix containing both settings and programs. To accomplish " -"this, take the following steps." +"programs as this user using the man:sudo[8] command. The result is that " +"these users can launch a WINE application as they normally would, only it " +"will act as though launched by the newly-created user, and therefore use the " +"centrally-maintained prefix containing both settings and programs. To " +"accomplish this, take the following steps:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:708 msgid "" -"Create a new user with the following command (as root), which will step " +"Create a new user with the following command (as `root`), which will step " "through the required details:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:712 #, no-wrap msgid "# adduser\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:715 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:717 msgid "" "Enter the username (e.g., _windows_) and Full name (\"Microsoft Windows\"). " -"Then accept the defaults for the remainder of the questions. Next, install " -"the sudo utility using binary packages with the following:" +"Then accept the defaults for the remainder of the questions. Next, install " +"the `sudo` utility using binary packages with the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:721 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install sudo\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:722 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:724 msgid "Once installed, edit [.filename]#/etc/sudoers# as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:728 #, no-wrap msgid "# User alias specification\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:731 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# define which users can run the wine/windows programs\n" @@ -1919,7 +1920,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:734 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# define which users can administrate (become root)\n" @@ -1927,13 +1928,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:736 #, no-wrap msgid "# Cmnd alias specification\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:739 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# define which commands the WINDOWS_USERS may run\n" @@ -1941,7 +1942,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:743 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:745 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Defaults\n" @@ -1952,7 +1953,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:748 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# User privilege specification\n" @@ -1960,7 +1961,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:751 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Members of the admin user_alias, defined above, may gain root privileges\n" @@ -1968,7 +1969,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:752 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:754 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# The WINDOWS_USERS may run WINDOWS programs as user windows without a password\n" @@ -1976,32 +1977,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:759 msgid "" "The result of these changes is the users named in the _User_Alias_ section " "are permitted to run the programs listed in the _Cmnd Alias_ section using " "the resources listed in the _Defaults_ section (the current display) as if " "they were the user listed in the final line of the file. In other words, " -"users designates as _WINDOWS_USERS_ can run the wine and winecfg " +"users designates as _WINDOWS_USERS_ can run the WINE and `winecfg` " "applications as user _windows_. As a bonus, the configuration here means " "they will not be required to enter the password for the _windows_ user." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:761 msgid "" "Next provide access to the display back to the _windows_ user, as whom the " "WINE programs will be running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:765 #, no-wrap msgid "% xhost +local:windows\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:769 msgid "" "This should be added to the list of commands run either at login or when the " "default graphical environment starts. Once all the above are complete, a " @@ -2009,8 +2010,14 @@ msgid "" "programs using the shared prefix with the following command:" msgstr "" +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:773 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% sudo -u windows wine program.exe\n" +msgstr "" + #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:779 msgid "" "it is worth noting that multiple users accessing this shared environment at " "the same time is still risky. However, consider also that the shared " @@ -2022,13 +2029,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:781 #, no-wrap msgid "WINE on FreeBSD FAQ" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:784 msgid "" "The following section describes some frequently asked questions, tips/" "tricks, or common issues in running WINE on FreeBSD, along with their " @@ -2036,19 +2043,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:786 #, no-wrap msgid "Basic Installation and Usage" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:789 #, no-wrap msgid "How to Install 32-bit and 64-bit WINE on the Same System?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:786 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:793 msgid "" "As described earlier in this section, the wine and i386-wine packages " "conflict with one another, and therefore cannot be installed on the same " @@ -2058,29 +2065,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:795 #, no-wrap msgid "Can DOS Programs Be Run on WINE?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:794 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:801 msgid "" "They can, as \"Console User Interface\" applications as mentioned earlier in " "this section. However, there is an arguably better method for running DOS " -"software: DOSBox. On the other hand, there's little reason not to at least " -"try it. Simply create a new prefix, install the software, and if it does " -"not work delete the prefix." +"software: package:emulators/dosbox[DOSBox]. On the other hand, there is " +"little reason not to at least try it. Simply create a new prefix, install " +"the software, and if it does not work delete the prefix." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:803 #, no-wrap -msgid "Should the \"wine-devel\" Package/Port be Installed to Use the Development Version of WINE Instead of Stable?" +msgid "Should the package:emulators/wine-devel[] Package/Port be Installed to Use the Development Version of WINE Instead of Stable?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:807 msgid "" "Yes, installing this version will install the \"development\" version of " "WINE. As with the 32- and 64-bit versions, they cannot be installed " @@ -2088,7 +2095,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:811 msgid "" "Note that WINE also has a \"Staging\" version, which contains the most " "recent updates. This was at one time available as a FreeBSD port; however, " @@ -2096,19 +2103,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:813 #, no-wrap msgid "Install Optimization" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:816 #, no-wrap msgid "How Should Windows(R) Hardware (e.g., Graphics) Drivers be Handled?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:822 msgid "" "Operating system drivers transfer commands between applications and " "hardware. WINE emulates a Windows(R) environment, including the drivers, " @@ -2120,20 +2127,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:824 #, no-wrap msgid "Is There a way to Make Windows(R) Fonts Look Better?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:820 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:827 msgid "" "A user on the FreeBSD forums suggests this configuration to fix out-of-the-" "box look of WINE fonts, which can be slightly pixelated." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:829 msgid "" "According to https://forums.freebsd.org/threads/make-wine-ui-fonts-look-" "good.68273/[a post in the FreeBSD Forums], adding the following to [." @@ -2142,7 +2149,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:834 #, no-wrap msgid "" "<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>\n" @@ -2150,13 +2157,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:836 #, no-wrap msgid "<fontconfig>\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:845 #, no-wrap msgid "" " <!-- antialias all fonts -->\n" @@ -2170,16 +2177,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:849 #, no-wrap msgid "Does Having Windows(R) Installed Elsewhere on a System Help WINE Operate?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:847 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:854 msgid "" "It may, depending on the application being run. As mentioned in the section " -"describing winecfg, some built-in WINE DLLs and other libraries can be " +"describing `winecfg`, some built-in WINE DLLs and other libraries can be " "overridden by providing a path to an alternate version. Provided the " "Windows(R) partition or drive is mounted to the FreeBSD system and " "accessible to the user, configuring some of these overrides will use native " @@ -2187,34 +2194,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:856 #, no-wrap msgid "Application-Specific" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:859 #, no-wrap msgid "Where is the Best Place to see if Application X Works on WINE?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:863 msgid "" -"The first stop in determining compatibility should be the https://appdb." +"The first step in determining compatibility should be the https://appdb." "winehq.org/[WINE AppDB]. This is a compilation of reports of programs " "working (or not) on all supported platforms, although (as previously " "mentioned), solutions for one platform are often applicable to others." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:865 #, no-wrap msgid "Is There Anything That Will Help Games Run Better?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:870 msgid "" "Perhaps. Many Windows(R) games rely on DirectX, a proprietary Microsoft " "graphics layer. However there are projects in the open source community " @@ -2222,7 +2229,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:873 msgid "" "The _dxvk_ project, which is an attempt to implement DirectX using the " "FreeBSD-compatible Vulkan graphics sub-system, is one such. Although its " @@ -2232,7 +2239,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:870 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:877 msgid "" "In addition, work is under way on a https://www.freshports.org/emulators/" "wine-proton/[wine-proton port]. This will bring the work of Valve, " @@ -2242,20 +2249,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:872 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:879 #, no-wrap msgid "Is There Anywhere FreeBSD WINE Users Gather to Exchange Tips and Tricks?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:875 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:882 msgid "" "There are plenty of places FreeBSD users discuss issues related to WINE that " "can be searched for solutions:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:884 msgid "" "https://forums.freebsd.org/[The FreeBSD forums], particularly the " "_Installation and Maintenance of Ports or Packages_ or _Emulation and " @@ -2263,34 +2270,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:878 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:885 msgid "" "https://wiki.freebsd.org/IRC/Channels[FreeBSD IRC channels] including " "#freebsd (for general support), #freebsd-games, and others." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:886 msgid "" "https://discord.gg/2CCuhCt[The BSD World Discord server's] channels " "including _bsd-desktop_, _bsd-gaming_, _bsd-wine_, and others." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:888 #, no-wrap msgid "Other OS Resources" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:891 msgid "" "There are a number of resources focused on other operating systems that may " "be useful for FreeBSD users:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:886 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:893 msgid "" "https://wiki.winehq.org/[The WINE Wiki] has a wealth of information on using " "WINE, much of which is applicable across many of WINE's supported operating " @@ -2298,7 +2305,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:894 msgid "" "Similarly, the documentation available from other OS projects can also be of " "good value. https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/wine[The WINE page] on the " @@ -2308,7 +2315,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:894 msgid "" "Finally, Codeweavers (a developer of a commercial version of WINE) is an " "active upstream contributor. Oftentimes answers to questions in https://www." diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.po index 1caad170a3..2acf946a65 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-07-07 23:22-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 5. The X Window System" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "The X Window System" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:58 msgid "" "An installation of FreeBSD using bsdinstall does not automatically install a " "graphical user interface. This chapter describes how to install and " @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:62 msgid "" "Users who prefer an installation method that automatically configures the " "Xorg should refer to https://ghostbsd.org[GhostBSD], https://www.midnightbsd." @@ -65,65 +65,65 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "For more information on the video hardware that Xorg supports, refer to the " "http://www.x.org/[x.org] website." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:67 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:69 msgid "" "The various components of the X Window System, and how they interoperate." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:70 msgid "How to install and configure Xorg." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:71 msgid "" "How to install and configure several window managers and desktop " "environments." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:72 msgid "How to use TrueType(R) fonts in Xorg." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:73 msgid "How to set up your system for graphical logins (XDM)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:75 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "Know how to install additional third-party software as described in crossref:" "ports[ports,Installing Applications: Packages and Ports]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:79 #, no-wrap msgid "Terminology" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:82 msgid "" "While it is not necessary to understand all of the details of the various " "components in the X Window System and how they interact, some basic " @@ -131,13 +131,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:83 #, no-wrap msgid "X server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:89 msgid "" "X was designed from the beginning to be network-centric, and adopts a " "\"client-server\" model. In this model, the \"X server\" runs on the " @@ -151,13 +151,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:90 #, no-wrap msgid "X client" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "Each X application, such as XTerm or Firefox, is a \"client\". A client " "sends messages to the server such as \"Please draw a window at these " @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "In a home or small office environment, the X server and the X clients " "commonly run on the same computer. It is also possible to run the X server " @@ -176,13 +176,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:98 #, no-wrap msgid "window manager" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:104 msgid "" "X does not dictate what windows should look like on-screen, how to move them " "around with the mouse, which keystrokes should be used to move between " @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:107 msgid "" "Each window manager uses a different configuration mechanism. Some expect " "configuration file written by hand while others provide graphical tools for " @@ -206,13 +206,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:108 #, no-wrap msgid "desktop environment" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:111 msgid "" "KDE and GNOME are considered to be desktop environments as they include an " "entire suite of applications for performing common desktop tasks. These may " @@ -220,13 +220,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:112 #, no-wrap msgid "focus policy" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:115 msgid "" "The window manager is responsible for the mouse focus policy. This policy " "provides some means for choosing which window is actively receiving " @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:125 msgid "" "One focus policy is called \"click-to-focus\". In this model, a window " "becomes active upon receiving a mouse click. In the \"focus-follows-mouse\" " @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "Different window managers support different focus models. All of them " "support click-to-focus, and the majority of them also support other " @@ -261,13 +261,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:130 #, no-wrap msgid "widgets" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:136 msgid "" "Widget is a term for all of the items in the user interface that can be " "clicked or manipulated in some way. This includes buttons, check boxes, " @@ -279,36 +279,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:138 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing Xorg" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:141 msgid "On FreeBSD, Xorg can be installed as a package or port." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:143 msgid "" "The binary package can be installed quickly but with fewer options for " "customization:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:147 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install xorg\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:150 msgid "To build and install from the Ports Collection:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:155 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/x11/xorg\n" @@ -316,14 +316,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:159 msgid "" "Either of these installations results in the complete Xorg system being " "installed. Binary packages are the best option for most users." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:163 msgid "" "A smaller version of the X system suitable for experienced users is " "available in package:x11/xorg-minimal[]. Most of the documents, libraries, " @@ -332,24 +332,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:165 #, no-wrap msgid "Xorg Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:168 #, no-wrap msgid "Quick Start" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:171 msgid "Xorg supports most common video cards, keyboards, and pointing devices." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:176 msgid "" "Video cards, monitors, and input devices are automatically detected and do " "not require any manual configuration. Do not create [.filename]#xorg.conf# " @@ -357,14 +357,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:180 msgid "" "If Xorg has been used on this computer before, move or remove any existing " "configuration files:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:185 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mv /etc/X11/xorg.conf ~/xorg.conf.etc\n" @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:188 msgid "" "Add the user who will run Xorg to the `video` or `wheel` group to enable 3D " "acceleration when available. To add user _jru_ to whichever group is " @@ -380,26 +380,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:192 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw groupmod video -m jru || pw groupmod wheel -m jru\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:195 msgid "" "The `TWM` window manager is included by default. It is started when Xorg " "starts:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:199 #, no-wrap msgid "% startx\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:202 msgid "" "On some older versions of FreeBSD, the system console must be set to man:" "vt[4] before switching back to the text console will work properly. See <<x-" @@ -407,13 +407,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:204 #, no-wrap msgid "User Group for Accelerated Video" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:209 msgid "" "Access to [.filename]#/dev/dri# is needed to allow 3D acceleration on video " "cards. It is usually simplest to add the user who will be running X to " @@ -423,19 +423,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:213 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw groupmod video -m slurms || pw groupmod wheel -m slurms\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:216 #, no-wrap msgid "Kernel Mode Setting (`KMS`)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:223 msgid "" "When the computer switches from displaying the console to a higher screen " "resolution for X, it must set the video output _mode_. Recent versions of " @@ -447,37 +447,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:225 msgid "Add this line to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf# to enable man:vt[4]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:229 #, no-wrap msgid "kern.vty=vt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:232 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration Files" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:236 msgid "" "Manual configuration is usually not necessary. Please do not manually " "create configuration files unless autoconfiguration does not work." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:238 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:243 msgid "" "Xorg looks in several directories for configuration files. [.filename]#/usr/" "local/etc/X11/# is the recommended directory for these files on FreeBSD. " @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:246 msgid "" "Storing configuration files in the legacy [.filename]#/etc/X11/# still " "works. However, this mixes application files with the base FreeBSD files " @@ -494,13 +494,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:248 #, no-wrap msgid "Single or Multiple Files" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:253 msgid "" "It is easier to use multiple files that each configure a specific setting " "than the traditional single [.filename]#xorg.conf#. These files are stored " @@ -510,12 +510,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:255 msgid "Examples of these files are shown later in this section." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:257 msgid "" "The traditional single [.filename]#xorg.conf# still works, but is neither as " "clear nor as flexible as multiple files in the [.filename]#xorg.conf.d/# " @@ -523,13 +523,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:259 #, no-wrap msgid "Video Cards" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:271 msgid "" "The Ports framework provides the drm graphics drivers necessary for X11 " "operation on recent hardware. Users can use one of the following drivers " @@ -549,12 +549,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:275 msgid "[.filename]#/etc/make.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:280 #, no-wrap msgid "" "SYSDIR=path/to/src/sys\n" @@ -562,56 +562,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:282 msgid "" "This will rebuild everything, but can select one or the other depending on " "which GPU / graphics card you have." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:285 #, no-wrap msgid "Intel KMS driver, Radeon KMS driver, AMD KMS driver" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:287 msgid "" "2D and 3D acceleration is supported on most Intel KMS driver graphics cards " "provided by Intel." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:289 msgid "Driver name: `i915kms`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:291 msgid "" "2D and 3D acceleration is supported on most older Radeon KMS driver graphics " "cards provided by AMD." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:293 msgid "Driver name: `radeonkms`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:295 msgid "" "2D and 3D acceleration is supported on most newer AMD KMS driver graphics " "cards provided by AMD." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:297 msgid "Driver name: `amdgpu`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:299 msgid "" "For reference, please see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" "List_of_Intel_graphics_processing_units[] or https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" @@ -619,13 +619,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:301 #, no-wrap msgid "Intel(R)" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:303 msgid "" "3D acceleration is supported on most Intel(R) graphics up to Ivy Bridge (HD " "Graphics 2500, 4000, and P4000), including Iron Lake (HD Graphics) and Sandy " @@ -633,64 +633,64 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:305 msgid "Driver name: `intel`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:307 msgid "" "For reference, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" "List_of_Intel_graphics_processing_units[]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:309 #, no-wrap msgid "AMD(R) Radeon" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:311 msgid "" "2D and 3D acceleration is supported on Radeon cards up to and including the " "HD6000 series." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:313 msgid "Driver name: `radeon`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:315 msgid "" "For reference, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" "List_of_AMD_graphics_processing_units[]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:317 #, no-wrap msgid "NVIDIA" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:320 msgid "" "Several NVIDIA drivers are available in the [.filename]#x11# category of the " "Ports Collection. Install the driver that matches the video card." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:322 msgid "" "For reference, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" "List_of_Nvidia_graphics_processing_units[]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:332 msgid "" "Kernel support for NVIDIA cards is found in either the [.filename]#x11/" "nvidia-driver# port or the [.filename]#x11/nvidia-driver-xxx# port. Modern " @@ -708,13 +708,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:334 #, no-wrap msgid "Hybrid Combination Graphics" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:338 msgid "" "Some notebook computers add additional graphics processing units to those " "built into the chipset or processor. _Optimus_ combines Intel(R) and NVIDIA " @@ -723,14 +723,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:340 msgid "" "Implementations of these hybrid graphics systems vary, and Xorg on FreeBSD " "is not able to drive all versions of them." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:344 msgid "" "Some computers provide a `BIOS` option to disable one of the graphics " "adapters or select a _discrete_ mode which can be used with one of the " @@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:347 msgid "" "`BIOS` settings depend on the model of computer. In some situations, both " "``GPU``s can be left enabled, but creating a configuration file that only " @@ -749,20 +749,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:349 #, no-wrap msgid "Other Video Cards" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:351 msgid "" "Drivers for some less-common video cards can be found in the [.filename]#x11-" "drivers# directory of the Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:356 msgid "" "Cards that are not supported by a specific driver might still be usable with " "the package:x11-drivers/xf86-video-vesa[] driver. This driver is installed " @@ -772,36 +772,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:358 msgid "" "package:x11-drivers/xf86-video-scfb[] is a similar nonspecialized video " "driver that works on many `UEFI` and ARM(R) computers." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:360 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting the Video Driver in a File" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:362 msgid "To set the Intel(R) driver in a configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:364 #, no-wrap msgid "Select Intel(R) Video Driver in a File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:368 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-intel.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:376 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Device\"\n" @@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:380 msgid "" "If more than one video card is present, the `BusID` identifier can be " "uncommented and set to select the desired card. A list of video card bus " @@ -820,23 +820,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:383 msgid "To set the Radeon driver in a configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:385 #, no-wrap msgid "Select Radeon Video Driver in a File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:389 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-radeon.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:396 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Device\"\n" @@ -846,23 +846,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:401 msgid "To set the `VESA` driver in a configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:402 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:403 #, no-wrap msgid "Select `VESA` Video Driver in a File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:407 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-vesa.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:414 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Device\"\n" @@ -872,23 +872,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:419 msgid "To set the `scfb` driver for use with a `UEFI` or ARM(R) computer:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:421 #, no-wrap msgid "Select `scfb` Video Driver in a File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:425 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-scfb.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:432 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Device\"\n" @@ -898,13 +898,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:436 #, no-wrap msgid "Monitors" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:441 msgid "" "Almost all monitors support the Extended Display Identification Data " "standard (`EDID`). Xorg uses `EDID` to communicate with the monitor and " @@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:443 msgid "" "Other resolutions supported by the monitor can be chosen by setting the " "desired resolution in configuration files, or after the X server has been " @@ -921,20 +921,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:445 #, no-wrap msgid "Using man:xrandr[1]" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:447 msgid "" "Run man:xrandr[1] without any parameters to see a list of video outputs and " "detected monitor modes:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:465 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% xrandr\n" @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:469 msgid "" "This shows that the `DVI-0` output is being used to display a screen " "resolution of 1920x1200 pixels at a refresh rate of about 60 Hz. Monitors " @@ -963,27 +963,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:472 msgid "" "Any of the other display modes can be selected with man:xrandr[1]. For " "example, to switch to 1280x1024 at 60 Hz:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:476 #, no-wrap msgid "% xrandr --output DVI-0 --mode 1280x1024 --rate 60\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:479 msgid "" "A common task is using the external video output on a notebook computer for " "a video projector." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:483 msgid "" "The type and quantity of output connectors varies between devices, and the " "name given to each output varies from driver to driver. What one driver " @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:504 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% xrandr\n" @@ -1016,14 +1016,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:507 msgid "" "Four outputs were found: the built-in panel `LVDS1`, and external `VGA1`, " "`HDMI1`, and `DP1` connectors." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:510 msgid "" "The projector has been connected to the `VGA1` output. man:xrandr[1] is now " "used to set that output to the native resolution of the projector and add " @@ -1031,13 +1031,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:514 #, no-wrap msgid "% xrandr --output VGA1 --auto --right-of LVDS1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:519 msgid "" "`--auto` chooses the resolution and refresh rate detected by `EDID`. If the " "resolution is not correctly detected, a fixed value can be given with `--" @@ -1046,36 +1046,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:521 msgid "" "man:xrandr[1] is often run from [.filename]#.xinitrc# to set the appropriate " "mode when X starts." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:523 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Monitor Resolution in a File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:525 msgid "To set a screen resolution of 1024x768 in a configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:526 #, no-wrap msgid "Set Screen Resolution in a File" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:530 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/screen-resolution.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:540 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Screen\"\n" @@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:545 msgid "" "The few monitors that do not have `EDID` can be configured by setting " "`HorizSync` and `VertRefresh` to the range of frequencies supported by the " @@ -1096,18 +1096,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:546 #, no-wrap msgid "Manually Setting Monitor Frequencies" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:550 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/monitor0-freq.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:558 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Monitor\"\n" @@ -1118,25 +1118,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:563 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Devices" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:566 #, no-wrap msgid "Keyboards" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:569 #, no-wrap msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:572 msgid "" "The standardized location of keys on a keyboard is called a _layout_. " "Layouts and other adjustable parameters are listed in man:xkeyboard-" @@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:576 msgid "" "A United States layout is the default. To select an alternate layout, set " "the `XkbLayout` and `XkbVariant` options in an `InputClass`. This will be " @@ -1152,23 +1152,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:578 msgid "This example selects a French keyboard layout." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:579 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting a Keyboard Layout" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:583 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/keyboard-fr.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:591 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section\t\"InputClass\"\n" @@ -1179,13 +1179,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:595 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Multiple Keyboard Layouts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:601 msgid "" "Set United States, Spanish, and Ukrainian keyboard layouts. Cycle through " "these layouts by pressing kbd:[Alt+Shift]. package:x11/xxkb[] or package:" @@ -1194,12 +1194,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:603 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/kbd-layout-multi.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:611 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section\t\"InputClass\"\n" @@ -1210,13 +1210,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:616 #, no-wrap msgid "Closing Xorg From the Keyboard" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:620 msgid "" "X can be closed with a combination of keys. By default, that key " "combination is not set because it conflicts with keyboard commands for some " @@ -1225,18 +1225,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:621 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling Keyboard Exit from X" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:625 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/keyboard-zap.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:633 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section\t\"InputClass\"\n" @@ -1247,13 +1247,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:638 #, no-wrap msgid "Mice and Pointing Devices" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:643 msgid "" "If using package:xorg-server[] 1.20.8 or later under FreeBSD {rel121-" "current} and not using man:moused[8], add `kern.evdev.rcpt_mask=12` to [." @@ -1261,38 +1261,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:647 msgid "" "Many mouse parameters can be adjusted with configuration options. See man:" "mousedrv[4] for a full list." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:648 #, no-wrap msgid "Mouse Buttons" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:651 msgid "" "The number of buttons on a mouse can be set in the mouse `InputDevice` " "section of [.filename]#xorg.conf#. To set the number of buttons to 7:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:652 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting the Number of Mouse Buttons" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:656 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/mouse0-buttons.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:662 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:663 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"InputDevice\"\n" @@ -1302,13 +1302,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:668 #, no-wrap msgid "Manual Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:672 msgid "" "In some cases, Xorg autoconfiguration does not work with particular " "hardware, or a different configuration is desired. For these cases, a " @@ -1316,14 +1316,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:677 msgid "" "Do not create manual configuration files unless required. Unnecessary " "manual configuration can prevent proper operation." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:681 msgid "" "A configuration file can be generated by Xorg based on the detected " "hardware. This file is often a useful starting point for custom " @@ -1331,18 +1331,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:683 msgid "Generating an [.filename]#xorg.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:687 #, no-wrap msgid "# Xorg -configure\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:691 msgid "" "The configuration file is saved to [.filename]#/root/xorg.conf.new#. Make " "any changes desired, then test that file (using `-retro` so there is a " @@ -1350,13 +1350,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:695 #, no-wrap msgid "# Xorg -retro -config /root/xorg.conf.new\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:698 msgid "" "After the new configuration has been adjusted and tested, it can be split " "into smaller files in the normal location, [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/" @@ -1364,19 +1364,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:700 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Fonts in Xorg" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:703 #, no-wrap msgid "Type1 Fonts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:712 msgid "" "The default fonts that ship with Xorg are less than ideal for typical " "desktop publishing applications. Large presentation fonts show up jagged " @@ -1394,27 +1394,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:714 msgid "" "To install the above Type1 font collections from binary packages, run the " "following commands:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:718 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install urwfonts\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:721 msgid "" "Alternatively, to build from the Ports Collection, run the following " "commands:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:725 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:726 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/x11-fonts/urwfonts\n" @@ -1422,7 +1422,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:730 msgid "" "And likewise with the freefont or other collections. To have the X server " "detect these fonts, add an appropriate line to the X server configuration " @@ -1430,18 +1430,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:734 #, no-wrap msgid "FontPath \"/usr/local/share/fonts/urwfonts/\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:736 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:737 msgid "Alternatively, at the command line in the X session run:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:742 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% xset fp+ /usr/local/share/fonts/urwfonts\n" @@ -1449,7 +1449,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:745 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:746 msgid "" "This will work but will be lost when the X session is closed, unless it is " "added to the startup file ([.filename]#~/.xinitrc# for a normal `startx` " @@ -1459,13 +1459,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:748 #, no-wrap msgid "TrueType(R) Fonts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:754 msgid "" "Xorg has built in support for rendering TrueType(R) fonts. There are two " "different modules that can enable this functionality. The freetype module " @@ -1475,13 +1475,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:758 #, no-wrap msgid "Load \"freetype\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:764 msgid "" "Now make a directory for the TrueType(R) fonts (for example, [.filename]#/" "usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType#) and copy all of the TrueType(R) fonts into " @@ -1494,18 +1494,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:768 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install mkfontscale\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:771 msgid "Then create an index of X font files in a directory:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:776 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType\n" @@ -1513,14 +1513,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:780 msgid "" "Now add the TrueType(R) directory to the font path. This is just the same " "as described in <<type1>>:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:785 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% xset fp+ /usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType\n" @@ -1528,12 +1528,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:788 msgid "or add a `FontPath` line to [.filename]#xorg.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:791 msgid "" "Now Gimp, LibreOffice, and all of the other X applications should now " "recognize the installed TrueType(R) fonts. Extremely small fonts (as with " @@ -1542,13 +1542,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:793 #, no-wrap msgid "Anti-Aliased Fonts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:795 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:796 msgid "" "All fonts in Xorg that are found in [.filename]#/usr/local/share/fonts/# and " "[.filename]#~/.fonts/# are automatically made available for anti-aliasing to " @@ -1557,7 +1557,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:799 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:800 msgid "" "To control which fonts are anti-aliased, or to configure anti-aliasing " "properties, create (or edit, if it already exists) the file [.filename]#/usr/" @@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:804 msgid "" "This file must be in XML format. Pay careful attention to case, and make " "sure all tags are properly closed. The file begins with the usual XML " @@ -1575,7 +1575,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:810 #, no-wrap msgid "" "<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>\n" @@ -1584,7 +1584,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:814 msgid "" "As previously stated, all fonts in [.filename]#/usr/local/share/fonts/# as " "well as [.filename]#~/.fonts/# are already made available to Xft-aware " @@ -1593,26 +1593,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:818 #, no-wrap msgid "<dir>/path/to/my/fonts</dir>\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:820 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:821 msgid "" "After adding new fonts, and especially new font directories, rebuild the " "font caches:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:824 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:825 #, no-wrap msgid "# fc-cache -f\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:829 msgid "" "Anti-aliasing makes borders slightly fuzzy, which makes very small text more " "readable and removes \"staircases\" from large text, but can cause eyestrain " @@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:847 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:848 #, no-wrap msgid "" " <match target=\"font\">\n" @@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:854 msgid "" "Spacing for some monospaced fonts might also be inappropriate with anti-" "aliasing. This seems to be an issue with KDE, in particular. One possible " @@ -1651,7 +1651,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:872 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:873 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t<match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\">\n" @@ -1673,14 +1673,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:875 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:876 msgid "" "(this aliases the other common names for fixed fonts as `\"mono\"`), and " "then add:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:886 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:887 #, no-wrap msgid "" " <match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\">\n" @@ -1694,7 +1694,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:892 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:893 msgid "" "Certain fonts, such as Helvetica, may have a problem when anti-aliased. " "Usually this manifests itself as a font that seems cut in half vertically. " @@ -1703,7 +1703,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:903 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:904 #, no-wrap msgid "" " <match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\">\n" @@ -1717,14 +1717,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:908 msgid "" "After editing [.filename]#local.conf#, make certain to end the file with the " "`</fontconfig>` tag. Not doing this will cause changes to be ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:911 msgid "" "Users can add personalized settings by creating their own [.filename]#~/." "config/fontconfig/fonts.conf#. This file uses the same `XML` format " @@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:915 msgid "" "One last point: with an LCD screen, sub-pixel sampling may be desired. This " "basically treats the (horizontally separated) red, green and blue components " @@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:926 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t <match target=\"font\">\n" @@ -1755,20 +1755,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:931 msgid "" "Depending on the sort of display, `rgb` may need to be changed to `bgr`, " "`vrgb` or `vbgr`: experiment and see which works best." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:934 #, no-wrap msgid "The X Display Manager" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:937 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:938 msgid "" "Xorg provides an X Display Manager, XDM, which can be used for login session " "management. XDM provides a graphical interface for choosing which display " @@ -1777,7 +1777,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:941 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:942 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to configure the X Display Manager on " "FreeBSD. Some desktop environments provide their own graphical login " @@ -1787,13 +1787,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:942 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:943 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring XDM" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:947 msgid "" "To install XDM, use the package:x11/xdm[] package or port. Once installed, " "XDM can be configured to run when the machine boots up by adding the " @@ -1801,18 +1801,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:951 #, no-wrap msgid "xdm_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:953 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:954 msgid "XDM will run on the ninth virtual terminal by default." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:958 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:959 msgid "" "The XDM configuration directory is located in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/" "xdm#. This directory contains several files used to change the behavior and " @@ -1823,127 +1823,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:960 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:961 #, no-wrap msgid "XDM Configuration Files" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:964 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:965 #, no-wrap msgid "File" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:966 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:967 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:968 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#Xaccess#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:969 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:970 #, no-wrap msgid "The protocol for connecting to XDM is called the X Display Manager Connection Protocol (`XDMCP`). This file is a client authorization ruleset for controlling `XDMCP` connections from remote machines. By default, this file does not allow any remote clients to connect." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:970 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:971 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#Xresources#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:972 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:973 #, no-wrap msgid "This file controls the look and feel of the XDM display chooser and login screens. The default configuration is a simple rectangular login window with the hostname of the machine displayed at the top in a large font and \"Login:\" and \"Password:\" prompts below. The format of this file is identical to the app-defaults file described in the Xorg documentation." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:974 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#Xservers#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:976 #, no-wrap msgid "The list of local and remote displays the chooser should provide as login choices." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:976 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:977 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#Xsession#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:978 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:979 #, no-wrap msgid "Default session script for logins which is run by XDM after a user has logged in. This points to a customized session script in [.filename]#~/.xsession#." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:979 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:980 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#Xsetup_#*" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:981 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:982 #, no-wrap msgid "Script to automatically launch applications before displaying the chooser or login interfaces. There is a script for each display being used, named [.filename]#Xsetup_*#, where `*` is the local display number. Typically these scripts run one or two programs in the background such as `xconsole`." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:983 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#xdm-config#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:984 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:985 #, no-wrap msgid "Global configuration for all displays running on this machine." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:985 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:986 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#xdm-errors#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:987 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:988 #, no-wrap msgid "Contains errors generated by the server program. If a display that XDM is trying to start hangs, look at this file for error messages. These messages are also written to the user's [.filename]#~/.xsession-errors# on a per-session basis." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:989 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#xdm-pid#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:989 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:990 #, no-wrap msgid "The running process `ID` of XDM." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:991 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:992 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Remote Access" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:995 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:996 msgid "" "By default, only users on the same system can login using XDM. To enable " "users on other systems to connect to the display server, edit the access " @@ -1951,7 +1951,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:998 msgid "" "To configure XDM to listen for any remote connection, comment out the " "`DisplayManager.requestPort` line in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xdm/xdm-" @@ -1959,7 +1959,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1003 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1004 #, no-wrap msgid "" "! SECURITY: do not listen for XDMCP or Chooser requests\n" @@ -1968,7 +1968,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1008 msgid "" "Save the edits and restart XDM. To restrict remote access, look at the " "example entries in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xdm/Xaccess# and refer to " @@ -1976,13 +1976,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1010 #, no-wrap msgid "Desktop Environments" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1014 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1015 msgid "" "This section describes how to install three popular desktop environments on " "a FreeBSD system. A desktop environment can range from a simple window " @@ -1992,13 +1992,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1017 #, no-wrap msgid "GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1022 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1023 msgid "" "GNOME is a user-friendly desktop environment. It includes a panel for " "starting applications and displaying status, a desktop, a set of tools and " @@ -2010,18 +2010,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1024 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1025 msgid "This desktop environment can be installed from a package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1028 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1029 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install gnome\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1032 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1033 msgid "" "To instead build GNOME from ports, use the following command. GNOME is a " "large application and will take some time to compile, even on a fast " @@ -2029,7 +2029,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1037 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1038 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/x11/gnome\n" @@ -2037,7 +2037,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1041 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1042 msgid "" "GNOME requires [.filename]#/proc# to be mounted. Add this line to [." "filename]#/etc/fstab# to mount this file system automatically during system " @@ -2045,14 +2045,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1045 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1046 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1124 #, no-wrap msgid "proc /proc procfs rw 0 0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1050 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1051 msgid "" "GNOME uses D-Bus for a message bus and hardware abstraction. These " "applications are automatically installed as dependencies of GNOME. Enable " @@ -2061,15 +2061,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1054 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1132 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1055 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1200 #, no-wrap msgid "dbus_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1060 msgid "" "After installation, configure Xorg to start GNOME. The easiest way to do " "this is to enable the GNOME Display Manager, GDM, which is installed as part " @@ -2078,31 +2078,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1064 #, no-wrap msgid "gdm_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1067 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1068 msgid "" "It is often desirable to also start all GNOME services. To achieve this, " "add a second line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1071 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1072 #, no-wrap msgid "gnome_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1074 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1075 msgid "GDM will start automatically when the system boots." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1078 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1079 msgid "" "A second method for starting GNOME is to type `startx` from the command-line " "after configuring [.filename]#~/.xinitrc#. If this file already exists, " @@ -2112,32 +2112,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1082 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1083 #, no-wrap msgid "% echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/gnome-session\" > ~/.xinitrc\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1086 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1087 msgid "" "A third method is to use XDM as the display manager. In this case, create " "an executable [.filename]#~/.xsession#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1090 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1091 #, no-wrap msgid "% echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/gnome-session\" > ~/.xsession\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1093 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1094 #, no-wrap msgid "KDE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1100 msgid "" "KDE is another easy-to-use desktop environment. This desktop provides a " "suite of applications with a consistent look and feel, a standardized menu " @@ -2149,18 +2149,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1102 msgid "To install the KDE package, type:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1106 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install x11/kde5\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1111 msgid "" "To instead build the KDE port, use the following command. Installing the " "port will provide a menu for selecting which components to install. KDE is " @@ -2169,7 +2169,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1116 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/x11/kde5\n" @@ -2177,7 +2177,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1120 msgid "" "KDE requires [.filename]#/proc# to be mounted. Add this line to [." "filename]#/etc/fstab# to mount this file system automatically during system " @@ -2185,7 +2185,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1129 msgid "" "KDE uses D-Bus for a message bus and hardware abstraction. These " "applications are automatically installed as dependencies of KDE. Enable " @@ -2194,31 +2194,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1138 msgid "" "Since KDE Plasma 5, the KDE Display Manager, KDM is no longer developed. A " "possible replacement is SDDM. To install it, type:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1142 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install x11/sddm\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1145 msgid "Add this line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1149 #, no-wrap msgid "sddm_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1153 msgid "" "A second method for launching KDE Plasma is to type `startx` from the " "command line. For this to work, the following line is needed in [." @@ -2226,39 +2226,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1157 #, no-wrap msgid "exec ck-launch-session startplasma-x11\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1161 msgid "" "A third method for starting KDE Plasma is through XDM. To do so, create an " "executable [.filename]#~/.xsession# as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1165 #, no-wrap msgid "% echo \"exec ck-launch-session startplasma-x11\" > ~/.xsession\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1168 msgid "" "Once KDE Plasma is started, refer to its built-in help system for more " "information on how to use its various menus and applications." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1170 #, no-wrap msgid "Xfce" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1177 msgid "" "Xfce is a desktop environment based on the GTK+ toolkit used by GNOME. " "However, it is more lightweight and provides a simple, efficient, easy-to-" @@ -2271,23 +2271,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1179 msgid "To install the Xfce package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1183 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install xfce\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1186 msgid "Alternatively, to build the port:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1191 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/x11-wm/xfce4\n" @@ -2295,7 +2295,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1196 msgid "" "Xfce uses D-Bus for a message bus. This application is automatically " "installed as dependency of Xfce. Enable it in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# so " @@ -2303,7 +2303,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1204 msgid "" "Unlike GNOME or KDE, Xfce does not provide its own login manager. In order " "to start Xfce from the command line by typing `startx`, first create [." @@ -2311,52 +2311,52 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1208 #, no-wrap msgid "% echo \". /usr/local/etc/xdg/xfce4/xinitrc\" > ~/.xinitrc\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1212 msgid "" "An alternate method is to use XDM. To configure this method, create an " "executable [.filename]#~/.xsession#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1216 #, no-wrap msgid "% echo \". /usr/local/etc/xdg/xfce4/xinitrc\" > ~/.xsession\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1219 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing Compiz Fusion" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1222 msgid "" "One way to make using a desktop computer more pleasant is with nice 3D " "effects." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1224 msgid "" "Installing the Compiz Fusion package is easy, but configuring it requires a " "few steps that are not described in the port's documentation." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1226 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting up the FreeBSD nVidia Driver" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1231 msgid "" "Desktop effects can cause quite a load on the graphics card. For an nVidia-" "based graphics card, the proprietary driver is required for good " @@ -2365,57 +2365,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1233 msgid "" "To determine which nVidia driver is needed see the extref:{faq}[FAQ question " "on the subject, idp59950544]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1235 msgid "" "Having determined the correct driver to use for your card, installation is " "as simple as installing any other package." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1237 msgid "For example, to install the latest driver:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1241 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install x11/nvidia-driver\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1245 msgid "" "The driver will create a kernel module, which needs to be loaded at system " "startup. Use man:sysrc[8] to load the module at startup:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1249 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc kld_list+=\"nvidia\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1252 msgid "" "Alternatively, add the following line to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1256 #, no-wrap msgid "nvidia_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1264 msgid "" "To immediately load the kernel module into the running kernel issue a " "command like `kldload nvidia`. However, it has been noted that some " @@ -2426,61 +2426,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1267 msgid "" "With the kernel module loaded, you normally only need to change a single " "line in [.filename]#xorg.conf# to enable the proprietary driver:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1269 msgid "Find the following line in [.filename]#/etc/X11/xorg.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1273 #, no-wrap msgid "Driver \"nv\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1276 msgid "and change it to:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1280 #, no-wrap msgid "Driver \"nvidia\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1284 msgid "" "Start the GUI as usual, and you should be greeted by the nVidia splash. " "Everything should work as usual." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1286 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring `xorg.conf` for Desktop Effects" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1289 msgid "" "To enable Compiz Fusion, [.filename]#/etc/X11/xorg.conf# needs to be " "modified:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1291 msgid "Add the following section to enable composite effects:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1297 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Extensions\"\n" @@ -2489,13 +2489,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1300 msgid "" "Locate the \"Screen\" section which should look similar to the one below:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1308 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Screen\"\n" @@ -2506,12 +2506,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1311 msgid "and add the following two lines (after \"Monitor\" will do):" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1316 #, no-wrap msgid "" "DefaultDepth 24\n" @@ -2519,7 +2519,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1321 msgid "" "Locate the \"Subsection\" that refers to the screen resolution that you wish " "to use. For example, if you wish to use 1280x1024, locate the section that " @@ -2528,7 +2528,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1328 #, no-wrap msgid "" "SubSection \"Display\"\n" @@ -2538,14 +2538,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1331 msgid "" "A color depth of 24 bits is needed for desktop composition, change the above " "subsection to:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1339 #, no-wrap msgid "" "SubSection \"Display\"\n" @@ -2556,14 +2556,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1342 msgid "" "Finally, confirm that the \"glx\" and \"extmod\" modules are loaded in the " "\"Module\" section:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1349 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Module\"\n" @@ -2573,14 +2573,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1352 msgid "" "The preceding can be done automatically with package:x11/nvidia-xconfig[] by " "running (as root):" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1358 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# nvidia-xconfig --add-argb-glx-visuals\n" @@ -2589,31 +2589,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1361 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing and Configuring Compiz Fusion" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1364 msgid "Installing Compiz Fusion is as simple as any other package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1368 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install x11-wm/compiz-fusion\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1371 msgid "" "When the installation is finished, start your graphic desktop and at a " "terminal, enter the following commands (as a normal user):" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1376 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% compiz --replace --sm-disable --ignore-desktop-hints ccp &\n" @@ -2621,7 +2621,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1380 msgid "" "Your screen will flicker for a few seconds, as your window manager (e.g., " "Metacity if you are using GNOME) is replaced by Compiz Fusion. Emerald " @@ -2630,14 +2630,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1382 msgid "" "You may convert this to a trivial script and have it run at startup " "automatically (e.g., by adding to \"Sessions\" in a GNOME desktop):" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1388 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#! /bin/sh\n" @@ -2646,20 +2646,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1391 msgid "" "Save this in your home directory as, for example, [.filename]#start-compiz# " "and make it executable:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1395 #, no-wrap msgid "% chmod +x ~/start-compiz\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1398 msgid "" "Then use the GUI to add it to [.guimenuitem]#Startup Programs# (located in [." "guimenuitem]#System#, [.guimenuitem]#Preferences#, [.guimenuitem]#Sessions# " @@ -2667,40 +2667,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1400 msgid "" "To actually select all the desired effects and their settings, execute " "(again as a normal user) the Compiz Config Settings Manager:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1404 #, no-wrap msgid "% ccsm\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1409 msgid "" "In GNOME, this can also be found in the [.guimenuitem]#System#, [." "guimenuitem]#Preferences# menu." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1412 msgid "" "If you have selected \"gconf support\" during the build, you will also be " "able to view these settings using `gconf-editor` under `apps/compiz`." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1414 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1419 msgid "" "If the mouse does not work, you will need to first configure it before " "proceeding. In recent Xorg versions, the `InputDevice` sections in [." @@ -2710,27 +2710,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1423 #, no-wrap msgid "Option \"AutoAddDevices\" \"false\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1426 msgid "" "Input devices may then be configured as in previous versions, along with any " "other options needed (e.g., keyboard layout switching)." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 5 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1433 msgid "" "This section contains partially outdated information. The HAL daemon (hald) " "is no longer a part of the FreeBSD desktop setup." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1437 msgid "" "As previously explained the hald daemon will, by default, automatically " "detect your keyboard. There are chances that your keyboard layout or model " @@ -2741,7 +2741,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1440 msgid "" "For example if, one wants to use a PC 102 keys keyboard coming with a french " "layout, we have to create a keyboard configuration file for hald called [." @@ -2750,7 +2750,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1452 #, no-wrap msgid "" "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"utf-8\"?>\n" @@ -2765,39 +2765,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1455 msgid "" "If this file already exists, just copy and add to your file the lines " "regarding the keyboard configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1457 msgid "You will have to reboot your machine to force hald to read this file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1459 msgid "" "It is possible to do the same configuration from an X terminal or a script " "with this command line:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1463 #, no-wrap msgid "% setxkbmap -model pc102 -layout fr\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1466 msgid "" "[.filename]#/usr/local/share/X11/xkb/rules/base.lst# lists the various " "keyboard, layouts and options available." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1471 msgid "" "The [.filename]#xorg.conf.new# configuration file may now be tuned to " "taste. Open the file in a text editor such as man:emacs[1] or man:ee[1]. " @@ -2807,7 +2807,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1481 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Monitor\"\n" @@ -2820,7 +2820,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1485 msgid "" "Most monitors support sync frequency autodetection, making manual entry of " "these values unnecessary. For the few monitors that do not support " @@ -2829,7 +2829,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1489 msgid "" "X allows DPMS (Energy Star) features to be used with capable monitors. The " "man:xset[1] program controls the time-outs and can force standby, suspend, " @@ -2838,13 +2838,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1493 #, no-wrap msgid "Option \"DPMS\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1497 msgid "" "While the [.filename]#xorg.conf.new# configuration file is still open in an " "editor, select the default resolution and color depth desired. This is " @@ -2852,7 +2852,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1511 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Screen\"\n" @@ -2869,7 +2869,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1519 msgid "" "The `DefaultDepth` keyword describes the color depth to run at by default. " "This can be overridden with the `-depth` command line switch to man:" @@ -2881,14 +2881,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1521 msgid "" "Finally, write the configuration file and test it using the test mode given " "above." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1527 msgid "" "One of the tools available to assist you during troubleshooting process are " "the Xorg log files, which contain information on each device that the Xorg " @@ -2898,7 +2898,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1531 msgid "" "If all is well, the configuration file needs to be installed in a common " "location where man:Xorg[1] can find it. This is typically [.filename]#/etc/" @@ -2906,13 +2906,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1535 #, no-wrap msgid "# cp xorg.conf.new /etc/X11/xorg.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1540 msgid "" "The Xorg configuration process is now complete. Xorg may be now started " "with the man:startx[1] utility. The Xorg server may also be started with " @@ -2920,13 +2920,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1541 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration with Intel(R) `i810` Graphics Chipsets" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1545 msgid "" "Configuration with Intel(R) i810 integrated chipsets requires the [." "filename]#agpgart# AGP programming interface for Xorg to drive the card. " @@ -2934,7 +2934,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1549 msgid "" "This will allow configuration of the hardware as any other graphics board. " "Note on systems without the man:agp[4] driver compiled in the kernel, trying " @@ -2944,13 +2944,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1550 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding a Widescreen Flatpanel to the Mix" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1555 msgid "" "This section assumes a bit of advanced configuration knowledge. If attempts " "to use the standard configuration tools above have not resulted in a working " @@ -2959,7 +2959,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1558 msgid "" "Current widescreen (WSXGA, WSXGA+, WUXGA, WXGA, WXGA+, et.al.) formats " "support 16:10 and 10:9 formats or aspect ratios that can be problematic. " @@ -2967,39 +2967,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1560 msgid "2560x1600" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1561 msgid "1920x1200" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1562 msgid "1680x1050" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1563 msgid "1440x900" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1564 msgid "1280x800" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1566 msgid "" "At some point, it will be as easy as adding one of these resolutions as a " "possible `Mode` in the `Section \"Screen\"` as such:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1580 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Screen\"\n" @@ -3016,7 +3016,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1583 msgid "" "Xorg is smart enough to pull the resolution information from the widescreen " "via I2C/DDC information so it knows what the monitor can handle as far as " @@ -3024,7 +3024,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1587 msgid "" "If those `ModeLines` do not exist in the drivers, one might need to give " "Xorg a little hint. Using [.filename]#/var/log/Xorg.0.log# one can extract " @@ -3033,7 +3033,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1595 #, no-wrap msgid "" "(II) MGA(0): Supported additional Video Mode:\n" @@ -3044,27 +3044,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1599 msgid "" "This information is called EDID information. Creating a `ModeLine` from " "this is just a matter of putting the numbers in the correct order:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1603 #, no-wrap msgid "ModeLine <name> <clock> <4 horiz. timings> <4 vert. timings>\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1606 msgid "" "So that the `ModeLine` in `Section \"Monitor\"` for this example would look " "like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1616 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Monitor\"\n" @@ -3077,26 +3077,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1619 msgid "" "Now having completed these simple editing steps, X should start on your new " "widescreen monitor." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1621 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting Compiz Fusion" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1623 #, no-wrap msgid "I have installed Compiz Fusion, and after running the commands you mention, my windows are left without title bars and buttons. What is wrong?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1627 msgid "" "You are probably missing a setting in [.filename]#/etc/X11/xorg.conf#. " "Review this file carefully and check especially the `DefaultDepth` and " @@ -3104,20 +3104,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1627 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1628 #, no-wrap msgid "When I run the command to start Compiz Fusion, the X server crashes and I am back at the console. What is wrong?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1632 msgid "" "If you check [.filename]#/var/log/Xorg.0.log#, you will probably find error " "messages during the X startup. The most common would be:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1640 #, no-wrap msgid "" "(EE) NVIDIA(0): Failed to initialize the GLX module; please check in your X\n" @@ -3128,20 +3128,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1644 msgid "" "This is usually the case when you upgrade Xorg. You will need to reinstall " "the package:x11/nvidia-driver[] package so glx is built again." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1645 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1646 #, no-wrap msgid "Wayland on FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1651 msgid "" "Wayland is a new software for supporting graphical user interfaces, but it " "differs from Xorg in several important ways. First, Wayland is only a " @@ -3153,7 +3153,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1653 msgid "" "Since Wayland is not an X server, traditional X screen connections will need " "to utilize other methods such as VNC or RDP for remote desktop management. " @@ -3163,7 +3163,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1656 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1657 msgid "" "Wayland is relatively new, and not all software has been updated to run " "natively without `Xwayland` support. Because Wayland does not provide the X " @@ -3174,7 +3174,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1662 msgid "" "The current NVidia driver should work with most wl-roots compositors, but it " "may be a little unstable and not support all features at this time. " @@ -3182,7 +3182,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1665 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1666 msgid "" "Currently, a lot of software will function with minimal issues on Wayland, " "including Firefox. And a few desktops are also available, such as the " @@ -3191,7 +3191,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1673 msgid "" "As of May, 2021, plasma5-kwin does support Wayland on FreeBSD. To use " "Plasma under Wayland, use the `startplasma-wayland` parameter to `ck-launch-" @@ -3200,7 +3200,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1678 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1679 msgid "" "For compositors, a kernel supporting the man:evdev[4] driver must exist to " "utilize the keybinding functionality. This is built into the [." @@ -3211,13 +3211,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1683 #, no-wrap msgid "pw groupmod video -m user\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1690 msgid "" "Installing Wayland is simple; there is not a great deal of configuration for " "the protocol itself. Most of the composition will depend on the chosen " @@ -3230,13 +3230,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1694 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install wayland seatd\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1699 msgid "" "Once the protocol and supporting packages have been installed, a compositor " "must create the user interface. Several compositors will be covered in the " @@ -3246,13 +3246,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1703 #, no-wrap msgid "% export XDG_RUNTIME_DIR=/var/run/user/`id -u`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1708 msgid "" "It is important to note that most compositors will search the " "XDG_RUNTIME_DIR directory for the configuration files. In the examples " @@ -3263,7 +3263,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1715 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1716 msgid "" "It has been reported that ZFS users may experience issues with some Wayland " "clients because they need access to `posix_fallocate()` in the runtime " @@ -3279,7 +3279,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1721 msgid "" "The seatd daemon helps manage access to shared system devices for non-root " "users in compositors; this includes graphics cards. For traditional X11 " @@ -3290,7 +3290,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1725 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1726 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc seatd_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -3298,7 +3298,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1730 msgid "" "Afterward, a compositor, which is similar to an X11 desktop, will need to be " "installed for the GUI environment. Three are discussed here, including " @@ -3307,13 +3307,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1731 #, no-wrap msgid "The Wayfire Compositor" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1736 msgid "" "Wayfire is a compositor that aims to be lightweight and customizable. " "Several features are available, and it brings back several elements from the " @@ -3323,13 +3323,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1739 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1740 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install wayfire wf-shell alacritty swaylock-effects swayidle wlogout kanshi mako wlsunset\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1745 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1746 msgid "" "The `alacritty` package provides a terminal emulator. Still, it is not " "completely required as other terminal emulators such as `kitty`, and XFCE-4 " @@ -3341,7 +3341,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1750 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1751 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% mkdir ~/.config/wayfire\n" @@ -3349,7 +3349,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1755 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1756 msgid "" "The defaults for most users should be fine. Within the configuration file, " "items like the famous `cube` are pre-configured, and there are instructions " @@ -3357,7 +3357,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1764 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[output]\n" @@ -3368,7 +3368,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1772 msgid "" "In this example, from the configuration file, the screen's output should be " "the listed mode at the listed hertz. For example, the mode should be set to " @@ -3380,7 +3380,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1777 msgid "" "As mentioned, Wayland is new, and not all applications work with the " "protocol yet. At this time, `sddm` does not appear to support starting and " @@ -3391,18 +3391,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1781 #, no-wrap msgid "idle = swaylock\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1784 msgid "And the lock timeout is configured using the following lines:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1791 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[idle]\n" @@ -3412,14 +3412,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1794 msgid "" "The first option will lock the screen after 300 seconds, and after another " "300, the screen will shut off through the `dpms_timeout` option." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1802 msgid "" "One final thing to note is the <super> key. Most of the configuration " "mentions this key, and it is the traditional `Windows` key on the keyboard. " @@ -3435,13 +3435,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1805 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1806 #, no-wrap msgid "% swaylock --effect-blur 7x5\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1812 msgid "" "There is also the `--clock` parameter which will display a clock with the " "date and time on the lock screen. When package:x11/swaylock-effects[] was " @@ -3452,20 +3452,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1815 msgid "" "At this point, it is time to test Wayfire and see if it can start up on the " "system. Just type the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1819 #, no-wrap msgid "% wayfire -c ~/.config/wayfire/wayfire.ini\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1826 msgid "" "The compositor should now start and display a background image along with a " "menu bar at the top of the screen. Wayfire will attempt to list installed " @@ -3480,13 +3480,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1830 #, no-wrap msgid "% wcm\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1834 msgid "" "Various Wayfire configuration options, including the composite special " "effects, maybe enabled, disabled, or configured through this application. " @@ -3495,7 +3495,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1840 #, no-wrap msgid "" "panel = wf-panel\n" @@ -3504,7 +3504,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1846 msgid "" "Changes made through `wcm` will overwrite custom changes in the [." "filename]#wayfire.ini# configuration file. The [.filename]#wayfire.ini# " @@ -3513,7 +3513,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1849 msgid "" "Finally, the default launcher listed in the [.filename]#wayfire.ini# is " "package:x11/wf-shell[] which may be replaced with other panels if desired by " @@ -3521,13 +3521,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1850 #, no-wrap msgid "The Hikari Compositor" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1860 msgid "" "The Hikari compositor uses several concepts centered around productivity, " "such as sheets, workspaces, and more. In that way, it resembles a tiling " @@ -3546,13 +3546,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1864 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install hikari alacritty\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1869 msgid "" "Other shells, such as `kitty` or the Plasma `Terminal`, will function under " "Wayland. Users should experiment with their favorite terminal editor to " @@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1874 msgid "" "Hikari uses a configuration file, [.filename]#hikari.conf#, which could " "either be placed in the XDG_RUNTIME_DIR or specified on startup using the `-" @@ -3571,7 +3571,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1878 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1879 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% mkdir ~/.config/hikari\n" @@ -3579,7 +3579,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1885 msgid "" "The configuration is broken out into various stanzas such as ui, outputs, " "layouts, and more. For most users, the defaults will function fine; " @@ -3589,13 +3589,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1888 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1889 #, no-wrap msgid "terminal = \"/usr/local/bin/alacritty\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1897 msgid "" "Will launch the `alacritty` terminal using the bound key press. While going " "through the configuration file, it should be noted that the capital letters " @@ -3609,7 +3609,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1903 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1904 #, no-wrap msgid "" "actions {\n" @@ -3619,14 +3619,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1907 msgid "" "Then an action may be mapped under the keyboard stanza, which is defined " "within the bindings stanza:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1916 #, no-wrap msgid "" "bindings {\n" @@ -3638,7 +3638,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1922 msgid "" "After Hikari is restarted, holding the Windows logo button and pressing the " "kbd:[b] key on the keyboard will start the web browser. The compositor does " @@ -3651,7 +3651,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1929 msgid "" "Locking the screen in Hikari is easy because a default [.filename]#pam.d# " "configuration file and unlock utility are bundled with the package. The key " @@ -3664,19 +3664,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1933 #, no-wrap msgid "% hikari -c ~/.config/hikari/hikari.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1935 #, no-wrap msgid "The Sway Compositor" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1940 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1941 msgid "" "The Sway compositor is a tiling compositor that attempts to replace the i3 " "windows manager. It should work with the user's current i3 configuration; " @@ -3687,20 +3687,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1945 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install sway swayidle swaylock-effects alacritty dmenu-wayland dmenu\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1947 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1948 msgid "" "For a basic configuration file, issue the following commands and then edit " "the configuration file after it is copied:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1953 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% mkdir ~/.config/sway\n" @@ -3708,14 +3708,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1957 msgid "" "The base configuration file has many defaults, which will be fine for most " "users. Several important changes should be made like the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1972 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1973 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Logo key. Use Mod1 for Alt.\n" @@ -3734,7 +3734,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1983 msgid "" "In the previous example, the `xkb` rules for man:evdev[4] events are loaded, " "and the $mod key is set to the Windows logo key for the key bindings. Next, " @@ -3752,7 +3752,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1990 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1991 msgid "" "While in Sway, to bring up a menu of applications, hold the Windows logo key " "(mod) and press the kbd:[d] key. The menu may be navigated using the arrow " @@ -3766,7 +3766,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1995 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1996 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Lock the screen manually\n" @@ -3774,7 +3774,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2002 msgid "" "Now the screen may be locked using the combination of holding the Windows " "logo key, pressing and holding shift, and finally pressing return. When " @@ -3785,7 +3785,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2008 msgid "" "Finally, to exit Sway and return to the shell, hold the Windows logo key, " "the shift key, and press the kbd:[e] key. A prompt will be displayed with " @@ -3796,19 +3796,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2011 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2012 #, no-wrap msgid "% sway -c ~/.config/sway/config\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2013 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2014 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Xwayland" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2018 msgid "" "When installing Wayland, the `Xwayland` binary should have been installed " "unless Wayland was built without X11 support. If the [.filename]#/usr/local/" @@ -3816,13 +3816,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2021 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2022 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install xwayland-devel\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2028 msgid "" "The development version of Xwayland is recommended and was most likely " "installed with the Wayland package. Each compositor has a method of " @@ -3830,7 +3830,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2031 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2032 msgid "" "Once `Xwayland` has been installed, configure it within the chosen " "compositor. For Wayfire, the following line is required in the [." @@ -3838,13 +3838,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2036 #, no-wrap msgid "xwayland = true\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2039 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2040 msgid "" "For the Sway compositor, `Xwayland` should be enabled by default. Even so, " "it is recommened to manually add a configuration line in the [.filename]#~/." @@ -3852,13 +3852,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 5 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2043 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2044 #, no-wrap msgid "xwayland enable\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2049 msgid "" "Finally, for Hikari, no changes are needed. Support for `Xwayland` is build " "in by default. To disable that support, rebuild the package from the ports " @@ -3866,7 +3866,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2052 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2053 msgid "" "After these changes are made, start the compositor at the command line and " "execute a terminal from the key bindings. Within this terminal, issue the " @@ -3876,14 +3876,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2056 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2086 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2057 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2087 #, no-wrap msgid "% env | grep DISPLAY\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2062 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2063 #, no-wrap msgid "" "WAYLAND_DISPLAY=wayland-1\n" @@ -3891,7 +3891,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2068 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2069 msgid "" "In this output, there is a default Wayland display and a display set for the " "Xwayland server. Another method to verify that `Xwayland` is functioning " @@ -3903,13 +3903,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2072 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2073 #, no-wrap msgid "Error: Cannot open display wayland-0\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2078 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2079 msgid "" "A security feature of Wayland is that, without running an X server, there is " "not another network listener. Once `Xwayland` is enabled, this security " @@ -3917,7 +3917,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2082 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2083 msgid "" "For some compositors, such as Wayfire, `Xwayland` may not start properly. " "As such, `env` will show the following information for the `DISPLAY` " @@ -3925,7 +3925,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2093 #, no-wrap msgid "" "DISPLAY=wayland-1\n" @@ -3933,7 +3933,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2098 msgid "" "Even though `Xwayfire` was installed and configured, X11 applications will " "not start giving a display issue. To work around this, verify that there is " @@ -3942,18 +3942,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2102 #, no-wrap msgid "% sockstat | grep x11\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2105 msgid "There should be something similar to the following information:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2113 #, no-wrap msgid "" "trhodes Xwayland 2734 8 stream /tmp/.X11-unix/X0\n" @@ -3964,7 +3964,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2117 msgid "" "This suggests the existence of an X11 socket. This can be further verified " "by attempting to execute `Xwayland` manually within a terminal emulator " @@ -3972,20 +3972,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2121 #, no-wrap msgid "% Xwayland\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2124 msgid "" "If an X11 socket is already available, the following error should be " "presented to the user:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2133 #, no-wrap msgid "" "(EE)\n" @@ -3997,7 +3997,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2137 msgid "" "Since there is an active X display available using display zero, the " "environment variable was just set improperly, to fix this, change the " @@ -4007,26 +4007,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2141 #, no-wrap msgid "export DISPLAY=:0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2144 msgid "" "After this change, the package:mail/claws-mail[] application should now " "start using `Xwayland` and function as expected." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2145 #, no-wrap msgid "Remote Desktop Using VNC" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2151 msgid "" "Earlier in this document it was noted that Wayland does not provide the same " "X server style access as Xorg provides. Instead, users are free to pick and " @@ -4037,13 +4037,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2155 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install wayvnc\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2159 msgid "" "Unlike some other packages, `wayvnc` does not come with a configuration " "file. Thankfully, the manual page documents the important options and they " @@ -4051,7 +4051,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2168 #, no-wrap msgid "" "address=0.0.0.0\n" @@ -4063,7 +4063,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2174 msgid "" "The key files will need to be generated, and it is highly recommended they " "be used for increased security of the connection. When invoked, wayvnc will " @@ -4074,13 +4074,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2178 #, no-wrap msgid "% wayvnc -C ~/.config/wayvnc/config\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2185 msgid "" "At the time of this writing, there is no rc.d script to start `wayvnc` on " "system initialization. If that functionality is desired, a local startup " @@ -4089,13 +4089,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2187 #, no-wrap msgid "Wayland Login Manager" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2191 msgid "" "While several login managers exist and are slowly migrating to Wayland, one " "option is the package:x11/ly[] text user interface (TUI) manager. Needing " @@ -4105,20 +4105,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2195 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install ly\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2198 msgid "" "There will be some configuration hints presented, the import steps are to " "add the following lines to [.filename]#/etc/gettytab#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2204 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Ly:\\\n" @@ -4127,20 +4127,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2207 msgid "" "And then modify the ttyv1 line in [.filename]#/etc/ttys# to match the " "following line:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2211 #, no-wrap msgid "ttyv1 \"/usr/libexec/getty Ly\" xterm onifexists secure\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2216 msgid "" "After a system reboot, a login should appear. To configure specific " "settings, such as language and edit [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/ly/config." @@ -4149,27 +4149,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2220 msgid "" "If setting ttyv0 up as the login terminal, it may be required to press the " "kbd:[alt] and kbd:[F1] keys to properly see the login window." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2223 msgid "" "When the login window appears, using the left and right arrows will swap " "through different, supported, window managers." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2225 #, no-wrap msgid "Useful Utilities" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2231 msgid "" "One useful Wayland utility which all compositors can make use of is the " "waybar. While Wayfire does come with a launch menu, an easy-to-use and fast " @@ -4180,20 +4180,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2235 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install pavucontrol waybar\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2238 msgid "" "To create the configuration directory and copy over a default configuration " "file, execute the following commands:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2243 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% mkdir ~/.config/waybar\n" @@ -4201,7 +4201,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2247 msgid "" "The `lavalauncher` utility provides a launch bar for various applications. " "There is no example configuration file provided with the package, so the " @@ -4209,20 +4209,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2251 #, no-wrap msgid "mkdir ~/.config/lavalauncher\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2254 msgid "" "An example configuration file that only includes Firefox, and is placed on " "the right, is below:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2260 #, no-wrap msgid "" "global-settings {\n" @@ -4231,7 +4231,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2265 #, no-wrap msgid "" "bar {\n" @@ -4241,7 +4241,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2268 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t# Condition for the default configuration set.\n" @@ -4249,7 +4249,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2272 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\tconfig {\n" @@ -4258,7 +4258,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:2281 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\tbutton {\n" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.po index 112dd4219b..088d57ac25 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-08-07 10:35-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,32 +35,32 @@ msgid "Chapter 20. The Z File System (ZFS)" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "The Z File System (ZFS)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:52 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:53 msgid "" "ZFS is an advanced file system designed to solve major problems found in " "previous storage subsystem software." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:54 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:55 msgid "" "Originally developed at Sun(TM), ongoing open source ZFS development has " "moved to the http://open-zfs.org[OpenZFS Project]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:56 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:57 msgid "ZFS has three major design goals:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:59 msgid "" "Data integrity: All data includes a <<zfs-term-checksum,checksum>> of the " "data. ZFS calculates checksums and writes them along with the data. When " @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:60 msgid "" "Pooled storage: adding physical storage devices to a pool, and allocating " "storage space from that shared pool. Space is available to all file systems " @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "Performance: caching mechanisms provide increased performance. <<zfs-term-" "arc,ARC>> is an advanced memory-based read cache. ZFS provides a second " @@ -88,18 +88,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:63 msgid "A complete list of features and terminology is in <<zfs-term>>." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:65 #, no-wrap msgid "What Makes ZFS Different" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:78 msgid "" "More than a file system, ZFS is fundamentally different from traditional " "file systems. Combining the traditionally separate roles of volume manager " @@ -123,37 +123,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:80 #, no-wrap msgid "Quick Start Guide" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:84 msgid "" "FreeBSD can mount ZFS pools and datasets during system initialization. To " "enable it, add this line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:88 #, no-wrap msgid "zfs_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:91 msgid "Then start the service:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:95 #, no-wrap msgid "# service zfs start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:99 msgid "" "The examples in this section assume three SCSI disks with the device names [." "filename]#da0#, [.filename]#da1#, and [.filename]#da2#. Users of SATA " @@ -161,29 +161,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:101 #, no-wrap msgid "Single Disk Pool" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:104 msgid "To create a simple, non-redundant pool using a single disk device:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:108 #, no-wrap msgid "# zpool create example /dev/da0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:111 msgid "To view the new pool, review the output of `df`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:120 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# df\n" @@ -195,14 +195,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" "This output shows creating and mounting of the `example` pool, and that is " "now accessible as a file system. Create files for users to browse:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:135 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /example\n" @@ -216,14 +216,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:139 msgid "" "This pool is not using any advanced ZFS features and properties yet. To " "create a dataset on this pool with compression enabled:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:144 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs create example/compressed\n" @@ -231,30 +231,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:148 msgid "" "The `example/compressed` dataset is now a ZFS compressed file system. Try " "copying some large files to [.filename]#/example/compressed#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:150 msgid "Disable compression with:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:154 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set compression=off example/compressed\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:157 msgid "To unmount a file system, use `zfs umount` and then verify with `df`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:167 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs umount example/compressed\n" @@ -267,14 +267,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:170 msgid "" "To re-mount the file system to make it accessible again, use `zfs mount` and " "verify with `df`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:181 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs mount example/compressed\n" @@ -288,12 +288,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:184 msgid "Running `mount` shows the pool and file systems:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:193 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount\n" @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:199 msgid "" "Use ZFS datasets like any file system after creation. Set other available " "features on a per-dataset basis when needed. The example below creates a " @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:204 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs create example/data\n" @@ -322,12 +322,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:207 msgid "Use `df` to see the data and space usage:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:218 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# df\n" @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:223 msgid "" "Notice that all file systems in the pool have the same available space. " "Using `df` in these examples shows that the file systems use the space they " @@ -351,12 +351,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:225 msgid "To destroy the file systems and then the pool that is no longer needed:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:231 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs destroy example/compressed\n" @@ -365,13 +365,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:234 #, no-wrap msgid "RAID-Z" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:240 msgid "" "Disks fail. One way to avoid data loss from disk failure is to use RAID. " "ZFS supports this feature in its pool design. RAID-Z pools require three or " @@ -379,19 +379,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:242 msgid "" "This example creates a RAID-Z pool, specifying the disks to add to the pool:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:246 #, no-wrap msgid "# zpool create storage raidz da0 da1 da2\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:254 msgid "" "Sun(TM) recommends that the number of devices used in a RAID-Z configuration " "be between three and nine. For environments requiring a single pool " @@ -401,25 +401,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:258 msgid "" "The previous example created the `storage` zpool. This example makes a new " "file system called `home` in that pool:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:262 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs create storage/home\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:265 msgid "Enable compression and store an extra copy of directories and files:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:270 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs set copies=2 storage/home\n" @@ -427,14 +427,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:273 msgid "" "To make this the new home directory for users, copy the user data to this " "directory and create the appropriate symbolic links:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:280 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cp -rp /home/* /storage/home\n" @@ -444,30 +444,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:284 msgid "" "Users data is now stored on the freshly-created [.filename]#/storage/home#. " "Test by adding a new user and logging in as that user." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:286 msgid "Create a file system snapshot to roll back to later:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:290 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs snapshot storage/home@08-30-08\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:293 msgid "ZFS creates snapshots of a dataset, not a single directory or file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:296 msgid "" "The `@` character is a delimiter between the file system name or the volume " "name. Before deleting an important directory, back up the file system, then " @@ -475,26 +475,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:300 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs rollback storage/home@08-30-08\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:304 msgid "" "To list all available snapshots, run `ls` in the file system's [.filename]#." "zfs/snapshot# directory. For example, to see the snapshot taken:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:308 #, no-wrap msgid "# ls /storage/home/.zfs/snapshot\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:313 msgid "" "Write a script to take regular snapshots of user data. Over time, snapshots " "can use up a lot of disk space. Remove the previous snapshot using the " @@ -502,33 +502,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:317 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs destroy storage/home@08-30-08\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:321 msgid "" "After testing, make [.filename]#/storage/home# the real [.filename]#/home# " "with this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:325 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set mountpoint=/home storage/home\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:328 msgid "" "Run `df` and `mount` to confirm that the system now treats the file system " "as the real [.filename]#/home#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:344 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount\n" @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:348 msgid "" "This completes the RAID-Z configuration. Add daily status updates about the " "created file systems to the nightly man:periodic[8] runs by adding this line " @@ -555,52 +555,52 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:352 #, no-wrap msgid "daily_status_zfs_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:355 #, no-wrap msgid "Recovering RAID-Z" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:359 msgid "" "Every software RAID has a method of monitoring its `state`. View the status " "of RAID-Z devices using:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:363 #, no-wrap msgid "# zpool status -x\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:366 msgid "" "If all pools are <<zfs-term-online,Online>> and everything is normal, the " "message shows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:370 #, no-wrap msgid "all pools are healthy\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:373 msgid "" "If there is a problem, perhaps a disk being in the <<zfs-term-offline," "Offline>> state, the pool state will look like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:385 #, no-wrap msgid "" " pool: storage\n" @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:392 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\tNAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -627,60 +627,60 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:393 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:428 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:474 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:517 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:540 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:572 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:651 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:705 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:742 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:771 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:851 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:924 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:955 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1055 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1099 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1124 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:743 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1056 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1145 #, no-wrap msgid "errors: No known data errors\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:397 msgid "" "\"OFFLINE\" shows the administrator took [.filename]#da1# offline using:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:401 #, no-wrap msgid "# zpool offline storage da1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:405 msgid "" "Power down the computer now and replace [.filename]#da1#. Power up the " "computer and return [.filename]#da1# to the pool:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:409 #, no-wrap msgid "# zpool replace storage da1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:412 msgid "" "Next, check the status again, this time without `-x` to display all pools:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:420 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status storage\n" @@ -691,8 +691,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:426 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:473 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\tNAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -704,25 +704,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:432 msgid "In this example, everything is normal." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:434 #, no-wrap msgid "Data Verification" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:438 msgid "" "ZFS uses checksums to verify the integrity of stored data. Creating file " "systems automatically enables them." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:445 msgid "" "Disabling Checksums is possible but _not_ recommended! Checksums take little " "storage space and provide data integrity. Most ZFS features will not work " @@ -731,20 +731,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:448 msgid "" "Verifying the data checksums (called _scrubbing_) ensures integrity of the " "`storage` pool with:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:452 #, no-wrap msgid "# zpool scrub storage\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:458 msgid "" "The duration of a scrub depends on the amount of data stored. Larger " "amounts of data will take proportionally longer to verify. Since scrubbing " @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:466 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status storage\n" @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:479 msgid "" "Displaying the completion date of the last scrubbing helps decide when to " "start another. Routine scrubs help protect data from silent corruption and " @@ -772,18 +772,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:481 msgid "Refer to man:zfs[8] and man:zpool[8] for other ZFS options." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:483 #, no-wrap msgid "`zpool` Administration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:488 msgid "" "ZFS administration uses two main utilities. The `zpool` utility controls " "the operation of the pool and allows adding, removing, replacing, and " @@ -793,13 +793,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:490 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating and Destroying Storage Pools" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:499 msgid "" "Creating a ZFS storage pool (_zpool_) requires permanent decisions, as the " "pool structure cannot change after creation. The most important decision is " @@ -814,12 +814,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:501 msgid "Create a simple mirror pool:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:510 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool create mypool mirror /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2\n" @@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:516 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -842,14 +842,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:521 msgid "" "To create more than one vdev with a single command, specify groups of disks " "separated by the vdev type keyword, `mirror` in this example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:530 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool create mypool mirror /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2 mirror /dev/ada3 /dev/ada4\n" @@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:539 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:550 msgid "" "Pools can also use partitions rather than whole disks. Putting ZFS in a " "separate partition allows the same disk to have other partitions for other " @@ -890,12 +890,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:552 msgid "Create a <<zfs-term-vdev-raidz,RAID-Z2>> pool using partitions:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:561 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool create mypool raidz2 /dev/ada0p3 /dev/ada1p3 /dev/ada2p3 /dev/ada3p3 /dev/ada4p3 /dev/ada5p3\n" @@ -907,9 +907,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:570 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:769 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:953 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:954 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:580 msgid "" "Destroy a pool that is no longer needed to reuse the disks. Destroying a " "pool requires unmounting the file systems in that pool first. If any " @@ -934,13 +934,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:582 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding and Removing Devices" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:586 msgid "" "Two ways exist for adding disks to a zpool: attaching a disk to an existing " "vdev with `zpool attach`, or adding vdevs to the pool with `zpool add`. " @@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:595 msgid "" "A pool created with a single disk lacks redundancy. It can detect " "corruption but can not repair it, because there is no other copy of the " @@ -964,15 +964,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:597 msgid "" "Upgrade the single disk (stripe) vdev [.filename]#ada0p3# to a mirror by " "attaching [.filename]#ada1p3#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:604 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:802 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status\n" @@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:609 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:613 #, no-wrap msgid "" "errors: No known data errors\n" @@ -1001,19 +1001,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:615 #, no-wrap msgid "If you boot from pool 'mypool', you may need to update boot code on newly attached disk _ada1p3_.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:617 #, no-wrap msgid "Assuming you use GPT partitioning and _da0_ is your new boot disk you may use the following command:\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:631 #, no-wrap msgid "" " gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 da0\n" @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:637 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:644 #, no-wrap msgid "" "errors: No known data errors\n" @@ -1055,10 +1055,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:649 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:682 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:740 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:807 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:808 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:659 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:660 msgid "" "When adding disks to the existing vdev is not an option, as for RAID-Z, an " "alternative method is to add another vdev to the pool. Adding vdevs " @@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:665 msgid "" "ZFS stripes data across each of the vdevs. For example, with two mirror " "vdevs, this is effectively a RAID 10 that stripes writes across two sets of " @@ -1092,20 +1092,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:667 msgid "" "When attaching new devices to a boot pool, remember to update the bootcode." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:669 msgid "" "Attach a second mirror group ([.filename]#ada2p3# and [.filename]#ada3p3#) " "to the existing mirror:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:677 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status\n" @@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:695 #, no-wrap msgid "" "errors: No known data errors\n" @@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:704 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:710 msgid "" "Removing vdevs from a pool is impossible and removal of disks from a mirror " "is exclusive if there is enough remaining redundancy. If a single disk " @@ -1156,12 +1156,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:712 msgid "Remove a disk from a three-way mirror group:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:720 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status\n" @@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:727 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:735 #, no-wrap msgid "" "errors: No known data errors\n" @@ -1197,13 +1197,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:745 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:746 #, no-wrap msgid "Checking the Status of a Pool" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:752 msgid "" "Pool status is important. If a drive goes offline or ZFS detects a read, " "write, or checksum error, the corresponding error count increases. The " @@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:760 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status\n" @@ -1224,13 +1224,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:775 #, no-wrap msgid "Clearing Errors" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:781 msgid "" "When detecting an error, ZFS increases the read, write, or checksum error " "counts. Clear the error message and reset the counts with `zpool clear " @@ -1240,13 +1240,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:783 #, no-wrap msgid "Replacing a Functioning Device" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:792 msgid "" "It may be desirable to replace one disk with a different disk. When " "replacing a working disk, the process keeps the old disk online during the " @@ -1259,12 +1259,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:794 msgid "Replace a functioning device in the pool:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:812 #, no-wrap msgid "" "errors: No known data errors\n" @@ -1273,19 +1273,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:814 #, no-wrap msgid "When booting from the pool 'zroot', update the boot code on the newly attached disk 'ada2p3'.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:816 #, no-wrap msgid "Assuming GPT partitioning is used and [.filename]#da0# is the new boot disk, use the following command:\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:829 #, no-wrap msgid "" " gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 da0\n" @@ -1303,7 +1303,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:837 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -1316,7 +1316,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:844 #, no-wrap msgid "" "errors: No known data errors\n" @@ -1328,8 +1328,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:849 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:922 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:923 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -1340,13 +1340,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:855 #, no-wrap msgid "Dealing with Failed Devices" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:863 msgid "" "When a disk in a pool fails, the vdev to which the disk belongs enters the " "<<zfs-term-degraded,degraded>> state. The data is still available, but with " @@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:866 msgid "" "If the vdev does not have any redundancy, or if devices have failed and " "there is not enough redundancy to compensate, the pool enters the <<zfs-term-" @@ -1368,7 +1368,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:869 msgid "" "When replacing a failed disk, the name of the failed disk changes to the " "GUID of the new disk. A new device name parameter for `zpool replace` is " @@ -1376,12 +1376,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:870 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:871 msgid "Replace a failed disk using `zpool replace`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:882 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:883 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status\n" @@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:888 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:889 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:901 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:902 #, no-wrap msgid "" "errors: No known data errors\n" @@ -1425,7 +1425,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:909 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:910 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -1438,7 +1438,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:916 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:917 #, no-wrap msgid "" "errors: No known data errors\n" @@ -1450,13 +1450,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:927 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:928 #, no-wrap msgid "Scrubbing a Pool" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:933 msgid "" "Routinely <<zfs-term-scrub,scrub>> pools, ideally at least once every " "month. The `scrub` operation is disk-intensive and will reduce performance " @@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:944 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool scrub mypool\n" @@ -1481,18 +1481,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:958 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:959 msgid "To cancel a scrub operation if needed, run `zpool scrub -s _mypool_`." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:960 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:961 #, no-wrap msgid "Self-Healing" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:971 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:972 msgid "" "The checksums stored with data blocks enable the file system to _self-" "heal_. This feature will automatically repair data whose checksum does not " @@ -1511,14 +1511,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:974 msgid "" "The next example shows this self-healing behavior by creating a mirrored " "pool of disks [.filename]#/dev/ada0# and [.filename]#/dev/ada1#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:983 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool create healer mirror /dev/ada0 /dev/ada1\n" @@ -1530,8 +1530,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:988 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:989 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1143 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -1542,7 +1542,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:993 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:994 #, no-wrap msgid "" "errors: No known data errors\n" @@ -1552,14 +1552,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:996 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:997 msgid "" "Copy some important data to the pool to protect from data errors using the " "self-healing feature and create a checksum of the pool for later comparison." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1007 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cp /some/important/data /healer\n" @@ -1572,7 +1572,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1010 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1011 msgid "" "Simulate data corruption by writing random data to the beginning of one of " "the disks in the mirror. To keep ZFS from healing the data when detected, " @@ -1580,7 +1580,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1019 msgid "" "This is a dangerous operation that can destroy vital data, shown here for " "demonstration alone. *Do not try* it during normal operation of a storage " @@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1028 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1029 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool export healer\n" @@ -1603,7 +1603,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1034 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1035 msgid "" "The pool status shows that one device has experienced an error. Note that " "applications reading data from the pool did not receive any incorrect data. " @@ -1613,7 +1613,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1047 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1048 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status healer\n" @@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1053 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1054 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -1640,7 +1640,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1060 msgid "" "ZFS detected the error and handled it by using the redundancy present in the " "unaffected [.filename]#ada0# mirror disk. A checksum comparison with the " @@ -1648,7 +1648,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1067 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sha1 /healer >> checksum.txt\n" @@ -1658,7 +1658,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1075 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1076 msgid "" "Generate checksums before and after the intentional tampering while the pool " "data still matches. This shows how ZFS is capable of detecting and " @@ -1673,7 +1673,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1091 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1092 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool scrub healer\n" @@ -1692,7 +1692,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1098 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -1703,7 +1703,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1104 msgid "" "The scrub operation reads data from [.filename]#ada0# and rewrites any data " "with a wrong checksum on [.filename]#ada1#, shown by the `(repairing)` " @@ -1712,7 +1712,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1117 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status healer\n" @@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1123 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -1739,7 +1739,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1128 msgid "" "After the scrubbing operation completes with all the data synchronized from " "[.filename]#ada0# to [.filename]#ada1#, <<zfs-zpool-clear,clear>> the error " @@ -1747,7 +1747,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1137 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool clear healer\n" @@ -1759,20 +1759,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1148 msgid "" "The pool is now back to a fully working state, with all error counts now " "zero." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1150 #, no-wrap msgid "Growing a Pool" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1159 msgid "" "The smallest device in each vdev limits the usable size of a redundant " "pool. Replace the smallest device with a larger device. After completing a " @@ -1785,20 +1785,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1162 msgid "" "Start expansion by using `zpool online -e` on each device. After expanding " "all devices, the extra space becomes available to the pool." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1164 #, no-wrap msgid "Importing and Exporting Pools" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1172 msgid "" "_Export_ pools before moving them to another system. ZFS unmounts all " "datasets, marking each device as exported but still locked to prevent use by " @@ -1812,18 +1812,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1174 msgid "Export a pool that is not in use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1178 #, no-wrap msgid "# zpool export mypool\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1186 msgid "" "Importing a pool automatically mounts the datasets. If this is undesired " "behavior, use `zpool import -N` to prevent it. `zpool import -o` sets " @@ -1835,12 +1835,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1188 msgid "List all available pools for import:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1197 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool import\n" @@ -1852,7 +1852,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1200 #, no-wrap msgid "" " mypool ONLINE\n" @@ -1860,12 +1860,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1203 msgid "Import the pool with an alternative root directory:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1211 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool import -o altroot=/mnt mypool\n" @@ -1876,13 +1876,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1214 #, no-wrap msgid "Upgrading a Storage Pool" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1220 msgid "" "After upgrading FreeBSD, or if importing a pool from a system using an older " "version, manually upgrade the pool to the latest ZFS version to support " @@ -1892,12 +1892,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1222 msgid "Upgrade a v28 pool to support `Feature Flags`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1235 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status\n" @@ -1913,8 +1913,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1240 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1289 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -1925,8 +1925,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1244 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1293 #, no-wrap msgid "" "errors: No known data errors\n" @@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1248 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The following pools are formatted with legacy version numbers and are upgraded to use feature flags.\n" @@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1252 #, no-wrap msgid "" "VER POOL\n" @@ -1952,7 +1952,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1257 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Use 'zpool upgrade -v' for a list of available legacy versions.\n" @@ -1962,7 +1962,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1264 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Successfully upgraded 'mypool' from version 28 to feature flags.\n" @@ -1974,7 +1974,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1268 msgid "" "The newer features of ZFS will not be available until `zpool upgrade` has " "completed. Use `zpool upgrade -v` to see what new features the upgrade " @@ -1982,12 +1982,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1270 msgid "Upgrade a pool to support new feature flags:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1283 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status\n" @@ -2003,13 +2003,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1295 #, no-wrap msgid "All pools are formatted using feature flags.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1299 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Some supported features are not enabled on the following pools. Once a\n" @@ -2018,7 +2018,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1312 #, no-wrap msgid "" "POOL FEATURE\n" @@ -2036,7 +2036,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1320 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Enabled the following features on 'mypool':\n" @@ -2049,7 +2049,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1327 msgid "" "Update the boot code on systems that boot from a pool to support the new " "pool version. Use `gpart bootcode` on the partition that contains the boot " @@ -2058,42 +2058,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1329 msgid "For legacy boot using GPT, use the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1333 #, no-wrap msgid "# gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 ada1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1336 msgid "For systems using EFI to boot, execute the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1340 #, no-wrap msgid "# gpart bootcode -p /boot/boot1.efifat -i 1 ada1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1344 msgid "" "Apply the bootcode to all bootable disks in the pool. See man:gpart[8] for " "more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1347 #, no-wrap msgid "Displaying Recorded Pool History" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1353 msgid "" "ZFS records commands that change the pool, including creating datasets, " "changing properties, or replacing a disk. Reviewing history about a pool's " @@ -2103,7 +2103,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1362 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool history\n" @@ -2115,7 +2115,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1367 msgid "" "The output shows `zpool` and `zfs` commands altering the pool in some way " "along with a timestamp. Commands like `zfs list` are not included. When " @@ -2123,7 +2123,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1370 msgid "" "`zpool history` can show even more information when providing the options `-" "i` or `-l`. `-i` displays user-initiated events as well as internally " @@ -2131,7 +2131,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1382 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool history -i\n" @@ -2146,7 +2146,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1386 msgid "" "Show more details by adding `-l`. Showing history records in a long format, " "including information like the name of the user who issued the command and " @@ -2154,7 +2154,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1395 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool history -l\n" @@ -2166,7 +2166,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1401 msgid "" "The output shows that the `root` user created the mirrored pool with disks [." "filename]#/dev/ada0# and [.filename]#/dev/ada1#. The hostname `myzfsbox` is " @@ -2177,7 +2177,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1404 msgid "" "Combine both options to `zpool history` to give the most detailed " "information possible for any given pool. Pool history provides valuable " @@ -2186,13 +2186,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1406 #, no-wrap msgid "Performance Monitoring" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1413 msgid "" "A built-in monitoring system can display pool I/O statistics in real time. " "It shows the amount of free and used space on the pool, read and write " @@ -2202,7 +2202,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1421 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool iostat\n" @@ -2213,7 +2213,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1427 msgid "" "To continuously see I/O activity, specify a number as the last parameter, " "indicating an interval in seconds to wait between updates. The next " @@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1432 msgid "" "Display even more detailed I/O statistics with `-v`. Each device in the " "pool appears with a statistics line. This is useful for seeing read and " @@ -2233,7 +2233,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1444 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool iostat -v \n" @@ -2248,13 +2248,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1447 #, no-wrap msgid "Splitting a Storage Pool" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1454 msgid "" "ZFS can split a pool consisting of one or more mirror vdevs into two pools. " "Unless otherwise specified, ZFS detaches the last member of each mirror and " @@ -2265,26 +2265,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1456 #, no-wrap msgid "`zfs` Administration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1460 msgid "" "The `zfs` utility can create, destroy, and manage all existing ZFS datasets " "within a pool. To manage the pool itself, use <<zfs-zpool,`zpool`>>." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1462 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating and Destroying Datasets" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1472 msgid "" "Unlike traditional disks and volume managers, space in ZFS is _not_ " "preallocated. With traditional file systems, after partitioning and " @@ -2304,14 +2304,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1474 msgid "" "Create a new dataset and enable <<zfs-term-compression-lz4,LZ4 compression>> " "on it:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1509 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list\n" @@ -2349,7 +2349,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1512 msgid "" "Destroying a dataset is much quicker than deleting the files on the dataset, " "as it does not involve scanning the files and updating the corresponding " @@ -2357,12 +2357,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1514 msgid "Destroy the created dataset:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1549 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list\n" @@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1557 msgid "" "In modern versions of ZFS, `zfs destroy` is asynchronous, and the free space " "might take minutes to appear in the pool. Use `zpool get freeing " @@ -2414,13 +2414,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1559 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating and Destroying Volumes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1564 msgid "" "A volume is a special dataset type. Rather than mounting as a file system, " "expose it as a block device under [.filename]#/dev/zvol/poolname/dataset#. " @@ -2430,7 +2430,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1569 msgid "" "Format a volume with any file system or without a file system to store raw " "data. To the user, a volume appears to be a regular disk. Putting ordinary " @@ -2440,7 +2440,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1583 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs create -V 250m -o compression=on tank/fat32\n" @@ -2457,7 +2457,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1587 msgid "" "Destroying a volume is much the same as destroying a regular file system " "dataset. The operation is nearly instantaneous, but it may take minutes to " @@ -2465,13 +2465,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1589 #, no-wrap msgid "Renaming a Dataset" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1596 msgid "" "To change the name of a dataset, use `zfs rename`. To change the parent of " "a dataset, use this command as well. Renaming a dataset to have a different " @@ -2482,12 +2482,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1598 msgid "Rename a dataset and move it to be under a different parent dataset:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1634 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list\n" @@ -2526,7 +2526,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1639 msgid "" "Renaming snapshots uses the same command. Due to the nature of snapshots, " "rename cannot change their parent dataset. To rename a recursive snapshot, " @@ -2535,7 +2535,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1649 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list -t snapshot\n" @@ -2548,13 +2548,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1652 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Dataset Properties" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1662 msgid "" "Each ZFS dataset has properties that control its behavior. Most properties " "are automatically inherited from the parent dataset, but can be overridden " @@ -2569,7 +2569,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1669 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs set custom:costcenter=1234 tank\n" @@ -2579,7 +2579,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1673 msgid "" "To remove a custom property, use `zfs inherit` with `-r`. If the custom " "property is not defined in any of the parent datasets, this option removes " @@ -2587,7 +2587,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1682 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs inherit -r custom:costcenter tank\n" @@ -2599,13 +2599,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1685 #, no-wrap msgid "Getting and Setting Share Properties" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1691 msgid "" "Two commonly used and useful dataset properties are the NFS and SMB share " "options. Setting these defines if and how ZFS shares datasets on the " @@ -2614,7 +2614,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1700 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs get sharenfs mypool/usr/home\n" @@ -2626,18 +2626,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1703 msgid "To enable sharing of a dataset, enter:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1707 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set sharenfs=on mypool/usr/home\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1711 msgid "" "Set other options for sharing datasets through NFS, such as `-alldirs`, `-" "maproot` and `-network`. To set options on a dataset shared through NFS, " @@ -2645,19 +2645,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1715 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set sharenfs=\"-alldirs,-maproot=root,-network=192.168.1.0/24\" mypool/usr/home\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1718 #, no-wrap msgid "Managing Snapshots" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1732 msgid "" "<<zfs-term-snapshot,Snapshots>> are one of the most powerful features of " "ZFS. A snapshot provides a read-only, point-in-time copy of the dataset. " @@ -2678,7 +2678,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1741 msgid "" "Snapshots in ZFS provide a variety of features that even other file systems " "with snapshot functionality lack. A typical example of snapshot use is as a " @@ -2697,25 +2697,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1742 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1743 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating Snapshots" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1747 msgid "" "To create snapshots, use `zfs snapshot _dataset_@_snapshotname_`. Adding `-" "r` creates a snapshot recursively, with the same name on all child datasets." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1748 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1749 msgid "Create a recursive snapshot of the entire pool:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1786 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1787 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list -t all\n" @@ -2756,7 +2756,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1792 msgid "" "Snapshots are not shown by a normal `zfs list` operation. To list " "snapshots, append `-t snapshot` to `zfs list`. `-t all` displays both file " @@ -2764,7 +2764,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1795 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1796 msgid "" "Snapshots are not mounted directly, showing no path in the `MOUNTPOINT` " "column. ZFS does not mention available disk space in the `AVAIL` column, as " @@ -2773,7 +2773,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1803 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list -rt all mypool/usr/home\n" @@ -2783,7 +2783,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1809 msgid "" "Displaying both the dataset and the snapshot together reveals how snapshots " "work in <<zfs-term-cow,COW>> fashion. They save the changes (_delta_) made " @@ -2793,7 +2793,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1819 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cp /etc/passwd /var/tmp\n" @@ -2806,7 +2806,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1824 msgid "" "The second snapshot contains the changes to the dataset after the copy " "operation. This yields enormous space savings. Notice that the size of the " @@ -2815,13 +2815,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1826 #, no-wrap msgid "Comparing Snapshots" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1832 msgid "" "ZFS provides a built-in command to compare the differences in content " "between two snapshots. This is helpful with a lot of snapshots taken over " @@ -2832,7 +2832,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1843 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list -rt all mypool/var/tmp\n" @@ -2846,7 +2846,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1847 msgid "" "The command lists the changes between the specified snapshot (in this case " "`_mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot_`) and the live file system. The " @@ -2854,55 +2854,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1853 #, no-wrap msgid "+" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1855 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding the path or file." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1856 #, no-wrap msgid "-" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1858 #, no-wrap msgid "Deleting the path or file." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1859 #, no-wrap msgid "M" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1861 #, no-wrap msgid "Modifying the path or file." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1862 #, no-wrap msgid "R" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1863 #, no-wrap msgid "Renaming the path or file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1868 msgid "" "Comparing the output with the table, it becomes clear that ZFS added [." "filename]#passwd# after creating the snapshot `_mypool/var/" @@ -2911,21 +2911,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1870 msgid "" "Comparing two snapshots is helpful when using the ZFS replication feature to " "transfer a dataset to a different host for backup purposes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1872 msgid "" "Compare two snapshots by providing the full dataset name and snapshot name " "of both datasets:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1884 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cp /var/tmp/passwd /var/tmp/passwd.copy\n" @@ -2940,7 +2940,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1888 msgid "" "A backup administrator can compare two snapshots received from the sending " "host and determine the actual changes in the dataset. See the <<zfs-zfs-" @@ -2948,13 +2948,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1890 #, no-wrap msgid "Snapshot Rollback" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1903 msgid "" "When at least one snapshot is available, roll back to it at any time. Most " "often this is the case when the current state of the dataset is no longer " @@ -2976,14 +2976,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1905 msgid "" "In the first example, roll back a snapshot because of a careless `rm` " "operation that removes too much data than intended." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1919 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list -rt all mypool/var/tmp\n" @@ -3000,7 +3000,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1923 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1924 msgid "" "At this point, the user notices the removal of extra files and wants them " "back. ZFS provides an easy way to get them back using rollbacks, when " @@ -3009,7 +3009,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1929 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1930 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs rollback mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot\n" @@ -3018,7 +3018,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1935 msgid "" "The rollback operation restored the dataset to the state of the last " "snapshot. Rolling back to a snapshot taken much earlier with other " @@ -3027,7 +3027,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1947 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1948 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list -rt snapshot mypool/var/tmp\n" @@ -3043,7 +3043,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1954 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1955 msgid "" "This warning means that snapshots exist between the current state of the " "dataset and the snapshot to which the user wants to roll back. To complete " @@ -3056,7 +3056,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1963 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1964 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs rollback -r mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot\n" @@ -3068,20 +3068,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1966 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1967 msgid "" "The output from `zfs list -t snapshot` confirms the removal of the " "intermediate snapshots as a result of `zfs rollback -r`." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1968 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1969 #, no-wrap msgid "Restoring Individual Files from Snapshots" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1976 msgid "" "Snapshots live in a hidden directory under the parent dataset: [.filename]#." "zfs/snapshots/snapshotname#. By default, these directories will not show " @@ -3093,7 +3093,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1986 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1987 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs get snapdir mypool/var/tmp\n" @@ -3107,7 +3107,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1991 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1992 msgid "" "Restore individual files to a previous state by copying them from the " "snapshot back to the parent dataset. The directory structure below [." @@ -3118,7 +3118,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2002 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2003 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# rm /var/tmp/passwd\n" @@ -3132,7 +3132,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2010 msgid "" "Even if the `snapdir` property is set to hidden, running `ls .zfs/snapshot` " "will still list the contents of that directory. The administrator decides " @@ -3142,7 +3142,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2014 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2015 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cp /etc/rc.conf /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot/after_cp/\n" @@ -3150,7 +3150,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2019 msgid "" "The error reminds the user that snapshots are read-only and cannot change " "after creation. Copying files into and removing them from snapshot " @@ -3159,7 +3159,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2021 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2022 msgid "" "Snapshots consume space based on how much the parent file system has changed " "since the time of the snapshot. The `written` property of a snapshot tracks " @@ -3167,7 +3167,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2025 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2026 msgid "" "To destroy snapshots and reclaim the space, use `zfs destroy " "_dataset_@_snapshot_`. Adding `-r` recursively removes all snapshots with " @@ -3177,13 +3177,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2028 #, no-wrap msgid "Managing Clones" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2037 msgid "" "A clone is a copy of a snapshot treated more like a regular dataset. Unlike " "a snapshot, a clone is writeable and mountable, and has its own properties. " @@ -3198,12 +3198,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2038 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2039 msgid "To show the clone feature use this example dataset:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2046 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2047 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list -rt all camino/home/joe\n" @@ -3214,7 +3214,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2052 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2053 msgid "" "A typical use for clones is to experiment with a specific dataset while " "keeping the snapshot around to fall back to in case something goes wrong. " @@ -3225,7 +3225,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2060 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs clone camino/home/joe@backup camino/home/joenew\n" @@ -3235,7 +3235,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2067 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/usr/home/joenew:\n" @@ -3247,7 +3247,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2075 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2076 msgid "" "Creating a clone makes it an exact copy of the state the dataset as it was " "when taking the snapshot. Changing the clone independently from its " @@ -3259,7 +3259,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2085 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2086 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs get origin camino/home/joenew\n" @@ -3272,7 +3272,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2090 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2091 msgid "" "After making some changes like copying [.filename]#loader.conf# to the " "promoted clone, for example, the old directory becomes obsolete in this " @@ -3282,7 +3282,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2102 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cp /boot/defaults/loader.conf /usr/home/joenew\n" @@ -3296,7 +3296,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2111 msgid "" "The cloned snapshot is now an ordinary dataset. It contains all the data " "from the original snapshot plus the files added to it like [." @@ -3310,13 +3310,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2113 #, no-wrap msgid "Replication" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2121 msgid "" "Keeping data on a single pool in one location exposes it to risks like theft " "and natural or human disasters. Making regular backups of the entire pool " @@ -3330,12 +3330,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2123 msgid "These examples show ZFS replication with these two pools:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2130 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool list\n" @@ -3345,7 +3345,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2138 msgid "" "The pool named _mypool_ is the primary pool where writing and reading data " "happens on a regular basis. Using a second standby pool _backup_ in case " @@ -3358,7 +3358,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2145 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs snapshot mypool@backup1\n" @@ -3368,7 +3368,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2150 msgid "" "Now that a snapshot exists, use `zfs send` to create a stream representing " "the contents of the snapshot. Store this stream as a file or receive it on " @@ -3377,7 +3377,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2156 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs send mypool@backup1\n" @@ -3386,7 +3386,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2160 msgid "" "To back up a dataset with `zfs send`, redirect to a file located on the " "mounted backup pool. Ensure that the pool has enough free space to " @@ -3395,7 +3395,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2168 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs send mypool@backup1 > /backup/backup1\n" @@ -3406,7 +3406,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2172 msgid "" "The `zfs send` transferred all the data in the snapshot called _backup1_ to " "the pool named _backup_. To create and send these snapshots automatically, " @@ -3414,7 +3414,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2178 msgid "" "Instead of storing the backups as archive files, ZFS can receive them as a " "live file system, allowing direct access to the backed up data. To get to " @@ -3426,7 +3426,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2186 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs snapshot mypool@replica1\n" @@ -3437,7 +3437,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2191 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool list\n" @@ -3447,13 +3447,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2194 #, no-wrap msgid "Incremental Backups" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2199 msgid "" "`zfs send` can also determine the difference between two snapshots and send " "individual differences between the two. This saves disk space and transfer " @@ -3461,7 +3461,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2211 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs snapshot mypool@replica2\n" @@ -3476,7 +3476,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2217 msgid "" "Create a second snapshot called _replica2_. This second snapshot contains " "changes made to the file system between now and the previous snapshot, " @@ -3486,7 +3486,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2224 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs send -v -i mypool@replica1 mypool@replica2 | zfs receive /backup/mypool\n" @@ -3496,7 +3496,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2229 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool list\n" @@ -3506,7 +3506,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2235 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list\n" @@ -3517,7 +3517,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2242 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list -t snapshot\n" @@ -3529,7 +3529,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2247 msgid "" "The incremental stream replicated the changed data rather than the entirety " "of _replica1_. Sending the differences alone took much less time to " @@ -3539,7 +3539,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2252 msgid "" "A new file system, _backup/mypool_, is available with the files and data " "from the pool _mypool_. Specifying `-p` copies the dataset properties " @@ -3549,13 +3549,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2254 #, no-wrap msgid "Sending Encrypted Backups over SSH" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2262 msgid "" "Sending streams over the network is a good way to keep a remote backup, but " "it does come with a drawback. Data sent over the network link is not " @@ -3569,7 +3569,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2265 msgid "" "Change some settings and take security precautions first. This describes " "the necessary steps required for the `zfs send` operation; for more " @@ -3577,30 +3577,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2267 msgid "Change the configuration as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2269 msgid "" "Passwordless SSH access between sending and receiving host using SSH keys" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2270 msgid "" "ZFS requires the privileges of the `root` user to send and receive streams. " "This requires logging in to the receiving system as `root`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2271 msgid "Security reasons prevent `root` from logging in by default." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2273 msgid "" "Use the <<zfs-zfs-allow,ZFS Delegation>> system to allow a non-`root` user " "on each system to perform the respective send and receive operations. On " @@ -3608,25 +3608,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2277 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs allow -u someuser send,snapshot mypool\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2280 msgid "" "To mount the pool, the unprivileged user must own the directory, and regular " "users need permission to mount file systems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2282 msgid "On the receiving system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2291 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl vfs.usermount=1\n" @@ -3638,14 +3638,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2294 msgid "" "The unprivileged user can receive and mount datasets now, and replicates the " "_home_ dataset to the remote system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2299 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% zfs snapshot -r mypool/home@monday\n" @@ -3653,7 +3653,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2309 msgid "" "Create a recursive snapshot called _monday_ of the file system dataset " "_home_ on the pool _mypool_. Then `zfs send -R` includes the dataset, all " @@ -3669,13 +3669,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2311 #, no-wrap msgid "Dataset, User, and Group Quotas" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2316 msgid "" "Use <<zfs-term-quota,Dataset quotas>> to restrict the amount of space " "consumed by a particular dataset. <<zfs-term-refquota,Reference Quotas>> " @@ -3686,7 +3686,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2321 msgid "" "The following examples assume that the users already exist in the system. " "Before adding a user to the system, make sure to create their home dataset " @@ -3697,90 +3697,90 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2323 msgid "To enforce a dataset quota of 10 GB for [.filename]#storage/home/bob#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2327 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set quota=10G storage/home/bob\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2330 msgid "" "To enforce a reference quota of 10 GB for [.filename]#storage/home/bob#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2334 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set refquota=10G storage/home/bob\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2337 msgid "To remove a quota of 10 GB for [.filename]#storage/home/bob#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2341 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set quota=none storage/home/bob\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2344 msgid "" "The general format is `userquota@_user_=_size_`, and the user's name must be " "in one of these formats:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2346 msgid "POSIX compatible name such as _joe_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2347 msgid "POSIX numeric ID such as _789_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2348 msgid "SID name such as _joe.bloggs@example.com_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2349 msgid "SID numeric ID such as _S-1-123-456-789_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2351 msgid "For example, to enforce a user quota of 50 GB for the user named _joe_:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2355 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set userquota@joe=50G\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2358 msgid "To remove any quota:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2362 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set userquota@joe=none\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2369 msgid "" "User quota properties are not displayed by `zfs get all`. Non-`root` users " "can't see other's quotas unless granted the `userquota` privilege. Users " @@ -3788,37 +3788,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2372 msgid "" "The general format for setting a group quota is: `groupquota@_group_=_size_`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2374 msgid "To set the quota for the group _firstgroup_ to 50 GB, use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2378 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set groupquota@firstgroup=50G\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2381 msgid "" "To remove the quota for the group _firstgroup_, or to make sure that one is " "not set, instead use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2385 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set groupquota@firstgroup=none\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2389 msgid "" "As with the user quota property, non-`root` users can see the quotas " "associated with the groups to which they belong. A user with the " @@ -3826,7 +3826,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2393 msgid "" "To display the amount of space used by each user on a file system or " "snapshot along with any quotas, use `zfs userspace`. For group information, " @@ -3835,26 +3835,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2395 msgid "" "Privileged users and `root` can list the quota for [.filename]#storage/home/" "bob# using:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2399 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs get quota storage/home/bob\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2402 #, no-wrap msgid "Reservations" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2407 msgid "" "<<zfs-term-reservation,Reservations>> guarantee an always-available amount " "of space on a dataset. The reserved space will not be available to any " @@ -3863,31 +3863,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2409 msgid "" "The general format of the `reservation` property is `reservation=_size_`, so " "to set a reservation of 10 GB on [.filename]#storage/home/bob#, use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2413 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set reservation=10G storage/home/bob\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2416 msgid "To clear any reservation:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2420 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set reservation=none storage/home/bob\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2423 msgid "" "The same principle applies to the `refreservation` property for setting a " "<<zfs-term-refreservation,Reference Reservation>>, with the general format " @@ -3895,14 +3895,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2425 msgid "" "This command shows any reservations or refreservations that exist on [." "filename]#storage/home/bob#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2430 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs get reservation storage/home/bob\n" @@ -3910,13 +3910,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2433 #, no-wrap msgid "Compression" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2439 msgid "" "ZFS provides transparent compression. Compressing data written at the block " "level saves space and also increases disk throughput. If data compresses by " @@ -3927,7 +3927,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2445 msgid "" "ZFS offers different compression algorithms, each with different trade-" "offs. The introduction of LZ4 compression in ZFS v5000 enables compressing " @@ -3941,14 +3941,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2447 msgid "" "The administrator can see the effectiveness of compression using dataset " "properties." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2456 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs get used,compressratio,compression,logicalused mypool/compressed_dataset\n" @@ -3960,7 +3960,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2461 msgid "" "The dataset is using 449 GB of space (the used property). Without " "compression, it would have taken 496 GB of space (the `logicalused` " @@ -3968,7 +3968,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2467 msgid "" "Compression can have an unexpected side effect when combined with <<zfs-term-" "userquota,User Quotas>>. User quotas restrict how much actual space a user " @@ -3982,7 +3982,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2471 msgid "" "Compression can have a similar unexpected interaction with backups. Quotas " "are often used to limit data storage to ensure there is enough backup space " @@ -3991,13 +3991,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2473 #, no-wrap msgid "Zstandard Compression" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2477 msgid "" "OpenZFS 2.0 added a new compression algorithm. Zstandard (Zstd) offers " "higher compression ratios than the default LZ4 while offering much greater " @@ -4007,7 +4007,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2481 msgid "" "Zstd provides a large selection of compression levels, providing fine-" "grained control over performance versus compression ratio. One of the main " @@ -4017,7 +4017,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2486 msgid "" "Even with frequent data updates, enabling compression often provides higher " "performance. One of the biggest advantages comes from the compressed ARC " @@ -4028,7 +4028,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2492 msgid "" "ZFS offers 19 levels of Zstd compression, each offering incrementally more " "space savings in exchange for slower compression. The default level is " @@ -4043,7 +4043,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2496 msgid "" "If ZFS is not able to get the required memory to compress a block with Zstd, " "it will fall back to storing the block uncompressed. This is unlikely to " @@ -4053,13 +4053,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2498 #, no-wrap msgid "Deduplication" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2504 msgid "" "When enabled, <<zfs-term-deduplication,deduplication>> uses the checksum of " "each block to detect duplicate blocks. When a new block is a duplicate of " @@ -4071,18 +4071,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2506 msgid "To activate deduplication, set the `dedup` property on the target pool:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2510 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set dedup=on pool\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2515 msgid "" "Deduplicating only affects new data written to the pool. Merely activating " "this option will not deduplicate data already written to the pool. A pool " @@ -4090,7 +4090,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2521 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool list\n" @@ -4099,7 +4099,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2526 msgid "" "The `DEDUP` column shows the actual rate of deduplication for the pool. A " "value of `1.00x` shows that data has not deduplicated yet. The next example " @@ -4108,7 +4108,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2532 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# for d in dir1 dir2 dir3; do\n" @@ -4117,12 +4117,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2535 msgid "To observe deduplicating of redundant data, use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2541 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool list\n" @@ -4131,7 +4131,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2546 msgid "" "The `DEDUP` column shows a factor of `3.00x`. Detecting and deduplicating " "copies of the data uses a third of the space. The potential for space " @@ -4140,7 +4140,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2549 msgid "" "Deduplication is not always beneficial when the data in a pool is not " "redundant. ZFS can show potential space savings by simulating deduplication " @@ -4148,7 +4148,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2554 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zdb -S pool\n" @@ -4156,7 +4156,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2570 #, no-wrap msgid "" "bucket allocated referenced\n" @@ -4177,13 +4177,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2572 #, no-wrap msgid "dedup = 1.05, compress = 1.11, copies = 1.00, dedup * compress / copies = 1.16\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2581 msgid "" "After `zdb -S` finishes analyzing the pool, it shows the space reduction " "ratio that activating deduplication would achieve. In this case, `1.16` is " @@ -4200,13 +4200,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2583 #, no-wrap msgid "ZFS and Jails" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2589 msgid "" "Use `zfs jail` and the corresponding `jailed` property to delegate a ZFS " "dataset to a crossref:jails[jails,Jail]. `zfs jail _jailid_` attaches a " @@ -4217,13 +4217,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2591 #, no-wrap msgid "Delegated Administration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2599 msgid "" "A comprehensive permission delegation system allows unprivileged users to " "perform ZFS administration functions. For example, if each user's home " @@ -4236,13 +4236,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2601 #, no-wrap msgid "Delegating Dataset Creation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2607 msgid "" "`zfs allow _someuser_ create _mydataset_` gives the specified user " "permission to create child datasets under the selected parent dataset. A " @@ -4253,13 +4253,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2609 #, no-wrap msgid "Delegating Permission Delegation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2613 msgid "" "`zfs allow _someuser_ allow _mydataset_` gives the specified user the " "ability to assign any permission they have on the target dataset, or its " @@ -4269,24 +4269,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2615 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2618 #, no-wrap msgid "Tuning" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2621 msgid "Adjust tunables to make ZFS perform best for different workloads." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2623 msgid "" "[[zfs-advanced-tuning-arc_max]] `_vfs.zfs.arc_max_` - Upper size of the " "<<zfs-term-arc,ARC>>. The default is all RAM but 1 GB, or 5/8 of all RAM, " @@ -4297,7 +4297,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2624 msgid "" "[[zfs-advanced-tuning-arc_meta_limit]] `_vfs.zfs.arc_meta_limit_` - Limit " "the amount of the <<zfs-term-arc,ARC>> used to store metadata. The default " @@ -4310,7 +4310,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2625 msgid "" "[[zfs-advanced-tuning-arc_min]] `_vfs.zfs.arc_min_` - Lower size of the " "<<zfs-term-arc,ARC>>. The default is one half of `vfs.zfs.arc_meta_limit`. " @@ -4320,7 +4320,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2626 msgid "" "[[zfs-advanced-tuning-vdev-cache-size]] `_vfs.zfs.vdev.cache.size_` - A " "preallocated amount of memory reserved as a cache for each device in the " @@ -4330,7 +4330,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2627 msgid "" "[[zfs-advanced-tuning-min-auto-ashift]] `_vfs.zfs.min_auto_ashift_` - Lower " "`ashift` (sector size) used automatically at pool creation time. The value " @@ -4341,7 +4341,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2633 msgid "" "Common drives have 4 KB sectors. Using the default `ashift` of `9` with " "these drives results in write amplification on these devices. Data " @@ -4354,7 +4354,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2635 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2636 msgid "" "Forcing 4 KB blocks is also useful on pools with planned disk upgrades. " "Future disks use 4 KB sectors, and `ashift` values cannot change after " @@ -4362,7 +4362,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2640 msgid "" "In some specific cases, the smaller 512-byte block size might be " "preferable. When used with 512-byte disks for databases or as storage for " @@ -4371,7 +4371,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2641 msgid "" "[[zfs-advanced-tuning-prefetch_disable]] `_vfs.zfs.prefetch_disable_` - " "Disable prefetch. A value of `0` enables and `1` disables it. The default is " @@ -4383,7 +4383,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2641 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2642 msgid "" "[[zfs-advanced-tuning-vdev-trim_on_init]] `_vfs.zfs.vdev.trim_on_init_` - " "Control whether new devices added to the pool have the `TRIM` command run on " @@ -4394,7 +4394,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2643 msgid "" "[[zfs-advanced-tuning-vdev-max_pending]] `_vfs.zfs.vdev.max_pending_` - " "Limit the number of pending I/O requests per device. A higher value will " @@ -4403,7 +4403,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2644 msgid "" "[[zfs-advanced-tuning-top_maxinflight]] `_vfs.zfs.top_maxinflight_` - Upper " "number of outstanding I/Os per top-level <<zfs-term-vdev,vdev>>. Limits the " @@ -4414,7 +4414,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2645 msgid "" "[[zfs-advanced-tuning-l2arc_write_max]] `_vfs.zfs.l2arc_write_max_` - Limit " "the amount of data written to the <<zfs-term-l2arc,L2ARC>> per second. This " @@ -4423,7 +4423,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2645 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2646 msgid "" "[[zfs-advanced-tuning-l2arc_write_boost]] `_vfs.zfs.l2arc_write_boost_` - " "Adds the value of this tunable to <<zfs-advanced-tuning-l2arc_write_max,`vfs." @@ -4434,7 +4434,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2647 msgid "" "[[zfs-advanced-tuning-scrub_delay]]`_vfs.zfs.scrub_delay_` - Number of ticks " "to delay between each I/O during a <<zfs-term-scrub,`scrub`>>. To ensure " @@ -4452,7 +4452,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2648 msgid "" "[[zfs-advanced-tuning-resilver_delay]] `_vfs.zfs.resilver_delay_` - Number " "of milliseconds of delay inserted between each I/O during a <<zfs-term-" @@ -4473,7 +4473,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2649 msgid "" "[[zfs-advanced-tuning-scan_idle]] `_vfs.zfs.scan_idle_` - Number of " "milliseconds since the last operation before considering the pool is idle. " @@ -4483,7 +4483,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2650 msgid "" "[[zfs-advanced-tuning-txg-timeout]] `_vfs.zfs.txg.timeout_` - Upper number " "of seconds between <<zfs-term-txg,transaction group>>s. The current " @@ -4496,26 +4496,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2652 #, no-wrap msgid "ZFS on i386" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2654 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2655 msgid "" "Some of the features provided by ZFS are memory intensive, and may require " "tuning for upper efficiency on systems with limited RAM." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2656 #, no-wrap msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2664 msgid "" "As a lower value, the total system memory should be at least one gigabyte. " "The amount of recommended RAM depends upon the size of the pool and which " @@ -4528,13 +4528,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2665 #, no-wrap msgid "Kernel Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2668 msgid "" "Due to the address space limitations of the i386(TM) platform, ZFS users on " "the i386(TM) architecture must add this option to a custom kernel " @@ -4542,13 +4542,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2672 #, no-wrap msgid "options KVA_PAGES=512\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2677 msgid "" "This expands the kernel address space, allowing the `vm.kvm_size` tunable to " "push beyond the imposed limit of 1 GB, or the limit of 2 GB for PAE. To " @@ -4557,13 +4557,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2677 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2678 #, no-wrap msgid "Loader Tunables" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2682 msgid "" "Increases the [.filename]#kmem# address space on all FreeBSD architectures. " "A test system with 1 GB of physical memory benefitted from adding these " @@ -4571,7 +4571,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2689 #, no-wrap msgid "" "vm.kmem_size=\"330M\"\n" @@ -4581,43 +4581,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2692 msgid "" "For a more detailed list of recommendations for ZFS-related tuning, see " "https://wiki.freebsd.org/ZFSTuningGuide[]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2694 #, no-wrap msgid "Further Resources" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2697 msgid "https://openzfs.org/[OpenZFS]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2698 msgid "https://wiki.freebsd.org/ZFSTuningGuide[FreeBSD Wiki - ZFS Tuning]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2699 msgid "" "https://calomel.org/zfs_raid_speed_capacity.html[Calomel Blog - ZFS Raidz " "Performance, Capacity and Integrity]" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2701 #, no-wrap msgid "ZFS Features and Terminology" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2710 msgid "" "More than a file system, ZFS is fundamentally different. ZFS combines the " "roles of file system and volume manager, enabling new storage devices to add " @@ -4634,13 +4634,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2715 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2716 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-pool]]pool" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2718 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2719 #, no-wrap msgid "" "A storage _pool_ is the most basic building block of ZFS. A pool consists of one or more vdevs, the underlying devices that store the data. A pool is then used to create one or more file systems (datasets) or block devices (volumes).\n" @@ -4648,13 +4648,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2720 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-vdev]]vdev Types" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2750 #, no-wrap msgid "" "A pool consists of one or more vdevs, which themselves are a single disk or a group of disks, transformed to a RAID. When using a lot of vdevs, ZFS spreads data across the vdevs to increase performance and maximize usable space. All vdevs must be at least 128 MB in size. \n" @@ -4689,13 +4689,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2750 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2751 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-txg]] Transaction Group (TXG)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2757 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Transaction Groups are the way ZFS groups blocks changes together and writes them to the pool. Transaction groups are the atomic unit that ZFS uses to ensure consistency. ZFS assigns each transaction group a unique 64-bit consecutive identifier. There can be up to three active transaction groups at a time, one in each of these three states: \n" @@ -4706,121 +4706,121 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2758 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-arc]]Adaptive Replacement Cache (ARC)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2760 #, no-wrap msgid "ZFS uses an Adaptive Replacement Cache (ARC), rather than a more traditional Least Recently Used (LRU) cache. An LRU cache is a simple list of items in the cache, sorted by how recently object was used, adding new items to the head of the list. When the cache is full, evicting items from the tail of the list makes room for more active objects. An ARC consists of four lists; the Most Recently Used (MRU) and Most Frequently Used (MFU) objects, plus a ghost list for each. These ghost lists track evicted objects to prevent adding them back to the cache. This increases the cache hit ratio by avoiding objects that have a history of occasional use. Another advantage of using both an MRU and MFU is that scanning an entire file system would evict all data from an MRU or LRU cache in favor of this freshly accessed content. With ZFS, there is also an MFU that tracks the most frequently used objects, and the cache of the most commonly accessed blocks remains." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2761 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-l2arc]]L2ARC" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2763 #, no-wrap msgid "L2ARC is the second level of the ZFS caching system. RAM stores the primary ARC. Since the amount of available RAM is often limited, ZFS can also use <<zfs-term-vdev-cache,cache vdevs>>. Solid State Disks (SSDs) are often used as these cache devices due to their higher speed and lower latency compared to traditional spinning disks. L2ARC is entirely optional, but having one will increase read speeds for cached files on the SSD instead of having to read from the regular disks. L2ARC can also speed up <<zfs-term-deduplication,deduplication>> because a deduplication table (DDT) that does not fit in RAM but does fit in the L2ARC will be much faster than a DDT that must read from disk. Limits on the data rate added to the cache devices prevents prematurely wearing out SSDs with extra writes. Until the cache is full (the first block evicted to make room), writes to the L2ARC limit to the sum of the write limit and the boost limit, and afterwards limit to the write limit. A pair of man:sysctl[8] values control these rate limits. <<zfs-advanced-tuning-l2arc_write_max,`vfs.zfs.l2arc_write_max`>> controls the number of bytes written to the cache per second, while <<zfs-advanced-tuning-l2arc_write_boost,`vfs.zfs.l2arc_write_boost`>> adds to this limit during the \"Turbo Warmup Phase\" (Write Boost)." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2764 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-zil]]ZIL" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2765 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2766 #, no-wrap msgid "ZIL accelerates synchronous transactions by using storage devices like SSDs that are faster than those used in the main storage pool. When an application requests a synchronous write (a guarantee that the data is stored to disk rather than merely cached for later writes), writing the data to the faster ZIL storage then later flushing it out to the regular disks greatly reduces latency and improves performance. Synchronous workloads like databases will profit from a ZIL alone. Regular asynchronous writes such as copying files will not use the ZIL at all." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2767 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-cow]]Copy-On-Write" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2769 #, no-wrap msgid "Unlike a traditional file system, ZFS writes a different block rather than overwriting the old data in place. When completing this write the metadata updates to point to the new location. When a shorn write (a system crash or power loss in the middle of writing a file) occurs, the entire original contents of the file are still available and ZFS discards the incomplete write. This also means that ZFS does not require a man:fsck[8] after an unexpected shutdown." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2770 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-dataset]]Dataset" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2772 #, no-wrap msgid "_Dataset_ is the generic term for a ZFS file system, volume, snapshot or clone. Each dataset has a unique name in the format _poolname/path@snapshot_. The root of the pool is a dataset as well. Child datasets have hierarchical names like directories. For example, _mypool/home_, the home dataset, is a child of _mypool_ and inherits properties from it. Expand this further by creating _mypool/home/user_. This grandchild dataset will inherit properties from the parent and grandparent. Set properties on a child to override the defaults inherited from the parent and grandparent. Administration of datasets and their children can be <<zfs-zfs-allow,delegated>>." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2773 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-filesystem]]File system" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2775 #, no-wrap msgid "A ZFS dataset is most often used as a file system. Like most other file systems, a ZFS file system mounts somewhere in the systems directory hierarchy and contains files and directories of its own with permissions, flags, and other metadata." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2776 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-volume]]Volume" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2778 #, no-wrap msgid "ZFS can also create volumes, which appear as disk devices. Volumes have a lot of the same features as datasets, including copy-on-write, snapshots, clones, and checksumming. Volumes can be useful for running other file system formats on top of ZFS, such as UFS virtualization, or exporting iSCSI extents." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2779 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-snapshot]]Snapshot" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2781 #, no-wrap msgid "The <<zfs-term-cow,copy-on-write>> (COW) design of ZFS allows for nearly instantaneous, consistent snapshots with arbitrary names. After taking a snapshot of a dataset, or a recursive snapshot of a parent dataset that will include all child datasets, new data goes to new blocks, but without reclaiming the old blocks as free space. The snapshot contains the original file system version and the live file system contains any changes made since taking the snapshot using no other space. New data written to the live file system uses new blocks to store this data. The snapshot will grow as the blocks are no longer used in the live file system, but in the snapshot alone. Mount these snapshots read-only allows recovering of previous file versions. A <<zfs-zfs-snapshot,rollback>> of a live file system to a specific snapshot is possible, undoing any changes that took place after taking the snapshot. Each block in the pool has a reference counter which keeps track of the snapshots, clones, datasets, or volumes use that block. As files and snapshots get deleted, the reference count decreases, reclaiming the free space when no longer referencing a block. Marking snapshots with a <<zfs-zfs-snapshot,hold>> results in any attempt to destroy it will returns an `EBUSY` error. Each snapshot can have holds with a unique name each. The <<zfs-zfs-snapshot,release>> command removes the hold so the snapshot can deleted. Snapshots, cloning, and rolling back works on volumes, but independently mounting does not." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2782 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-clone]]Clone" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2784 #, no-wrap msgid "Cloning a snapshot is also possible. A clone is a writable version of a snapshot, allowing the file system to fork as a new dataset. As with a snapshot, a clone initially consumes no new space. As new data written to a clone uses new blocks, the size of the clone grows. When blocks are overwritten in the cloned file system or volume, the reference count on the previous block decreases. Removing the snapshot upon which a clone bases is impossible because the clone depends on it. The snapshot is the parent, and the clone is the child. Clones can be _promoted_, reversing this dependency and making the clone the parent and the previous parent the child. This operation requires no new space. Since the amount of space used by the parent and child reverses, it may affect existing quotas and reservations." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2785 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-checksum]]Checksum" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2792 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Every block is also checksummed. The checksum algorithm used is a per-dataset property, see <<zfs-zfs-set,`set`>>. The checksum of each block is transparently validated when read, allowing ZFS to detect silent corruption. If the data read does not match the expected checksum, ZFS will attempt to recover the data from any available redundancy, like mirrors or RAID-Z. Triggering a validation of all checksums with <<zfs-term-scrub,`scrub`>>. Checksum algorithms include:\n" @@ -4832,13 +4832,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2793 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-compression]]Compression" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2807 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Each dataset has a compression property, which defaults to off. Set this property to an available compression algorithm. This causes compression of all new data written to the dataset. Beyond a reduction in space used, read and write throughput often increases because fewer blocks need reading or writing. \n" @@ -4857,49 +4857,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2807 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2808 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-copies]]Copies" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2810 #, no-wrap msgid "When set to a value greater than 1, the `copies` property instructs ZFS to maintain copies of each block in the <<zfs-term-filesystem,file system>> or <<zfs-term-volume,volume>>. Setting this property on important datasets provides added redundancy from which to recover a block that does not match its checksum. In pools without redundancy, the copies feature is the single form of redundancy. The copies feature can recover from a single bad sector or other forms of minor corruption, but it does not protect the pool from the loss of an entire disk." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2811 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-deduplication]]Deduplication" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2813 #, no-wrap msgid "Checksums make it possible to detect duplicate blocks when writing data. With deduplication, the reference count of an existing, identical block increases, saving storage space. ZFS keeps a deduplication table (DDT) in memory to detect duplicate blocks. The table contains a list of unique checksums, the location of those blocks, and a reference count. When writing new data, ZFS calculates checksums and compares them to the list. When finding a match it uses the existing block. Using the SHA256 checksum algorithm with deduplication provides a secure cryptographic hash. Deduplication is tunable. If `dedup` is `on`, then a matching checksum means that the data is identical. Setting `dedup` to `verify`, ZFS performs a byte-for-byte check on the data ensuring they are actually identical. If the data is not identical, ZFS will note the hash collision and store the two blocks separately. As the DDT must store the hash of each unique block, it consumes a large amount of memory. A general rule of thumb is 5-6 GB of ram per 1 TB of deduplicated data). In situations not practical to have enough RAM to keep the entire DDT in memory, performance will suffer greatly as the DDT must read from disk before writing each new block. Deduplication can use L2ARC to store the DDT, providing a middle ground between fast system memory and slower disks. Consider using compression instead, which often provides nearly as much space savings without the increased memory." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2814 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-scrub]]Scrub" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2816 #, no-wrap msgid "Instead of a consistency check like man:fsck[8], ZFS has `scrub`. `scrub` reads all data blocks stored on the pool and verifies their checksums against the known good checksums stored in the metadata. A periodic check of all the data stored on the pool ensures the recovery of any corrupted blocks before needing them. A scrub is not required after an unclean shutdown, but good practice is at least once every three months. ZFS verifies the checksum of each block during normal use, but a scrub makes certain to check even infrequently used blocks for silent corruption. ZFS improves data security in archival storage situations. Adjust the relative priority of `scrub` with <<zfs-advanced-tuning-scrub_delay,`vfs.zfs.scrub_delay`>> to prevent the scrub from degrading the performance of other workloads on the pool." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2817 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-quota]]Dataset Quota" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2828 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ZFS provides fast and accurate dataset, user, and group space accounting as well as quotas and space reservations. This gives the administrator fine grained control over space allocation and allows reserving space for critical file systems. \n" @@ -4915,49 +4915,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2829 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-refquota]]Reference Quota" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2830 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2831 #, no-wrap msgid "A reference quota limits the amount of space a dataset can consume by enforcing a hard limit. This hard limit includes space referenced by the dataset alone and does not include space used by descendants, such as file systems or snapshots." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2832 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-userquota]]User Quota" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2834 #, no-wrap msgid "User quotas are useful to limit the amount of space used by the specified user." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2834 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2835 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-groupquota]]Group Quota" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2837 #, no-wrap msgid "The group quota limits the amount of space that a specified group can consume." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2838 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-reservation]]Dataset Reservation" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2842 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The `reservation` property makes it possible to guarantee an amount of space for a specific dataset and its descendants. This means that setting a 10 GB reservation on [.filename]#storage/home/bob# prevents other datasets from using up all free space, reserving at least 10 GB of space for this dataset. Unlike a regular <<zfs-term-refreservation,`refreservation`>>, space used by snapshots and descendants is not counted against the reservation. For example, if taking a snapshot of [.filename]#storage/home/bob#, enough disk space other than the `refreservation` amount must exist for the operation to succeed. Descendants of the main data set are not counted in the `refreservation` amount and so do not encroach on the space set.\n" @@ -4966,73 +4966,73 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2843 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-refreservation]]Reference Reservation" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2844 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2845 #, no-wrap msgid "The `refreservation` property makes it possible to guarantee an amount of space for the use of a specific dataset _excluding_ its descendants. This means that setting a 10 GB reservation on [.filename]#storage/home/bob#, and another dataset tries to use the free space, reserving at least 10 GB of space for this dataset. In contrast to a regular <<zfs-term-reservation,reservation>>, space used by snapshots and descendant datasets is not counted against the reservation. For example, if taking a snapshot of [.filename]#storage/home/bob#, enough disk space other than the `refreservation` amount must exist for the operation to succeed. Descendants of the main data set are not counted in the `refreservation` amount and so do not encroach on the space set." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2846 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-resilver]]Resilver" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2847 #, no-wrap msgid "When replacing a failed disk, ZFS must fill the new disk with the lost data. _Resilvering_ is the process of using the parity information distributed across the remaining drives to calculate and write the missing data to the new drive." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2847 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2848 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-online]]Online" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2850 #, no-wrap msgid "A pool or vdev in the `Online` state has its member devices connected and fully operational. Individual devices in the `Online` state are functioning." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2851 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-offline]]Offline" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2853 #, no-wrap msgid "The administrator puts individual devices in an `Offline` state if enough redundancy exists to avoid putting the pool or vdev into a <<zfs-term-faulted,Faulted>> state. An administrator may choose to offline a disk in preparation for replacing it, or to make it easier to identify." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2854 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-degraded]]Degraded" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2856 #, no-wrap msgid "A pool or vdev in the `Degraded` state has one or more disks that disappeared or failed. The pool is still usable, but if other devices fail, the pool may become unrecoverable. Reconnecting the missing devices or replacing the failed disks will return the pool to an <<zfs-term-online,Online>> state after the reconnected or new device has completed the <<zfs-term-resilver,Resilver>> process." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2857 #, no-wrap msgid "[[zfs-term-faulted]]Faulted" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:2858 #, no-wrap msgid "A pool or vdev in the `Faulted` state is no longer operational. Accessing the data is no longer possible. A pool or vdev enters the `Faulted` state when the number of missing or failed devices exceeds the level of redundancy in the vdev. If reconnecting missing devices the pool will return to an <<zfs-term-online,Online>> state. Insufficient redundancy to compensate for the number of failed disks loses the pool contents and requires restoring from backups." msgstr "" |